


'or 



^-/ V^^*\^' \/^^\/ V^^%^' 






^- "^0^ :^ 














^0' 



v"^ 



.^ /.^-v "^-^.Z ..kM.% ^^,.«* :^: \..,^^ 




'vP<^- 
















'Mi^,^^* 4 o. 







• ^^j-' 












^""-^^^ V 





v^^ 















n^ - 'f * 







^^^b'' 



>►' 

















0^ o. -o • * 




°o 



Cj n 















:^ %/ 










o,^ o *.,o' .0-' 












■'•^^o^ 

.^•'°- 




^ 



i 



,^ 






VETERINARY 

Materia Medica 



AND 



THERAPEUTICS 



BY 
Kenelm Winslow, M.D.; M.D.V.; B.A.S. (Harv.) 

FORMERLY INSTRUCTOR IN ZOOLOGY, BUSSEY (AGRICULTURAL)? INSTITUTE, 

AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF THERAPEUTICS, VETERINARY 

SCHOOL (BOTH) OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY 



I 



THIRD EDITION, REVISED 




New Yoke 
WILLIAM K. JENKINS 

851-853 Sixth Avenue 

1905 



^ 



<r^^ 



i 



i^ 



THE i,ipR\j»Y or 
CONonESs. 

On? Oniw Rpcsiven 

SEF ^1905 

COPVWOHT ENTW 

SW- 9 f9or 

CLA88 «- XXo. No. 
COPY 8. 



Copyright, 1901, 1905 
By William R. Jenkins 



[Registered at Stationers' HaU, London] 
Pri7ited%nth6 United States of America 



printed by the 

Press of William R. Jenkins 

New York 



PEEFACE TO THIRD EDITION. 



In preparing this third edition of " Veterinary Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics " the work has been thoroughly 
revised and re-written, much new matter having been added 
to bring the book up-to-date. 

Among wholly new subjects included may be mentioned 
the following : Adrenalin ; Soluable Silver Compounds, 
including Crede's Ointment and Collargol ; Gelatin and 
Calcium Chloride, in their new roles as hemostatics ; 
Orthoform ; Tallianine ; The Oxygen Treatment for milk 
fever in cows ; an entirely new section on Serum Therapy, 
embracing Antitoxins and Vaccines and also some of the 
Toxins; another new section on the use of the stomach 
tube in view of the recent interest which has been aroused 
in the employment of this aid to stomach-therapy. 

Every endeavor has been made to keep the book up to 
that high standard attained as a text book in the Veterinary 
Colleges and to meet the needs of veterinarians and agri- 
culturists at home and abroad. 

Kenelm Winslow. 

August, 1905. 



•<=. 



i 



^^: 



;m- 



m~ 



9ik 



PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION. 



The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to 
the works of Brunton, Wood, Hare, Edes, Ringer, Bar- 
tholow, Wliite and Mann, in human medicine ; and to those 
of the following veterinary writers : Finlay Dun, Fried- 
berger and Frohner, Ellenberger, Koch, Cagny, Miiller; 
and to the leading veterinary periodicals. 

The matter on " properties," " description," and, in 
many cases, " derivation," is according to the U. S. Phar- 
macopoeia, while the important preparations of both the 
U.S. and British Pharmacopoeias are included. The classi- 
fication and arrangement of drugs employed in this book 
are modifications of those adopted by W. Hale White in his 
excellent treatise on Materia Medica, Pharmacology and 
Therapeutics. 

Kenelm Winslow. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Preliminary Considerations 1 

Definitions 1 

Mode of Action of Drugs 2 

Absorption of Drugs 3 

Elimination of Drugs 4 

Circumstances Modifying the Action of Drugs 6 

Mode of Administration 6 

Dosage 10 

Anatomy and Physiology 11 

Time of Administration 13 

Habit • 14 

Disease 14 

Idiosyncrasy 14 

General Actions of Drugs 15 

Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs 15 

" " " Circulation ■ 33 

" " " Nervous System. 38 

'* " " Respiratory Organs 46 

" " " Urinary Organs 52 

" " " Sexual Organs 56 

" Influencing Metabolism 59 

" " Bodily Heat 60 

" Acting on the Skin 62 

Pharmacy 70 

Incompatibility 83 

Prescription Writing 86 

Classification 113 



Viii CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Inorganic Agents 117 

Vegetable Drugs 351 

Dose Table 66J 

General Therapeutic Measures 679 

Food and Feeding 679 

Counter-irritants 696 

Cold and Heat 704 

Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants 718 

Venesection 728 

Transfusion 732 

Intravenous Saline Infusions 732 

Hypodermoclysis 735 

Enteroclysis 736 

Kunsel's Treatment for Milk Fever in Cows 737 

Lavage 739 

Serum Therapy 741 

Toxins 747 

Vaccines •• 732 



PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS. 



Definitions. 

Pharmacology is derived from the Greek, PharmdkoSy 
a drug, and is the sum of all exact knowledge pertaining to 
drugs, and therefore embraces Materia Medica, Therapeu- 
tics, and Pharmacy. 

Materia iH/erfi'm, derived from two Latin words signi- 
fying medical materials, treats of the derivation, natural 
history, physical and chemical properties, physiological 
actions, doses, and tests of purity of drugs. A special term 
sometimes used to describe the physical and chemical 
properties of drugs is Pharmacognosy, while Pharmaco- 
dynamics refers to the action of drugs on healthy animals. 

Therapeutics, derived from the Greek, Therapevo, mean- 
ing to serve or attend the sick, is that branch of knowledge 
•which treats of the application of all means — medicinal 
or otherwise — to the cure of disease or relief of pain. The 
term has been further subdivided as follows: Bational. 
Therapeutics, which treats of the application of drugs as. 
founded on their physiological actions; Empirical Thera- 
peutics, the use of drugs as based on clinical evidence; and 
General Therapeutics, the use of remedial agents other than 
drugs, e.g., Heat, Cold, Electricity, Food, etc. 

Pharinacy is the art of preparing, compounding, dis- 
pensing and preserving drugs. 

Toxicnlogy, derived from the Greek, Toxilxon, a poison, is 
that branch of knowledgn which treats of the nature, actions, 
detection and treatment of ])oisons. 

Almeclicine is an a<;ent of animal, vegetable or mineral 

origin used for the care of disease or relief of pain. The 

word cure, signifies literally to care for, from the Latin 
1 



4 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS 

which tends to delay absorption and lessen the action of 
medicines given by the mouth. 

If drugs are irritating they should be given to animals 
on the food, or after feeding, in order that they be sufficiently 
diluted. Some remedies require hydrochloric acid for their- 
solution — as iron — and thjey should therefore be adminis- 
tered at or after the time of feeding, because hydrochloric 
acid secretion is then active. 

Elimination of Drugs. 

A drug is as much outside the body when within the- 
digestive tube — so far as any action it may have on the body 
(unless an irritant) — as if it were on the skin. When ab- 
sorbed, a medicine passes into the blood vessels or lymphat- 
ics aud thence into the general circulation. That portion 
which enters the portal circulation reaches the liver and 
may be destroyed in part (some alkaloids) by this organ. 
After entering the blood the drug is thought to form 
unknown combinations with the tissues for which it 
has an affinity — thereby exerting its remedial effect — and 
is decomposed or rarely accumulates in the body, but usually 
is eliminated either unchanged or as decomposition-pro- 
ducts in the breath, or by the excretions or secretions of the 
kidneys, bowels, liver, sudoriparous, salivary and mam- 
mary glands, and mucous membranes. The urine is the 
most frequent channel of elimination for soluble drugs. 
The bowels constitute the next more common pathway of 
elimination. Volatile drugs (chloroform, ether) are elimin- 
ated very rapidly, usually in the breath. If a drug is 
eliminated slowly the duration of its action is correspondingly 
long,. and vice versa. This fact will guide us in the frequency 
of administration of medicines, since if a drug which is 
tardily eliminated be given at frequent intervals it may be 
absorbed faster than it is excreted and so accumulate in the 
body and cause poisoning. The so-called Cumulative Action 
of a drug refers to the occurrence of a sudden and violent 
effect during its medicinal administration. This may be due» 



ELIMINATION OF DRUGS 5 

^1) to delayed followed by rapid absorption from the aliment- 
■ary canal ; or (2) to slow — or sudden arrest of — elimination. 
The salts of lead, mercury and arsenical preparations are 
•eliminated slowly. Digitalis and strychnine are said to be 
-especially prone to produce a cumulative action. Strych- 
nine may, however, be given subcutaneously in gradually 
increasing doses without the likelihood of poisoning. Digi- 
talis may cause a cumulative effect in being slowly oxidized 
in the body or in leading to contraction of the renal vessels 
^ud suppression of urine-elimination. The drugs likely to 
cause a cumulative action must be administered infrequently, 
once, twice, or thrice daily ; whereas medicines which are 
rapidly decomposed and eliminated (alcohol, nitrites, etc.) 
may be given at very frequent intervals if desirable. The 
term excretion is often used synonymously with elimination, 
but, strictly speaking, a drug is not eliminated unless it has 
been first absorbed. On the other hand, an insoluble drug 
passing uuabsorbed through the alimentary canal is said 
properly to be excreted in the fseces. 



CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION 
OF DRUGS. 



Mode of Administration. 

The following table gives the various methods of ad- 
ministering drugs in order of their rapidity of absorption, 
beginning with the method by which absorption is most 
rapid, and following with those by which absorption is less 
and finally least rapid : 

1. Intravenous, by injection into the veins. 

2. By inhalation (volatile drugs). 

3. Subcutaneous, by injection into subcutaneous tissue. 

4. Intratracheal, by injection into the trachea. 

5. Oral, by the mouth. 

6. Rectal, by the rectum. 

7. Inunction, by the skin. 

1. Injection into the veins (usually into the jugu- 
lar) is not so commonly practiced as the subcutaneous 
method, as there is a certain minute danger of inducing 
phlebitis, embolism and thrombosis. The danger is more 
theoretical than real, however, as we have frequently thrown 
from 5 3 (150 cc.) to 6^ 3 (200 cc.) of fluid extract of can- 
nabis indica into the jugular, and even chloral hydrate, 
a most irritating and caustic drug, in the dose of 1 3 
(30.) dissolved in 8 3 (240 cc.) of water, without producing 
any untoward symptoms. No method of administration can 
secure more rapid absorption, since intravenous injection is 
absorption. This has constituted one of the theoretical 
objections to the method, that the sudden entrance of a 
drug might create shock. Injection into the jugular is 
useful when very rapid and effective action is imperative, 
as in causing immediate catharsis in colic and intestinal 

6 



MODE OF ADMINISTRATION 7 

obstruction of horses. In such cases barium chloride and 
eserine sulphate are employed intravenously. The jugu- 
lar is occluded with the hand and the injection is made 
with the same care described below in reference to the 
subcutaneous method. The intravenous use of hot normal 
salt solution is frequently valuable in hemorrhage, shock 
and poisoning (see p. 733). 

2. Volatile drugs are absorbed with great rapidity and 
effect owing to the enormous vascular surface of the lungs 
in contact with the inhaled vapor. Ether, chloroforiii, 
ammonia and amyl-uitrite are given by this method. In- 
halation of medicated steam and sprays, used mainly for 
their local action on the respiratory tract, are also absorbed 
to some extent by the bronchial mucous membrane and 
lungs. This is a convenient and effective mode of applying 
local medication to horses in inflammatory troubles of the 
upper air passages, including the bronchial tubes, and in 
many cases may effect a cure without the use of internal 
remedies. 

3. Subcutaneous or hypodermatic injection is suitable 
for soluble, non-irritating drugs of small bulk, when a sure 
and rapid action is desired. The medicinal solution should 
be free from solid particles and microorganisms. If the 
solution is not clean, or is irritating, abscess may occur. 
The syringe and needle must also be absolutely clean. 
Solutions made by dropping tablets in pure drinking water 
will rarely cause abscess, and the syringe may be made 
aseptic by filling it with alcohol, and wiping the needle with 
the same, previous to their employment. Solutions may be 
preserved for hypodermatic use with boric acid (1 per cent.), 
but soluble tablets are more convenient. 

In practising this method the hair should be removed 
from the seat of injection — preferably the thin skin under- 
laid by connective tissue behind the elbow or on the abdo- 
men — and the part washed ; then a loose fold of skin is 
picked up and held firmly between the thumb and forefinger 
of the left hand, while the needle is thrust under the skin. 



S CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

but not into a vein. The syringe is slowly emptied and 
the needle withdrawn, keeping slight pressure over the 
point of injection with the thumb for a few seconds. The 
use of irritating drugs — permissible in emergencies — as 
fluid extract of ergot, tincture of digitalis, ether and 
ammonia, is less apt to be followed by abscess if injected 
deeply into the muscular substance, bat this method causes 
more pain than ordinary injections. To avoid getting air 
in the veins, all the air is lemoved from the syringe before 
using, by holding it, needle upwards, and pushing in the 
]il anger till a few drops of the solution are forced out of the 
needle. The danger of introducing air into the blood stream 
is greatly exaggerated, however, as the writer has proved by 
forcing vast quantities of air into the jugular vein of a horse 
without producing any untoward symptoms. The proper 
quantity of a solution for subcataneoas use is 5-30 minims 
for dogs j 1-2 drachms for horses, although large amounts 
of salt solution may be injected into the subcutaneous tissue 
or mascles (hypodermoclysis) with great benefit in haemor- 
rhage, etc. See ]\ 735.) 

The minimum doses of drugs should be employed by 
the subcutaneous method. 

INDICATIONS FOR SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTION. 

(a) To secure a i"apid action, as in relieving intense pain or motor 
excitement; and to support a failing lieart, lespiration and vascular 
tone in severe oi:)erations, aiiajsthesia, or other poisoning. 

(b) When aii ministration of drugs by the mouth is inadvisable or 
impossible, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, convulsions or vomiting. 

(c) When a local as well as general action is beneficial, e.g., the 
use of strychnin in roaring and other local paralyses ; atropin in local 
muscular spasms ; veratrin in muscular rheumatism. 

4. Intratracheal injection is a strictly veterinary pro- 
cedure. The skin is incised aseptically with a sharp scalpel 
midway in the neck, and a stout needle (attached to a syringe) 
is thrust between the rings into the trachea. Larger quan- 
tities [H. ( 3 i.-ii.) (30.-60.)] and more irritating drugs are 
given in this way than by the subcutaneons method, and 
absorption is about as rapid ; the dose is the same. There 



MODE OF ADMINISTRATION Sf 

is undoubtedly danger, however, in giving irritant drugs by 
this method, especially chloral, and several cases of foreign- 
body pneumonia have come under our notice as the result 
of this mode of administration. It is the best method of 
benumbing or killing the parasites {S.filaria and micrurus) 
infesting the trachea and bronchi, and has been employed 
to influence the mucous membrane of the larynx and trachea 
in certain inflammatory conditions. 

5. Drugs are usually given by the mouth and are absorbed 
from the stomach and intestines. Many non-irritating and 
not unpleasant drugs are taken voluntarily in the food, 
gruel, milk or drinking water by animals. Cats and dogs 
will often swallow medicine enclosed in a piece of meat. 
Absorption is more tardy than by the subcutaneous method, 
more rapid when given in solution into an empty stomach ; 
slower when administered in powder, pill or ball, and on a 
full stomach. Some drugs are probably absorbed from the 
stomach, only to be destroyed in part by the liver, or elimi- 
nated by the bile, and do not enter the general circulation 
at all. 

When drugs are administered for their local action 
on the stomach, in catarrh or ulcer, they should be given 
half hour to an hour before feeding; if given for their action 
in or on the intestines, they should be administered two or 
three hours after meals. 

6. Rectal injections of medicines (enemata or clysters) are 
practised when the use of drugs by the mouth is inadvis- 
able or impossible, as in unconsciousness, dysphagia, con- 
vulsions ; also to destroy parasites (oxyurides) in the rectum, 
to influence an inflamed or ulcerated rectal mucous mem- 
brane, and to remove intestinal contents (oil and glycerin). 

The dose of drugs by this method is generally twice 
that by the mouth, and absorption is slower and more im- 
perfect. The drug should be non-irritating, soluble, and not 
too bulky, since a small amount is necessary ( 3 i-- 3 i- dogs ; 
5 ii.- 3 viii. horses); to avoid tenesmus and expulsion. Warm 
starch solution (made by boiling) or linseed tea with a little 
laudanum is a good vehicle for medicinal enemata, and re- 



10 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

tentiou of enemata is facilitated by pressure on the anus 
with a towel for some minutes after the injection is given. 

Solids are sometimes employed by rectum in supposi- 
tories. For general uses of enemata, see p. 30. 

7. Drugs are absorbed very slightly by the skin, and then 
only when rubbed very vigorously into the epidermis (in- 
unction) with lanolin, fat or oil of some kind. Mercury, 
silver and iodine are most commonly employed for absorp- 
tion, but drugs are usually applied externally for their local 
action only and not to influence the general system through 
the blood. 

Dosage. 

The study of dosage is known as Posology. The action 
of drugs is altered both in degree and in kind by the dose. 
Thus, increasing the dose would naturally lead to an in- 
crease in the intensity of a drug's action, but it frequently 
changes the entire character of the action as well. 

Drugs, as opium and alcohol, acting especially on the 
nervous system, often excite in therapeutic doses, but 
depress and paralyze in toxic doses. Drugs, as digitalis, 
stimulating the heart in medicinal doses, usually depress 
and paralyze the organ in poisonous doses. Many drngs 
promoting urinary secretion, in ordinary doses, cause inflam- 
mation and urinary suppression in large doses. The best 
way to determine the dose of a drug is to estimate the 
amount required for each pound of live weight. This only 
applies to the same species and to animals of ordinary 
build. Fat is a comparatively inert tissue as far as the 
action of drugs is concerned, so that a very fat horse, 
weighing, for example, 1,200 pounds, would be affected 
in a more pronounced manner by a dose of medicine 
than would a lean horse of the same weight and taking 
the same dose. In the case of young animals, and of 
those either above or under the ordinary size of the 
adult of any species, the dose should be proportioned — ac- 
cording to weight — to the average dose for the adult animal 
of that species. Thus, if the average weight of a horse is 
1,000 pounds, the dose of any drug for a colt weighing 



ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 11 

500 pounds would be half the usual dose for adult horses. 
In a general way the dose for all animals from birth to a 
few weeks old, is one -twentieth of that suitable for the 
mature animal of the same species ; for yearlings, about one- 
third of the adult dose. The dose recommended for dogs 
is commonly the same as that given to man, but this rule 
does not apply in the case of some powerful drugs (strych- 
nine), where the dose should be adjusted to the weight, i.e., 
so much per pound, live weight. 

It is impossible to calculate the dose for all domestic 
animals as based on that for animals of one species, be- 
cause the differences in anatomy and physiology modify the 
actions of drugs in degree and kind, but the dose for sheep 
is about one-fourth of that for the larger ruminants. 

The repetition of a dose is determined to a consider- 
able extent by the duration and rapidity of a drug's action. 
Agents used for their immediate effect, as those relieving 
pain and stimulating the circulation and respiration, are 
repeated frequently till the desired effect is attained. 
Medicines improving the condition of the digestion, blood 
and nutrition, as tonics of various kinds, require time for 
the aceomplishment of their mission, and are usually given 
two or three times daily for a period of some weeks. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

Certain differences in the action of medicines may be 
observed as occurring in the various species of animals, and 
in animals as contrasted in this respect with man. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON ANIMALS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON MAN. 

From a compai'ative standpoint the action of drugs on 
the nervous system of animals differs from that on man. 
This follows according to the "law of dissolution," which 
teaches that the more highly developed a part of the ner- 
vous system is in the evolutionary scale, the more sensitive 
is it to the influence of drugs. Since the cerebrum of man 
is relatively larger and more highly developed, in propor- 



12 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

tion to his weight, than is the case in animals, and since the 
spinal cord is larger and more highly developed in pro- 
portion to the brain in animals, it happens that drugs 
impressing the nervous system exert less effect on the brain, 
and more on the spinal cord, of animals than they do in man. 
Thus opium is more powerful in its influence on. the 
brain of man, and strychnin is more potent in its action on 
the spinal cord of animals. Drugs are not absorbed so 
rapidly or perfectly in the enormous digestive apparatus of 
ruminants as in man; neither do emetics act in these animals, 
nor in horses; while in none of the lower animals are agents 
causing sweating so efficient as in man. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON HORSES AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON OTHER 

ANIMALS. 

Differences exist relative to the action of drugs on the 
horse, as compared with other animals, chiefly in respect 
to the digestive apparatus. Emetics do not act on the horse, 
as this animal does not vomit unless tlie stomach is greatly 
distended with gas, which causes dilatation of the cardiac 
outlet. Otherwise the stomach is too small to be success- 
fully compressed by the abdominal walls, and the great 
}ength of the oesophagus between the stomach and dia- 
phragm, together with the horseshoe-like band of fibres at 
its cardiac extremity, prevent the regur^tation of food. The 
intestines of the horse, on the other hand, are as volum- 
inous as the stomach is small, and therefore are powerfully 
influenced by irritants (as purgatives), although the action 
of cathartics is slow. The bowels of, horses excrete vastly 
more of the fluid ingested than is the case in man or dogs 
— whose kidneys chiefly assume this function — and these 
latter organs are said to eliminate about 15 per cent, of the 
fluid ingesta in the former animals, as against 50 per cent. 
in man and dogs. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON RUMINANTS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON 
OTHER ANIMALS. 

The capacious four-fold stomach of ruminants always 



TIME OF ADMINISTRATION 13 

contains large amounts of food in the rumen and abomasum, 
while the impervious, poorly vascular and skin-like gastric 
mucous membrane renders absorption feeble and imperfect 
and enforces a comparatively larger dosage than is proper 
for horses of greater weight. Euminants are also generally 
insusceptible to emetics. The skin and kidneys of rumi- 
nants are still less active than is the case in horses. 

ACTION OF DRUGS ON DOGS AND PIGS AS COMPARED WITH THAT ON 
OTHER ANIMALS. 

The action of medicine on dogs and pigs is similar in 
kind to that observed in man, but the former animals are less 
sensitive to drugs as a rule, since the dose suitable for a 
man weighing 150 pounds is appropriate for a dog of 40 
pounds weight. As exceptions to this rule, we find that dogs 
will not bear the human dose of calomel, oil of turpentine, 
or strychnine. In fact, the ordinary tonic dose of strych- 
nine (gr. 3L) for man will throw a medium-sized dog into 
convulsions, and may kill a small animal, notwithstand- 
ing that this amount is recommended as a suitable canine 
dose in veterinary text books. 

Contrariwise, the dog is comparatively insensitive to 
many drugs powerfully inflaencing man, — notably aloes, 
colocyuth and rhubarb. Most cathartics act more quickly 
on dogs than is the case with the other domestic animals, 
but saline purgatives are less appropriate in often causing 
vomiting, and because of their bulk. 

Time of Administration. 

This matter has been alluded to in speaking of the 
absorption of drugs. Medicines readily undergoing decom- 
position in the presence of other substances, as iodine and 
hydriodic acid, should be given on an empty stomach ; and 
likewise all drugs, when a speedy action is desired. Irrit- 
ants should be administered on a full stomach; while agents 
requiring hydrochloric acid for their solution — as iion — 



14 CIRCUMSTANCES MODIFYING THE ACTION OF DRUGS 

must be exhibited on the food or immediately after the time 
of feeding. 

Habit. — This circumstance does not have the same import- 
ance in veterinary medicine which it possesses in human 
practice, since we control drug habits in animals. Animals 
usually become less susceptible to the action of drugs 
on their repetition, e.g., opium and cathartics. This rule 
does not hold in the case of drugs having a cumulative 
action, nor in the repeated use of irritants on the skin, for 
then their action is strongly intensified. 

Disease. — The action of drugs is profoundly influenced 
by disease. It is only possible to enumerate a few exam- 
ples. Pain is almost an antidote to opium, and large re- 
peated doses of the drug, previously innocuous, may, on the 
sudden cessation of pain, induce poisoning. Opium is also 
borne in enormous doses in peritonitis. Inflammation aiid 
congestion of the digestive organs hinders the absorption of 
all medicines. A congested condition of the alimentary 
canal, and even of the respiratory tract in horses, contra- 
indicate the use of strong purgatives in these animals, 
since superpurgation may occur. A high temperature alters 
the action of many drugs. 

Opium is not so efficient as an analgesic in fevers, while 
antipyretics will not lower the temperature in health. 
Stimulants are not nearly so potent in depressed bodily 
conditions, and counter-irritants will not produce their 
characteristic actions on the skin when the circulatory 
functions are at a low ebb. 

Idiosyncrasy. — Individual susceptibility to drugs is 
infrequent, but unfortunately cannot be anticipated. The 
writer has seen simple zinc oxide (free from adulteration or 
impurities) cause a frenzy of irritation when rubbed on a 
dog's skill, and a small dose of tartar emetic cause violent 
vomiting in a cow. Some animals are very susceptible to 
counter-irritants. Well-bred animals are commonly more 
responsive to drugs than others. 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS. 



Drugs Acting on the Digestive Organs. 

Sialagogues are agents increasing the secretion of saliva. 
AntisiaJagogues are agents diminisliing salivary secretion. 
Among the sources of saliva — the parotid, sublingual and 
submaxillary glands — the latter have received most study. 
The chorda tympani, with its centre in the medulla, is one of 
the two nerves supplying the submaxillary gland. It con- 
tains two sets of fibres, the secretory and vasodilator. 
Hence stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, whether im- 
mediately or reflexly, leads, by means of its vasodilator 
fibres, to dilatation of the blood vessels and enhanced vascu- 
larity of the gland, and so indirectly to greater secretion; 
while, through excitation of the secretory fibres, the proto- 
plasm of the glandular cells is influenced and secretion 
directly increased. 

Keflexly the gland is stimulated by drugs exciting the 
peripheral terminations of the gustatory (lingual branch of 
the fifth nerve) and glossopharangeal nerves in the mouth ; 
the vagus endings in the stomach ; by agencies sending 
pleasurable impressions to the brain through the medium of 
the eyes or nose ; or by stimulation of other sensory nerves. 
The submaxillary gland is also supplied by a branch of the 
cervical sympathetic accompanying the submaxillary arter- 
ies. Stimulation of this nerve, or its centre, causes vascular 
constriction in the gland and inhibition of secretion. 

Sialagogues are often classed under three heads. 1st, 
Specific sialagogues, acting directly on the mechanism con- 
cerned with secretion, i.e., the gland cells, or nervous appara- 
tus. Pilocarpine is the best example of the specific class. 
It stimulates the gland cell or peripheral nerve endings. 
2nd, Reflex sialagogues, exciting sensory nerve terminations 

15 



16 GENERAL ACTION OF DRUGS 

and indirectly or reflexly stimulating the nervous mechan- 
ism controlling secretion. As examples of this class, may be 
mentioned alkalies, acids, emetics, and other agents stimu- 
lating the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach. 
Srd, Mixed sialagogues, acting both specifically and reflexly. 
Physostigmiue, nicotine or tobacco and mercury prepara- 
tions may be included in this category. 

Antisialagogues. — These drugs may act in various ways to 
lessen salivary secretion, but atropine is most notable in this 
regard. It acts by depressing the peripheral endings of the 
secretory nerves. 

Z7ses. — Sialagogues are not of much therapeutic value. 
Some are added to the drinking water given to animals suf- 
fering from fever, to relieve dryness of the mouth and thirst. 
They are then called refrigerants ; as, for example, potas- 
sium nitrate, diluted phosphoric and other acids. The 
reflex sialagogues are sometimes employed to stimulate the 
mucous membrane of the pharynx in sore throat and relaxed 
eonditioiis ; as, for example, potassium chlorate in electuary 
for horses. 

Excessive salivation produced by mercury salts or pilo- 
carpine is relieved by an antisialagogue, i.e., atropine. 

Stomachics are drugs which, in therapeutic doses, mildly 
stimulate the mucous membrane of the mouth and stomach, 
thereby increasing the secietions and vascularity of these 
parts, the appetite, and, in a less degree, gastric peristalsis. 
These agents also influence the intestines, but this effect will 
be considered under carminatives. 

Stomachics may be divided into bitters, aromatics (drugs 
containing a volatile oil and often very pungent), and aro- 
matic bitters (drugs containing a volatile oil and a bit- 
ter principle). While both the bitters and aromatics en- 
hance the apjietite, the action of the latter is more powerful 
and fleeting. Very large doses of stomachics are distinctly 
irritating, and cause anorexia, nausea, and vomiting in 
animals capable of the act. 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 



17 



BITTERS 

Gentian 

Caluniba 

Quassia 

Hvdrastis 

Taraxacum 

AROMATIC BITTERS 

Cascarilla 

Chamomile 

Serpentaria 



STOMACHICS. 

AROMATICS 
Coriander 
Capsicum 
Pepper 
Ginger 
Cardamon 
Fennel 
Fenugreek 
Anise 
Calamus 
Mustard 
Spearmint 
Peppermint 



Alcohol 

Ether 

Chloroform 

Alkalies (see Antacids) 



Uses. — Stomachics — particularly bitters — are service- 
able in improving the appetite and gastric digestion in atonic 
indigestion, and in enfeebled states of the digestive organs 
occurring in the course of chronic diseases or during conva- 
lescence from acute disorders. The aromatics are more 
frequently employed for their action on the intestines, when 
they are called carminatives. Bitters are contra-indicated 
in irritable or inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract 

Antacids are drugs which are used to counteract acidity 
in the stomach and bowels resulting from indigestion and 
fermentation, or from excessive secretion of gastric juice. 
Some (not ammonia compounds) are also occasionally em- 
ployed to alkalize the blood and urine. 

It has been commonly taught that if antacids are given 
immediately before or at the time of eating, they increase 
the flow of acid gastric juice, although diminishing the 
secretion of alkaline saliva. They are thus said to improve 
gastric digestion, especially when combined with bitters. 

This fact has been substantiated by analyses of the 
stomach-contents in experiments on man. 

If administered several hours alter eating, antacids 
counteract acidity due to fermentation and relieve pain 
caused by this condition. Since fermentation is frequently 
the cause of tympanites, the antacids are conjoined to advan- 
tage with carminatives (sodium bicarbonate and ginger). 



18 GENERAL ACTIONS OP DRUGS 

The alkaline carbonates allay pain by means of the carbonic 
<iioxide set free in their decomposition in the digestive tract, 
and the antacids are also beneficial in dissolving an exces- 
sive secretion of mucus in catarrhal conditions of the alimen- 
tary canal. 

The antacids are synonymous with alkalies, with the 
exception of the neutral vegetable salts — acetates, citrates 
and tartrates — of potassium and sodium, which are some- 
times classed under this head. These do not alkalize the 
contents of the stomach, but nevertheless are broken up in 
the body and transformed into carbonates and thus render 
the urine more alkaline daring their elimination. Among 
those included in the following list the sodium compounds 
are much less active in alkalizing the urine than the potas- 
sium salts. Sodium bicarbonate is in most fi'equent use in 
digestive disorders, but ammonium carbonate is particularly 
appropriate in flatulence, because it possesses the added 
power of stimulating peristaltic action and expelling flatus. 

ANTACIDS. 

Sodium carbonate Ammoniuni carbonate 

Sodium bicarbonate Magnesia 

Potassium carbonate Magnesium carbonate 

Potassium bicarbonate Calcium carbonate (chalk) 

Solution of potash Solution of lime (lime water) 

Ammonia 

Acids. — The mineral acids — in contradistinction to the 
alkalies — lessen the secretion of gastric juice and increase 
the secretion of saliva. Diminution of the gastric secretion 
is undesirable, and to avoid it acids should be given two 
hours after meals when gastric secretion is complete. Acids 
appear to excite movements of the stomach as the normal 
motility increases with the secretion of gastric juice. 
Hydrochloric acid seems to be an exception and not to 
lessen gastric secretion, but even to excite the normal pi'o- 
duction of this acid in the stomach. It should not, however, 
be given until an hour or two after feeding animals, and 
stimulates the formation of pepsin from pepsinogen, as well 
as the amount of acid in the gastric juice. 



DRUGS ACTiHWJ ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 19 

Carminatives include the same drugs which were men- 
tioned as stomachics, including valerian, asafetida and 
volatile oils generally, but the term as generally employed 
refers to their effect in exciting peristaltic action, and so 
expelling gas from the stomach and bowels. The aromatics 
are considerably more valuable for this purpose than the 
bitters. Carminatives also prevent griping caused by many 
cathartics, aid digestion, and disguise the taste of disagree- 
able drugs. Capsicum and ginger are most frequently pre- 
scribed in Veterinary practice. 

Digestives. — Pepsin is occasionally of benefit in the 
treatment of dogs and young animals in cases of enfeebled 
gastric digestion resulting from acute diseases or other gen- 
eral causes. It should be administered directly after eating, 
and is prescribed to advantage with hydrochloric acid. As 
a general proposition it is inadvisable to give agents which 
mere ly substitute an artificial for the natural digestion, except 
as a temporary expedient. A wiser course consists in re- 
moving the cause of indigestion by proper feeding or by 
enforcing abstinence from food, and in the use of remedies 
calculated to strengthen the natural digestive functions. 

Pancreatin may be given during, or immediately after, 
eating, and will assist gastric digestion for some time before 
sufl&cient acid is secreted to destroy it. In fact, some authors 
(Hare) insist that this substance is more valuable in any 
case than pepsin in aiding stomach digestion, although pan- 
creatin is more commonly given, several hours after eating, 
to promote intestinal digestion. Papain is another agent 
which is employed as an artificial digestive of vegetable 
origin. Its value is not yet definitely determined. 

Antiseptics. — These agents are sometimes used to pre- 
sent or arrest fermentation of food in the stomach and 
bowels. Since fermentation is primarily due to indigestion, 
it is essential to remove the cause by diet and other rational 
means rather than to combat the effects of indigestion, 
liarge doses of antiseptics hinder the digestive processes 
and may endanger the life of the patient, so that it is difficult 
to attain perfect antisepsis in the alimentary canal. 



20 GENEKAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Among the drugs more commonly employed for their 
antiseptic action on the contents of the digestive tract may 
be mentioned : 

Carbolic acid Bismuth salicylate 

Creosote Bismuth subgallate 

Creolin Sodium sulphite, bisulphite and 

Naphtol hyposulphite 

Naphtalin Hydrogen dioxide 

Bismuth subnitrate 

Emetics are drugs which cause vomiting. The act of 
vomiting proceeds from irritation of the vomiting centre in 
the medulla, which is in close proximity to the respiratory 
centre. This centre is either acted upon directly by drugs 
circulating in the blood, or refiexly by agents stimulating^ 
sensory nerves in various parts of the body. Thus, irritation 
of the sensory nerve-endings of the mouth, throat, gullet, 
lungs, heart, stomach, bowels, biliary passages, peritoneum, 
uterus and kidneys, may produce vomition. Vomiting is 
occasioned by simultaneous contraction of the abdominal 
walls and the diaphragm. In this process the stomach is 
squeezed between the abdominal walls and diaphragm, and 
contraction of the longitudinal fibres, radiating from the 
lower end of the gullet, draws the stomach towai'ds the 
diaphragm and so pulls open the cardiac orifice, while the 
pylorus is firmly contracted and closed. Some peculiarities 
must be noted in reference to vomition in the domestic ani- 
mals. Dogs, pigs and cats vomit readily and may be placed 
in the same category as man in this respect. Horses rarely 
vomit and are not easily nauseated by emetics. Vomiting 
is prevented in these animals by : 1. The small size of the 
stomach, which is not readily compressed between the ab- 
dominal walls and diaphragm. 2. The length of the gullet 
between the stomach and diaphragm, which forms a valve- 
like obstruction when the tube is shortened by contraction 
of the longitudinal fibres at its lower extremity in attempts 
at vomition. 3. A horse-shoe-like band of fibres at the car- 
diac orifice, which hinders dilatation of this opening. Rumi- 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 21 

nants are likewise comparatively insusceptible to emetics 
because o the large size of their digestive apparatus, which 
IS not easily compressed between the parietes and diaphragm. 
Iherefore the vomiting centre remains probably in a state of 
non-development in the horse and ruminant, by reason of 
non-use. -^ 

Cattle and horses do, however, occasionally vomit. Cat- 
tie at sea frequently suffer from mat. de mer, and the writer 
has observed actual vomition in them following the use of 
tartar emetic Horses may vomit when the stomach is 
greatly distended with gas. 

Emetics iHay be classed as: 1. Specific, acting on the 
vomiting centre through the blood. 2. Local, by stimula- 
tion of the sensory nerve-endings in the mouth, throat, gullet 
and stomach. 3. Ji/^erUhose acting in both ways 

It IS impossible, in our present state of knowledge, to 
apply his classification accurately to individual drugs but 
the following statements may be made: If an emetic is in- 
jected into the carotid and vomiting instantly occurs, the drug 
has probably acted upon the vomiting centre ; if some time 
elapses before the occurrence of vomition, it is probable that 
the drug has acted upon the stomach during its elimination 
by that organ. Contrariwise, if, after the ingestion of an 
emetic, a considerable period intervenes before vomiting 
comes on, it is probable that the agent has acted on the 
vomiting centre. 

_ ^ Again, if a larger quantity of a drug is required when 
mjectedinto the blood than when swallowed, to cause 
emesis It IS fair to suppose that the agent acts on the 
stomach directly or during its elimination. Finallv if an 
emetic IS thrown into the blood after the removal of the 
stomach and substitution of a bladder in its place, and vom- 
iting does not occur (Majendie's experiment with tartar 
emetic), it shows that the agent only acts on the stomach ; 
but If vomiting does occur, it indicates that the agent acts 
on the vomiting centre and causes emesis by contraction of 
the parietes and diaphragm, with this reservation, that the 



22 GSNEBAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

drug may have been eliminated by the oesophagus and in-^ 
testines and have reflexly stimulated the vomiting centre 
through the medium of these parts. These remarks dem- 
onstrate the complexity of the subject. 

EMETICS. 
Specific Local Jfixed 

Apomorphine Tepid water • Tartar Emetic 

Senef;a Mustard Ipecac 

Squills Salt Zinc Sulphate 

Lukewarm water Alum Copper Sulphate 

Ammonium Carbonate 

Apomorphine is the only emetic given under the skin. 
It also acts well by the mouth, but causes more nausea and 
allied effects than drugs acting locally. 

Mustard and salt, 1 teaspoonful each, in a cup of luke- 
warm water, form a convenient emetic for dogs. Ipecac is^ 
useful in respiratory diseases as an expectorant as well as 
emetic, and zinc sulphate is a prompt emetic in poisoning. 
The other emetics are practically unimportant. 

Emetics cause, beside vomition, several other pheno- 
mena which are sometimes utilized therapeutically. Among 
these may be mentioned, — nausea, salivation, violent respi- 
ratory efforts, compression of the abdominal glands and 
ducts and extrusion of their contents, passive congestion of 
the head, chest and peripheral parts by reason of compres- 
sion of the abdominal veins. Increased secretion of the 
mucous membranes of the nose, eyes, stomach, gullet and 
bronchial tubes follow passive congestion. Muscular relax- 
ation always accompanies nausea, and sweating ensues from 
relaxation of the skin and leaking out of the secretion. The 
flow of bile is increased on account of pressure on the liver 
and gall-bladder, while the secretion is also augmented. 

The j^ulse and respiration are more frequent during 
emesis, but are diminished in force and frequency after- 
wards. All these phenomena are more apparent after the 
use of specific emetics. 

Uses. — These apply particularly to dogs. 

1, To empty the stomach in case of poisoning, over- 



DKUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 



23 



loading of the organ, and indigestion with convulsions in 
young animals : — Mustard, salt or zinc sulphate. 

2. To expel foreign bodies from the fauces and gullet 
(apomorphine subcutaneously) ; or, by the forcible expira- 
tion attending vomition, to expel excessive secretion or exu- 
dation from the air passages in laryngitis or bronchitis : — 
Ipecac. 

3. To empty the gall-bladder in catarrhal jaundice and 
biliousness and to expel bile from the stomach. 

4. To lower blood pressure and increase secretion in 
the first stage of bronchitis : — Ipecac. 

5. To stop vomiting : — Ipecac in minute doses. 
Contra-indications. — Pregnancy; hernia; inflammation 

of the stomach, brain or abdominal viscera; bleeding from 
the stomach, bowels or lungs ; aneurism and asthenia. 

Gastric sedatives and anti-emetics are agents used to re- 
lieve pain in the stomach and vomiting. These include : 



Ice 


Cocaine 


Hot water 


Cerium oxalate 


Bismuth subcarbonate 


Lime water 


Bismuth subnitrate 


Minute doses of arsenic 


Carbon dioxide 


" " . " ipecac 


Hydrocyanic acid 


" " alcohol 


Moi'phine 


" " iodine 


Menthol 


" " " silver nitrate 


Carbolic acid 


Chloroform 


Creasote 


Chloral 


Aconite 


Bromides 


Belladonna 


Nitrites 



Most of these agents act locally, but opium and mor- 
phine, chloral, the bromides, prussic acid and the nitrites 
act centrally. 

USES OF GASTRIC SEDATIVES AND ANTI-EMETICS IN CANINE 
PRACTICE. 

It must be recognized that vomiting is merely a symptom. 
It is, therefore, essential to remove the cause. This may 
sometimes be accomplished by starving, the use of an 



24 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

emetic, or tepid water. If vomiting is due to acute irrita- 
tion of the stomach, as is frequently the case in dogs, ice 
and bismuth subnitrate (gr. x.-xx.), with tincture of aconite 
(1T[.i.-ii-), form suitable remedies. When vomiting arises from 
indisestion and fermentation, carbolic acid with bismuth 
often act favorably. The vomiting following anaesthesia is 
probably of central origin. Here enemata of laudanum 
(Tr[.x.-xxx.) and sodium bromide (gr. xx.-xxx.) are beneficial. 
Ipecac, iodine, silver nitrate and the like are useful in vom- 
iting dependent upon an atonic or depressed state of the 
stomach. When vomiting is continuous, small quantities of 
milk and lime water, equal parts, or peptonized milk 
( 3 ii.-iv.), or a drachm of cracked ice with a few drops of 
brandy, should be given at half-hour intervals. It may be 
rarely necessary to resort to rectal feeding. 

Purgatives or cathartics are agents which empty the 
bowels. They act : (1) By stimulating peristaltic action. 
(2) By increasing the secretions (succus entericus) of the 
intestinal glands and, perhaps, transudation of fluid from 
the blood vessels in the walls of the intestines. (3) By hin- 
dering absorption of secretions and fluids which normally 
occurs in the lower bowels. (4) By a combination of two or 
more of these methods. Purgatives may be divided into : 

1. Laxatives. — These include such agents as: 

Olive oil Nux vomica 

Cottonseed oil Castor oil | ,, ■■ 

,, . ^ . , . 'small dose 

Magnesia Lmseed oil \ 

Sulphur 

These drugs slightly increase intestinal action, chiefly 
by stimulation of peristalsis. 

2. Simple Purgatives. — These stimulate secretion and 
peristaltic action. Among them may be mentioned : 

Aloes Rhubarb 

Calomel Senna 

Linseed oil Cascara sagrada 

Castor oil Frangula 

3. Drastic Purgatives. — Drastics are essentially gastro- 
intestinal irritants, and in large doses cause mucous aod 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 25 

bloody diarrhoea, congestion of the mucous membrane of 
the alimentary canal and severe colic. They may produce 
death in poisonous doses with collapse by reason of gastro- 
enteritis. Drastics greatly increase both peristaltic action 
and secretion, and are contra-indicated in irritable and in- 
flamed conditions of the digestive tract. They are, however, 
indicated for their revulsant or derivative effect {i.e., to dilate 
the blood vessels in the alimentary canal and to cause an 
outpouring of serum from the blood, thus relieving conges- 
tion in other parts) in some acute inflammations, as in brain 
diseases. Their medicinal action is often attended Avith 
considerable apd irregular peristaltic contractions, so that 
griping occurs. The latter is prevented by suitable combi- 
nation with other purgatives ; with hyoscyamus and bella- 
donna ; or with carminatives, as ginger. The drastics in- 
clude : 

Croton oil Scammony 

Colocynth Jalap 

Gamboge Elaterium 

4. Hydragogue Purgatives. — Hydragogues are agents 
which chiefly increase the fluidity of the intestinal contents. 
They include : 

(a) SALINE PURGATIVES 

Magnesium sulphate Sodium phosphate 

Sodium sulphate Potassium bitartrate 

(b) DRASTICS 

Jalap Scammony 

Elaterium 

The salines stimulate secretion by reason of their bit- 
terness, and by their irritant and specific properties. They, 
moreover, hold on to the fluid thus secreted and hinder its 
absorption because of their slow diffasibility. Purgation 
follows, owing to the mechanical effect of the increased 
fluidity in the bowels, and since the augmented bulk of the 
intestinal contents excites peristaltic action. T\hen it is 
desirable to remove fluid from the blood the salt should be 
.given in concentrated solution, but when a speedy purgative 



96 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

action only is required the saline should be administered in 
considerable dilution. This happens because salines con- 
tinue to cause an outpouring of fluid (succus entericus) into 
the intestines until a 5 to 6 per cent, solution of the salt is 
reached. The nearer to this degree of dilution (5-6 per 
cent.), therefore, the dose is given, the more quickly will it 
purge. 

The drastics included in this class of purgatives have 
the power of markedly increasing intestinal secretion as well 
as peristaltic action. 

5. Cholagogue Purgatives. — Cholagogues are agents which 
assist in removing bile from the body. They do this in two 
ways. 1. By directly stimulating the secretion of bile. 
These sire called Direct Cholagogufs, or Hepatic Stimulants. 
2. By increasing peristalsis in the upper portion of the 
small intestines, and thus hastening the expulsion of bile 
from the bowels. These are called Indirect Cholagogues. 
Some cholagogues are not generally considered purgatives^ 
but it is proper to classify all of them thus, since bile stim- 
ulates peristalsis. 

The functions of the liver which cholagogues influence 
— more or less — are as follows : 

1. Destructive Action. — The liver not only destroys the 
toxicity of peptones and other poisonous fermentative and 
putrefactive products of digestion, but antagonizes as well 
the effect of toxins and alkaloids derived from various sources, 
including those absorbed from the alimentary tract. 

2. Constructive Action. — The liver completes the assimi- 
lation of peptones by converting them into albumin and 
globulin for immediate use. An important hepatic function 
is the formation of glycogen from peptones and sugar occur- 
ring as digestive products. Finally urea is produced in the 
liver from products of oxidation in the body, as leucin. 

3. Excretory Action. — The liver produces bile which is 
both an excretion and secretion. In bile are eliminated, as 
toxic matters, biliary acids (the product of liver cells), bile 
pigment (the result of decomposition of red blood cells in 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS 27 

the spleen), and lecithin and cholesterin (the waste pro- 
ducts of nerve tissue and cellular activity). The bile pigment 
and acids are rendered inert in the bowel by precipitation 
in the acid chyme. 

4. Secretory Action. — Bile, as a secretion, is utilized in 
the intestines, where it is instrumental in the emulsification 
and absorption of food-fat. Experiments on fasting, cur- 
arized dogs — from which all the bile was removed through 
glass tubes connected with the common bile duct — have 
shown that the following drugs particularly stimulate 
biliary secretion : 

DIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. 

^Podophyllum Ipecac 

Aloes Euonymus 

*Rhubarb *Nitro-hydrochloric Acid 
Colchicum Corrosive Sublimate 

Sodium Sulphate Sodium Salicylate 

*Sodium Phosphate 

These experiments may not apply to all animals owing 
to the differences in food requirements and anatomy. The 
drugs marked with an asterisk have been found by clinical 
evidence most valuable. The purgatives above-mentioned 
act most successfully as cholagogues when given in small 
doses. 

INDIRECT CHOLAGOGUES. 

Calomel 
Mercury 
Most purgatives in a less degree. 

The bile occurring at any time within the bowels is in 
part absorbed and then re- secreted. This process may be 
repeated indefinitely, but is prevented by purgatives, espe- 
cially those increasing peristalsis in the duodenum and 
upper part of the jejunum (calomel), because they hurry 
along and expel the bile in the gut before it has time to be 
absorbed. 

In this way calomel and purgatives are indirect chola- 
gogues in removing bile from the body ; not by stimulating 
its secretion, but by hastening its excretion from the bowels. 



28 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Cholagogues are serviceable in indigestion and constipation 
with disordered hepatic f auctions, as shown by icterus, light- 
colored fgeces, etc. A more complete method of ridding the 
blood of bile consists in the use of both an indirect chola- 
gogue (to sweep it out of the bowels) and a direct chola- 
gogue (to increase biliary secretion). The urea-forming 
and glycogenic functions of the liver are not influenced to 
advantage by drugs, with the exception of opium, morphine 
and codeine, which lessen the amount of sugar in the urine 
in Diabetes Mellitus. 

GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES. 

1. To emptij the boioels. — In this way are removed fsecal 
accumulations and poisonous matters resulting from bacte- 
rial infection, and from fermentative and putrefactive changes 
in the intestinal contents in indigestion. Foreign bodies, 
bile, pathological discharges and intestinal parasites are also 
expelled. 

Peristaltic action is quickened in chronic constipation, 
wdiile spasmodic and painful conditions (colic) are relieved 
by ridding the bowels of the source of irritation causing the 
trouble. 

2. To remove fluid from the body. — This effect is more 
marked after the use of concentrated solutions of saline pur- 
gatives and other hydragogues. Concentration of the blood 
and resulting absorption of dropsies of renal and cardiac 
origin, or inflammatory effusions, can be accomplished by 
these agents. 

3. To revulse. — That is, to cause dilatation of the blood 
vessels in the intestinal walls and so withdraw blood from 
remotely congested areas, as in cerebritis. The drastics are 
appropriate for this service. Pain and nervous phenomena 
in other regions are sometimes benefited by the counter- 
irritant action of drastic cathartics. 

4. To deplete. — Cathartics, particularly concentrated 
saline solutions, deplete the body both locally and generally 
by withdrawal of serum from the blood vessels. Purgatives 



GENERAL USES OF PURGATIVES 29 

tend to combat inflammation (antiphlogistic action) in this 
way by lowering blood tension while they also favor reduc- 
tion of a febrile temperature. Local depletion by salines is 
especially indicated in diarrhoea and dysentery, and in the 
first stages of acute inflammation of the digestive tract. 
Plethora and obesity are often treated by a depletive method 
with cathartics. 

5. To eliminate. — Deleterious material in the blood re- 
sulting from renal insufficiency, and probably from infeciion 
in acute diseases, maybe eliminated to a considerable extent 
by purgatives. So also may be hfetnic sources of rheuma- 
matism, lymphangitis and haemoglobinfemia. 

Contra-indications. — These refer rather to the special 
agent than to any disorder, for there is scarcely a condition 
in which some cathartic is not permissible. 

Drastics are inadmissible under the following circum- 
stances : in catarrhal conditions of the respiratory and 
digestive tracts, intestinal haemorrhage, collapse, anaemia, 
hernia, prolapse of rectum, metritis, nephritis, pregnancy, 
general debility, and in wounds of and operations upon the 
pelvic or abdominal viscera. 

In well-defined enteritis and peritonitis cathartics are 
to be avoided. In mechanical obstruction of the intestines 
surgical interference is indicated when practicable, but where 
this is impossible enemata and possibly purgatives may be 
employed. The intestines, developed to an extent dispro- 
portionate to the size of the stomach in the horse, are pow- 
erfully influenced by cathartics, so that in catarrh of the 
respiratory organs and influenza, metastasis, or change in 
the site of the inflammation may occur, and the intestines 
may become involved with the occurrence of excessive 
purging (super-purgation) after the ingestion of any but the 
mildest cathartics, as linseed oil. Aloes is the purgative 
given horses for ordinary purposes, while epsom and glauber 
salts are suitable for ruminants and pigs, and calomel and 
castor oil for dogs. Water assists the action of purgatives, 
and its ingestion should be encouraged by supplying a liberal 



30 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

quantity of common salt either with the purgative or on the 
food, and also by sweetening the drinking water with molasses 
in the case of cattle. If the action of cathartics is delayed, 
it is usually advisable to give enemata. 

Enemata, or Clysters. — These are fluid injections into the 
rectum and are used for the following purposes : 

1. To empty the lower bowels when purgatives are 
inadmissible, as in intestinal obstruction, ulceration and 
inflammation, f?ecal accumulations, debilitated conditions, 
obstinate vomiting, unconsciousness, and in inability to 
swallow (sore throat and tetanus). 

2. To relieve pain, spasm (of intestines and bladder), 
and shock, when deep, hot enemata (105°-115° F.) are used. 

3. To save life. After severe hsemorrhage, deep injec- 
tions of hot normal salt solutions, 110 F°. (Enteroclysis, 
see p. 703.) 

4. To accelerate the action of purgatives, and as a 
preparation for abdominal and pelvic operations. 

5. To supply food. (See artificial feeding, p. 663.) 

6. For their local effect upon inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the rectum and colon. Opium and boiled 
starch solution; silver nitrate and tannic acid — in diarrhoea, 
dysentery, colitis and proctitis. 

7. To kill intestinal parasites (oxyurides), — solutions of 
quassia and common salt. 

8. To administer medicines in dysphagia due to pharyn- 
gitis, tetanus, unconsciousness (apoplexy, coma and convul- 
sions) ; to obstinate vomiting and other causes. 

9. To reduce temperature, — cold enemata in fever. 

10. To produce diuresis, — deep injections for retention 
and absorption into the blood. 

11. To improve muscular tone and intestinal peristalsis 
in chronic constipation, — cold enemata (55°-60° F.). 

12. To overcome twist and intussusception. 

13. To stimulate peristalsis, relieve congestion, and 
increase the flow of bile in catarrhal jaundice, — cold, deep 
irrigations (55^-60^ F.) are here indicated. 



USES OF ENEMAiTAi H 

En >Tnata are best given by allowinpj water to gravitate 
into the bowel from a height of 2 t(i 4 feet. The ordinary 
fountain syringe of human practice is suitable for the smaller 
animals, while for deep injections or irrigations a human 
rectal tube should be slipped over the hard i-ubber tip. In 
the case of horses or cattle enemata may be siphoned 
through a rubber tube or piece of small hose. This is 
accomplished by filling the tube with water and compressing 
it at either end to prevent the escape of water, while one end 
is submerged in a pail or tub raised 2-4 feet above the 
patient, and the other end is then introduced directly within 
the bowel ; or affixed to a rectal tube six feet long, when 
deep injections or irrigations are in order. A continuous 
flow is thus obtained. A still simpler method consists in 
pouring water into a funnel which has been fitted to one end 
of a rubber tube while the other end is passed into the 
rectum. That portion of the tube which is to be placed 
within the gut should always be lubricated with vaseline, 
oil or soap. Manual removal of hardened faeces (scybala) 
must be practised in all animals before the use of enemata. 
The finger or blunt curette may be utilized for this purpose 
in small patients. The injection of linseed or cottonseed 
oil (H.oi.; D. 3 ii.) an hour before the use of larger enemata 
assists in softening the intestinal contents. 

When deep injections are indicated, the hind quarters 
of the animal should be raised — small animals may be 
partially inverted — and the fluid allow^ed to flow in slowly, 
pushing in the rectal tube as the gut distends. Such enemata 
are more effective whether the object be to simply unload 
the bowels, to cause retention and absorption of the fluid, 
or to wash out the intestines. One to several gallons of 
warm water form a suitable quantity for unloading the 
bowels of large animals ; one-half pint to a quart, in the 
<}ase of small patients. The injections should be repeated 
until a good evacuation is secured. To increase the purga- 
tive effect of enemata a cup each of soft soap, salt and 
molasses are added to a gallon of water ; or a tablespoonf ul 



32 . GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

each to a pint. Linseed oil or cottonseed oil are also mixed 
with water. Epsom salts are still more efficacious (H.ibii. 
to gallon of water. (D. 3 i.-iv. to pint); while oil of turpentine 
(H. 3 ii.-iv.; D, 3 i.-iv.) is very active and especially useful in 
colic and flatulence, mixed with the enema. When clysters 
are given to be absorbed they should always be deeply 
injected in quantities of one-half to one gallon for horses ; 
or one-half to one pint for dogs. In chronic constipation 
and torpidity of the bowels plain cold water (55°-60° F.) 
injections are indicated. 

Medicated irrigations are most serviceable in catarrhal 
disorders of the bowels (dysentery, etc.), i.e., the fluid is 
allowed to flow in and out again till the solution returns 
clear. 

Drugs Acting on the Circulation. 
I. — Acting Upon the Blood. 

(a) Blood Plasma. — The alkalinity of the blood plasma 
can be increased by the use of the salts of the alkaline and 
earth metals ; i.e., potassium, sodium, lithium, ammonium, 
magnesium and calcium compounds. This effect is of value 
therapeutically in rheumatism, hajmoglobinsemia and uric- 
acidsemia. In the former two disorders, increasing the 
alkalinity of the blood plasma appears to assist in the 
elimination of toxic material, while in the latter condition 
the excretion of uric acid — existing in the blood as urates — 
is thought to be favored by potassium and lithium salts. 
These salts also alkalize the urine and increase its secretion. 
Drugs which remove considerable fluid from the body, as 
purgatives, diaphoretics and diuretics, necessarily alter the 
composition of the blood plasma. By removing fluid from 
the plasma, these agents are useful in aiding absorption of 
inflammatory exudations, dropsies and oedemas, since the 
mass of fluid removed is soon replaced from that contained 
in the food and tissues. In the various infectious and con- 
st itntional diseasos treatment is largely directed to exciting 
thesecietious jiud excretions with the purpose of eliminating 
products of tissue waste and bacterial action from the bloody 



DBUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 33 

which prove detrimental to the system. This line of treat- 
ment is pursued in urseQiin, hfemoglobiusemia and lymph- 
angitis. Venesection, saline infusions, hypodermoclysis and 
enteroclysis alter the character of the plasma and often have 
a life-saving value. (See p. 728-736.) 

(b) The Red Corpuscles. — The so-called blood tonics, or 
hcematinics influence the red corpuscles, increasing their 
number and content of haemoglobin when there is a defi- 
ciency of either. The effect upon the augmentation of haemo- 
globin is more marked. 

H^MATINICS. 

Iron and its salts Corrosive sublimate 

Arsenic Potassium permanganate 

Copper salts Manganese dioxide 

The first two avB immensely superior to the others in 
blood-making properties. Iron especially favors the forma- 
tion of haemoglobin; arsenic increases the number of red 
corpuscles. Certain agents possess toxicological significance 
by destroying the composition of haemoglooin. Large doses 
of the coal tar products, as acetauilid, autipyrin and phen- 
acetin, nitrites and potassium chlorate, convert haemoglobin 
into methsemoglobin, a mixture, probably, of hematin and 
soluble albumin; while carbonic oxide, phosphorus, sul- 
phur, arsenic, iodine, hydrogen sulphide and turpentine, in 
large doses, reduce oxyhaemoglobin and prevent its com- 
bination with oxygen. Acetanilid, potassium chlorate and 
amyl-nitrite destroy the red blood cells, if absorbed in con- 
siderable amount. 

(c) WJiite Corpitscles. — It is possible experimentally to 
arrest purulent exudations caused by irritation and iuflam- 
mation when quinine is introduced into the blood or applied 
locally to blood vessels. This happens because quiniue and 
all cinchona salts, berberine sulphate and acetanilid — 
like other poisons to amoebae — prevent the amoeboid 
movement or migration (diapedesis) of leucocytes through 
the vessel walls. Unfortunately it is impossible to give 
large enough doses in practice to realize such favorable 
results in inflammatory disorders. An enormous increase 



34 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

of leucocytes (leucocytosis) occurs in acute diseases accom- 
panied by a local exudative process, and also in leukaemia, 
etc. Recent experience with nucleic acid and talliauine 
(see p. 545) proves tliat tbey induce leucocytes and are 
valuable in bacterial infections. Arsenic, and in some cases 
quinine, appear to reduce the leucocytosis, and in leukaemia 
seem to thus aid recovery. Drugs altering the consistency 
of the blood are : Calcium chloride and (to a less extent) 
other calcium salts, gelatin and potassium iodide, which 
increase the rate and degree of coagulation ; cod-liver oil, 
which augments the solids in the blood ; and toxic doses of 
mercury, which lessen the solids and coagulation and in- 
crease the fluidity of the blood. 

II. — Drugs Acting on the Heart. 

The mechanism controlling the heart, which is influenced 
by drugs, is as follows : 

1. Heart-muscle and ganglia. 

2. Inhibitory apparatus, including the vagus nerve roots 
originating from the medullary centre, and its fibres termi- 
nating in the heart. 

3. The accelerator apparatus, consisting of the accele- 
rator nerve — with centres in the cerebrum and medulla — 
and its fibres passing down the spinal cord to the dorsal 
nerves ; from thence through the first thoracic ganglion to 
the sympathetic, and so on to the cardiac plexus, with peri- 
pheral terminations in the heart. The ganglia in the heart 
are situated about the auriculo-ventricular groove and at thes 
entrance of the superior and inferior venae cavae, and at the 
orifices of the pulmonary veins. 

The ganglia have been divided into the inhibitory, 
connected with the vagus nerve ; the motor ; and the 
accelerator ganglia ; and they are supposed to be influenced 
by drugs as well as the rest of the mechanism detailed above. 
Our knowledge of the functions of these ganglia is imperfect 
and therefore of the action of drugs on them. 

The action of drugs on the heart-muscle has been deter- 
mined by estimating their influence on the lower two-thirds 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 35 

of the apex, which is comparatively free from nerve supply. 
The action of drugs on the inhibitory apparatus is of more 
importance than that exerted on the accelerator nerve, 
and we know more about it Drugs usually affect the roots 
of the vagus nerve in the centre, or its peripheral termina- 
tions in the heart, rather than its trunk. The heart is 
influenced by drugs as follows : 

1. Stimulation of tlie inhibitory apparatus leads to slowing or 
weakening of the heart-beats, or to both. 

2. Depression of the inhibitory apparatus results in quickening or 
strengthening tlie heart-beats, or both. 

3. Stimulation of the accelerator apparatus causes an increase in 
the rate or force of the heart-beats, or both. 

4. Depression of the accelerator apparatus induces decrease in the 
rate or force of the heart-beats, or both. 

5. Stimulation of the heart-muscle produces increase in the rate or 
force of the heart-beats, or both. 

6. Depression of the heart-muscle lowers the rate or force of the 
heart-beats, or both. 

The vagus centre is stimulated by agencies increasing 
blood-pressure, or causiDg asphyxia. On the other hand, 
agencies reducing blood-pressure depress the vagus, or 
stimulate the accelerator nerve, or both. Thus, the nitrites, 
as amyl nitrite, nitro-glycerin and spirit of nitrous ether, 
quicken the heart by lowering vascular tension. External 
stimuli to sensory nerves reflexly stimulate the heart, as 
also do many locally irritating agents taken internally; e.g., 
strong alcoholic or ammoniacal preparations. 

Since drugs commonly influence more than one part of 
the mechanism controlling the heart, and since it is difficult 
to determine the exact physiological details in such complex 
actions, we shall content ourselves with tabulating the 
actions of drugs ordinarily employed for their influence on 
the heart, remembering that while moderate doses produce 
the effects enumerated below, poisonous doses often give 
rise to diametrically opposite actions. 

(a) Drugs increasing the force of the heart-beat. 



Digitalis 
Strophanthus 
Sparteine 
Squill 



Barium salts ~\ 

Camphor (- Do not alter rate 

y Slow the pulse physostigmine j Particularly 



86 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

(b) Drugs increasing the rate of heart-heats. 

Belladonna Stramonium 

Atropine Cocaine 

Hyoscyamus 

(c) Drugs increasing the force and rate of heart-beats. 

Alcohol Strychnine 

Chloroform Caffeine 

Ether Quinine 

Ammonia Arsenic 
Ammonium carbonate 

(d) Drugs decreasing the force and rate of the heart-beats. 

Aconite Prussic acid 

Veratrum viride Ergot 

Antimony salts 

The drugs most frequently given to animals for their- 
action on the heart are alcohol, ether, digitalis, strophanthus, 
ammonia, ammonium carbonate, camphor, caffeine, strych- 
nine, atropine, aconite and veratrum viride. The reader is 
referred to special articles on these drugs for therapeutical 
indications and other details. 

III. — Drugs Acting on the Blood Vessels. 

The following table includes the mechanism regulating 
vascular tension : 

! Smooth muscular fibres 
Terminations of vasodilators and vaso- 
consirictors 

2. Nerve supply of vessels ] ^SoSt'rictors . 

f Vasomotor centres in the medulla and 
I subsidiary centres in the spinal 

3. Centres -J cord and sympathetic system, con- 

trolling: the vasodilating and con- 
[ stricting nerves 

Each vessel is governed by two sets of fibres, — the 
constricting and dilating, — but we cannot discriminate 
between the action of a drug on the muscular fibres and the 
peripheral nerve endings in the vessel walls ; nor can we 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE CIRCULATION 37 

always tell whether a drug acts to stimulate one set of 
peripheral fibres or depress the other. 

Vascular tension is increased not only by contraction of 
vessels, but also by drugs which cause the heart to beat more 
quickly, and by those making its pulsations more forcible 
and complete, so that all the blood is squeezed out of the 
ventricle at each contraction. Contrariwise, blood pressure 
is diminished, not only by those drugs inducing vascular 
dilatation, but by those redaeing the .rate or force of the 
heart, or both. 

We shall simply classify drugs influencing the vessels 
according as to whether they act after absorption into the 
blood, or only when applied locally to the vessel walls. 

(a) Drugs acting systemicaUy to contract vessels. 



Adrenalin 


Strophanthus 


Hamamelis 


Cocaine 


Squill 


Hj^drastis 


Ergot 
Digitalis 


Sparteine 
Strychnine . 


Physostigmine 



(b) Drugs acting systemicaUy to dilate vessels. 
Amyl nitrite Chloral 
Nitroglycerin Aconite 

Spirit of nitrous ether Opium 

Alcohol Belladonna (secondary action) 

Ether Hyoscyamus " 

Chloroform Stramonium *' 

(c) Agents acting locally to contract vessels. 
Cold Astringents 

(d) Agents acting locally to dilate vessels. 
Heat Counter-irritants 

Uses. — Drugs or agencies causing general dilatation of 
vessels are useful in overcoming internal congestions and 
colds by equalizing the circulation ; that is, by causing the 
blood to be distributed more equably about the body. They 
are also of benefit in morbid conditions attended with a 
high, vascular tension; and are serviceable in dilating 
peripheral vessels and in causing perspiration and loss of 
heat in fevers (spirit of nitrous ether and alcohol). Drugs 
inducing general contraction of vessels are employed in. 



38 GENERAL ACTIONS OP DRUGS 

disorders characterized by loss of tone, as in shock and 
collapse ; and in heart weakness or disease (digitalis and 
strychnine) ; also in internal haemorrhnge and inflammations 
(ergot) ; and to aid the absorption of dropsies and cede mas. 
The uses of drugs locally contracting vessels will be 
described under Astringents (p. 63) and of agents locally 
dilating vessels under counter-irritants (p. 62). 



Drugs Acting on the Nervous System. 

I. — Drugs Influencing the Brain. 

It is impossible to classify drugs according to their 
action on the various centres of the brain, because our 
knowledge is insufficient. In a general way, drugs affect- 
ing the nervous system fall into two groups, — the excitant 
and depressant. But another difficulty arises in regard to 
classification from the fact that the same drug usually both 
excites and depresses. Probably all drugs influencing the 
nervous apparatus possess some exciting action, and most 
drugs which excite in small doses cause depression and 
paralysis after poisonous quantities. 

For example, alcohol, ether and chloroform are cerebral 
excitants in small doses, but in large doses are depressants 
(hypnotics) and paralyzants (anaesthetics). Belladonna and 
its congeners, on the other hand, only excite the brain in 
large amounts ; while opium and cannabis Indica may excite 
the brain in small doses, but are used for their more common 
depressant action. The condition of the patient has some 
bearing on the action of a drug influencing the brain. Thus 
moderate doses of alcohol depress and stupefy healthy 
animals while stimulating the enfeebled and ill-nourished. 

The brain of the lower animals is undeveloped compared 
to that of man, and, in accordance with the general fact that 
the more highly a portion of the nervous mechanism is 
organized the more powerfully is it influenced by drugs, it 
follows that drugs acting on the brain and cord are more 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 39 

prone to aflfect the cord in veterinary patients, while impres- 
sing the brain more potently in man. For this reason we 
notice in the horse that the primary period of excitability 
(sometimes seen in man) following the administration of 
morphine is much prolonged and not infrequently com- 
pletely obliterates the somnifacient action of the drug in 
this animal. 

We shall be content to classify drugs acting on the 
nervous system according to their most pronounced action 
in moderate doses. 

(a) Cerehixd Excitants. 

Alcohol Caffeine 

Anaesthetics Quinine 

Camphor Cocaine 

Uses. — These drugs are rarely used simply to excite the 
brain, but foriother purposes. Camphor, caffeine and quinine 
are employed to generally excite the nervous system in 
depressed conditions. Caffeine is a valuable antidote to the 
depressing cerebral action of opium in poisoning. 

(b) Cerehrcd Depressants. — It is fortunate that drugs 
progressively paralyzing the functions of the brain follow 
the so-called law of dissolution — i.e., paralyze the various 
functions of the brain in the inverse order of their evolu- 
tionary development. The centres last to be acquired are 
the first to be paralyzed (cerebral centres); while those of 
earliest origin (the respiratory, vagus and vasomotor centres) 
are last to succumb to the action of cerebral depressants. 
The cerebral depressants are used mostly to relieve pain, 
when they are called anodynes or analgesics. Pain is due 
to irritation of any sensory nerve, or the sensory tract in 
the spinal cord, or of the sensory centres in the brain. Pain 
may be relieved by paralyzing any portion of this path 
and destroying connection with the perceptive centres in 
the brain. 

(1) Anodynes, by reason of their action on the brain. 

Opium Alcohol Cannabis Indica 

Morphine Anaesthetics Gelsemium 

Codeine Chloral Bromides 



40 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

(2) Narcotics. — This term is a broad and somewhat 

inclusive one. Narcotics embrace drugs which depress the 

brain and cause sleep (hypnotics or soporifics) and stupor 

(some anodynes and anaesthetics), and finally paralyze the 

respiratory and circulatory functions. The following may 

be included in this group : 

Opium Anaesthetics Cannabis Indica Stramonium 

Alcohol Chloral Belladonna Hyoscyamus 

(a) Hi/pnotics or Soporifics (drugs causing sleep) : 

Opium Promidps Paraldehyde Sulphonal 

Morphine Cannabis Indica Urethrane Trional 

Chloral 'Of little importance in veterinary 

practice) 

Uses. — Hypnotics are not of much value in Veterinary 
medicine by simply promoting sleep. Their general sedative 
and anodyne actions are utilized in relieving motor excite- 
ment (spasms) or sensory excitement (pain). 

(b) General Ancesflictics. 

Ether Nitrous oxide Methylene bichloride 

Chloroform Ethylene dichloride Schleich's mixture 

(Of slight value in veterinary medicine) 

Anaesthetics are agents which abolish sensation generally 
or locally. It is thought that the general anaesthetics act 
directly on the nerve cells. Anaesthetics — like narcotics 
generally — first stimulate and then depress the nerve centres, 
but depression is by far their most salient and useful effect. 

Anaesthetics destroy the functions of nerve centres in 
the cerebrum and spinal cord, and so abolish pain, sensation 
and reflex action. The law of dissolution is exemplified in 
their action. Anaesthesia is commonly described in three 
stages. (1) The first or stimulant stage is exhibited by excite- 
ment and struggling, owing in part to fright and in part to 
stimulation, first of the higher cerebral centres, and then of 
the lower cortical centres. There are also coughing and 
choking in this stage, following the local irritation of the 
vapor on the respiratory tract. There may be vomiting, 
and the circulation and respiration are temporarily stimu- 
lated. Stimulation now ceases and depression of the 
cerebrum, together with the motor, sensory and reflex spinal 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 41 

centres, appears, and ushers in the (2) ancefithetic stage, char- 
acterized by muscular relaxation and coini)lete abolition of 
consciousness, sensation and motion. Between these two 
stages — the stimulant and anaesthetic — there sometimes 
occurs a transient state in which sensation is lost before 
consciousness. This has been styled the anodyne stage. 

Finally, the (3) jjarabjtic stage ensues, accompanied by 
depression and then paralysis of the three great vital 
medullary centres controlling the circulation and respiration, 
together with that of the lowest reflex centres, so that invol- 
untary micturition and defnecation occurs. The animal dies 
of a combination of vasomotor, heart and respiratory failure. 
If recovery should follow the paralytic stage, the bodily 
functions return in the revei se order to that in which they 
Avere lost; ^.e.,the lower vital functions first appear, followed 
finally by the higher cerebral functions. 

Uses. — Anaesthetics are employed in surgical operations 
to prevent pain and struggling ; in obstetrical operations 
and in the reduction of fractures, dislocations and hernia, to 
secure complete muscular relaxation ; to overcome spasms 
and convulsions resulting from disease or poisons ; to arrest 
severe pain in colic ; and finally to destroy aged or sick and 
useless animals. 

For fuller details see Ausesthesia (p. 299). 

(c) Drugs acting on the cortical motor centres of the brain. 

(1) DRUGS STIMULATING THE MOTOR CENTRES. 

Strychnine Physostigmine 

Atropine 

(2) DRUGS DEPRESSING THE MOTOR CENTRES. 

The Bromides Alcohol 

Chloral Anaesthetics 

The action of drugs on the cerebral cortical centres has 
been found by comparing the local effect of electrical stim- 
ulation before and after the internal use of drugs. 

Uses. — The drugs depressing the cortical motor area of 
the brain are valuable in convulsions and spasmodic disorders 



42 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

and in motor excitement, particularly in epileptiform con- 
vulsions of dogs. 

II. — Drugs Acting on the Spinal Cord. 

The functions of the cord consist in the conduction of 
sensory impulses forward to the brain and of motor impulses 
backward to the muscles ; in the origination of nervous 
force in centres controlling certain functions (sexual, sweat- 
ing, etc.) ; and in reflex action by which the cord transmits 
impulses from sensory to motor tract of the same side oi 
the body, or laterally, from sensory to motor columns on 
opposite sides. 

While drugs probably influence the various centres in 
the cord, our knowledge of their action is chiefly limited to 
that exerted on the motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

If a drug stimulating the motor cells of the cord is 
given experimentally, slight peripheral irritation will reflexly 
cause convulsions, and, if the cord is severed from the brain, 
the same phenomena appear. 

(A) Drugs stimulating the motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

Strychnine Ammonia Opium } pj.in,„rv action 

Brucine Anesthetics Ergot f ^^^^^^^ action 

Thebaine 

Uses. — Strychnine is employed in paraplegia resulting 
from diseases of the spinal cord after irritation caused by 
the lesion has passed away. 

(B) Drugs depressing the motor cells of the inferior cornita. 

(1) WITHOUT PRIMARY STIMULATION 

Physostigmine Emetine ^ i Antimony 

Bromides Turpentine "T^ \ Silver 

Ergot M f Sodium '^ (Zinc 

Nitrites '^ -j Potassium Saponin 

Gelsemium so ( Lithium 

(3) WITH PRIMARY STIMULATION 

Chloral Ether Nicotine 

Morphine Chloroform Veratrine 

Apomorphine Camphor Mercury 

Alcohol Carbolic acid Arsenic 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 43 

Uses. — Drugs depressing the motor cells of the cord are 
serviceable as antidotes in the treatment of poisoning by 
those exciting the same (chloral and bromides in strychnine 
poisoning), and in convulsive and spasmodic disorders, as 
chorea and tetanus. 

III. — Drugs Acting on the Nerves. 

The nerve terminations, rather than their trunks, are 
influenced by drugs. 

(A) Drills influencing peripheral sensory iwrve-endings. 

(1) Stimulating sensory nerve - terminations. — Counter- 
irritants. (See p. 62.) 

Gene7'al Uses. — They are applied externally (mustard 
and heat) to stimulate the heart and respiration in heart 
failure, shock and collapse. 

(2) Depressing sensory nerve-terminations. — These include 
local sedatives or anodynes, which lessen sensation ; and 
local anaosthetics, which abolish sensation. 

LOCAL ANODYNES 

Aconite Morphine Veratrine 

Menthol Chloial Heat 

Carbolic acid Prussic acid Cold 

Atropine Sodium bicarbonate 

LOCAL ANESTHETICS 

Cocaine Holocaine ci^^-Q^r ^ Methyl-chloride 

Eucaine Cold ^P^^^ ] Ether 

Uses. — The local anodynes are employed to relieve pain 
of an inflammatory, rheumatic or neuralgic character, and 
itching. The local ausesthetics are employed to prevent 
pain in surgical operations. 

(B) Drugs influencing peripheral motor nerve-endings. 

(1) STIMULATING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS 

Strychnine Aconite Pyridine 

Pilocarpine Nicotine 

(2) DEPRESSING MOTOR NERVE-TERMINATIONS 

Curare Atropine Prussic acid 

Conium Cocaine Nicotine 

Amyl-nitrite Camphor and many others 



44 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Jjses. — Drugs influencing the peripheral motor nerve- 
endings are not of any practical therapeutical value. 

IV. Drugs Acting on the Nerves of Special Sense. 

(A) Drugs acting on the eye. 

(1) Drugs influencing the jyupil- — The mechanism controll- 
ing the pupil consists of the centres for the contraction of 
the pupil (in corpora quadrigemina?), the centres for the 
dilatation of the pupil (in the medulla and aqueduct of 
Sylvius ?), the third nerve, the cervical sympathetic and the 
circular and radiating (latter sometimes absent) muscular 
fibres of the iris. Drugs may act either centrally or locally 
on these structures. The pupil is dilated by drugs (1) 
depressing the contracting (oculomotor) centre, (2) the ter- 
minations of the third nerve or (3) the circular fibres of the 
iris ; and contrariwise, by (4) stimulating the dilating centre, 
(5) the terminations of the sympathetic or (6) the radial 
fibres of the iris ; and, finally, by a combination of these 
actions. 

Again, the pupil is contracted by drugs stimulating 
(1) the oculomotor centre, (2) the terminations of the third 
nerve or (3) circular fibres of the iris ; and by depressing (4) 
the dilating centre, (5) the terminations of the sympathetic 
or (6) the radial fibres of the iris ; and also by a combina- 
tion of these actions. Drugs may act locally on the pupil 
through the medium of the circulation as well as when 
dropped into the eye. Furthermore, absorption and central 
action may occur when drugs are dropped into the eve as 
well as when entering the blood through the more ordinary 
channels. 

The drugs used in the treatment of the diseases of the 
eye are only those acting locally. Drugs influencing the 
pupil are divided into two classes : (1) those that contract 
the pupil (myotics) and (2) those that dilate the pupil 
(mydriatics). 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 45 

(1) Mydriatics. 

(a) ACTING LOCALLY. 

Atropine 

Hotnatropine 

Hyoscyamine y Paralyse third nerve terminations 

Hyoscine 

Scopolamine 

Gelsemine J 

Cocaine Stimulates sympathetic endings. 

(b) ACTING CENTRALLY. 

Anaesthetics (late in their action) 

The dilating centre is stimulated by carbonic dioxide in 
the blood, and therefore dilatation of the pupil occurs in 
asphyxia ; also after irritation of sensory nerves, the sexual 
organs and digestive apparatus. 

Uses. — Mydriatics are useful in dilating the pupil for 
examination of the eye, and to prevent adhesions of the iris 
in central corneal ulcers ; in keratitis, to overcome photo- 
phobia and blepharospasm ; and in iritis, to secure rest of 
the iris and ciliary muscles. 

(2) Myotics. 

(a) ACTING LOCALLY. 

Physostigmine ) „ . , , . , 

Pilocarpine \ stimulate third nerve-endmgs 

(b) ACTING CENTRALLY. 

Anaesthetics Opium 

Uses. — Myotics are employed to prevent prolapse of the 
iris in veounds and ulcers of the cornea ; to antagonize the 
effect of atropine ; to prevent the entrance of light in painful 
disorders of the eye ; to lessen intra-ocular tension in 
glaucoma ; and, in alternation with mydriatics, to break up 
adhesions to the iris. All the local mydriatics and myotics 
mentioned above act on the ciliary muscle to destroy the 
power of accomodation. Intra-ocular tension in glaucoma 
is usually increased by atropine and other mydriatics, but is 
diminished by eserine. 



46 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Y. — Drugs Acting on the Ear. 

Strychnine makes the hearing (and sight) more acute ; 
while salicylic acid, salicylates and quinine cause, in man, 
subjective symptoms, including fulness, roaring and buzzing 
noises in the ears. 



Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Organs. 

It is impossible to describe under this head all the 
drugs influencing the respiratory tract. Thus, agents affect- 
ing the circulation exert a powerful action on the blood 
supply and functions of the respiratory organs. The appli- 
cation of counter-irritants and heat and cold externally, 
reflexly produce notable alterations in pulmonary conditions. 
Emetics are indirectly serviceable in assisting the expulsion 
of exudations from the upper air passages in dogs. Further- 
more, medicines having a depressing action on the nervous 
system are of importance in respiratory disorders in reliev- 
ing cough and spasm. We shall consider here those agents 
ucting on the respiratory apparatus itself. 

Drugs Acting on the Respiratory Mucous Membrane. 
(A) Drugs Acting Locally. 

1. Stimulating the mucous membranes and causing 
vascular dilatation, increased secretion and muscular con- 
traction of the walls. 

2. Producing a sedative action. 

3. Exerting an antiseptic influence. 

4. Relaxing spasm. 

5. Causing a local astringent action. 

6. Thinning exudations. 

Errhines, or sternuatories, are drugs which are intro- 
duced into the nostrils to cause irritation, coughing and 
sneezing and expulsion of secretions, parasites and foreign 
bodies from the nasal chambers and upper air passages. 
They are rarely of any value, and include tobacco, ipecac, 
euphorbium, ammonia, chlorine and sulphurous anhydride. 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE KESPiltAi'Olii: OhG.\NS 47 

By inhalation (in pint of water at temp, of 140° F. or 
over, unless otherwise stated). 

(1) DRUGS EXERTING STIMULANT ACTION. 

Carbolic acid gr. xx. 

Creosote ^ §ss. 

Oil of cubebs §ss. 

Tincture of benzoin §ss. 

Tincture of ipecac §ss. 

Oil of turpentine 3ss.-3iiss. 

Oil of pine 3ss.-3iiss. 

(2) DRUGS EXERTING A SEDATIVE INFLUENCE. 

Diluted hydrocyanic acid (ttj, x.-xv. in ^i. cold water). 

(3) DRUGS PRODUCING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION. 

Thymol gr. vii.-xii. 

Carbolic acid Si- 
Creosote §ss. 

Compound tincture of benzoin §ss. 

Sulphurous anhydride gas. 
Formaldehyde vapor. 

Oil of eucalyptus ^, x.-xx. (in §ii. of alcohol) . 

Oil of cubebs |ss. 

Oil of juniper §ss. 

Benzoic acid 3ix. (in §viii. of alcohol). 

Tar water, undiluted. 

Potassimn permanganate gr. xv.-3i. 

Quinine hydrochlorate 3ss. 

(4) DRUGS RELAXING SPASM. 

Amyl nitrite H. (3ss.-i.) D. (TTi,ii.-v.) undiluted. 

Extract of belladonna gr. ii -iv. 

" " hyoscyamus gr. viii.-xv. 

" " conium gr. viii. 

^Burning stramonium leaves). 

(5) DRUGS CAUSING A LOCAL ASTRINGENT ACTION. 

Alum 3ss. 

Zinc sulphate 3ss. 

Solution of ferric chloride 3i. 

Silver nitx'ate 3ss. 

(6) DRUGS THINNING SECRETION. 

Sodium bicarbonate 3ss. 

Solution of lime, undiluted. 

Ammonium chloride 3ss. 

Vinegar |ii. 

Lactic acid. . » §i. 



48 , GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Uses. — Inhalations are often beneficial in the treatment 
of coryza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, tracheitis and bronchitis. 
In the first stage of catarrhal inflammation of the upper air 
passages, antiseptics may cut short the attack. Simple 
steaming with vinegar or sodium bicarbonate moistens and 
soothes the dry, irritable mucous membrane and relieves 
congestion by promoting secretion. In the exudative stage, 
agents stimulating the respiratory mucous membrane and 
making the secretions less viscid are in order. If the mucous 
or purulent discharges are excessive, astringent sprays or 
inhalations are useful ; and if they are foul-smelling, drugs- 
combining stimulant and antiseptic actions may be employed. 
Inhalations may be given by means of a bronchitis kettlo, oi' 
by atomization, to small animals. Care must be exercised 
that too large a quantity of the solution be not used lest 
absorption and poisoning ensue. Dogs may be placed over 
the perforated seat of a cane-bottomed chair with the steam- 
ing apparatus underneath. 

A hot brick is sometimes employed to give inhalations. 
to horses by dropping it into a pail containing the proper 
solution. The head should not usually be covered dnring^ 
inhalation if the breathing is embarrassed or the respiratory 
tract obstructed, since fresh air is imperative. Simple steam- 
ing may be conducted for an hour. Inhalations containing 
special drugs may be given for fifteen minutes. 

(B) Drugs Acting Systemically. 

Expectorants are agents which influence the bronchial 
mucous membrane and its secretion. They aid or hinder 
expectoration in man, but are much less efficient in this^ 
respect in Veterinary medicine., because the act of expector- 
ation is performed with difliculty by the lower animals. 
Nevertheless, expectorants are useful in altering the character 
of the secretion and lessening the irritation caused by dry, 
tenacious discharges, and in stimulating the mucous mem- 
branes and improving their circulation and nutrition. 
Moreover, some drugs (volatile oils) exert an antiseptic; 



Di:UG3 ACTING ON THE liESPIRATOllY OllGANS 49 

action on the bronchial mucous membrane during their 
elimination. 

Expectorants 

(1) INCREASING SECRETION 

Depressing the heart and lowering vascular tension 
f^" depressing expectorants 'V 

Apomorphine Ipecac Antimony and potas- 

Potassium iodide Pilocarpine sium tartrate 

Stimulating the heart and increasing vascular tension 
('■'stimulating expectorants "J 

Ammonium chloride Sulphur Terpin hydrate 



Squill 


Tar 


Terebene 


Camphor 


Turpentine 


Volatile oils 



(2) DIMINISHING SECRETION 

Belladonna Stramonium Opium 

Hyoscyamus Acids 

Volatile oils, and drugs containing them, first increase and then decrease 
bronchial secretion as a secondary effect. 

(3) ALTERING THE NUTRITION OF BRONCHIAL MUCOUS MEMBRANE 

Potassium iodide Cod-liver oil Sulphur 

Ammonium chloride 

(4) EXERTING AN ANTISEPTIC ACTION 

Turpentine Tar Balsam of Tolu 

Terebene Ammoniacum Cubebs 

Terpin hydrate Balsam of Peru Copaiba 

Uses. — Expectorants are chiefly prescribed in bronchitis. 
In tlie early or dry stage drugs increasing secretion and at 
the same time depressing the circulation are often employed 
in sthenic cases. These drugs possess less value in the 
treatment of the horse, on account of comparative insuscep- 
tibility to them, than in the case of dogs. 

If exudation is excessive, then drugs lessening secretion 
are indicated. When the disorder is persistent, agents alter- 
ing and improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous 
membrane are beneficial. Bronchitis accompanied ' 



50 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

copious foul secretion is treated with volatile oils, which 
exert an antiseptic action on the air i^assages. Expectorants 
are usually administered with other agents influencing the 
respiratory tract ; e.g., drugs relieving cough and spasm and 
those stimulating the respiratory movements or circulation. 

Drugs Stimulating the Eespiratory Centres. 

Strjxhnine Stramonium 

Atropine Ammonium carbonate 

Belladonna Strong ammonia 

Hyoscyamus 

External counter-irritation and heat. 

Drugs Depressing the Eespiratory Centres. 

Many drugs depress and paralyze the respiratory centres 
in large doses, but they are seldom used medicinally for 
this purpose. 

Uses. — Drugs stimulating the respiratory centres and 
movements are of great value in diseases of the chest — 
especially bronchitis — attended with obstruction in the air 
passages and cyanosis. They promote coughing and efforts 
at expulsion of secretion and facilitate the entrance of 
oxygen into the blood. Some, possibly ammonia, stimulate 
the movements of the cilise lining the tracheal mucous 
membrane. 

Strychnine is, perhaps, the most powerful respiratory 
stimulant ; atropine is indicated where exudation is abundant, 
while ammonium carbonate is prescribed to increase secre- 
tion. Certain drugs sometimes cause in large doses Cheyne- 
Stokes breathing in animals, e.g., opium, chloral, bromides, 
digitalis, ammonium carbonate and strychnine, owing to 
disturbance of the respiratory centre. 

Drugs Relaxing Spasm of the Bronchial Muscular 
Tunic and Relieving Cough. 

LOCALLY 

White of egg Linseed tea 

Mucilage Syrups 

External counter-irritation and heat 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS 51 

SYSTEMICALLY. 
Opium Nitrites 

Codeine Chloral 

Hyoscyamus Bromides 

Stramonium Chloroform 

Cannabis Indica Phenacetin 

Uses of Drugs Allaying Spasm and Cough. 

Coughing is a reflex act following irritation of sensory 
nerve endings in any part of the respiratory tract (usually 
of afferent vagal branches), in the pharynx, pleura, ears, teeth, 
stomach and liver. Sensory impulses conveyed to the 
reflex centre for coughing, — near the respiratory centre in the 
medulla, — are there transformed into motor impulses and 
result in coughing. Drugs may stop coughing by acting 
locally to relieve congestion and irritation (demulcents) or 
they may exert a topical sedative action on the nerve end- 
ings. They also act systemically by quieting the reflex centre 
for coughing, or the sensory or motor nerve endings ; also 
by abating congestion in promoting secretion (expectorants), 
or in influencing the circulation. 

Cough may be beneficial when it assists the expulsion 
of exudation, but is not so when it is constant and ineffective, 
as in congestion of the trachea, bronchial mucous mem- 
branes, lungs or pleura ; in pulmonary consolidation ; and 
in coughs originating outside of the respiratory tract. We 
should try to arrest coughing by agents removing the cause 
(congestion or irritation), such as counter-irritants, expector- 
ants, local applications (sprays, inhalations) and heart 
stimulants; but if these are ineflScient and coughing is 
immoderate, we may resort to the use of sedative agents. 
Some preparation of opium is most frequently employed to 
stop coughing, but should be avoided if cyanosis exists, 
since inspiratory and expulsive efforts are weakened by the 
drug. Belladonna, on the other hand, stimulates the respi- 
ratory centres and arrests cough by depressing both the 
afferent and efferent vagal terminations in the lungs, while — 
like opium — lessening secretion. These drugs are often 



52 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

combined. When spasm of the bronchioles exists, as in 
asthma, and sometimes in bronchitis, the nitrites are partic- 
ularly valuable. 



Drugs Acting on the Urinary Organs. 

Diuretics are drugs increasing the secretion of urine.. 
Three factors are concerned with the urinary flow. (1) The 
composition of the blood. (2) The state of local (renal) 
and general blood pressure. (3) The activity of the 
renal cells. The renal mechanism influenced by drugs com- 
prises : 

(1) The Malpighian glomerides, which excrete water, salts 
and some excrementitious matters from the blood by 
osmosis. Their activity depends upon their blood supply, 
which is increased by agents causing dilatation of their 
afferent vessels, or contraction of the efferent vessels ; and 
by drugs increasing general blood tension. Drugs aug~ 
menting the mass of blood and tension in the Malpighian 
bodies enlarge the surface of cubical epithelium covering^ 
the capillary loops and promote osmosis of fluid into tha 
cavity of the Malpighian capsule. 

(2) The nucleated polyhedral cells lining the convoluted tubes^ 
— These secrete the solid products resulting from the retro- 
grade metamorphosis of nitrogenous bodies circulating in 
the blood, as urea, together with water. 

(3) The constricted tubes. — These regulate the urinary 
secretion by either impeding its passage by constriction of 
their walls, thus aiding absorption, or by their active 
peristalsis facilitating the flow of urine. 

(4) Nervous mechanism. — This governs the secretory 
activity of the cells of the convoluted tubes, regulates the 
tension in the vessels of the malpighian bodies, and possibljr 
controls the unstriped muscle of the constricted tubes. Ife 
comprises : 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 53 

(a) Four medullary centres. 

Vasomotor | Vasodilator centres 

(controlling renal vessels) i Vasoconstrictor centres 

Secretory (Stimulating cells ot convoluted tubes) 

Inhibitory (Depressing activity of renal cells) 

(b) Subsidiary centres in the spinal cord, solar and renal plexus. 

(c) Secretorj^ nerve-endings in kidneys. 

(d) Muscular fibre in renal vessels. 

(e) Renal cells. 

These structures may be either stimulated or depressed, 
or the same drug may cause diuresis in various ways by a 
combination of actions. 

Diuretics more commonly act in two ways. (1) By 
influencing renal circulation ; (2) by stimulating the secre- 
tory nerve-endings in the renal cells or the cells them- 
selves. 

(1) Diuretics increasing general or local {renal) blood tension. 

These drugs increase cardiac action in some cases, and 
in others stimulate or depress the vasomotor centres, or the 
terminations of the vasoconstrictors or dilators in the renal 
vessels — to cause dilatation of the branches of the renal 
artery carrying blood to the capillary loops in the Malpighian 
bodies, or to produce contraction of the arterial branches 
conducting blood away from the Malpighian tufts — in either 
way increasing local blood tension and secretion of urine. 

Local blood tension is thought to be augmented by the 
nitrites and alcohol acting on the vasomotor centre or renal 
vessels to dilate the afferent vessels of the Malpighian 
glomerules, in addition to stimulating the heart. Buchu, 
turpentine, juniper and cantharides are said to act locally 
on the kidneys to contract the efferent vessels of the Mal- 
pighian bodies. Digitalis, strophanthus, squill, caffeiae and 
strychnine stimulate the heart and contract the vessels 
generally, while locally they are believed to cause contrac- 
tion of the efferent vessels of the Malpighian bodies by 
action on the vasomotor centres. The entrance of water 
into the circulation increases the mass of blood, vascular 
tension, and thus the flow of urine. -■^, 



54 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

(2) Diuretics stimulating the secretory nerve-endings or 
renal cells. 

Potassium nitrate Colchicum 

" acetate Calomel 

* ♦ citrate Urea 

" bitartrate Theobromine sodio-salicy late 

Lithium salts (Diuretinj 

Salines generally Caffeine 

Uses. — Diuretics are useful in removing deleterious and 
"waste solid matters in the blood resulting from disease or 
the imperfect oxidation of albuminoid substances. In fevers 
the potassium nitrate and other potassium salts are employed 
with spirit of nitrous ether, alcohol and digitalis. They are 
antipyretics by eliminating pyrogenic material. Tissue 
waste is increased by diuretics, and they are serviceable in 
plethora, rheumatism and obesity. In acute diseases of the 
kidneys, salines and digitalis are indicated ; in chronic renal 
disorders more stimulating agents are often used, as juniper, 
buchu, etc. Diuretics remove water from the system. They 
are, therefore, employed in oedema and dropsy of renal or 
cardiac origin, and in chronic effusions, as in pleuritis and 
pericarditis. Blood tension is lowered by withdrawal of 
water from the blood, and congestion may be relieved in 
various parts of the body. Diuretics lessen irritation of the 
kidneys by diluting the urine when the secretion is concen- 
trated or contains toxins or other irritants (uric acid, calcium 
oxalate, etc.). Finally, stimulating diuretics (buchu, turpen- 
tine, etc.), are indicated in chronic inflammatory diseases of 
the kidneys and bladder, and in relaxed and paretic disorders 
of the bladder (incontinence of urine) to excite the reflex 
and motor functions of the sphincter and detrusor muscles. 

Drugs Influencing the Reaction of Urine. 

In man and animals secreting an acid urine, the basic 
phosphates of sodium and potassium in the blood are 
decomposed by the renal cells, and acid phosphate of sodium 
or potassium — being more diffusible — are eliminated, giving 
the urine its characteristic reaction, while the bases remain 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE URINARY ORGANS 55 

behind. In the case of the herbivora the urine is alkaline, 
because there are larger quantities of magnesium and 
calcium salts in the food, which precipitate phosphoric acid 
in the stomach, and because there is an excess of alkaline 
sodium and potassium salts in the blood. The urine may 
best be made acid by benzoic acid, which is converted into 
hippuric acid during its passage through the kidneys. Sali- 
cylic acid, urotropin, the mineral acids (except nitric acid), and 
large quantities of the vegetable acids and boric acid tend to 
acidify the urine in a less degree. An acid urine may be made 
alkaline by alkalies, as salts of potassium, lithium, sodium and 
calcium, together with the vegetable salts, tartrates, citrates 
and acetates, which circulate as carbonates in the blood. 
Drugs promoting diuresis make the urine less acid because 
the basic sodium phosphate in the blood is not so readily 
broken up in the kidney when it diffuses through the cells 
in great dilution. Nitric acid renders the urine slightly 
alkaline by being converted into and eliminated as ammonia, 
while ammonia fails to make the urine alkaline because it is 
transformed into urea, uric and nitric acids (?). 

Uses. — Benzoic acid is sometimes of benefit in acidifying 
and disinfecting an alkaline decomposing urine of pyelitis 
or cystitis. Recently urotropin has been used more success- 
fully for these purposes. The alkalies are thought to be useful 
in alkalizing the blood in certain disorders (rheumatism), 
hsemoglobineemia, etc.), and the urine of carnivora, to prevent 
the precipitation of uric acid in the urine or to aid its solu- 
tion when already precipitated. 

Drugs Influencing the Composition of Urine. 

Drugs contracting efferent vessels of the Malpighian 
bodies diminish the flow of blood and urea-excretion antl 
increase the elimination of water ; while those dilating the 
afferent vessels cause more blood to pass through the kidney 
and promote the secretion of solids and water. Drugs 
stimulating the cells of the convoluted tubes augment 
especially the urinary solids. The composition of the urine 



56 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DKUGS 

is also altered by most drugs elimiuated iu it, leading to 
changes in color, odor, reaction and the appearance of blood 
pigment, etc.* 

Urinary Antiseptics. 

Certain drugs are sometimes given with the purpose of 

preventing decomposition of the urine in purulent pyelitis 

and cystitis. Among these are : 

Urotropin Salicylic acid Copaiba 

Benzoic acid Halol Cubebs 

Boric acid Buchu Volatile oils 

Urinary Sedatives. 

The foregoing list, in preventing decomposition, and : 

Hj'oscyamus Opium 

Belladonna Alkalies (with an acid urine) 



Drugs Acting on the Sexual Organs. 

(A) Influencing Chiefly the Male Generative Organs. 

The mechanism concerned with the sexual functions is 
presided over by cerebral and spinal lumbar centres. Agents 
may immediately excite the spinal centres or cause local 
irritation of sensory nerves in various parts of the body — 
more particularly in the neighborhood of the genital organs 
— and thus reflexly stimulate the lumbar centres. 



* Thus blood appears in the urine after toxic doses of turpentine, 
cantharides aTid salicylic acid ; and blood pigment, in poisoning by 
potassium chlorate, acetanilid, nitrites, glycerin and mushrooms (mus- 
carin); and occasionally by overdoses of mineral acids, naphtol, naph- 
talin and arsenic. UhubHrb and senna impart their coloring matter 
(chrysarobia) to urine, which makes acid urine brown, but alkaline 
urine a deep blood or purplish red. Carbolic acid, creosote, naphtalin 
and other tar-products, together witli g lultheria and uva ursi (due to 
contained arbutin), stain the urine a greenish-brown or blackish hue. 
Santoniu dyes an alkaline urine cherry or purple-red, while an acid 
urine is turned yellow or greenish. Logwood gives its color to acid 
urine, while an alkaline urine is rendered red or violet. Poisonous 
d )ses of sulphonal and trional give rise to a claret-colored urine, owing 
CO hematoporphyrin. Gamboge and carrots bestow their colors on the 
urine. Turpentine is said to give urine the odor of violets, but large 
doses impart the peculiar odor of the oil itself. Cubebs, copaiba, euca- 
lyptus, valerian, musk, asafetida, sandal wood oil, asparagus and tur- 
pentine (large doses) communicate their special odor to the urine. 



DRUGS ACTIXG ON THE SEXUAL ORGANS 57 

The cerebral centres are mainly affected by visual, nasal 
or oral impressions, and also reflexly by irritation of sensory 
nerve-endings, more especially those situated in the sexual 
organs. 

(1) Aphrodisiacs are drugs exciting sexual desire (and 
increasing sexual power in the male). They include : 

DIRECT APHRODISIACS 

Stiychnine, Phosphorus, Alcohol (act on centres) 
Cantharides (local irritant) 

INDIRECT APHRODISIACS 

In debility : Iron, Strychnine, Arsenic, (full diet) 

(2) Anaphrodisiacs are drugs lessening sexual desire. 
They are : 

Opium, Bromides, Purgatives, Nauseants, (bleeding), (spare diet) 

Uses. — Drugs directly exciting sexual appetite are of no 
therapeutic value, and the local irritants, as cantharides, 
are, moreover, likely to work harm by producing inflamma- 
tion of the urinary tract. Loss of sexual desire and power 
should usually be treated by improving the general nutrition 
with tonics and good feeding and by regulating the use of 
the sexual organs, unless the trouble is due to organic 
disease. Drugs diminishing sexual appetite may be useful 
in quieting the centres and rendering them less sensitive to 
sources of local irritation. It is, however, more sensible to 
remove the cause of irritation, as smegma preputii, acid 
urine, urinary calculi, intestinal parasites, scybala, fissure of 
the rectum, hseiuorrhoids, etc. Anaphrodisiacs may be 
employed to subdue excessive sexual excitement and ner- 
vousness (hysteria) sometimes accompanying " heat " in 
the female, 

(B) Injluencing the female sexual organs. 

(1) Emmenagogues are drugs which favor the occurrence 
of " heat " (ovulation) in the female when it is irregular or 
abnormally absent. We are at present ignorant of their 
■exact mode of action. Some act directly, perhaps, by stim- 
ulating the centres or uterus. 



58 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS ^ 

DIRECT EMMENAGOGUES 

f" Savin, Rue, Cantharides (irritants) '''"'\ 

Ergot 

INDIRECT EMMENAGOGUES 

Purgatives (Aloes) 

In debility : Iron, Arsenic, Strychnine (full diet) 

Uses. — The irritant emmenagogues are usually ineflfectual 
in medicinal doses, while they may cause inflammation of 
the urinary tract and abortion (in pregnant animals) in large 
doses. The use of the indirect emmenagogues is more 
rational and effective. Aloes is thought to stimulate the 
uterus reflexly by irritation of the large intestines, and may 
also act locally on the uterus after absorption. Absence of 
oestrum, ordinarily a symptom resulting from a general or 
local condition, should be treated if possible by removing 
the cause (debility, plethora, deformity), 

(2) Echolllcs, or oxytocics, are drugs stimulating uterine 
contraction during or directly after parturition. The exact 
physiological details concerned in this action are unknown. 
They are : 

Ergot Quinine 

Cotton root bark . Hydrastis 

Corn smut Savin 

(3) Drugs restraining uterine contractions. 

Antesthetics Chloral 

Opium Bromides 

Cannabis Indica 

Uses. — Ecbollics (preeminently ergot) are used to con- 
tract the uterus and arrest haemorrhage after parturition ; 
or to stimulate the womb during parturition in inertia. In 
poisonous doses they may lead to abortion during pregnancy. 
Drugs restraining uterine contraction (especially opium) 
are sometimes given to prevent threatened abortion. 

(4) Drugs injluencing onilk-secretion. 

(a) Galactagogues are drugs increasing the flow of milk. 
They include : 

Pilocarpine Leaves of castor oil plant (inter- 

Alcoiioi nally or locally on udder as 

(Full diet) • poultice). 



DBUGS INFLUENCING METABOLISM 



59 



Drug treatment is ineflfective in increasing the secretion 
of milk ; rich feeding is the chief desideratum. Many drugs 
are eliminated in milk and may produce their characteristic 
effects in animals or man drinking it. Among these are : 



Opium 


Arsenic 


^ Copper 


All Tolatile oils 


Mercury 


Carbolic acid 


Purgative salts 


Lead 


Colchicum 


Rhubarb 


Zinc 


Euphorbium 


Senna 


Iron 


Ergot 


Castor oil 


Bismuth 


Salicylic acid 


Scammony 


Neutral salts 


Veratrin 


Jalop 


Ammonia 


Strychnine 


Iodine 


Acids 


Croton oil 


Potassium iodide 


Sulphur 


Aloes 


Antimony- 


Atropin 


Turpentine 



(b) Antigaladagogues. — Belladonna is the only efficient 
drug lessening the secretion of milk, applied locally or given 
internally. It paralyzes the peripheral secretory nerve- 
endings and is useful in mammitis by diminishing the circu- 
latory activity in the mammary gland. 



Drugs Influencing Metabolism. 

(1) Alteratives. — The term " alterative " is a vague, inde- 
finable word used to describe the action of certain drugs, 
modifying tissue change and improving nutrition in some 
disorders, which cannot easily be classified under other 
heads. It is impossible here to recount the actions of 
alteratives, because they probably act in various ways, and 
because we ai*e generally ignorant of their actions. The 
value of alteratives has been discovered by clinical expe- 
rience. The following are often classed as alteratives : 



Arsenic and its preparations 
Mercury and its salts 
Iodine and its salts 
Cod liver oil 



Phosphoric acid 
Colchicum 
Sarsaparilla 
Sulphur 



Uses. — Alteratives are employed in those diseases in 
which experience has proved them 'to be beneficial. 



do GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

Tonics. — The word " tonic " is another term even more 
vague and all-embracing than " alterative," and, thereforej 
more difficult to accurately define. Tonics improve th6 
general nutrition and health, and, as ordinarily understood^ 
refer to drugs promoting appetite and digestion (bitter 
tonics, as gentian) ; the state of the blood (hsematinics, as 
iron and arsenic) ; or the condition of certain organs (heart 
tonics, as digitalis ; nerve tonics, as strychnine). 

Tonics are indicated in the treatment of debility (gen- 
eral or special) and anaemia. 



Drugrs Influencing Bodily Heat. 

Antipyretics are drugs lowering the temperature of the 
body in fever. The mechanism concerned with temperature 
changes is as follows : 

(1) Heat production. — There is a centre in the corpus 
striatum for heat production. Probably this controls mus- 
cular activity, which is chiefly instrumental in the production 
of bodily heat. 

(2) Heat loss. — There is a centre for heat dissipation 
situated in the medulla. This controls the vasomotors and 
state of vascular tension ; the activity of the sweat glands 
and respiration ; and, therefore, the amount of heat lost by 
radiation from the blood vessels of the skin, by evaporation 
of sweat, and by the act of respiration. Heat is also lost 
by the passage of faeces and urine. 

(3) Heat regulation. — There are heat-regulating centres 
in the cortex cerebri (?) which coordinate or adjust the 
relations existing between the heat-producing and heat- 
dissipating centres. 

Finally, the bodily temperature is reflexly influenced by 
sensory impulses originating in various parts of the body, 
and conveyed by afferent nerves to the three brain-centres 
controlling temperature. Agents lowering bodily tempera- 
ture in fever may act to depress the heat-producing centre ; 
to stimulate the heat-dissipating centre ; to dilate vessels ; 



DRUGS INFLUENCING BODILY HEAT 



61 



to increase the secretions (particularly of sweat) ; to influence 
the circulation bj drugs or venesection ; to physically- 
abstract heat, and to remove sources of fever in the digestive 
tract. 

TABLE SHOWING THE PROBABLE MODE OF ACTION OF 
ANTIPYRETICS. 



C Depress heat-produc- 
I ing centre 



O 

t— I 
H 

t-H 

H 



Lessen heat 
duction 



pro-<; 



r Phenacetin 
I Antipyrin 
I Acetanilid 
j Quinine 
I Salicylic acid 
t Salicin 



. Increase heat loss 



^ Influence circulation 



' Slightly stimulate 
heat-dissipating 
centre 



Cause sweating and 
dilate vessels 



Aconite 

Veratrum 

Digitalis 

Antimony 

"Venesection 

Acetanilid 
Antipyrin 
Phenacetin 

f Alcohol 

Spirit of nitrous 
■{ ether 
I Opium 
L Ipecac 

( Cold, externally 
( and internally 



Abstract heat 

I Purgatives (remove 
pyrogenic material) 

Antipyretics do not lower temperature in health when 
given in medicinal doses. 

Ufies. — Antipyretics are employed to diminish fever. It 
is wiser to lessen heat production than to increase heat loss 
(by diarphoretics, diuretics, circulatory depressants, bleed- 
ing, etc.), because heat production is stimulated by the latter 
process. The modern antipyretics (acetanilid, antipyrin 
and phenacetin) act chiefly to lessen heat production, and 
are, therefore, most serviceable, but even these drugs should 
usually be avoided unless fever is exceedingly high or long- 
continued. This follows because a high bodily temperature 
is often inimical to bacterial life and growth, and because 



62 GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 

fever is a natural protective agency, being the result of 
increased oxidation, and destroys toxins and pyrogenic sub- 
stances. Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin, moreover, 
depress the circulation in large doses and alter the red 
corpuscles so as to interfere with their oxygen-carrying 
functions. Cold is the best antipyretic agency when it 
can be employed, in not only reducing temperature and in- 
creasing the elimination of toxins in the urine, but in 
powerfully stimulating the nervous system and vital func- 
tions. (See p. 704.) 



Drugs Acting on the Skin. 

(A) Drugs Influencing the Blood Vessels of the Skin. 
(1) Locally dilating superficial vessels. 

I IRRITANTS OR COUNTER-IRRITANTS. 

Cantharides Corrosive mercuric chloride 

Iodine Arsenous acid 

Mustard Silver nitrate 

Capsicum Zinc chloride 

Crotori oil Carbolic acid 

Oil of turpentine and other Mineral acids 

volatile oils Caustic alkalies 

Ammonia w^ater Anaesthetics and alcohol(wheneva- 
Camphor poration is prevented) 

Red mercuric iodide (Heat) 

Drugs are classified as follows, according to the degree 
of irritation they produce : 

Buhefacients are drugs which cause vascular dilatation 
and redness of the skin when locally applied, such as mus- 
tard and iodine (and heat). 

Vesicants are drugs producing inflammation of the skin 
and exudation of serum under the epidermis (vesicles), 
when locally applied, such as cantharides. 

Pustulants are drugs inducing a still higher grade of 
inflammation when locally applied, accompanied by migra- 
tion of leucocytes from the vessels into the vesicles, forming 
pustules. 



DRUGS ACTJNG ON THE SKIN 63 

Oatisfics, or Escharotics, are agents which, when locally 
•applied, lead to so great a degree of irritation that the 
vitality of tissues is destroyed, e.g., nitric acid, caustic potash 
and the white-hot iron. 

Uses. — Irritants are often called counter-irritants when 
they are used against (counter) existing irritation or inflam- 
mation by reflexly causing contraction of vessels in congested 
or inflamed underlying parts. Thus a blister on the chest 
leads to contraction of the vessels in the inflamed pleura 
and relieves pleuritis. Counter-irritants are, therefore, 
employed locally to overcome internal congestion and 
inflammation. Rubefacients are often applied over the 
whole surface of the body (mustard and turpentine) to dilate 
superficial vessels and equalize the circulation in colds, 
chills iind internal congestions. Vesicants are used to alter 
the circulation and nutrition of adjacent parts and to secure 
resolution and absorption of inflammatory products in joint 
and periosteal disorders. (For details see Counter-irritants, 
p. 665.) 

(2) Locally contracting superficial vessels. 

Astringents are drugs which, when locally applied, make 
the tissues drier and denser and lessen secretions. Their 
action is probably dependent on various factors : partial 
coagulation of the albuminous fluids of the tissues ; coagu- 
lation of morbid secretions; removal of water; and contrac- 
tion of the muscular coat of the blood vessels. They are 
local irritants with the exception of lead acetate and bismuth 
salts. The astringents are : 



Salts 



Styptics, or Hcemostatics, are drugs which arrest haemor- 



Lead 


Adrenalin 


Aluminum 


Tannic acid, and drugs contain 


Zinc 


ingit 


Silver 


Hydrastis 


Copper 


Cocaine 


Ferric 


Antipyrin 


Bismuth 


Ether ) On evapora- 
Methylene chloride ) tion 


Hamamelis 


Ergot 


(Cold) 



64 GENERAL ACTIONS OP DRUGS 

rhage, when locally applied, both by coagulation of albumin 
of the blood and by direct contraction of the vessels and 
tissues surrounding them. Adrenalin and solutions of ferric 
alum, ferric chloride and subsulphate are the most powerful 
styptics, although all astringents possess an hsemostatic 
action. 

Uses. — Astringents are employed in local loss of tone 
and relaxation of tissues accompanied by serous, mucous or 
purulent exudation from mucous membranes or raw surfaces. 
The irritating astringents are usually contra-indicated in 
acute infl;immatory conditions, but are thought to prevent 
the out-wandering of leucocytes through the blood vessels, 
which results in purulent exudation. 

Styptics are employed in the treatment of haemorrhage 
from mucous membranes, or in bleeding from other parts 
which cannot be stopped by surgical means, heat or cold. 
The coagulated blood is prone to sepsis, speedy decomposi- 
tion and infection. 

(B) Drugs Locally Softening, Soothing and Protecting 
THE Skin, or Emollients. 

They include : 

Lard Olive oil 

Petrolatum Cottonseed oil 

Cacao butter Lanolin 

(Fomentations — Poultices) 

Demulcents are drugs exerting a soothing, protecting and 
softening influence on the mucous membrane of the aliment- 
arjr canal, when given internally. They are mostly gums,, 
syrups and albuminous fluids, as : 



Acacia 


Glycerin 


Linseed infusion or tea 


White of egg 


Liquorice 


Milk 


Syrup 


Starch 


Molasses 


Sweet oil 


Honey 





Uses. — Emollients are serviceable in softening the skin 
when it has a tendency to be dry and fissured ; also in 



DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN '^5 

chafing and superficial inflammation when emollients protect 
the skin from the natural irritation of the air. 

Demulcents are of value in inflammation of the mucous 
membrane of the digestive tract, and again in catarrh of the 
mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract, because 
they not only exert a direct sedative influence on the throat, 
but, either reflexly or in some measure directly, act on the 
bronchial tubes. Demulcents are often employed to relieve 
irritation in the urinary tract, but it is difficult to understand 
how they can there exert a demulcent influence after their 
decomposition in the alimentary canal and absorption into 
the blood, since they have never been found in that fluid or 
in the secretions. 

(C) Drugs Influencing the Secretion of Sweat. 

The mechanism controlling the sudoriparous glands and 
secretion of sweat, comprises sweat centres in the spinal 
cord ; secretory nerves proceeding from them with termina- 
tions in the glands ; the gland cells, and blood vessels of 
the skin. Any portion of this mechanism may be aflfected. 
by drugs to increase or diminish sweat secretion. 

(1) Drugs increasing the secretion of siveat, or diaphoretics: 
They may : 

(1) Stimulate the sweat centres. 

(2) Excite the secretory nerve-endings in the glands. 

(3) Increase the activity of the gland cells. 

(4) Stimulate the vasodilators and increase the vascu- 
larity of the skin. Stimulation of the secretory and vasodi- 
lator nerves usually go hand in hand, since they accompany 
each other in their course to the sweat glands. 

DIAPHORETICS 



Pilocarpine 

Alcohol 

Spirit of nitrous ether 

Heart stimulants 

External heat 

(Warm drinks) 



Pilocarpine stimulates the gland 
cells, or secretory nerve-endings. 
Tlie others act indirectly by pro- 
moting tiie vascularity of the 
skin and thus the activity of 
the sweat glands. 



66 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 



Antimony salts 

Solution of ammonium acetate 

Opium 

Camphor 

Ipecac 

Potassium acetate 

Potassium citrate 

Aconite 



► Stimulate sweat centres 



Action unknown 



(2) Drugs diminishing the secretion of sioeat, or anhidrotics. 
They may depress the various parts of the mechanism 
which are stimulated by diarphoretics. They are : 



Atropine 
Belladonna 
Hyoscyamus 
Stramonium 
(Cold externally) 



Paralyze sec- 
' retory nerve- 
endings. 



Acids 
Zinc salts 
Nux vomica 
Qainine 
Salicylic acid 



Action unde- 
termined 



Uses. — There are two indications for the use of diapho- 
retics. First, to bring blood to the surface and to cause 
sweating, thus equalizing the circulation in " colds," chills 
and congestions and reducing temperature in fever by 
evaporation and radiation of heat from the skin. Ammonium 
acetate, alcohol and spirit of nitrous ether are commonly 
used in the treatment of the disorders first noted, but 
acetanilid and phenacetin are more powerful antipyretics. 
Second, to eliminate morbid material from the blood in 
failure of the kidneys, as urinary suppression, or uraemia. 
These conditions are comparatively rare in veterinary prac- 
tice. The skin of the lower animals generally is much less 
responsive to diaphoretics than that of man, while horses 
and cattle are more susceptible to these agents than dogs, 
cats or pigs. 

A warm covering and atmosphere assist the dilation of 
the peripheral vessels and activity of the gland cells and 
should always be secured to aid diaphoresis. Anhidrotics 
are of little service in veterinary medicine. Excessive 
sweating is usually a sign of debility and is remedied by 
rest, tonics and good feeding. 



DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 67 

Drugs Which Destroy Microorganisms and 
Parasites. 

(1) Disinfectants or Germicides are agents which destroy 
the microorganisms causing infectious and contagious 
diseases, fermentation and putrefaction. Examples : 

Corrosive mercuric chloride Sulphurous acid 

Carbolic acid Chlorine 

Lime Heat 
Chlorinated lime 

(2) Antiseptics are agents which prevent the growth and 
development of the microorganisms occasioning fermenta- 
tion, putrefaction and disease ; more especially the micro- 
cocci producing suppuration. Those used externally for 
surgical purposes are : 



Corrosive sublimate 


Zinc chloride 


lodol 


Carbolic acid 


Zinc sulphate 


Boric acid 


Creolin 


Formalin 


Benzoin 


Lysol 


Iodoform 


Thymol 


Hydrogen dioxide 


Salicylic acid 


Balsam of Peru 


Potassium permanganate 


Aristol 


Alcohol 


Antiseptics which are given internally : 




Naphtol 


Bismuth salicylate 


Salol 


' ' subnitrate 


Creolin 


Quinine 




Carbolic acid 


Volatile oils and others 



Deodorants, or Deodorizers, are agents which destroy or 
counteract a foul odor. Those possessing any real value 
are also disinfectants and antiseptics, and remove the source 
of the odor. 

(For further details see special article on disinfectants, 
antiseptics and deodorants, p. 718.) 

Anthelmintics or Vermicides are drugs which kill intestinal 
worms, as the various species of taenia (tape worm) ; of 
ascaris (round worm), and oxyuris (thread, seat or whip 
worm), inhabiting the alimentary canal of the domestic 
animals. 



68 



GENERAL ACTIONS OF DRUGS 



Anthelmintics inimical to tcenia are 



Aspidium (horse and dog) 

Oil of turpentine 

Kousso 

Areca nut (sheep and lambs) 

Pumpkin seed 



Calomel 
Arsenic 

Linseed, cotton- I Aid in expulsion 
seed or castor ( 
oil 



of dead para- 
sites 



Anthelmintics destroying ascarides . 



Creolin 

Aloes 

Oil of turpentine 

Arsenic 

Calomel 

Areca nut 
Santonin 



HORSES. 

Iron 
Gentian 
Arsenic 
Copper sulphate 

DOGS. 

Spigelia 



. Tonics 



Anthelmintics killing oxyurides. 

Rectal injections containing salt, solution of lime, 
quassia, iron salts, alum and oil of turpentine are used to 
destroy these parasites infesting the lower bowel. 

Anthelmintics destroying cestri equi (" Bots "). 



Carbon disulphide 
Chloroform 



Hydrochloric acid 

Bitters 

Iron 

Arsenic 

Copper sulphate 



- Tonics 



Vermifuges are purgatives (as aloes and oil) used to 
expel dead parasites from the bowels after the administra- 
tion of anthelmintics. 

Parasiticides, or antiparasitics, are drugs which destroy 
parasites, more especially those inhabiting the skin. Wa^ 
may classify them as those used : 

(1) Against Tinea (Ringworm and Favus). 

Mercurial ointments Chrysarobin ointment Salicylic acid 

Tincture of iodine Cantharides Boric acid 

Glycerite of carbolic acid Croton oil Thymol 

Creolin Formalin Sulphurous acid 
Oreosote 



DRUGS WHICH DESTROY MICRO-ORGANISMS AND PARASITES 69 

(2) Against Acari. (Scab, itcli and mange.) 

Sulphur Carbolic acid 

Tar Corrosive sublimate 

Peruvian balsam Salicylic acid 

Styrax Cantharides 

(3) Agains' Pediculi. (Lice.) 

Staphisagria Carbolic acid 

Oil of tar Creolin 

Peruvian balsam Tobacco 

Styrax Pyrethrum 
Oil of anise 

(4) Against Pulex irritans. (Flea.) 

Pyretbrimi Oil of anise ' , 

Carbolic soap 

(5) Against Actinomycosis. 

Tincture of iodine Iodoform 

Potassium iodide Copper sulphate 

Glycerite of carbolic acid Corrosive sublimate 

(6) Against Oideum albicans. (Thrusli, aphtha, aphthous 
stomatitis.) 

Boric acid Alum 

Potassium chlorate Salicylic acid 

Potassium Permanganate Hydrochloric acid 

(7) Against Strongylus micruriis and filar ia. (Intra^ 
tracheal iujectious of carbolic acid and turpentine.) 

(For details concerning the use of parasiticides, see 
special articles on the drugs enumerated above.) 



PHARMACY. 



The More Important Medicinal Bodies and 
Principles Contained in Drugs. 

Alkaloideum, pi. Alkaloidea, — Alkaloidfi. Characteristics : 

1. Alkaloids are nitrogenous bodies, being the active 
principles of many vegetable drugs. 

2. They resemble mineral bases in that they have an 
alkaline reaction and unite with acids to form soluble crys- 
talline salts. Hence their name, alkaloids. 

3. Chemically they are ammonia compounds. One or 
more atoms of H (in NH3) are replaced by various radicals. 

4. They are mostly insoluble in water, but very soluble 
in alcohol, Solutions possess a bitter taste. 

5. They are similar to animal alkaloids and probably 
have a like origin, — i.e., from the decomposition of albumi- 
noid material. 

6. Alkaloids are precipitated in solutions by tannin, 
forming insoluble tannates. 

7. They are usually solids and their salts are soluble 
and convenient for hypodermic use. 

8. Their Latin ending is ina : English, ine • viz. : Mor- 
phina, morphine. 

Examples : An alkaloid of cinchona is quinine ; of 
belladonna, atropine. 

Glucosideum, pi. Glucosidea. — Glocosides are neutral, 
non-nitrogenous organic bodies, representing the active jDrin- 
ciples of many vegetable drugs. They yield glucose and other 
substances on decomposition. Hence their name. Their 
Latin ending is inum ; English, in ; viz., salicinum, salicin. 

Examples : A glucoside of digitalis is digitalin ; of 
santoninum is santonin. 

70 



1 



MEDICINAL BODIES AND PRINCIPLES CONTAINED IN DRUGS 71 

Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are combinations of glycerin 
"with fatty acids ; usually oleic, stearic, margaric or palmitic 
acids. They are liquid at ordinary temperatures and soluble 
in benzin, chloroform and ether. Exposed to the air they 
undergo acid fermentation, resulting in " rancidity." Fixed 
oils are expressed from fruits and seeds of plants and animal 
tissue. They are " fixed " because they cannot be distilled. 
They leave a greasy mark on paper. 

Examples : Cod liver oil, castor oil, olive oil, linseed oil 
and croton oil. 

Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fats are solid, fixed oils. 

Examples : Lard, cacao butter. 

Oleum destillatum, pi. Olea destillata. — Distilled oils are 
obtained by the distillation of flowers, fruits, leaves or seeds 
of plants; by maceration, infusion, expression; or by 
extraction with solvents. They are either liquid or solid 
and possess an aromatic odor and taste. They are lighter 
than water, and soluble in alcohol, ether, and very slightly 
soluble in water. Distilled oils are miscible with fatty sub- 
stances and mineral oils. They do not leave a greasy mark 
on paper. 

Synonyms : Essential oils, volatile oils and ethereal 
oils. Alcoholic solutions of these oils are known as essences. 

Examples : Oil of peppermint, oil of cloves, oil of win- 
tergreen. 

Oleo-resina, pi. Oleo-resince. — Oleo-resins are semi- solid 
mixtures of resins and volatile oils. Many are natural 
products, exuding from trees, as crude turpentine, which 
contains the volatile oil of turpentine and a resin, or what 
is commonly termed " rosin." They are soluble in ether. 

Examples : Oleo-resin of capsicum, oleo-resin of aspi- 
dium. 

Besina, pi. Resinoi. — Resins are brittle, amorphous solids, 
soluble in alcohol and alkalies. They are obtained from 
oleo-resins by simple distillation, as in the case of turpen- 
tine ; or may be extracted from plants by means of heat or 
alcohol. 



72 PHARMACY 

Examples : The resins of Burgundj pitch and podo- 
phyllum. 

Ualsamum, pi. Bahama. — Balsams are oleo-resins with 
the addition of either cinnamic or benzoic acids, or both. 
They are soiids or lirjuids. 

Examples : Balsam of Pern, balsam of Toln. 

Gummus, -[A.Gummi.* — Gums are solid exudations from 
phxnts. They are generalh' soluble in water, and their solu- 
tions are precijiitated by alcohol. 

Example : Gum :icacia. 

Gam liesina, pi. Gum-Eeshue, are solid exudations from 
plants consisting of a mixture of a gum and a resin. 

Pharmaceutical Processes. 

Many of the technical methods are those employed in 
chemistry, but of those more especially used in pharmacy 
are the following : 

PROCESSES OF MECHANICAL DIVISION. 

Slicing. — This prepares the drug for further reduction, 
and is the first df all pharmaceutical ])rocesses. 

Bruising or Contusion. — Consists in breaking the drug 
by force, and is usually performed with an iron mortar and 
pestle. 

Rasping or Filing.- — For those drugs not easily reduced 
by the former processes, as guaiHC wood. 

Trituration. — Performed with mortar and pestle. The 
effect produced where there is a circular motion, accom- 
panied by pressure. 

Grinding and Sifting. — In order to exhaust drugs some 
must be giouiid and sifted to a finer powder than others. 
To accomplish tnis, after grinding, we use sieves of differ- 
ent degrees of fineness, designated by numbers 20, 40, 60, 
80, 100. These have reference to the number of meshes 
contained to the square inch. Therefore, when a 60 powder 
is directed to be used, it is that which will pass through 
a sieve containing 60 meshes to the square inch. 

* Gummi (indeclinable noun), often used for gum or gums. 



PHARMACEUTICAL PROCESSES 73 

Levigation. — Somewhat similar to trituration, but per- 
formed with a slab and muller. These should be made of 
glass, or some non-absorbent material. 

Elutriation. — This consists in mixing the powder, ob- 
tained by some of the former comminuting processes, with 
water ; agitating it ; allowing the coarser particles to settle, 
and pouring off the supernatant liquid which holds the finer 
particles in suspension. The powder settles from the latter 
and is dried. 

MECHANICAL PROCESSES. 

Processes by which liquids are separated from solids, 
and by which active principles and soluble constituents are 
separated from the inert portion of the drug. 

Decantation, — The process by which solids are allowed 
to subside in a mixture and the supernatant liquid is slowly 
poured nff or decanted. Liquids which will not mix, or that 
are of different Sp. Gr., may be decanted one from the other. 

Filtration. — This is the process of separating a solid 
insoluble substance from a liquid by passing the liquid 
containing it through a porous substance called a. filter. The 
filter commonly used consists of unsized or bibulous paper, 
although cotton, muslin, felt, earthenware, and other sub- 
stances are employed. 

Percolation consists in the following process : A pul- 
verized vegetable drug (containing both soluble and in- 
soluble constituents) is placed in a conical vessel, or per- 
colator, and subjected to the action of a liquid called a 
menstruum, when the soluble portion, or percolate, flows 
from the lower opening. The menstruum as it descends 
becomes more and more saturated with the soluble con- 
stituents of the drug. The first that escapes is the strong- 
est, and each successive portion of the percolate becomes 
weaker until the drug is exhausted. The percolate should 
not drop faster than one or two drops a second. Percolation 
is employed in making tinctures, fluid and solid extracts, 
syrups and some other fluid pharmaceutical preparations. 



74 PHARMACY 

Clarification. — Is the process whereby cloudy substances 
are made clear by the tidditiou of some coagulable sub- 
stances, as albumin or ichthyocolla. It is the adding to any 
fluid, containing a sediment, a substance which will carry 
down all uudissolved particles, then filtering or decanting 
the liquid. 



CHEMICAL PROCESSES USED IN PHARMACY. 

Solution. — The process by which soluble substances 
assume the fluid state through the action of a liquid. 

Lixlviation. — Employed to separate a soluble constituent 
from an insoluble porous body. The substance to be lixi- 
viated is mixed with water and placed in a conical vessel, 
the bottom of which is covered with straw or coarse sand, 
and, after m;iceration has continued sufficiently, the satu- 
rated portion, called the lye, is drawn off from an opening in 
the lower ]iart of the vessel. 

CrysfalUzrition. — Is the concentration of a liquid con- 
taining a soluble solid by means of heat, when on allowing 
it to stand until cool, crystals form. Stiiring during cooling 
will produce granulaiion. Solution, filtration and crystalliza- 
tion are the three best ways of obtaining j^ure salts. 

PROCESSES REQUIRING THE APPLICATION OF HEAT. 

Liquefaction. — Is the melting of substances which at 
ordinary temperature are hard, and when cool return to the 
same condition as before heating, as resin, wax, lard, tallow. 

Evaporation. — Is the conversion of a liquid into steam 
or vapor. Liquids which evaporate at ordinary tempera- 
ture ai-e called volatile, as alcohol. To keep the heat 
below the boiling point of water, we use the water bath, 
which cannot reach a higher temperature than 100° C. To 
gradually increase the heat, use the sand bath. 



PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS 75 

DistiUalion. — Is the vaporization of a liquid in a 
retort or a stilly by heat, and conduction of the -vapor 
through a cooled tube, where it is condensed and passes 
into a receiver and is called the distillate. Distillation is 
used to purify liquids or recover a volatile liquid from a 
solid, solution or mixture. Where two liquids ar3 mixed 
that have different points of vaporization and are separated 
in this way, the process is called reclification. 

Sublimation. — Distillation of a volatile solid. When 
the product is in a solid form, it is called a sublimate, as 
iodine, camphor, etc. ; when in flakes, it is called flowers, as 
sulphur. 

3faceration. — A term used to denote the action of liquids 
upon drugs at ordinary temperature. 

Digestion. — Same process, with heat raised to 40° C. 

Menstruum. — Any fluid substance used to dissolve a 
solid body or extract its medicinal principles. 

Excipient. — Any substance used to give a pill mass 
proper consistency. 

Exsiccate. — The process of removing all moisture, even 
the water of crystallization, from a crystal, by the use of heat. 

Desiccate. — To remove all excess of moisture. Heat not 
usually employed in this process. 

Incineration. — The combustion of a substance for its 
ashes. 

Reduction is employed to recover a metal in its purity, 
when in a combined state. 



Pharmaceutical Preparations. 

The " United States Pharmacopoeia " is an authoritative 
book, including the drugs of most value, with a description 
of their properties, tests for their purity, and methods for 
making their preparations. It is revised each decade by a 
convention of representative delegates from medical schools 



76 PHARMACY 

and societies, schools of pharmacy and pharmaceutical asso- 
ciations, with the collaboration of medical ofl&cers from the 
army, navy and marine hospital service. The last edition 
dates from September 1, 1905. All matter occurriijg in the 
*'Pharmacopceia" is said to be according to the U. S. P., or 
official. That occurring in the " British Pharmacopoeia " is 
marked B, P. 



OfiB.cial Preparations. 

I. — Preparations "Whose Solvent is Water. 

Decodum, pi. Decoda. — Decoctions are solutions of crude 
drugs in water, obtained ' by boiling. Unless specified 
otherwise, their strength is 5 per cent, and the boiling is 
conducted fifteen minutes. Decoctions tend to undergo 
rapid decomposition, and are only suitable in case of those 
drugs whose active principle is soluble in water. They are 
unsuitable when the active principle of a drug is volatile, 
decomposed by heat, or when it contains much starch, which 
would form an easily decomposable, thick mass. 

Drugs containing hard, woody substances, especially 
albumin, which coagulates in boiling and remains in the 
crude drug, are those especially adapted for this method. 

Infusum, pi. Infusa. — Infusions are aqueous solutions of 
drugs made by maceration in boiling water without the aid 
of ebullition. Maceration is done for half an hour, and the 
strength is 5 per cent., unless otherwise ordered. The same 
disadvantages apply in the case of infusions as with decoc- 
tions, in addition to the longer time required for their 
preparation. Some drugs, as digitalis or ergot, which yield 
their active principles to water and are more powerful when 
freshly made, are suitable for this process. 

Liquor, pi. Liqiiores. — Solutions are preparations holding 
active non-volatile principles in solution in water. They 
have no uniform strength. 



OFFICIAL PREPAEATIONS 77 

Aqua, pi. Aquce. — Waters are aqueous solutions of vola- 
tile principles. They have no uniform strength and are 
mostly solutions of volatile oils or gases. 

Mistura, -pi. llisturce. — Mixtures are compounds consist- 
ing of a combination of fluid preparations or compounds in 
which solid substances are dissolved or held in suspension 
by an appropriate vehicle. The term is thus very compre- 
hensive, including most prescriptions for fluids used in 
practice, but more narrowly it applies iu pharmacy to insol- 
uble materials suspended by suitable menstrua in water, the 
whole to be shaken before used. They have no definite 
strength. 

Emidsum, pi. Emulsa. — Emulsions are similar to mix- 
tures in that an oily substance in a state of fiue division is 
held in suspension in a gummy or albuminous vehicle. 
They have no uniform strength. 

Syrupus, pi. Si/rupi — Syrups are saccharine solutions. 
The vehicle is usually water, although vinegar and alcohol 
may be used, and they are all medicated except the simple 
syrup. They are not of uniform strength. 

II. — Preparations Whose Solvent is Alcohol. 

Tindura, pi. Tinciurce. — Tinctures are alcoholic solu- 
tions of non-volatile principles, made usually by maceration 
and percolation of the crude drug. They vary in strength^ 
usually from 5 to 20 per cent, but even exceed these limits. 
The alcohol in tinctures is often an important factor in the 
action of the preparation. Strong or diluted alcohol is used 
according to the solubility of the active principle. 

Spiritus, pi. Spiritus. — Spirits are alcoholic solutions of 
volatile substances, either gases, liquids, or solids. They 
have no uniform strength. 

Elixir, pi. Elixirs. — Elixirs are alcoholic solutions of 
drugs containing sugar and aromatic substances. 

III. — Preparations Having Wine as a Solvent. 

Vinum, pi. Vina. — Wines are weak tinctures containing 



78 PHAEMACY 

a small amount of alcohol, the remainder of the solvent 
being white wine. They have no definite strength. 

IV. — Prepakations Having as a Solvent Diluted 
Acetic Acid. 

Acetum, pi. Aceta. — Vinegars are solutions of the active 
principles of drugs in acetic acid prepared by maceration 
and percolation. They are not of uniform strength. 

V. — Preparations Made by Solution and Evaporation. 

Extractum, pi. Extrada. — Extracts are concentrated 
preparations of the crude drug. Ordinarily alcoholic solu- 
tions of the crude drug are obtained by maceration and 
percolation, and then evaporated to a pasty mass. They 
are usually stronger, weight for weight, than the crude drug, 
but are not of uniform strength. 

* Extractum Fluidum, pi. Extrada Fhiida. — Fluid extracts 
are permanent, concentrated medicinal solutions of uniform 
strength, 1 cc. of the fluid extract is equivalent to 1 gm. of 
the crude drug. This result is obtained by percolation 
(usually with alcohol) and partial evaporation. 

VI. — Preparations Made by Distillation or OccuRRma 
Naturally, as Exudations from Trees. 

Oleo-Resina, pi. Oleo-Resina^. — Oleo-Kesins are officially 
extracts obtained by percolation of the crude drug with 
ether, and evaporation of the solvent. They have no uniform 
strength. 

PuJvis, pi. Pulveres. — Powders are preparations of finely 
pulverized drugs. Sugar of milk is frequently added, on 
account of its hardness, to aid in pulverization and as a 
diluent. Comparatively tasteless, non-irritating and often 
insoluble drugs are given in this form. Drugs that are 
volatile, deliquescent or irritating are otherwise administered. 
Pov/ders are used to advantage in veterinary practice, since 
they are often taken voluntarily on food. 

Trituratio, pi. Triturationes. — Triturates are combina- 

* Now written, according to the U. S. P., 1905, Fluidextractum , Fluidextracta. 



OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 79 

tions of drugs and sugar of milk, prepared by trituration. 
They occur in powder or are pressed into tablets. 

Oleum, pi. Olea. — Fixed oils are usually obtained by 
mechanical expression from the product of plants or the 
tissue of animals. 

Pllula, pi. PilulcE. — Pills are preparations of drugs made 
into globular form by the addition of a suitable excipient, 
and should be of a convenient size for swallowing. 

Massa, pi. Massce. — Masses are pasty mixtures suitable 
for making pills. 

S uppositorium, pi. Suppositoria. — Suppositories are 
medicinal substances incorporated with cacao butter and 
moulded into solid, usually conical, bodies intended for 
introduction into the rectum or vagina, where they melt at 
the temperature of the body. 

Confedio, pi. Co7[fecfiones. — Confections are pasty masses, 
consisting of powder incorporated with syrup. 

VIII. — Preparations Intended for External Use. 

Linimentum, pi. Linimenta. —Jjinimenis are liquid pre- 
parations with an oily, alcoholic or soapy basis. 

Oleatum, pi. Oleata. — Oleates are medicinal solutions in 
oleic acid. 

Unguentum, pi. Unquenta. — Ointments are preparations 
having a fatty basis (80 per cent, of lard). 

Ceratum, pi. Cerata. — Cerates are similar to ointments 
but harder, owing to the addition of 10 per cent, more wax. 

Glyceritum, pi.. Glycerita. — Glycerites are preparations 
whose solvent is glycerin. 

Emplastrum, pi. Emplastra. — Plasters are solid, sticky, 
supple preparations intended for application to the skin, 
where they become adhesive at the temperature of the body. 
In veterinary parlance they are often known as " charges." 

Charta, pi. Chartce. — Papers are fragments of medicated 
paper. 

Collodium, pi. Colhdia. — Collodions are solutions of gun 



80 PHARMACY 

cotton in ether and alcohol, leaving a thin, dry, adhesive 
coating when applied externally. 

IX. — Preparations Having Honey as an Excipient. 
Mtl, pi. 3IelUa. — Honeys. 

X. — Non- Official Preparations Peculiar to Veterinary 

Practice. 

Bolus, pi. BoU. — Balls are substitutes for pills. They 
are of elongated, cylindrical shape, about two and one-half 
inches long, and should weigh about two ounces when 
intended for horses. Various excipients are used to make 
a mass of the proper consistency. For immediate use» 
molasses and licorice root may be employed, and brown 
tissue paper is used as a covering for the balls. Gelatine 
capsules may take the place of balls, and should be covered 
with paper to prevent slipping through the fingers when wet 
with saliva. Linseed meal is a good excipient on account of 
its gum. Soap is often used, and glycerin makes a good 
preservative and keeps the mass moist. 

Heat is often necessary in preparing a ball mass whea 
the materials are resinous (as aloes) or waxy. A ball ia 
given to a horse by holding it in the right hand, the tips of 
the fingers and thumb surrounding it in the,form of a cone* 
The tongue of the animal being drawn to the operator's left 
with his left hand, the right is then quickly passed along the 
roof of the patient's mouth (avoiding the edges of the back 
teeth) until the back of the tongue is reached, when the ball 
is dropped, the right hand rapidly removed and the tongue 
released. 

If the mouth is narrow or the animal unmanageable, a 
balling iron or speculum is used to keep the mouth open. 
The horse may be backed into a narrow stall and the head 
steadied by an attendant with the assistance of a " twitch " 
on the nose. Substances of an irritating nature may be 
given in this form, and balls are also used when the disposi- 
tion of the )iatient does not admit the giving of a drench. 



OFFICIAL PREPARATIONS 81 

Haustus, pi. Haustus. — A drencli is an extemporaneous 
fluid mixture, intended for immediate use as a single dose. 

Soluble substances are best given in solution to obtain 
the most rapid results, unless irritating. Even then tliey 
may be preferable when sufficiently dilated with water and 
demulcents. Insoluble drugs may at times be given to 
advantage in a mixture rather than in the form of a ball or 
powder. Most official fluid preparations require dilution 
before administration, but for convenience small do^es of 
tinctures and fluid extracts are dropped upon the tongue of 
horses unless the preparations are exceptionally acrid. 
Drenches are particularly applicable for cattle and sheep, as 
solids are not quickly absorbed in their capacious digestive 
apparatus, and drenches are given them with ease. 

The amount of liquid conveniently administered to 
horses is from one to two pints ; to dogs, from two to four 
ounces ; to sheep, six to eight ounces. Cattle take readily 
unlimited quantities. Care should be observed that drenches 
^are so diluted as to be harmless to the mucous membrane,. 
and, if containing insoluble drugs, that these be held in 
suspension by a suitable vehicle or thoroughly shaken before 
using. Drenches are best given to horses by making a loop 
on the end of a rope, passing the upper jaw through this, 
the other end of the rope being passed through a pulley in 
the ceiling and held by the operator or assistant. The horse 
should be first backed into a narrow stall. The neck of the 
bottle (which should properly be made of horn or tin) con- 
taining the drench, being introduced and held in the right 
hand of the operator between the outside of the back teeth 
and the inside of the cheek of the patient, the left hand is 
used to steady the nose of the animal, but the nostrils should 
not be obstructed. 

In giving drenches to cattle the operator stands on their 
left and passes his right arm between the horns over the 
poll and down in front of the face, grasping the nasal septum 
between the thumb and forefinger. The neck of the bottle 
is then thrust with the left hand into the animal's mouth. 



B2 PHARMACY 

Dogs are given drenches with the aid of an assistant, who 
holds the mouth closed with one hand, while he makes a cup 
by pulling the corner of the lip away from the teeth with the 
other hand, into which the medicine may be slowly poured, 
the animal easily swallowing it. Small dogs may be placed 
sitting upon a table. A large dog may be put upon his hind 
quarters in a corner, and his head held between the knees 
of the operator. Cats are given drenches by rolling them 
in a heavy blanket with only the head out and the jaws held 
apart by means of two loops of tape about either jaw 
behind the incisor teeth. The jaws are then pulled apart 
by drawing on either loop from above and below the 
animal's head. 

Drenches should never be poured into animals if In an 
unconscious condition, for then they are unable to swallow, 
and the fluid may gravitate into the trachea. If coughing 
ensues during the administration of a drench, the procedure 
should be immediately stopped. 

ElectvxjLrium, pi. Electuaria. — Electuaries are medicinal 
pastes intended to be smeared on the teeth of animals, where 
they melt at the temperature of the body and become 
absorbed. Molasses, honey, glycerin, syrup or mucila^'e 
are used as excipients. Electuaries are used for their local 
action on the mouth and throat, and for convenience in 
administration, if so crude a method maybe thus described. 
A certain specified quantity of the electuary may be weighed 
by the dispenser and serve as a sample, or a domestic 
utensil may be employed to measure the dose, which is 
smeared with a thin, flat stick on the back teeth or tongue 
of the patient. 



INCOMPATIBILITY. 



Before entering upon the study of prescription writing, 
it is essential to consider the results of improper combina- 
tion of drugs, i.e., incompatibility. 

While a knowledge of chemistry, pharmacy and the 
physiological actions of drugs is necessary to avoid incom- 
patibility, it is yet possible to formulate certain rules which 
will assist us in escaping unfortunate combinations. 

Incompatibility is conveniently divided into three 
classes : I. Chemical. II. Physical. III. Physiological. 

I, Chemical incompatibility occurs when drugs are so 
mixed that an unsuitable alteration in their chemical com- 
position takes place. Certain substances should usually be 
prescribed alone because of the frequency with which 
chemical changes arise when they are combined with other 
medicines. These are : 

Lead, silver and zinc salts Mineral acids 

Iodine and iodides Solution of potassa and lime 

Tannic and gallic acids Quinine sulphate 

Liquid iron preparations Hydrocyanic acid 

Corrosive sublimate 

The possibilities of the following combinations must be 
kept in mind to avoid incompatibility : 

1. Solutions of alkaloids are incompatible with tannic . 
acid, alkalies, alkaline salts, and iodides and bromides, ^ 
because precipitation occurs. 

2. Glucosides are decomposed by acids and are, there- 
fore, incompatible with them. 

3. Acids may not be added to alkalies, alkaline salts or 
vegetable acid salts, because decomposition and chemical 
change will ensue. 



84: INCOMPATIBILITY 

4. A mixture of salts in solution will decompose if 
either an insoluble compound or double salt can be formed; 
otherwise no change will take place. 

5. Chloral is incompatible with alkaline solutions^ 
because chloroform is generated. 

6. Chloroform and potassium cyanide form prussic acid. 

7. Potassium chlorate, nitrate, or permanganate liberate 
oxygen and should not be mixed with readily oxidizable 
substances, such as charcoal, sugar, sulphur, glycerin, car- 
bolic acid, iodine, turpentine and organic materials, lest 
explosive compounds be formed. 

8. Lime water precipitates mercury salts. 

9. Both calomel and antipyrin are incompatible witb 
sweet spirit of nitre. 

10. Calomel may not be combined with nitrohydro- 
chloric acid lest corrosive sublimate result. 

11. Calomel and prussic acid form the poisonous mer- 
curic cyanide. 

12. Liquid iron compounds are incompatible with fluid 
preparations of the vegetable bitters (except those of calumba 
and quassia), because the tannic acid in them throws down 
a precipitate. 

13. Considerable quantities of acid are incompatible^ 
with tinctures, since ethers are produced. 

14. Water precipitates resinous tinctures. 

15. Gum arabic is incompatible with lead and iron salts,, 
and mineral acids. 

16. Strychnine is precipitated in solution by potassium 
bromide. 

17. Pepsin and pancreatin are mutually destructive in 
fluid combination. 

18. Solutions of potassium chlorate and iodide unite to- 
form a poisonous compound. 

It is beyond our scope to attempt the enumeration of 
all possible drug-incompatibilities. The special incompati- 
bilities of each drug may be found under the proper heading 
in the detailed description of them. Furthermore, we may 



INCOMPATIBILITY 85 

avoid incompatibility by (above all) simplicity in prescrip- 
tion writing, i.e., tlie use of few drugs in combination. Water 
or alcohol are generally the best solvents. 

II. Physical incompatibility consists in the production 
of unsightly-looking mixtures, but without necessarily any 
chemical alteration of their ingredients ; for example, the 
addition of water to insoluble powders, oils and chloroform. 
While such combinations are pharmaceutically improper, 
they may sometimes be used to advantage in practice. 

III. Physiological incompatibility consists in the union 
of drugs possessing antagonistic physiological actions. For 
instance, the combination of purgatives and astringents ; of 
morphine and atropine ; of digitalis and nitroglycerin. Such 
prescriptions may be valuable therapeutically when the 
antagonism is not complete. This follows because, while the 
deleterious action of one drug may be offset by another, its 
beneficial effect may at the same time exist or be accentuated. 
Thus the anodyne influence of morphine is increased by 
€ombination with atropine, but both the depressing action 
of morphine on the respiration and its constipating tenden- 
cies are lessened. by atropine. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING. 



Words and Phrases Commonly Used in Prescrip- 
tion Writing, With their Abbreviations.* 



LATIN WORD. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


TRANSLATION. 


Acidum 


Acid. 


An acid 


Ad 




To, up to 


Ad libitum 


Ad lib. 


At pleasure 


Adde 


Add. 


Add (thou). 


Ana 


A.aa. 


Of each 


Aqua fontana 


Aq. font. 


Water, spring 


Aqua destiliata 


" dest. 


" distilled 


Bene 




Well 


Bis in dies 


Bis. ind. 


Tw^ice daily 


Cape, Capiat 


Cap. 


Take. Let him take 


Capsula 


Caps. 


A capsule 


Ceratum 


Cerat. 


A cerate 


Chart a (karta) 


Chart. 


A paper (medicated) 


Chartula (kartula) 


Chart. 


A little paper for a 
powder 


Cochleare magnum 


Coch. mag. 


A tablespoon 


Cochleare parvum 


Coch, parv. 


A teasiioon 


Cola. Colatus 


Col. 


Strain, strained 


Collyrium 


Collyr. 


An eye wash 


Compositus 


Co. Comp. 


Compound 


Congius 


C. 


A gallon 


Confectio 


Conf. 


A confection 


Cortex 


Cort. 


Bark 


Cum 




With 


Decoctimi 


Decoc. 


A decoction 


Dilute, Uilutus 


Dil. 


Dilute (thou), diluted 


Divide 


D. Div. 


Divide (thou) 


Dividendus 


Dividend. 


To be divided 


Dividatur in parts sequ- 


D. in p. aeq. 


Let it be divided into 


ales. 




equal parts 


Dosis 


Dos. 


A dose 


Emplastrum 


Emp. 


A plaster 


Enema 


En em. 


An enema 


Extractum 


Ext. 


An extract 


Fac, fiat, fiant 


F. 


Make, let be made, let 
them be made 


Filtrum, Filtra 


Fil. 


A filter. Filter (thou) 


Fluidus 


Fl. f. 


Fluid 


Glyceritum 


Glyc. 


A glycerine 



I 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



87' 



LATIN WORD. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


TRANSLATION. 


Gutta, Gutta9 


Gtt. 


A drop, drops 


Guttatim 


Guttat. 


Drop by drop 


Haustus 


Haust. 


A draught 


Hora 


H. Hor. 


An hour 


In dies 


Ind. 


Daily 


Infusum 


Inf. 


An infusion 


Injectio 


Inj. 


An injection 


Lac 




Milk 


Libra 


Lb. 


A pound, a Troy pound 


Liquor, or Liq'uor 


Liq. 


A solution 


Lotio (losheo) 




A lotion 


Magnus 


Mag. 


Large 


Massa 


Mass. 


A pill-mass 


Misce 


M. 


Mix 


Mistura 


Mist. 


A mixture 


Mucilago 


Mucil. 


A mucilage 


Nox, Nocte Maneque 




Night, at night and in 
the morning 


Numerus, Nuniero 


No. 


A number, in number 


Octanus 


0. 


A pint 


Pars 




A part (governs genitive) 


Partes sequales 


P. fe. 


Equal parts 


Parvus 


Parv. 


Small 


Pilula 


Pil. 


A pill 


Pro re nata 


P. r. n. 


According to circum- 
•stances; occasionally 


Pulvis 


Pulv. 


A powder 


Quantum Sufficiat 


Q. S. (followed by 
genitive) 


As much as is necessary 


Quaqua hora 


Q. h. 


Every hour 


Saturatus 


Sat. 


Saturated 


Semissis 


Ss. 


A half 


Semidrachma 


Seniidr. 


A half drachm 


Sesuncia 


Sesunc. 


An ounce and a half 


Signa 


S. Sig. 


Sign 


Solve, Solutus 


Solv. 


Dissolve, dissolved 


Solutio 


Sol. 


A solution 


1 Spiritus 


Spr. 


A spirit 


Suppositoria 


Suppos. 


A suppository 


Syrups 


Syr. 


A syrup 


Talis 


Tal. 


Such, or, like 


Tinctura 


Tra. Tr. 


A tincture 


Ter in die 


T, i. d. 


Three times a day 


Unguentum 


Ungt. 


An ointment 


Vinum 


Vin. 


A wine 


Vehiculuni 


Vehic. 


A menstrum 



Abstracted from Mann's " Prescription Writing." 



88 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

A prescription, derived from the Latin Prae, before, and 
JScriptum, written, comes to us from the early custom of 
physicians in writing down their advice beforehand for their 
patients' guidance. As now used it is the written formula 
of the practitioner describing to the pharmacist the manner 
of compounding and dispensing medicines, and to the 
attendant the mode of administering them. 

Formulae are official when simply taken from the 
*' United States Pharmacopoeia," and extemporaneous when 
concocted off-hand by the practitioner. Extemporaneous 
formulae are simple when composed of one ingredient ; a 
compound prescription is composed of several parts, which 
may be considered as follows : 

I. Heading. 
II. Names and quantities of drugs. 

III. Direction to compounder. 

IV. Direction to attendant. 
Y- Signature of writer. 

The heading, "Recipe," is derived from the Latin, the 
imperative of the verb meaning to take, and is ordinarily rep- 
resented by the sign 1^, a corruption of Qj_, the sign of the 
Zodiac for Jupiter. After the Christian era the sign of the 
Cross was used, or N. D., for Nomine Deo, in God's name; 
J. D. for Juvane Deo, meaning God helping, etc. We have 
now reverted to the old sign, which is all that remains of an 
appeal to Jupiter. This symbol seems to put the practi- 
tioner, even if involuntarily, into a position of reverence in 
thus offering a prayer in embryo (the old physicians always 
wrote one) whenever one writes a prescription. The custom 
also suggests that we are not yet sufficiently sure of our 
Materia Medica after all these centuries, to sacrifice the 
efficacy of prayer. 

In regard to the names and quantities of drugs, we find 
in the text books that one should always strive after a 
classical arrangement, whereby four ingredients are essential 
to accomplish any result. These include : 



PRESCKIPTION WRITING 89 

I. The basis, or active medicinal substance. 
II. The adjuvant, or assistant. 
III. The corrigent, or corrective. 
IV. The excipient, vehicle, or menstruum. 

But we shall find that while such a classical arrange- 
ment may exist in the text-books, we are usually content in 
practice with the basis, together with a vehicle. The 
classical arrangement is essential in order that the old Latin 
motto be fulfilled : " Curare cito, tufo et jiicunde.'" Ciirare — 
to cure (the basis) ; cito — quickly (the adjuvant) ; ^m^o— safely 
(the corrigent) ; jucunde — pleasantly (the excipient). 

In a physic ball for horses we may employ aloes as a 
basis ; calomel as an adjuvant ; ginger as a corrective ; 
molasses as an excipient. More commonly in fluid prepara- 
tions we prescribe several bases, or ingredients for curative 
purposes, neglecting any adjuvant or corrigent and simply 
using water as a vehicle. It is often of distinct advantage 
to write for a combination of several drugs whose action 
looks towards a common end. Yet one should always lean 
to simplicity rather than complexity in the number of 
ingredients. While it is difficult to avoid chemical antago- 
nism, how much harder is it to prevent untoward physio- 
logical combinations in the body, which we can in nowise 
foretell. In olden times ignorance led practitioners to try 
the effect of an enormous number of drugs, with the hope 
that out of the charge one at least of the pellets in these 
shot-gun prescriptions might strike the desired spot, if the 
others failed to do so. But we now believe that the damage 
done by all the shot which miss far surpasses the good 
accomplished by the successful missile. Four hundred 
different remedies are included in one of these old formulae, 
"whereas now it is rare to find four in a prescription. 

In relation to the third part of the prescription (the 
directions to the compounder), we find that a few regulation 
Xiatin phrases or words express these directions. If one is 
unfamiliar with Latin, one can easily memorize these words 



90 



PRESCRIPTION WRITDsG 



and phrases understandingly. The directions to the 
attendant are heralded by the Latin Signa, or Signetur, 
meaning label, or let it be labelled ; abbreviated, " Sig.," or 
merely " S.," and being for the use of the attendant of the 
patient, are in English. The directions should be very 
precise. One should not write : " Use as directed," or " Give 
in water," but indicate exactly the quantity of medicine to 
be administered, the precise amount of water with which it 
is to be diluted, and the time at which it is to be given. 
For instance : " Give one tablespoonful in half a pint of 
water three times daily after feeding." 

Poisons should be marked as such. It is well some- 
times to indicate that the prescription is " for a horse," in 
order to avoid mistakes and to quell the qualms of the 
conscientious druggist. 

Pi eparations which are not to be used internally should 
be labelled "external use." Under "Signature" the name 
of the writer and date is included. If desirable, one may 
inscribe " Do not repeat." Quantities used in prescription 
writing are indicated by the signs of the apothecaries or 
Troy system of weights for solids. For liquids, signs rep- 
resenting units of the wine measure are employed. The 
Troy grain and ounce are used by apothecaries as units of 
weights in dispensing prescriptions. In ordering large 
quantities (as pounds) the avoirdupois pound of 16 ounces 
is employed, and in buying ounces of drugs without a pre- 
scription the avoirdupois ounce is also utilized. The 
avoirdupois ounce contains 437 grains ; the Troy ounce 
contains 480 grains. The grain is of similar value in both 
systems. 

TROY, OR apothecaries' WEIGHT. 



Weiglit 


Sigu 


Latin name 


Pound 


lb 


Libra 


Ounce 


I 


Uncia 


Drachm 


■ . . 3 . . 


Drachma 


Scruple 


3 


Scrupulum 


Grain 


gr. .-.. 


Granum • 



i 



PRESCBIPTION WRIjraG 



91 





WINE 


MEASUBE. 




Measure 


Sign 




Latin Name 


Gallon 


C 




Congius 


Pint 







Octarius 


Fluid Ounce . . . 


Fl. I 




Fluida Uncia 


Fluid Drachm . . . 


Fl. 3 




Fluida Drachma 


Minim 


m 




Minimum 



A drop is often used synonymously with minim, which 
is correct if the substance spoken of is water, or a liquid of 
nearly similar density. If the liquid is not of similar den- 
sity, then a minim, or the sixtieth part of a drachm, is far 
from being a drop as measured by dropping a liquid from 
any ordinary utensil. Any amount from 45 drops to 276 
drops, measured in this way, may be obtained from a 
drachm of fluid, according to its density, mode of dropping, 
and kind of vessel from which it is dropped. 

A gutta (gti), then, is of no fixed value, but means a 
drop as dropped from a vessel ; while a minim is always the 
sixtieth part of a drachm. 

RELATIVE VALUE OP UNITS IN THE WINE MEASURE. 



c 





3 




3 




TTl 


IG 


= 8 = 


128 


= 


1024 


= 


61,440 




Oi. = 


16 


= 


128 


= 


7,680 






31 


= 


8 
3i. 


= 


480 
60 




RELATIVE VALUE 


OF 


UNITS 


IN TROY 


SYSTEM. 


Tb 


3 


J 




3 




Gr. 


1 


= 12 = 


96 


= 


288 


= 


. 5,760 




!i. = 


8 


= 


24 


= 


480 






3i. 


= 


3 
3i. 


= 


60 
20 



The abbreviation, Fl., is usually omitted in prescriptioii 
writing, as referring to fluids, the character of the prepara- 
tion being sufiiciently apparent. The Roman numerals are 
used to express the quantities employed. The Roman 
numerals are written under a horizontal line, the i's or j's 
are dotted (they are identical in Latin) and the dot serves 
to enforce and check the numbers used. Fractions are 



92 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

usually expressed in ordinary Arabic characters, except ^, 
which is often indicated by a double s (ss), standing for 
semis, the Latin for one-half. 

APPROXIMATE EQUIVALENTS OF WINE UNITS IN DOMESTIC 
MEASURES. 



Teaspoon 


= 


3 i.-ii. 


= 


5Cc. 


Desert siioon 


= 


3ii. 


= 


10 Cc. 


Table spoon 


= 


3SS. 


= 


15 Cc. 


Cup 


= 


3iv. 


= 


120 Cc. 


Tumbler 


= 


3 viii. 


= 


250 Cc. 



There are usually about six teaspoonfuls to the fluid 
ounce. It is a good plan to have some regard for the size 
of vials generally kept by druggists, and to write for a 
quantity to fill the bottle. The bottles commonly in use in 
human and canine practice are the 2 and 4 drachm ; the 1, 
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounce. 

The 2 drachm bottles are useful for measuring the dose 
of fluid extracts for horses ; the 3 ounce bottle is convenient 
in writing prescriptions in the metric system for dogs, as it 
holds approximately 100 Cc. The 4 ounce bottle is the 
common size, employed in canine practice, containing 24 
doses of one teaspoonful each. The ^ pt. and pt. bottles 
are more appropriate for larger animals. 

THE METRIC SYSTEM. 

The metric system will be described, because it is the 
universal system employed in scientific writings, and is now 
official. It is based on the fact that a uniform, unchange- 
able standard is employed as the unit of all measures, 
whether of weight, capacity or area. This standard is the 
ten-millionth part of the distance from either pole to the 
equator, and is denominated a meter (39.371 inches), and is 
the standard of length. The cube of 0.1 of a meter is taken 
as the unit of capacity and called a litre (2,1135 pints). The 
weight of water at its greatest density, 4° C. (39.2° F.), 
which this cube will contain, is termed a kilogram (2.2046 
lbs. Avoirdupois), and is the unit of the measure of weight. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



93 



METRIC DIAGRAM. 

The weight of water that the small cube will contain 
is one gramme. This is the unit of weight of the metric 
system. 



J(^e»tenth Metre Long ^::-^- 



IGm. 



JZ. 



c 
o 

O 

o 

o 



o 



94 PKESCRIPTION WRITING 

But for prescriptions and other small weighings lesser 
units than the kilo and liter are required and therefore the 
cube of one-hundredth of a meter is taken and the weight 
of water which this cube holds is recognized as the unit of 
weight and called a gram (15,432 grains). The quantity of 
water contained in the cube of one-hundredth of a meter 
is used as a unit in measuring capacity iu chemical and 
pharmaceutical practice and termed a cubic centimeter. 
The multiples of these measures, proceeding iu decimal 
progression, are distinguished by Groek numerals as pre- 
fixes, i.e., Deca-10, Hecto-100, Kilo-1000. The subdivisions 
of the unit are reprpsented by the Latin prefixes, as Deci-0.1, 
Oenti-0.01, Milli-0.001. Hence, using the gram as the unit, 
we can arrange a table as follows : 



Kilogram 


= 


1,000 grams 


= 


1.000.0 


Hectogram 


= 


100 grams 


= 


100.0 


Decagram 


= 


10 grams 


= 


10.0 


Gram 


z= 


1 gram 


= 


1.0 


Decigram 


= 


iV, gram 


= 


0.1 


Centigram 


=: 


iho giam 


= 


O.Ol 


Milligram 


= 


lo'oo gram 


= 


0.001 



The metric system has the advantage of being arranged 
decimally, which makes the computation of percentages 
easy, and the transference of a quantity of one denomination 
to that of another, by merely shifting a decimal point. 
There are other advantages which make it of value to 
practitioners. Our present system is not uniform with that 
of any other country. The English, while using the same 
nomenclature for weights and measures, put a different 
value upon them. The system has another value, at least 
theoretically, in having one unit for weights and measures. 
The unit of the fluid measure is 1 cubic centimeter of water, 
which at 4P C. weighs one gram. As a matter of fact, 
fluids are dispensed in the metric system by measuring 
them in Cc, and if liquids were all of the same density 
as water, they would be equivalent to grams of water 
when measured in Cc. Unfortunately, this is not the 
case. Theoretically, medicine should be dispensed by 



PKESCBIPTION WRITING 95 

weight in the metric system, but as medicines, when given 
to patients, are usually measured by bulk, they cannot be 
dispensed by weight without producing a complication. 
For example, suppose that we order chloroforui in a pre- 
scription in the metric system, — 

I^ Chloroformi 30 | 

S. Two teaspoonfuls in water. 

John Smith. 

thinking we are dispensing 10 grams,* for a teaspoonful 
holds 5 grams of water. But as chloroform weighs |- more 
than water, we really have ordered 10 + 4- = 15 Gm. of chloro- 
form. Therefore, in writing a prescription for chloroform with 
other ingredients, weighed in Gm., we would have to add |- 
of the number of Gm. of chloroform in the prescription to the 
number previously estimated in order to make the chloroform 
of the same bulk as other liquids of the density of water. 

In order to avoid reducing substances of density differ- 
ing from that of water, to terms of equivalency with that of 
water, it is the custom, and now official, to weigh solids in Gm. 
and measure liquids in Cc. This is an exact method if the 
doses of drugs are learned in the same way: i.e., if the doses 
of solids are learned in Gm. and prescribed in Gm., and the 
doses of liquids are learned in Cc. and prescribed in Cc. 

In writing prescriptions in the metric system a line is 
drawn perpendicularly across the right-hand side of the 
blank to indicate the decimal point ; multiples of the unit 
being placed to the left of the line, while fractions are 
written to the right of the decimal line. In using this system 
we are spared the annoyance of special signs and different 
tables for weights and measures. As matters now stand we 
must be cognizant of both systems, and be able to convert 
the old into the new, or vice versa. One drachm is equiva- 
lent to four grams, 3 i. = Gm. 4. Therefore, Gm. 1 = 3 i or 
Or. 15. Then, Gr. i. = -j^ of Gm. i; or 

15j 1.000 (.066 
90 

100 
90 



♦ For each dose. 



9G PRESCBIPTION WRITING 

The equivalent of Gr.l is Gm. .06. In order to determine 
the equivalent of fractions of a grain in grams, we divide .06 
by the denominator and multiply the result by the numerator 
of the fraction of a grain. For example : 

Gr. I == I of .06 Gm.; as .06 Gm. = Gr. i., then 

3) .06 (.03 X ^ = .04. Therefore, Gr. f = .04 Gm. 
6 



Again : to find the equivalent of Gr.^ in Gm. 

8) .066 (.008 X 1 = .008 
64 

2 
Therefore, Gr.| = .008 Gm. 

We stated that 3 i. = 4 Gm. It follows that ^ i. would 
equal 32 Gm. As a fact, 3 i- apothecaries' weight, is equiva- 
lent to a trifle less than Gm. 4.; and an ounce, apothecaries* 
weight, is usually considered equal to 30 Gm. (exactly 31.10 
Gm.) for the sake of convenience. A fluid ounce in wine 
measure is precisely equivalent to 29.57 Cc. We have here 
another reason why both solid and fluid ounces should be 
valued at 30 Gm. or Cc. Although it is the custom to regard 
the minim of liquid as the equivalent of one grain, it is 
inexact. An apothecaries' ounce weighs 480 Gr.; a fluid ounce 
of wine measure weighs 457 Gr. Multiples of grams or cubic 
centimeters may be designated as such, instead of using the 
technical terms. It is perfectly proper to speak of 100 Gm. 
as one hundred grams, although technically equal to a 
hectogram. .1 Gm. may be called one-tenth gram, although 
technically a decigram. Similar remarks apply to Cc, yet 
1,C00 Cc. (approximately 1 quart) equal one liter, and this 
term is in common use. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



97 



TABLE FOR CONVERTING APOTHECARIES WEIGHTS AND 
MEASURES INTO GRAMS AND CUBIC CENTIMETERS.* 



SOLIDS. 


Troy Weight. 


Metric. 


Grains. 


Grams. 


64 


.001 


Vb 


.0015 


3^0 


.002 


^V 


.003 


^ 


.004 


^ 


.005 


-^ 


.006 


i 


.008 


i 


.010 


I 

4 


.016 


i 


.02 


i 


.03 


1 


.065 


2 


.13 


3 


.20 


4 


.26 


5 


.33 


6 


.39 


8 


.52 


10 


.65 


15 


1.00 


20(31.) 


1.30 


24 


1.50 


26 


1.62 


30 


1.95 


40 


2.60 


50 


3.20 


60 ( 3 i.) 


3.90 


120 ( 3 ii.) 


7.80 


180 


11 65 


240 


15.50 


300 


19.40 


360 


23.30 


420 


27.20 


480 


31.10 


5". 


62.20 


!iv. 


124.40 


5vi. 


186.60 


I viii. 


248.80 



FLUIDS. 


Apothecaries' 
Measure. 


Metric. 


Minims. 


Cc. 


1 


.06 


2 


.12 


3 


.18 


4 


.24 


5 


.30 


6 


.3& 


7 


.42 


8 


.50 


9 


.55 


10 


.60 


15 


.72. 


16 


1.00 


20 


1.25 


25 


1.55 


30 


1.90 


35 


2.20' 


40 


2.50' 


48 


3.00' 


50 


3.12 


60 (f 3 i.) 


3 75 


72 


4.50 


80 


5.00 


90 


5.60 


96 


6.00 


100 


6.25. 


120 


7.50 


160 


10 00' 


180 


11.25 


240 (f I ss.) 


15.00 


f 3v. 


18.75 


f 3vi. 


22 50 


f 3vii. 


26.25 


f !i. 


30 00 


f !ii. 


60.00 


f § iii. 


90 oa 


f !iv. 


120.00 


f iv. 


150 00 


f §vi. 


180.00 


f fviii. 


240.00 



:98 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



METRIC WEIGHTS. 


EXACT EQUIVALENTS IN 


APPROXIMATE EQUIVA- 




GRAINS. 


LENTS IN GRAINS. 


.001 


.0154 


6^5 


.002 


.0308 


^ 


.003 


.0463 


^ 


.004 


.0617 


1^ 


.005 


.0771 


1^ 


.006 


.0926 


iV 


.007 


.1080 


1 
9 


.008 


.1284 




.009 


.1389 


i 


.01 


.15+3 


i 

6 


.02 


.3086 


J 


.03 


.4630 


A 


.04 


.6173 


/t 


.05 


.7717 


f 


.06 


.9260 


^0 


.07 


1.0803 


1 


.08 


1.2347 


U 


.09 


1.3890 


u 


.10 


1.543 


H 


.20 


3.086 


3 


.30 


4.630 


4i 


.40 


0.173 


6 


.50 


7.717 


7i 


.60 


9.260 


9 


.70 


10 803 


11 


.80 


12.347 


12i 


.90 


13.890 


14 


1.00 


15.432 


15 


2.00 


30 864 


3 ss. 


3.00 


46.296 


3ii. 


4.00 


61.728 


3i. 


5 00 


77.160 


3iv. 


6.00 


92.592 


3 iss. 


7.00 


108.024 


3vss. 


8.00 


123.456 


3ii. 


9.00 


138 888 


3vii. 


10.00 


154.320 


3 iiss. 



* Tables from Mann's Prescription Writing. 



Rules for Forming the Genitive Case in 
Prescription Writing. 

The Latin names of drugs, as we learn them, when 
consisting of a single word, are in the nominative case. For 
example : oleum, an oil. The genitive case of a Latin word 
means of (the word), and is equivalent to the English pos- 



PREeCRIPTION WRITING 99 

«essive. Thus the Latin name Oleum Lini, consists of two 
words. The first, oleum, is the Latin nominative for oil, and 
the second word, Uni, is the Latin genitive of the word meaning 
linseed. Tlie name signifies, then, oleum (oil) and Uni (of 
linseed). In writing prescriptions it is usually essential to 
put the Latin name of the drug in the genitive case, follow- 
ing the use of the heading IJ, standing for the Latin imper- 
ative Recipe, meaning in English, Take. \ 
For example : 

Potassii nitratis § i. 

Literally translated this means : 

Take 

Of potassium nitrate, ounce 1. 

There is only one other case which is used in writing 
prescriptions (the accusative), but this can be avoided by 
using abbreviations in the few instances in which it should 
be employed. The followiug rules can be memorized (with 
their exceptions) in order to form the genitive case (singular): 

(1) Latin names of drugs ending in "a" form their 
genitive in ae. The only exceptions are three : Physostigma 
takes the genitive in tis, physostigmatis. Folia (leaves), pi. 
genitive, foliorum. Theobroma, genitive theohromatis. In 
most instances the genitive of Latin nouns ending in a, can 
be made in practice by dropping the nominative ending (a) 
and adding ae in its place, viz. : Tinctur-a (a tincture), gen- 
itive tinctur-ae (of a tincture). 

(2) All pharmacopoeial nouns ending in us, um (as and on), 
form their genitive in i. This genitive case can be formed 
in practice by dropping the nominative ending (us or U7n) , 
and adding i in its place, viz. : bol-us, a ball ; genitive bol-i, of ^ 
a ball. Extract-um, an extract ; genitive extract-i, of an 
extract. 

The nouns ending in os and on are very few. Excep- 
tions : Rhus, genitive rhois. Flos, genitive floris. Fructv^, 
■^uercus and spiritus do not change in the genitive, as it is the 
«ame as the nominative case. 

L OF C. 



100 PKESCKIPTION WKITING 

(3) All other Latin names of drugs, of whatever ter- 
mination (except those ending as described under rules 1 
and 2) have their genitive in s and is. 

The genitive case can be formed in practice, in some 
instances, by adding is to the nominative, as, for example^ 
chloral, genitive chloral-is ; sether, genitive aather-is. To 
many nouns ending in the nominative in as or is, we not 
only add is to the nominative, but also change the latter 
letter of the nominative case. For instance, to sulphas 
(sulphate) not only do we add is, sulphas-is, but we change 
the latter letter, s, of sulphas into a t, so that the proper 
genitive of sulphas is sulphat-is. 

The same remark applies to all the other Latin names of 
salts, as sulphis, genitive sulphit-is ; nitras, genitive nitrat-is ; 
hydrochloras, genitive hydrochlorat-is ; citras, genitive 
citrat-is ; phosphas, genitive phosphat-is ; acetas, genitive 
acetat-is. Cortex is not cortex-is in the genitive, but corticis. 
Mas, genitive not mas-is, but maris. Adeps, genitive not 
adeps-is, but adipis. Mucilago, pepo and pulvis lengthen 
and change in the genitive to mucilagin-is, pepon-is and 
pulver-is. Aloe, genitive not aloeis, but aloes, adding s and 
not is. 

(4) Some Latin names of drugs do not change their 
ending in the genitive because indeclinable and not latinized 
or else they belong to the fourth declension, where the 
genitive case is the same as the nominative. Examples r 
Spiritus, quercus and fructus, already mentioned, as excep- 
tions to rule 2. Cannabis, digitalis, sinapis and hydrastis. 
The genitive of these nouns is the same as the nominative. 

The following are indeclinable : Amyl, buchu, catechu, 
coca, curare, jaborandi, kino, phenol, salol, naphtol, thymol, 
menthol, cusso, gummi, etc. 

If the Latin names tor quantities and amounts thereof 
are written out in full (instead of using signs for quantities, 
and numbers for the amounts), the quantities and amounts 
in Latin must be put into the accusative case, as they are- 
the objects of the verb, recipe. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 101 

For example : 

Sodii Sulphatis, uncias duas. 

"Translated : 

Take 

Of sodium sulphate, ounces two. 

The Latin nouu uncia (ounce) is in tlie accusative case, 
and the adjective duas is also in the accusative, agreeing 
•with tincicLs. But to write out prescriptions in full, as above, 
is not customary and would be considered pedantic. 

Ap;ain : The Latin names of the ingredients should be 
written iu the accusative case when no noun for weight or 
measure is employed. For example : 

Pilulas catharticas compositas duas. 

Translated literally : 

Take 

Pills cathartic compound, two. Or, take two compound 
cathartic pills. 

Pilulas (pills) is in the accusative, object of the verb 
recipe. Catharticas, compositas, and duas are adjectives, 
agreeing with pilulas. We can only write this prescription 
correctly, without using the accusative case, by abbreviating 
it as follows : 

Pil. Cath. Co. ii. 



Examples of Prescriptions for Different 
Preparations. 

TO WRITE A PRESCRIPTION FOR A PILL. 

1. We calculate the number of pills we wish to pre- 
scribe and then multiply the dose of each ingredient iu the 
pill by that number. We will suppose that we desire to 
prescribe 30 pills to a dog, containing reduced iron, soco- 
trine aloes and sulphate of strychnine. The dose of reduced 



102 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

iron is gr.ii.; of socotrine aloes gr.ss.; of strychnine sul- 
phate gi'-YYo- Multiply each dose by 30 : 

Reduced iron gr.ii. X 30 = gr 60 

Aloes gr.i.^ X 30 = gr.l5 

Strychnine. gi'ik X 30 = gr.i^ 

The Latin of aloes socotrine is aloe, genitive aloes, of 
aloes ; socotrina, genitive socotrin-oi, of socotrine. 

The Latin of strychnine sulphate is strychnina, genitive 
strychnin-ce of strychnine ; sulplias, genitive sul'phat-is, of 
sulphate. 

The Latin of reduced iron is ferrum, genitive ferr-i, of 
iron : reductum, genitive 7^educt-i, of reduced. Hence : 

Ferri reducti 3 i. 

Aloes socotrinse gr.xv. 

Strychninae sulphatis gr- /€ 

Misce et divide in pilulas xxx. 

(Abbreviated) M. et div. in pil. xxx. 

Signa. Give one pill three times daily. 

John Smith. 

The Latin names of the drugs being put in the genitive, 
and the signs and numbers for the proper quantities and 
amounts added, we come to the Latin directions to the 
pharmacist. (Misce) mix (et) and (divide) divide (in pilulas, 
accusative plural) in pills xxx. This is a regulation phrase 
and can be employed whenever we write a prescription for 
pills, so that it should be memorized. It can be abbreviated 
correctly as follows : 

M. et div. in pil. xxx. 

Instead of writing the prescription as just described, we 
can calculate the dose needed of each ingredient in the pill, 
and then write a prescription for one pill and direct the 
pharmacist to make 30 pills like it. 

i^ Ferri reducti gr.ii. 

Aloes socotrinae gr.ss. 

Strychninae sulphatis gr.iio 

Misce et fiat pilula 1.; dispense pilulas tales numero xxx. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 103 

(Abbreviated) M. et f. pil. 1. Dispense pil. tales No. xxx. 
Signa or S. (as before.) 

Translated : (Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let tliere be made 
(pilula) pill 1 ; (dispense) dispense (pilulas) pills, (tales) such, 
(numero) in number, xxx. Abbreviated as above, (Signa) S. 
= Label. 

The same prescription may be written in the metric 
system : Gr.l = .06 gm. Fractions of a grain are converted 
into grams, therefore, by dividing .06 by the denominator of 
the fraction and multiplying the result by the numerator. 
The dose of aloes (gr.^) is transformed into grams then, as 
follows : 

2) .06(.03 X 1 = .03 
.06 

00 

Gr.yl-g- is converted into grams thus : 

130) .0600 ( .0005 X 1 = .0005 gm. 
600 



9 



Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. 

Ferri reducti 12 

Aloes socotrin^e 03 

Strychninse sulphatis 0005 

M. et f . pil. 1 ; dispense pil. tales No. xxx. 
Sig. (as before). 

This prescription may be abbreviated in this manner : 



Ferri reducti. 

Aloes soc 

Strych. sulph. 
M,, etc. 



12 
03 

0005 



Prescriptions for balls are calculated and written in 
every respect like those for pills. We may write the above 
prescription in another form, in case we prescribe a pill or 
ball mass to be made, or an official mass to be divided into 
pills. Suppose we write a prescription for a physic mass, 
suitable for horses. We conclude to write for a quantity 
of the mass sufficient to make eight balls. Each ball con- 



104 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

tains a single dose of aloes and sufficient excipient to make 
the mass of the proper consistency. The dose of aloes is 
one ounce, and we know by experience that it will take an 
equal amount of molasses and one drachm of powdered 
ginger to make a proper ball mass. Multiplying each of the 
Ingredients, then, by 8, we find we need 8 ounces each of 
aloes and molasses, and 1 ounce of pulverized ginger, to 
make a mass which shall be divided into 8 balls. 

The Latin names and genitives of socotrine aloes we 
have already described. Molasses is syrupus fuscus in 
Latin, or brown syrup. Syrupus, genitive syrup-i, of syrup. 
Fuscus, genitive fusc-i, of brown. The Latin for powdered 
ginger is pulvis, powder, genitive pulver-is, of powder. 
Zingiber, ginger, genitive zingiber-is, of ginger. 

We will proceed to write the prescription thus : 

Aloes socotrinae 

Syrupi fusci aa ^ viii. 

Pulveris zingiberis 3 i. 

Misce et fiat massa, in bolos viii., dividenda. 
(Abbreviated) M. etf. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. 

Sig. Give one ball at once. 

John Smith. 

The Latin directions to the pharmacist are translated : 
(Misce) mix (et) and (fiat) let there be made (massa) a mass 
(in bolos, accusative pi.), in balls viii. (dividenda) to be 
divided. 

This is also a stock phrase and should be memorized aa 
applying to pills or balls made from a mass. 

The prescription is abbreviated : 

Aloes soc. 

Syr. fusci aa 5 viii. 

Pulv. zingiber 31. 

M. et f. mass., in bolos viii., dividend. (as above) 
Or : Misce et divide in bolos viii. 
(Abbrev.) M. et div. in bolos viii. 
Translated : Mix and divide into balls 8. 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 105. 

Or : M. et facbolos viii. (abbrev.) M. et f. bolos viii. 

Translated : Mix and make balls 8. 

Mixtures are compounds in which fluids are mixed or 
solids dissolved or held in suspension by a suitable vehicle, 
We must first decide upon the number of doses which we 
wish to prescribe, and then the quantity of the mixture to 
be given at each dose. 

Suppose we wish to give sweet spirit of nitre and 
quinine to a horse. We conclude to give the mixture three 
times daily for several days. The dose of the nitrous ether 
will be an ounce ; the quinine will be dissolved in it. 
Bottles are in use containing 12 to 16 ounces, or 1 pint. We 
will decide upon the pint bottle. This, then, will hold 16 
ounces, or 16 doses of sweet spirit of nitre. In each dose of 
the nitre we want dissolved gr.20 of quinine sulphate. 
16 X gr.20 = gr.320 = 3 v. 3l Now, 5 drachms of 
quinine sulphate will not dissolve in 16 ounces of sweet 
spirit of nitre, so that we will add enough diluted sulphuric 
acid to dissolve the quinine. We do not know how much 
sulphuric acid will be required, so we write after acid sul- 
phuric, Q. S., for quantum sufliciat, i.e., as much as suffices 
(to dissolve, understood). 

Again, we do not know exactly how much bulk the 
quinine will take up when dissolved in the nitre ; nor what 
amount of acid will be required. Yet, on the other hand, 
we want to fill our bottle. To get over these difficulties we 
will write after sweet spirit of nitre ad, underlined (to) ; in 
other words, we order the druggist to take of sweet spirit of 
nitre enough to (make, understood) a pint. 

The Latin for quinine is quinina, genitive quinin-ce, of 
quinine. The Latin for sulphate is sulphas, genative svl- 
phat-is, of sulphate. The Latin for spirit of nitrous ether 
is spiritus, genitive spiritus, of spirit ; nitrosus, genitive 
nitros-i, of nitrous ; cether, genitive oither-is, of ether. The 
Latin for sulphuric acid diluted is acidum, genitive acid-i, 
of acid ; sulphuricus, genitive sulphuric-i, of sulphuric ; 
dilutus, genitive dilut-i, of diluted. 



106 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

We may now write our prescription as follows : 

Quininae sulphatis 3 v. 3 1. 

Acidi sulpliuiici diluti Q. S. 

Spiritus a^theris nitrosi ad Oi. 

Misce. 

(Furnish 3 i. bottle for measure). 
Signa. Small bottleful three times daily in half a pint of water. 

John Smith. 
Abbreviated : 

Quin. sulph 3 v. 3 i. 

Acid, sulphurici dil Q. S. 

Spts. ajther. nitrosi ad Oi. 

M. 

S. (as above). 

We will write a prescription for a mixture containing 
12 doses of cbloral and potassium bromide for a dog. The 
quantity of the mixture given at each dose will be a tea- 
spoonful. Now, there are six teaspoonfuls in one ounce. 
We will order a 2-ounce bottle, which will, therefore, hold 
12 doses of a teaspoonful each. The dose of chloral is gr.v. 
5 X 12 = gr-60, or 3 i- The dose of potassium bromide is 
gr.x. 10 X 12 = gr.l20, or 3 ii. Then we will order enough 
water to fill the bottle. The Latin for chloral is cMoraly 
genitive chloral-is, of chloral ; Latin for potassium bromide 
is potassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; hromidum, 
genitive hromid-i, of bromide ; Latin for water is aqua^ 
genitive aqu-ce, of water. 

Chloralis 3 i. 

Potassi bromidi 3 ii. 

Aquae ad § ii. 

M. "~ 
Signa. Teas, in 1 tablespoonful of water every 3 hours. 

John Smith. 

A drench is a mixture which is given the horse in one 
dose. We will write a prescription for a horse, containing 
ether, chloroform and laudanum, to be administered as a 
drench. The Latin for ether is <jethei\ genitive cether-is, of ether;^ 



PKESCRIPTION WRITINa 107 

dose, 3 i. The Latin for chloroform is cldoroformum, geni- 
tive cldoroform-i, oi chloroform; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for 
laudanum is tinctura opii ; t'mclura, genitive ihictiir-ce, of 
tincture ; opium, genitive ojn-i, of opium ; dose, 3 ii. The 
prescription reads : 

xEtheris 3 i. 

Chloroformi 3 ii. 

Tincturaj opii 3 ii. 

Misce etfiat liaustus. 

Translated : (Misce) mix, (et) and (fiat) let there be 
made (haustus) a drench. 

(Abbreviated) M. et f . haust. 

Sig. Give at once in one dose in pint of water. 

John Smith. 

In writing a prescription for powders, we may either 
write for one powder and direct the druggist to dispense 
several more like it, or write for the whole amount of the 
ingredients and order them divided into the required num- 
ber of doses or papers. In the first case we will write for a 
powder containing one dose of each of the drugs. 

For example, we may write a prescription for calomel 
and santonin, with sugar of milk as an excipient, since the 
dose of the drug is inconveniently small. This powder is 
suitable for a medium-sized dog. 

The Latin for calomel, or the lower chloride of mercury, 
is hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of mercury ; chlori- 
dum, genitive chlorid-i, of chloride ; mite, genitive mit-is, of 
lower ; dose, gr.ii. The Latin for santonin is santoninum, 
genitive santonin-i, of santonin ; dose, gr.i. The Latin for 
sugar of milk is saccharimi, genitive saccJiar-i, of sugar ; lac, 
genitive lac-tis, of milk ; amount, gr.x. The prescription will 
read: 

Hydrargyri chloridi mitis gr.ii. 

Santonini gr.i. 

Sacchari lactis gr.x. 

Misce et fiat pulvis 1 ; dispense pulveres tales vi. 



108 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

Translated : Mix, and let there be made powder 1 ; dis- 
pense powders such vi. 

(Abbreviated) M. et f. pulv. 1; dispense pulv. tales vi, 

Sig. Give one powder every tvro hours. 

John Smith. 

In the second case, if we write a prescription for six 
powders, we multiply the dose of the ingredients in each 
powder by 6, and then order the prescription to be dispensed 
in six papers. 

Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis gr.xii. 

Santonin gr. vi. 

Sacch. lactis 3 i. 

Misce et divide inchartulas numero..vi. 

Translated : Mix and divide into papers in number vi. 
(Abbreviated) M. et div . in ch't. No. vi. 
Sig. (as before). 

To write the above in the metric system. The dose of 
calomel is gr.ii. = .12 gm. .12 X 6 = .72, or gr.xii. The dose 
of santonin is gr.i. = .06 gm. .06 X 6 = .36 gm., or gr.vi. 
The amount of sugar of milk used as an excipient in each 
powder is gr.x. .06 X 10 = .6 gm., the amount prescribed in 
each powder. The amount necessary for six powders is 
.6x6 = 3.6 gm., approximately 4 gm. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. 

Hydrarg. chlorid. mitis I 72 

Santonin | 36 

Sach. lactis 4 

M. et div. ch't. in No vi. 

Sig. (as before). 

We will write a prescription for a horse, in the form of 
a powder, containing dried iron sulphate, nux vomica and 
sodium bicarbonate. The Latin for iron sulphate (dried) is 
ferrum, genitive /err-i, of iron ; sulphas, genitive sulphat-is, 
of sulphate ; exsiccatus, genitive exsiccat-i, of dried ; dose, 
3 i. The Latin for nux vomica is nux, genitive nitc-is, of 
nut ; vomica, genitive vomic-oi, of vomica ; dose, 3 i* The 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 109 

Latin of sodium bicarbonate is sodium, genitive sodi-i, of 
sodium ; hicarbonas, genitive hicarbonat-is, of bicarbonate. 
We will order a sufficient quantity of the ingredients to 
make thirty powders. The dose of iron and. nus vomica is 
3 i. X 30 = 3 iii., 3 vi. The dose of sodium bicarbonate 
is 3 ii- X 30 = 3 vii.ss. 

Ferri sulphatis exsiccati 

Pulveris nucis vomicce aa 3 iii., 3 vi. 

Sodii bicarbonatls 3 vii.ss. 

Misce et divide ia cliartulas xxx. 

Translated : Mix and divide into papers xxx. 

(Abbreviated) M. et div. inch't. xxx. 

Sig. Give one powder three times daily on the food. 

John Smith. 

In order to avoid the expense of having powders divided 
into papers, we may frequently direct one dose to be 
weighed by the druggist, and a measure to be furnished 
holding the quantity. 

Ferri sulph. exsicc. 

Pulv. nucis vom aa 1 iii., 3 vi. 

Sod. bicarb § vii.ss. 

Misce et fiat pulvis. 
Translated : Mix and let there be made a powder. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. pulv. (Furnish measure holding § ss.) 
Sig. Give measureful on food three times daily. 

John Smith. 

To transform this prescription into terms of the metric 
system: 5i« = Gm.30.; 3i- = Gm.4. Hence ^iii., 3 vi. = 
Gm.ll4; ^viLss. = Gm.225. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Cc. 
Ferri sulph. exsicc. 

Pulv, nucis vom aa 114 

Sodii bicarb 225 

M. et f. pulv., etc. 
S. (as before). 



110 PRESCRIPTION WRITING 

Electuaries are not suitable preparations in wliicli to 
prescribe powerful drugs, as we cannot secure any degree 
of accuracy in the dosage. This happens because we do not 
usually know the exact amount of excipient which will be 
required to make the paste of the proper consistency. We 
will write for an electuary containing j)otassium chlorate, 
licorice and molasses. The Latin for potassium chlorate is 
poiassium, genitive potassi-i, of potassium ; chloras, genitive 
cJilorat-is, of chlorate ; dose, 3 ii- The Latin for powder of 
licorice root is (powder has been given before) glycyrrhiza, 
genitive glycyrrhiz-ce, of licorice ; radix, genitive radic-is, of 
root. The Latin for molasses is syrupus, genitive syrup-i, of 
syrup ; fuscus, genitive /^^sc-t, of brown ; dose of licorice root 
and molasses immaterial. They are used as excipienta. 

Potassi chloratis. 

Pulveris glycyrrhizae radicis . .aa. . § iv. 

Syrupi fusci Q.S. 

Misce et fiat electuarium. 
Translated: Mix and let there be made an electuary. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. electuarium. 

(Weigh 3 vi. as sample). 
S. Give amount equal to sample every 2 hours smeared on teeth. 

John Smith. 

We cannot tell precisely what quantity of potassium 
chlorate will be administered in the 3 vi. ordered in this 
prescription, but we can be assured that it will not be larger 
than 3 drachms, which is a small dose for the horse. 

Suppositories are occasionally prescribed to dogs. The 
excipient is cacao butter, of which about 15 grains is 
required. We will write a prescription containing iodoform 
and extract of Belladonna root, to be dispensed in suppos- 
itories for a medium-sized dog. The Latin for iodoform is 
iodoformum, genitive iodoform-i, of iodoform; dose, gr.^. 
The Latin for extract of belladonna root is belladonna, 
genitive belladonn-ce, of belladonna; extradum, genitive 
extract-i, of extract ; radix, genitive radic-is, of root ; dose, 
gr.j. The Latin for cacao butter is oleum theobroma ; 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 111 

oleum, ^t^iiitive ole-i, of oil ; tlieohroma, genitive fheohrom- 
alls, of tlieobroniji. The cjuuntity of cacao butter may be 
safely left to the discretion of the pliarmacist. We will 
multiply the dose by ten, to make ten suppositories. 

lodofornii g''v. 

Extract! belladonnaj radicis gr ii.ss. 

Olei theobromatis Q.S. 

Misce et fiant suppositoria x. 
Translated: Mix and let there be made sui^positories x. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. suppos. x. 

Sig. Introduce one into the bowel every 4 hours. 

John Smith. 

In writing prescriptions for ointments the degree of 
dilution of the medicinal substance, or substances, must be 
determined. In case the dilution is done in percentage, the 
metric system is particularly useful. A fis'e-per-cent, oint- 
ment of the yellow oxide of mercury is of value in some 
cases of conjunctivitis. We will write for 5 Gm. 

The Latin for yellow oxide of mercury is hydrargyrum, 
cxidum flavum; hydrargyrum, genitive hydrargyr-i, of 
mercury ; oxidum, genitive oxid-i, of oxide ; flavum, genitive 
flavi, of yellow. 

The excipient will be simple ointment. Latin for simple 
ointment is unguentum, genitive unguent-i, of ointment. If 
we order 5 gm. of simple ointment we can determine the 
amount of mercury necessary to foim a 5-per-cent. prepara- 
tion with it by simply moving the decimal line forward two 
places, .05, which will give a 1-per-cent. ointment of mer- 
cury ; and then, by multiplying by 5, .05 X 5 = .25, we 
secure a 5-per-cent. ointment. 

Solids in Gm. Liquids in Co. 

Hydrargyri oxidi flavi 25 

Unguenti 5 

Misce et fiat unguentum. 
Translated : Mix and let there be made an ointment. 
(Abbreviated) M. et f. ung. 

Sig. Use externally. John Smith. 



112 



PRESCRIPTION WRITING 



There is nothing of special note to consider in regard 
to writing prescriptions for liniments. We will write a 
prescription for Carron oil as an example. 

Carron oil is composed of equal volumes of solution of 
lime and cottonseed oil. The Latin for oil of cottonseed is 
oleum gossipii seminis ; oleum, genitive ole-i, of oil ; gossypium, 
genitive gossypi-i, of cotton ; semen, genitive semin-is, of 
seed. The Latin for solution of lime is liquor colds; 
liquor, genitive liquor-is, of liquor ; calx, genitive calc-is, of 
lime. 

Liquoris calcis. 

Olei gossypii seminis aa § iii. 

Misce et fiat linimentum. 

Translated : Mix and let there be made a liniment. 

(Abbreviated) M. et f. liniment. 

Sig. Apply externally. 

John Smith. 



CLASSIFICATION. 



PART I. 
Inorganic Agents. 

Section I. — Water, and Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. 
Section II. — Alkaline Metals ; Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium and 
Lithium. 

Section III. — Alkaline Earth Metals; Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, 

Aluminum and Cerium. 
Section IV. — Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprum, and Bismuthum* 
Section V. — Ferrum, Manganum. 
Section VI. — Hydrargyrum. 
Section VII. — Arsenic, Antimony. 
Section VIII. — Phosphorus. 

Section IX.— Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, Orthoform. 
Section X. — Sulphur. 
Section XI. — Acids. 
Section XII. — Carbon Compounds. 

Class 1. Carbon. 

Class 2. Alcohol, Ether, Chloroform. 

Class 3. Nitrites. 

Class 4. Chloral. 

Class 5. Antipyretics, Analgesics. 

Class 6. Antiseptics. 

Class 7. Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. 



PART II. 
Vegetable Drugs. 

Section I. — Drugs acting on the brain. 

Class 1. Depressing the brain ; Opium. 

Class 2. Stimulating the brain ; Belladonna. 
Section II. — Drugs acting on the spinal cord. 

Class 1. Stimulating the inferior cornua ; Nux Vomica, Strychnine. 

Class 2. Depressing the inferior cornua ; Physostigma, Gelsemiimi. 

113 



114 CLASSIFICATION 

Section III.-^Drugs acting on the spinal cord and motor nerves. 

Class 1. Depressing the inferior cornua and motor nerves; Tobacco 
and Conium. 

Section IV. — Drugs acting on the sensory nerves. 

Class 1, Depressing the sensory nerves ; Cocaine, Eueain, Holocain. 
Section V. — Drugs acting on the secretory nerves. 

Class 1. Stimulating the secretory nerves ; Pilocarpus. 
Section VI. — Drugs acting on the heart. 

Class 1. Increasing the force and decreasing the frequency of the 

heart ; Digitalis, Strophanthus, Convallaria and Squill. 
Class 2. Decreasing the force and frequency of the heart ; Aconite, 
Veratrum Viride and Album, Veratrine, 

Section VII. — Drugs acting on the respiration. 
Ipecac. 

Section VIII. — Vegetable Antipyretics and Antiseptics. 

Class 1. Cinchona and its Alkaloids. 

Class 2. Salio^lift Acid, Salicin, Salol, Oil of Gaultheria and Methyl 
Salicylate. 
Section IX. — Volatile Oils or Drugs containing them. 

Class 1. Used mainly for their action on the skin : Turpentine, Oil 
of Turpentine, Terebene, Terpiu Hydrate, Burgundy 
Pitch, Canada Turpentine, Resin, Tar, Pitch, Oil of Cade, 
Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Tolu, Benzoin, Benzoic Acid, 
Black and White Mustard, Eucalyptus, Arnica, Myrrh. 

Class 2. Used mainly for their stomachic and carminative action 
upon the digestive tract : Capsicum, Ginger, Peppermint, 
Menthol, Spearmint, Anise, Cardamon, Coriander, Fennel, 
Fenugreek. 

Class 3. Used mainly for their antispasmodic action in stimulating 
the nervous system : Valerian, Ammonium, Ferric and 
Zinc Valerianates, Asafcetida and Ammoniacum. 

Class 4. Used mainly for their stimulant and diuretic action on the 
genito-urinary tract : Buchu and Oil of Juniper. 

Class 5. Used mainly for its emmenagogue action on the female 
generative organs ; Savin. Tallianine. 

Section X. — Vegetable Bittera.— Gentian, Quassia, Cascarilla, Calumbft, 

Taraxacum, Hydrastis, Calamus. 
Section XI. — Vegetable Cathartics. 

Class 1. Simple Purgatives. — Aloes, Linseed Oil, Castor Oil, Rham- 
nus Purshiana, Frangula, Rhamnus Catharticus, Rhubarb 
(Chrysarobin), Senna. 



<j;48SiliqA,TjiON 115 

Class 2. Drastic Purgatives. — Croton Oil, Scammony, Jalap, Gam- 
boge, Elaterin, Colocynth. 
Class 3. Cholagogue Purgatives.— Podophyllum, Podophyllin. 
Section XII. — Tannic Acid and Drugs containing it. 

Nutgall, Tannic Acid, Gallic Acid, Pyrogallol, White Oak- 
Catechu, Kino, Krameria, Haematoxylon, Hamamelis. 

Section XIII. — Vegetable Demulcents. 

Olive Oil, Cottonseed Oil, Soap, Soft Soap, Glycerin, Linseed, 
Acacia, Tragacanth, Altheea, Sugar. 

Section XIV. — Vegetable Drugs killing Parasites. 

Class 1. Used to destroy tape worms : Aspidium, Areca Nut, 

KaTnala, Kouso, Granatum. 
Class 3. Used to destroy round worms : Santonica. 
Class 3. Used to destroy oxyurides: Quassia. 
Class 4. Used to desti-oy lice: Stavesacre. 
Class 5. Used to destroy fleas: Pyrethrum. 

Section XV. — Vegetable Drugs stimulating unstriated muscle, pai^ 
ticularly of the uterus. 

Ergot, Cotton Root Bark. 
Section XVI. — Colchicum. 
Section XVII. — Vegetable Drugs acting mechanically. 

Starch, Oilof Theobroma, Purified Cotton, Pyroxylin, Collodion, 
Euphorbium, Adrenalin. 

Section XVIII.— Medicinal Agents of Animal Origin. 

Cantharides, Lard, Suet, Hydrous Wool Fat, Yellow and White 
Wax, Spermaceti, Honey, Milk, Sugar, Pepsin, Pancreatin, 
Ox Gall, Papain, Cod Liver Oil, Ichthyol, Thiol. 



NOTE. 



ABBREVIATIONS USED IN REFERENCE TO THE SYNONYMS IN THE 
DESCRIPTIONS OF DRUGS. 

B. P. . . British Pharmacopoeia. 

E English. 

P. G. . .German Pharmacopoeia. 

Fr French. 

G German. 

Three doses of each medicine are usually given; one for horses and 
•cattle; one for sheep and swine, and one for cats and dogs, unless 
otherwise specified. The quantities are expressed in units of the Apothe- 
caries' Weight or Wine Measure and also in the metric system. The 



116 CLASSIFICATION 

solids in the latter to be dispensed in grams, the liquids in cubic centi- 
meters. Only those official drugs and preparations of the United States- 
and British Pharmacopoeia's will be mentioned, which are considered to 
be of value to practitioners of Veterinary Medicine, In connectiorL 
with doses the following abbreviations are used : 

H Horse. 

C Cattle. 

Sh. & Sw. .Sheep and Swine. 
D Dogs. 

The same dose may be given to either dogs or cats of equal weight. 



« 



PAET I. 
INORGANIC AGENTS. 



SECTION I. 

"Water. 

Aqua, Water. Aqua Destillata, Distilled Water. HoO. 
(The latter used iu filling many prescriptions.) 

Action external. — The reader is referred to special articles 
on "Cold and Heat" (p. 704), "Food and Feeding" (p. 679), 
and " Counter Irritants " (p. 696), for details concerning tha 
action and uses of water, respectively, as a medium of heat 
and cold, as an article of diet in health and disease, and as 
a counter irritant. Cold water, externally, at first stimulates 
reflexly heat production, with slight rise of temperature, 
increased carbonic acid elimination and contraction of the 
vessels and muscles of the skin. If the cold water applica- 
tion is continued, the bodily heat falls, owing to physical 
abstraction of heat. " Reaction " follows the removal of 
cold, if properly applied, with dilatation of the superficial 
vessels (and sensation of warmth and exhilaration in man). 
Moderate warm water (105^ F.) applications stimulate cuta- 
neous vascularity, favor diarphoresis, and diminish urinary 
secretion. Hot water (110^-120° F.) applications act as 
counter irritants in dilating the peripheral vessels, contract- 
ing those in more remote parts, and relieving pain, spasm, 
congestion and inflammation. 

Action internal. — Water is quickly absorbed and thus 
swells the secretion of urine, and, to a less extent, that of 
bile, saliva and pancreatic juice. Intestinal peristalsis is 
facilitated by a considerable amount of water. Water also 
increases tissue change, and elimination of carbonic dioxide 
and urea ; promotes the appetite and washes out the tissues 
and urinary tract, thus removing waste matters from the body, 

117 



118 INORGANIC AGENTS 

The elimination of uric acid is lessened by water. Large 
quantities of water, if not taken at meal time — when they 
dilute the digestive juices and disorder digestion — favor the 
formation of fat. 

Uses external. — See "Heat and Cold," p. 704. 

Uses internal. — Healthy animals may be given as much 
water as they desire, with certain restrictions in relation to 
work and feeding. It is unwise to allow horses much water, 
either immediately before or after severe work, or after 
feeding. If water is given before severe work it increases 
the bulk of intestinal contents, is apt to cause digestive 
disturbance, and interferes with the movements of the 
diaphragm. For these same reasons water should only be 
permitted in small amount (at a time) in " heaves " of horses. 

If a quantity of water is allowed horses after hard work, 
colic is very likely to occur. Working horses should, 
therefore, be watered, in reasonable amount, while at work ; 
and, if this is impracticable, may be allowed but a few 
mouthfuls of water, or a gallon of oatmeal gruel after severe 
work, with whole hay but no grain until after an hour's rest. 
"When horses at rest drink much water after eating, the 
contents of the stomach (which is unusually small in this 
animal) are washed into the intestines and are not so 
thoroughly digested. This accomplishes two bad results: 
it deprives the animal of some nourishment and engenders 
digestive trouble and diarrhoea. 

The best plan is to give resting horses water before 
eating, or to keep it at their command at all times. Cold 
water is desirable, frequently and in limited quantities, in 
fever, although there is a popular fear of it. Hot water 
assists the action of diaphoretics ; cold water that of 
diuretics. Lukewarm water is an emetic, but hot water, in 
small and repeated doses, allays nausea and vomiting. Water 
is restricted in ordinary diarrhoeas, obesity, and to assist the 
absorption of exudations. The drinking of water should be 
encouraged by a liberal allowance of salt (which in itself aid& 
digestion), in animals in a poor condition, to increase their 
appetite and flesh. Water is valuable in diluting a con- 



SOLUTION OF HYDROGEN DIOXIDE 119 

centrated urine from which calculi are liable to be deposited. 
High rectal injectiourf of water are absorbed, aud conse- 
quently flush out the kidneys. 

Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. 

Aqua Hidrogenii Dioxidi. Solution of Hydrogen Diqxide. 

Synonym. — Hydiogen Peroxide. A slightly acid aqueous 
solution of hydrogen dioxide (H_,0:.) containing, when freshly 
prepared, about 3 ])er cent., by weight, of the pure dioxide, cor- 
responding to about 10 volumes of available oxygen. U.S. P. 

Derivation. — Add barium dioxide, 300, to cold, distilled 
water, 500 ; agitate a)id keep at a temperature of 100° C 
(50^ F.j. To this mixture (of barium hydrate) add a solu- 
tion of phosphoric acid, 96, in cold distilled water, 320, and 
shake them together thoroughly. Filter, and wash the 
precipitate (barium phosphate) with distilled water until the 
filtrate measures 1000. Add diluted sulphuric acid to the 
filtrate (until cloudiness disappears in a small filtered por- 
tion of it ; absence of barium), and starch 10. Agitate fre- 
quently. Filter and refilter till the solution becomes clear^ 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, without odor, acidulous 
to the taste aud producing a peculiar sensation and soapy 
froth in the mouth ; liable to deteriorate by age, exposure 
to heat, or protracted agitation. Spec. gr. 1,006 to 1,012. 

Reaction slightly acid. When exposed to the air at the 
ordinary temperature, or when heated in a water bath at a 
temperature not exceeding 60° C. (140° F.) the solution 
loses chiefly water. When rapidly heated it is liable to 
decompose suddenly. (The value of a given sample of 
hydrogen dioxide may be roughly ascertained by adding a 
few drachms to a few crystals of potassium permanganate 
in a test tube. The greater the amount of efl"ervescence the 
better the hydrogen dioxide. — Wallian.) 

Dose.—B.. k C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) 

Action and Uses. — Hydrogen dioxide is probably the 
most powerful surgical antiseptic and disinfectant in use. 



120 INORGANIC AGENTS 

It is not poisonous to higher animals, and liberates oxygen 
immediately in the presence of oxidizable matter, thus 
destroying all bacteria and organized ferments. 

The microbicidal action is transient and not persistent; 
only water remains. Therefore hydrogen dioxide is useless 
for the production of continuous antiseptic action. The 
drug is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and some oxygen 
may be absorbed by the blood, but this is extremely doubt- 
ful. The official solution contains 10 volumes of oxygen; 
that is, it yields up 10 times its bulk of oxygen gas. Most 
proprietary preparations are stronger, and contain 12 
volumes of oxygen, and are more powerfully disinfectant. 

Hydrogen peroxide is particularly valuable as an anti- 
septic on suppurating and septic wounds, necrosed tissue, 
abscess cavities, sinus', ulcers, morbid growths and suppur- 
ating mucous membranes. In fistulse of the withers and poll, 
hydrogen dioxide acts as an efficient cleansing and decom- 
posing agent (through its oxidizing powers), and it should 
be injected prior to the use of other antiseptics, stimulants 
nnd caustics, as carbolic acid in glycerin (see p. 329). 
Hydrogen dioxide is probably the best remedy we possess 
in the treatment of acute catarrh of the pharynx and tonsils 
in dogs and cats when applied directly to the throat, diluted 
with two parts of lime water, with an atomizer or brush, or 
on absorbent cotton on an applicator. It is commonly 
employed in full strength and only in glass, porcelain, or 
hard rubber vessels or instruments. The drug should not 
be used in cavities where an outlet for the free escape <^)f 
gas is wanting. Peroxide of hydrogen decomposes pus with 
effervescence, and thus is a guide to its presence or absence ; 
it also destroys the pus cocci. 

Hydrogen dioxide is a safe and efficient agent in disin- 
fecting drinking water, and is of some value in gastric 
fermentative indigestion of dogs where the vomitus and 
faeces show evidence of gas formation or frothiness, and is 
absolutely safe. Recently good results have been reported 
from the use of hydrogen dioxide, diluted with three parts 



POTASSIUM 121 

of lime water, iu dysentery when given as high enemata 
twice daily. 



SECTION 11. 

Alkaline Metals — Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium, Lithium. 

Potassium. 

Potassium is not used in medicine in the metallic state. 
Its compounds may be considered in three groups : 1, 
Potassa ; 2, the Carbonates (acetate and citrate) ; 3, the 
Mineral Salts. 

Potassium compounds were formerly obtained from 
wood ashes by lixiviation ; from sea water by evaporation, 
and from argol, a substance deposited in wine casks. Now 
they are obtained from potassium muriate, mined in Stass- 
furt, Saxony, which is thought to result from the boiling 
-away of sea water in past ages. 

GENEEAL ACTION OP POTASSIUM SALTS. 

In lethal doses the action of all the potassium com- 
pounds is very similar. 

Stomach and Intestines. — The potassium salts, with the 
exception of the vegetable compounds, are irritants to the 
gastro-intestinal tract, if ingested in concentrated form. 

Heart. — Marked depression of the heart is one of the 
most characteristic symptoms of poisoning by the potassium 
salts. Potassium has a direct, paralyzing action on the 
heart muscle, and in lethal doses there is cardiac arrest in 
diastole. Much the same action is, moreover, observed on 
all the higher forms of tissue. The functional activity of 
the nerves and muscles is depressed and abolished, more 
especially that of the brain and cord, so that paralysis of 
central origin occurs. 



122 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Blood. — It has been taught that the potassium salts give 
up their oxygen to the blood. In the case of the nitrate 
and chlorate we know that this is untrue, since they are 
eliminated unchanged. When given for any considerable 
period, the potassium, like the sodium salts, impoverish the 
system and produce a more fluid state of the blood. Large 
doses of the potassium salts are likely to occasion purging, 
while small doses are apt to cause diuresis. The carbonates 
and vegetable salts resemble each other in action, bat that 
of the mineral s;ilts is peculiar to the individual compound. 

POTASSA. Potassa. KOH. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonyms. — Potash, potassium liydrate, potassium hydr- 
oxide, caustic potash, lapis causticuscbirurgorum, E. ; potasse 
caustique, Fr.; aetz kali, G.; kali causticum fasum, P. G. 

Derivation. — A solution of potassium hydrate is evapor- 
ated ; the residue is fused and run into moulds. 

Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils or fused 
masses, hard and brittle, showing a crystalline fracture ; 
odorless, or having a faint odor of lye, and of a very acid 
and caustic taste. Exposed to the air, it very rapidly 
absorbs carbon dioxide* and moisture, and deliquesces. 
Soluble at 15^ C. (59^ F.) in about 0.5 part of water, and in 2 
parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling 
alcohol ; slightly soluble in ether. 

Liquor Potass.^:. Solution of Potassa. (U. S. k B. P.) 

An aqueous solution of potassium hydrate (KOH), 
containing about 5 per cent, of the hydrate. 

Synonym. — Solution of potassium hydrate, kali hydri- 
cum solutum, lixivium causticum, solution of potash, E.; 
potabse caustique liquide, lessive caustique, Fr.; aetzkalil- 
auge, G.; liquor kali caustici, P. G. 

i)enya^io«.— Boiling a solution of potassium carbonate 

* When polubility is mentioned hereafter, reference will be had to 
solubility at the above temperature. 



POTASSA 123 

"with calcium hydrate leaves potassium hydrate in solution, 
while calcium carbonate is precipitated. 

K, CO3 + Ca (OH), = 2 KOH + Ca CO3. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a 
very acrid and caustic taste and a strongly alkaline reaction. 
It has a soapy feel and taste. 

Bose.—li. & C, 5 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4); D., lit V. -XX. (.3-1.3). 

PoTASSA Cum Calce. Potassa with Lime. (U. S. P.) 
(Equal parts of potassa and lime.) 

Synonym. — Vienna paste. 

Properties. — A grayish white powder, deliquescent, 
having a strongly alkaline reaction ; should be soluble in 
diluted hydrochloric acid without leaving more than a small 
residue. 

Actions and Uses. — Potassa, liquor potassse and potassa 
cum calce are mainly of value as escharotics. Liquor 
potasssB is unfit for internal use unless greatly diluted with 
water. It resembles potassium carbonate in its effects. 
Caustic potash is very destructive of tissue by combining 
with water and fatty matters. It is most diffusible and, 
therefore, difficult to limit its action. This we may do, 
however, by applying a plaster to a part, with a hole in it, 
through which the caustic stick is applied. Before using 
the caustic, the outside of the plaster should be covered with 
oil or grease, but not the part under the aperture in it. 
After removing the plaster the operation of the caustic may 
be arrested by vinegar. Cauterization by this means is very 
painful under ordinary circumstances, but may be made 
comparatively painless by incorporating one part of mor- 
phine muriate with three parts of potassa cum calce, and 
adding enough chloroform to make a paste. 

Caustic potash is indicated where extensive destruction 
of tissue is desirable, as in the treatment of the bites of rabid 
dogs and of snakes. It is less commonly used for the 



124 INORGANIC AGENTS 

removal of warts and small growths, and* as a caustic on 
indolent or exuberant granulations. 

Potasli lias been employed to form an issue, or artificial 
ulcer for the production of counter irritation. Potash may- 
be prescribed in bronchitis, for its action, common to the 
alkalies, iti thinning and increasing the bronchial secretions. 
An excellent mild stimulating liniment consists of: 

01. Terebinthinse 50.00 

01. Succini 20.00 

SapoTils pulv 10.00 

Potassa? 2.00 

AqiuB ad 1,000.00 

M. et fiat lininientum. 

The potash saponifips the oils and exerts a stimulating 
action on the skin. Potassium bicarbonate is less irritating 
and morn suitable for the latter indication. Potash is some- 
times lecom mended as an antacid and sedative in gastric 
disovdpvs, but is inferior to sodium bicarbonate for this 
j^urpose. 

PoTASSii Carbonas. Potassium Carbonate. KoCoj 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Salts of tai tar. 

Derivation. — The solution resulting from the lixiviation 
of wood ashes is boiled to dryness, and the resultant mass 
is the "potash" of commerce. This is purified to some 
extent by burning in ovens, forming " pearlash," a mixture 
of the hydrate and carbonate. Water dissolves mainly the 
carbonate which is obtained by evaporation of the aqueous 
solution. 

Properties. — A white, granular powder, odorless, and 
having a strongly alkaline taste ; very deliquescent. Soluble 
in 1.1 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—n. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2. 4.); 
T>., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 



POTASSIUM BICARBONATE 125 

PoTASSii BiCARBONAS. Potassium Bicarbonate. KHC03 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Doppelkobleusanres kali, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained by passing a stream of Coj through 
a solution. of the carbonate. 

K,C03. + CO, + H,0 = 2 KHC03. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless and having a saline and slightly alkaline taste. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble in 3.2 parts of water. Almost 
insoluble in alcohol. Becomes converted into the carbonate 
by boiling. 

Bose.—B.. & a, 3 ss.-i. (15.-3C.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Preferable to carbonate for internal use, as it is less 
irritating. 

PoTASsii AcETAS. Potassium Acetate. KC^HjOo 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Terra foliata tartari, E.; Essigsaures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Add acetic acid in excess to potassium: 
carbonate. Evaporate to dryness and fuse residue. 

K,C03 + 2 HC,H30, = 2 KCH,^ + H,0 +C0,. 

Properties. — A white powder, or crystalline masses of a 
satiny lustre ; odorless and having a warming, saline taste. 
Very deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in 0.36 
part of water and in 1.9 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as bicarbonate. 

PoTASSii CiTRAS. Potassium Citrate. KjCeH^O, 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Citrate de potasse, Fr.; Citronsaures kali, G. 
Derivation. — Neutralize potassium carbonate with a 
solution of citric acid, and evaporate to dryness. 
3 K,C03 + 2 H3CeH,0, = 2K3CeH,0, -f 3H,0 + 3 CO,. 
Properties. — Transparent, prismatic crystals, or a white, 
granular powder ; odorless and having a cooling, saline 



126 INORGANIC AGENTS 

taste. Deliquescent on exposure to air. Soluble in 0.6 
part of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol. 
Dose. — Same as bicarbonate. 

ACTION OF THE CARBONATES AND VEGETABLE SALTS. 

The carbonate is too irritating for internal use, while 
the bicai'bonate is more so than the similar sodium salt. 
Therefore the latter is in more common use as an antacid. 
Antacids neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, if 
given some time after eating in large doses. 

The vegetable salts (the acetate and citrate) are con- 
verted into the carbonate in the blood and are non-irritating. 
The bicarbonate is also absorbed into the blood as the car- 
bonate. These salts, together with the hydrate, alkalize the 
blood and urine. It is thought by many authorities that 
they increase oxidation within the body, as it is known that 
they do so outside the body in contact with organic matter. 
Not only water, but also the solids (urea and uric acid) in 
the urine are increased by their administration. The 
chlorate and nitrate, not undergoing decomposition in the 
l)()(ly, do not give up their oxygen or alkalize the blood or 
nri]ie. The carbonates are mainly useful as antacids ; the 
citrate and acetate as diui'etics. 

ZJses.— Potassium carbonate forms a useful addition to 
mixtures for application to the skin, as, through its strong 
alkalinity, it removes grease and sebaceous matter, per- 
mitting medicinal agents to penetrate the skin. A mixture 
of potassium carbonate, 15.0 ( 3 ss.) ; sublimed sulphur, 50.0 
( o i- 3 V.) ; and water, 12 liters (3 gallons), makes a service- 
able application for the milder forms of mange and eczema. 
The animal should be well washed with the mixture in a 
tub every second day, and peruvian balsam, oil of cade or 
tar should be applied daily. Potassium bicarbonate in 
aqueous solution is serviceable in relieving itching (gr.v.- 3 i.) 
While probably not so generally efl&cient as the correspond- 
ing sodium salt, it is of benefit when given an hour after 
feeding to horses subject to colic at that time. It is more 



POTASSIUM NITRATE 127 

Tispful I'lan sodium bicarbonate in alkalizing an over-aciJ 
niiuH (dogs), and in dissolving and eliminating uric acid from 
the blood. Potassium citrate and acetate are indicated in irri- 
tation or inflammation of the kidneys and bladder and cause 
.'■.bsorption of exudations (pleural effusions, for example), 
thron<^h their diuretic power. They are also good uric acid 
solvents. They are sometimes prescribed in fever on account 
of slight diarphoretic and powerful diuretic properties, but 
jire rarely used in veterinary medicine, in comparison with 
])()tassium nitrate, in this condition. 

The salts under consideration stimulate bronchial secre- 
tion and make it thinner, and are recommended accordingly 
in bronchitis. They are less efficient than potassium iodide 
for these purposes in this affection. 

PoTAssii NiTRAS. Potassium Nitrate. KNO3 (U.S. ttB.P.) 

Synonym. — Nitre, saltpetre, E.; nitre prismatique, azo- 
tate (nitrate) de potasse, Fr.; saltpetersaures kali, kalisal- 
peter, G. 

Derivation. — Saltpetre is formed in the soil in certain 
regions and climates and is made artificially, by the putre- 
faction of animal or vegetable material, in the presence of 
heat, moisture, oxygen, and alkaline or earthy bases capable 
of fixing the nitric acid set free in this process, known as 
nitrification. The natural conditions for nitrification .ue 
present in some parts of India, and saltpetre is largely 
imported from Calcutta. Artificially, nitre beds are njatle 
of animal and vegetable matter, wood ashes, and calcareous 
earth or old plaster from houses. Sodium nitrate is im- 
ported extensively from Chili, where it occurs as a mineral 
product, and is used widely in this country in artificial 
fertilizers. Chili saltpetre may be converted into nitre by 
treatment with potash. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, six-sided, rhombic 
prisms, or a crystalline powder, odorless and having a cool- 
ing, saline and pungent taste. Permanent in the air. Sol- 
uble in 3.8 parts of water; very sparingly soluble in alcohoL 



128 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sb. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action External. — Refrigerant. 

Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Nitre causes, 
in lethal doses, violent gastro-enteritis, collapse and depres- 
sion of the circulation. The pulse becomes both slow and 
weak. There is muscular weakness and paralysis. Potas- 
sium nitrate is one of the most irritating salts of this group, 
but its toxic effect depends upon its state of coucentration, 
and horses are not so susceptible to the local irritating 
action as man. 

Blood. — Nitre passes into and out of the blood unchanged. 
It has been said that the salt diminishes fibrin in the blood 
because it prevents clotting outside the body. This action 
probably does not obtain within the body. 

Heart. — Nitre is said to be more depressing to the heart 
than the other potassium compounds. There is no basis for 
this belief. Like the potassium salts generally, it exerts a 
powerful, depressing action upon the heart in large doses. 

Lungs. — The respiration is slowed by considerable doses 
of potassium nitrate, and it exerts an antispasmodic action 
by depression of the unstriped fibres of the bronchi. 

Kidneys. — Potassium nitrate is eliminated unchanged 
by the kidneys, and in its elimination stimulates the 
epithelium of the renal tubules, increasing their secretion. 
The solids are, therefore, augmented in the urine. The 
local blood pressure is exalted in the Malpighian bodies and 
the quantity of urine is thus increased. 

Potassium nitrate is more frequently prescribed than 
any other potassium salt in veterinary practice, and is com- 
monly considered one of the best febrifuges. In human 
medicine it is rarely employed for internal use, and is held 
to be decidedly inferior to other diuretic remedies. 

Skill. — Nitre is a mild diarphoretic. 

Summary. — Potassium nitrate is a diuretic, cardiac 
sedative, and slight diarphoretic. 

Ad ministration. — Nitre is dissolved in a pail of drinking 
water and kept constantly at the larger animal's disposal. 



1 



POTASSIUM NITRATE 129 

The gait is rendered harmless by dilution ; vascular tension 
and diuresis are increased by the water, and the solution is 
cooling and grateful to the taste in fever. Smaller doses 
( 3 ss.) may be given on the food to horses. 

Uses. — Nitre, ammouinm chloride, and common salt, 
each one part, are dissolved in three parts water, and some- 
times used for their refrigerant tffect on local inflammatory 
conditions. Ice poultices are move efficient. The value of 
nitre is over-estimated in veterinary practice. There are 
better heart sedatives (aconite), diuretics and diaphoretics 
(sweet spirit. of nitre). It is recommended iu purpura and 
rheumatism as alterative. Here again it is less serviceable 
than ergot in the former, or salicylic acid and alkalies iu the 
latter disease. Nitre is, however, in common use in such 
febrile affections as pneumonia and influenza in horses. 

In laminitis, the combination of potassium nitrate (two 
parts) with potassium chlorate (one part) is of value when 
given to horses iu tablespoonful doses four to five times 
daily on the food and in the drinking water. 

PoTASSii Chlokas. Potassium Chlorate. KCIO3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synony77i. — Kali oxymuriaticum, E,; chlorate de potasse^ 
Fr.; chlorsaures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Pass chlorine into a mixture of potassium 
carbonate and calcium hydrate ; dissolve the result in boil- 
ing water and recover the chlorate by crystallization. 

K^CO, + 6 Ca (OH), + 12 CI = 2 KCl O3 + Ca CO3 + 
'5 Ca CI, + 6 H,0. 

Properties. — Colorless, lustrous, monoclinic prisms or 
plates, or a white powder, odorless, and having a cooling, 
saline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 16.7 parts 
of water. Insoluble in absolute alcohol, but slightly solu- 
ble in mixtures of alcohol and water. Explodes readily 
when rubbed with sugar, sulphur, charcoal, glycerin and 
many other substances. 

Bose.—U. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 



130 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Action Internal. — Potassium chlorate closely resembles 
the nitrate in its action. Locally, it is an irritant. 

Stomach and Boivels. — Medicinal doses have no apparent 
effect. Lethal doses occasion gastro-enteritis, diarrhoea, 
cyanosis and depression of the heart. 

The Blood. — The blood is unaffected by medicinal doses, 
but in poisoning the red corpuscles are broken down and 
crenated. The hsemoglobin is converted into methsemoglo- 
bin, which is probably a mixture of hsematin and soluble 
albumin. Haemoglobin and disintegrated corpuscles appear 
in the urine as hsemoglobinuria. The blood is chocolate- 
colored after death. The liver, spleen, kidneys and intes- 
tines are softened and filled with disorganized blood. It 
was formerly thought that potassium chlorate parted with 
its oxygen in the blood, and it was (and is) prescribed in 
many disorders as an oxidizing agent. It has been stated 
that venous blood acquires an arterial hue under the influ- 
ence of the salt. But potassium chlorate does not part with 
its oxygen ; neither does it oxidize the blood, nor impart to 
the venous blood an arterial color. 

Heart. — The action is much the same as nitre. 

Kidneys. — Action similar to nitre in therapeutic doses. 

Elimination. — Potassium chlorate is eliminated by all 
channels ; mainly by the urine, but also by the sweat, saliva, 
etc. Actiug locally as a stimulant in the mouth, and then 
affecting the throat a second time by its elimination in the 
saliva, potassium chlorate is frequently prescribed in diseases 
of the mouth and pharynx as a topical stimulant. It is 
given in electuary, solution, or ball internally. 

Summary. — Sialogogue, diuretic and heart depressant. 

Uses. — Stomatitis is treated by chlorate of potassium in 
saturated solution applied on a swab. The salt is valuable 
in the treatment of pharyngitis in electuary. A favorite 
combination consists of fluid extract of belladonna, 3 i.; 
potassium chlorate, 3 ii.; powdered licorice root, 3 v., with 
sufficient molasses to make an electuary. One ounce is to be 
smeared on the teeth of a horse thrice daily. An half ounce 



POTASSIUM BITARTEATE 131 

/ 
of a saturated solution of potassium chlorate, with a few 

drops of laudanum, forms a useful injection for haemorrhoids 
in dogs. Otherwise the salt may be-prescribed for the same 
purposes as nitre. 

PoTASSil BiTARTRAs. Potassium Bitartrate. KH^C^HOg 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassii tartras acida, B.P.; cream of tartar, 
cremor tartari, acid tartrate of potash, E.; tartarus depura- 
tiis, P. G.; pierre de vin, Fr.; weinsteiu, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from crude tartar (argol) deposited 
on the sides of wine casks during fermentation of grape 
juice, by purification. 

Properties. — Colorless or slightly opaque, rhombic crys- 
tals, or a white, somewhat gritty powder; odorless and having 
a pleasant, acidulous taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in about 201 parts of water ; very sparingly soluble in alco- 
hol. Reaction acid. 

Dose.—B.. k C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss. (15.) ; 
D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Action internal. — Intestines. — Potassium bitartrate is a 
non-irritating purgative in large doses. It is a hydragogue 
cathartic and has a strong affinity for water ; abstracting it 
from the blood vessels in the bowels, holding the same in 
solution, and thus flushing out the intestines. 

Blood. — Potassium bitartrate is in part decomposed, 
converted into the carbonate, and absorbed as such into the 
blood. The greater part is excreted by the bowels 
unchanged. A portion of the latter may have been absorbed 
and eliminated by the intestines. 

Kidneys. — Potassium bitartrate is an active diuretic and 
renders the urine more alkaline, but for some reason it is 
not ordinarily employed in veterinary practice. Neverthe- 
less, it is the best and safest diuretic which can be used by 
the veterinarian in the treatment of the horse and smaller 
-animals. 

Summary. — Diuretic in small doses. Hydragogue 



132 INORGANIC AGENTS 

cathartic in large doses. It shoukl be given in solution and 
is useful in dropsies, more particularly of renal origin ; also 
in catarrhal jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves. 
In cases where the urine of the horse is thick, stringy and 
high-colored, potassium bitartrate will cause it to regain its 
normal state. It may be easily administered in either food 
or drinking water, and its diuretic effect is enhanced when 
the salt is given with a large amount of water. 

Sodium. 

[The metal is not emj^hyed in medicine.) 
Soda. Soda. NaOH. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Soda caustica, B. P. ; sodium hydrate, caus- 
tic soda, sodium hydroxide, uatrum causticum, S. hydricum, 
E. ; sonde caustique, Fr. ; natron setznatron, G. 

Derivation. — It is made from liquor sodse by evapora- 
tion, and run in moulds. 

Properties. — Dry, white, translucent pencils, or fused 
masses, showing a crystalline fracture ; odorless, and having 
an acrid and caustic taste. Exposed to the air it rapidly 
deliquesces, absorbs carbon dioxide, and becomes covered 
with a dry coating of carbonate. Soluble in 1.7 parts of 
water ; very soluble in alcohol. 

Liquor Sod^. Solution of Soda. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

An aqueous solution of sodium hydrate, containing-] 
about 5 per cent, of hydrate. 

Synonym. — Solution of sodium hydrate, E.; natrumi 
hydricum solutum, sonde caustique liquide, Fr.; liquor natrij 
caustici, P. G.; eetznatron lauge, G. 

Derivation. — An aqueous solution of sodium carbonate j 
is boiled with calcium hydrate, and the supernatant liquid 
is siphoned off. 

Na,C03 + Ca(OH), = 2 NaOH + CaC03. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a] 
very acrid and caustic taste, and a strongly alkaline reaction.] 



SODIUM CARBONATE 133 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sli. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4); D., Ill^v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action and Uses. — Soda and liquor sodse resemble similar 
compounds of potassium, but are used chiefly for cliemical 
and pharmaceutical purposes. 

Liquor sodae should be given largely diluted with water. 
In poisoning by the caustic alkalies or soap lye, use emetics 
or stomach pump ; and give vinegar, diluted acetic acid, 
lemon juice and demulcents. 

SoDii Caebonas. Sodium Carbonate. Nag CO3 10 H^O. 

. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Washing soda, sal soda, carbonas sodicus, 
E.; natrum carbonicum crudum, P. G.; carbonate de sonde, 
Fr.; kohlensaures natron, soda, G. 

Derivation. — Made by Leblanc's process. Three steps : 

1st. Salt and sulphuric acid heated together. 2 Na CI + 
H, SO, = Na, SO, + 2 HCl. 

2nd. Sodium sulphate is heated with carbon. Na^SO, -1- 
4 C - Na, S + 4 CO. 

3rd. Sodium sulphide heated with chalk. Na, S + Ca 
C03 = Na, CO3+ CaS. 

Properties. — Colorless, monoclinic crystals, odorless and 
having a strongly alkaline taste. In dry air the salt efflor- 
esces, -loses about half its water of crystallization and 
becomes a white powder. Soluble in 1.6 parts of water and 
in 1.02 parts of glycerin. Reaction alkaline. 

SoDii Carbonas Exsiccatus. Dried Sodium Carbonate. 
Na,C03. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Natrum carbonicum siccum, P. G.; carbo- 
nate de soude, Fr.; getrocknete soda, G. 

Derivation. — Sodium carbonate (200 gm.) is broken into 
small fragments and allowed to efiloresce iu dry air. It is 
then heated to drive off water of crystallization, till it weighs 
100 Gm. 



134 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — A loose, white powder, corresponding in 
solubility to sodium carbonate. Reaction alkaline. Action 
of sodium carbonate similar to the hydrate, but infrequently 
employed in medicine. 

Bose.—'K. & C, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl. 
(1.3-2.6); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). Given in large amount of 
water. 

SoDii BiCARBONAS. Sodium Bicarbonate. Na HCO3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Soda, bakiug soda, sodium sesquicarbonate, 
natrum carbonicum acidulum, bicarbonas sodicus, sodium 
hydrocarbonate, bicarbonate of soda, E.; natrum bicarboni- 
cum, P. G.; bicarbonate de sonde, sel digestive de vichy, Fr.; 
doppelkohlensaures natron, G. 

Derivation. — Pass COo through a solution of sodium 
carbonate. Na, CO3 + CO, + H,0 = 2 Na HCO,. 

Properties. — A white, opaque powder, odorless, and 
having a cooling, mildly alkaline taste. Permanent in dry, 
but slowly decomposed in moist air. Soluble in 11.3 parts 
of water, insoluble in alcohol and ether. Slight alkaline 
reaction. 

Incompatihles. — Decomposed by acid and acid salts, as 
bismuth subnitrate. 

7)ose.— H.,lss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 
gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). ^ 

GENERAL ACTION OF SODIUM SALTS. 

Sodium and its salts are not nearly so poisonous as 
similar potassium compounds, because they are less depress- 
ing to the circulatory, muscular and nervous systems, but 
death has occurred after enormous doses. The salts possess a 
local paralyzing action on nerve and muscular tissue. They 
are absorbed and eliminated more slowly than the corre- 
sponding potassium compounds. Sodium salts alkalize the 
blood and urine, but are only slightly diuretic. Sodium 



SODIUM BICARBONATE 135 

carbonate, phosphate, and sulphate diminish the solids in 
the bile and, therefore, increase its fluidity. 

Sodium Bicarbonate. 

Action External. — Sodium bicarbonate lessens irritability 
of the skin in itching and burns. 

Action Internal. — When sodium bicarbonate is given in 
generous doses after eating it neutralizes the acid products 
of indigestion and fermentation. If ingested in small doses 
before eating, sodium bicarbonate increases the secretion of 
gastric juice and hydrochloric acid. The constant adminis- 
tration of sodium bicarbonate weakens the digestive powers 
and creates anaemia, general cachexia, and scorbutic symp- 
toms. Sodium bicarbonate liberates carbonic dioxide in 
the stomach, and thus exerts a sedative effect. It dissolves 
mucus and thins the biliary secretion. It is, therefore, 
useful in catarrh of the gastro-intestinal tract. 

Blood. — The blood is made more alkaline. 

Kidneys. — The urine is alkalized, but the salt is only 
feebly diuretic. 

Uses External. — In aqueous solution (1-50) sodium 
bicarbonate relieves itching in urticaria, prurigo and chronic 
eczema. It also allays the pain of slight burns and of acute 
rheumatism. For this purpose cloths should be soaked in 
saturated solutions and placed upon the affected parts. 
Added to water ( 3 i.-Oi.) in which instruments are to be 
boiled, it prevents rusting. 

Uses Internal. — Sodium is one of the most useful reme- 
dies in gastric or intestinal indigestion associated with 
acidity, flatulence, and distress. It does not always remove 
the cause of indigestion, however, and, therefore, should be 
combined with agents which do : e.g., cathartics, antiseptics, 
carminatives and stomachics. For this reason sodium 
bicarbonate is often prescribed to dogs with bismuth sub- 
carbonate, salol or beta naphtol ; to horses, with gentian or 
nux vomica and ginger. 

Sodium bicarbonate is of value in alkalizing the blood 



136 INORGANIC AGENTS 

in acute rheumatism, wlieu it is thought to increase oxida- 
tion and tissue waste. The salt assists the action of calomel, 
with which it should be generally conjoined, since it stimu- 
lates the flow of bile and aids the alkaline intestinal juices 
ill transforming the inactive chloride into the active oxide. 
Sodium bicarbonate is occasionally given in acute bronchitis, 
but it is distinctly inferior to the corresponding potassium 
salt in thinning and increasing bronchial secretions. 

This salt is highly recommended in the treatment of 
hEemoglobinsemia (azoturia) in horses, when given in quanti- 
ties of 10-30 ounces daily. Theoretically, sodium bicarbo- 
nate is of benefit in this disease, by neutralizing acid 
products of metabolism which lead to solution of the haemo- 
globin. 

Administration. — Sodium bicarbonate may be given in 
solution or on the tongue or food in the pure state. 

SoDii Sulphas. Sodium Sulphate. Na^ SO^ lOH^O. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 

Synonym. — Glauber's salts, sulfas sodicus (natricus), 
sal mirabile Glauberi, sulphate of soda, E.; sulfat de sonde, 
sel de Glauber, Fr.; Glaubersalz, G. 

Derivation. — Neutralize the residue left in the manufac- 
ture of HCl from salt, with sodium carbonate. 2 Na HSO^ + 
Na, CO3 = 2 Na,SO, + CO, + H.O. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms, or granular crystals, odorless, and having a bitter, 
saline taste. The salt effloresces rapidly in the air, and 
finally loses all its water of crystallization. Soluble in 2.8 
parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; soluble in glycerin. 

Dose.— a, ft)i.-iss. (500.-750.); H. (laxative), 3 ii.-iv. 
(60.-120.); Sh., 3 ii.-iv. (60,-120.). 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Sodium and magne- 
sium sulphate rapidly abstract water from the blood vessels 
of the alimentarj' canal through the intestinal glands (succus 
entericus) until a 5-per-cent. solution is reached. This 
solution is but slowly reabsorbed so that it sweeps out the 



SODIUM SULPHATE 137 

contents of the bowels. Thej are hydragogue cathartics. 
These salts also stimulate peristaltic action to some extent 
by their physical properties, or through their action in aug- 
menting the mass of intestinal contents. Glauber's salt is 
said to be slower in action than Epsom salts. 

Liver. — Glauber's salt increases the secretion of bile 
and prevents its absorption in the bowels by expelling it 
from the tract. 

Kidneys. — Small doses of sodium sulphate are absorbed 
and alkalize the blood and urine. It is a slight diuretic. 

Administration. — Glauber's salt is given to cattle in 
solution with ginger and molasses. 

Uses. — Sodium sulphate is a decided cholagogue and 
more active in this respect than magnesium sulphate. In 
human medicine, Glauber's salts prove irritating and cause 
griping, so that Epsom salts are preferred. In veterinary 
practice, on the other hand, sodium sulphate acts more 
effectively, and, in fact, is the best saline cathartic we 
possess. Sodium sulphate is the principal ingredient of 
Carlsbad salts, which have recently come into vogue with 
veterinarians, although long valued in human medicine. 
The formula for the artificial Carlsbad salts {Scd carolinum 
fadititim), which is the preparation commonly used, is as 
follows : 

Sodii sulphatis exsiccati 40.0 

Sodii bicarbonatis 35.0 

Sodii chloridi 15.0 

Potassii sulphatis 2.0 

M. et fiat pulvis. 
Sig. One to two heaping tablespoonfuls on the food 
two or three times daily for horses. 

Sodium sulphate is thus given as Carlsbad salts or 
alone in small doses as a laxative, but in constipation asso- 
ciated with indigestion and malnutrition, gentian, powdered 
rhubarb, iron and other stomachics and tonics are often 
combined ; while, in fever, small doses of Glauber's salts 
are useful in promoting the activity of the skin and kidneys, 



138 INORGANIC AGENTS 

and for this purpose may be given with spirit of nitrous 
ether, to which diluted sulphuric acid and the compound 
tincture may be added to improve appetite and digestion. 
Glauber's salts are useful in aiding the action of peristaltic 
agents, as aloes. Small doses are given to horses in their 
drinking water while the aloes is acting. 

Sodium sulphate is of benefit in the treatment of diar- 
rhoea, dysentery and overloaded and impacted colon of horses 
when given in frequent and repeated doses in connection 
with linseed oil. 

An enema, consisting of one pound of Glauber's salts in 
a quart of water, to which two ounces of oil of turpentine 
and four ounces of glycerin may with advantage be added, 
should be injected high into the bowel to secure rapid 
purgation in horses suffering with colic. 

Glauber's and Epsom salts are the most common pur- 
gatives given to ruminants. It is therefore impossible to 
enumerate special indications for their employment in the 
case of these animals. To assist the action, one teaspoonfal 
each of ginger and molasses are given with each ounce of 
Glauber's or Epsom salts, and often an equal weight of 
sodium chloride. When a speedy action is desired, Glau- 
ber's salts should be administered with a large amount of 
water and thirst should be encouraged by the addition 
of common salt. When, on the other hand, it is essential to 
remove fluid and morbid effusions from the body, the 
purgative salt should be exhibited in concentration and the 
patient should "be deprived of water to a considerable ex- 
tent. Glauber's and Epsom salts are not used so commonly 
in canine practice as calomel and castor oil, but find more 
favor with German than English-speaking veterinarians. 

Sometimes salts are serviceable in irritable states of 
the bowels in dogs (piles, duodenitis and intestinal catarrh) 
in teaspoonful doses ; and when given every second day, as 
a laxative, in eczema. Vomiting, however, not uncommonly 
follows the ingestion of salts by dogs. 

Sodium and magnesium sulphate are antidotes to lead 



SODIUM CHLORIDE 139 

aiad barium salts forming insoluble sulphates ; also they are 
the best antidotes to carbolic acid, giving rise to the harm- 
less sulphocarbolates. 



SoDii Chloridum. Sodium Chloride. NaCl. 
(U. S. & B. R) 

Synonym. — Common or table salt, muriate of soda, sal 
commune or culinare, chloruretum sodicum, E.; natrium 
chloratum purum, P. G.; chlorure de sodium, sel commun, 
sel de cuisine, Fr.; chlornatrium, kochsalz, G. 

Derivation. — Mined in native state and obtained by- 
evaporation of brine, spring or sea water. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, cubical crystals, or 
a white, crystalline powder, odorless, and having a purely 
saline taste. Permanent in dry air. Soluble in 2.8 parts of 
water ; almost insoluble in alcohol ; insoluble in ether or 
chloroform. Reaction neutral. 

Z^ose.— Cathartic, C, Ibss.-i. (250.-500.); Sh., 3 i.-ii. 

(30.-60.). 

Action External. — Salt is a stimulant to the skin when 
applied in concentrated solution. 

Action Internal. — Salt is an essential constituent of food, 
and necessary to the composition of blood plasma, from which ! 
it is constantly eliminated iu the urine. Herbivorous ani- 
mals require sodium chloride in addition to that contained 
in their food ; for blood is rich in common salt, while veget- 
ables abound more especially in potassium salts. The 
potassium salts, according to Bunge, on entering the blood 
bring about a chemical reaction, whereby sodium chloride 
circulating in the plasma is split; the chlorine in sodium 
chloride combines with potassium, while the acid set free 
from the potassium salt unites with sodium, and both pror 
ducts are swept away in the urine, thus removing sodium 
chloride from the blood. This is only replaced by that 



140 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

taken as food. Animals deprived of salt suffer from anaemia, 
general weakness and oedema. 

Stomach and Intestines. — Salt lias caused gastro-enteritis 
and death in enormous doses. Large doses occasion emesis 
in dogs. Salt combines with lactic acid in the stomach to 
form sodium lactate, and in the process sets free hydro- 
chloric acid. Hydrochloric acid, in its turn, promotes the 
formation of pepsin from pepsinogen of the gastric tubules. 
Salt, therefore, improves gastric digestion. Salt acts in the 
bowels as a mild hydragogue purgative. It is unfit as a 
cathartic for horses or dogs, but is useful for cattle and 
sheep when combined with magnesium or sodium sulphate. 
Salt creates thirst and, therefore, promotes the ingestion of 
water. A large supply of water flushes the system and 
removes deleterious and imperfectly oxidized matters. 

Blood. — The red corpuscles are augmented by salt. 

Metabolism. — Salt increases tissue change and tends to 
elevate temperature. The appetite is also sharpened owing 
to the ingestion of water and metabolic activity. 

Summary. — Emetic, cathartic, digestive, alterative. 

Uses External. — A solution consisting of one ounce each 
of salt, nitre and sal ammoniac, in one .quart of water, may 
be used on bruises and sprains as a stimulant and refrig- 
erant lotion. Severe haemorrhage, collapse and surgical 
shock are treated most successfully by injections of hot 
normal salt solution into a vein, under the skin, or into the 
rectum. The solution maintains the proper salinity of the 
blood, replaces the mass of blood lost, and supplies heat. 
The solution is made by adding one heaping teaspoonfal of 
salt to a quart of boiled water at a temperature of 100^ to 
105° F. From 2 to 4 quarts may be given to horses, and 
from i to 1 pint to dogs. (See p. 732.) Salt is an efficient 
antidote externally and internally to silver nitrate. 

Uses Internal. — Salt is a serviceable emetic for dogs, 
when zinc sulphate is not at hand, in emergencies and pois- 
oning. One teaspoonful may be stirred into a cup of luke- 
warm water with a tablespoonful of mustard. It is a useful 



SODIUM CHLORIDE 141 

addition to Epsom salts, since it increases tliirst and the 
ingestion of water, and assists purgation in overloaded 
conditions of the first and third stomachs of ruminants. 
One-half pound of salt is administered to cattle with one- 
half to one pound of Epsom salts, one-quarter pound of 
ginger and a pint of molasses in two quarts of water. The 
habitual ingestion of salt is prejudicial to asearides and 
diminishes the secretion of mucus in which they live. It 
is even more efficacious in destroying oxynrides inhabiting 
the lower bowels. Enemata containing 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 
of salt to the pint of water are employed for this purpose. 
Salt should be constantly kept in the feed boxes of horses 
and cattle. 

Animals convalescing from acute diseases, and those 
with feeble digestion, need salt particularly. Horses are 
commonly given a bran mash once a week, with plenty of 
salt to enhance its laxative and hygienic action. Dogs 
usually procure sufficient salt in their ordinary food, but it 
should be added to their diet in the treatment of obesity. 
Repeated doses of salt aid the absorption of serous pleural 
effusions. 

SoDii Phospeas. Sodium Phosphate. Na, HPO, + Iz-H^O. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Phosphas sodicus (natricus), sal mirabile 
perlatura, phosphate of soda, E.; natrum phosphoricum, 
P. G.; phosphate de sonde, Fr.; phosphorsaures natrum, G. 

Derivation. — Digest bone ash with sulphuric acid. 
Ca3 2P0, + 2 H, SO, = Ca H, 2 PO, (acid calcium phos- 
phate) + 2 Ca SO,. Filter and add sodium carbonate to 
filtrate. 

Ca H, 2 PO, + Na, CO3 = Na, H PO, + H,0 + CO + 
Ca HPO,. Evaporate, and sodium phosphate crystallizes 
out. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, monoclinic prisms, odor- 
less, and having a cooling, saline taste. The crystals 
effloresce in the dry air and gradually lose 5 molecules of 



142 INORGANIC AGENTS 

their water of crystallization. Soluble in 5.8 parts of water; 
insoluble in alcohol ; slightly alkaline reaction. 

j)ose. — Same as sodium sulphate; D., 3 i--ii. (4.-8.), as 
laxative and cholagogue cathartic. 

The phosphate resembles the sulphate, but is a milder 
purgative and more efficient hepatic stimulant. It is indi- 
cated in jaundice, and as a laxative for foals and calves. It 
is occasionally prescribed in rickets as a source of phos- 
phorus, but the calcium phosphate is more appropriate. 

SODII SuLPHis. Sodium Sulphite. Na^ SO^ 7 H^O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Natrum sulfariosum,sulfis sodicus (natricus), 
sulphite of soda, E.; sulfite de sonde, Fr.; schwefligsaures 
natron, G. 

Derivation. — Saturate a solution of sodium carbonate or 
hydrate with sulphurous anhydride gas. Na^ CO, + SO^^ 

Na, SO3 + CO,. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, saline, sulphurous taste. In 
air the salt effloresces, and is slowly oxidized to sulphate. 
Soluble in 4 parts of water ; sparingly soluble in alcohol ; 
Neutral or feebly alkaline. 

Dose.—lI. & C, 3i. (30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); D., 
gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

SoDii Bisulphite. Sodium Bisulphite. NaHSOs. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from sodium carbonate or bicar- 
bonate and sulphurous anhydride gas. 

Properties. — Opaque, prismatic crystals, or a granular 
powder, exhaling an odor of sulphur dioxide and having a 
disagreeable, sulphurous taste. Exposed to the air the salt 
loses sulphur dioxide and is gradually oxidized to sulphate. 
Soluble in 4 parts of water and in 72 parts of alcohol ; reac- 
tion acid. 

Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. 



SODIUM HYPOSULPHITE 143 

SoDii Hyposulphis. Sodium Hyposulphite. Na^ S^Oj 5 H^O. 
(U. S. cfe B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sodium tliiosulpliate, liyposulpliate of soda, 
E.; natrum subsulf arosum (hyposulfurosum), P. G.; liyposul- 
pliis sodicus, hyposulfite de soude, sulfite solf are de soude, 
Pr.; uuterscbwefligsaures natron, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve sulphur in a boiling aqueous 
solution of sodium sulphite. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
odorless, and having a cooling, afterwards bitter, taste. 
Permanent in air below 33° C. (91.4'^ P.), but efflorescent in 
dry air above that temperature. Soluble in 0.65 part of 
water ; insoluble in alcohol ; slightly soluble in oil of tur- 
pentine ; reaction neutral. 

Dose. — Same as sodium sulphite. 

Administration. — The sulphites are given in solution, or 
may be added in powder to the food of horses. 

ACTION or THE SULPHITES. 

Action External. — The sulphites are antiseptics, deodor- 
izers and parasiticides externally. 

Action Internal. — The sulphites are decomposed by the 
acids in the stomach, and sulphur dioxide (SOo) is evolved. 
The bisulphite and hyposulphite are richer in sulphur and, 
therefore, are more powerful. Sulphur dioxide gas is an 
antiseptic. 

Blood. — If any part of the sulphites escapes decomposi- 
tion in the digestive tract, it is absorbed unchanged. 

Summary. — Antiseptics, deodorizers and parasiticides 
externally. Antiseptics in the alimentary tract. 

Uses. — A 15 per cent, solution of the sulphites is used 
in parasitic skin diseases. The salts are indicated in indi- 
gestion with fermentation, flatulence and foul-smelling fseces. 
They have been greatly lauded as remedies in general septic 
conditions, but have proved as useless as most other drugs 
in such cases. 



144 INOilGANIC AGENTS 

Tlie other sodium salts are of no particular value in 
veterinary practice except sodium bromide. See Bromine, 
p. 240.) 

Ammonium. 

The metal is not employed in medicine. Ammonia 
(NHo) exists in the free state as a gas, and is used in medi- 
cine in solution in water or alcohol. 

Aqua AMMONiiE. Ammonia "Water. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor amraonise, B. P.; spirits of hartshorn, 
E.; liquor ammonii caustici, P. G.; spiritus salis ammoniaci 
causticus, ammonia aqua soluta, ammoniaque liquide, eau 
(solution, liqueur) d' ammoniaque, Fr.; salmiakgeist, a3tzam- 
moniak, ammoniakfliissigkeit, G. An aqueous solution of 
ammonia (NH3), contairang 10 per cent., by weight, of the gas. 

Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having a 
very pungent odor, an acrid, alkaline taste, and a strongly 
alkaline reaction. Spec. gr. 0.960. 

Derivation. — Evolve ammonia gas by heating ammonium 
chloride with calcium hydrate, and pass it into water. 

2 NH, CI + Ca(OH), = 2 NH3 + 2 H,0 + CaCl,. 

Done.—R. & C, I ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., nix.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATION. 

Liniinenhim Ammonice. Ammonia Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Ammonia water, 350; cottonseed oil, 600; alcohol, 50. (U. S. P.) 

Aqua Ammonite Foktis. Stronger Ammonia Water. (U.S.P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor ammonise fortior, stronger solution 
of ammonia, B. P.; eau d'ammoniaque forte, Fr.; starker sal- 
miakgeist, G. 

An aqueous solution of ammonia (NH3), containing 28 
per cent., by weight, of the gas. 

Derivation. — Same as aqua ammonias. 

Properties. — A colorless, transparent liquid, having aa 



STRONGER AMMONIA WATER 145 

excessively pungent odor, a very acrid and alkaline taste, 
and a strongly alkaline reaction. Spec, gr.0.901. 

Bose.—B.. & C, 3 ii--vi. (8.-24) ; Sli. & Sw., 3 i. (4) ; D., 
H^v.-x. (.3-.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Spiritus Ammonice. Spirit of Ammionia. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Spiritus ammoniaci causticidyondii, ammoniated alco- 
hol, E. ; liquor ammonia; caustici spirituosus, P. G.; alcoole d'amino- 
niaque, liqueur d'animoniaque vineuse, Fr. ; weingeistige ammoniak- 
flussigkeit, G. 

An alcoholic solution of ammonia (NHs), containing 10 per cent., 
by weight, of the gas. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, having a strong odor of ammonia, 
and a spec. gr. of about 0.810. 

This preparation combines the stimulating properties of ammonia 
and alcohol. 

Dose.— H. & C, § ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., tti,x.- 
XX. (.6-1.3). 

AMMONIA preparations'. 

Action External. — Ammonia is a powerful irritant in 
stronger solution, or gas. If it is applied for a sufficient 
time, liyperfemia, vesication and sloughing ensue. 

Action Internal. — Stomach. — If swallowed in concentrated, 
solution death may take place instantaneously from oedema- 
and spasm of the glottis. Otherwise, more or less extensive 
inflammation of the alimentary canal will follow, according 
to the amount ingested. Diluted vinegar and lemon juice, 
together with the white of egg, or sweet oil, should h& 
given as antidotes. Tracheotomy may be indicated, if there 
is glottic obstruction. Ammonia, in passing through the 
mouth, throat, gullet and stomach, reflexly stimulates the 
heart and respiration before absorption can occur. 

Ammonia is an antacid in the stomach, but should not 
be employed in gastric irritability. 

Eesplratory Tract. — Inhalation of stronger ammonia 
through the nostrils causes reflex stimulation of the heart 
and respiration by irritation of the nasal branches of the 
fifth nerve. Care must be exercised to prevent inflammation 



146 INORGANIC AGENTS 

of the air passages. Ammonia stimulates tlie respiratory 
centre when it is absorbed tliroiigli any channel. 

Circulation. — Ammonia is a rapid but transient heart 
stimulant, making the ventricular contractions stronger and 
more frequent, by stimulation of the accelerator nerves and 
heart muscle. Ammonia also stimulates the vasomotor 
centre, probably, and, because of this fact, and the large 
amount of blood pumped into tlm vessel^, vascular tension 
is heightened. Lethal doses pju-alyze the cardiac muscle. 
Ammonia differs from alcohol in being more evanescent as a 
stimulant, in not affecting the brain nor metabolism, and iu 
not acting as a food. 

Blood. — The normal blood contains ammonia, which is 
supposed to aid in maintaining its fluidity. When a pois- 
onous quantity enters the circulation, ammonia has a 
damaging effect on the red corpuscles ; not only depriving 
them of their oxygen, but incapacitating them from absorbing 
more. Ammonia is thought to prevent coagulation of blood 
within the vessels in conditions favorable to thrombosis. 

Nervous System. — An intravenous injection of a lethal 
dose of ammonia occasions tetanic convulsions in animals, 
owing to stimulation of the reflex and motor functions of the 
cord. Medicinal doses excite the spinal reflex and motor 
centres. "Where ammonia is applied directly to nerve tissue 
it excites in dilute solution, but paralyzes functional activity 
in concentration. The brain is unaffected by the therapeutic 
administration of ammonia. 

Elimination. — Ammonia combines with acid in the 
stomach and is absorbed into the blood. Its fate is unknown. 
Probably it is oxidized in part and escapes as nitric acid, 
possibly to some extent as urea and uric acid. The acidity 
of urine is increased by its elimination. 

Summarij. — Heart and respiratory stimulant and antacid. 
Externally, rubefacient, vesicant, and escharotic. 

Uses. — The indications for ammonia are closely in accord 
with its physiological actions. 

Externally. — It is frequently used in stimulating lini- 



AMMONIUM CARBONATE 147 

ments. One part each of water of ammonia and oil of tur- 
pentine, may be combined to advantage with 4 to 6 parts of 
camphor liniment. Ammonia water is one of the best 
remedies to relieve pain and antagonize the action of insect 
bites, as stings of bees and wasps. It should be applied 
directly to the poisoned part. 

Internally. — Ammonia is indicated when rapid stimula- 
tion of the heart and respiration is desirable. In emer- 
gencies it may be given intravenously (aq. ammon. fort. 1 ; 
water, 4 parts) ; or by inhalation. It is serviceable in the 
treatment of prussic acid and aconite poisoning, syncope, 
collapse and shock following surgical operations ; also in 
snake bites. The spirit of ammonia may be prescribed in 
fevers as a stimulant. Ammonia is inferior to ammonium 
carbimate or the aromatic spirit in the care of colic and 
tympanites. 

Ammonii Carbonas. Ammonium Carbonate. NH^ HCOj 
NH, NH, CO,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Volatile salt, sal volatile siccum, carbonas 
ammonicus, E.; ammonium carbonicum, P. G.; carbonate 
d'ammoniaque, alkali volatil concret, sel volatil d'Angleterre, 
Fr.; fliichtige, laugensalz, reines hirchhornsalz, kohlensaures 
ammonium, G. 

Derivation. — A mixture of ammonium chloride or 
sulphate, and calcium carbonate, is sublimed and resub- 
limed. Ammonium carbonate, so-called, is a mixture of 
ammonium carbonate and bicarbonate. 

4 NH, CI + 2 Ca CO3 = NH, HCO^ .NH.NH, CO, + 2 
CaCL + NH3 + HA 

Properties. — White, hard, translucent, striated masses, 
having a strongly ammoniacal odor without empyreuma, 
and a sharp saline taste. Ou exposure to the air the salt 
loses both ammonia and carbonic dioxide, becoming opaque, 
and is finally converted into friable, porous lumps, or a 
white powder. Soluble in about 5 parts of water. Alcohol 
only dissolves the carbonate (NH^ NH, COJ. 



148 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—B.., 3ii. (8.); C, 3 iii.-^'i. (12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6);D., emetic, gr.xv. (1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Sjnritus Animonice Aromaticus. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Synonym. — Sal volatile, alcoolat ammoniacal aromatique, Fr.; 
aromatischer ammoniakgeist, G. 

Ammonium cai'bonate 34 

Ammonia water 90 

Oil of lemon 10 

Oil of lavender flowers 1 

Oil of nutmeg 1 

Alcohol 700 

Distilled water to make. 1000 

Properties. — A nearly colorless liquid when freshly prepared, but 
gradually acquiring a somewhat darker tint. It has a pungent, ammo- 
niacal odor and taste. Spec, gr.0.905. 

Dose.— B..&C., §i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
3ss.-i. (2.-4.), well diluted. 

The aromatic spirit of ammonia nearly resembles ammo- 
nium carbonate in action, but tLe alcohol and volatile oils 
add to the stimulant qualities of ammonia and ammonium 
carbonate. 

Action Internal. — Ammonium carbonate is decomposed 
by acid in the stomach, but its ultimate fate is unknown. It 
stimulates gastric secretion, vascularity and motion, and 
also excites intestinal peristalsis. It is, therefore, a stom- 
achic and carminative. It is also an antacid, and, in large 
doses, an emetic to dogs. The action of ammonium carbo- 
nate is almost identical with that of ammonia water in 
stimulating the heart and respiration, but it has more power 
in augmenting the bronchial secretions. 

Summary. — Cardiac and respiratory stimulant, expecto- 
rant, stomachic and emetic. 

Administration. — Ammonium carbonate is given in ball, 
or in solution in cold water, to avoid irritating fumes ; also, 
with syrup or gruel. It is often prescribed with other 
stimulants and antispasmodics, as alcohol, capsicum, cam- 
phor and asafcetida. 



AMMONIUM CHLOBIDE 149 

Uses. — The indications for the administration of ammo- 
nium carbonate are much the same as those for ammonia 
preparations. It is a more useful expectorant, however, and 
it and the aromatic spirit are more serviceable in the treat- 
ment of flatulence. For the latter condition in horses with 
colic a ball containing ammonium carbonate 3ii-j and cap- 
sicum 3 i., with sufficient linseed meal and molasses to make 
flie proper bulk and consistency, is often efficient. We may- 
use ammonium carbonate alone in the case of acute or 
chronic bronchitis, or it may be combined with other 
stimulants, or expectorants, as ammonium chloride. In 
electric shock, so common an accident in the larger cities 
from "live" wires, the administration of full doses of 
aromatic spirit diluted with half a pint of water will prove 
a most effective heart stimulant when the animal can. 
swallow. 

Ammonii Chloridum. Ammonium Chloride. NH^ CI. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sal ammoniac, ammonia muriatica or hydro- 
chloratum, chloruretum ammonicum, salammonicum, ammo- 
nise hydrochloras or murias, muriate of ammonia, E.; 
chlorure d'ammonium, sel ammoniae, muriate d'ammoniaque, 
Fr.; salmiak, chlorammonium, G. 

Properlies. — A white, crystalline powder without odor, 
having a cooling, saline taste, and permanent in the air. 
Soluble in three parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol. 
Keaction neutral. 

I)ose.—B.., 3 ii. (8.); C, 3 iii.-vi- (12.-24.); Sh. & Sw., 
gr.xv.-xl. (1-2.6); D., gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6). 

Action Internal. — Sal ammoniac is a feeble heart and 
respiratory stimulant, and is not comparable to the ammonia 
compounds, or ammonium carbonate, in this respect. It is 
eliminated in great part unchanged by the urine, but also 
by the other channels. In its excretion it stimulates the 
mucous membranes, increases their secretions generally. 



150 INOBGANIC AGENTS 

and is thought to improve their nutrition. Hence it has 
been termed an alterative. Ammonium chloride both 
excites the secretion of the bronchial mucous membrane and 
renders it less viscid in inflammatory conditions. It is. 
mildly diarphoretic, diuretic and cholagogne. 

Summary. — Externally refrigerant, internally expector- 
ant, alterative, feebly diarphoretic, diuretic, and chologogue. 

Uses. — Four ounces each of nitre and sal ammoniac may 
be dissolved in two quarts of water as a refrigerant lotion. 
Sal ammoniac is indicated more especially in the second 
stage of acute bronchitis, in chronic bronchitis, and in 
chronic intestinal catarrh with diarrhoea. Ammonium 
chloride may be given to dogs with glycerin and chloroform 
water as a cough mixture. If cough is excessive, codeine or 
morphine sulphate can be added to this prescription with 
advantage. 

Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. Solution of Ammonium Acetate^ 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spirit of Mindererus, spiritus Mindereri^ 
acetas ammonicus liquidus, E.; liquor ammonii acetici, P. G.; 
acetate d'ammoniaque liquide, esprit de Mindererus, Fr.; 
essigsaure ammonium-fliissigkeit, G. 

An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate (NH.CjHgOo) 
containing about 7 per cent, of the salt, together with small 
amounts of acetic acid and carbon dioxide. 

Derivation. — Ammonium carbonate is gradually added 
to cold, dilated acetic acid until the latter is neutralized. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, free from empy- 
reuma, of a mildly saline, acidulous taste, and an acid 
reaction. 

Incompatibles. — Acids and alkalies. 

Dose.—H. & a, 3ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3ii.-^iii. (8.-30.). 

Action. — Spirit of Mindererus stimulates the secretory 
cells of the kidneys and sudoriparous glands. In the 
stomach it exerts a mild, antacid action. 



LITHIUM CAEBONATE 151 

t ' 

Summary. — Externally, refrigerant ; internally, diuretic, 
diaphoretic and antacid. 

Uses. — Liquor ammonii acetatis is an exceedingly feeble 
medicine and is often employed as a vehicle with more pow- 
erful agents of its class, e.g., spiritus eetheris nitrosi. It is 
useful as a febrifuge. 

i^ Tine, aconiti tt^xxIv. 

Sodii bromidi 3 ii. 

Sp'r. eetheris nitrosi 2 ss. 

M. Liquor, ammonii acetatis ad § iv. 

S. Teas, every hour. 

The foregoing prescription is a good palliative combi- 
nation for dogs suffering with fever and restlessness. The 
solution of ammonium acetate is frequently conjoined with 
sweet spirit of nitre and ammonium chloride or potassium 
iodide, in the treatment of acute respiratory diseases of 
horses, e.g., influenza, bronchitis, and pneumonia. It may 
be added to the drinking water without rendering it unpala- 
table. 

Lithium. 

(The Metal is not Used in Afedlcine.) 

LiTHii Caebonas. Lithium Carbonate. Lia C03. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Carbon as lithicus, carbonate of lithia, E.; 
lithium carbonicum, P. G.; carbonate de lithine, cartonate 
lithique, Er.; kohlensaures lithion, G. 

Derivation. — Made by action of lithium chloride on 
acid ammonium carbonate. 

2Li CI + NH, HCO3 = Li,C03 + NH.Cl + HCl. Puri- 
fied by washing with alcohol and drying. 

Properties. — A light, white powder, odorless, and havii'g 
an alkaline taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 
parts of v.'^ater ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction alkaline. 

Dose. — D., gr.iii.-s. (.2-.6). 



152 INOEGANIC AGENTS '^ 

I 

LiTHil CiTRAS. Lithium Citrate. LijCeH^O,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Litliium citricuin, citrate of lithia, E.; citrate 
de litliine, Fr.; citronsaures lithioi], G. 

De7^ivation. — Made by action of citric acid on lithium 
carbonate. 

2H3CeH,0, + 3Li,C03 = 2 Li3C«H,0, + 3 H,0 + 3 CO,. 
Recovered by evaporation and crystallization. 

Properties. — A white powder, odorless, and having a 
cooling, faintly alkaline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to 
air ; soluble in 2 parts of water ; almost insoluble in alcohol 
or ether. Reaction neutral. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

ACTION OF LITHIUM SALTS. 

Lithium salts are said to form soluble compounds with 
uric acid in the blood, and so assist its elimination in the 
urine. As litliium combines more readily with acid sodium 
phosphate in the blood than with uric acid, it is doubtful 
whether it is a very efficient uric acid* solvent in the body. 
The lithium salts alkalize the urine and notably increase its 
secretion. 

Summary. — Lithium salts are diuretics, and uric acid 
solvents in some degree. The carbonate may be given in 
powder or pill ; the citrate in solution. 

Uses. — Lithium compounds are of little value in veteri- 
nary medicine. They are serviceable, however, in the 
treatment of dogs with a very acid urine of high specific 
gravity ; with uric acid calculus, or those affected with 
chronic rheumatism. The salts will not dissolve calculi in 
the body, but prevent their formation. 

Water is extremely useful in such conditions. Lithium 
citrate may be placed in the drinking water. Thirst should 
be encouraged by the administration of salt on the food, and 
high rectal injections may be given to create absorption of 
water by this channel. Lithium salicylate is thought to be 



Uric acid can not exist as such in blood, which is an alkaline fluid. 



PEEPARED CHALK 153 

the better salt for rheumatism. It is probable that treat- 
ment with salicylic acid and lithium citrate would be more 
satisfactory. 



SECTION III. 

Alkaline Earth Metals : Calcium, Barium, Magnesium, 

Aluminum and Cerium. 

Calcium. 

[The Metal Calcium is not Emj^loyed in 3Iedicine.) 

Creta Pk^parata. Prepared Chalk. Ca C03. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Drop chalk, E.; craie preparee, Fr.; priipa- 
rirte kreide, G. 

Derivation. — Made from chalk by levigation, elutriation 
and dessication. 

Properties. — A white, amorphous powder, often moulded 
into conical drops ; odorless and tasteless ; permanent in 
the air. Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Incompatihles. — Sulphates and acids. 

Duse.—B.., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & 
Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.);D.,gr.x.-3i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Pulvis Cretce Compositus. Compound Chalk Powder, (U. S. P.) 
Chalk, 30; acacia, 20; sugar, 50. 
Dose.— D., gr.x.- 3 i, (.6-4.), 

Mistura Cretce. Chalk Mixture. (U. S. P.) 
Compound chalk powder, 200; cinnamon water, 400; water to make 
1000. 

Dose.— D., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.), 

Trochisci Cretce. Troches of Chalk, (U, S. P,) 
Contain ,25gm., or gr.iv., each. 
Dose. — D., same as prepared chalk. 



154 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

Calcii Carbonas Pr^cipitatus. Precipitated Calcium Car- 
bonate. CaCO,. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym, — Calcis carbonas prsecipitata, B. P.; pre- 
cipitated carbonate of lime, creta prfecipitata, carbonas cal- 
cicus prsecipitatus, E.; calcaria carbonica prgecipitata, P. G.; 
carbonate de cliaux precipitc, craie precij)itee, Fr.; prse- 
cipitirten kolilensanren kalk, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained by precipitation of calcium chlo- 
ride with sodium carbonate. 

CaCI, +Na, CO3 = CaC03 + 2 NaCI. Dry the precipi- 
tate. 

• Properties. — A fine, white powder, without odor or taste, 
and permanent in the air. Nearly insoluble in water; insol- 
uble in alcohol. The solubility is inci'eased by presence of 
carbon dioxide. Permanent in air. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & 
Sw., ^ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-3i. (.6-4.). 

Calcium Carbonate. 

Action External. — Dessicant and slightly astringent 
powder ; also protective. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Calcium carbonate 
is the slowest acting antacid, because of its comparative 
insolubility, and is of value when it can exert its long- 
continued influence throughout the digestive tract. It 
resembles bismuth in mechanically coating or protecting 
inflamed or irritable siirfaces. It is not so astringent nor 
antiseptic as the bismuth salts, and these are generally 
preferable to chalk for the smaller animals. It is excreted 
unchanged in the faeces. 

Adininisf ration. — Calcium carbonate may be given to 
dogs, in troches, pills or powder ; to other animals in powder, 
balls or electuary. Chalk is commonly prescribed suspended 
in flour grnel, milk or mucilage to the larger animals. The 
ofl&cial preparations are suitable for dogs. 

Uses. — Chalk forms a dusting powder for moist eczema, 



^ LIME 155 

slight burns and intertrigo. Zinc oxide and starch (1 to 4) is, 
however, a better preparation. Chalk is the most useful 
antacid for diarrhoea accompanied by fermentation of the 
intestinal contents, while its local astringent and protecting 
influence assist in overcoming the trouble. It is especially 
good for foals and calves given in flour gruel, and often 
combined with catechu, ginger and opium. The following 
prescription is appropriate for dogs with diarrhoea : 

Tine, kino, tine, catechu co. and tine, opii camphor, aa 
3ss.; mistura cretse to make 3 iv. S. Teaspoonful every 
three hours. A serviceable ball for horses with diarrhoea 
contains: Creolin, chalk and ginger, aa 3SS.; powdered 
opium, 3 i. 

Calx. Lime. CaO. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Burned lime, quicklime, calcaria, calx viva, 
calx usta, oxydum calcicum, E.; calcaria usta, P. G.; chaux, 
chaux vive, Fr. ; kalk, gebrannter kalk, G. 

Derivation. — Prepared by burning white marble, oyster 
shells, or the purest varieties of natural calcium carbonate, 
to expel carbon dioxide. 

Properties. — Hard, white, or grayish-white masses, which 
in contact with air gradually attract moisture and carbon 
dioxide and fall to a white powder ; odorless ; of a sharp, 
caustic taste. Reaction intensely alkaline. Soluble in 
about 750 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Liquor Calcis. Solution of Lime. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A saturated, aqueous solution of calcium hydrate. 

Synonym. — Lime water, solution of calcium hydrate, aqua calca- 
riee ustte, aqua calcis, calcaria soluta, oxydum calcicum, aqua solutum, 
E. ; aqua calcariaj, P. G. ; eau (liquor) de chaux, Fr. ; kalkwasser, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve lime in water. The percentage of calcium 
hydrate [Ca (0H)2] varies with the temperature, being somewhat over 
0.17 percent, at 15° C. (59° F.), and diminishing as the temperature rises. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid without odor, and having a 
saline and feebly caustic ^aste. It absorbs carbon dioxide from the air, 
so that a pellicle of calcium carbonate forms on the surface of the liquid. 
Keaction strongly alkaline. 



156 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—n. &C., liv.-vi. (120.-180.); Calves, 1 ii. (60.); D., 3 i.-viii. 
(4.-30.). 

Syrupus Calcis. Syrup of Lime. (U. S. P.) 

Lime, 65; sugar, 400; water to make 1000. 

Dose. — Calves and dogs, 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). Well diluted with water or 
milk. 

Linimentum Calcis. Lime Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Carron oil. 

Solution of lime and linseed oil, of each one volume. 
Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.). 

ACTION OF LIME AND SOLUTION OF LIME. 

External. — Lime is caustic, but less so than potassium 
or sodium hydrate. It is an irritant. The dust of quicklime 
will cause conjunctivitis. If iulialed, it will cause inflamma- 
tion of the air passages ; if swallowed, irritation of the diges- 
tive tract. The hydrate is a caustic also, but is not so active 
as lime. Solution of lime is a sedative and astringent. 

Internal. — Neither lime nor slaked lime (calcium hydrate) 
are used internally, except in the official preparations. 
Solution of lime acts as a sedative, antacid, and astringent 
in the stomach. It dissolves mucous secretions. Lime 
water is also a mild astringent in the bowels. 

Uses. — Lime is employed outside of the body to destroy 
putrefying organic matter by combining with water and 
forming slaked lime, which absorbs many of the products 
of decomposition. Whitewash, a mixture of slaked lime 
and water, is not a disinfectant, although it covers sources 
of infection. It may be made so by combination with 
'sufficient crude carbolic acid to make a 2 per cent, solution. 
Linimentum calcis is one of the most satisfactory applica- 
tions for superficial burns. Old clean cotton or linen cloths 
are soaked in it and spread over the burned surface of 
the body. This preparation has been facetiously called 
" carrion " instead of carron oil, because it is not germicidal. 
Antiseptic applications are of course desirable in burns 
giving rise to a raw surface, and the addition of two per 



PRECIPITATED CALCIUM PHOSPHATE 157 

cent, of carbolic acid will not only render tlie preparation 
antiseptic, but more or less ansesthetic as well. When the 
burn is extensive, boric acid with vaseline (1 to 8) will be 
safer. Orthoform (see p. 253) is the most comfortable 
application which can be made on burns, but is expensive. 
A mixture of slaked lime and charcoal, equal parts, makes a 
useful stimulant, absorbent, dessicant, and antiseptic 
dressing powder for wounds and ulcers in horses. Lime 
water is serviceable in relieving itching in skin diseases, 
and dries up moist surfaces through its astringent proper- 
ties. With carbolic acid (1 to 50) lime water is most efficient 
in allaying pruritus. Lime water is inimical to apthous 
ulcerations and may be employed to swab out the mouth in 
this disease. Enemata of lime water destroy pin worms. 
Solution of lime is one of the best remedies in the treatment 
of vomiting in dogs. It is a direct sedative to the stomach, 
and, mixed with milk, equal volumes, prevents the rapid 
coagulation of the casein, lessens the formation of large, 
tough curds in the stomach, and assists the retention and 
digestion of milk. Syrup of lime is twenty-four times 
stronger in calcium hydrate than lime water, and is more 
astringent. It may be given to foals and calves suffering 
from indigestion and diarrhoea. It should be administered 
in a considerable quantity of milk. 

Lime water may be given as an antidote in poisoning by 
acids. Carron oil is a good, mild laxative and antacid for 
horses with "heaves." It is given on the food. Furthermore, 
it is an excellent purgative for foals and calves in the treat- 
ment of diarrhoea and indigestion. 

Calcii Phosphas Pr^cipitatus. Precipitated Calcium Phos- 
phate. Ca3(P0,),,. (U.S. P.) 
Synonym. — Calcis phosphas praecipitata, B. P.; precipi- 
tated phosphate of lime, phosphas calcicus prsecipitatus, E.; 
calcaria phosphorica, P. G.; phosphate de chaux hydrate, 
Fr.; phosphorsaure kalkerde, G. 



158 INORGANIC AGENTS ^_ 

Derivation. — Obtained from bone ash (impure calcium 
phosphate) by solution in hydrochloric acid and purified by 
precipitation with ammonia water and by washing with water. 

Properties. — A light, white, amorphous powder; odor- 
less and tasteless and permanent in the air. Almost insol- 
uble in cold water ; insoluble in alcohol ; easily soluble in 
hydrochloric or nitric acids. 

Dose.— H.,3ii.-iv, (8.-15.); C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. Syrup of Calcium Lacto- 
phosphate. (U. S. P.) 

Precipitated calcium carbonate 25 

Lactic acid 60 

Phosphoric acid 36 

Orange flower water '• 25 

Sugar 700 

Water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., 3 i.-iv. 
(4.-15.). 

Calcium Phosphate. 

Action and Uses. — Lime phosphate is a constituent of 
bone to the extent of 50 per cent, and of the soft tissue in 
less amount. It is, therefore, essential to the body as a 
tissue builder, and is a food rather than a medicine. 
Disease of bones (rickets) can be artificially produced by 
withholding calcium phosphate from the food. Other bone 
diseases (fragilitas ossium and caries) occur naturally in 
animals receiving an insufficient diet. These same diseases 
disappear on treatment with calcium phosphate. The value 
of the salt in these disorders, therefore, appears to be 
conclusive. Moreover, in wasting affections phosphates are 
eliminated in considerable amount by the urine. A reason- 
able deduction would lead us to use phosphates in such 
conditions. The diseases most appropriately treated with 
calcium phosphate, according to the foregoing, are rickets, 
osteomalacia, delayed union in fractures ; also anaemia. 



CALCIUM CHLORIDE 159 

malnutrition, and weakness in young animals. Here the 
<lrug should be given with iron. 

Administration. — Precipitated calcium phosphate may 
be given on the food, but is more readily absorbed if it is 
administered in the syrup of calcium lactophosphate. 

Calcii Chloride. Calcium Chloride. CaCL 

Derivation. — Neutralize hydrochloric acid with calcium 
carbonate and evaporate : 2 H CI + CaCOj = CaCl^ + CO, 
+ HoO. Fusion at the lowest possible temperature renders 
the salt anhydrous. 

Properties. — White, translucent, hard fragments ; odor- 
less ; having a sharp, saline taste, and very deliquescent. 
Soluble in 1.5 part of water, in 8 parts of alcohol. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.5-20 (.3-1.3). 

Actions and Uses. — Calcium chloride has been used of 
late extensively both to prevent and arrest hemorrhage. 
Outside of the body, calcium chloride causes blood to 
coagulate more quickly and firmly than usual, and the same 
kind of action appears to obtain — i.e., rendering blood more 
coaguable — when the salt is given internally. Calcium 
chloride is an efficient hemostatic in hematemesis, hemo- 
ptysis, purpura hemorrhagica and in all conditions giving 
rise to hemorrhage. When administered by the mouth 
several days before surgical operations in maximum doses 
it may lessen hemorrhage in cases likely to be attended by 
much bleeding. Two per cent, solutions of gelatin in normal 
salt solution have been given by the mouth, rectum and 
subcutaneously for the same purposes, and it is thought 
that the gelatin owes its power in arresting hemorrhage to 
the calcium (0.6 per cent.) contained in it. Unless gelatin 
is sterilized fractionally for half an hour on three to five 
successive days, tetanus may ensue when it is injected under 
the skin, and numerous cases have been reported following 
such use in human surgery. The simplest manner of 
employing gelatin to arrest hemorrhage internally is by 



160 INORGANIC AGENTS 

injections per rectum ; I3 ounces for small animals and 10 
ounces to a pint for larger animals of the following aqueous 
solution, given at body temperature after the bowel has 
received a cleansing enema of boiled wuter. The solution 
is made of gelatin to the amount of 6 per cent, and calcium 
chloride to the amount of 1 per cent., to which a little 
laudanum may be added to prevent expulsion. It should 
be repeated every five hours as long as there is danger of 
hemorrhage. Recent experiments by H. C. Wood, Jr., 
appear to show that gelatin may be given ad libitum by the 
mouth and retain its hemostatic action; therefore gelatin 
should be given freely in this way as well. Aqueous solu- 
tions of gelatin 10 per cent, with calcium chloride 1 per cent., 
have been used locally to arrest bleeding in wounds and 
cavities of the body, but considering the danger of tetanus 
and the fact that adrenalin chloride is a better local hemo- 
static, such a use of gelatin is inadvisable. 

Calx Chlorata. (See Chlorine, p. 237.) 

Barium. 

[Bar'mm is not used in the metallic state.) 

Baeii Chloridum. Barium Chloride. BaCl,. (Non-official.) 

Derivation. — Native barium sulphate is fused with 
charcoal. The resulting sulphide is treated with hydro- 
chloric acid. BaSO, + 2C = BaS + 2 CO,. BaS + 2 HCl 
= BaCl + H,S. 

Properties. — Occurs in colorless, glistening rhombic 
plates ; taste bitter and disagreable ; permanent in dry air ; 
soluble in 2.5 parts of cold water ; reaction neutral. 

Dose. — H., 3 i--ii- (4.-8.); intratracheally, gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.). 

Action Internal. — Barium chloride is an intense irritant 
if swallowed in considerable amount and in insufficient 
dilution. Large medicinal doses stimulate the muscular 
coat of the bowels and cause increased peristalsis and 



BARIUM 161 

purging. Evacuations from the bowels follow in horses 
one-half to one hour after the salt is given in drench ; in one 
to two hours after administration to these animals in ball ; 
in a few minutes after intravenous injection. Subcutaneous 
application will occasion abscess. The drug resembles 
physostigmine in its action on the intestines. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Barium chloride makes the 
ventricular contractions of the heart stronger and slower. 
The salt acts entirely on the heart muscle and does not 
influence the vagi. Lethal doses are followed by slower and 
slower ventricular contractions, succeeded by peristalsis of 
the cardiac muscle, and, finally, by stoppage of the heart in 
systole. 

Barium chloride also directly excites the muscular walls 
of the capillaries, and, like physostigmine, increases vascular 
tension in small doses. 

Muscles. — Barium chloride stimulates muscular con- 
traction when it is applied locally. The potassium salts 
antagonize the action of barium chloride on the circulation 
and muscles. 

Summary. — Circulatory stimulant, and purgative in. 
large medicinal doses. 

Uses. — Barium chloride is a new remedy in veterinary- 
medicine. Many practitioners are afraid to use barium 
chloride, but repeated use of the drug has convinced us that, 
it is absolutely safe when given in the dose of 1 gram or 15 
grains intravenously, or 8 to 15 grams (2 to 4 drachms) by 
the mouth in solution for the horse. The intravenous dose 
of 1 gram, or the dose per orem of 8 grams, may be repeated 
with safety in one hour if necessary. Barium chloride is of 
the greatest value in colic and obstinate constipation of 
horses. It may for the time cause some increase of pain,^ 
but not nearly as much as follows the use of eserine or 
arecoline, and it quickly passes off when the bowels are 
moved. Great care should be exercised to avoid introduc- 
tion of the barium solution into the connective tissue while 
injecting it into the vein. The needle of the hypodermic 



162 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



syringe should be introduced into the jugular about midway 
of the neck, and, after some drops of blood have exuded 
from the vein, the syringe is attached and slowly emptied, 
when the plunger is withdrawn until some blood enters the 
syringe. Then the needle may be removed with safety. 
It is rarely necessary to repeat the dose of barium chloride, 
and small doses of fluid extract of cannabis indica may be 
given to lessen colic while barium is acting, when it is given 
by the mouth. 

Extensive experiments of Muir* with barium chloride 
lead him to conclude that the salt may be administered 
intravenously in the amount of 1.0 to 2.0 gm. (15 to 30 gr.) 
in 1 to 2 drachms of sterile water ; that 2 gm. is a safe dose 
by the intrajugular method for a horse of ordinary weight 
and fair condition ; that the drug acts promptly when given 
in this way, catharsis being produced within one to nine 
minutes, and that even volvulus may be relieved ; that there 
are no unpleasant symptoms following the smaller dose 
(1 gm.), and that even after the 2 gm. dose there are only 
slight signs of pain and sweating ; that while the passages 
from the bowels are few in number the total amount of 
feces is large ; finally, that the drug has the advantage of 
being cheap. 

That the toxic line is closely approached in giving 
barium chloride in the dose of 2 gm. intravenously, is shown 
by experiment 31,* in which a gelding weighing 900 pounds 
received two 2 gm. doses intrajugularly about 2f hours 
apart, when death occurred from heart failure in nine 
minutes after the second dose. 



* Jour, of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb, 1899. 



MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 163 

) Magnesium. 

(The metal is not used in medicine.) 

Magnesii Sulphas. Magnesium Sulphate. MgSO^ + 7 H„0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Epsom salt, sal amarum, sal Epsomense, sal 
anglicum, sulfas magnesicus, etc., E.; magnesia sulfurica, 
P. G.; sulfate cle magnesie, sel d'Epsom, sel cle sedlitz, sel ^ 
amer, Fr.; bittersalz, scliwefelsanre magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — It is obtained from native dolomite, a 
double carbonate of magnesium and calcium, or magnesite 
(MgC03). MgC03 + H,SO, = MgSO, + H,0 + CO, 

Properties. — Small, colorless, rhombic prisms, or acicular 
crystals, without odor, and having a cooling, saline and 
bitter taste ; slowly efflorescent in dry air ; soluble in 1.5 
parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol ; reaction neutral. 

Incompatihies. — Lime water, alkaline carbonates, phos- 
phoric acid, phosphates, silver nitrate and lead acetate. 

Dose.—'H.., laxative, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); C, purgative, 
ft)i.-ii. (500.-1,000.); laxative, siii.-iv. (90.-120.); Calves, 
§ii.-iii. (60.-90.); Sh., 3 iv.-vi. (120.-180.); D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Action Infernal. — Epsom salt is the best purgative for 
general purposes in the treatment of cattle and sheep. Its 
mode of action is similar to that described under sodium 
sulphate. Briefly, magnesium sulphate causes purgation by 
increasing intestinal secretion, retarding absorption of fluid 
from the bowels, and probably by stimulating peristalis. 
The salt moves the bowels, in the case of the larger animals, 
usually within twelve or fifteen hours. It is indirectly a 
cholagogue, by sweeping bile out of the intestines. , 

Epsom salt is absorbed to some extent, and is eliminated 
by the kidneys and sweat glands, increasing the secretions 
of these organs, especially when the dose is small. 

Summary. — Hydragogue and cholagogue cathartic. 
-Feeble diuretic and diaphoretic. 

Uses. — For uses the reader is referred to Sodium Sul- 
phate (p. 136), as they are almost identical, although tha 
latter salt is usually preferable in veterinary medicine. 



164 INORGANIC A&ENTS ^ 

Magnesii Carbonas. Magnesium Carbonate. 
(MgCo3X. Mg(OH), + 5 H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Magnesii carbonas ponderosa vellevis, B. P.; 
magnesia alba, magnesia liydrico-carbonica, carbonas mag- 
nesicus, carbonate of magnesia, E.; magnesia carbonica, P. G.; 
carbonate de magnesie, magnesie blanclie, Fr.; weisse 
magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — Mix concentrated, boiling, aqueous solu- 
tions of magnesium sulphate and sodium carbonate, and 
evaporate. 

5 MgSO, + 5 Na, CO3 + H,0 = (MgC03), Mg(OH), 
+ 5 NAoSO^ + COo. Purified by digestion with water, 
filtration and drying. 

Properties. — Slight, white, friable masses (heavy mag- 
nesium), or a light, white powder (light magnesium), without 
odor, and having a slightly earthy taste; permanent in the 
air ; almost insoluble in water, to which, however, it imparts 
a slightly alkaline reaction ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i--ii- (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v=- 3 i- 
(.3-4). 

Magnesia. Magnesia. MgO. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Magnesia levis, light magnesia, B.P.; calcined 
magnesia, magnesia calcinata, E.; magnesia usta, P. G.; 
magnesie, magnesie calcinee, Fr.; gebrannte magnesia, G. 

Derivation. — Heat magnesium carbonate. 4 (MgCOg). 
Mg(OH), -f 5 H,0 = 5 MgO + 6 H,0 + 4 CO,. Water 
and carbon dioxide are driven off and magnesia (MgO) is left. 

Properties. — A white, very light, very fine powder, with- 
out odor, and having au earthy, but not a saline taste. On 
exposure to the air it absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide ; 
almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i.-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-3i. 
(.3-4). 



HEAVY MAGNESIA / 165 



Hagnesia Pondekosa. Heavy Magnesia. MgO. (U. S. P.) ' 

Derivation. — Made from light magnesia by trituration 
witli alcohol, drying and pulverizing. 

Properties. — A white, dense, very fine powder. Only 
differs in tests from light magnesia in that it does not readily 
unite with water to form a gelatinous hydrate. 

Dose. — Foals and calves, 3 i--ii- (4:--8.); D., gi'.v.- 3 i. 
(.3-4). 

ACTION OF MAGNESIUM CARBONATES AND OXIDES. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — These salts are antacid 
and neutralize abnormal acidity, due to fermentation, 
when exhibited after a meal. The carbonate also exerts 
a sedative action in liberating carbon dioxide in tha 
stomach, and both the carbonate and oxide unite with the 
gastric juice to form chlorides, lactates and bicarbonates. 
These compounds are mild, saline purgatives. 

Blood and Urine. — The oxide and carbonate of magne- 
sium alkalize the blood and urine, and are slight diuretics. 
They resemble potassium and sodium bicarbonates, as 
antacids, but are milder because feebly absorbed. 

Uses. — Phillip's milk of magnesia is a good laxative and 
antacid preparation for puppies. One or more teaspoonfuls 
may be added to milk, which will be taken voluntarily. 
Magnesia is a useful remedy for foals and calves affected 
with intestinal indigestion, tympanites and acid diarrhoea. 
It may be given to advantage in powder : magnesia and 
rhubarb, 2 drachms each ; with ginger, one drachm. This 
dose should be administered in milk or flour gruel. Magnesia 
may give rise to intestinal concretions if its use is persisted 
in for a considerable period. 

Magnesium carbonate and oxide are antidotes to mineral 
acids, oxalic acid, salts of mercury, arsenic and copper, and 
alkaloids, by alkalizing the gastric contents and rendering 
these bodies insoluble. Arsenic antidote is kept on hand 
at drug stores and is made by adding solution of ferric 



166 INORGANIC AGENTS 

sulphate to an aqueous mixture of magnesia (see ferri 
oxidum hydratum cum magnesia, p. 196). _ 

Aluminum. 

(The metal is not iised as medicine.) 

Alumen. Alum. A1,K, (SO,), + 24 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassium alum, aluminum and potassium 
sulphate, sulphate of aluminium and potassium, E.; alun, 
sulphate d'alumine et de potasse, Fr.; alauD, kalialaun, G. 

Derivation. — From alum slate, clay, shale or schist, a 
native mixture of aluminium silicate and iron sulphide. 
This is roasted and exposed to the air, when the sulphur is 
oxidized into sulphuric acid and combines in part with 
aluminium and iron to form sulphates. The mass is 
lixiviated with water, and aluminum and iron sulphates 
together with sulphuric acid are recovered in solution. The 
solution is concentrated and to it is added potassium 
chloride. The double sulphate of potassium aiid aluminum 
(alum) is formed, which crystallizes out on cooling, while 
potassium sulphate and ferric chloride remain as bye- 
products. Alum is purified by recrystallization. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, octohedral crystals, some- 
times modified by cubes, or in crystalline fragments ; without 
odor, but having a sweetish and strongly astringent taste. 
On exposure to the air the crystals are liable to absorb 
ammonia and acquire a whitish coating. Soluble in 9 parts 
of water. It is also soluble in warm glycerin ; insoluble in 
alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Incompatibles. — Iron, lead and mercury salts, alkalies, 
lime, tartrates and tannic acid. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.- 3 i^ 
(i.3-4.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); emetic, D., 3i. (4.). 



DRIED ALUM ' 167 

Alumen Exsiccatum. Dried Alum. Al^K, (SOJ^. 
(U.S.&B.R) 

Synonym. —Almnen ustum, burnt alum, E.; alum calcine 
(desseche brule), Fr,; gebrannter alaun, G. 

Derivation. — Heat 100 Gm. of alum moderately until 
aqueous vapor ceases to be disengaged, and the product is 
reduced to 55 Gm. 

Alumini Hydras. Aluminum Hydrate. Al2(OH)6. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Aluminum hydroxide, hydrated alumina, E.; 
alumine, Fr.; thonerdehydrat, reine thonerde, G. 

Derivation. — Alum, 100 Gm.; sodium carbonate, 100 Gm.; 
water, a sufficient quantity. Mix hot, boiling solutions of 
alum and sodium carbonate. Precipitate strained, washed, 
and dried. 

Properties. — A white, light, amorphous powder ; odorless 

and tasteless ; permanent in dry air ; insoluble in water or 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as alum. 

Alumini Sulphas. Aluminum Sulphate. Al2(SOj3+16H„0. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Sulphate of aluminum, E/fsuTphafe d'alum- 
ine, Fr.; schwefelsaure thonerde, G. 

Derivation. — Aluminum hydroxide [Al (0H)3] is dis- 
solved in diluted sulphuric acid, and the solution is filtered 
and evaporated to dryness. 

Properties. — A white, crystalline powder, without odor, 
having a sweetish and afterwards astringent taste ; perma- 
nent in the air ; soluble in 1.2 parts of water ; insoluble in 
alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Dose. — Same as alum. 



168 inorganic agents ' 

Aluminum Salts. 

Action External. — Dried alum is a superficial caustic, in 
contact with raw surfaces, on account of its affinity for 
water. It is only used externally. Alum lias no action on 
unbroken skin, but applied to mucous membranes or 
denuded parts it is antiseptic and astringent ; coagulates 
albumin of discharges ; combines witli albumin of tlie 
tissues, which it coagulates ; squeezes blood out of the 
vessels ; reduces inflammation and makes the part whiter, 
tougher and denser. Alum is an haemostatic, stopping 
bleeding by compression of the structures surrounding the 
vessels, and by causing blood to clot. Alum coagulates 
casein and gelatin in the presence of an alkali. 

Action Internal. — Stomach and Intestines. — Enormous 
doses of alum produce gastro-enteritis, while large doses 
cause vomiting in carnivora. All the secretions are dimin- 
ished in the alimentary canal, and constipation ensues, 
unless the dose is excessive. Traces of alum are said to 
appear in the urine, but since the salt coagulates albumin, 
absorption cannot occur to any extent. Alum does not, 
therefore, occasion any astringent action in the body outside 
of the digestive tract, and is excreted by the bowels. 

Uses External. — Alum is employed mainly for local 
surgical purposes. In arresting slight hemorrhages it may 
be applied in saturated solution on absorbent cotton 
pledgets, or in the form of burnt alum dusted upon the 
bleeding surface. Epistaxis may be controlled by the 
injection of a strong solution into the nostrils, or by insuffla- 
tion of burnt alum. Alum is sometimes used on granulating 
surfaces of indolent ulcers, or wounds, as a slight caustic, 
stimulant and antiseptic. It can be employed alone, or as 
a dusting powder, containing : alum, 1 part ; charcoal, 4 
parts; and salicylic acid, 2 parts. Alnmen exsiccatum will 
often prevent the escape of synovia from small punctured 
wounds when applied to their apertures. Solutions 
(gr.iii.-v. to 3 i.) are occasionally instilled into the eye in 
conjunctivitis, but alum is not generally so satisfactory aa 



ALUM 169 

"boric acid, zinc sulphate, or silver nitrate, in this disease. 
Alum crystals may be applied with profit to granular lids. 
Alum is used more frequently in the treatment of stomatitis, 
or apthous sore mouth. It is also beneficial in ptyalism. A 
5 per cent, solution may be utilized to touch the inflamed 
oral parts by means of a swab. A spray of the same strength 
is serviceable for the cure of laryngitis and bronchitis in 
dogs. 

A 2 per cent, solution is appropriate as an injection for 
otorrhoea, or canker of the ear, attacking dogs. A similar 
solution will relieve leucorrhoea, pruritus vulvae, and pro- 
lapsus ani. The following combination, containing dried 
alum, forms an excellent preparation for application to dead 
tissue. It causes sloughing of the necrotic mass and is 
indicated when the use of the knife is inadmissible. 

Alumenis exsiccati 25.0 

Acidi arsenosi 15.0 

Acidi carbolici 10.0 

Cerati 25.0 

M. et fiat unguentum. 

Uses Internal. — Alum is a prompt, safe and non-depress- 
ing emetic for dogs. It is suitable in poisoning, or when 
the secretions are excessive in laryngitis or bronchitis. 
Teaspoonful doses should be given in solution in syrup 
every 15 minutes in these latter diseases, until vomiting 
occurs. Aluminum hydrate is an antacid and astringent. 
It combines with acid in the stomach (antacid) and goes 
into a soluble form when it acts as an astringent in the 
bowels. It is, therefore, more applicable for internal use in 
the treatment of diarrhoea and dysentery. Other astring- 
ents, such as tannic acid in some form, lead acetate, or copper 
sulphate, are, however, usually more valuable in diarrhoeal 
disorders. Aluminum sulphate may be used interchange- 
ably with alum, externally or internally. 



170 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Cerium. 

(Cerium is not employed medicinally.) 

Cerii Oxalas. Cerium Oxalate. Ce^ (C^OJa + 9 H^O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cerous oxalate. 

Derivation. — Precipitate a solution of ammonium oxalate 
•with a soluble salt of cerium. 

Properties, — A white, granular powder, without odor or 
taste, and permanent in the air ; insoluble in water, alcohol 
or ether. 

Dose.—B., gr.iii.'V. (.18-.3). 

Action and Uses. — The physiological details concerning 
the action of cerium are unknown. It is useful in relieving 
vomiting of a reflex or nervous character, and is often com- 
bined with bismuth salts. Cerium oxalate is soluble in the 
gastric juice. 



SECTION IV. 

Plumbum, Argentum, Zincum, Cuprum and Bismuthum. 

Plumbum. 

{Lead is not used in the metallic state in veterinary medicine^ 
except as a last resort.) 

Plumbi Oxidum. Lead Oxide. PbO. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

Synonym. — Litharge, E.; lithargyrum, P. G.; bleiglatte, G-, 
Derivation. — Made by roasting lead in the air. 
Properties.— A. heavy, yellowish or reddish-yellow pow- 
der, or minute scales, without odor or taste. On exposure 
to the air it slowly absorbs moisture and carbon dioxide. 
Almost insoluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. Reaction 
faintly alkaline. Lead oxide is only valuable for its prepa- 
rations. 



LEAD ACETATE 171 

PREPARATION. 

Emplastrum Plumbi. Lead Plaster. (U. S. & B. P.) 
(Diachylon Plaster.) 
Lead oxide, 32; olive oil, 60; water, a sufficient quantity. Basis of 
other preparations. 

Plumbi Acetas. Lead Acetate. Pb (C^HaOj)^ + 3 H,0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sugar of lead, E.; sel (sucre) de saturne, Fr.; 
essigsanres bleioxyd, bleizucker, G. 

Derivation. — Heat lead oxide in acetic acid and water. 

PbO + 2 HC,H30, + 2 H,0 = Pb(C,H30,), + 3H,0. 
Lead acetate crystallizes on cooling. 

Propey^ties. — Colorless, shining, transparent, monoclinic 
prisms or plates, or heavy, white crystalline masses, or 
granular crystals, having a faintly acetous odor and a 
sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic, taste. Efflorescent 
and absorbing carbon dioxide on exposure to the air. 
Soluble in 2.3 parts of water and in 21 parts of alcohol. 
B-eaction slightly acid. 

Incomjxitibles. — Hard water, alkalies, mineral acids and 
salts, potassium iodide, opium, vegetable astringents and 
albuminous liquids. 

Bose.—'E. & a, 3 i. (4.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3); D., 
gr,i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Made from lead acetate in which lead exists as the subacetate, 

PbaO (CaHsOa)^. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Solution of Lead Subacetate. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Goulard's extract, acetuni plumbicum, acetum Satumi, 

plumbum hydrico-aceticum solutum, subacetas plumbicus liquidus, E. ; 

liquor plumbici subacetici, P. G. ; sous-acetate de plomb liquide, extract 

de Goulard de vinaigre, plomb, Fr. ; bleiessig, G. 

Composition. — An aqueous liquid, containing in solution about 25 
per cent, of lead subacetate (approximately), PbaO (C2H302)2. 

Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus. Diluted Solution of Lead Subacetate. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym.— Lead Water. Lead Subacetate, 3; water to make 100. 



172 INORGANIC AGENTS ^ 

— "I 

Ceratum Plutnbi Subacetatis. Cerate of Lead Subacetate. (U. S. P.)' 
Solution of lead subacetate, 20; camphor cerate, 80. 

Plumbi Carbonas. Lead Carbonate. (PbC03)2 Pb(0H)2» 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — White lead, E.; ceruse, Fr.; bleiweiss, G. 

Derivation. — Expose lead to the action of acetic acid 
vapor and air with carbonic dioxide. 

4 Pb + 2 HC„H30, + 2 O, + 2 CO, = (PbCo3), Pb 
(OH), + Pb(C,H3d,),. 

Frojjerties. — A heavy, white, opaque powder, or a pul- 
verulent mass, without odor or taste. Permanent in air. 
Insoluble in water or alcohol. Used only externally. 

Plumbi Nitras. Lead Nitrate. Pb (NO3),. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Salpetersaures bleioxyd, bleisalpeter, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve lead in nitric acid. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral crystals, 
or white, nearly opaque crystals ; without odor, and having 
a sweetish, astringent, and afterwards metallic taste ; 
permanent in the air ; reaction acid ; soluble in 2 parts of 
water ; almost insoluble in alcohol. Only used externally 
in 1 per cent, solution as an astringent and deodorant in 
gangrenous surfaces, etc. 

Plumbi Iodidum. Lead Iodide. Pb lo. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation — Treat solution of lead nitrate with that of 
potassium iodide. 

Pb (NO3), + 2 KI = PbL + 2 KNO3. Dry the pre- 
cipitate. 

Properties. — A heavy, bright yellow powder, without 
odor or taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in about 2,000 
parts of water ; very slightly soluble in alcohol ; used only 
externally. 



ACTION OF LEAD SALTS 173 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Plumbi fodidi. Ointment of Lead Iodide. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Lead iodide, 10; oenzoinated lard, 90. Employed externally to 
absorb glandular swellings, 

ACTION OF LEAD SALTS. 

External. — Lead salts act like other astringents in con- 
tracting tissues and vessels, and in coagulating albumin of 
exudations, but unlike other astringents, they are sedatives 
and not irritants locally. 

Internal. — Soluble salts of lead in concentrated solution 
— and at times insoluble salts— cause gastro-enteritis in 
large doses. Lead salts are absorbed in medicinal doses 
whether taken in a soluble or insoluble state. The chemical 
form of the lead compound at the time of absorption is 
unknown. Lead is deposited in the tissues and very slowly 
eliminated in the urine and intestinal mucus. Lead salts 
have a marked astringent action on the entire digestive 
canal and diminish secretions accordingly. It is doubtful 
whether lead salts remotely contract blood vessels after 
absorption. There are other agents — notably ergot — which 
possess much greater power for this purpose. 

Toxicology. — Poisoning not infrequently occurs in animals 
at pasture, from eating paint, sheet lead, or products of lead 
works. The drinking water may be contaminated with lead, 
especially from new pipes, or lead receptacles in which 
water has been standing. Hard water is not affected by lead 
pipes, since an insoluble crust of lead phosphate and sulph- 
ate is deposited upon the interior of the pipes. There is an 
acute and chronic form of poisoning. The first is caused by 
single large doses of soluble lead salts, and is characterized 
by gastro-enteritis and colic ; sometimes convulsions, coma, 
paralysis and death. The fieces are colored black with lead 
sulphide ; the vomitus is white from lead chloride. Three 
groups of symptoms may be briefly tabulated, which occur 
to a greater or less degree in chronic lead poisoning : 



174 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



Lead line on gums. 
Colic. 

Constipation. 
Anorexia. 



DIGESTIVE SYMPTOMS. 

Thirst. 

Abdomen retracted, or "tucked 
up." 



NERVOUS SYMPTOMS. 

Paralysis of tendons — extensors — General paralysis. 



of extremities. 
Animals stand on knees before. 
Animals stand on toes behind. 
Convulsions. 



Wasting of muscles. 
Coma. 
Delirium. 
Amaurosis . 



GENERAL SYMPTOMS. 

CEdema. 

General debility. 
Interstitial nephritis. 



Dyspnoea. 

Pulse accelerated. 

Emaciation. 

Anaemia. 

Animals die in chronic poisoning from paralysis of the 
respiratory muscles, or in convulsions. The lead line on the 
margin of the gums, at their junction with the teeth, is due 
to sulphuretted hydrogen in the mouth, acting upon the 
lead deposited in the gums, and forming lead sulphide. 
The treatment consists in removing the cause, relieving the 
symptoms and in hastening elimination. Potassium iodide 
eliminates lead in a soluble form into the bowels and 
kidneys. Magnesium sulphate converts lead into an insolu- 
ble sulphate in the intestines and then sweeps out the salt. 
The stomach pump or emetics should be employed in acute 
poisoning. Alum is the best emetic. This treatment should 
be followed by the administration of opium and Epsom salts. 

Administration. — Lead acetate is given to the larger 
animals in solution or ball ; to the smaller patients in pill ; 
to young animals in solution in milk. 

Uses External. — Lead acetate is useful in the treatment 
of skin diseases, as weeping eczema and erythema, and in 
excoriations, blistered surfaces, bruises, strains, and burns. 
An efficient lotion having an astringent and sedative action 
in such conditions, contains : laudanum, 1 part ; Goulard's 
extract, 4 parts ; and oil, glycerin or water, 16 parts. The 



SILVER NITHATE 175 

^' white lotion" of veterinary medicine is made by adding 3 
drachms each of lead acetate and zinc sulphate to a pint of 
water. It is a favorite astringent, sedative and antiseptic 
application for strains and " scratches." The stronger 
solution of lead subacetate should not be employed exten- 
sively on raw surfaces or mucous membranes undiluted. 
The diluted solution of lead subacetate may be used as an 
injection for leucorrhoea. Lead acetate should be diluted 
with 20 to 40 parts of vinegar or water. Lead acetate is 
not suitable for collyria, if there is any ulceration of the 
cornea, because a permanent film may be deposited and 
obscure the sight. Lead iodide, in 10 to 20 per cent, oiut- 
ment with petrolatum, has proven of service in aiding re- 
solution of induration or caked condition of the udder in 
acute mammitis if applied twice daily with thorough massage 
before suppuration has set in. 

Uses Internal. — Lead acetate is serviceable in the treat- 
ment of diarrhoea, dysentery, and hemorrhage from the 
stomach and bowels. It is frequently prescribed in these 
diseases with opium. 

Arg-entum. 

Argenti Nitras. Silver Nitrate. AgNoj. (U. S. &, B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve silver in nitric acid with heat. 

3 Ag, + 6 HNO3 = 6 AgN03 + 3 H,. Evaporate and 
crystallize. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, tabular, rhombic 
crystals, becoming gray, or grayish-black on exposure to 
light in the presence of organic matter ; without odor, but 
having a bitter, caustic and strongly metallic taste ; reaction 
neutral; soluble in 0.6 part of water and 26 parts of 
alcohol. 

Ineompatibks. — Alkalies and their carbonates, acids 
{except nitric and acetic), chlorides, potassium iodide, 
astringent infusions and solutions of arsenic. 



176 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—B.. & a, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); Sh. & Sw.,gr.i.-ii. (.06- .12); 
D., gr.|4 (.008-.03). 

Argenti Nitras Dilutus. Diluted Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Argenti et potasii nitras, B. P.; mitigated 
caustic, E.; argentum nitricum crystallizatum, P. G.; azotas 
(nitras) argenticus, azotate d'argent, nitre lunaire, Fr.; salpe- 
tersaures silberoxyd, silbersalpeter, G. 

Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 30, witli potassium 
nitrate, 60, in a crucible at as low a temperature as possible. 
Mix and cast into suitable moulds. 

Properties. — A white, hard solid, generally in the form 
of pencils or cones of a finely granular fracture ; becoming 
gray or grayish-black on exposure to light in presence of 
organic matter ; odorless, having a caustic, metallic taste, 
and neutral reaction. Each of its constituents soluble in 
■water and alcohol to the extent mentioned under Argenti 
Nitras and Potassii Nitras. Used only externally. 

Argenti Nitras Fusus. Moulded Silver Nitrate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Lunar caustic, lapis infernalis, azotas (nitras) 
argenticus fusus, E.; argentum nitricum fusum, P. G.; azotate 
d'argent fondu, pierre infernale, Fr.; hoUenstein, geschmol- 
zenes salpetersaures silberoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Melt silver nitrate, 100, with hydrochloric 
acid, 4, at as low a temperature as possible. Mix and pour 
into suitable moulds. 

Properties. — Practically same as above. Used only 
externally. Silver oxide, cyanide, and iodide are official, 
but unimportant in veterinary medicine. 

action of silver nitrate. 
External. — Silver nitrate is more caustic in action than 
any of the lead, copper or zinc salts (except the chloride). 
"When applied externally in the pure state to a mucous 
membrane, or a raw surface, it forms a white coating of 
coagulated albumin. This coating limits the further action. 



ACTION OP SILVER NITRATE 177 

of the salt, so that lunar caustic is always superficial and 
localized in its effect. Silver nitrate is the caustic in most 
common use, since it produces a more healthy condition in 
a granulating wound after its application and separation of 
the eschar. In acting thus more favorably than other agents 
of its kind, it may be said to possess a local alterative effect. 
In dilution, silver nitrate is stimulant, astringent, antiseptic 
and caustic, according to its strength. 

Internal. — Silver nitrate is probably precipitated to a 
considerable extent by the hydrochloric acid of the gastric 
juice, as the chloride. Some of it is absorbed, however, 
possibly in combination with albumin and peptones. Silver 
is deposited in the tissues in the form of the oxide, caiising 
dark staining of the skin in man. These stains, occurring 
when silver nitrate comes in direct contact with the skin,, 
can be removed by a solution containing potassium cyanide,. 
2\ drachms; iodine, 15 grains; and Avater, 3 ounces. Large 
doses of silver nitrate cause gastro-enteritis with nervous 
symptoms — paralysis and convulsions — and death from; 
depression of the respiratory centres. Common salt is the: 
antidote, both externally and internally, forming the in- 
soluble chloride. In addition to salt, opium and demulcents 
should be exhibited in acute poisoning. Silver nitrate in 
medicinal doses has probably a local stimulating, astrin- 
gent and alterative actioa on the mucous membrane of 
the stomach ; to a less degree on the bowels. Eliminationi 
occurs in part through the agency of the liver and in- 
testines. A chronic form of poisoning by silver nitrate 
(argyrism), is seen in man, following its continued use, 
and is accompanied by pigmentation of the skin, maras- 
mus, chronic indigestion, with wasting of the testes and 
mammary glands. A similar condition has been produced 
in animals, associated with anorexia, weakness, anaemia and 
emaciation. 

Uses External. — An aqueous solution (gr.iii. to 3 i.) is most 
valuable in the treatment of catarrhal conjunctivitis, while a 
stronger preparation (gr.x. to 3 i.) is employed for purulent 



178 INORGANIC AGENTS 

conjunctivitis, as a stimulant, astringent and antiseptic 
collyrium. When strong solutions, like the latter, are used, 
the eye should immediately be flooded with a solution of 
common salt and water to precipitate the excess of silver 
nitrate as the insoluble chloride and thus prevent further 
irritation. Lunar caustic is applied in pencil form to 
ulcerated surfaces. When these surfaces are touched lightly 
the caustic stimulates sluggish granulations ; when more 
heavily, it destroys exuberant granulations. In 2 to 4 per 
cent, solution, silver nitrate is caustic to mucous mem- 
branes ; in ^ per cent, solution it is stimulant and astringent 
to mucous membranes. 

Boils may be aborted by painting them with a saturated 
solution of silver nitrate. Pruritus ani, or vulvae, is relieved 
by painting the parts several times daily with a 1 per cent, 
solution. A solution (gr.iii. to 3 i.) may be used in the form 
of spray in the treatment of pharyngitis and laryngitis in 
the dog. In catarrh of the external ear, so common in dogs, 
the canal should be swabbed with a 5 per cent, watery 
solution of silver nitrate after thorough cleansing with 
otlipr, or alcohol and naphtha, to remove dirt and sebaceous 
matter. 

Fissures in the skin occurring in sore teats of cows are 
cured by the application of fused silver nitrate. 

Uses Internal. — The crystals should only be employed 
internally, to insure purity. Silver nitrate is not of much 
value for internal use except in the digestive tract. Pills 
containing the silver salt are sometimes given to dogs with 
diarrhoea and ulcer of the stomach. Dysentery may be 
treated by enemata containing 12 grains of silver nitrate to 
the ounce of water. If this treatment is followed by much 
irritation, injections of salt and water should be used 
afterwards. 



PROTARQOL 179 

Protargol. (Non-official.) 

Protargol was first introduced into medicine by Prof. 
Neisser, in 1897, as a local remedy for gonorrhoea in man. 
It is a fine, yellowish-brown, soluble powder, a combination 
of a protein substance with silver; odorless, and possessing 
;i strong metallic taste. 

Protargol has recently superseded silver nitrate (which 
contains 63.5 per cent, of silver) to a considerable extent iu 
medicine because, containing less silver (8.3 per cent.), 
protargol is decidedly less irritating, is not precipitated by 
albumin or solutions of sodium chloride, does not discolor 
the skin and more than equals silver nitrate in certainty 
and- efficiency of action. 

Protargol is particularly applicable in veterinary medi- 
cine as a bland but powerfully penetrating antiseptic and 
mild astringent in the treatment of inflammatory conditions 
of the conjunctival membranes. The drug does not cause 
the pain, redness, swelling and lachrymation which follow 
the use of silver nitrate ; nor does it lead to the formation 
of fibrinous coagula and the production of false membranes 
and opacities of the cornea seen after the application of 
silver nitrate. 

A 10-per-cent. solution of protargol induces less flushing 
of the eye and discomfort than a 1-per-cent. solution of 
silver nitrate, and the irritation of a 2 or 4 per cent, 
solution is not, as a rule, more than would be produced 
by a one-half grain to the ounce solution of zinc sulphate 
(Cheney). 

Protargol is indicated in acute catarrhal and purulent 
conjunctivitis in from one-half to 10 per cent, aqueous solu- 
tions ; usually in one-half per cent, solution in the catarrhal 
form, two or three times daily, applied with a camel's hair 
brush or by instillation ; and in the purulent variety, in 2 or 
4 per cent, solution with a pledget of absorbent cotton on a 
probe, or with a camel's hair brush, in conjunction with 
frequent boric acid irrigations. This new silver combina« 



180 INOEGA.NIG AGENTS 

tion has also been used with reported success (and the use 
might apply to canine practice) in human medicine as a 
non-irritating astringent and antiseptic agent internally in 
.5 gm. doses, twice or thrice daily, in pills, for the relief of 
haemorrhages and ulcerations of the alimentary canal, in 
diarrhoea and in purulent inflammation of the genito-urinary 
tract. 

Abgyeol. 

Argyrol represents one of the latest of the numerous 
organic silver compounds, this preparation containing as 
much as 30 per cent, of the metal combined with a proteid 
substance obtained from wheat. It occurs as a brownish 
powder, soluble in less than its own weight of water, forming 
dark-brown solutions which stain clothing bLick, but the 
stains may be removed by ordinary laundry processes. Like 
protai'gol, it is not precipitated by the salts of the tissues, 
nor does it coagulate albumin, so that its action is not 
neutralized by the tissues — as is the case with silver nitrate, 
and thus, unlike the latter, it possesses a penetrating ]iower 
when applied locally. Argyrol is used in from 2 to 20 per 
cent, aqueous solutions for the same purposes to which 
protargol is adapted. It bids fair to supersede the latter, 
however, since it contains more silver and is therefore a 
more powerful antiseptic and yet non-irritating. 

Soluble Silver. 

Soluble silver, known also as Colloidal Silver, or more 
commonly as CoUargol, is an allotropic form of metallic 
silver wholly soluble in water, and discovered by Lea about 
1890. It may be used intravenously, subcutaneously, by 
inunction (as Crede's ointment, see below), and by the 
mouth, if first dissolved in the proportion of five parts of 
collargol with one part of white of egg in one hundred parts 
of water; or it may be given in pill with sugar of milk. 
"When given intravenously — which is the most efi'ective 
mode of administration — one injection may suffice, but if it 



^OtUBLU SILVER 1^ 

does not cause immediate improvement in the symptoms, 
several doses may be thus given at six-hour intervals. 
Soluble silver has recently proven successful in many cases 
of general iufection, where it appears to either kill or inhibit 
the growth of staphylococci and streptococci. It is cer- 
tainly worthy of trial in veteiinary medicine in this field, 
where it has accomplished noteworthy results. 

Puerperal septicaemia, mastitis, extensive cellulitis, 
fetid bronchitis, pneumonia, influenza, endo and pericarditis, 
deep suppurations, phlebitis, suppurating nasal sinusitis, 
empyema and other bacterial infections have yielded to the 
systemic and local influence of soluble silver in human 
medicine. Its expense is the only objection to its free 
employment in animal practice, and this ajiplies to all the 
new organic silver compounds. A rigor often occurs from 
one to four hours after the injection of collargol, but no 
other ill effects have been noted. When the silver can be 
used locally (in local infections) it is also effective and may 
or may not be at the same time given intravenously, its 
desirability by the latter mode depending on the degree of 
general infection. The dose intravenously is 3 |-1 (2.-4.) 
for horses; dogs, ^'.1-2 (0.6 0.12), given in 2 to 5 per cent, 
aqueous solution. It is injected into the tissues as in 
abscess, in 1 per cent, solutions. It is soluble in 20 parts of 
water, which should be distilled or boiled, and solutions in 
water may be kept for months in brown bottles. Solutions, 
from having a clear, brown color, become gray and turbid 
when decomposed. 1-3000 aqueous solutions are appro- 
priate for use on mucous membranes or cavities of the body. 

Credes Ointment, made by incorporating collargol with 
lard and wax to the extent of 15 per cent., has given good 
results when rubbed for thirty minutes into the skin — which 
has previously been scrubbed with soap, water and alcohol 
— in the treatment of local and even general infections. It 
often arrests the formation of boils, threatened suppuration 
of glands, lymphangitis, phlebitis, cellulitis and mastiti-^. 
The dose by inunction is ^ to 1 ounce for horses, ^ to 1 



182 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

draclim for dogs. Collargol appears to be non-toxic when 
given intravenously or by inunction, if used with reasonable 
care. 

Zincum. 

(Zinc is not used in Medicine in the metallic state.) 

ZiNCi Chloeidum. Zinc Chloride. ZnCl,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve zinc in hydrochloric acid by boil- 
ing. The solution contains the zinc chloride with chlorides 
of iron and lead as impurities. These are precipitated by 
adding first nitric acid then zinc carbonate. Filter and 
finally evaporate. Zu, + 4 HCl = 2 Zn CI, + 2 H,. 

Properties. — A white, granular powder, or porcelain- 
like masses, irregular or moulded into pencils ; odorless ; of 
such intensely caustic properties as to make tasting danger- 
ous unless the salt be dissolved in much water, when it has 
an astringent, metallic taste ; very deliquescent ; reaction 
acid ; soluble in about 0.3 part of water ; very soluble in 
alcohol. 

Liquor Zinci Chloridi. Solution of Zinc Chloride. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made as above with the addition of water. 
It contains about 50 per cent., by weight, of zinc chloride. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, odorless, having a 
very astringent, sweetish taste and an acid reaction. Spec, 
gr. about 1,535 at 15° C. (59° F.). 

Toxicology. — Zinc chloride is a powerful irritant if swal- 
lowed in any degree of concentration, and will, therefore, 
produce gastro-enteritis. Emetics or the stomach pump 
should be used, followed by demulcents and sodium bicar- 
bonate. 

Uses. — Zinc chloride is employed in a paste made into 
small pieces with flour ; or on lint soaked in a saturated 



ZINC SULPHATE 183 

solution, dried, and introduced under the skin about the 
base of tumors to cause their destruction by sloughing. It 
is employed in the form of pencils on unhealthy, granulating 
surfaces, as in " foot rot," and injected in strong solution 
into fistulous tracts to destroy their walls. It is not used 
internally. 

ZiNCi Sulphas. Zinc Sulphate. ZnSo^ + 7 HoO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Prepared by dissolving zinc in sulphuric 
acid. Zu, + 2 H,SO, = 2 ZuSO, + 2 H,. 

Iron and tin exist as impurities, and are removed by 
chlorine solution and zinc carbonate. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals, 
without odor, and having an astringent, metallic taste. 
Efflorescent in dry air; reaction acid ; soluble in 0.6 part of 
water, in 3 parts of glycerin ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Incompatihles. — Lead acetate, silver nitrate, lime water, 
alkalies and carbonates, vegetable decoctions or infusions, 
and milk. 

Dose.— a. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); 
D., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.2); Emetic, D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.). 

Zmci Carbonas Pr^cipitatus. Precipitated Zinc Carbonate. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Zinci carbonas, B. P.; precipitated zinc car- 
bonate, kohlensaures zinkoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Solutions of nearly equal weight of sodium 
carbonate and zinc sulphate are boiled together ; dry pre- 
cipitate. S ZuSO, + 8 Na,C03 + 2 H,0 = 2 (Zn CO,)^ Zn 
(0H)„? (hydrated basic zinc carbonate) + 8 Na^SOj -|- 2 
CO.,. This salt is in reality a mixture of zinc carbonate and 
oxide, in varying proportions, with water of crystallization. 

Properties. — A.n impalpable white powder, of somewhat 
variable chemical composition, without odor or taste; insol- 
uble in water or alcohol. 



184' INORGANIC AGENTS 

ZiNCi OxiDUM. Ziuc Oxide. Zu O. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Heat the carbonate to redness. 

2 (Zu 003)3 Zn(OH), = 8 ZnO + 2 H,0 + 6 CO,. 

Properiies. — An amorphous, white powder, without odor 
or taste. It gradually absorbs carbon dioxide from the air. 
Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Dose.—'R. & C, 3 i.-ii- (4.-8 ); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

PKEPARATION. 

Uuguentum Zinci Oxicli. Ointment of Zinc Oxide. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Zinc oxide, 200; benzoinated lard, 800. (U. S. P.) 

ZiNCi AcETAS. Zine Acetate. Zn (C.HjO,), + 2 H,0. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve zinc oxide in diluted acetic acid 
and boil. 

ZnO + 2 HC,H30, = Zu (C,H30,), + H,0. Evaporate 
and crystallize. 

Properties. — Soft, white, six-sided monoclinic plates, of 
a pearly lustre, having a faintly acetous odor, and an astrin- 
gent metallic taste. Exposed to the air the salt gradually 
effloresces and loses some of its acid ; reaction acid ; soluble 
in 2.7 parts of water and in 36 parts of alcohol. 

Incompatibles. — Same as sulphate. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 

ACTION OF THE ZINC SALTS. 

External. — The salts of zinc (except the chloride) have 
an astringent action on raw surfaces and mucous membranes, 
notably the sulphate and acetate. Absorption is not followed 
by poisoning. They resemble other astringents, but do not 
possess the sedative qualities of the lead salts, nor the local 
alterative properties of silver nitrate. 

Internal. — In the alimentary tract very large doses of 
the sulphate or acetate may induce gastro-enteritis, which 
is to be treated with demulcents and alkaline carbonates in 



USES OF ZING SMiTS 19$ 

order to form insoluble compounds. Vomiting will relieve 
<3arnivora ; otherwise the stomach pump must be resorted to. 
Zinc salts apparently produce no remote effects upon 
the body in medicinal doses, although in man chronic 
poisoning is said to occur among workers in zinc. The 
condition is manifested by digestive disturbances, nervous 
symptoms and paralysis. In therapeutic doses the zinc 
salts are astringent, diminishing secretion in the digestive 
tract. 

USES OF ZINC SALTS. 

External. — Zinc sulphate is in common use as an astrin- 
gent collyrium for subacute conjunctivitis (gr.ss.-ii. to 3 i.). 
It is also employed in the treatment of canker of the ear 
in dogs (gr.x. to 3 i.), or as "white lotion" (see Plumbi' 
Acetas), in this affection. 

The salt is likewise serviceable as a stimulant and 
astringent solution (gr.ii.-v. to 3 i.) in moist eczema, ulcers, 
atonic inflammations of mucous membranes and leucorrhoea. 

Zinc carbonate is a much milder astringent than zinc 
sulphate or acetate. The impure carbonate (calamine) is an 
ingredient of the popular astringent and antiseptic, " pink 
ointment" of veterinary medicine used for the cure of 
■" scratches " in horses. 

IJ Zinci carbonatis (impure) § ii. 

Alumenis § iss. 

Calcii carb. prgecip § x. 

Creasoti 

Cerae flavi aa^ iss. 

Adipis § XV. 

M. 

S. External use. 

The lard and wax are first melted together and then the 
other ingredients are stirred in. Calamine in the form of a 
lotion is a more cleanly application for house dogs and pets 
than in ointment or paste. The following is useful in 
dermatitis, erythema and moist eczema attended with itch- 
ing. The carbolic acid may be omitted when the lotion is 



186 INORGANIC AGENTS 

applied over a large surface to avoid poisoning by absorp- 
tion or from the acid being licked off by the patient. 

Acidi carbolic! 1.0 gr.xv. 

Zinci oxidi 15.0 § ss. 

Calaminae 5.3 gr.80 

Glycerini 30.0 §1. 

Liquoris calcis ad 240.0 | viii. 

M. et fiat lotio (shake) . 
Sig. External use. 

Zinc ointment is used externally in the form of a dust- 
ing powder, ointment or paste. In eczema, erythema and 
scratches, the zin6 oxide ointment is valuable and can be 
combined with carbolic acid (gr.x. to 3 i.) to great advan- 
tage, when itching is a prominent symptom. Still better 
than zinc ointment is a paste containing zinc oxide, 2 parts ; 
starch and vaseline, each 3 parts. Zinc acetate can be used 
in all cases as a substitute for zinc sulphate. 

Internal. — Zinc sulphate is the best and most prompt 
emetic for dogs in many conditions, as poisoning. It should 
be given in tepid water. Zinc oxide is occasionally pre- 
scribed in diarrhoea, and empirically as a tonic and anti- 
spasmodic in chorea and epilepsy. It has also been 
recommended for its remote astringent action, to prevent 
excessive sweating and profuse bronchial secretion. Zinc 
oxide may be given in powder, pill, or dissolved in alkaline 
solutions. 

Cuprum. 

{Copper is not used in the metallic state in Medicine.) 

CuPRi Sulphas. Copper Sulphate. Cu So^ + 5 H2O. 

(u.s.&b:p.) 

Synonym. — Cupric sulphate, blue vitriol, blue stone^ 
sulfas cupricus, cuprum vitriolatum, E.; cuprum sulfuricum 
purum, P. G.; vitriol bleu, sulfate de Cuivre, Fr.; kupfervit- 
riol, blauer-vitriol, schwefelsaures kupfer (kupferoxyd), G. 



, COPPER SULPHATE 187 

Derivation.— Boil metallic copper and sulphuric acid 
together. 2 Cu + 2 H, SO, = 2 CuSO, + 2 H,. Dissolve 
product in hot water and crystallize. 

Froj)erties.—'LaYge, transparent, deep blue, triclinic 
crystals; odorless, of a nauseous, metallic taste; slowly 
eflflorescent in dry air; soluble in 2.6 parts of water ; almost 
insoluble in alcohol ; reaction acid. 

Incomjxdibles.— Mineral salts (except sulphates), alkalies 
and their carbonates, iodides, lime water and vegetable 
astringents. 

Bose.—B.. & a, -i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gr.xx.-xl 
(1.3-2.6); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); Emetic, D., gr.vi.-xx. (.36-1.3). 

ACTION OF COPPER SULPHATE. 

^.r/en?«?.— Copper sulphate is stimulant, astringent or 
caustic to mucous membranes or raw surfaces, according to 
the strength applied. 

Internal — In poisonous doses copper sulphate causes 
salivation, vomiting, gastro-enteritis, and nervous symptoms 
(convulsions, paralysis and delirium), and ifinally, respiratory 
arrest. The blood corpuscles are broken down, and there 
is fatty degeneration of the liver and haemoglobinuria. The 
treatment consists in emptying the stomach in animals 
which cannot, or do not, vomit, and the use of yellow prus- 
siate of potash, together with demulcents and opium. Large 
doses are emetic to the dog, but should not be used except 
in phosphorus poisoning. Smaller doses are astringent in 
the digestive tract. 

Uses external. — Copper sulphate is employed in the 
solid, crystalline form in granular conjunctivitis, by rubbing 
the stick over the affected surfaces of the lids. 

A solution (gr.ss.-ii. to 3 i.) is dropped into the eye for 
simple conjunctivitis. Copper sulphate is similar in action 
to zinc sulphate, but more powerful. On ulcerated antl 
granular surfaces it is used as a stimulant and astringent,, 
as in the following mixture, a combination of cupric sul- 
phate and zinc sulphate, of each 2| drachms (10 gm.), with 



188 INORGANIC AGfiiJtS 

solution of lead subacetate, 5 drachms (20 gm.), which is of 
value in thrush and as an application for chronic sores and 
unhealthy, indolent granulating surfaces. It may also be 
applied locally with an equal part of dried alum in the form 
of powder for the treatment of thrush. The disappearance 
of the moisture and foul odor will soon herald recovery. 

Uses internal. — Copper sulphate is prescribed for its 
local effect with opium in diarrhoea, and injected into the 
bowel in 2 per cent, solution in ulcerated conditions of the 
rectum. Copper sulphate is not a safe emetic, as it may 
cause poisoning if it is not quickly expelled. The sulphate 
of copper is a tonic remedy in anaemia and nervous condi- 
tions. It is thought to resemble arsenic and to stimulate 
locally the tissues, heart and bloodvessels ; thus increasing 
the number of corpuscles, firmness of flesh and amount of 
fat. Copper sulphate is often used as a tonic in the treat- 
ment of lumbricoid worms and ozoena, combined with iron. 
Copper sulphate in 1 drachm doses (4.0 gm.), with powdered 
charcoal and fenugreek, of each 1-1| drachms (4.0-6.0 gm.), 
given to the horse night and morning for eight to ten days 
and followed by a brisk cathartic of aloes and linseed oil, 
will cause the expulsion of ascarides. It is recommended 
in purpura, and is given to dogs in the form of arsenite of 
copper for chorea and epilepsy. -Glanders and farcy are 
trented with copper sulphate, but these diseases are rarely 
curable and are too dangerous to the community to warrant 
drug treatment. 

CuPRi AcETAS. Copper Acetate. (Non-official.) 

Synonyms. — Verdigris, cupric subacetate, E.; acetate de 
cuivre, vert-de-gris, F.; grunspau, G. 

Derivation. — Exposure of copper plates to pomace or 
residue resulting from expression of juice from grapes in 
wine making, or to immersion in pyroligneous acid. 

Properties. — Pale-green masses of minute, acicular crys- 
stals, sometimes of bright blue hue. Verdigris is the 



COPPER ACETATE 189 

impure article ; the pure salt is known as Crystals of Venus. 
The taste is coppery and odor vinegar-like. Soluble in 
water. 

JDose.—B.. & C, gr.15-30 (1.-2.); Sh. & Sw., gr.5-10 
(.3-.6). ^ 

Action External. — It is astringent, stimulant and eschar- 
otic according to the strength and whether applied to the 
unbroken skin or to mucous membranes or raw surfaces. 

Action Internal. — This salt is an efficient vermifuge for 
the expulsion of ascarides from the horse. It should be 
given in doses of gr.15-30 (1.-2. gm.) twice daily with pow- 
dered gentian and charcoal, 1 drachm of each (1.0 gm.), for 
a week and then be followed by a cathartic dose of aloes. 
It is a poison in large doses, causing gastro-enteritis, con- 
vulsions and death. The antidotes are milk, raw eggs and 
soap. 

Bismuthum. 

(Bismuth is not employed medicinally in the metallic state.) 

BiSMUTHi SuBCARBONAS. Bismuth Subcarbonate. (BiO)2C03. 
-fH„0? (U.S. P.) 

Synonym. — Bismuthi carbonas, B. P. 

Derivation — Made by dissolving pure metallic bismuth 
in diluted nitric acid, precipitating with ammonia water, 
and redissolving in nitric acid. This solution is treated with 
ammonium carbonate, or a solution of sodium carbonate. 

2 Bi (N03)3 + 3 Na, CO3 + H,0 = (BiO), CO3 + H,0 
-f 2 CO2 + 6 NaNOj. The precipitated bismuth subcarbo- 
nate is filtered and washed. 

Properties. — A white, or pale yellowish-white powder, 
of somewhat varying chemical composition ; odorless and 
tasteless, and permanent in the air. Insoluble in water or 
alcohol, but completely soluble in nitric or hydrochloric 
acid, with copious efflorescence. 

Dose.—R., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 



190 INORGANIC AGENTS 

BiSMUTHi SuBNiTRAS. Bismutli Subnitrate. BiO NO3 -t- HoO ? 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Bismuthum subnitricum, P. G.; bismutbum 
bydriconitricum, magisterium bismutbi, subazotas (s. sub- 
nitras) bismuthicus, soiis-azotate de bismuth, Fr.; basisches 
salpetersaures bismuthoxjd, G. 

Derivation. — Dissolve pure metallic bismuth in diluted 
nitric acid. First reaction— Bi„ + 6 HNO3 = 2 Bi (N03)3 
+ 3 H,. Final reaction— Bi (NO,), + H,0 = BiON03 + 2 
HNO3. Evaporate; add water; wash and dry precipitated 
bismuth subnitrate. 

Properties. — A heavy, white powder of somewhat vary- 
ing chemical composition ; odorless and almost tasteless, 
and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble in water and 
insoluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in nitric or hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Dose. — Same as subcarbonate. 

BiSMUTHi Salicylas. Bismuth Salicylate. (Non-official.) 

Properties. — White, soft powder; insoluble in water, 
ether, alcohol or chloroform; soluble in acids. 
Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Bismuth Subgallate. (Nonrofficial.) 

Synonym. — Dermatol. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder; permanent in the 
air and odorless ; used externally as a substitute for iodo- 
form ; it is antiseptic aud astringent ; occasionally given 
internally. 

action of bismuth subnitrate and subcarbonate. 

External. — The insoluble salts of bismuth have a pro- 
tecting, sedative, astringent and antiseptic action on raw 



ACTION OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE 191 

surfaces. If applied over very extensive areas for a consid- 
erable length of time, they may cause absorption and 
poisoning. Bismuth has no action on the unbroken skin. 

Internal. — The salts of bismuth are absorbed and elim- 
inated to some extent. When administered continuously iu 
enormous doses, they have produced poisoning characterized 
by stoiTiatitis, colic, diarrhoea, general weakness, black dis- 
colorations of the mucous membrane beginning iu the 
mouth, sometimes nephritis, and death from exhaustion. 
An odor of gallic appears in the breath after the continuous 
exhibition ot bismuth, owing to traces of tellurium con- 
tained in the bismuth. 

Medicinally used, the salts of bismuth are absolutely 
harmless, although formerly poisoning was not infrequent 
from their contamination with arsenic. The tongue and 
faeces are stained black by bismuth salts, which are trans- 
formed into the sulphide. Bismuth, locally and mechan- 
ically, by reason of its weight and insolubility, protects and 
coats the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and thus 
exerts a sedative, astringent and antiseptic action through- 
out the canal. Bismuth must, therefore, be given, to be 
effective, in large and frequent doses, and when the stomach 
is empty. For this reason the drug is not of much value in 
the treatment of the horse, as a sufficient quantity cannot 
be used economically. 

USES OF BISMUTH SUBNITRATE AND SUBCARBONATE. 

External. — Bismuth subnitrate is a very good dusting 
powder on sores, and for moist skin diseases and ulcerated 
surfaces. It may be combined with zinc oxide and salol, or 
used in the form of an ointment in the proportion of 1 to 
4. The following is an effectual combination to apply to 
superficial wounds and raw surfaces attended with much 

secretion : 

IB, Bismuthi subnitratis 50.0 1 i. 3 v. 

Acidi tannici 25.0 3 vi. 

' lodoformi 15.0 3 iv. 

Carboligni 100.0 I'm. 3 ii. 

M. et fiat pulvis. 

Sig. Dust on surface. ^^ 



192 INORGANIC AGENTS 

It may be employed to advantage in coryza and ozena, by 
insufflation into the nostrils. Dermatol (bismuth subgal- 
late) is even more efficient than the subnitrate alone as an 
antiseptic and astringent dusting powder. 

Internal. — Bismuth is one of the best agents to relieve 
Tomiting iu dogs, owing to the soothing and sedative effect 
upon inflamed mucous membranes. It may be given alone 
upon the tongue or in combination with oxalate of cerium. 
It is also a very efficient agent in diarrhoea in the dog, being 
astringent, sedative and antiseptic. Its use should be 
preceded by the administration of oil or calomel, in diarrhoea. 
Bismuth is given for diarrhoea in powder with salol ; or in 
suspension with gum arabic and water, with one drop of 
carbolic acid to each dose of bismuth ; or better, in capsules, 
dispensing one grain of carbolic acid and five grains of 
bismuth. The sedative effect upon the stomach is increased 
by giving the subcarbonate of bismuth with bicarbonate of 
sodium, while the sedative effect upon the bowels is 
enhanced by combining morphine with bismuth subnitrate. 
It is generally immaterial whether the subnitrate or sub- 
carbonate of bismuth be selected in any given case. 
Bismuth salicylate is more powerful as an antiseptic than, 
the other salts. It is useful iu diarrhoea, intestinal fer- 
mentation and indigestion of dogs. The drug should be 
given in capsules. 



SECTION V. 

Ferrum. 

Metallic iron is official in the form of fine, bright and 
non-elastic wire, from which are made iron preparations and 
reduced iron. 

Ferrum Eeductdm. Reduced Iron. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Iron by hydrogen, Quevenne's iron, ferrum 
hydrogenio reductum, ferrum ope hydrogenii paratum, E.;. 



I 



FERROUS SULPHATE 193 

ferrum redactum, P. G.; fer reduit par I'hydrogene, Fiv; 
reducirtes eisen, G. 

Derivatian. — Hydrogen gas is passed over freshly made 
and carefully washed ferric oxide in a hot and closed tube. 
Fe,03 + 3 H, = Fe, + 3 H,0. 

Properties.— A very fine grayish-black, lustreless powder, 
without odor or taste ; permanent in dry air ; insoluble in 
water or alcohol. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii(4.-8.); C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. &. Sw., 
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Ferri Sulphas. Ferrous Sulphate. Fe So^ + 7 HoO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Copperas, green vitriol, vitriolum martis 
purum, sulfas ferrosus, ferrum vitriolatum purum, E.; ferrum 
sulphuricum purum, P. G.; sulfate de fer, sulfate ferreux, 
Fr.; schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G. 

Derivation. — Iron wire is dissolved by boiling in diluted 
sulphuric acid. Fe, + 2 H,SO, = 2 Fe SO, + 2 H,. 

Properties. — Large, pale, blueish-green, monoclinic 
prisms, without odor, and having a saline, styptic taste ; 
efflorescent in dry air. On exposure to moist air the crystals 
rapidly absorb oxygen and become coated with brownish- 
yellow, basic ferric sulphate ; soluble in 1.8 parts of water ; 
insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15,); Sh. & Sw.„ 
gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Ferri Sulphas Exsiccatus. Dried Ferrous Sulphate. 
2 FeSO, + 3 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum sulfuricum siccum,P. G; sulfate de 
fer desseche, Fr.; entwasserte schwefelsaures eisenoxydul, G. 

Derivation. — Allow ferrous sulphate, 100, to effloresce at 
a temperature of 104*^ F. Then heat on a water bath till 
the product weighs 65. 

Properties. — A grayish-white powder, soluble in water. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 



19-]: INORGANIC AGENTS 

Perm Sulphas Granulatus. Grcnulated Ferrous Sulphate. 
Fe.SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve ferrous sulphate, 100, in distilled 
"water, 100, and add sulphuric acid, 5, Evaporate till the 
product weighs 150. Pour alcohol, 25, upon it and dry. 

Properties. — Pale, bluish-green, crystalline powder. 

Dose. — Same as sulphate. 

Ferri Carbonas Saccharatds. Saccharated Ferrous Carbo- 
nate. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum carbonicum saccharatum, P. G.; 
carbonas ferrosus saccharatus, saccharure de proto-carbon- 
ate de fer, Fr,; ziickerhaltiges kohlensaures eisen, G. 

Derivation. — Ferrous sulphate, 50 ; sodium bicarbonate, 
35 ; sugar and distilled water. Made by solution, precipita- 
tion and washing. 

Properties. — Greenish-brown powder, without odor ; 
sweetish taste ; becomes oxidized on exposure to the air. 

Dose. — Twice that of iron sulphate. 

Massa Ferri Carbonatis. Mass of Ferrous Carbonate. 
(U. S. P.) 
Dose.—!)., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3) in pill. 

*Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Contains 5 per cent., by weight, of ferrous iodide (Felj). 
Properties. — Transparent, pale green liquid ; bweet, fer- 
ruginous taste. 

Dose.—R., 3ss.-i. (15.-30. cc); D., Hlv.-xxx (.3-2.). 

Ferri Chloridum. Ferric Chloride. FeoClg + HoO. 
(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Ferrum sesquichloratum, P. G.; ferrum 
muriatum oxydatam, chloridum seu chloruretum ferricum, 

* The U. S. P., September WO.";, changes composition of the ayrup of ferrous 
iodide so that it now contains five instead of ten per cent, of ferrous iodide. 



FERRIC CHLORIDE 195 

ferri perchloridum, sesquichloride (percbloride) of iron, E.; 
perchlorure de fer, chlorure ferrique, Fr.; eisenchlorid, G. 

Derivation. — Iron, 15 grn.; hydrochloric acid, nitric acid 
and water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution 
with heat. 

Properties. — Orange yellow, crystalline pieces, odorless, 
or having a faint odor of hydrochloric acid, and a strong 
styptic taste ; deliquescent; soluble in water and alcohol; 
reaction acid ; not used internally. 

Liquor Ferri Chloridi. Solution of Ferric Chloride. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liq. ferri perchloridi, B. P. An aqueous 
solution of ferric chloride (Fe, Clg) containing about 37.8 
per cent, of the anhydrous salt ; 62.9 per cent, of the crys- 
tallized salt, or about 13 per cent, of metallic iron. 

Derivation. — Dissolve iron wire, 150, in hydrochloric 
acid, 870 ; nitric acid and water to make 1,000. U. S. P. 

First reaction.— Fe, + 4 HCl = 2 Fe CI, + 2 H,. 

Second reaction.— 6 FeCl, + 6 HCl + 2 HNO3 = 3 Fe, 
Cle + 2 NO + 4 H,0. 

Properties. — A reddish-brown liquid, having a faint odor 
of hydrochloric acid ; an acid, strongly styptic taste and att 
acid reaction. 

Dose.-B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., Tll^.-xx. 
(6.-1.3); D., ntii'-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctur a Ferri Chloridi. Tincture of Ferric Chloride. (U.S. P.) ' 

Solution of ferric chloride, 250; alcohol to make 1,000. \ 

Dose.—R. &C., li.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. «feSw., mxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., 

-niv.-3i. (.3-4.) 

Contains 13.6 per cent, of the anhydrous salt, or 4.69 per cent, of 

metallic iron. 

Tinctura Ferri Perchloridi. Tincture of Iron Perchloride. (B. P.) 
Dose.— Same as Tinctura Ferri Chloridi, U. S. P. 



196 INORGANIC AGENTS 

XiiQUOR Ferri Subsulphatis. Solution of Ferric Subsul- 
phate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Solution of basic ferric sulphate, FeO (S04)5, 
Monsel's solution, solution of persulphate of iron, E.; liquor 
hemostatique de Monsel, Fr.; basischschewefelsaures eisen- 
oxydlosung, Monsel's eisenlosung, G. Contains about 13.6 
per cent, of metallic iron. 

Derivation. — Ferrous sulphate, 675 ; sulphuric acid, 65 ; 
nitric acid and distilled water, of each a sufficient quantity 
to make 1,000. 

Properties. — A dark, reddish-brown liquid, odorless, or 
nearly so ; of an acid, strongly styptic taste and an acid 
reaction ; miscible with water and alcohol. 

Dose.—H. & C, 5SS. (15.); Sh. & Sw., 11\x.-xx. (.6-1.3); 
D., 1llii.-x. (.r2-.6). 

It has no value for internal use. 

Ferri Oxidum Hydratum Cum Magnesia. Ferric Hydrate 
with Magnesia. (U. S. P.) 

{Arsenic Antidote.) 

Solution of ferric sulphate, 50 Cc. ; water, 100 Cc. 
Magnesia, 10 gm.; water, 750 Cc. Keep solutions separate 
till ready for use ; then mix. 

JJses. — This preparation is used as a chemical antidote 
to arsenic, whereby the arsenic mass is mechanically en- 
wrapped and converted into the insoluble arsenite. The 
administratiou of the arsenic antidote should be followed 
by emetics, or the stomach pump. 

Dose. — Large quantities should be repeated frequently 
ad libitum. 

Ferri et Potassii Tartras. Iron and Potassium Tartrate. 

(U. S. P.) 
{Potassio- Ferric Tartrate. ) 
Synonym. — Ferrum tartaratum, B. P.; tartarus ferratus^ 



IRON AND AMMONIUM CITRATE 197 

P. G.; ferri potassio-tartras, ferrum tartarizatum, tartraa 
ierrico-kalicus, etc., E.; tartrate de fer et de potasse, tartre 
martial, Fr.; weinsaures eiseuoxyd-kali, eisenweinstein, G. 

Derivation. — Solution of ferric sulphate, 100 Cc; tartaric 
acid, 29gm.; distilled water, 200 Cc; ammonia water and 
water, of each a sufficient quantity. Made by solution and 
precipitation. 

Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, varying in color 
from garnet-red to reddish-brown ; without odor, and having 
a sweetish, slightly ferruginous taste ; slightly deliquescent 
in the air ; very soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Ferri et Ammonii Citras. Iron and Ammonium Citrate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ferrum citricum ammoniatum, P. G.; ferri 
ammonio-citras, ferro-ammonium citricum, amnjonio-citrate 
of iron, E.; citrate de fer et d'ammoniaque (de fer ammo- 
niacal), citrate ferrique ammoniacal, Fr.; citronensaures 
eisenoxyd-ammonium (ammoniak), G. 

Derivation. — Solution of ferric citrate, 100 Cc; j-mmonia 
water, 40 Cc. Evaporate. U. S. P. 

Properties. — Thin, transparent, garnet-red scales, with- 
out odor, and having a saline, mildly ferruginous taste ; 
deliquescent in moist air ; soluble in water ; insoluble in 
alcohol, 

Dose.—D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Ferri et QuiNiNiE Citras. Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Chininum ferro-citricum, P. G.; citras ferrico- 
quinicus, citrate de fer et de quinine, Fr.; citronensaures 
eisen chinin, G. 

Source. — Ferric citrate, 85 gm.; quinine, 12 gm.; citric 
acid, 3 gm.; water, a sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. 
V. S. P. 



198 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — Thin, transparent scales, of a reddish- 
"brown color, without odor, and having a bitter, mildly 
ferruginous taste ; slowly deliquescent in damp air ; slowly 
but completely soluble in cold water and but partially 
soluble in alcohol. 



Perri et Quininje Citras Solubilis. Soluble Iron and 
Quinine Citrate. (U. S. P.) 

Occurs in thin, greenish-yellow, transparent scales. 
Very rapidly and completely soluble in cold water. 
Dose. — D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS. 

External. — Soluble salts of iron, especially the chloride,, 
sulphate, subsulphate and nitrate, are strongly astringent. 
They contract tissue when applied to raw surfaces or mucous 
membranes, by coagulating albumin, and through this means, 
by compressing the blood vessels from without and plugging 
them from within with clotted blood, arrest haemorrhage. 
Iron — in the form of liquor ferri chloridi or liquor ferri 
.subsulphatis — is the most powerful of the metallic hemo- 
static agents we possess. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Iron is a food rather than 
a medicine. It exists as a natural constituent of vegetable 
foods and of the body, and is found particularly in the 
haemoglobin of the blood — to the extent of about half an 
ounce in that of the horse. There is a sufficient quantity in 
the food to support healthy animals. If iron is given to a 
normal animal, it has little effect unless continued for a long 
time in considerable quantity, when it may produce indiges- 
tion and constipation. 

The iron salts and iron itself have practically the same 
physiological action, but some preparations are mora 
irritating and astringent in the digestive tract than others. 
Perric chloride and ferrous sulphate are particularly consti- 



GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 199 

pating; while reduced iron, tlie oxide, carbonate, and salts 
of the vegetable acids, are slightly so. -Iron may blacken 
the tongue from formation of the sulphide. In the stomach 
all forms of iron are converted into ferric, and, to a slight 
extent, ferrous chloride, by the gastric juice. Strongly acid 
salts are decomposed and the combined acid in the salt is 
set free, owing to the formation of the chloride. This acid 
may prove irritating to the mucous membrane of the 
stomach. Acid salts, as the sulphate, are, therefore, more 
suitable for the horse than for the dog, as the hitter is more 
susceptible to the irritating action. Ferric salts being 
astringent, so all the iron salts possess some astringency 
when they are converted into ferric chloride in the stomach. 
But those preparations most astringent outside of the body, 
.are also most astringent in the digestive canal, from the 
fact that probably only part of the dose is changed in the 
stomach. 

The iron salts, on entering the bowels, come into con- 
tact with an alkaline medium. Ferric chloride coming from 
the stomach is converted into ferric oxide — which is held in 
solution by organic compounds in the intestines — and 
ferrous chloride is transformed into soluble ferrous car- 
bonate. In the lower bowels, owing to the presence of 
nascent hydrogen, sulphides and tannic acid, these com- 
pounds are converted into ferrous sulphide and tannate and 
excreted as such in the feces, which are by them colored 
black. Iron is naturally absorbed from the organic com- 
pounds of the metal existing in the nucleoalbumins of food, 
but it is probable that the inorganic salts given as medicine 
are taken up from the digestive tract in minute quantities 
by the leucocytes of the blood and stored in the spleen, 
lymph nodes, bone-marrow and liver, in which latter organ 
it is utilized in the formation of hematin and similar bodies 
and eventually transformed into hemoglobin, the essential 
component of the red corpuscle. It is in this way that 
inorganic iron administered as medicine becomes of benefit. 
The numerous compounds of iron now manufactured by 



SOD INOKGAKIC AGENTS 

pharmaceutical concerns under the name of albuminates 
and peptonates, and supposed to imitate the natural organic 
forms of iron found in the blood and liver, have not proved 
superior to the inorganic salts, but, on the contrary, many 
are practically worthless. 

Blood. — In anaemia, iron indirectly increases the amount 
of haemoglobin in the blood, and also the number of red 
corpuscles. The latter effect is not so marked as with 
arsenic. In regard to iron increasing the number of cor- 
puscles, we may say that the blood-forming organs, especi- 
ally the red m.irrow, are stimuhated, or supplied with 
blood-making material by iron. Iron increases the power 
of the red corpuscles to hold and carry oxygen from the 
lungs to the tissues, and to transform it into ozone. Iron is 
then indirectly an oxidizing agent, stimulating tissue change 
and vital activity. On account of the astringent properties 
of iron, when applied externally to the tissues, it is thought 
that its tonic action internally depends, in part, upon its 
stimulating the contractility of the muscles and vessels, and, 
therefore, improving tone. 

Elimination. — Iron is chiefly excreted by the intestinal 
mucous membrane, however administered, yet it is also 
eliminated to a slight extent by the urine, bile, saliva, sweat 
and tears. 

Summary. — Iron is essentially a blood tonic and restor- 
ative, increasing the number of red blood corpuscles, the 
amount of haemoglobin, and aiding nutrition. Externally it 
is an astringent, styptic and stimulant. 

Uses External. — Liquor ferri chloridi and liquor fenl 
subsulphatis are frequently used to stop bleeding from 
wounds or natural cavities of the body. They may 
be injected, applied by swab, or on absorbent material, 
which is packed into the wound or cavity. As a local 
application in pharyngitis, we use 1 part of the solu- 
tion of ferric chloride with 4 parts of glycerin. In 
the same strength, diluted with water, the chloride may 
be injected into the uterus to stop hemorrhage. Again, a 



GENERAL ACTION OF IRON AND ITS SALTS 201 

solution, in the strength of 2 drachms to the pint of water, 
is employed as an enema to destroy ascarides. The objec- 
tion to these solution.^ of iron is that they form heavy, nasty, 
tenacious clots, Avheu employed to arrest haemorrhage, and 
the clots are apt to decomjiose and favor sepsis. Therefore 
they should not be ns-^l if other means, as ligature, pres- 
sure, heat or cold, or adi*enalin chloride can be utilized. 

Internal. — Reduced iron is one of the best preparations 
for dogs. It is commonly administered in pill, and often 
with other tonics, as strychnine, quinine, and arsenic. 
Reduced iron is non-irritating,' non-astringent, and non- 
constipating. It may be placed on the tongue in the form 
of powder. 

Ferrous sulphate is one of the two most valuable forms 
of iron which can be prescribed to the larger animals. The 
other form is the tincture of ferric chloride. The sulphate 
is more astringent and irritating than some of the other iron 
salts, but does not usually cause constipation in the horse. 
Indeed, when constipation is due to loss of tone in the lower 
bowel, small doses, by their local stimulant action, may 
actually assist peristalsis. The dried ferrous su'phate is 
prescribed to horses in anaemia, and is the most common 
constituent of tonic powders. It is frequently combined 
with powdered gentian, nux vomica, arsenic, and bicarbonate 
of sodium. Sodium bicarbonat-e is useful in indigestion and 
lessens the astringent action of sulphate of iron in neutral- 
izing the acid set free from the palt. Nux vomica relieves 
constipation. A common and useful preparation for the 
horse is as follows : 

Sodii bicarbonatis. 

Pulv. nucis vomicae aa 3 ii. 

Ferri sulpbatis exricc 3 i. 

M. et f. pulv. 1. Dispense pulv. tales no. xxx. 

S. Give one powder on the feed three times daily. 

Ferrous sulphate is given in anaemia secondary to chronic 



202 INORGANIC AGENTS > 

indigestion, intestinal parasites, leucorrhoea, ozoena, albumi- 
nuria, and in convalescence from acute diseases. Ferrous 
sulphate is in itself an anthelmintic, but, to get its full 
effect when used for this purpose in the treatment of round 
worms in the horse (ascarides), it should be given twice 
daily on the food for ten days, and then a pint of linseed oil 
containing three ounces of oil of turpentine is to be admin- 
istered to complete the cure. In convalescence, iron may 
well be preceded b}'' alcohol and bitters. Large doses of 
iron sulphate are indic:.,Led in hEemorrhage from the bowels, 
if unassociated with acute inflammation, as in purpura. In 
the latter disease, sulphuric acid is a synergistic remedy. 

The saccharated ferrous carbonate may be given horses 
if they will not voluntarily take the sulphate of iron on 
their food. It is a useful, mild, non-astringent preparation 
for dogs, and may be given in powder, or the mass may be 
dispensed in pills. 

The iodide of iron is thought to be of benefit in man in 
scrofalous conditions, but as these states do not commonly 
occur in horses and dogs, the drug is chiefly of value, in the 
form of the syrup, in rickets, and acts almost as a specific 
in that form of polyuria afflicting horses during hot weather, 
and also in mild cases of anasarca and dropsy. The syrup 
should be prescribed undiluted and water should be added 
just before administering the preparation. If prescribed 
with water, thp syrup will undergo decomposition if allowed 
to stand for any length of time. The syrup must be a fresh 
preparation, else free iodine is formed in it, which will 
blacken the buccal mucous membrane. When the action of 
iodine and iron is desirable, it is often better to prescribe 
them separately. 

The tincture of ferric chloride is a very powerful 
preparation. It contains free hydrochloric acid. Alcohol 
constitutes three-quarters of its bulk, and there are also 
some traces of ether. It was formerly thought to be hydro- 
chloric ether, arising from the action of the contained 
muriatic acid on the alcohol of the preparation ; but Weir 



' MANGANUM 203 

Mitcliell has shown it to be nitrous ether. Ferric chloride 
is of itself diuretic, apart from any action of nitrous ether 
in the tincture. The free acid aids digestion in the stomach. 
The tincture of ferric chloride is locally stimulant and 
astringent, and generally aids digestion; is diuretic, and in 
large doses, owing to the alcohol which it contains, is 
somewhat stimulating. The tincture is, accordingly, partic- 
ularly valuable in acsemia, dependent upon chronic indiges- 
tion in horses and cattle, and in that occurring in convales- 
cence from acute diseases. In such conditions, the 
preparation stimulates appetite, digestion and renal activity. 
When given by the mouth, the tincture of the chloride of 
iron is of local benefit in pharyngitis, combined with chlorate 
of potash, glycerin and water. It is also prescribed in 
intestinal hemorrhage (dried ferric subsulphate or Monsel's 
salt given in 1-2 drachm doses in gelatine capsules is more 
effective for this purpose in the larger animals), but there is 
no remote astringent or styptic effect exerted upon the 
vessels or tissues. Small doses of the tincture of ferric 
chloride may be safely dropped, undiluted, upon the tongue 
of horses or cattle from a small bottle used a measure. It 
is frequently conjoined with alcohol and mineral acids. 

Iron and ammonium citrate and iron and potassium 
tartrate are mild, non-astringent preparations, suitable for 
dogs and given in pill. 

Iron and quinine citrate is a useful combination for 
dogs, dispensed in pill. It is often employed in canina 
distemper and chorea. 

Manganum. 

(Manganese is not nsed in Medicine in the metallic state.) 

PoTASSii Permanganas. Potassium Permanganate. KMnO^. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kali hypermanganicum crystallisatum, P. G.;. 
lypermanganas potassicus S. kalicus, permanganate of 



204 INORGANIC AGENTS 

^ 

potash, E.; permanganate de potasse, Fr.; uebermangan- 
saures kali, G. 

Derivation. — Caustic potash, chlorate of potassium and 
black oxide of manganese are fused together. 6 KHO 4- 
XCIO3 4- 3 MuO, = 3 K,MuO, -f KCl + 3 H,0. The 
manganate of potassium is boiled with water till the color 
changes to purple and the permanganate is formed. 3 K^ 
MnO, + 2 H,0 = 2 KMnO, + 4 KHO + MnO,. The liquid 
is neutralized with carbonic dioxide gas and evaporated. 

Properties. — Slender, monoclinic prisms, of a dark j)urple 
color, odorless, and having a taste at first sweet, but after- 
wards disagreeable and astringent ; permanent in dry air ; 
soluble in 16 parts of water ; undergoes decomposition with 
alcohol ; reaction neutrah 

Incompatibles. — It is very readily deoxidized in the pres- 
ence of organic matter. 

Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xx. (1.-1.3) in one pint of water; D., 
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12), in pill, or tablet, with kaolin. 

ACTION OF POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE. 

External. — Potassium permanganate, like hydrogen 
dioxide, is a powerful oxidizing agent. It quickly parts 
with its oxygen in contact with organic matter, largely in the 
form of ozone, and is broken up into black oxide of manga- 
nese and potassa. Solutions, which are of a purple hue, 
change into a dark brown color when this transformation 
occurs, and are no longer of any medicinal value. This 
action is exceedingly rapid and transient, and its effects 
correspondingly so on the tissues. For this reason, and 
because bacteria are so combined with organic matter in the 
tissues, its action is largely exerted on the latter, and 
potassium permanganate is, therefore, a better antiseptic 
than disinfectant. Outside of the body, permanganate of 
potash is a disinfectant, but it is too expensive for general 
purposes. In powder it is slightly caustic, owing to the 
potassa set free in its decomposition ; and in solution is 
stimulant to the tissues. A solution of permanganate of 



POTASSIUM PEKMANGANATE 205 

potash is a deodorizer when in contact with putrid and 
decomposing matter, but is not of the slightest value as a 
deodorizer and disinfectant to premises when simply stand- 
ing in vessels, as frequently advised. There is no danger 
from absorption of potassium permanganate when applied 
to the body. 

Uses Internal. — Potassium permanganate is occasionally 
used in human medicine in dyspepsia and flatulence, for its 
antiseptic action, and in obesity. It is supposed to resem- 
ble iron in its effects, and has been used in ammenorrhoea 
associated with ausemia. Moor, of New York, has shown 
that potassium permanganate is the best chemical antidote 
for morphine or opium, chemically destroying them by oxi- 
dation ; 10 to 15 grains may be given to dogs in 8 ounces of 
water immediately after poisoning. Horses may be given 2 
drachms of permanganate of potash in 5 pints of water. In 
case morphine has been swallowed, solutions of potassium 
permanganate should be accidulated with vinegar, or diluted 
sulphuric acid, in order to form soluble compounds in the 
digestive tract. After morphine or opium have been ab- 
sorbed into the blood, it is said that potassium permanganate 
is also antidotal when injected subcutaneously. It is difficult 
to see, theoretically, how this can be the case, and practically 
has been proven not to be so. 

Uses External. — Potassium permanganate is a valuable 
antiseptic and deodorizer in solutions, varying in strength 
from one-tenth of 1 per cent, to 4 per cent., and is used in the 
treatment of sores, wounds, ulcers, abscess, caries, gangrene, 
fetid ozoena, otorrhoea, and leucorrhoea. In the stronger 
solution it is stimulant, as well as antiseptic. It is a useful 
agent in stomatitis and sore throat, when applied locally by 
means of a swab. The powder is employed as a caustic 
upon ulcers. Potassium permanganate is one of the 
best agents with which to sterilize the hands before operat- 
iug. A saturated solution is to be recommended for this 
purpose, and the stains may be removed from the hands 



^06 INORGANIC AGENTS 

by washing tbem in a saturated solution of oxalic acid, or in 
a dilute solution of hydrochloric acid. 

Potassium permanganate is a test for impure water in 
changing color in the presence of organic matter. Two 
ounces of a 1 per cent, solution will clarify and deodorize 
100 gallons of stale and putrescent rain water. 



SECTION VI. 
Hydrargyrum. 

Mercury. Quicksilver. 

Synonym. — Mercurius vivas, argentum vivum, E.; mer- 
•cure, vif- argent, Fr.; quecksilber, G. 

Derivation. — Cinnabar, the native sulphate, is roasted or 
■distilled with lime, and condensed. 

Properties. — A shining, silver-white metal, without odor 
or taste ; liquid at ordinary temperatures, and divisible into 
spherical globules ; insoluble in the ordinary solvents ; boils 
at 675° F., and is completely volatilized; spec, gr., 13.5584. 
"When cooled to 38.88*^ F., it forms a ductile, malleable mass. 

PREPARATIONS CONTAINING METALLIC MERCURY. 

1, — Hydrargyrum cum Creta. Mercury with Chalk. (U. S. & B, P.) 

Mercury, 38 gm. ; honey, 10 gm. ; prepared chalk, 57 gm. ; water, 
sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P.) 

Mercuric'oxide becomes developed by keeping, making the powder 
more active. 

Properties. — A light gray, rather damp powder, free from gritti- 
ness, without odor, and having a slightly sweetish taste. Contains 
mercury in fine division by shaking the ingredients together. 

Dose.— Foals and calves, gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.); D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 

II, — Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Pilula hydrargyri, B. P.; blue mass, blue pill, pilulae 
cceruleae, E.; pilule de mercure, Fr. ; mercurial pillen, G. 

Mercury, 33 gm.; glycyrrhiza, 5 gm,; althaea, 25 gm.; glycerin, 3 
gm. ; honey of roses, 34 gm. Contains 33 per cent, of mercury in a state 
of fine division. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 



BED MERCURIC OXIDE 207 

III, — Unguentum Hydrargyri. Mercurial Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
(Blue Ointment.) 

Synovym. — Pommade mercurielle, pommade Napolitaine, Fr. ; 
graue quecksilbersalbe, G. 

Mercury, 500 gm.; lard, 250 gm. ; suet, 230 gm. ; oleate of mercury, 
20 gm. Contains 50 per cent, of mercury. (U. S. P.) 

Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum. Red Mercuric Oxide. HgO. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum rubrum, P. G.; 
Lydrargyri-nitrico-oxydum, mercurius corrosivus (praecipi- 
tatus) ruber, oxydum hydrargyri cum, peroxide of mercury, 
red precipitate, mercuric oxide, E.; deuto-oxyde (peroxyde) 
de mercure, oxyde mercurique, precipite rouge, poudre de 
Jean de Vigo, Fr.; rotlies quecksilberoxyde, rother pracipi- 
tat (quecksilber-pracipitat), G.. 

Derivation. — Dissolve mercury in diluted nitric acid. 

3 Hg, 4- 16 HNO3 = 6 Hg (NO3),. (Mercuric nitrate) 
+ 4 NO + 8 H,0. 

Rub mercuric nitrate with metallic mercury and heat. 

2 Hg (NO3), + Hg, = 4 HgO + 2 N,0,. 

Properties. — Heavy, orange-red, crystalliue scales, or a 
crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat 
metallic taste ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in 
water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Ruhri. Ointment of Red Mercuric Oxide. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Red precipitate ointment, red mercuric oxide, 10; cas- 
tor oil, 5; ointment, 85. (U. S. P.) 



Hydrargyri Oxidum Flavum. Yellow Mercuric Oxide. HgO. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum oxydatum via bumida para- 
tum, P. G.; hydrargyrum oxydatum praecipitatum (vel 



208 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

flaviim), precipitated oxide of mercury, E.; oxyde de mercure 
jaune (precipite), Fr.; priicipitirtes (Gelbes) qnecksilber- 
oxyde, G. 

Derivation. — Precipitate an aqueous solution of mercuric 
chloride, 100, with caustic soda, 40 : HgCl + 2 NaOH = 
HgO 4- 2 NaCl + H„0. 

Properties. — A light orange-yellow, amorphous, heavy, 
impalpable powder ; odorless, and having a somewhat met- 
allic taste ; permanent in the air, but turning darker on 
exposure to the light ; almost insoluble in water ; insoluble 
in alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. Ointment of Yellow Mercuric 
Oxide. (U. S. P.) 
Yellow mercuric oxide, 10; ointment, 90. 

Oltatum Hydrargyri. Oleate of Mercury. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Yellow mercuric oxide, 200; oleic acid, 800. (U. S. P.) 

Hydeargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. Corrosive Mercuric 
Chloride. Hg CI,. (U. S. P.) 
( Corrosive Chloride of 3Iercury, Corrosive Sublimate.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyri perchloridum, B. P.; hydrargy- 
rum birchloratum corrosivum, P. G.; hydrargyrum muriati- 
cum corrosivum, hydrargyri bichloridum, sublimatus cor- 
rosivus, sublimatum corrosivum, mercurius sublimatus 
corrosivus, chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyricum, per- 
chloride of mercury, bichloride of mercury, E.; Deuto- 
chlorure de mercure, sublime corrosif, chlorure mercurique, 
Fr.; ffitzendes quecksilberchlorid, setzender quecksilbersub- 
limat, G. 

Derivation. — Heat a mixture of mercuric sulphate, 20;: 
sodium chloride, 16 ; manganese dioxide, 1. Hg SO^ + 2 
NaCl + MnO, = HgCL + Na, SO, + MuO,. The bichloride 
sublimes and is condensed. 

Properties.-^13.ea,yj, colorless, rhombic crystals, or crys- 



MILD MERCUROUS CHLORIDE 209 

talliiie masses; odorless, and having an acrid and persistent 
metallic taste ; permanent in the air; soluble in 16 parts of 
water and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Incompatlhles. — It is incompatible with most substances. 

Dose.—R. & a, gr.v.-vii. (.3-.5); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii. (.12); 
D.,gr.3V-i(-002-.008). 

Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. Mild Mercurous Chloride. 

Hg.Cl,. (U. S. P.) 

[Calomel, 3Iild Cldoride of 3Iercury.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyri subchloridnra, B. P.; hydrargy- 
rum chloratum mite, P. G.; hydrargyri chloridum, hydrar- 
gyrum chloratum (muriaticum) dulce, mercurius dulcis, 
calomelas chloruretum (chloretum) hydrargyrosum, sub- 
chloride (protochloride) ot" mercury, E.; protochlorure (sous- 
muriate) de mercure, calomele, Fr.; quecksilberchloriir, 
calomel, G. 

Derivation. — Heat mercurous sulphate and sodium 
chloride. Calomel sublimes. Hgo SO^ + 2 Na CI = Hg^. 
CI, + Na, SO,. 

Proj^erties. — A white, impalpable powder ; odorless and 
tasteless ; permanent in the air ; insoluble in water or 
alcohol. When strongly heated it is wholly volatilized 
without melting. 

Bose.—n., 3ss.-i. (2.-4); C, 3 v.-vi. (20.-24); D., gr.ss. 
(.03), in divided doses; T>., gr.iii.-v. (.2-.3) in single doses. 

PREPARATION. 

Piliilce Catharticce Composiice. Compound Cathartic Pills. (U. S. P.) 

Compound extract of colocynth, 80; calomel, 60; extract of jalap, 
30; gamboge, 15; water, Q. S. to make 1,000 jjills, 
Dose.— D., pill 1 to 3. 

Hydrargyri Iodiddm Eubrum. Red Mercuric Iodide. Hgl,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
[Binodide of Mercury, Red Iodide of Blercury.) 
Synonym. — Hydrargyrum biiodatum rubrum, P. G.; 



210 INORGANIC AGENTS 

deutoioduretum (biniodidum) hydrargyri, mercurius iodatus 
ruber, iduretum liydrargyricum, E.; deu-t-iodure (bi-iodure) 
de merciire, iodure mercurique, Fr.; rotlies jodquecksilber, 
quecksilberjodid, .G. 

Derivation. — Mix aqueous solutions of corrosive mercuric 
chloride, 40gm., and potassium iodide, 50gm. The red 
iodide is precipitated. Filter, wash and dry. HgC]„ + 2 KT 
= Hgl, + 2 K CI. 

Properties. — A scarlet-red, amorphous powder ; odorless 
and tasteless ; permanent in the air ; almost insoluble in 
water ; soluble in 130 parts of alcohol. 

Unguentum Hydeaegyei Nitkatis. Ointment of Mercuric 
Nitrate. (Citrine Ointment). 

Mercury, 70 gm.; nitric acid, 175 gm.; lard oil, 760 gm. 
Properties. — A lemon-yellow ointment. 

Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. Ammoniated Mercury. NH^ 
HgCl. (U.S.&B.P.) 

( White Precipitate, Mercuric Ammonium Chloride.) 

Synonym. — Hydrargyrum prsecipitatum album, P. G.; 
hydrargyrum amidato-bichloratum (ammoniato-muriaticum), 
hydrargyri ammonio-chloridum, mercurius pi secipitatus 
albus, E.; oxychlorure ammoniacal de mercure, mercure pre- 
cipite blanc, Fr.; weisse quecksilber-pracipat, quecksilber- 
chloridamidid, G. 

Derivation. — Mix an aqueous solution (1-20) of corrosive 
mercuric chloride, 200, with ammonia water, 15. 

HgCl + 2 NH.OH = NH, Hg CI + NH.Cl + 2H,0. 
Filter, wash with diluted ammonia water (1-20), and dry the 
precipitated ammoniated mercury. 

Projjerties. — White, pulverent pieces, or a white, amor- 
phous powder, without odor, and having an earthy, after- 
wards styptic and metallic, taste ; permanent in the air; 
almost insoluble in water or in alcohol. 



GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS 211 



PREPARATION. 



Ungtcentuvi Hydrargyri Ammoniati. Ointment of Ammoniated Mer- 
cury. (U. S. & B. P ) 

Synonym.— 'White precipitate ointment. Ammoniated mercury, 
10; benzoinated lard, 90. (U. S. P.) ' 



GENERAL ACTION OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

External. — The salts of mercury are germicidal, irritant, 
and, in some cases, caustic, when applied externally. 
Corrosive sublimate is the most powerful antiseptic in 
general use. It unites with albuminous fluids in, or on, the 
tissues, to form insoluble albuminates of mercury, and its 
antiseptic properties are then lost. This action is prevented 
by adding 5 parts of tartaric acid to 1 part of corrosive 
sublimate, and such combination is provided in the tablets 
manufactured for surgical purposes. 

Hydrochloric acid, or salt, may be employed to obtain 
the same result. Corrosive sublimate is a more powerful 
germicide than carbolic acid, yet it cannot be used to disin- 
fect metallic instruments, as the bichloride is decomposed 
and mercury deposited upon them. The salts of mercury 
kill the lower forms of animal as well as vegetable life, and 
are valuable in the treatment of parasitic skin diseases. As 
a rule, antiseptics relieve itching, and the mercury salts are 
often used to combat this condition. Mercury and its salts 
are absorbed when rubbed into the unbroken skin, particu- 
larly when in combination with oil or grease. 

Metallic mercury and its salts (notably the iodide), when 
rubbed well into the skin with fat, are thought to aid the 
absorption of inflammatory exudates in underlying parts. 

Internal. — The irritant salts of mercury, as the bichloride, 
iodide, nitrate, and some of the oxides, in large doses, 
produce gastro-enteritis, vomiting, colic, bloody diarrhoea, 
collapse and death. The white of egg is an antidote to 
corrosive sublimate, forming an insoluble albuminate. 



212 . INOKGANIC AGENTS 

Emetics, or the stomach pump, should be used in case 
vomiting is not spontaneous. 

The use of mercury, or any of its compounds, if con- 
tinued for any considerable time, either internally or exter- 
nally, in such a way as to lead to absorption, may cause a 
chronic form of poisoning or mercurialism. This condition 
is characterized by fetor of the breath and soreness of the 
gums, making mastication painful. The gums are swollen 
and bleed easily ; the tongue swells and salivation ensues. 
The teeth become loosened, the salivary and parotid glands 
enlarge, the temperature is elevated, and if the condition 
continues, there are : ulceration of the mouth (mercurial 
stomatitis), necrosis of the jaw, general weakness, a watery 
condition of the blood, oedema, anaemia and cachexia, pros- 
tration and death. Local poisoning, as exhibited by paralysis 
of the hand and forearm, has occurred in a man who applied 
the ointment of red iodide of mercury to cattle. There is a 
tendency for mercury to accumulate in the system, when 
given in large doses, or in smaller doses when continued for 
a considerable period. 

The prevailing fashion of administering calomel in small 
and repeated doses, may lead to mercurialism if purgation 
does not occur. 

Stomach and Intestines. — Mercury and the mercurous 
salts, especially calomel, are mildly irritant and act as pur- 
gatives. The upper part of the intestinal tract, notably the 
duodenum, is influenced, and peristalsis and secretion are 
stimulated so that the bile is hurried along together with 
the other ingesta, and expelled. Calomel and mercury are 
called cliolagoga3 cathartics, yet they do not increase the 
amount of bile secreted, but diminish it by retarding its 
absorption in the bowels. Corrosive sublimate, on the 
other hand, is an hepatic stimulant and augments the amount 
of bile secreted. 

The purgative action of calomel and mercury in the 
small intestines is assisted by salines, which increase the 
amount of fluid in the bowels, and aid in the expulsion and 



GENERAL ACTION OF MERCUI.Y A::D ITS SALTS 213 

prevent the absorption of mercury. The saline should be 
given four hours after the administration of calomel to 
cattle. 

Blood. — Mercury is generally thought to circulate in the 
blood as an albuminate. It is stated that metallic mercury 
is a'^sorbed unchanged and circulates in this condition in the 
blood ; while it is also held that corrosive sublimate finds 
its Wiiy into the blood as an albuminate of the oxidp. of 
mercury, iu combination with sodium chloride. It will be 
j^erceived that there is no exact knowledge concerning this 
matter. It is supposed that mercury diminishes the fibrin 
in the blood, and the production of exudations, especially in 
connection with inflammation of serous membranes, and 
even hastens the absorption of inflammatory deposits. 
Mercury is, therefore, said to be antiphlogistic in combating 
the effects of inflammation. A part of this result may be 
attributed to the antiseptic action of the salts of mercury in 
the intestines by preventing fermentation and absorption of 
toxic material. For want of a better term to explain the 
beneficial actions of mercury on the tissues, that vague term 
^'alterative" is frequently applied. Mercury (and calomel 
in particular) is somewhat diuretic, stimulating the secreting 
cells, or nerves of the kidneys, and increasing the amount of 
urine. 

Elimination. — Mercury is eliminated slowly by the 
liidneys, liver, salivary glands, and, in fact, by every con- 
ceivable channel. In thus stimulating the eliminative 
activities of the various glands, mercury has been termed a 
deobstruent. It has been surmised that its alterative effect 
depends, in part, upon this action in stimulating — to use the 
old term — the emunctories. 

SUMMARY OF ACTIONS OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

External. — Antiseptic, germicide, irritant, caustic, para- 
siticide, antipruritic and sorbefacient. 

Internal. — Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo- 
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel). 



214 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Internal. — Antiseptic, purgative, cholagogue, antiphlo- 
gistic, and alterative diuretic (calomel). 

TOXICOLOGY. 

(See action internal.) 

USES OF MERCURY AND ITS SALTS. 

Hydrargyrum cum creta is similar to calomel in it» 
effects, but very much milder, unless it contains the black 
oxide of mercury, when its action is much intensified. The 
same may be said of massa hydrargyri. Either preparation 
may be given dogs as a laxative in indigestion with vomitings 
and diarrhoea ; or to foals and calves with intestinal indiges- 
tion and diarrhoea, particularly if accompanied with jaundice. 
The oleatum or ungaentum hydrargyri are rubbed into the 
skin to cause resolution of chronic inflammatory swellings, 
and also to kill animal and vegetable parasites. As the 
former action is due to absorption, large quantities will lead 
to poisoning when applied over an extensive surface. We 
can use other and safer remedies, as creolin, tar or sulphiir 
ointment, for parasiticides. It is to be remembered in this 
connection that grease alone will kill lice and other parasites 
on the skin. On account of their sorbefacient properties, 
the oleate and blue ointment of mercury are applied over 
chronically enlarged glands, swollen joints, and thickened 
tendons. In view of their parasitic action, these preparations 
are employed to kill the fungus of favus and ringworm, and 
to destroy lice and the acari of mange, when inhabiting 
circumscribed areas. Itching in skin diseases, as chronic 
eczema and psoriasis, is relieved by either blue ointment or 
the oleate of mercury. 

HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM, OR FLAVUM. 

The official ointments of the red and yellow mercuria 
oxides are prescribed, as stimulant and antiseptic prepara- 
tions, in chronic conjunctivitis, granular lids and scaly skin, 
diseases. They are also employed on indolent ulcers> 



HYDBARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM 215 

swollen glands and old granulating surfaces. When used on 
mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, the official ointments 
should be diluted with equal parts of lard. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM CORROSIVUM. 

External. — Corrosive sublimate is of value mainly as 
an antiseptic on the unbroken skin. It is germicide in 
solutions containing 1 part to 500, or 1,000, of water. 
Applied to mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, it is anti- 
septic in solutions varying in strength from 1-10,000 
to 1-1,000. 

In the larger cavities of the body, as the vagina, solu- 
tions should not be used in strength greater than 1-5000 or 
1-3000. Recent experiments by Harrington and Walker go 
to show that corrosive sublimate is much less active than 
commonly believed. A 1-1000 solution requires more than 
ten minutes' contact to kill common forms of pus cocci, so 
that dipping the hands for a few seconds in such solutions 
does more harm than good in inducing a false security 
which does not exist. They conclude by saying that, as 
the result of their experiments, "corrosive sublimate in any 
of the strengths commonly employed is a much overrated 
disinfectant, and under the best of conditions is so uncer- 
tain in its action that it would be of advantage to abandon 
its use altogether in surgery." These men are known to be 
careful and trustworthy investigators and their findings 
agree with the results obtained by many great surgeons. 
In view of the ease with which corrosive sublimate combines 
with albumin, it is best not to rely upon this agent for 
wound disinfection, but to employ normal salt solution for 
cleansing, followed by hydrogen dioxide. For hand disin- 
fection, alcohol in 60 to 70 per cent, strength is much more 
effective. 

Mercuric bichloride, even in the weaker solution, is too 
damaging to the serous membrane of the peritoneal cavity, 
and there is too much danger of absorption to warrant 
us in using it in intra-abdominal operations. As a caustic, 



216 INORGANIC AGENTS 

saturated solutions are injected into fistulous tracts : e.g.^ 
fistula3 of the withers, "quittor" and "poll evil," to destroy 
their so-called pyogenic membranes, and hasten repair. 
There is not much danger of absorption when used in this 
way. 

Corrosive sublimate is very useful as a parasiticide, in 
destroying lice, ringworm and the fungus of favus, in solu- 
tion (1-500) on the unbroken skin. It also relieves itching 
in pruritus, prurigo and urticaria, but is generally inferior 
to carbolic acid in this respect. . Bichloride solutions may 
be used in the septic uterus (after removing placental or 
membranous remains, with the hands, forceps or curette), 
in the strength of 1-3000 or 1-5000. Apart from the body, 
corrosive sublimate in solution (1-500 or 1-1000) is one of 
the cheapest and most effective disinfectants for premises 
infected with the contagion of glanders, anthrax, etc. The 
walls and floors of stables (after thorough cleansing and 
washing with soft soap and boiling water), clothing and all 
paraphernalia, not metallic, can be disinfected by washing 
or-soaking in solutions of bichloride. Before operations, 
the operative field should be sterilized by scrubbing with 
green soap and then with Harrington's solution* after the 
hair has been shaved from the part. The operator's hands 
can be also sterilized to best advantage with 60 per cent, 
solution of alcohol in water. During an operation, irri- 
gation with corrosive (1-3000) solution or boiled normal 
salt solution is commonly practised. In epizootic abor- 
tion, in addition to quarantining the diseased animals, 
their discharges and the premises should be disinfected, 
and both the well and sick female animals should 
be washed twice daily about the genital regions with 
a solution of corrosive sublimate. Yellow wash, made by 



* Harrinojton's solution consists of : Commercial alcohol (94 per 
per cent.), 640 c.c; commercial hydrochloric acid, 60 c.c; corrosive 
sublimate, 0.8 gm. It is the most powerful preparation for skin disin- 
fection known, rendering the skin sterile in most cases after applica- 
tion for two minutes. 



\ 



HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE 217 

tlie addition of 30 gr. of mercuric bichloride to 1 pint of 
lime water, is sometimes employed as a stimulant applica- 
tion in chronic eczema, and to relieve itching. It contains 
the yellow oxide of mercury. In purulent conjunctivitis, 
frequent irrigation with a 1-1000 solution of corrosive subli- 
mate is of the greatest service. 

Internal. — Corrosive sublimate is of value in minute 
doses as a blood tonic, and is recommended as an antiphlo- 
gistic agent in diminishing fibrinous exudation in inflamma- 
tory diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, meningitis, 
and arthritis. It is probably inferior to calomel for this 
purpose. We at least know that calomel is an efficient 
cathartic in inflammatory diseases. 

Mercuric bichloride is employed as an intestinal anti- 
septic and hepatic stimulant, in the treatment of dysentery 
and diarrhoea with mucous or vile smelling discharges. In 
these conditions, irrigation of the rectam with a 1-5000 
solution is of advantage. This solution should be drained 
off through the rectal tube and followed by an injection of 
plain boiled water. 

Administration. — Corrosive sublimate is given in the 
iorm of a pill or ball. If exhibited in solution to the large 
animals, it must be diluted with 2 quarts of water. 

HYDRARGYRI CHLORIDUM MITE. 

External. — Calomel is of use in chronic eczema when 
applied over small patches in its pure state, or as " black 
wash." The latter consists of one drachm of calomel in one 
pint of lime water, forming the black oxide of mercury, and 
is a very efficient preparation to relieve itching and promote 
recovery in chronic eczema, by mild stimulation. Calomel 
is of benefit when blown into the eye once or twice a week, 
stimulating and hastening absorption of opacities of the 
cornea following keratitis. It is the best agent to arrest 
thrush when worked up into the commisure of the hoof, 
^between the frog and the bars, and retained in place by 
oakum packing. 



218 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Internal. — Calomel is a purgative, intestinal antiseptic, 
cholagogae, diuretic and alterative. It is also used for its 
remote antiphlogistic effects. It is particularly adapted to 
dogs, and is given iu a single dose, or often, to better advan- 
tage, in half-grain doses, repeated every two hours till 
purgation occurs. For diarrhoea or vomiting in dogs, 
calomel is useful in removing the source of irritation, in 
"being antiseptic and easily borne by an irritable stomach. 
Calomel is partially transformed, by the alkaline secretions 
of the bowels, into the mercurous oxide, audit is to this salt 
that its purgative action is due. Combination with sodium 
bicarbonate assists in this transformation, and is commonly 
practised. The administration of calomel should be followed 
by oil, salines or other cathartics, if purgation does not 
occur within twenty-four hours after its ingestion, otherwise 
mercurialism may occur. 

In heptogenous jaundice, with light-colored faeces, owing 
to hepatic congestion, gastro-daodenitis or constipation, 
calomel is a valuable remedy for dogs, followed by the use 
of nitro-muriatic acid. In the jaundice occurring as a form 
of influenza in horses, nitro-muriatic acid is more effective. 
Calomel is one of the best remedies for the treatment of 
dysentery, unless there is great weakness. It should be 
continued in repeated small doses till the character of the 
discharge changes. Foals and calves, with indigestion and 
diarrhoea, may be given calomel to advantage to remove the 
source of irritation in the digestive tract. Calomel must be 
combined with a small dose of aloes, or with linseed oil, to 
form an effective cathartic for the horse. As aloes acts on 
the large, and calomel on the small, intestines, the above 
combination secures a general purgative influence. 

Cattle are given calomel, followed by the administration 
of salines, to produce free catharsis. As a remedy for round 
worms, I to ^ grain each of santonin and calomel, with 5 
grains of sugar of milk, are administered to dogs four times, 
at half hour intervals, and followed by castor oil. Lumbri- 
coid worms in the horse, may be treated by conjoining 2 



HYDKARGYRI lODIDU.M RUBRUM 219 

draclims of santonin with 1 drachm of calomel, given in the 
form of a ball to the fasting animal, and repeated once on 
the following day if necessary. Calomel was formerly very 
frequently used, and is occasionally prescribed to this day 
in the treatment of pleuritis, meningitis, peritonitis, pericar- 
ditis, and iritis, for its antiphlogistic and alterative action in 
diminishing inflammatory exudations. 

At the present time these actions are very much ques- 
tioned, and any beneficial effects accruing from the use of 
calomel in iuflammatoiy diseases are now ascribed to its 
action as a purgative and intestinal antiseptic in destroying 
and eliminating toxins from the bowels. 

Calomel is of value in inflammatory diseases when given 
at the onset of the attack. In dropsy (ascites of dogs), 
calomel sometimes acts as a useful diuretic, when combined 
with digitalis and squill in pill form. 

Administration. — Calomel is given to cattle on the tongue 
or in gruel ; to horses in ball, on the food, or on the tongue ; 
to dogs in pill, tablet or on the tongue. The compound 
cathartic pill is a good purgative preparation for occasional 
use. Two to three pills for large dogs ; one to two pills for 
smaller animals. 

HIDRAKGYRI lODIDDM RUBRUM. 

The red mercuric iodide is a favorite remedy in 
veterinary practice. It causes absorption of morbid exuda- 
tions through its counter-irritant, local absorbent and alter- 
ative effect, in combining the action of iodine and mercury. 
It is employed with 8 to 10 or 12 parts of lard or vaseline, 
and is of value in the treatment of periostitis with osseous 
deposits, especially for splints. Spavin and ringbone are 
treated with red iodide of mercury alone, but are generally 
cured more effectively by rest, firing, and blistering. The 
red iodide of mercury ointment is also of use for enlarged 
glands, chronic swelling about tendons, joints or bursfe j 
and applied about the throat in chro-nic laryngitis and 
" roaring." The ointment is rubbed on splints every third 



220' INORGANIC AGENTS 

day, or until vesication is produced, and the hair begins to 
drop out, when its use is stopped for a time. Like other 
mercury preparations, the red iodide must not be employed 
in large quantities over an extensive surface. It is much 
more irritant locally than blue ointment. 

UNGUENTUM HYDRARGYRI NITRATIS. 

Citrine ointment is similar to unguentum hydrargyri 
ammoniati (white precipitate ointment), but more power- 
ful, and should be diluted with equal parts of lard. These 
preparations are used for their stimulant action in granular 
lids, chronic eczema, psoriasis, pityriasis, and for their 
anti-parasitic eli'ect in ringworm. 



SECTION VII. 

Arsenum. 

Arsenic is not iised in the metcdUc state in medicine. 

Arseni Trioxidum (U. S. P.) 
AciDUM Arsenosum. Arsenous Acid. As.Oj. 

Synonym. — Acidum arseniosum, B. P.; acidum arsenic- 
osum, P. G. ; arsenic trioxide, white arsenic, arsenicum 
album, arsenic, arsenious anhydrid, E.; acid arsenieux, 
arsenic blanc, fleurs d'arsenic, Fr.; arsenicsaure, weisser 
arsenic, G. 

Derivation. — Arsenical ores are roasted and purified by 
sublimation. 

Properties. — A heavy solid, occurring either as an opaque, 
white powder, or in irregular masses of two varieties; the one 
amorphous, transparent and colorless, like glass ; the other 
crystalline, opaque, or white, resembling porcelain. Both 
are odorless and tasteless. The glassy variety dissolves 
slowly in 30 parts of water ; the porcelain-like in 80 parts 
of water. Arsenous acid is sparingly soluble in alcohol, but 
soluble in glycerin, hydrochloric acid and solutions of the 



SOLUTION OF POTASSIUM ARSENITE 221 

alkali hydrates and carbonates. Wlieu lieated to 424^ F., 
arsenous acid is completely volatilized without melting. 

Incompatihles. — Lime water, salts of iron and magnesia. 

Dose.—'R, gr.i.-v. (.06-.3j ; Sh. & Sw., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; 
Dv g'^-aV-yV (•002-.006.) 

Usual dose for H., gr.ii.-iii. (.12'.2). 

Liquor Potash Aesenitis. Solution of Potassium Arsenite. 

(U. S. P.) 
{Folder s Solution.) 

Synonym. — Liquor arsenicalis, B. P.; liquor kali arseni- 
cosi, P.G.; solutio arsenicalis Fowleri, kali arsenicosum 
solutum, arsenical solution, E.; liqueur arsenicale de Fowler, 
Fr.; Fowlers'ehe tropfen, G. Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; potas- 
sium bicarbonate, 20 gm.; compound tincture of lavender, 
30 Cc; distilled water to make 1000 Cc. Strength, 1 part 
of arsenous acid in 100. 

Dose.—H. & C, 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. 
(4.-8.) ; D., 111ii.-i. (.12-.6). 

Usual dose for H., 3 ss. (15.). 

Liquor Acidi Aesenosi. Solution of Arsenous Acid. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor arsenici hydrochloricus, B.P.; hydro- 
chloric solution of arsenic, E.; liqueur arsenicale hydrochlo- 
rique, Fr.; chlorarsenik-losung, G. 

Arsenous acid, 10 gm.; diluted hydrochloric acid, 50 Cc; 
distilled water, a sufficient quantity to make 1000 Cc. 
Strength, 1 part of arsenous acid in 100. 

Dose. — Same as Fowler's solution. 

ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS. 

External. — Arsenous acid acts as a caustic on raw sur- 
faces and mucous membranes. It produces considerable 
pain, and may lead to poisoning. In frogs poisoned by 



222 INORGANIC AGENTS 

arsenic the epidermis peels off very readily, owing to 
degeneration of its lower layers. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Arsenic, when given in 
minute doses, improves the appetite, and increases both the 
motion and secretions of the stomach and duodenum. In 
larger amounts, arsenic is an irritant, causing loss of appetite, 
nausea and digestive disturbance. In toxic doses arsenic 
produces gastro-enteritis. 

Blood. — Arsenic is absorbed into the blood, and in some 
forms of anaemia increases notably the number of red 
corpuscles, and to some extent the haemoglobin. 

Circulation. — It is said that arsenic stimulates the pulse 
rate when given in minute doses. In large doses it has a 
local depressing action on the heart — and probably a local 
action on the vessels — lowering the force and frequency of 
the heart and reducing blood pressure. The nerve endings, 
ganglia, and muscle of the heart are alike paralyzed, and 
this action takes place when the heart is removed from the 
body. 

Respiration. — In small doses arsenic stimulates the 
respiratory centre, and probably the peripheral vagi ; whereas 
in lethal amounts it is said to paralyze only the latter. 

Nervous System. — The nervous apparatus is powerfully 
influenced by arsenic. Toxic doses cause paralysis of the 
spinal tracts, in frogs, with loss of sensation, motion, and 
Teflex action. There is conflicting testimony relating to 
which centres succumb first. The nerve trunks are affected 
in the higher animals. There is peripheral neuritis and 
trophic changes occur. Medicinal doses of arsenic are 
stimulant to the nervous system generally. 

Metabolism. — Therapeutic doses probably diminish 
tissue change and the elimination of urea and carbonic 
dioxide. Large doses, on the other hand, increase metabolic 
processes and the escape of nitrogenous waste. 

Elimination. — Arsenic is eliminated slowly by most 
channels. It is found in the urine, faeces, milk, sweat, tears 
and saliva. It exists in, aid can be recovered from, the 



ACTION OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 22^ 

bodies of animals years after their death from toxic amounts 
of arsenic. 

Summary. — Arsenic is unfortunately one of the drugs 
whose physiological action — so far as we know it — does not 
throw any light, in many instances, upon its therapeutic 
effects. In altering the condition of the patient for the 
better, in some diseases, it is described by that vague and 
otherwise indefinable term, " alterative." 

Toxicology. — The lower animals, as the horse and cow, 
are proportionately not nearly so susceptible to the poisonous 
effects of arsenic as the human subject. Two grains is the 
smallest fatal dose reported in man. Amounts larger than 
a drachm appear to be required to cause death in the horse, 
although mu.ch smaller quantities have produced death when 
repeated a number of times. Mild toxic action is seen 
following therapeutic doses of arsenic when the physiological 
limit is reached. This condition is characterized by loss of 
appetite (nausea and vomiting in dogs), watery discharge 
from the nose and eyes, pnffiness of the eyelids, indigestion 
with mild colic, and diarrhoea. The pulse may be accelerated 
and harder than normal. 

Acute Poisoning begins with bilious, mucous, or bloody 
purging and colic. There is vomiting in dogs. Thirst is 
excessive ; the urine is high-colored and albuminous ; the 
pulse is feeble, small and frequent 'y the respiration is rapid 
and difficult from abdominal pain ; the extremities are cold, 
and there is great weakness of the limbs. Collapse, with 
convulsions and coma, often close the scene in from five to 
twenty hours to three days. 

A sub-acute form of poisoning occasionally occurs after 
a remission from the acute attack, only to be followed by 
death in from two to five days. In the interim, cutaneous 
eruptions may appear. Karely, death takes place within 
an hour or two, in coma, collapse or convulsions. 

Chronic Poisoning, such as is seen in the human subject 
living in apartments furnished with arsenical wall paper or 
i'abrics, or in those working in arsenic, is rarely observed 



224 INORGANIC AGENTS 

in animals and would not be likely to occnr save in those 
living in the immediate vicinity of chemical works. In this 
condition there are symptoms similar to those noted above 
as oecurrinpjin the milder form of arsenic poisoning, together 
with gradual loss of strength and flf^sli, local 23aralysis or 
paraplegia, and anaesthesia. Fatty degeneration of the liver, 
kidneys, heart, stomach and muscles, in cases of chronic 
arsenical poisoning, is found after death. 

The jwst-morfrm chiiuges observed after acute poisoning, 
nre as follows : The gastric mucous membrane, especially 
the villous portion in horses, is swollen, softened and covered 
with patches of a deep crimson or dark brown color. There 
is rarely ulceration. The upper portion of the small 
intestines, and in horses sometimes the whole of the intes- 
tinal tract, is similarly affected with that of the stomach. 
There is generally a wide-spread fatty degeneration of the 
internal organs and muscles. 

The treatment of acute poisoning depends mainly upon 
the use of the official freshly prepared arsenic antidote 
(ferri oxidum hydratum cum magnesia) in large quantities. 
If this can not be obtained, an antidote can be prepared by 
precipitating Monsel's Solution, or the tincture of the 
chloride of iron, with sodium bicarbonate or ammonia. 
Dialyzed iron may be precipitated with an alkali. In either 
case the precipitate should be washed in a filter of muslin 
and given in large amounts. If vomiting has not occurred,, 
zinc sulphate should be given, or the stomach pump or 
siphon resorted to, and the stomach well washed out. The 
after-treatment is carried out with castor oil, demulcents, 
opium and external heat. Sweet spirit of nitre is to be 
prescribed, with considerable water, to flush out the kidneys. 

Uses External. — A paste containing 1 part each of 
arsenous acid and gum arabic, with 5 parts of water, is 
used to destroy warts and morbid growths. Arsenous acid, 
diluted with 5 parts of lard, may be employed to slough out 
fistulous tracts. In any case, there is danger of poisoning 
through absorption, if a sufficient amount of arsenic is used ;. 



USES OF ARSENICAL COMPOUNDS 225 

"but, on tlie other hand, the clanger is slight if a large enough 
quantity is applied to cause rapid sloughing. Arsenic is the 
principal constituent of so-called " sheep-dips " employed 
to kill ticks and other parasites in the wool. Finlay T)nn 
recommends 2| lbs. of arsenous acid with an equal 
amount of pearl ash, soft soap, and sulphur, dissolved in 10 
gallons of boiling water and added to 90 gallons of cokl 
water. This quantity will suffice for dipping 100 sheep. 
The sheep are submerged, except their heads, for a few 
seconds, and placed on a grating to drain into a tub, from 
which the water flows back into the first receptacle. The 
excess of water in their fleeces is squeezed out with the 
hands and a scraper. Sheep have been poisoned after 
dipping, by eating grass and fodder on which they have 
drained ; therefore the sheej) should always be kept on clean 
floors or yards in the open air and sunlight until they have 
become thoroughly dry. Sulpho-naphtol (1-100) or creolini 
are preferable for this purpose, since they are as efi'ective- 
and safer. 

Uses Infernal. — Arsenic is of the greatest service in th& 
treatment of indigestion in horses associated with malnutri- 
tion and staring coat. In this condition, arsenous acid is; 
often combined with sodium bicarbonate and nux vomica 
and may be given io powder on the food. It is also of value 
in atonic diarrhoea, and is used in both the serous and 
dysenteric varieties. In diminishing tissue change, and in 
acting as a blood tonic, arsenic is believed to improve the- 
condition, endurance, and wind in horses, and is popularly 
prescribed by dealers and others. 

The classical case of the arsenic-eating peasants of 
Styria seems to corroborate this view. These people appear 
to be very robust and healthy. Five grains of arsenic was 
given experimentally to one of them without producing any 
untoward effect. Arsenic seems to influence favorably 
diseased mucous membranes of the respiratory tract, to 
improve their nutrition, and hasten absorption and repair 
in diseases of the air passages. Coryza, ozoena, chronio 



'226 INORGANIC AGENTS 

cough, asthma, emphysema and " broken wind " are greatly 
benefitted by a course of arsenic, and in chronic conditions 
the treatment should be sustained for months in small 
doses. 

"Thick wind " and convalescence from acute bronchitis, 
pneumonia or influenza are favorably influenced by arsenic. 
Arsenic is one of the best agents we can prescribe in general 
debility and ansemia and may be conjoined with bitters or 
iron. 

In dry, scaly skin diseases, arsenic is the most successful 
internal remedy, but should not be prescribed in moist con- 
ditions associated with a proliferation of new cells, or 
exudate of serum or other liquid. It is particularly useful 
in psoriasis ; also in chronic squamous, or papular eczema, 
lichen, acne and chronic urticaria, when given for a con- 
siderable length of time in small doses. 

In the human subject, arsenic is almost a specific in 
chorea, but does not seem to yield such good results in that 
disease in dogs, usually associated with distemper. Fowler's 
Solution should be given to dogs with chorea, in doses of 
two or three drops three times daily, and gradually increased 
till the physiological limit is reached. Large single doses 
of arsenous acid ( 3 ss.) are sometimes given with calomel 
( 3 i.) and aloes ( 3 iv.), in a ball to horses to kill round 
worms. 

Administration. — Arsenic is given to horses as Fowler's 
Solution, or arsenous acid, on the food. If continued for a 
long time, arsenic must be prescribed in small doses once 
daily, or in larger doses once in two or three days. Arsenic 
is exhibited to dogs in tablet or pill, and as Fowler's 
Solution. The administration of Fowler's Solution 
secures more rapid and accurate results than that of white 
arsenic. 



ANTIMONY SULPHIDE 22T 

Antimonium. 

(The metal antimony is not used in medicine.) 

Antimonii Sulphidum. Antimony Sulphide. SboSj. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Antimony trisulpliide, E.; stibium oxydatum, 
•oxydum antimonicum vel stibicum ; oxyde d'antimoine, Fr.; 
antimonoxyd, G. 

Derivation. — Native antimony sulphide, purified by 
fusion, and as free from arsenic as possible. 

Properties. — Steel-gray masses of a metallic lustre and a 
striated, crystalline fracture, forming a black, or grayish- 
black, lustreless powder ; without odor or taste, and per« 
manent in the air. Insoluble in alcohol or water. 

Antimonii Sulphidum Pukificatum. Purified Antimony 
Sulphide. Sb,^3. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Antimonium nigrum purificatum, B.P.; puri- 
fied antimony trisulphide, E. 

Derivation. — Antimony sulphide, 100 ; purified by macer- 
ation in ammonia water, 50 ; washing and drying. U. S. P. 

Properties. — A heavy, grayish-black, lustreless powder ; 
without odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Insoluble 
in water or alcohol. 

Dose. — The antimony sulphides should not be used in 
medicine. Dose would be twice or thrice that of tartar 
emetic. 

Antimonium Sulphueatum. Sulphurated Antimony. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kermes Mineral. Chiefly antimony trisul- 
phide (SbjSj), with a very small amount of antimony 
trioxide. 

Derivation. — Boil purified antimony sulphide, 100, with 
solution of soda, 1200. (U. S. P.) Sb,S3 + 4 Na O H = Na 



228 INORGANIC AGENTS 

SbO, + Na3SbS3 f 2 H„0. Strain and add sulphuric acid 
to the hot liquor ns long as precipitation occurs. NuSbO. + 
Na3SbS3 + 2 H,SO, = Sb,S3 + 2 Na.SO, + 2 H,0. 

Properties. — An amorphous, reddish-brown powder, 
becoming lighter in color on exposure to the light, and 
having neither odor or taste. Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Golden Sulphur. (Non-official.) 

A yellow, insolublo powder, is another compound of 
antimony, consisting of a mixture of antimony trisulphide 
and trioxide. 

Do^ie. — Neither kermes mineral nor golden siilphur are 
suitable for internal use. The dose would be twice or 
thrice that of tartar emetic. 

Antimonii Oxidum. Antimony Oxide. Sbo03. (U. S. P.) 

[Antimony Trioxide.) 

Derivation. — Pour a solution of chloride of antimony 
into water. The oxychloride of antimony is precipitated. 
Sb CI3 + H,0 = Sb O CI + 2 H CI. 

The precipitate is treated with carbonate of sodium, 
and the result is washed and dried. 2 Sb O CI -|- Na^ C O^ 
= Sb, O3 + 2 Na CI + C O,. 

Properties. — A heavy, grayish- white powder, without 
odor or taste, and permanent in the air. Almost insoluble 
in water and insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — Would be twice that of tartar emetic, but the 
oxide is inappropriate for internal use. 

Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. Antimony and Potassium 
Tartrate. 2 K (SbO) C,H,Oe + H,0. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Antimonium tartaratum, B.P.; tartar emetic, 
tartarated antimony, tartarus emeticus, stibio-kali tartaricum, 
E.; antimonii potassio-tartras, antimonium tartarizatum, 
tartarus stibiatus, P.G.; tartrate de potasse et d'antimoine 
emetique, tartre stibie, Fr.; brechweinstein, G. 



ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM 229 

Derivation, — Make a paste with cream of tartar, anti- 
mony trioxide, and water. Set aside 24 liours, boil in water 
15 minutes and crystallize. 2 K HC.HA + Sb.O^ = 2 K 
(SbO) C,H,0, + H,b. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent crystals of the rhom- 
bic system, becomiug opaque and white on exjDOsure to the 
air ; or a white, granular powder, without odor, and having 
a sweet, afterwards disagreeable, metallic taste. Soluble in 
17 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — H. & C, 3 ii--iv. (8.-15.); emetic, pigs, gr.iv.-x. 
<.24:-.6) ; D., gr-iV-i- (.006-.03) ; emetic, D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Vinum Antimonii. Wine of Antimony. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Vinixm antimoniale, B.P. 

Antimony and potassium tartrate, 4 gm.; boiling distilled water, 
€5 Cc; alcohol, 150 Cc; white wine to make 1000 Cc. (U. S. P.) 
Dose for Dogs. — Tn,v.- 3 i. (.3-4.). 

Syrpus Scillce Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Hive syrup. Fluid extract of squill, 80 Cc. ; fluid extract 
•of senega, 80 Cc. ; antimony and potassium tartrate, 2 gm. ; precipitated 
■calcium phosphate, 10 gm.; sugar, 750 gm.; water to make 1000 Cc. 
Dose for Dog. — tt^v.-xxx. (.3-2.) 

ACTION OF ANTIMONII ET POTASSII TARTKAS. 

Tartar emetic is the only antimony compound suitable 
ior internal use. The sulphide and oxide of antimony are 
insoluble, save in the hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, 
and are not so certain or reliable in their action as tartar 
emetic. Kermes mineral and golden sulphur, containing 
variable amounts of antimony trisulphide and trioxide, are 
even more uncertain and unreliable than antimony sulphide 
or oxide. 

External. — Tartar emetic is irritant, and when rubbed 
into the skin produces a pustular eruption and often slough- 
ing and destruction of tissue. 

Internal. — Stomach and Bowels. — Tartar emetic is a 
gastro-intestinal irritant, causing salivation and nausea in 



230 INORGANIC AGENTS 

small doses, vomiting and diarrhoea in large quantities ; 
"while toxic amounts are followed by vomiting (in carnivora), 
serous or bloody purging, great depression of the cir- 
culation and respiration, muscular weakness, collapse and 
death. 

Uneasiness, nausea, colic and death have been reported 
in horses only after enormous doses of tartar emetic by the 
mouth. The horse, and ruminants are comparatively insus- 
ceptible to the action of tartar emetic. The writer has- 
observed a cow, however, in which nausea and actual vomi- 
tion occurred, following a therapeutic dose of kermea 
mineral in electuary. 

Tartar emetic is a powerful but slowly acting emetic 
(attended with a good deal of nausea) in dogs. Tartar 
emetic has been recovered in the first vomitus following its 
intravenous injection. It also expels the contents of a 
bladder artificially replacing the normal stomach. These 
results go to show that tartar emetic acts both as a specific 
emetic upon the vomiting centre, and locally as an emetic 
upon the mucous membrane of the stomach. Tartar emetic 
is eliminated in great part by the mucous membrane of the 
alimentary canal. 

Circulation. — The principal action of antimony is exerted 
upon the heart and vessels. The heart muscle is weakened 
and vascular tension markedly lowered by large doses of 
tartar emetic. This action depends upon the influence of 
antimony on the cardiac muscle itself, and possibly upon the 
vagus nerve-endings in the heart. Whether the action upon 
vascular tension is due to a centric or peripheral vasomotor 
depression, or is owing to relaxation of the vessel walls 
themselves, remains undecided. The pulse is reduced in 
force and frequency by large doses of tartar emetic. Follow- 
ing lethal amounts, the heart becomes flabby and relaxed, 
and death occurs in diastolic arrest. The preceding remarks 
apply only to the action of tartar emetic upon carnivora. 

Antimony was formerly a very popular drug when 
general depressant and depletant treatment was in vogue^ 



ACTION OF ANTIMONY AND POTASSIUM TARTRATE 231 

because of its powerfully depressing action upon the circu- 
lation. 

Respiratory Organs. — Small doses of antimony increase 
secretion of bronchial mucus. Toxic amounts weaken the 
respiratory movement by lowering the functional activity of 
the respiratory and vagus centres, and cause a copious 
outpouring of serous and mucous secretion into the 
bronchial tubes, which has the effect of drowning an 
animal in his own secretions. This action is only seen 
in horses after intravenous injection of toxic quantities of 
tartar emetic. 

Nervous System. — Large doses of antimony depress the 
functional activity of the brain and sensory tract of the 
spinal cord. Larger doses produce loss of reflex action and 
anaesthesia, owing to the influence of antimony upon the 
sensory side of the cord ; while in toxic amounts, antimony 
is a general paralyzant to all the spinal centres and to the 
motor nerves. This action applies to man and carnivora, 
and not to horses or ruminants. 

Muscles. — In carnivora and man, antimony lessens 
muscular strength and relaxes spasm through its depressing 
action upon the motor nerves and muscular tissue. 

Elimination. — Antimony is mainly eliminated by the 
bowels, but also by the kidneys, bronchial mucous membrane, 
and other channels. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms are those described under 
" Action on the Stomach and Bowels." The pulse is first 
slow and then rapid and weak. The fsecal discharges in 
man are copious and of the rice water appearance character- 
istic of Asiatic cholera. If vomiting is not free, zinc sulphate 
should be given, or the stomach washed out. Tannic acid 
should be administered as a chemical antidote, together 
with the use of external heat, alcohol, strychnine and mor- 
phine subcutaneously, and demulcents by the mouthi 

Uses External. — Tartar emetic is used in ointment, in 
the strength of 1-4, over chronically enlarged and rheumatic 
joints of cattle. It is also employed over the sides of the 



232 INORGANIC AGENTS 

chest in cattle, to produce connter-irritatiou and pustulation 
in the strength of 1 part to 12 of lard. 

Internal. — The therapeutic value of tartar emetic is 
limited mainly to canine practice. Antimony is still pre- 
scribed largely by the Germans as a general and circulatory 
depressant and expectorant for horses. General depressant, 
or anti-stimulant treatment is not ordinarily indicated in 
inflammatory affections, and even if it were, antimony does 
not exert such an action in any considerable degree upon 
horses or ruminants. 

Aconite is a much more valuable and efiacient circulatory 
depressant than antimony for the horse. There are three 
indications for antimony in canine practice : 1st, as an 
emetic; 2nd, as a general depressant in inflammatory 
diseases and in strong patients ; 3rd, as an expectorant in 
acute bronchitis. The first indication is generally attained 
more promptly and safely by zinc sulphate. The second 
and third indications may be combined by prescribing 
antimony in the first, or dry stage of acute bronchitis in 
dogs, in the form of hive syrup. For example : 

^. 

Syr. Scillae Co. 

Sp't's ^ther. Nitrosi aa § ss. 

M. Liq. Ammon. Acetatis ad 3 iv. 

S. Teaspoonful every 2 hours. 

Antimony may be employed as an emetic in bronchitis 
to clear the stomach and upper part of th^ respiratory tract 
of secretions, and to reduce the force and frequency of the 
heart. Ipecac is, however, a better and safer agent for this 
purpose, and antimony is generally counter-indicated in the 
second, or exudative stage of bronchitis. 

The Germans prescribe tartar emetic very commonly 
to horses as a parasiticide against round worms and tape 
worms. Four or five drachms are given in aqueous solution 
to the fasting animal, and followed by the administration of 
a dose of oil. 



PHOSPHORUS 233 

SECTION VIII. 
Phosphorus. 

Phosphorus. Phosphorus. P. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation.— Digest bones in sulphuric acid, or treat 
bone ash with sulphuric acid ; filter and evaporate. Ca, 
(TO,), (bone ash) + 2 H,S O, = Ca H, (POJ, (acid calcium 
phosphate) + 2 Ca So^. 

Heat acid calcium phosphate, charcoal, and sand to- 
gether, and distil over phosphorus into water. 

Heat breaks up Ca H^iPOJj into Ca (POj)^ (calcium 
metaphosphate) + 2 H.O. 

Then : 2 Ca (P03)^ + 2 SiO, + 10 C = P, + 2 Ca Si O3 

-t- 10 c o. 

Properties. — A translucent, nearly colorless solid, of a 
waxy lustre, having at ordinary temperature about the con- 
sistency of bees' wax. By long keeping, the surface becomes 
red and occasionally black. It has a distinctive but dis- 
agreeable odor and taste. It should not be tasted except in 
a state of great dilution. When exposed to the air it emits 
white fumes which are luminous in the dark, and have an 
odor somewhat resembling garlic. On long exposure to the 
air, it takes fire spontaneously. Insoluble in water, or 
nearly so ; soluble in 350 parts of alcohol, in 80 parts of ether, 
in about 50 parts of any fatty oil, and very soluble in chloro- 
form and carbon disnlphide. Besides the official form there 
are several other allotropic forms of phosphorus, including 
the red, or amorphous, the black, and the crystallized 
metallic phosphorus. 

Ked phosphorus is non-poisonous, and although it has 
been commonly taught that it is inert, some recent experi- 
ments have tended to show that its therapeutic value is 
equal to that of the yellow phosphorus. 

Dose.—B.., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; C, gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.18) ; Sh. & 
Sw., gr.^-^ (.0006-.003); D., gr.^-^ (.0006-.003). 



234: INORGANIC AGENTS 

PREPARATIONS. 

Oleum Phosphoratum. Phosphorated Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Phosphorus, 1 gm.; expressed oil of almond and ether, of each a 
sufficient quantity to make 100 gm. (U. S. P. ) 

Properties. — A clear, yellowish liquid, having the odor of phosphorus 
and ether. The ether in this preparation evaporates in time and the 
strength is proportionately, and perhaps dangerously, increased. 

Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., mi.-v. (.06-.3). 

Sjnritus PJwsphori. Spirit of Phosphorus. (U, S. P.) 

Phosphorus, 1.2 gm.; absolute alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make 
1000 Co. Teaspoonful = jV of a grain. 

Dose.— D., mvii.-xxx. (.42-2.). 

A saturated solution of phosphorus in alcohol may be made by dis- 
solving .312 parts of phosphorus in 100 parts of absolute alcohol. 

Dose.—B.., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS. 

Internal. — All that is certainly known of phosphorus 
concerns its effect upon the growth of bone. It has been 
proven experimentally that phosphorus stimulates the 
formation of bone, making the spongy tissue in the long and 
short bones thicker, and the compact tissue denser. If lime 
is abstracted from the food, the new growth of bone is of a 
gelatinous consistency. 

Phosphate of lime increases more markedly the earthy 
constituents of bone. Phosphorus exists to a considerable 
extent as a component part of nerve tissue, as well as bone, 
and is to a less degree a constituent of other tissues. It is 
thought that phosphorus acts as a stimulant to the nutrition 
of thoi^e tissues of which it is a constituent part. In man, 
large therapeutic doses of phosphorus frequently occasion 
sexual excitement, increased force and rapidity of the pulse, 
mental exhilaration and capacity for work. There is 
abundant clinical evidence to indicate that phosphorus is a 
nerve stimulant and tonic, but whether it is a general 
diffusible stimulant is not so certain. The therapeutic 
action of phosphorus differs decidedly from its toxic effect. 
Phosphorus enters the blood in part as phosphorus, in the 



ACTION OF PHOSPHORUS 235 

form of vapor, and in solution with fatty matters obtained 
in the digestive tract. It has everywhere a tendency to 
unite with oxygen, both within and without the body. It is 
probably converted in part in the intestines and blood 
vessels into phosphoretted hydrogen, and becomes further 
oxidized into phosphoric acid, so that after the ingestion of 
phosphorus, phosphoretted hydrogen, phosphoric acid and 
phosphorus may be found in the blood. Neither phosphoric 
acid, the phosphates nor hypophosphites represent in any 
sense the action of phosphorus. Phosphoric acid is said to 
stimulate gastric digestion and resembles in action the 
phosphates, to which, however, it is therapeutically inferior. 
The hypophosphites are probably converted in the digestive 
tract into phosphates. The phosphates generally differ 
from phosphorus in not being so stimulant to the nervous 
system, but serve as restoratives in supplying the constitu- 
ents essential for the well-being of the various tissues. 
Phosphate of iron is a constituent of the blood corpuscles, 
sodium phosphate of blood plasma, potassium phosphate 
of nerve tissue, magnesium phosphate of muscular tissue, 
and calcium phosphate of bone. They tend to promote 
growth and nutrition of these tissues. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning do not ordin- 
arily appear until some hours after ingestion of toxic doses. 
Then abdominal pain, nausea and vomiting (in those animals 
in which it is possible) and purging occur. The breath, 
vomitus and faecal discharges may be luminous, and have 
the odor of phosphorus. There is fever, anorexia and thirst. 
This condition is followed by an intermission in which the 
patient appears to be recovering, only to be succeeded by 
jaundice, nervous S3^mptoms, as delirium, coma and con- 
vulsions, and death. The urine rarely becomes albuminous 
in animals, but contains leucin and tyrosin. 

Phosphorus is largely eliminated in the urine as hypo- 
phosphoric acid. There is general fatty degeneration of the 
"viscera and muscles. The blood is disorganized, and there 
are widespread ecchymoses. Jaundice follows closure of 



236 INORGANIC AGENTS 

fhe common, or hepatic duct, or smaller biliary tubules, and 
disorganization of tlie blood. There is rapid atrophy of 
the liver, and phosphorus poisoning in man is often indis- 
tinguishable during life from acute yellow atrophy of the 
liver. Chronic poisoning, attended with necrosis of the jaw 
and other symptoms, and occurring among workers in phos- 
phorus, is unlikely to occur in the lower animals. Acute 
poisoning is treated by emptying the stomach with a stomach 
tube or copper sulphate ; the latter forming an insoluble 
phosphide of copper. Cathartics should also be administered. 
Permanganate of potash or hydrogen dioxide should be em- 
ployed as antidotes, for their oxidizing action. Old turpen- 
tine is usually recommended as the antidote, but only the 
Trench variety is of any value, and that is generally unob- 
tainable. Demulcents and opium are in order after evacuant 
and antidotal treatment has been carried out, but oil should 
never be given in phosphorus poisoning, as it assists the 
solution and absorption of the poison. 

Uses. — Phosphorus is indicated as a stimulant to the 
growth of bone in rhacitis and osteomalacia, as a nerve 
stimulant and tonic in conditions of nervous exhaustion and 
impaired vitality, due to excessive activity of the sexual 
organs or otherwise. It is used empirically in treatment 
of boils, acne, and psoriasis, and has been prescribed 
with alleged advantage as a general stimulant in pneu- 
monia. 

Administration. — Phosphorus may be given in pill or 
ball, with cacao butter, or in the official preparations to 
dogs, and in the saturated alcoholic solution to horses. 
Phosphide of zinc represents the action of phosphorus, 
and yields phosphoretted hydrogen in its decomposition in 
the body. It may be given to dogs (gr.^) in the form of 
pills. 



CHLORINE . 237 

SECTION IX. 
Chlorine. 

Chlorum. Chlorine. CI. 
The gas is not officiah 

Aqua Chlori. Chlorine water. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor chlori, B.P.; chlorum solutum, aqua 
oxymuriatica, solution of chlorine, E.; aqua chlorata, P.G.; 
eau chloree, chlore liquide, Fr.; chlor-wasser, G. 

An aqueous solution of chlorine (CI), containing at 
least 0.4 per cent, of the gas. 

Derivation. — Generate chlorine gas with hydrochloric 
acid, 35 ; water, 25 ; and manganese dioxide, 10. Heat in 
flask and pass gas into water, 

4 H CI + Mn O, = CI, + 2 H,0 + MnCl,. 

Properties. — A clear, greenish-yellow liquid, having the 
suffocating odor and disagreeable taste of chlorine, and 
leaving no residue on evaporation. Incompatible with salts 
of silver and lead. The preparation deteriorates on keeping. 

Dose. — Not used internally. 

The B. P. preparation contains 0.6 per cent, of chlorine. 

Calx Chlorata. Chlorinated Lime. Ca CLO,, Ca C\. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Calx chlorinata, B. P.; calcaria chlorata, P. 
G.; chloris calcicus, chloruretum calcis, calcii hypochloris, 
chloride of lime, hypochloride of calcium, bleaching powder, 
E.; chlorure de chaux, poudre de Tennant, ou de Knox, Fr.; 
chlorkalk, bleichkalk, G. 

A preparation often improperly called " chloride of 
lime." It should contain not less than 35 per cent, of avail- 
able chlorine. 

Derivation. — Pass chlorine gas over calcium hydrate, 



238 INORGANIC AGENTS 

when chlorinated lime, a mixture of calcium cliloride and 
hypochlorite, results. 2 Ca 0,H, + 2 CI, = Ca C1,0„ Ca 
Clj + 2 HoO. It may also be regarded as a mixture of lime 
and chlorine. 2 Ca 0,H, + 2 CI, = 2 Ca O, 2 CI, + 2 H,0. 

Properties. — A white, or grayish-white granular powder, 
exhaling the odor of hypochlorous acid, having a repulsive 
saline taste, and becoming moist and gradually decompos- 
ing on exposure to air. In water or in alcohol it is only par- 
tially soluble. It evolves chlorine on exposure to the air or 
on addition of an acid. Chlorinated lime possesses an 
alkaline reaction and bleaching properties. . 

Dose. — Only of value externally. 

PREPARATION. 

Liquor Calcis Chlorinatce. Solution of Chlorinated Lime, (B. P.) 
Contains 1 lb, to the gallon of water, or 13 grains of chlorine gas 
to the ounce. 

Liquor Sod^ Chloratje. Solution of Chlorinated Soda. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Liquor sodas chlorinatse, B. P.; Labarraque's 
solution, E. An aqueous solution of several chlorine com- 
pounds of sodium, containing at least 2.6 per cent., by 
weight, of available chlorine. 

Derivation. — A solution of sodium carbonate, 150; chlo- 
rinated lime, 75 ; in water to make 1,000. 

Fo'operties. — A clear, pale, greenish liquid, having a 
faint odor of chlorine and a disagreeably alkaline taste. 

Dose. — Only of value externally. 

ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE. 

Chlorine gas, in the presence of organic matter and 
moisture, unites with the hydrogen of water and sets free 
nascent oxygen. When chlorine comes in contact with sul- 
phuretted hydrogen, it removes and destroys the compound. 
Chlorine is thus a powerful oxidizing disinfectant agent 
and deodorizer. One-quarter of 1 per cent, of chlorine in 
■solution is an effective germicide. When chlorine gas is 



ACTION AND USES OF CHLORINE 230 

inhaled undiluted, it is an irritant to the respiratory tract, 
producing sometimes spasm of the glottis, or severe bron- 
chitis, and at other times a condition of narcotism, with 
death from paralysis of the respiratory center. In dilute 
form it is stimulant, antiseptic, and deodorant in relation to 
the body. Chlorine gas may be generated from salt and 
black oxide of manganese, 1 part each; with commercial 
salphuric acid and water, 2 parts each. 

Bacteria are killed after three hours' exposure to a 
moist atmosphere containing 1 per cent, of chlorine gas. 
Chlorine may be used to advantage in this manner as a sub- 
stitute for sulphur fumigation. Chlorine water is employed, 
well diluted, for the same purposes and with the same 
results as the solution of chlorinated soda. Chlorinated 
lime varies much in strength. To be of any value it should 
be so irritating to the eyes that it cannot be held near the 
face. It owes its medicinal value to the hypochlorite of 
lime which it contains. If the compound is very moist, it is 
because calcium chloride preponderates. Chlorinated lime 
is often employed as a deodorizer, standing about premises 
in vessels, but is of no practical value unless it comes 
-directly in contact with bacteria or sulphuretted compounds 
which it is desirable to destroy. It is the best and cheapest 
germ destroyer we possess for disinfecting premises and 
other appurtenances, apart from the body, as walls and 
floors of buildings, faecal and other discharges, sewers, 
privies and cesspools. A 10 per cent, solution is to be em- 
ployed on the floors, walls and other parts of buildings. 
The pure compound may be mixed with manure and dis- 
<!harges. Even a 1 per cent, solution is germicidal, and may 
be employed to wash blankets, harness and other parapher- 
nalia. It is said not to harm woolen or cotton fabrics, in 
the latter solution. One or two pounds of chlorinated lime 
is a useful disinfectant when put in privy vaults once a 
week. 

One or two ounces of chlorinated lime will render 
•drinkable 65 gallons of putrid, bad smelling water, after a ^ 



240 INORGANIC AGENTS 

few hours have elapsed for precipitation following the iise 
of the compound. Upon the body, a 2 or 3 per cent, 
solution of chlorinated lime is employed as a stimulant, 
deodorant, and antiseptic, for decubitus, foul-smelling and 
gangrenous sores, severe burns and indolent ulcers. It is 
usetl in 10 per cent, solution as a parasiticide in ringworm 
and scabies. A 1 per cent, solution forms a valuable wash in 
ulcerative stomatitis. Chlorinated lime may be prescribed, 
with an equal amount of lard, upon ulcers when a stimulat- 
ing action is desired. Its internal administration is undesir- 
able. The solution of chlorinated soda is a slight caustic, 
deodoriicer and antiseptic preparation ou indolent, sloughing, 
foul-smelling surfaces. It may be prescribed in sore throat, 
or ozoena, as a spray, or injected into the uterus, vagina or 
rectum. It is commonly diluted with 8 to 10 parts of water. 

Bromine. 

Bromum. Bromine. Br. 

Derivation. — From seaweed and mineral springs. 

Properties. — Heavy, dark, brownish-red liquid, volatiliz- 
ing with the production of an irritating vapor. Soluble in 
30 parts of water, and readily soluble in alcohol and ether. 
Of no value in veterinary medicine. 

PoTASSii Bromidum. Potassium Bromide. K Br. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kalium bromatum, P.G.; bromkalium, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from liquor potassse, bromine,, 
and charcoal by the same process described in making 
potassium iodide (p. 247). 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or 
granules ; odorless, and having a pungent, saline taste. 
Permanent in the air. Soluble in about 1.6 parts of water 
and in 200 parts of alcohol. 



ACTION OF THE BROMIDES 241 

Z>o.se.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sb. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.);D.,gr.v.-3i. (.3-4.). 



SoDii Bromidum. Sodium Bromide. Na Br. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Bromiire de sodium, Fr.; bromnatrinm, G. 

Derivation. — Similar to potassium bromide. Liquor 
sodsB is used instead of liquor potass*. 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, cubical crystals, or a 
white, granular powder ; odorless, and having a saline, 
slightly bitter taste. From air the salt attracts moisture 
without deliquescing. Soluble in 1.2 parts of water, and in 
13 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as potassium bromide. 

ACTION OF THE BROMIDES. 

External — None. 

Internal. — In a large, single dose, the bromides cause in 
horses muscular weakness, duluess and staggering gait. 
The pulse is weakened and the respiration slowed. The 
urine is increased in quantity and sexual desire diminished.- 
Bromism may be produced in man, or the lower animals, by* 
the continuous administration of the bromides. This condi- 
tion is characterized by general weakness and unsteady gait, 
mental dulness, indigestion, fetid breath, cutaneous anaes- 
thesia, loss of sexual power, and occasionally an acnefoim 
eruption. Death has never been caused in man by the 
bromides. 

Nervous Sydtm. - The bromides are essentially depres- 
sant to nerve tissue. Therapeutically, this depressing action 
is seen particularly in relation to the motor centres of the 
cerebral cortex, and in lessening reflex action. The whole 
nervous system is depressed, but the motor tract in the 
brain and the sensory nerves are the first to succumb to the 
influence of the bromides. Intellection is clouded, and dul- 
ness and mental apathy are observed in man after large 



242. INORGANIC AGENTS 

amounts. Reflex action is diminislied owing to the depres- 
sinf^ effect of the bromides upon the afferent nerves and 
reflex centres. Finally, with the continuous administration 
of large doses the motor area of the spinal cord, the motor 
nerves, and muscles fall under the depressing action of these 
Agents. 

Circulation. — Potassium bromide is a powerful depres- 
sant to the heart in toxic doses. In the smaller animals, 
therapeutic amounts exert no appreciable effect upon the 
circulation. The depressing action of potassium bromide 
upon the heart is due partly to potassium and partly to 
bromine. The other bromides are less depressant, and it is 
safer to administer sodium bromide when large doses of 
these salts are desirable. The old idea that the beneficial 
action of the bromides, in relieving nervous excitability and 
in causing sleep, was due to the production of vasomotor 
spasm and cerebral ansemia, is now exploded. 

Temperature. — The temperature falls, following the 
action of toxic amounts of the bromides, owing to vasomotor 
paralysis, vascular dilatation, and consequent loss of heat. 

Kidneys. — Both the amount of urine and the quantity 
of urea are increased by large doses of bromides. 

Sexual Organs. — The bromides diminish sexual desire 
and power. In so doing they either act upon the spinal 
centres or lessen peripheral sensibility of the genito-urinary 
tract. 

Metabolism. — Carbonic dioxide elimination is notably 
decreased by the action of large doses of potassium bromide, 
while nitrogenous elimination from the kidneys is increased. 
It is therefore doubtful whether tissue change is increased 
,or diminished. 

Elimination. — Tho bromides are eliminated uiiclianged 
by all channels and are found in the sweat, urine, milk, 
saliv;!., intestinal secietions, etc. 

Uses Internal. — The bromides, being particularly useful 
in the treatment of functional nervous diseases, do not }ios- 
sess nearly the value in veterinary medicine that they have 



IODINE 243 

in human practice. Moreover, their use is limited mainly 
to canine disorders, as bromides have little influence upon 
diseases of horses. 

Bromides are especially indicated in irritation of the 
motor area of the cerebral cortex (convulsions), in general 
nervous excitability, and in conditions due to exalted reflex 
action in dogs. 

The bromides are indeed the best agents we can use to { 
cure fits or convulsions in dogs. They should be combined 
with chloral and given, if necessary, per rectum. The 
bromides are useful in canine chorea, in connection with 
Fowler's Solution. With chloral the bromides are antidotes 
to strychnine poisoning. Sexual excitement in dogs may 
be allayed by the bromides. The bromides are occasionally 
of value in reflex cough, palpitation of the heart, and asthma, 
but are inferior to other agents in these disorders. 

Potassium bromide is recommended in the treatment of 
tetanus of the horse, but opium, belladona and cannabis 
indica are generally more ejffectual. If the bromides are 
used they should be given with chloral. 

Iodine. 

loDUM. Iodine. I. (U. S. & B. P.) 

/S?/now?/m.— lodinum, U. S. P. 1870; iodum, P. G.; iode, 
Fr.; jod., G. 

Derivation. — Iodine is a non-metallic element, existing 
in combination in the animal, vegetable and mineral king- 
doms. It occurs in seaweed, from which it is obtained by 
distillation. It is also mined in the form of iodates and 
iodides, ^ 

Properties. — Iodine occurs in heavy, bluish-black, dry 
and friable rhombic plates, having a metallic lustre, a 
distinctive odor, and sharp, acid taste. It is soluble in 
5,000 parts of water, and in 10 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in ether and in solutions of potassium iodide. 
Iodine volatilizes on heating, with the formation of a 



244 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

a purple vapor. Witli starch, iodine forms an insoluble 
blue compound. 

Bose.—B.. & a, 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sli. <fe Sw., gr.x.-xx- 
(.6-1.3). 

Not often used in solid state. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Liquor lodi Coviposit}iH. Compound Solution of Iodine. 
(Lugol's Solution.) (U. S. P.) 

Iodine, 5;. potassium iodide, 10; water to make 100. (1-20). 
Dose.— H. & C, 3ii-iv. (8.-15.) D., mii-x. (.12-.6). Should be 
given in one quart of water to the larger animals. 

Tinctura lodi. (U.S.P.) 

Iodine, 70; alcohol to make 1,000. 
Dose.—B..&C., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D. ni.-v. (.06-.3). 

Tinctura lodi. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as U. S. P. tincture. 

Unguentum lodi. 1-25. (U. S. P.) 
Too weak for most veterinary purposes. 

Action External. — Iodine is an irritant upon tlie skin 
and mucous membranes. The yellow stain produced by- 
iodine may be removed by ammonia water, alkalies and 
sodium hyposulphite. It is exceedingly doubtful whether 
iodine is absorbed through the unbroken skin, but it is 
thought to have a special resolvent and alterative action 
over and above that of other counter irritants. Whether 
this be true or not, its easy mode of application makes it a 
very convenient irritant for local uses. 

Action Internal. — Iodine produces gastro-intestinal irri- 
tation and inflammation in large doses; and in toxic quanti- 
ties induces colic, vomiting — in animals capable of the act, 
— purging and salivation. The pulse becomes rapid and 
weak; there is often suppression of urine, and occasionally 
nephritis. Widespread fatty degeneration has been found 
after fatal poisoning in the lower animals. If there is much 
starchy material in the bowels, the faecal discharges may 



IODINE 245 

be of a bluish color. Aphrodisiac action has been noted in 
man, following small doses of iodine. The treatment of 
acute poisoning is embraced in the use of starch by the 
mouth, or raw eggs, external heat ; strychnine, alcohol, and 
atropine subcutaneously. Chronic poisoning by iodine, or 
iodism, in man, commonly causes symptoms analogous to a 
severe cold in the head, with pain over the frontal sim.s, 
sore thoat, running at the eyes and nose, gastric indigestion, 
together with an acneform, and occasionally purpuric, or 
f uruncular eruption. 

These more frequent symptoms of iodism occur as well 
after the administration of potassium iodide as after that of 
iodine, but other rarer effects, such as wasting of the testes 
and mammary glands, and nervous disorders, e. g., neuralgic 
pains and convulsions, are hardly ever observed following 
the use of potassium iodide. It is evident that the physio- 
logical effects of iodine and potassium iodide are somewhat 
different ; and clinical experience shows that the therapeutic 
value of the metalloid differs in some respects from that of 
the salt. It is not definitely known in what form iodine 
-exists in the body, after its ingestion, although it is usually 
taught that it is converted into an iodide. Both iodine and 
potassium iodide are readily absorbed from mucous mem- 
branes, and are found in all the tissues and fluids of the 
body. Iodine 'is eliminated, to a great extent as an iodide, 
probably of sodium, by the usual channels, as well as by the 
mucous membranes. The kidneys eliminate the greater 
amount, but iodine is found in the saliva and gastric juice 
after it has ceased to be present in the urine. Experiments 
■concerning the action of iodine upon the kidneys and circu- 
lation, yield conflicting results, although the nitrogenous 
elements in the urine usually appear to be increased by its 
administration. 

Uses External. — Iodine is of most value applied exter- 
nally, or locally, while potassium iodide is administered 
internally because it is not irritating to the digestive organs. 
Although potassium iodide does not exactly represent the 



246 INORGANIC AGENTS 

action of iodine, yet it is nsnally preferable for the reason 
just stated. Potassium iodide renders iodine soluble and 
prevents its precipitation in fluids within and without th& 
body; it is therefore combined with iodine, when concen- 
trated solutions are desirable. Six parts of potassium iodide 
and twelve parts of iodine are added to one hundred part& 
of water, or ointment, to make a suitable counter-irritant- 
preparation for the horse. A useful tincture for veterinary 
purposes contains 15 parts of iodine and 18 parts of potas- 
sium iodide in 100 parts of alcohol. Iodine is employed in 
aqueous and alcoholic solution, or in ointment, as above,, 
either painted upon or rubbed into the skin over enlarged 
glands, rheumatic swellings about the joints, or upon the 
chest in chronic pleuritis. It is also of value in strains^ 
bruises, periostal inflammation and muscular rheumatism. 
In the horse, severe sprains and inflammation of joints, 
bones, and periosteum are treated more satisfactorily hy 
blistering agents. Iodine is a valuable disinfectant and 
parasiticide, particularly in ringworm and favus in dogs,, 
when the tincture is applied locally. Iodine is applied 
externally, in the form of the tincture, on patches of chronic 
mange, eczema, and psoriasis. 

Iodine is often recommended for erysipelas, but is infe- 
rior to ichthyol for this purpose. Iodine is injected into^ 
joints, synovial sacs, abscesses, and cavities of the body to 
promote healing through its antiseptic and irritant action ; 
to cause adhesive inflammation, and in this manner to close 
cavities and to prevent the accumulation of fluids in them^ 
The official tincture is commonly used for injections. 

The tincture of iodine may be injected undiluted directlj^ 
into the substance of enlarged glands, in amounts varying^ 
from 15 to 30 drops, to assist their absorption. If the tinc- 
ture is injected into the subcutaneous tissue, abscess may 
ensue. Ozoena may be treated to advantage by irrigation 
with a solution containing one drachm of the tincture of 
iodine to the pint of normal salt solution. In inflammation 
of the upper air passages, iodine is sometimes beneficial as. 



POTASSIUM IODIDE 2^7 

a stimulant and antiseptic inhalation, which is prodiiced bv 
adding one-half a drachm of iodine to the pint of boilin<'- 
water. 

Uses Internal. — Iodine is thought to act more satisfac- 
torily than potassium iodide in the treatment of diabetes 
insipidus or polyuria of the horse, in which it often appears 
to be a specific. 

Administration. — Iodine may be combined with gentian 
and iron in the form of a ball, as recommended by Finlay 
Dun, or better, as Lugol's Solution, which is less irritating 
and more active. 

PoTASSii loDiDUM. Potassium Iodide. K I. (IT. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Jodkalium, G. 

Derivation. — Iodine is dissolved in hot liquor potassfe. 
6I + 6KOH=5KI + KI03 + 3 H,0. The evapo- 
rated residue is heated Avitli charcoal to remove O from K I 
O3 (Potassium lodate). KIO3 + 3C = KI + 3CO. The 
result is purified by crystallization. 

Pro^^er^/es.— Potassium iodide occurs in colorless, trans- 
parent or translucent, cubical crystals ; or as a white, gra- 
nular powder, having a slight odor of iodine, and a bitter, 
saline taste. Permanent in dry air, but slightly delique- 
scent in moist air. It is soluble in 0.75 part of water; in 18 
parts of alcohol, and 2.5 parts of glycerin. 

Dose.—R., -ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C." 3 vi. (24.); Sh. k Sw., 
gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Potassii lodidi (13 per cent.) (U. S. P.) 
Unimportant in veterinary practice. 

SoDii loDiDUM. Sodium Iodide. Xa I. (IT. S. & B. P. ^ 

Synonym. — lodure de sodium, Fr.; jodnatrum, G. 
Derivation. — Made from sodium hydrate in the same 
manner as potassium iodide. 



!:48 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties. — Occurs in colorless, cubical crystals, or as 
a white, crystalline powder, without odor, and having a 
bitter, saline taste. Soluble in .6 part of water and in 3 
parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as jDotassium iodide. 

Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici. Syrup of Hydriodic Acid. 

(U. S. P.) 

Contains 1.3 per cent, of H I. 

Derivation. — Potassium iodide, 13 ; potassium hypophos- 
phite, 1 ; tartaric acid, 12 ; water, 15 ; diluted alcohol and 
syrup, of each a sufficient quantity to make 1,000. 

Properties. — A colorless, odorless, syrupy liquid, of a 
sweet, acid taste. 

Dose.—D., ITLxv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) 

Action External. — Potassium iodide is not absorbed un- 
less rubbed into the skin with fat, and is not a local irritant, 
and therefore posseses very little value as an external appli- 
cation. 

Action Internal. — Potassium iodide and iodine are both 
described by that unsatisfactory term, alterative. In certain 
diseases, as in rheumatism, iodine and the iodides alter 
nutrition and cause absorption of exudates in some unknown 
manner ; hence the term ' alterative. In addition to this 
action, potassium iodide forms soluble compounds with the 
lead and mercury salts, and hastens elimination in poison- 
ing by these metals. It is often taught that potassium 
iodide liberates iodine in the tissues, and that the latter 
forms soluble compounds with albumin, which are then 
readily eliminated ; thus explaining the effect of potassium 
iodide in aiding resolution of morbid exudation and inflam- 
matory thickenings. This action has yet to be definitely 
determined, and we do not know certainly how either iodine 
or potassium iodide exert their influence upon nutrition. 
Potassium iodide is absorbed and eliminated within a few 
minutes. 



SYRUP OF HYDRIODIC ACID 249 

Uses Internal. — Potassium iodide is useful in causing ab- 
sorption of enlarged, lymphatic glands, and its action sliould 
be assisted by the application of iodine or red mercuric 
iodide externally. Potassium iodide, in small doses, dimin- 
ishes congestion and increases the fluidity and amount of 
secretion in acute laryngitis, acute and subacute bronchitis, 
and appears to possess an alterative action in improving the 
condition and nutrition of the bronchial mucous membranes. 
It resembles ammonium chloride in the latter respect. It is 
also of value in chronic bronchitis, unassociated with copious 
secretion. Chronic pleuritis, pericarditis, and ascites are 
treated with potassium iodide, which assists absorption, and 
occasionally exerts a diuretic efi'ect. Tardy resolution of 
pneumouic consolidation is hastened by potassium iodide. 
Endocarditis with cardiac hypertrophy is said to be bene- 
fited by potassium iodide and digitalis. 

Champignon, or scirrhus cord of horses, is sometimes 
cured by the sorbefacient powers of potassium iodide 
in full doses. " Roaring " aud " thick wind " may be 
cured by the administration of potassium iodide. Potassium 
iodide is the best remedy known for actinomycosis. It 
should be given to the larger animals in doses of 3 drachms 
daily, or in the same dose as Lugol's Solution. Potassium 
iodide is one of the many remedies prescribed in chronic 
rheumatism. 

Summary. — Iodine and potassium iodide resemble one 
-another in many respects. Iodine is a local irritant, potas- 
sium iodide is not. The known physiological action of 
potassium iodide and iodine does not explain their medi- 
cinal uses. In combating certain diseases, in an inexpli- 
cable manner, they are known as alteratives. In man, iodine 
is superior to potassium iodide in the treatment of scrofula. 
In the horse, iodine is considered of more value in the 
treatment of diabetes insipidus ; while in both man and 



1250 INORGANIC AGENTS 

the lower animals, potassium iodide is regarded as more 
valuable iu chrouic rheumatism. The action of iodine in 
benefiting local disorders, when applied externally, is due 
to its counter irritant effect, rather than to absorption. 

Administration. — Potassium iodide is given in solution. 
Sodium iodide and syrup of hydriodic acid are simply sub- 
stitutes for potassium iodide, 

loDOFORMUM. Iodoform. H I3. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

Derivation. — Alcohol, potassium carbonate, iodine, and 
water are heated together. C,H,0 + 2 KHCO3 + 81 = 2 
CHI3 + 2 KI + 2 CO, + 3 H,b. 

Iodoform contains over 90 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Small, lemon-yellow, lustreless crystals of 
the hexagonal system ; having a peculiar and very penetrat- 
ing persistent odor, somewhat resembling that of saffron 
and iodine, and an unpleasant and slightly sweetish and 
iodine-like taste. Very slightly soluble in water ; soluble in 
52 parts of alcohol, and in 5.2 parts of ether. Very soluble 
in chloroform, benzine, fixed and volatile oils. 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum lodoformi. Ointment of Iodoform (1-10). 
(U.S. &B. P.) 

Action External. — Iodoform is an antiseptic, local anaes- 
thetic, stimulant, protective, and dessicant agent. While 
many forms of bacteria will grow in iodoform, it is never- 
theless a very valuable antiseptic. The antiseptic properties 
seem to be brought out by its decomposition when iodine is 
set free, and this decomposition goes on more readily in the 
presence of bacterial growth — iu animal tissues and fluids — 
attended by the formation of toxins. Iodoform is particu- 
larly useful in septic and suppurating wounds. When 
applied over extensive surfaces absorption and poisoning 
may occur. The symptoms of iodoform poisoning are most 
diverse. The writer has had the fortune, or misfortune, 



I 



IODOFORM 251 

to observe a case of fatal poisoning following abdominal 
section and packing of the pelvic cavity with iodoform 
ganze. 

Symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation are seen in 
poisoning in dogs, as vomiting and diarrhoea, together with 
nervous symptoms, as convulsions, stupor and sleep. The 
pulse may be very rapid or infrequent; the temperature 
high or normal. Iodine is eliminated in the urine in iodo- 
form poisoning and can easily be discovered by the starch 
test. General fatty degeneration of the internal organs is 
found after death. The local dessicant effect of iodoform 
on raw surfaces assists the antiseptic action, and the local 
anaesthetic properties combine to make iodoform the best 
antiseptic powder we possess, barring the odor. 

Action Intei'iial. — The internal action of iodoform pos- 
sesses no therapeutic value. Care must be observed to 
prevent animals licking off iodoform from the surface of the 
body. One drachm will poison a dog weighing ten pounds. 

Elimination. — Iodoform is eliminated in the form of 
iodine, iodates, and iodides, by all the secretions. 

Uses Internal. — Iodoform is chiefly of value applied 
over suppurating and septic surfaces, sores, and ulcers, 
where it hinders the growth of bacteria, stimulates un- 
healthy granulations, relieves pain, possibly neutralizes 
toxins, and certainly produces a vile odor. For this reason 
one of its substitutes should be employed when an antisep- 
tic powder is desirable for use upon dogs living in or about 
dwellings. Iodoform is commonly employed in its purity. 
It may be mixed in any proportion with boric acid, or with 
tannic acid (1-8), for its astringent effect. Combined with 
collodion (1-15), it forms a useful dressing for sealing small 
wounds or abrasions upon the hands. The aua3sthetic 
action of iodoform is taken advantage of to relieve pain in 
fissure of the rectum, and haemorrhoids. Zuill recommends 
the following combination by insufflation in the early stages 
of inflammation of the frontal sinuses : 

Iodoform, Magnesia, Silver Nitrate — equal parts. 



252 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Three grains may be used in suppositories for tlie 
smaller animals. Iodoform may cause healing in abscess — 
injected into the cavity with glycerin — (1-10), using 2-4 
drachms of the mixture for smaller animals, or 1 ounce for 
the larger animals. Iodoform is very efficacious in the 
treatment of local tubercular lesions. Iodoform combined 
with lard or oil (1-10), is an excellent agent for burns which 
are not so extensive as to endanger the patient through 
absorption and iodoform poisoning. 

loDOLUM. lodol. C J^ NH. 
(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Tetraiodopy rrol. 

Derivation. — Action of iodine on pyrrol in solution in 
alcohol. Contains 88.9 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Crystalline, shining, yellow-brown powder. 
Tasteless and odorless. Practically insoluble in water; sol- 
uble in 3 parts of alcohol, and in ether and fatty oils. The 
surgical use of iodol has led to poisoning through absorp- 
tion, but the latter is so slow that the danger is exceedingly 
slight. Iodol is suitable for all purposes in which iodoform 
is indicated. It is too expensive for general use, but is 
preferable for application to dogs, on account of its lack of 
odor. 

Aristolum. Aristol. Cj, Hj^ Oj I^. 
(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Dithymol diiodide. 

Derivation. — Made by the action of thymol in a solution 
of sodium hydroxide, on iodine, dissolved in a solution of 
potassium iodide. Contains 45.8 per cent, of iodine. 

Properties. — Light reddish, or tawny-brown crystalline 
powder. Possesses peculiar iodine-like odor, and is insol- 
uble in water, soluble in ether, fats, and slightly soluble 
in alcohol. Aristol is inferior as an antiseptic to either 



I 



ORTHOFORM 25S 

iodoform or iodol. It is used witli some benefit in dry 
skin diseases, as psoriasis, in powder or oirtr^^ent. Other 
antiseptic dusting powders include acetanilicl, bismuth sub- 
nitrate, salol and boric acid. Acetauilid has beeji shown 
to be a good antibacterial agent. It is cheap and may be 
applied pure, and it is an efficient substitute for iodoform.. 
A few cases of poisoning have been reported following its 
extensive surgical use. Bismuth subnitrate and salol may 
induce poisoijiug when used over large surfaces. They are 
dessicants and feeble antiseptics. Boric acid is harmless 
and mildly antiseptic. 

Orthoform, Orthoform. 

Orthoform is the raethyl-erster of meta-amido-para- 
oxy-benzoic acid. It occurs as a white or dirty yellow, light 
powder, sparingly soluble in water and alcohol but more 
so in glycerin and solutions of the mineral acids. It may 
be combined with iodoform, aristol, boric ncid, salicylic 
acid, carbolic acid, turpentine and iodine without incom- 
patibility. 

Action. — Externally, orthoform exerts a powerful anes- 
thetic effect on raw surfaces, but has little action on intact 
mucous membranes and none on the unbroken skin. It is 
also a mild antiseptic, of about the same value as boric acid. 
It is but feebly toxic and poisoning does not occur unless 
large quantities are applied over abraded surfaces. In the 
dog, 15 grains per 2 pounds of body weight have proved 
toxic when given by the mouth ; and Tj grains per 2 pounds 
of live weight are required to induce fatal poisoning. It 
appears to be a cerebro-spinal paralysant in these large 
doses. The anesthetic action of medicinal doses is usually 
prolonged, varying from a few hours to two or three days. 
Orthoform has been used extensively in human medicine for 
the yiast few years, and cases of poisoning have been of rare 
occurrence and none fatal, although as much as two or 
three ounces have been applied on ulcerated surfaces in a 



254 



INORGANIC AGENTS 



week's time. Occasionally the drag produces an erythema 
or dermatitis owing to peculiar susceptibility of the patient. 
Oa the other hand, orthoform has been used successfully iu 
the treatment of dermatitis following ivy poisoning in the 
human. 

Uses. — Orthoform is valuable chiefly for its power in 
relieving pain when applied to raw surfaces. It is an 
excellent application for burns. In superficial burns, ortho- 
form may be combined to advantage with ichthyol, of each 
10 per cent., in lanolin. In burns of the second and third 
degree, the use of orthoform and boric acid, equal parts, 
forms an excellent remedy. Orthoform is serviceable in 
relieving pain and irritation of ulcers, hemorrhoids and 
fissures of the rectum. In human practice it is largely 
employed in connection with diseases of the nose, ear and 
throat to arrest pain after operations, and in ulceration and 
inflammation of these parts, as sore throat. Nasal gleet 
in horses should be benefited if not cured by the in- 
sufiiation of the powder. Orthoform is commonly used 
in ointment containing 10 to 20 per cent, of the drug. It 
may be blown pure into cavities or ap|)lied as a saturated 
solution in collodion. It may be sprayed on a part with an 
atomizer in 5 per cent, solution with equal parts of alcohol 
and water. It has been injected into the bladder in cystitis 
mixed with water. In ulceration and other painful affec- 
tions of the stomach, orthoform will give relief owing to its 
local anesthetic action. It may be administered mixed with 
water and syrup in the dose of 0.5-1.0 (T^-IS gr.) for dogs. 
It is an expensive drug at present. 



SULPHUR 255 

SECTION X. 
Sulphur. 

Official Varieties. 

Sulphur Sublimatum. Sublimed Sulphur. S. 
(U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Flowers of sulpliur, flores sulphuris, E.; 
fleurs (creme) de soufre, Er.; scliwefelblumeu, scliwefel- 
bliitbe, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from native sulphur by sublim- 
ation. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, having a slightly 
characteristic odor and a faintly acid taste. Insoluble in 
water ; slightly soluble in absolute alcohol ; more readily 
soluble in benzine, benzol, oil of turpentine and many other 
oils ; also in ether, chloroform, and in boiling, aqueous 
solutions of alkaline hydrates. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Sulphur Lotum. Washed Sulphur. S. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sulphur depuratum, fiores sulphuris loti, P. G.; soufre 
lave, Fr. ; gereirxigte schwefelblumen, G. 

Derwation. — Obtained from sublimed sulphur which is treated 
with diluted ammonia water to wash out sulphurous and sulphuric 
and other impurities. 

Properties. — A fine, yellow powder, without odor or taste. Solu- 
bility, same as sublimed sulphur. 

Pulvis Glycyrrhizce Comp)Ositus, Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. 

(U. S. P.) 

Senna, 180; glycyrrhiza, 236; washed sulphur, 80; oil of fennel, 4; 
sugar, 500. 

Dose. — Dogs (laxative), 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.)- 

Unguentum Suljihuris. Sulphur Ointment. (U. S. P.) 
"Washed sulphur, 300; benzoinated lard, 700. I 



256 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Unguentum Sulphur is. (B. P.) (Half strengtli of U. S. P.) 

Sulphur PrcEcipitatum. Precipitated Sulpliur. S. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synovym. — Lac (magisteiium) sulpburis, milk of sulphur, E.j 
soufre precipite, lait de sovifre, Fr.; Schwefelmilch, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from a solution of sublimed sulphur, 100; 
in boiling calciu'm hydrate, CO; by precipation with hydrochloric acid. 
Calcium sulphide and hyposulphite are formed. 13 S + 3 Ca O0H2 = 
3 Ca S5 + Ca S2 O3 + 3 H^O. Then: 3 CaSs + Ca S^ O3 + 6 H CI = 
3 Ca CI.2 + 13 S + 3 H2O. 

Dose (of sublimed, waslied or precipitated sulpliur). — 
H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sli. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 
3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.). 

Larger doses laxative ; smaller for constitutional action. 

Precipitated sulpliur is the best preparation for inter- 
nal use, as it occurs in a finer state of division and is more 
readily acted upon by tlie digestive juices. It may contain 
traces of sulphides or sulphuretted hydrogen, owing to the 
method of preparation. 

Action External. — Sulphur has no action upon the skin 
when applied in the pure state. The ointment is the most 
effective agent in destoyiug acari which produce mange, 
grease, and scab. Sulphur does not kill acari as readily as 
a sulphide which is formed by the addition of an alkali. 
"When sulphur ointment is rubbed into the skin it causes 
considerable irritation and an artificial eczema. Sulphur 
is converted into sulphuretted hydrogen and sulphurous 
acid by living tissue, and this transformation may occur 
to some extent when sulphur is rubbed into the skin 
with fat. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Sulphur is not 
acted upon by the stomach, but is somewhat dissolved by 
the alkaline intestinal juices, and converted in part into 
sulphides and sulphuretted hydrogen. The sulphides, 
together with sulphuretted hydrogen, are absorbed into the 
blood. Minute traces of sulphuretted hydrogen are eli- 
minated by the lungs and skin, while oxidation of sulphur 



SULPHUR 257 

also occurs iu the body, as there is an increased secretion 
of nrinary sulphuric acid and sulphates. The sulphides 
and sulphuretted hydrogen act as laxatives, and in all 
probability siilphur itself exerts a mild, mechanical irritation 
upon the bowels. Peristaltic motion and intestinal secre- 
tions are both slightly increased. The ftecal discharges are 
soft and pasty, and offensive flatus containing sulphiiretted 
hydrogen escapes from the intestines after the administra- 
tion of sulphur. 

Constitutional Action. — Sulphur acts remotely during its 
elimination iu stimulating the functions of the skin and 
respiratory mucous membranes, — so-called alterative action. 
Sulphur causes disorganization of the blood, and depresses 
and paralyzes nervous and muscular tissue after the 
continuous administration of colossal doses. Ordinary 
therapeutic quantities of sulphur have no effect of this 
kind. 

Uses External. — Sulphur is mainly of service externally 
as a local stimulant and parasiticide in skin diseases. The 
female acarus, which produces mange (acariasis), bores under 
the epidermis and lays her eggs in the burrows, while the 
male insect remains upon the surface. It is essential, there- 
fore, to remove the epidermis in order to expose the ova- 
and female to the action of sulphur. The hair should be 
first shaved and the parts soaked and scrubbed with green 
soap and water. All cloths or brushes used in this opera- 
tion should be burned or disinfected by boiling. Sulphur 
acts most efficiently in ointment, as fat fills up the burrows 
and deprives the insects of air. The official ointment is 
used in mange, but a combination with an alkali is more 
serviceable, unless there is active irritation of the skin, or 
eczema. The following ointment is recommended : 

Sulphur 2 parts. 

Potassium carbonate 1 part. 

Lard 8 parts. 

In obstinate cases of ringworm or mange, the prepara- 
tion mentioned by Brunton is of value. This consists of 



■258 INORGANIC AGENTS 

on.e part each of sulphur and oil of cade, with two parts 
each of green soap and lard. True mange in the dog, if 
extensive and of long duration, is practically incurable 
by any drug. Sulphur ointment is of benefit in chronic 
eczema and acne, for its local stimulant and alterative 
action. 

Uses Internal. — Sulphur is commonly used for its laxa- 
tive action in the treatment of young animals and dogs 
suffering with constipation and haemorrhoids. It may be of 
service in chronic bronchitis with copious secretion. Sul- 
phur is frequently prescribed internally for its action in 
chronic diseases of the skin, and is thought to exert a bene- 
ficial alterative action. Sulphur is also recommended in 
chronic rheumatism. 

Disinfectant Action. — When sulphur undergoes combus- 
tion, sulphurous anhydride (SO), is evolved, and the latter 
combining with water forms sulphurous acid. SOj + H^O 
= H,S03. 

Sulphurous acid, and, in a less degree, sulphurous 
anhydride, are germicidal, and are in common use as disin- 
fectants. Bacteriological experiments, however, show that 
sulphur fumigation, as ordinarily employed for disinfection, 
is of little worth for destroying disease germs. Disinfection 
by formaldehyde or chlorine gas is to be preferred. Sole 
reliance should never be placed upon sulphur fumigation, 
but premises should be treated as recommended in the 
section on antiseptics and disinfectants (p. 718;. 

In employing sulphur as a disinfectant, animals must 
be removed from the premises and communication with the 
outer air should be excluded as far as possible. Three 
pounds of roll or flowers of sulphur, mixed with 2 ounces 
of alcohol, should be employed for every 1,000 cubic feet of 
air space to be disinfected. The premises which are being 
disinfected should be closed for six hours. Alcohol is 
employed to ignite the sulphur and also to form steam by its 
combustion. The latter unites with sulphurous anhydride 
to make the more potent sulphurous acid. 



SULPHUROUS ACID 259 

If steam can be introduced into the apartment, together 
with sulphur fumes, the effect is vastly more efficient. The 
sulphur and alcohol may be placed in an iron or earthen- 
ware vessel, floating in a tub of water to avoid danger of 
fire. The sulphur not infrequently fails to burn freely, and 
combustion is secured more certainly by placing flowers of 
sulphur with alcohol in an iron vessel which should rest 
upon a stand in a large iron pot. A lighted alcohol lamp is ^ 
then put under the smaller iron vessel, containing the sul- 
phur, and the lamp is ignited. The lamp insures complete 
combustion of the sulphur and the outer iron pot prevents 
the surrounding premises from catching fire. 

Sulphurous anhydride has been employed for its local 
antiseptic and stimulant action, in inflammatory diseases of 
the upper air passages in horses. For this purpose it is 
burned in such quantities that the vapor is capable of being 
inspired because largely diluted with air. "With such dilu- 
tion the antiseptic action is lost, and there is danger of 
producing considerable irritation, and the procedure is of 
doubtful value. The same treatment has been pursued in 
verminous bronchitis of lambs and calves, caused by the 
Strongjlus filaria and S. micrurus. Local treatment, with 
tracheal injection, is more efficient. 

AciDUM SuLPHUROSUM. Sulphurous Acid. H3SO3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide sulfureux, Fr.; schwefelige saure, G. 

Derivation. — Charcoal, 20, and sulphuric acid, 80, are 
heated together and the sulphurous anhydride evolved is 
passed into water. 4 H, SO, + 2 C = 4 SO, + 2 CO, -f 4 [ 
H,0. 4 SO, + 4 H,0 = 4 H,S03. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid of the characteristic odor 
of burning sulphur, and of a very acid, sulphurous taste. It 
should contain not less than 6.4 per cent., by weight, of sul- 
phurous anhydride, and not more than 93.6 per cent, of water. 



2G0 IXOr.GANIC AGENTS 

Dose.—li. S: C, z i--ii- (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., " i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Actions and Uses. — Sulphurous acid decomposes oigania 
matter, abstracts oxygen, and is transformed into sulphuric 
acid. The amount of sulphuric acid formed from the medi- 
cinal solution is not sufficient to interfere with its action in 
or upon the body. Sulphurous acid is a deodorant, deoxi- 
dizer, parasiticide and disinfectant externally. Solutions 
(1-4) are used as local stimulant and antiseptic applications 
to wounds, ulcers, or sores with foul discharges, and to kill 
the fungus growths producing ringworm. 

Sulphurous acid is employed as an antiseptic in indi- 
gestion, associated with flatulence, and has the same effect 
and value as the sulphites and hyposulphites which are 
used for the same purposes. 

PoTASSA SuLPHURATA. Sulphurated Potassa. (U.S. & B.P.) 

Synonym. — Potassii sulphux-etum, potassii sulphidum^ 
liver of sulphur., E.; foie de soufre, Fr.; kalischwefel- 
leber, G. 

Derivation. — Powdered and dried potassium carbonate, 
200, is mixed with sublimed sulphur, and heated in a cru- 
cible. Potassa sulphurata is a mixture of potassium hypo- 
sulphite and sulphide. 3 K,C O3 + 8 S = K,S,03 + 2 K,S, 
+ 3 CO,. 

Properties. — Irregular pieces of a liver-brown color, 
which by exposure to the air gradually absorb moisture, 
oxygen, and carbonic dioxide, and change to greenish-yellow 
and finally to a gray mass containing potassium carbonate, 
hyposulphite and sulphate. The compound has a faint odor 
of hydrogen sulphide, and a bitter alkaline taste. Soluble 
in 2 parts of water, with the exception of a small residue. 

Dose.—R. & a, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Action Internal. — Sulphurated potassa has practically 
the same action as sulphur, internally and externally, 
although more stimulating locally. Large doses have caused 
gastro-intestinal inflammation, and the remote effects ob- 



SULPHURATED POTASSA 261 

served after repeated enormous doses of sulpliur : i.e., dis- 
organization of the blood and paralysis of nerves and 
muscles. It has been administered internally as a substi- 
tute for sulphur, but is only of value externally. 

Action and Uses External. — Sulphurated potassa is one 
of the most serviceable agents we possess in the treatment 
of chronic forms of skin diseases, as psoriasis, lichen, but 
particularly eczema of the horse and dog. It is locally 
stimulant, alterative (?), and parasiticide. There is only one 
drawback to its general use, which is its exceedingly dis- 
agreeable odor. Peruvian balsam is frequently substituted 
for this reason in the treatment of skin diseases in dogs. A 
solution, "yellow lotion," is used in different strengths (1-8 
to 1-15), according to the amount of stimulation which the 
skin will endure. The "yellow lotion," is a good agent for 
killing lice upon the skin. The following prescription will 
be found of benefit in canine practice. 

I? 

Potassae Sulphuratae 3 ii.ss. 

Chloralis 3 ss. 

01. Anisi ttj,!!. 

Aquae ad ? iv. 

M. 

S. External use. 

The chloral relieves itching and the anise disguises td 
some extent the odor of hydrogen sulphide. 



262 '" INORGANIC AGENTS 

SECTION XI. 

Acids. 

AciDUM Hydrochloricum. Hydrochloric Acid. H CI. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

(3Iuriatic Acid.) 

Synonym. — Acidum liydrochloratum, S. clilorhydricum, 
E.; acide chlorhydrique S. muriatique, Fr.; salzsaiire, G. 

A liquid composed of 31.9 per cent, by weiglit, of abso- 
lute hydrochloric acid, and 68.1 per cent, of water. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Distil together sulphuric acid, sodium 
chloride and water. The resulting hydrochloric acid gas is 
passed into distilled water, while acid sodium sulphate 
remains in the retort and is farther acted upon by sodium 
chloride. 2 Na CI + H,S O, = H CI + Na HSO, ; then : 
,Na HSO, + Na CI = H CI + Na.SO,. 

Properties. — A colorless, fuming liquid, of a pungent 
odor and an intensely acid taste. Spec, gr., about 1.163 at 
15° C. (59° F.) Miscible, in all proportions, with water 
and alcohol. 

Incompatibles. — Alkaline and other carbonates, and lead 
and silver salts. 

preparations. 

Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum, Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum, 

Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. 

Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum, Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

{Diluted 3Iuriatic Acid.) 

Derivation. — Hydrochloric acid, 100; distilled water, 219. Diluted 
hydrochloric acid contains 10 per cent, of absolute hydrochloric acid. 
(U. S. P.) 

Properties. — It does not fume in the air and is without odor. 
Spec, gr., 1.050, Otherwise corresponds to hydrochloric acid. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., TTix.-xxx. (.6-2.). 



r SULPHURIC ACID 263 

f AciDUM SuLPHURicuM. Sulpliuiic Acid. H,SO,. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of vitriol, E.; acide sulphurique, huile 
de vitriol, Fr.; schwefelsaure, vitriolol, G. 

A liquid composed of not less than 92.5 per cent, by 
weight of absolute sulphuric acid, and not more than 7.5 per 
cent, water. 

Derivation. — Sulphurous anhydride (U. B. P.), generated 
by roasting iron pyrites, or sulphur, is passed into leaden 
chambers. Nitric acid is introduced with steam, and the 
sulphurous anhydride undergoes oxidation and hydration. 
2 HNO3 + 2 SO, + H,0 = 2 H3SO, + KO3. 

The nitrous acid combines with oxygen and water in 
the air, and is re-transformed into nitric acid, acting con- 
tinually as a carrier of oxygen to sulphurous anhydride. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, of oily consistence, ino- 
dorous, and very caustic and corrosive. Spec. gr. not below 
1.835. Miscible, in all proportions, with water and alcohol, 
with evolution of so much heat that the mixing requires 
great caution. (U. S. P.) 

Lwompatibles. — Alkalies and carbonates, calcium and 
lead salts. 

PREPARATIONS. 
ACIDUM SULPHURICUM DiLUTUM, ACIDUM SULPHURICUM AROMATICUM. 

Aciduni Sulphuriciim Dilutum. Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Sulphuric acid, 100 gni. ; distilled water, 825 gm. 

Properties. — Diluted sulphuric acid contains 10 per cent-, by- 
weight, of absolute sulphuric acid. Spec. gr. about 1.070. (U. S. P.) 

Do.se.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., mx.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Acidiim Sulphuriciim Aromaticum. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Tinctura aromatica acida, P. G.; elixir vitrioli Myn- 
eichti, elixir of vitriol, E.; elixir vitriolique, teinture (alcool) aromatique 
sulphurique, Fr.; saure aromatische tinctur, Mynsicht's elixir, G. 



264 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Derivation. — Sulphuric acid, 100 Co.; tincture of ginger, 50 Cc. ; 
oil of cinnamon, 1 Cc; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. (U. S. P.) 

Properties. — Aromatic sulphuric acid contains about 20 per cent. , 
by weight, of official sulphuric acid, partly in form of ethyl sulphuric 
acid. Spec. gr. about 0.939. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., TTixv.-xxx. (1.-2.); 
.Sw. &D., mv.-xv. (.3-1.). 



AciDUM NiTRicuM. Nitric Acid, HNO3. (IT. S. <fe B, P.) 

Synonym. — Acide azotique, Fr.; salpetersaure, G. 

A liquid composed of 68 per cent., by weight, of abso- 
lute nitric acid, and 32 per cent, of water. 

Derivation.— Seven parts of sodium or potassium nitrate 
are distilled with fonr parts of sulphuric acid and water. 
KNO3 + H,SO, = KHSO, + HNO3. 

Properties. — A colorless, fuming liquid, very caustic and 
corrosive, and having a peculiar, somewhat suffocating odor. 
Spec. gr. about 1.414. (U. S. P.) 

Incompatibles. — Alkalies and carbonates, iron sulphate, 
lead acetate and alcohol. 

PREPARATIONS. 

ACIDUM NiTRICUM DiLUTUM, ACIDUM NiTROHYDROCHLORICUM, 
ACIDUM NiTROHYDROCHLORICUM DiLUTUM. 

/. Aciduvi Nitricuni Dilutum. Diluted Nitric Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 100; distilled water, 580. Diluted nitric 
acid contains 10 per cent. , by weight, of absolute nitric acid. Spec. gr. 
about 1.057. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., nv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

II. Acidum JSitrohydrochloricum. Nitrohydrochloric Acid. (U. S. P.) 
(Nitromuriatic Acid.) 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 180 ; hydrochloric acid, 820. Chemical 
composition uncertain. 

Properties. — A golden yellow, fuming and very corrosive liquid, 
having a strong odor of chlorine. The strong acid should always be 
freshly prepared and should be used in preference to the diluted acid. 
It may be made off hand by mixing 4 parts of nitric acid with 16 parts 



PHOSPHORIC ACID 2G5 

of hydrochloric acid. The mixture should remain in an open bottle not 
more than half full, until the fumes pass off. 

Dose.—H.., TTixx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); D., miii.-v. (.2-.3). 

III. Acidiim Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. Diluted Nitrochloric Acid. 

(U.S. &B. P.) 
{Diluted Nitromuriatic Acid.) 

Synonym.— Acidum chloro-nitrosum, P. G.; aqua regia S. regis, — 
acide chloro-azotique S. chloro-nitreux, eau Regales, Fr.; salpetersalz- 
saure, konigswasser, G. 

Derivation. — Nitric acid, 40; hydrochloric acid, 180; distilled 
water, 780. 

Properties.— A colorless, or pale yellowish liquid, having a faint 
odor of chlorine and a very acid taste. Completely volatilized by heat. 
(U. S. P.) 

Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
Sw. & D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 



AciDUM Phosphoricum. Phosphoric Acid. H3P O,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

A liquid composed of not less than 85 per cent., by 
weight, of absolute orthophosphoric acid (H3P OJ, and not 
more than 15 per cent, of water. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Heat phosphorus with diluted nitric acid 
till nitrous fumes cease. P3 + 5 HNO, + 2 H„0 = 3 Hj 
PO, 4- 5 NO. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, without odor, but having 
a, strongly acid taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.710. Miscible, 
in all proportions, with water or alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

PREPARATION. 

Acidum Phosphoricum Dihitum. Diluted Phosphoric Acid. 

Derivation. — Phosphoric acid, 100; distilled water, 750. (U. S. P.) 
Diluted phosphoric acid contains 10 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
orthophosphoric acid. Spec. gr. about 1057. 

Dose.—H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., TTlv.-xxx. (.3-2.) 



266 INORGANIC AGENTS 

AciDUM AcETicuM. Acetic Acid. H CjHsOj. 
(U. S. & B. p.) 

Synonym. — Acetum purum, — acetum destillatum, P.G.; 
acide acetique dilue, Fr.; reiner essig, G. 

A liquid composed of 36 per ceut., by weight, of absolute 
acetic acid, and 64 per cent, of water. 

Derivation. — Distillation of dry sodium acetate with 
sul|:)hnric acid and crystallization of the distillate. Na G^ 
H3O, + H, SO, = H C, H3 O, + Na H SO,. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, having a strong, 
■vinegar-like odor, a purely acid taste and a strongly acid 
reaction. Spec. gr. about 1.048. Miscible with water or 
alcohol in all proportions. 

PREPARATION. 

Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. Diluted Acetic Acid. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acetum concentratuni, — acide acetique, Fr. ; ver- 
diinnte essigsiiure, G. 

Derivation. — Acetic acid, 100; distilled water, 500. Diluted acetic 
acid contains 6 per cent., by weight, of absolute acetic acid. Spec gr. 
about 1 008. Not employed internally except in the form of official 
aceta. Vinegar is impure diluted acetic acid, made by destructive 
distillation of wood, or by acetous fermentation and dxidatiim of alco- 
holic solutions, as cider. 

C2H5O H + O2 = H C2H3O2 + HoO. A temperature of 80° F., and 
the presence of the ferment or mould (Mycoderma aceti), are necessary. 

AciDUM Aceticum Glaciale. Glacial Acetic Acid. H CoHgO^. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum aceticum, P. G.; acidum aceticum 
concentratum, acetum glaciale, — acide acetique concentree, 
esprit de vinaigre, vinaigre glacial, Fr.; essigsaure, eissesig, G. 

Derivation. — Same as acetic acid. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid of a strong vinegar- 
like odor, and a very pungent, purely acid taste. Contains 
about 99 per cent, of absolute acid. Not used internally. 



TARTARIC ACID 267 

AciDUM Tartaricum. Tartaric Acid. HjC.H.Oe. 
(U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Sal essentiale tartari, — acide tartrique^ 
acide de tartre, Fr.; weinsaure, weinsteinsaure, G. 

Derivation. — Boil acid potassium tartrate or argol 
(incrustation in wine casks) with chalk to form calcium 
tartrate. 2 K H C,H,Oe + Ca C O3 = Ca C,H,0, + K,C,H,0, 
+ H,,0 + C Oo. Add calcium chloride, which precipitates 
more calcium tartrate, and decompose with sulphuric acid, 
H,S O, + Ca C,H,0, = H,C,H.O« + Ca S O, 

Evaporate solution. Calcium sulphate crystals separate 
and are removed, while tartaric acid crystallizes on further 
evaporation. 

Properties. — Colorless, translucent, moiioclinic. prisms, 
or crystalline crusts, or a white powder ; odorless, having a 
purely acid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 
about .8 part of water, and in 2.5 parts of alcohol. Not; 
commonly used in Veterinary medicine. 

Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

AciDUM CiTRicuM. Citric Acid. HaC^HsO,. (U. S. tfe B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum citri S. limonum, S. limonorum, — 
acide citrique, acide du citron, Fr.; citrouensaure, G. 

Derivation. — Usually prepared from the lemon (Citrus 
lemonum), or lime (Citrus bergamia). Boiling lemon juice 
(containing 7 per cent, of citric acid) is treated with chalk 
to form calcium citrate. 2 H^CeHjO, + 3 Ca C O3 = C-a.^ 
(C„H,0,)2 + 3 C O, + 3 H,0. 

Calcium citrate is boiled with sulphuric acid and the 
resulting citric acid is obtained by filtration, evaporation 
and crystallization. Ca, (CeH^O^o + 3 H, S O, = 2 K.CJl, 
.0, + 3CaS0,. 

Properties. — Colorless, translucent, right - rhombic 
prisms; odorless, having an agreeable, purely acid taste; 
efflorescent in warm air and deliquescent when exposed to 



268 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

moist air. Soluble in 0.63 parts of water and in 1.61 parts 
of alcohol. 

Bosc—B.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATION. 

Syrupus Acidi Citrici. Syrup of Citric Acid. (U. S. P.) 
Citric Acid, 10; water, 10; spirit of lemon, 10; syrup to make 1000. 
Dose. — Ad lib. 

AciDUM Lacticum. Lactic Acid. H C3H5O3. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide lactique, Fr.; milclisaure, G. 

An organic acid, usually obtained by subjecting milk- 
sugar or grape-sugar to lactic fermentation. Composed of 
75 per cent., by weight, of absolute lactic acid, and 25 per 
cent, of water. 

Properties. — A colorless, syrupy liquid, odorless, of a 
purely acid taste. Spec. gr. about 1.218. Freely miscible 
with water, alcohol, or ether. 

Dose.—'H.., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 1TLxxx.-3i. (2.-4.). 

Other acids to be found in other sections. 

Action External. — The concentrated mineral acids are 
powerful escharotics, but in dilution are stimulant, astrin- 
gent, rubefacient, or vesicant, according to their strength. 
Acids have a great affinity for the alkaline juices of the 
tissues and blood, and weak acid solutions are thus neutral- 
ized. Strong acids coagulate albumin, probably by combin- 
ing with alkalies which hold albumin in solution, forming 
dense compounds with the albuminoids of the tissue. When 
mineral acids are present in abundance the albumin first 
coagulated is afterwards dissolved (except nitric acid), and 
the corrosive action of the acids is extensive. Acids further 
destroy tissue by combining with water, for which they have 
also a great affinity, particularly sulphuric and phosphoric 
acids. The former withdraws water to such an extent that 
the tissues are carbonized and blackened. Sulphuric acid 
is more destructive of tissue and acts more extensively than 



ACTION OF ACIDS 269 

tlie other mineral salts. Nitric acid is less caustic, and 
hydrochloric acid is the least corrosive. Nitric acid stains 
the parts yellow, and hydrochloric, white. The vegetable 
acids, as citric and tartaric acids, are slightly caustic, but 
are irritant to the skin, and still more so to raw surfaces and 
mucous membranes. An ounce of tartaric acid has caused 
death in man through its local effect. The action of the 
caustic alkalies is more widespread than that of the mineral 
acids. Diluted sulphuric and nitric acids are astringents, 
because of their power of condensing tissues, and also 
hemostatics in causing compression of blood vessels by 
contraction of the tissues about them. Nitric acid is com- 
monly emploj'ed externally, because its effect is limited by 
its own eschar, which is not dissolved by an excess of acid. 

Hydrochloric acid has no astringent effect and is not 
used externally for its caustic properties. The acids are 
antiseptic, but are less appropriate than other agents in 
most cases, on account of their irritant action. 

Action Infernal. — AJinientary Canal. — Acids stimulate 
the normal alkaline secretions in the body, particularly 
those entering the mouth and intestines. The flow of 
saliva, bile and intestinal juices is therefore increased. 
Diluted acids are called refrigerants in imparting a sense 
of coolness to the skin and mucous membrane of the 
mouth, and, by augmenting the secretion of saliva, relieve 
thirst in fever. In opposition to the action of acids in 
stimulating alkaline secretions, exists the fact of their 
checking acid secretions,* such as the gastric juice and 
sweat, and if the administration of acids is prolonged for 
several weeks, gastric digestion may be impaired in conse- 
quence, unless the gastric juice is abnormally deficient. The 
acids exert a local stimulant and astringent action upon the 
intestinal canal. Nitric acid is particularly a stimulant, 
sulphuric acid an astringent, while nitric and nitrohydro- 
chloric acids are especially cholagogues. Hydrochloric acid 
assists digestion in supplying a deficiency in the normal 
hydrochloric acid of the gastric juice, in aiding the conver- 

* With the exception of hydrochloric acid. 



270 INORGANIC AGENTS 

sion of proteids into peptones by pepsin, and in stimulating 
the formation of the latter. Mineral acids are essentially 
digestive tonics, promoting gastric digestion (H CI), increas- 
ing the secretion of the liver and intestinal glands, and 
improving the tone and blood supply of relaxed intestinal 
mucous membrane. 

Constitutional Action. — Acids are absorbed, and in consi- 
derable doses make the blood less alkaline, the urine more 
acid, and appear to exert a slight astringent action upon the 
skin and mucous membranes during their elimination. We 
possess no knowledge to explain the remote effects of the 
acids. Some authorities state that the acids are converted 
into salts in the blood, as sulphates, nitrates and phosphates, 
which are eliminated by the urine, skin and bowels. Others 
teach that much of the acid is eliminated in the urine in the 
form of ammonia compounds. Brunton says that the acids 
cause a modification of tissue change in the liver so that the 
production of urea is lessened by the passage of the acids 
through that organ, and that the ammonia furnished by the 
acids is not converted into urea, as normally happens, but 
is eliminated in the urine as such. Both these suppositions 
are apparently fallacious, because if the acids were trans- 
formed into salts they would not produce remote astringent 
effects, and if they were converted into ammonia compounds 
they would not acidify the urine. The probable explana- 
tion is that in small doses acids are more prone to decom- 
position, while large doses are eliminated in part unchanged 
by the kidneys, bowels and skin, and so acidify the urine 
and exert a remote astringent action. 

Acidity of the blood causes death in depressing the 
heart, and because an alkaline or neutral medium (normal 
blood) is essential to carry away carbonic dioxide from the 
tissues. Vegetable acids are thought more especially to 
lower the force of the heart, which lln^y certainly do in 
poisonous quantities, and possibly iu medicinal doses. In 
considerable amount, the vegetable acids increase the acidity 
of the urine, but in small doses alkalize this secretion by 



USES OF ACIDS 271 

undergoing decomposition iu the blood with the production 
of alkaline carbonates. The vegetable acids are infrequently 
used in veterinary medicine. 

Diluted phosphoric acid relieves thirst and forms an 
agreeable cooling drink in fevers. It is extremely doubtful 
whether phosphoric acid acts either as a tonic or reconsti- 
tuent, by supplying phosphates to the blood or tissues. 

Poisoning. — If acid is spilled on the skin, alkalies should 
be applied, and in case of sulphuric acid the excess of acid 
should first be rubbed off, and then large quantities of very 
dilute alkaline solutions or soapsuds should be employed 
to avoid evolution of heat when the acid combines with 
water. When acids are swallowed, there is excoriation and 
sloughing of mucous membranes, difficulty in swallowing, 
vomiting of dark brown material and mucus (in animals 
capable of the act), severe colic, pain on movement, consti- 
pation, or, rarely, bloody diarrhoea. O-'casionally some acid 
flows into the larynx during deglutition and oedema and 
suffocation rapidly ensue. There is inflammation of the 
upper part of the digestive canal, thirst, and collapse, with 
■weak pulse and cold extremities. Softening, sloughs, 
haemorrhage and perforation of the mucous membrane of 
the mouth, gullet and stomach and small intestines are 
found post mortem. 

Treatment. — Soapsuds, sodium bicarbonate, lime water, 
magnesia, or other alkalies. Demulcents, as milk, white of 
€gg, gum arabic and linseed tea. Opium and stimulants. 
"Wash out the stomach with a large amount of alkaline 
solution. 

Uses External. — Strong mineral acids are used as 
caustics. One part of sulphuric acid is mixed with three 
parts of sulphur, or asbestos, to form a paste for the destruc- 
tion of morbid growths. 

The application of sulphuric acid is somewhat dan- 
gerous, as it is difficult to limit the action, and it is not by 
any means the best escharotic, nor so good as nitric acid, 
which produces less extensive destruction of tissue, and is a 



272 INORGANIC AGENTS 

useful agent for tlie removal of tumors, for the cauterization 
of bites inflicted by rabid animals, and for the treatment of 
foul, sloughing wounds or foot rot. 

The action of nitric acid may be limited by surrounding 
the part to which the strong acid is applied with oil, or by 
washing the acid off with soapsuds. Glacial acetic acid is 
frequently employed to remoye warts and small excres- 
cences. It is not so powerful as sulphuric or nitric acid. 
The acids in weak solution ( 3 i.-Oi.) are useful in relieving 
irritation of the skin, as in urticaria, for their astringent 
action upon piles, and to stop slight haemorrhages. Vinegar 
diluted with 3 parts of water may be used for the same 
purposes. Nitric acid (IT^v.-xxx. to 3 i. of water) is a good 
antiseptic, stimulant and astringent application to indolent 
ulcers, wounds, or, in the mouth, for ulcerative or mercurial 
stomatitis. 

Uses Internal. — The acids 'are all of value in digestive 
disorders. Hydrochloric acid is useful in fever, to relieve 
tliiist and aid digestion, when a few drops may be put in 
the drinking water. Hydrocliloric acid is especially indi- 
cated for gastric indigestion with deficiency in the secretion 
of gastric juice, and for fermentation and tympanites in 
chronic gastritis. Hydrocliloric acid should be given 
after feeding, and is often combined with bitters. It acts 
as an antiseptic in addition to aiding digestion. Hyper- 
secretion of hydrochloric acid, or hyperchlorhydria, is said 
to be characterized by acid reaction of the secretion in the 
mouth, and a desire to lick alkaline earthy matters. It is 
best treated by alkalies after feeding. All the acids are 
serviceable in the treatment of diarrhoea and intestinal indi- 
gestion. Aromatic sulphuric acid (with opium) is more 
particularly valuable as a remedy for watery purging. 
Nitric and nitrohydrochloric acids are of more use in 
diarrhoea with indigestion, jaundice, and disordered hepatic 
functions. The latter acid is often combined with nux 
vomica in the treatment of intestinal indigestion, and is a. 
valuable remedy in catarrhal jaundice of dogs. 



BORIC Acm 273 

Sulphuric acid is utilized in acute lead poisoning, as an 
antidote, to form insoluble sulphates in the bowels. The 
acids are given for their remote astringent action in arrest- 
ing or preventing haemorrhage (purpura) from internal 
organs, and in diminishing excessive sweating and mucous 
discharges ; but are inferior to other agents in the treatment 
of these conditions. 

Administration. — The acids should all be thoroughly 
diluted with water for internal use. 



AciDUM BoRiGUM. Boric Acid. H3 B O3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Boracic acid, E.; acide borique, Fr.; acidum 
boracicum, sal. sedativum Hombergii, borsaure, G. 

Derivation. — Made by evaporation and crystallization of 
solutions obtained by passing steam issuing from rocks in 
volcanic regions of Italy, through water ; or by the action 
of hydrochloric or sulphuric acids upon borax. Na, B^O^ 
(borax) + 10 H,0 + 2 H CI = 4 H3B O3 + 2 Na CI + 5 H,0. 
Recovered by filtration and recrystallizatiou. 

Properties. — Transparent, colorless scales, of a some- 
what pearly lustre, or, when in perfect crystals, six-sided 
triclinic plates, slightly unctuous to the touch ; odorless, 
having a faintly bitterish taste, and permanent in the air^ 
Soluble in 25.6 parts of water and in 15 parts of alcohol; 
also soluble in 10 parts of glycerin. It is feebly acid. 

J)ose. — Foals and calves., gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.). 

PREPARATION. 

Glyceritum Boroglycerini. Glycerite of Boroglycerin. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym.— Gljcexite of glyceryl borate, solution of boroglyceride. 
Boric acid, 310; glycerin to make 1,000. Solution prepared by heat 
(302° F. ) 

SoDii Boras. Sodium Borate. Na.B.O,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Borax, natrum biboricum, boras, boras sodi- 
cus, E.; borate de soudre, Fr.; borsaures natron, G. 



274 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Derivation. — Natural deposits of the crude article occur 
as incrustations on shores of lakes in Nevada and California, 
which are purified by calcination and crystallization. Borax 
is also made by boiling boric acid with sodium carbonate. 
4 H3B O3 + Na,C O3 = Na,B,0, + C O, + 6 H, O. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, monoclinic prisms, 
or a white powder, inodorous and having a sweetish, alka- 
line taste. Slightly efflorescent in warm, dry air. Soluble 
in 16 parts of water at 59° F., and in 0.5 part of boiling 
water; insoluble in alcohol. At 176° F. it is soluble in one 
part of glycerin. Borax is slightly alkaline. 

ACTION OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 

Boric acid and borax are essentially mild, non-irritating 
antiseptics. These agents are practically harmless, as ordi- 
narily employed, yet death in man has been reported from 
absorption of a 5 per cent, solution of boric acid used for 
irrigation of the large cavities of the body, and fatalities 
have resulted from the ingestion of quantities of boric acid. 

Three drachms of boric acid may be given daily to dogs, 
without causing any untoward effect. In man, boric acid 
poisoning has been exhibited by feeble pulse, subnormal 
temperature, vomiting, erythema and swelling of superficial 
parts, involuntary evacuations, coma, and disordered respi- 
ration. Boric acid is eliminated by the urine, sweat, saliva 
and faeces. It is said to be diuretic, and, in large doses, to 
induce acute parenchymatous nephritis. 

Boric acid and borax, like other antiseptics, relieve 
itching and destroy parasites upon the skin. Boric acid 
exerts an antiseptic action upon the contents of the digestive 
tract and upon the urine. It is thought to possess some 
emmenagogue action. 

USES OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX. 

The value of boric acid and borax is chiefly surgical. 
They are employed more commonly upon the mucous mem- 



USES OF BORIC ACID AND BORAX 275 

Ijranes of Hie eyelids, moutli, nose, vagina, urethra and 
l)ladder, for their non-irritating, antiseptic properties, and 
^Iso to relieve itching and to destroy parasites upon the 
skin. Boric acid is in more frequent use than any other 
agent in simple catarrhal conjunctivitis, and may be com- 
bined to advantage with cocaine as follows : 

Cocainse Hydrochlor gr.v.-x. 

Acid. Borici gr.x.-xx. \ 

Aqu£e ad | i. 

M. 

S. Eye lotion. 

Borax is perhaps more appropriate in the moutli, being 
a,lkaline. It is applied by swab, in saturated solution, for 
aphthous and other forms of stomatitis. A saturated solu- 
tion (4 per cent.) of boric acid is useful as an injection for 
ozoena, cystitis and vaginitis. Borax in saturated solution 
assuages pruritus ani and vulvae, and is employed as an 
application for ringworm. Boroglyceride is indicated for 
burns and wounds. 

A serviceable antiseptic dressing is made by soaking 
gauze in a boiling saturated solution of boric acid. The 
dried gauze contains boric acid, which crystallizes upon it as 
the solution cools. One part of boric acid in combination 
with four parts of zinc oxide forms a soothing, protective 
dusting powder for chafed surfaces, intertrigo, er^'thema and 
moist eczema in dogs. Boric acid is occasionally prescribed 
in 10 per cent, ointment for eczema and psoriasis. It is 
perhaps the best remedy for canker of the ear in dogs (otitis 
externa). The ear should be syringed out with a 2 per 
cent, solution, dried with absorbent cotton, and powdered 
with pure boric acid. The internal uses of boric acid are 
unimportant. It has been recommended and given as an 
ermnenagogue, and as an intestinal antiseptic in fermenta- 
tive diarrhoea of foals and calves. Boric acid is often 
administered in human medicine to acidify the urine and 
disinfect the genito-urinary tract, although not so efficient 
•as urotropin. 



276 INORGANIC AGENTS 

SECTION XII. 
Class 1. — Carbon. 
Carbon is represented officially as follows : 

Carbo Animalis. Animal Charcoal. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Bone black, E.; charbou, Fr.; thier (or) 
knochen-kohle, G. 

Derivation. — Bones freed from fat are exposed to great 
heat in close iron cylinders till ammoniacal vapors pass 
off. The resulting charcoal is pulverized and contains 
about 10 per cent, of carbon and 88 per cent, of calcium 
phosphate and carbonate. 

Properties. — Dull, black, granular fragments, or a dull 
black powder ; odorless, nearly tasteless, and insoluble in 
water or alcohol. 

Dose.—K.&C., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. <fe Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.- 
15.); D., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4). 

PREPARATION. 

Carbo Animalis Purificatus. Purified Animal Charcoal. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Animal charcoal, 100, is boiled with hydrochloric 
acid, 300, and water to remove ash. Result filtered and residue ♦on 
filter paper washed and dried. 

Properties. — A dull, black powder, odorless and tasteless; insoluble 
in water, alcohol or other solvents 

Dose. — Same as above. 

Carbo Ligni. Charcoal. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Wood charcoal. 

Derivation. — Soft wood is charred by piling it in heaps, 
igniting, and covering it with sand and turf to prevent rapid 
combustion. 

Properties. — A black, odorless and tasteless powder, free 
from gritty matter. Insoluble in water or alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as animal charcoal. 

Action External. — Charcoal is an oxidizing antiseptic 



CHARCOAL 277 

and deodorizer. It has tlie power, when dry, to absorb 
liquids and gases, condensing the latter within its pores. It 
thus both absorbs oxygen and gives up oxygen when in 
contact with oxidizable substances. 

In dessicating and oxidizing decomposing organic mat- 
ter, charcoal deprives germs of their proper moisture and 
food requirements for growth, but is not a true germ 
destroyer or disinfectant. Charcoal absorbs noxious and 
foul- smelling gases, and is thus a deodorant. 

Action Internal. — Charcoal has proved serviceable in 
certain digestive troubles. Since charcoal loses its absorp- 
tive properties so soon as it becomes thoroughly wet, it 
seems probable that the beneficial action in such conditions 
is due to the charcoal scraping off mucus from the walls of 
the stomach and bowels, or to increasing their vascularity 
and peristalsis, rather than to its absorbing gases. If 
administered continually in large quantities charcoal may 
produce mechanical obstruction in the bowels, and it is 
therefore employed in conjunction with laxatives. 

Uses External. — Charcoal is applied as a dusting powder 
with astringents and antiseptics upon ulcers, galled and raw 
surfaces. The following combination is useful : charcoal, 4 
parts; salicylic acid, 2 parts; burnt alum, 1 part. It is also 
used in flaxseed meal poultices upon foul, sloughing parts. 
Animal charcoal is better than wood charcoal as an absor- 
bent, although the unpurified bone black is said to be more 
efficient, since the mineral matters separate the carbon par- 
ticles and aid its absorptive power. 

Uses Internal. — Charcoal is employed occasionally in 
indigestion, chronic gastric and intestinal catarrh, tympa- 
nitis and diarrhoea, accompanied by mucous discharges. 
Charcoal possesses the power of attracting and holding 
alkaloids in its subtance, and so may be used in large doses 
as an antidote in poisoning by alkaloidal drugs, as opium, 
nux vomica and aconite. Its action is slow, and other 
means, as tannic acid, emetics and the stomach tube, are 
more efficient. 



278 INORGANIC AGENTS 

CARfeONEl DisuLPHiDUM. Carbon Disulpliide. C Sj. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Carbonii bisulphidum, bisulphide of carbon^ 
carbon sulphide, E.; carboneum sulphuratum, alcohol sul- 
furis, P. G.; sulfure de carbone, Fr.; schwefelkohlenstoff, G» 

Derivation. — Obtained from carbon and sulphur by 
distillation. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless, highly refractive liquid; 
very diffusive, having a strong, characteristic, but not fetid 
odor, and a sharp, aromatic taste. Soluble in 535 parts of 
water; very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and fixed 
volatile oils. Spec. gr. 1.268 to 1.269. Carbon disulphid© 
vaporizes readily and is highly inflammable. 

Actions and Uses. — Carbon disulpliide is a rapid and 
powerful anaesthetic when inhaled, and also locally, when 
applied in spray upon the skin. It produces muscular 
weakness, coma, and, rarely, convulsions in toxic closes. 
It has been used as a counter-irritant in the form of 
vapor, to cause absorption of enlarged lymphatic glands. 
Favorable results have been reported by Perroncito, with 
carbon disulphide given in gelatine capsules to horses to 
destroy the larvse of the bot fly (CEstrus equi). Three cap- 
sules, containing 10 grams each, for a horse, or 8 grams, 
each for a colt, should be given at hour intervals, and 
followed in 12 hours by a pint of oil. 

Class 2. — Alcohol, Ether and Chloroform. 

Alcohol. Alcohol. CoH, OH." 
(U. S. P.) 
Contains varying amounts of absolute alcohol. 
Synonym. — Spiritus rectificatus, B. P.; spiritus vini rec- 
tificatissimus, alcohol vini, rectified spirit, E.; alcool, Fr.; 
weingeist, G.; spiritus, P. G. 



I 



ALCOHOL 279 

Alcohol is derived directly from fruit sugar, and indi- 
rectly from starch. The grains, as wheat, rye, corn ; and 
potatoes, supply starch most economically. The starch in 
these substances is converted into glucose by heating with 
very dilute sulphuric acid, or by fermentation with malt. 
Glucose is further acted upon by yeast containing the Torula 
cerevisisB, which converts 15 per cent, of glucose into alcohol 
and carbonic dioxide. GJl.X), = 2 C, H^ O H + 2 C O,. 

The weak alcohol resulting is subjected to repeated 
distillation until sufficiently pure and concentrated. In the 
natural fermentation of fruit sugar in grape juice, during 
the formation of wine, the amount of alcohol is self-limited 
to 15, rarely 20 per cent., since the ferment is killed by an 
amount of alcohol greater than this. 

Derivation. — The official alcohol is derived from rectified 
spirit (84 per cent, alcohol, by weight), by maceration, first 
with anhydrous potassium carbonate, then with freshly 
fused calcium chloride, and finally by distillation. 

Frojjeriies. — A liquid composed of about 91 per cent, by 
weight, or 94 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol {CJIjO 
H), and about 9 per cent, by weight, of water. A transpa- 
rent, colorless, mobile and volatile liquid, of a characteristic, 
rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. Spec. gr. about 
.820 at 15° C. (59=^ F.). Miscible with water in all propor- 
tions and without any trace of cloudiness. Also miscible 
with ether or chloroform. It is readily volatile at low tem- 
peratures, and boils at 78° C. (172.4° F.). It is inflammable 
and burns with a blue flame. 

Z>ose.— H. & C, §i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.); D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

PREPARATION. 

Alcohol DUutum. Diluted Alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Spiritus tenuior, B. P. 

A liquid composed of about 41 per cent., by weight, or about 48.6 
per cent., by volume, of absolute ethyl alcohol (Cj Hs O H), and about 
69 per cent, of water. (U. S. P. ) 

Derivation. — Alcohol, 500; distilled water, 500. 



280 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Alcohol Absolutum. Absolute AlcohoL Cj H^ O H. 

(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Alcoliol ethylicum, B. P. 

Ethyl alcohol, coQtaining not more than 1 per cent., by 
weight, of water. 

Derivation. — Percolation of the purest alcohol through 
quicklime, out of contact with the air, and redistillation in 
vacuo. 

Properties. — Transparent, colorless, mobile fmd volatile 
liquid, of a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a 
burning taste. Very hydroscopic. Spec. gr. not higher 
than 0.797 at 15^ C. (69°'f.) 

Alcohol Deodoratum. Deodorized Alcohol. (IT. S. P.) 

A liquid composed of about 92.5 per cent., by weight, 
or 95.1 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol (Cj H^ O H), 
and about 7.5 per cent., by weight, of water. 

Derivation. — Distillation of alcohol with about 2 per 
per cent, of pure fused sodium acetate. 

Properties. — Similar to alcohol, except as regards odor. 

Spiritus Frumentl (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Eau-de-vie de grains, Fr.; whiskey korn- 
"branntwein, G. 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil- 
lation of the mash of fermented grain (usually of mixtures 
of corn, wheat and rye), and at least two years old. 

Properties. — An amber-colored liquid, having, a distinc- 
tive odor and taste, and a slightly acid reaction. Its specific 
gravity should not be more than 0.930, nor less than 0.917, 
corresponding, approximately, to an alcoholic strength of 
44 to 50 per cent, by weight, or 50 to 58 per cent,, by 
volume. Contains no more than traces of fusel oil. The 
alcoholic liquors owe their flavor or bouquet to ethers which 
are only developed in course of time. The amylic alcohol. 



ALCOHOL 281 

or fusel oil in whiskey is therefore converted into ethers, 
which give the characteristic flavor to whiskey. 

Bose.—R. and C, 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); Sh. & Sw., ^i.-ii. 
<30.-60.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Spiritus Vini Gallici. Brandy. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spirit of French wine,E.; eau-de-vie, cognac, 
!Fr.; Frantzbranntweiu, G. 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid obtained by the distil- 
lation of the fermented unmodified juice of fresh grapes, and 
at least four years old. 

Brandy is somewhat astringent and is often not made 
•from the distillation of wine, but is a factitious preparation. 
Native brandy is said to be purer, but is usually inferior in 
flavor to that of foreign manufacture. Brandy contains 39- 
47 per cent, of absolute alcohol by weight; 46-55 per cent, 
by volume. 

Z>ose.— Same as that for whiskey. 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 

(U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of 
fennel, 1; alcohol, 1,400; water to make 2,000. 

Compound spirit of juniper is similar to gin in its thera- 
peutic action. Contains about 15 per cent, more alcohol. 
Gin is made by distillation of fermented malt and juniper 
berries. Gin differs from the other alcoholic preparations 
therapeutically in being more diuretic. 

Dose. — Same as that for whiskey. 

Bum. (Not official.) 

Rum is made from a fermented solution of molasses by 
distillation. It contains, by weight, from 40 to 50 per cent. 
of absolute alcohol. Rum does not differ physiologically 
from alcohol. There is no authoritative Latin name for rum. 

Dose, — Same as that for whiskey. 



282 INORGANIC AGENTS 

ViNUM Album. White Wine. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting 
the juice of fresh grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera (nat. ord. 
"vitacese), free from seeds, stems, and skins. 

Properties. — A pale amber or straw-colored liquid, 
having a pleasant odor, free from yeastiness, and a fruity, 
agreeable, slightly spirituous taste, without excessive sweet- 
ness or acidity. The Pharmacopoeia directs that the wine 
should contain from 10 to 14 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
alcohol. California Hock and Reisling, Ohio Catawba, 
Sherry, Muscatel, Madeira and the stronger wines of the 
Rhine, Mediterranean, and Hungary, come within the phar- 
macopoeial limits. Wines containing more than 14 per cent. 
of alcohol, are usually fortified, i. e., have alcohol or brandy 
added to them, and much imported Sherry and Madeira 
contain 15 to 20 per cent., by weight, of absolute alcohol. 

YiNUM RuBRUM. Red Wine. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — An alcoholic liquid made by fermenting 
the juice of fresh colored grapes, the fruit of Vitis vinifera 
(nat. ord. vitacese), in presence of their skins. 

Properties. — A deep-red liquid, having a pleasant odor, 
free from yeastiness, and a fruity, moderately astringent, 
pleasant and slightly acidulous taste, without excessive 
sweetness or acidity. Should contain not less than 10, nor 
more than 14 per cent., by weight, of alcohol. Native Claret, 
Burgundy, Bordeaux, and Hungarian wines may be included 
within the pharmacopoeial limits of vinum rubrum. Port 
(vinum portense) is fortified with brandy during fermenta- 
tion, and contains 15 to 25 per cent., by weight, of absolute 
alcohol. Port is astringent from tannic acid in the grapes, 
skins and stalks, or the astringency may be due to logwood. 

Red wines are said to be rough, contain tannic acid and 
therefore are astringent. Dry wines are those which con- 
tain little sugar. The wines develop ethers with age, and 
these improve their flavor and action. 



ALCOHOL 285 

Champagne contains about 10 per cent, of absolute 
alcohol and carbonic acid gas, which acts as a local sedative 
upon the stomach. Ale, stout and beers contain from 4 to 
8 per cent, of alcohol, together with bitters and malt extracts. 
Cider contains 5 to 9 per cent, of absolute alcohol. Imported 
Sherry (vinum xericum, B. P.), 15 to 20 per cent, of absolute 
alcohol. Alcohol is the solvent most commonly employed 
in pharmacy, dissolving alkaloids, resins, volatile oils, bal- 
sams, oleo-resins, tannin, sugar, some fats and fixed oils. 

Action External. — Alcohol is a germicide. When applied 
in dilution to mucous membranes, raw surfaces or wounds, 
alcohol is a stimulant, antiseptic and local anaesthetic ; while 
in concentration, it is irritant and even caustic, coagulating 
mucus and albumin. If alcohol is allowed to evaporate 
from the unbroken skin, cooling of the surface and contrac- 
tion of the superficial blood vessels ensue, with diminished 
secretions of sweat; but when alcohol is rubbed into the 
skin, it is absorbed, takes up water, hardens the integument 
and causes temporary vasular dilatation. Alcoholic aqueous 
dilutions containing 60 to 70 per cent, of absolute alcohol 
are among the most valuable skin disinfectants. Absolute 
alcohol, or the undiluted commercial alcohol, have no g^-r- 
micidal action on dry bacteria, and alcohol in less than -lO 
per cent, strength is too weak. 

Action Interned. — Alcohol acts locally upon the mucous 
membrane of the alimentary canal, as described above, and 
if swallowed in concentration it produces congestion and 
white patches in the mouth by coagulating albumin upon 
the mucous membrane. The secretion of saliva is increased. 
In small doses the more powerful alcoholic liquors, as whis- 
key and brandy, aid digestion by stimulating locally the 
gastric circulation, secretion, movement and apjjetite. 

During and immediately after ingestion of undiluted 
stronger alcoholic liquors, and before there is time for 
absorption to occur, the heart is reflexly stimulated by the 
irritant action of the alcohol upon the sensory nerve endings 
in the mucous membrane of the mouth, gullet and stomach. 



284 INORGANIC AGENTS 

In large amounts, alcoliol destroys the action of the peptic 
ferment, causes inflammation of the walls of the stomach 
and perverts the normal secretion into a mucous discharge. 
Alcohol in physiological doses may be slightly decomposed 
in the stomach with the formation of aldehyde and acetic 
acid^ which may precipitate some of the proteids, peptones 
and pepsin. This action is not sufficient to interfere with 
the stomachic effect of alcohol. Alcohol is slightly astrin- 
gent in the digestive tract, and may relieve pain by its local 
anaesthetic action upon the stomach, and spasm, by stimu- 
lating the nervous mechanism controlling the stomach and 
bowels, and so coordinating the peristaltic movements. 

Circulation. — Alcohol is absorbed into the blood and 
undergoes decomposition in the body. When alcohol is 
mixed with blood, outside of the body, coagulation occurs, 
and separation of haemoglobin from the coi'puscles. The 
blood does not, under these circumstances, yield its oxygen 
leadily to reducing agents. In rapid alcoholic poisoning 
the corpuscles have been found shrivelled and containing 
a yellow precipitate of haemoglobin in their substance. 
Alcohol diminishes oxidation in the body by hindering 
the oxyhsemoglobin from giving up its oxygen, but this 
action does not occur until large quantities have been 
absorbed. 

Alcohol is essentially a heart stimulant. It makes the 
heart beat more forcibly and rapidly, and also increases blood 
pressure, despite the fact that normally alcohol causes dila- 
tion of the arterioles. It is evident, however, that the vascu- 
lar dilation is not general, for if it involved the splanchnic 
area so much blood would be diverted to this region that the 
skin would be pale instead of flushed, as can be seen in man. 
In weakened bodily conditions, with vascular relaxation, 
alcohol may increase vascular tonicity and diminish the rate 
of the heart-beat by stimulation of the cardiac inhibitory 
apparatus. The heart and blood vessels are paralyzed by 
poisonous doses of alcohol, and blood tension falls tre- 
mendously. Evidence is contradictory in relation to the 



ALCOHOL 285 

exact physiological action of alcohol upon the nervous 
mechanism controlling the heart and blood vessels. The 
action upon the heart is thought by some experimenters 
to be due to the stimulation of the accelerator nerves 
(Dogiel) ; by others to stimulation of the cardiac motor 
ganglia ; while Wood refers the action to excitation of 
the heart muscle. It is also uncertain whether the action 
upon the vessels is due to the effect of alcohol upon 
the vasomotor system entirely, or in part to direct 
action upon the vessel walls. The fact that the heart is 
reflexly stimulated by the irritant action of large doses 
of concentrated alcoholic liquors upon the stomach, has 
already been noted. Primary vascular contraction may fol- 
low the reflex stimulation of alcohol before absorption and 
vascular dilatation occur. 

BesjjiratioJi. — The respiratory centre is stimulated by 
medicinal doses, but depressed and paralyzed by toxie 
amounts of alcohol. 

Temperature. — The temperature, both in health and 
fever, may be lowered by alcohol, because of its action in 
hindering the ozonizing functions of the red blood corpuscles 
and thus diminishing oxidation in the body, and because 
alcohol causes relaxation of the peripheral blood vessels 
and loss of heat by radiation from the skin. The larger the 
quantity of alcohol ingested, the greater the fall of tempera- 
ture. In alcoholic narcosis, vasomotor paralysis leads to 
great loss of heat, particularly if the animal be at the same 
time exposed to cold. In small doses, alcohol may some- 
times increase the temperature by stimulating the heart, 
but the sensation of warmth perceived in man following the 
use of alcohol is generally fallacious, and is simply due to 
flushing of the vessels of the skin and stomach. Some of the 
lowest temperatures ever observed have been in drunken 
persons exposed to cold. 

Tissue Change. — Metabolism is diminished by alcohol. 
Experiments conducted to determine quantitatively the 
elimination of carbonic dioxide are conflicting in their 



286 INORGANIC AGENTS 

results, after tlie ingestion of small doses of alcohol, but 
when considerable quantities have been absorbed the elimi- 
nation of carbonic dioxide is decidedly diminished. The 
explanation of the preceding is clear when it is considered 
that many other circumstances may obscure the action cf 
small amounts of alcohol upon carbonic dioxide elimination. 
The nitrogenous products in the urine, particularly urea 
resulting from tissue change, are also lessened by alcohol. 

Nervous System. — Moderate doses of alcohol stimulate, 
while excessive quantities depress and paralyze the nervous 
system. This action is similar to that exerted upon the 
circulatory organs. The local effect of alcohol upon the 
peripheral nerves resembles the action after absorption 
upon the system generally. The nervous system is affected 
in nearly the same order and manner as by anaesthetics, and 
the same stages may be observed. The stages include the 
stimulant, depressant and paralytic. The law of dissolution 
is demonstrated by alcohol, as the more highly organized 
■centres, and those more recently developed in the process 
of evolution, are the first to succumb, and following out this 
order, the medulla, the first of the higher centres to be 
developed, is tlie last to be influenced by the drug. In 
accordance with this law the cerebrum is first acted upon. 
The period of excitement is brief and is due in a consider- 
able degree to the increased cerebral circulation and flushing 
of the brain. It is essential to emphasize the fact that by 
iar the most apparent and decided action of alcohol is one 
of depression upon the nervous system as a whole. The 
stimulating influence of alcohol upon the spinal centres is 
more marked in the lower animals than in man, because the 
Tarain is proportionately small and poorly developed in the 
former. The primary stimulating effect of alcohol is shown 
in man by increased mental activity and apparent brilliancy, 
but acute reasoning and judgment are not enhanced, and in. 
many cases there is almost immediate mental confusion and 
drowsiness induced. In man there is emotional excitement 
^nd the functions of speech and imagination are stimulated 



ALCOHOL 287 

in the primary stage, but depression is soon noted in the 
loss of judgment and reasoning power, emotional control, 
decent restraint and speech. The patient cries, shouts, 
«ings or laughs and talks incoherently. In the lower 
animals the stimulation of the higher and sensory psychical 
cerebral centres, with exhilaration, is rarely observed, but 
depression is seen in stupor and muscular incoordination. 
Stimulation of the cerebral motor centres is shown by motor 
excitement. 

Ill man, following the symptoms described above, there 
is incoordination of muscular movements, first of those more 
highly and recently organized, such as are employed in 
writing, and then the muscular movements more remoteh' 
ileveloped are affected, and the person is unable to walk, 
<ind finally there is complete paralysis of the motor centres 
and muscles. The staggering and uncertain gait of drunken 
people occurs not only because the cerebral motor and 
cerebellar centres are depressed by alcohol, but also because 
of loss of sensation and touch, or muscular sense, which is 
essential in maintaining the equilibrium. In relation to the 
spinal cord, primary stimulation of the reflex centres is 
more marked in animals than in man, as has been pointed 
out. In animals this stimulation causes motor excitement, 
so that the patient trembles, jumps about, or strikes out 
with the feet. Depression of the reflex centres occurs in 
the latter stage of poisoning, and is exhibited by involuntary 
defsecation and micturition ; sensation and voluntary motion 
are lost. The motor nerves and muscles are not generally 
paralyzed, except by the local action of alcohol. The 
medulla finally becomes depressed and paralyzed, so that 
respiration, which is first stimulated, now fails, and the 
heart muscle becomes paralyzed and stops beating. 

The action of alcohol upon the nervous system may be 
summarized with a fair degree of accuracy, as stimulation 
and then depression of the parts enumerated below, and in 
the following order : 



288 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Cerebral psychical centres. Spinal centres. 

Cerebral sensory centres. Sensory, reflex and motor. 

Cerebral motor centres. Medullary centres. 

Cerebellum. Vasomotor (early depression). 

Respiratory. 

Horses and dogs are comparatively susceptible to alco- 
hol, ruminants slightly so. An amount of alcohol equivalent 
to a pint of whi.skey has killed a sound horse, while four 
ounces of whiskey will cause death in dogs if vomition be 
prevented by ligature of the oesophagus. 

Primary motor excitement is followed by unsteady, 
staggf ling gait, and coma in fatal cases. 

Skin. — Alcohol dilates the peripheral vessels, and there- 
fore brings more blood to the sudoriparous glands, and 
excites their functional activity. It is thus a diaphoretic. 

Kidneys. — '- Alcohol acts as a diuretic by increasing 
general blood tension, and probably by augmenting local 
vascular tension in the kidney in dilating the afferent vessels 
supplying the Malpighian bodies. 

Nutrition. — Alcohol is a food, and, like other carbohy- 
drates, supplies heat and energy in its decomposition, but 
does not directly furnish tissue elements. We are ignorant 
of the fate of alcohol after absorption, but we do know that 
the greater portion is decomposed and is not eliminated. 
Alcohol is most advantageous as a food in fever, or in condi- 
tions associated with weak digestion, since it is readily 
absorbed and assimilated. Alcohol causes dulness and 
lessened power for mental or physical work in man, and in 
normal conditions is not a desirable food unless there is a 
deJBciency in the ordinary diet. In diminishing oxidation iu 
the body, alcohol assists the accumulation of fat. 

Elimination. — When alcohol is ingested in ordinary 
doses it is practically all consumed, and none but the most 
trivial amount is eliminated, i. e,, two to three per cent. 
The greater the quantity absorbed the larger the amount 
eliminated by the urine, breath, sweat and f?eces, both rela- 
tively and absolutely; but under no circumstances after the 
most enormous doses does the elimination exceed 25 per- 
cent, of the quantity ingested. 



ALCOHOL 289 

Summary. — Alcohol is externally refrigerant, astringent, 
anhidrotic and antiseptic, and if applied so that absorption 
occurs, it is rubefacieut. On raw surfaces it is slightly 
anaesthetic. Alcohol is internally a stomachic, carminative 
and slight local ausesthetic in the digestive tract. It stimu- 
lates the heart reflexly before and directly after absorption, 
and excites the respiratory centre. Alcohol is a narcotic, 
first stimulating and then depressing the nervous system. 
Alcohol forms a compound with haemoglobin which gives up 
oxygen less easily, and so diminishes oxidation and tissue 
change. It supplies force and is a food. Alcohol is a 
diuretic, diaphoretic, and antipyretic in lessening tissue 
change and dilating peripheral vessels, and in causing 
sweating. 

Acute Poisoning. — In coma and muscular relaxation, the 
treatment consists in the external application of heat and 
counter-irritants ; while strychnine, digitalis and atropine 
should be given subcutaneously and followed up with 
ammonia by the mouth. 

Uses External. — Alcohol is applied to the unbroken skin, 
on cotton or lint, to bruises, for its local refrigerant and 
astringent action in relieving pain and congestion. Diluted* 
to 70 per cent, strength, alcohol forms an antiseptic 
and local anaesthetic application to wounds, and like most, 
antiseptics, relieves itching, particularly when combined 
with 1 to 2 per cent, of carbolic acid. 

Uses Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Alcohol is a useful 
remedy to promote appetite and assist digestion. The drug 
should be given immediately before eating or v/ith the food„ 
properly diluted, and often advantageously with egg and 
milk during fever or convalescence from acute diseases. 
Alcohol is frequently combined with bitters, as compound 
tincture of gentian, when employed as a stomachic. 

Acute Diseases. — Alcohol finds its greatest field of useful- 
ness in the treatment of febrile diseases, notably influenza 

* Alcohol diluted with one-third part of water makes ore of the 
best known agents for hand-disinfection. It is relied upon entirely in 
some of the best hospitals in the country, in addition to thorough scrub- 
bing in soap and water. 



290 INORGANIC AGENTS 

and pneumonia in horses. In such conditions it overcomes 
the paralysis of the splanchnics caused by the toxins and 
flushes the vessels of the skin, in this way equalizing the 
circulation and allowing the heart to receive more blood. 
A high temperature does not contra-indicate the use of 
alcohol, but it is not desirable in the first stages of acute 
inflammatory disorders. Alcohol is particularly service- 
able in asthenic diseases and in continued fevers asso- 
ciated with general depression, as septicaemia. Alcohol 
is more readily burned up in fever, aids digestion, lessens 
oxidation and tissue waste, supplies force and is a food. 
Alcohol stimulates the nervous system and bridges over 
a period when artificial stimulation is necessary. This 
drug may reduce temperature, but larger doses are needed 
for this purpose {i.e., to cause vasomotor depression 
and interference with the ozonizing functions of the 
blood) than is generally desirable, since the respiratory 
centre and heart may be depressed, and digestion retarded. 
In certain conditions, however, as septicaemia, alcohol exerts 
a decided antipyretic action. Alcohol furthermore favors 
antipyresis through its diarphoretic and diuretic properties, 
in causing increased radiation of heat and elimination of 
toxic products. The most essential action of alcohol in 
acute diseases consists in stimulating the heart and respira- 
tion, in equalizing the circulation by overcoming internal 
congestions through the action on the heart, combined with 
that causing vascular dilatation. Alcohol naturally increases 
the force and frequency of the normal heart, and may act 
likewise in fevers. This effect is undesirable, and for this 
reason alcohol is contra-indicated in the first stage of sthenic 
diseases, but in fevers associated with weakness of the heart, 
alcohol often decreases its rapidity by stimulation of its 
inhibitory apparatus, although increasing the cardiac force. 
This action may be due to invigoration of the weakened 
organ. Since alcohol does not always act uniformly 
upon the heart in febrile conditions, we must be guided 
by its effect in each case. The pulse, respiration, skin 



ALCOHOL 29t 

and nervous system are our guides, and the object is to 
Ijriug the functions into a more normal condition. Alcohol 
should therefore reduce the frequency of the pulse and 
respiration, when they are too rapid, and should make the 
skin moister and the animal quieter. If these results are 
obtained, the use of the drug should be persisted in; if 
otherwise, administration should be stopped. Small and 
repeated doses are more appropriate in fever. 

Alcohol is one of the most valuable agents at our com- 
mand in the treatment of surgical shock, collapse, exhaustion, 
severe hemorrhage, and following exposure to cold. In 
these conditions it should be given hot and only slightly 
diluted. In poisoning by drugs which depress the circula- 
tion, or by toxines resulting from bacterial infection, alcohol 
is an invaluable remedy. Alcohol is a chemical antidote in 
carbolic acid poisoning, and besides overcomes the shock 
produced by the latter ; whiskey or brandy may be used. 

Administration. — Veterinary practitioners are fortunately 
exempt from any moral considerations in relation to their 
medicinal use of alcohol. Rum, gin and whiskey are more 
commonly employed than the other alcoholic prepara- 
tions, although diluted alcohol is practically as valuable. 
Gin is indicated when a diuretic action is important. 
Brandy, being more astringent, is given to dogs with diar- 
rhoea, and, combined with cracked ice in small quantities, 
relieves vomiting. Sherry may also be administered to dogs 
with advantage. The dose of the various alcoholic liquids 
depends upon the quantity of alcohol contained in them. 

Animals will usually take alcoholic preparations volun- 
tarily if largely diluted with water, milk or gruel. Whiskey 
should be diluted with about 4 parts of water when given in 
drench, unless the reflex action is desired, when it is admin- 
istered in considerable doses with an eqvial amount of hot 
water. 

Diluted alcohol, undiluted whiskey or brandy are 
injected subcutaneously when a rapid action is imperative. 



292 INORGANIC AGENTS 

^THER. Ether. (C, HJ.O. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — iEther pnrus, B. P. ; aether fortior, pure 
ether, E.; ether hydriqne pur, Fr.; reiner aether, G. 

A liquid composed of about 96 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute ether or ethyl oxide [(CoH5).0], and about 4 per 
cent, of alcohol containing a little water. 

Derivation. — Obtained by distillation of alcohol with 
sulphuric acid. There are two steps in the production of 
ether; sulphovinic acid and water are formed in the first 
step. H,S O, + 0, H,0 H ^ C, H„ H S O, + H, O. Sul- 
phovinic acid is then further acted upon by alcohol. 

C,H„ H S O, 4- C,PI„ O H = (C,H,), 6 + H,S O,. The 
distillate is freed from water by agitation with calcium oxide 
and chloride, and subjected to redistillation. 

Properties. — K transparent, colorless, mobile liquid, 
having a characteristic odor and a burning and sweetisb 
taste. Spec. gr. .725 to .728 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10 
times its volume of water at 59° F. Miscible in all ])iopor- 
tions with alcohol, chloroform, benzine, benzol, fixed and 
volatile oils. Ether boils at about 37° C. (98.6° F.), and it 
should therefore boil when a test tube, containing some 
broken glass and half filled with it, is held for some time in 
the hand. Ether is highly volatile and inflammable; its 
vapor, when mixed with air and ignited, explodes violently. 
The color of light blue litmus paper moistened with water 
should not be changed when the paper is immersed in ether 
for 10 minutes. Upon evaporation ether should leave no 
residue. Ether is a solvent for fats, oils, alkaloids, resins, 
gutta percha and gun cotton. Ether vapor is heavier than 
air, and, consequently, etherization should never be done 
above a light or fire. 

Dose.—R. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. k Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); 
D., 111,x.-3i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS . 

Spiritus ^theris. Spirit of Ether. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Ether, 325; Alcohol, 675. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Same as for ether. 



ETHER 293 

Spiritus j^theris Compositus. Compound Spirit of Ether. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonyvi. — Hoflfman's anodyne. Ether, 325; alcohol, 650; etherial 
oil, 25. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as for ether. 

Action External. — Ether evaporates rapidly from the 
skin, and abstracts so much heat in the process that the 
superficial parts are cooled, benumbed, and even frozen. 
This action is taken advantage of in spraying ether from an 
atomizer upon the skin (with or without cocaine injection) 
to cause local anaesthesia in minor surgical oj)erations, as 
opening abscesses. The spray should not be applied more 
than a few minutes, or freezing, damage to the tissues, and 
retard ation of the healing process will ensue. If ether is 
applied with friction, or if evaporation from the skin is 
prevented by bandaging, it will act as a rubefacient. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Ether is an irritant 
to the mucous membrane of the digestive tract, and should 
\)& given only when considerably diluted with water. Ether 
stimulates secretion, motion, and increases local blood 
supply of the stomach. Ether, in concentration, resembles 
alcohol and ammonia in stimulating the heart reflexly, by 
its irritant action upon the alimentary canal, before it has 
time to be absorbed. It relieves pain and spasm in the 
digestive tract by coordinating or restoring nervous control 
over the stomach and bowels. 

Circulation. — Ether stimulates the motor ganglia of the 
heart, and increases its force and frequency. It also excites 
the vasomotor centres and increases vascular tension. In 
poisonous doses, or after prolonged inhalation, the circula- 
tion becomes depressed and weak. 

Nervous System. — Ether exerts a primary, transient, 
stimulating action upon the brain and lower nervous centres, 
but rapidly succeeding this, ether depresses and abolishes 
the functions of all the great nerve centres in the following 
order, and with the following results : 

1. The cerebrum (with loss of consciousness). 



294 INORGANIC AGENTS 

2. Sensory spinal tract (loss of sensation). 

3. Motor spinal area (loss of motion and partial loss 
of reflex action). 

3. Sensory medullary centres. 

5. Motor medullary centres (failure of respiration). 

Ether does not affect the nerves or muscles when 
inhaled or ingested. Ether depresses the action of the 
nerves, however, when applied locally. 

Respiration. — The respiratory centre is stimulated by 
inhalation or ingestion of therapeutic quantities of ether. 
Paralysis of the respiratory centre occurs in the last stage 
of ether poisoning. Ether vapor is irritant to the respira- 
tory mucous membrane, and causes coughing and choking^ 
during inhalation. It is not an appropriate ana3sthetic, 
therefore, in inflammatory conditions of the respiratory 
tract. Ether vapor excites the peripheral ends oi the trifa- 
cial nerve in the face, and the vagus nerve in the lungs, so 
that temporary arrest of respiration often occurs when a 
fresh supply of ether is added daring inhalation. 

Temperature. — The temperature of the body may be 
raised during the stage of excitement and struggling, but 
prolonged etherization leads to loss of heat, owing to evapo- 
ration of ether from the lungs, and general depression of the 
nervous system. 

Elimination. — Ether is eliminated principally from the 
lungs, and to some extent by the kidneys. Recent experi- 
ments indicate that ether causes contraction of the renal 
arteries, with diminution in the size of the kidneys, sup- 
pression of urine and albuminuria. 

Uses. — Apart from its value as an anaesthetic, ether 
is mainly of service for two purposes. First : in col- 
lapse, syncope, or " sinking spells," due to poisoning, or 
natural causes. Ether may be given by the mouth, or sub- 
cutaneously into the muscular tissue, to avoid abscess. It 
is to be compared with, and is an efficient substitute for, 
nitroglycerin, or amyl nitrite, as a rapid, circulatory stimu- 
lant. Ether should not be given as a stimulant, however,. 



CHLOROFOEM 29 



.> 



when such an agent is required during or following anaes- 
thesia. Second : In spasmodic, or mild, flatulant colic, ether 
relieves pain, spasm and flatulence. The following prescrip- 
tion will be found useful for the horse : 

^theris ^ i. 

Chloroformi 3 ii. 

Tine, opii ^ ii. 

M. et f . haustus. 
S. Give at once in a pint of cold water. 

Ether is a good antispasmodic remedy for hiccough 
or "thumps," in the horse, and has a narcotic action upon 
tape and lumbricoid worms. When used for the latter pur- 
pose, ether should be followed by a purge. Ether may be 
employed in enema to narcotize and remove the Oxyuris 
curvula of the horse. 

Administration. — Ether should be given in gelatine cap- 
sules; mixed with two parts of cracked ice and water; or 
with equal parts of brandy or whiskey, to avoid undue 
iiritatiou of ether and its vapor upon the mucous membranes 
duriijg deglutition. 

Chloroformum. Chloroform. C H CI3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Chloroformum purificatum, purified chloro- 
form, E. ; chloroformium, P. G. ; formylum trichloratum, 
chloroforme pur, Fr.; reines chloroformum, G. 

A liquid consisting of 99 to 99.4 per cent., by weight, of 
absolute chloroform, and 1 to 0.6 per cent, of alcohol. 

Derivation. — Alcohol and water are heated in a still to 
37.7^ C. (100° P.), when chlorinated lime is added and 
chloroform is evolved. The chemical action is very compli- 
cated. Chloroform, free from chlorinated compounds, is 
also made from acetone and chlorinated lime by distillation. 
Calcium acetate, hydrate and chloride result as bye products. 

2 C3H,0 +6 Ca O CI, =2 C H CI3 + Ca (C„H30„), 
-^ 2 Ca 0,H, + 3 Ca CI,. 



296 INORGANIC AGENTS 

For tests and purificatiou, vid. U. S. P. 

Properties. — A heavy, clear, colorless, mobile aud diffus- 
ible liquid, of a characteristic, ethereal odor, and a burning, 
sweet taste. Spec. gr. not below 1.490 at 15° C. (59° R). 
Soluble in about 200 times its volume of cold water, and in 
all proportions in alcohol, ether, benzol, benzine and the 
fixed and volatile oils. Chloroform is volatile even at a low 
temperature, and boils at 60° to 61° C. (140° to 141.8° F.). 
It is not inflammable, but its vapor in the presence of a 
naked flame undergoes decomposition with the formation of 
noxious gases, chiefly chlorine. This has caused death 
during chloroform inhalations. Chloroform is a solvent for 
fats, resins, oils, balsams, gutta percha, wax and many alka- 
loids. 

Dose. — H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. and Sw., 1T[xx.-xxx. 
(1.3-2.); D., ntii.-xx. (.12-1.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Chloroformi. (U. S. & B. P.) 
(Saturated Solution.) 
Used as vehicle in cough and diarrhoea mixtures for dogs. 

Lininientum Cliloroforvii. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Chloroform, 300; soap liniment, 700. (U. S. P.) 

Spiritus Chloroformi. (IT. S. & B. P.) 
Chloroform, 60; alcohol, 940. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—U. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Action External. — Chloroform acts as a rubefacient if 
rubbed into the skin, or prevented from evaporation by 
bandaging. In evaporating from the surface it produces 
mild refrigeration. Chloroform penetrates the skin more 
easily than many other agents, and is employed for this 
reason to aid the absorption of belladonna and other drugs 
used in liniments. Chloroform possesses some local anaes- 
thetic action upon mucous membranes, raw surfaces, or 
when rubbed into the skin. 



CHLOROFORM 297^ 

Action Interna/. — Digestive Tract. — Chloroform is an irri- 
tant in concentration, but, properly diluted, stimulates the 
flow of saliva and increases the secretions, motion, and blood 
supply of the stomach. Chloroform has a local anaesthetic 
and antiseptic action in the alimentary canal, and by its 
stimulant effect in restoring the noriooal state of nervous and 
muscular tissue, relieves spasm, pain and flatulence in the 
stomach and small intestines. 

Circulation. — Chloroform, unlike ether, does not stimu- 
late the heart and vasomotor centres, except for a very brief 
period. On the contrary, ignoring the primary and transi- 
tory stimulant action just noted, chloroform exerts an ever 
increasing depressing iufluence upon the heart muscle, its 
ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. 

Vasomotor depression leads to dilatation of the arte- 
rioles and leaking of blood into the veins, with consequent 
venous engorgement (particularly of the abdomen), and 
arterial aiisemia. Failure of respiration in chloroformization 
is secondary to cerebral anaemia, and chlorofoim kills, 
primarily by vasomotor depression. (Leonard Hill and 
Hare.) 

The ventricles dilate and all cardiac muscular contrac- 
tility is lost in fatal poisoning. Death, however, occurs 
almost invariably in healthy animals during chloroform 
inhalation from respiratory failure associated with circula- 
tory depression. The lieaj t usually continues to beat after 
cessation of breathing. Death from syncope occurs occa- 
sionally, and circulatory depression is greater and occurs 
more suddenly than with ether. As chloroform anaesthesia 
proceeds, the pulse becomes rapid from the depressing 
effect of chloroform upon the vagus centre. 

Respiration. — Chloroform does not markedly affect the 
respiration, when inhaled for an ordinary period, or when 
ingested in small doses, but after long continued inhalation, 
or when large quantities have been swallowed, depression 
and paralysis of the respiratory center ensues. Since 
asphyxia leads to inhibition and heart failure — besides 



298 INORGANIC AGENTS 

"being dangerous in itself — the respiration should always be 
watched as carefully during chloroform as in ether inhala- 
tion. 

Nervous System. — Chloroform influences the nervous 
system as described under ether ; that is, the cerebrum, 
sensory and motor spinal tract, and sensory and motor 
centres of the medulla. Chloroform, although generally 
following the order noted, affects the nervous system 
more rapidly, irregularly and persistently than ether, and 
therefore is more dangerous. It occasionally happens that 
some of the reflexes are abolished by chloroform before 
sensation has been annulled, and irritation of a sensory 
nerve produced during operation may reflexly stimulate the 
inhibitory centres (instead of increasing vascular tension as 
in health), and so cause heart failure. Operations should 
never be performed, therefore, under chloroform until com- 
plete anaesthesia is secured. The nerves are not influenced 
by the constitutional action of chloroform, although the 
latter is a local irritant and ansesthetic to them. 

Temperature. — The temperature is reduced by the con- 
tinual inhalation of chloroform through its depressing 
action on the heat producing centres, and because heat loss 
is increaseoi by evaporation of chloroform from the lungs. 

Antiseptic Action. — Chloroform prevents the growth of 
micro-organisms, but does not influence that of the unorgan- 
ized digestive ferments. Chloroform's antiseptic properties 
may be utilized in preserving solutions for subcutaneous 
injection. Saturated aqueous solutions are used for this 
purpose. 

Elimination. — Chloroform is eliminated by the lungs 
and kidneys, but is also decomposed in part in the body. 

Uses External.— Chloroform is employed in liniment to 
relieve pain and produce counter-irritation in muscular 
rheumatism and strains. 

Uses Internal. — Chloroform is of service internally in the 
treatment of four conditions : 1. Intestinal colic. 2. Flatu- 
lence. 3. Diarrhoea. 4. Cough. Chloroform alleviates- 



ANESTHESIA 29& 

pain in colic by restoring the functions of the nervous and 
muscular mechanism of the bowels, by relieving spasm, aud 
also by its local anaesthetic action. It stimulates motion 
and secretion ; it is an antiseptic in the digestive tract, and» 
in these ways, overcomes flatulence. 

Chloroform should be combined with opium in diar- 
rhoea and colic. It is administered in spirit or water to 
assuage cough. 

Administration. — Chloroform may be administered in 3- 
parts of glycerin ; in emulsion with white of egg or accacia; 
or as the spirit, diluted with water. 

ANESTHESIA. 

Anaesthesia is commonly divided into three stages : tlia 
stimulant, anaesthetic and paralytic. The so-called "law of 
dissolution" is illustrated by anaesthetics, as the more highly 
organized (cerebral) centres are the first to succumb, while 
the lower centres (medulla) are the last to be affected. The 
anaesthetics resemble other narcotics in producing a primary 
condition of stimulation of the nervous system, which is 
followed by depression. In the first stage of anaesthesia 
there is often struggling and excitement. This is partly due 
to the physiological action of the drug and partly to fright. 
In this stage the functions of the brain are stimulated and 
then depressed. The higher functions are the first to be 
excited, and the effect produced is very similar to that of 
beginning alcoholic intoxication. The lower motor functions 
are next stimulated, inducing struggling aud motor excite- 
ment. In the first stage of etherizatiou, the local irritant 
action of the vapor causes choking and coughing, and also 
induces struggling. The respiratory and cardiac centres 
are temporarily stimulated, the pulse and respiratory move- 
ments are increased in force and frequency, and blood 
tension is raised. The smaller animals may vomit during 
the first stage of anaesthesia. A sub-division of the first 
stage, sometimes described as the anodyne stage, occurs 
"when sensation is lost, before consciousness and voluntary 



300 INORGANIC AGENTS 

motion. Short operations, as extraction of teeth, have been 
done by men upon themselves in the anodyne stage of anaes- 
thesia, without pain. The anaesthetic stage is that condition 
characterized by absence of consciousness, sensation, motion, 
and partial loss of reflex action, and is that state suitable 
for operations. The stimulating action of the anaesthetic 
has ceased and there is now depression of the cerebral 
functions, the motor and sensory tract of the cord, and, to a 
partial extent, the reflex centres. The muscles are com- 
pletely relaxed, and the patient lies absolutely motionless. 
The conjunctivae fail to respond to irritation, i.e., winking is 
not produced when the conjunctival membrane is lightly 
touched with the finger. Occasionally the muscles are seen 
to be rigid and twitching during this stage of etherization, 
ill though sensation and consciousness are absent. The 
respiration and pulse should not be particularly altered 
during the anaesthetic stage, unless danger threatens. In 
the last stage, narcosis, or poisoning, is beginning, and there 
i^ depression of the three great medullary centres, controlling 
the heart, respiration and vascular tension, and also the 
lowest reflex centres of the cord, so that the urine and faeces 
are passed involuntarily. Micturition frequently occurs in 
the first stages of anaesthesia and should not of itself be con- 
sidered a danger signal. The pulse becomes rapid, feeble 
and irregular ; the breathing is at first stertorous, and then 
the respiratory movements become shallow and weak, with 
considerable intervals intervening between them. The 
pupils are often dilated. The pupil is said to be a guide 
during anaesthesia, especially with chloroform, since it is 
contracted during the anaesthetic stage and dilates quickly 
when danger approaches. Death, however, occurs in animals 
with either dilated or contracted pupils. With the former, 
probably from asphyxia ; with the latter, from syncope ; and 
the pupil should not be regarded as an unfailing sign. The 
foregoing stages are conventional, and are not in any case 
so clearly defined in practice as they are described theoreti- 
cally upon paper. The first stage may be either absent or 
prolonged, and the last stage should not be reached at all. 



ANESTHESIA 



301 



COMPARISON OF ETHER WITH CHLOROFORM. 



ETHER. 

More diffusible. 

Inflammable. 

Ixritating ; may induce bronchitis 
and nephritis. 

Administered slightly diluted with 
air. 

Stimvilant to heart, except in enor- 
mous quantities. 

Stimulant to vasomotor centres, 
except as above. 

Eespiratory centres not so easily 
depressed as by chloroform. 

Larger quantity required. 

Less rapid : ' stage of struggling 
and excitement longer. 

More expensive. 

Fatal from respiratory failure. 



CHLOROFORM, 

Vapor heavier. 

Less irritating. 

Not inflammable. 

More danger from shock during 
imperfect anaesthesia. 

Depresses powerfully, heart, res- 
piratory and vasomoter centres 
in large doses. 

Acts more quickly, profoundly, 
and persistently. 

Sr laller quantity required. 

Cheaper. 

Proportion of deaths to inhal.a- 
tions, o times greater than with, 
ether.* 

Death occurs from respiratory fail- 
ure combined with circulatory 
depression. 

Occasionally fatality results froni 
syncope. 

It will be seen that all the advantages are in favor of 
chloroform, except that of safety. " Ether is more expen- 
sive than chloroform, but cheaper than a funeral." (Edes.) 

ACCIDENTS AND DANGERS ATTENDING ANESTHESIA. 

Eespiratory failure and asphyxia may occur from giving 
too much of the ansesthetic and from mechanical obstruc- 
tion in the air passages. The tongue may fall back upon 
the epiglottis and prevent the free entrance of air. The 
latter accident is obviated by pulling the tongue forward 
with the hand, or, in the case of the smaller animals, by 
means of forceps, or suture passed through the tongue. 
Mucus, blood or vomitus may obstruct the mouth, pharynx, 
larynx, or trachea, and should be removed if possible by 
swabbing with absorbent cotton. To prevent excessive 
secretion of mucus in the air passages, it is wise to give 
atropine subcutaneously fifteen minutes before etheriza- 
tion. The head should be extended and the lower jaw 
of the patient held forward during anaesthesia, and no 
impediment to the free movement of the chest is allow- 

* Mortality about 1 in 3,500 chloroformizations, about 1 in 20,000 
etherizations in human practice. 



302 INORGANIC AGENTS 

able. Struggling is to be avoided, as far as possible, 
since it leads to irregular respiration and asphyxia, and 
causes the anaesthetizer to push the inhalation, strains the 
heart, and favors cardiac dilatation, with chloroform. 
Struggling may be prevented to some extent by giving the 
angesthetic well diluted with air at the outset. Asphyxia 
results also from tetanic fixation, or relaxation of the res- 
piratory muscles. The signs of asphyxia include cyanotic 
mucous membranes, muscular twitchiugs, shallow, feeble, 
slow and irregular breathing, with long intervals between 
the respiratory movements, and dilation of the pupils. If 
death occurs, the heart continues to beat after the breath- 
ing stops. The condition of the diaphragm during etheriza- 
tion is an important guide. At first the contractions of the 
diaphragm are so vigorous that the viscera are forced 
backward, and the abdominal wall bulges outward during 
inspiration. As the inhalation is prolonged the diaphragm 
becomes flaccid and powerless, the respiratory movements 
are shallow, and the breathing thoracic. The abdominal 
contents may then be drawn forward during inspiration 
into the thoracic cavity, so that the abdomen is retracted 
(Hare). When the latter condition is seen, etherization 
should be stopped instantly. 

Heart failure occurs more frequently with chloroform, 
but does occasionally result from the action of ether upon 
animals with a fatty or otherwise weak heart. Cardiac 
<lepression is shown by a weak, irregular and rapid pulse, 
and pallor of the mucous membranes. The respiratory 
movements are sustained after the heart ceases to beat in 
fatal cases. Operations should never be done under 
chlorofoim before the patient is fully under the influence 
of the anaesthetic, as irritation of a sensory nerve caused 
by even a slight surgical procedure may cause death by 
reflexly stimulating the vagus and inhibiting the heart. 
Such an accident is not likely to occur with ether, and 
minor operations are often done with safety during the 
:first stage of anaesthesia (primary anaesthesia) when con- 



ACCIDENTS AND DAXGZRS ATTENDING ANAESTHESIA ^ J J- 

si-ioasness and seusutiou are lost and tlio muscles bogiu to 
relax. 

Shock from hemorrliage, or prolonged and severe sur- 
gical operations, may lead to fatalities during aiisestliesia, 
and it sometimes occurs when an operation is begun before 
the patient is fully under the influence of an angestlietic — 
particularly chloroform — as described above. In practice, 
these causes of danger, i.e., respiratory failure, circulatory 
depression and shock, are usually combined. 

"We have already seen that asphyxia leads to circulatory 
disorder, and both may be associated with surgical shock. 
The following embraces the proper treatment of all these 
conditions, and should be followed in every case where 
danger threatens during anaesthesia : 

1. Bemove the anaesthetic and allow plenty of fresh air. 

2. See that there is no mechanical obstruction to the 
movements of the chest, or to the free entrance of air. 
Pull forward the tongue and lower jaw and extend the 
head. 

3. Invert small animals, particularly with chloroform, 
to allow blood to flow to the brain. 

4. Use forced, artificial respiration with bellows and 
rubber tube introduced into larynx. Practice ordinary 
artificial respiration in small animals by carrying the fore- 
legs outward and forward till they meet in front of the 
head, and then bring them back till they touch, and com- 
press the sides of the chest. These movements should be re- 
peated twenty times a minute. Artificial respiration may be 
done in the horse by two persons compressing intermittently 
one side of the chest with the knees and hands. Ilhythm- 
ical traction of the tongue, at intervals of five seconds, has 
proved successful in restoring respiration. Dash hot or 
cold water or ether upon the chest and epigastrium ; or use 
the faradic battery to stimulate respiration by moving the 
electrodes over the chest and abdomen. Stretch the 
sphincter ani apart by placing the thumbs in rectum and 
separating them with force. This is a powerful reflex, 
stimulus to heart and respiration. 



304 INORGANIC AGENTS 

5. Give subcutaneous injections of strychnine and digi- 
talis. Administer nitroglycerin on the tongue, or inhalation 
of amy! nitrite. In chloroformization, give strychnine and 
atropine hypodermatically ; and, in shock, saline infusion 
as below. Do not use alcohol or ether as stimulants, for 
their action resembles that of the aiiaBsthetics. 

6. Use hot (115° F.), high, rectal injeciious of salt 
solution (one heaping teaspoonful to the quart) in case of 
surgical shock with feeble pulse and subnormal temj^erature 
resultiug from hemorrhage or other cause. Two to four 
quarts for large animals, and one pint to one quart for 
smaller animals. Saline infusion is still more efficient. 
(See "Saline Infusion," p. 732.) 

CHOICE OP AN ANESTHETIC. 

Ether and chloroform are the only anaesthetics of any 
importance in veterinary medicine. The A. C. E. mixture, 
containing alcohol (one part), chloroform (two parts), and 
ether (three parts), possesses no particular value, and is not 
so safe as ether. While chloroform is inferior to ether in 
the matter of safety, it may be given to horses by an 
experienced and careful person without much danger. It 
is commonly the most suitable anaesthetic for the horse, 
for the following reasons : It is less expensive ; whereas 
several pounds of costly ether are required to produce 
anaesthesia, a few ounces of chloroform will accomplish the 
same result. Chloroform inhalation is much easier of 
administration, more rapid, and causes less struggling. It 
may be used without any special inhaler, and may be given 
to animals in the upright position. 

Chloroform may be employed for all animals during 
parturition, as it is less dangerous in this condition and 
because only enough is needed to produce relaxation of 
parts to relieve pain, to assist dilatation of the os and 
manual operations done to rectify faulty position of the 
foetus. 

Chloroform is indicated in all cases where the actual 



PRACTICAL ANESTHESIA 305 

cautery is used in the neigliboiliood of tlie moutli. Ether 
is the most suitable anaesthetic for cats and dogs, unless the 
animal is suffering from brouchitis, emphysema or asthma, 
when chloroform is more appropriate. Chloroform, being 
more rapid and less irritating, may in any case be employed 
to begin anaesthesia, which should then be maintained by 
ether. 

PRACTICAL ANESTHESIA. 

The horse should be starved for twelve hours, and 
should receive a cathartic twenty-four hours before anees- 
thetization, in order to afford more room for the respiratory 
movements and prevent accidents in casting.* A specially 
constructed inhaler, or nose bag, strapped about the head, 
may be employed for convenience. Harger recommends 
placing a sponge wrapped loosely in flannel, in the upper 
nostril, as the animal lies upon his side upon the ground^, 
and after a few minutes a similar sponge is introduced into 
the lower nostril. 

Chloroform is then administered frequently in drop 
doses from a bottle having a cork nicked upon the side 
sufficiently to allow the ausesthetic to flow out in this small 
quantity. The no.strils should be previously smeared with 
Taseline to afford protection from the irritation of the 
chloroform. If the operation is })rolonged, anaesthesia may 
be carried on with ether. It is not essential to cast a horse 
before chloroformization, but the animal should be con- 
trolled with side lines, and a twitch should be placed upon 
the nose, unless an inhaler is used. Since there is com- 
monly more or less struggling, it is, however, more satisfac- 
tory to cast an animal before anaesthesia is begun. The 
writer has given chloroform in several instances to horses 
in the standing position until they fell or were pushed over 
upon a straw bed, with the aid of only one assistant. In 
thus producing anaesthesia, a sponge covered with a towel 
was used, and this was saturated with about half an ounce 

* Hypodermic injections of atropine fifteen minutes before anaesthesia is 
begun lessens raucous secretion a id is often combined to advantage with mor- 
phine, which dim.inishe3 excitement and allows of the use of a smaller amount of 
the anaesthetic. 



306 INORGANIC AGENTS 

of chloroform, and lielJ at first three inches from the 
animal's uose, in order that the vapor should be thoroughly 
diluted with air. From half a drachm to a drachm of 
chloroform should be added from time to time, always 
allowing plenty of air, and inhalation may be continued for 
an hour with comparative safety. 

The ansesthetizer should give his whole attention to the 
work, and watch carefully the respiration, pulse and pupil, 
for any sign of danger. If any arise, the anaesthetic should 
be removed and treatment pursued as recommended in the 
previous section. 

Dogs should be fasted for twelve hours before etheriza- 
tion, in order to avoid vomiting during anaesthesia. It is 
necessary to muzzle dogs before anaesthesia is begun. This 
may be done by tying a strong tape about the nose, bringing 
both ends up between the ears, over the top of the head, 
and then tying them together in a knot, and finally carrying 
the ends down, one on either side of the neck, and fastening 
them underneath. A wire muzzle may be used to control 
the dog more conveniently, and the ether is then poured 
upon a sponge within the muzzle and the muzzle is covered 
with cloth to keep out the air. If the extemporaneous tape 
muzzle is employed, ether is administered by means of a 
cone made out of stiff cardboard, or newspaper covered with 
a towel, or a straw cuff may be utilized. The cone should 
be tight, and the ether is then poured upon a sponge, or 
absorbent cotton, and introduced within the cone. If the 
muzzle obstructs the breathing, it can be loosened after 
anaesthesia is secured. While it is essential to obtain a free 
supply of air in chloroform inhalation, it is as desirable 
that air should be somewhat excluded by means of the cone 
during etherization. Oue-half ounce, or more, of ether is 
added from time to time as required. If larger quantities 
are employed, it is wasteful, but not dangerous, as with 
chloroform. 

Dogs may also be anaesthetized by placing them in a 
covered pail, tight box or barrel, or by driving them into 



I 



USES OF ANESTHESIA 307 

their kennels, and dropping in cloths, sponges, or absorbent 
material saturated with chloroform, while excluding the 
outer air; The smaller animals can be destroyed in a 
humane and satisfactory manner by this method. 

USES OF ANESTHESIA. 

Anaesthetics are not employed as frequently as is 
desirable in veterinary medicine. Anaesthesia entails skilled 
assistance, increased expense, and danger; but, on the 
other hand, facilitates rapidity and asepsis during opera- 
tions by lessening struggling, and should be employed to 
relieve suffering where a local anaesthetic is impracticable. 
The owner of an animal should be made to understand the 
extra risk and expense attending operations under anaesthe- 
sia, and his consent should be secured before using ether 
or chloroform. 

The general indications for anaesthetics embrace all 
severe, prolonged, and delicate operations. The more 
special indications are as follows : In abdominal opera- 
tions, as ovariotomy, herniotomy and reduction of hernia. 
In operations for retained testicle, scirrhus cord, castration, 
and in dystocia to cause dilatation of a rigid and otherwise 
undilatable os, to assist the operator in remedying faulty 
positions of the foetus by relaxation of the parts, and to 
iacilitate instrumental delivery in bitches. Anaesthesia is 
also indicated in removal of tumors, in arytenectomy, 
excision of the eyeball or parts of the hoof, extraction of 
teeth, reduction of dislocations, setting of fractures, and to 
relieve severe pain in colic, and to overcome spasm in 
chorea, or convulsions due to poison or natural causes. 

Chloroform is used to destroy sick, injured or aged 
horses, but is not so rapid, convenient, or effective as the 
44 calibre revolver, or rifle. The bullet should be directed 
toward a point upon [he forehead at the intersection of two 
imaginary lines drawn from either eye up to the root of the 
opposite ear. 



308 ^ INORGANIC AGENTS 

Class 3.— Nitrites. 

Spiritus JEtheris Nitrosi. Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet spirit of uitre, spiritus nitri dulcis, 
spiritus nitrico - sethereus, E.; ether azoteux alcoolise, 
liqueur anodine nitreuse, Fr.; versiisster sallpetergeist, G. 

An alcoholic solution of ethyl nitrite (C3H5NO2), yield- 
ing, when freshly prepared, not less than 11 times its own 
volume of nitrogen dioxide (NO). 

Derivation. — Dissolve sodium nitrate, 770, in water y 
add deodorized alcohol, 550 ; introduce sulphuric acid, 520, 
previously diluted with water ; distil in flask and condense. 
Wash distillate with ice water to remove alcohol, with cold 
solution of sodium carbonate to remove traces of acid; 
agitate with potassium carbonate to remove traces of water ; 
filter, and add sufficient deodorized alcohol to make the 
mixture weigh 22 times the weight of the nitrous ether to 
which it was added. 

Properties. — A clear, mobile, volatile, inflammable 
liquid, of a pale-yellowish or faintly greenish-yellow tint, 
having a fragrant ethereal and pungent odor, free from 
acidity, and a sharp, burning taste. Spec. gr. 0.820. Mixes 
freely with water and alcohol. 

Dose.—R. and C, ^ i.-iv. (30.-120.); Sh. and Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.); D.,1l\x.-3i. (.6-4). 

Smaller doses every two hours, diarphoretic. Larger 
doses, repeated three times daily, diuretic. 

Amyl Nitris. Amyl Nitrite. C^H^NO,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Amylum nitrosum, amylgether nitrosus, 
amylo-nitrous ether, E.; azotite d'amyl, Fr.; amylnitrit, G. 

A liquid containing about 80 per cent, of amyl (prin- 
cipally iso-amyl) nitrite, together with variable quantities 
of undetermined compounds. 



SPIRIT OF GLONOIN 309 

Derivation. — Obtained tbrougli distillation of nitric acid 
and ainylic alcohol. Distillate purified by sodium carbonate. 
HNO3 + C,H,, OH = C.HhNO, + 2 H,0. 

Properties. — A clear, yellow or pale-yellow liquid, of a 
peculiar ethereal, fruity (banana) odor, and a pungent, 
aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 0.870 to 0.880. 

Dose (by inhalation).— H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); D., HXii.-v. 
(.12-.3). 

When given internally the smaller doses should be 
used dissolved in alcohol. 



Spiritus Glonoini. Spirit of Glonoin. C3H5 (N 03)3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Propenyltrinitrate, glonoin trinitrate, spirit 
of nitroglycerin, trinitrate of glyceryl, trinitin, E. 

An alcoholic solution containing one per cent., by 
weight, of nitroglycerin. It is probably decomposed in the 
blood with the formation of potassium and sodium nitrite. 

Derivation. — Nitroglycerin is obtained b}'' dropping 
pure glycerin upon a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids, 
kept cool by ice, and purified by washing with water. The 
official one per cent, solution is not explosive unless it 
becomes concentrated by evaporation to an extent exceeding 
10 per cent. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, possessing the 
odor and taste of alcohol. Caution should be exercised in 
tasting it, since even a small quantity is liable to produce a 
Tiolent headache. Spec. gr. .826 to .832. 

i>ose.— H., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 1TLi.-ii. (.06-.12). 

ACTION OF THE NITRITES. 

External. — Spirit of nitrous ether, like ether, produces 
a cooling and local anaesthetic action, owing to its evapora- 
tion upon the skin. Amyl nitrite has a slight depressing 
action upon the peripheral ends of the sensory nerves. 

Internal. — The actions of spirit of nitrous ether, amy! 



310 INORGANIC AGENT3 

nitrite and nitroglycerin are essentially the same. Spirit 
of nitrous ether should contain 4 per cent, of ethyl 
nitrite. Analyses of 68 samples taken at random from drug 
stores, resulted in showing that a teaspoonful of the best 
specimen contained as much ethyl nitrite as a pint of the 
worst, with all manner of variations between these extremes. 
To be of value as a nitrite, sweet spirit of nitre should be 
freshly prepared by a reliable chemist. 

Circulation. — The important action of the nitrites centres 
upon the heart and blood vessels. The arterioles all over 
the body become relaxed and blood tension is lowered by 
the nitrites. This action is no doubt peripheral, but whether 
due to the impression upon the vasomotor ganglia or mus- 
cular fibres in the walls of the vessels is uncertain. The 
heart beats more rapidly in consequence of the lessened 
Tascular resistance and direct depression of the inhibitory 
centre and because a diminished blood pressure indirectly 
depresses the vagus centre and often stimulates the 
accelerator. The arterioles being dilated in the heart, as 
elsewhere, there follows an increased cardiac blood supply, 
nutrition and force. It is probable that the nitrates also 
stimulate the cardiac ganglia, and increase the force as well 
as the rapidity of the heart. This is shown by the fact that 
in small doses blood pressure is raised by the nitrites, 
despite the vascular dilatation. 

Nervous System. — The nitrites depress, especially, the 
spinal motor centres, and, in a less degree, the activity of 
the motor nerves. Keflex excitability is thus lessened. 

Muscles. — Amyl nitrite paralyses muscular tissue when 
applied locally ; and the nitrites, when administered inter- 
nally, relieve spasm of muscular tissue by their depressing 
action upon the motor nerves and muscles. 

Kidneys.— The nitrites augment the amount of urine by 
dilating the afferent branches of the renal arteries which, 
supply the glomeruli, and so increase the tension within 
them. The other functions of the body are not affected in 
any degree by medicinal doses. 



ACTION OF THE NIXrvITES 311 

Blood. — In poisoning by the nitrites, the oxidizing power 
of the blood is lost. Both the venous and arterial blood 
become of a chocolate hue from the conversion of the normal 
oxy-hgemoglobin into meth-hsemoglobin. The latter yields 
up oxygen very sparingly. 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements may be 
increased both in force and frequency by medicinal doses 
of nitrites, but paralysis of the respiratory centre and 
asphyxia occurs in fatal poisoning. 

Kjummarij. — The nitrites dilate arterioles, increase the 
rute of the heart-beat, depress the spinal motor area, and 
lessen reflex action. They relieve spasm and increase the 
secretion of urine. 

Poisoning. — Fatal poisoning is extremely rare as an 
accidental occurence. Recovery from a quantity 120 times 
greater than the normal dose of nitroglycerin, has been 
reported in human practice. The physiological eJBfects of 
the nitrites are more noticeable in man, owing to his bare 
skin. Immediately following the inhalation of amyl nitrite, 
the face becomes extremely flushed, and throbbing of the 
vessels of the head, with a feeling of tremendous pressure 
and headache, ensue. These symptoms are due to vascular 
dilatation. There is dizziuess, the heart is rapid and violent, 
and the pulse full, frequent and easily compressible. The 
respiratory movements are increased. These symptoms 
occur after a full medicinal dose. 

In poisoning there is pallor, vomiting in man, trembling, 
weakness, cyanosis and failure of respiration and heart. 
The treatment is included in the administration of ammo- 
niacal and alcoholic stimulants, together with the subcuta- 
neous injection of ergotin, strychnine and atropine, to 
restore the vascular tone. 

The nitrites differ sufficiently to call for a word con- 
cerning their individual characteristics. It is important to 
emphasize the fact that their action, as a whole, is transient. 
Amyl nitrite diminishes vascular tension, as shown by the 
sphygmograph, within a minute of its inhalation, and this 



^lli INORGANIC AGENTS 

condition lasts for 2 to 4 minutes, witli variations of from 
10 to 30 miniites. The same action of nitroglycerin occurs 
within 6 minutes and lasts from half to, rarely, an hour and 
a half. 

Good spirit of nitrous ether lowers tension from 45 to 
60 minutes. In addition to this difference in degree, spirit 
of nitrous ether differs somewhat in kind of action. It is 
more stimulant to the heart, and more diuretic, owing to 
the ether it contains. For the same reason sweet spirit of 
nitre increases the secretions and motion of the upper part 
of the digestive tract, relieves spasm and is of some value in 
indigestion and mild colic. In stimulating the activity of 
the sweat glands, following its action in dilating peripheral 
vessels, sweet spirit of nitre is a useful diarphoretic and 
mild febrifuge. 

It has been pointed out that spiritus setheris nitrosi is 
far from being a reliable preparation as a nitrite, and there- 
fore nitroglycerin or amyl nitrite are preferable where 
rapid and certain vascular dilatation is essential. 

USES OF THE NITRITES. 

Internal. — Respiratory Diseases. — No drug is more effi- 
cient than spirit of nitrous ether, in the treatment of acute 
diseases of the respiratory tract, as coryza, pharyngitis, 
laryngitis and bronchitis. Its value lies in its power of 
dilating peripheral vessels, equalizing the circulation and 
preventing local congestions. 

In assisting diarphoresis and diuresis, sweet spirit of 
nitre hastens elimination of toxines and cools the body ; and 
in both ways is useful in abating fever. The following 
prescription may be of service in canine practice in febrile 
conditions : 

Tine, aconiti irixxiv. 

Spiritus setheris nitrosi 3 vi. 

Potassii bromidi 3 ss. 

Liq. Ammonii acetatis ad § iv. 

M. 

Sig. Teaspoonful in water every 2 hours. 



USES OF THE NITRITES 3i3 

111 asthenic find febrile diseases, as influenza, sweet 
spirit of nitre is of worth, combined with tonic doses of 
quinine and alcoholic stimulants. 

The nitrites are the most successful remedies in reliev- 
ing dyspnoea, when due to spasm of the bronchial tubes, or 
congestion of the lungs. They relax the bronchioles and 
avert congestion by vascular dilatation and equalization of 
the circulation. Thus the dyspnoea occurring in pneumonia, 
acute pulmonary oedema, asthma and chronic bronchitis, are 
advantageously treated by half-hourly or hourly doses of 
nitroglycerin. 

Cardiac Diseases. — These are comparatively rare in the 
lower animals; but, in general, it may be said that no 
remedy is more useful for its transient action in the severe 
dyspnoea of cardiac diseases than nitroglycerin. The pas- 
sing engorgement of the right heart and lungs is relieved 
by nitroglycerin, which tends to distribute the blood about 
the body in its proper channels, and thus takes the load off 
the heart temporarily. 

Nervous Diseases. — Nitrite of amyl is invaluable in ward- 
ing off epileptic seizures in man, when warning of their 
■approach is given the patient. As this warning cannot be 
■detected in the lower animals, the nitrites are of less value, 
but may be combined with the bromides as prophylactic 
agents. The nitrites exert their favorable effect in this 
condition by preventing cerebral vasomotor spasm, which 
is thought to occur in epilepsy. 

Diseases of Urinary Organs. — Spirit of nitrous ether is 
useful as a diuretic in carnivora, when the urine is concen- 
trated and irritating to the bladder. It is also a valuable 
remedy, for the same reason, in acute cystitis of all animals, 
ivhen it may be combined to advantage with potassium 
citrate, or acetate and tincture of aconite. 

Summary. — We may summarize the therapeutical indi- 
cations for the nitrites as follows : 

1. To dilate peripheral arterioles and equalize the 
circulation in internal congestions. 



314 INOKGANIC AGENTS 

2. To stimulate the heart. 

3. To relieve spasm of vascular, nervous, or muscular 
origin. 

4. To increase the secretion of urine. 
Administration. — Sweet spirit of nitre is given by the 

mouth, diluted with water, and often combined with alco- 
holic stimulants ( whiskey ), diarphoretics ( liq. ammon. 
acetatis), diuretics (potassium nitrate), and bitters (quinine). 
Amyl nitrite is administered usually by inhalation to 
the larger animals, from a sponge ; or two or three drops 
are given by inhalation from a bit of linen or cotton to the 
smaller animals. It may be given internally on sugar to 
the smaller animals, or in spirit to the larger patients. The 
spiritus glonoini is the only preparation of nitroglycerin 
in use. It may be dropped undiluted upon the tongue of 
the conscious or unconscious animal. The tongue of the 
smaller animals niay be frequfntly moisfpned with a small 
stick dipped in the solutiou, or it may be given in pill or 
tablet. 

Class 4. - Chloral. 

ClILORALUM HyDRATUM. (U. S. P.) 

Chloralum Hydratum. Chloral. CoH CI3O + H^O. 

Synonym. — Chloral hydras, B. P.; hydrate of chloral, E.; 
chloratum hydratum crystallisatum, P. G.; hydrate de chlo- 
ral, Fr.; chl oral hy drat, G. 

A crystalline solid, composed of trichloraldehyde, or 
chloral with one molecule of water. 

Derivation. — Dry chlorine gas is passed into absolute 
alcohol until the latter is saturated. Aldehyde and hydro- 
chloric acid first result, C,H,0 H + 2 CI = C,H,0 + 2 H CI. 
The chlorine gas then acts upon the aldehyde, abstracting 3 
atoms of hydrogen and replacing 3 atoms of chlorine, and so 
forms chloral. C,H,0 + 6 CI = C,H CI3O + 3 H CI. 

Chloral is purified first by distillation with sulphuric 
acid, and then with lime, and when mixed with water forms 
chloral hydrate (C^H CI3O + H,0). 



CHLORAL 315 

1 

Propertieft. — Separate, rliomboidal, colorless and trans- 
parent crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating and slightly 
acrid odor, and a bitterisii, caustic taste. Slowly volatilized 
■when exposed to the air. Freely soluble in water, alcohol 
or ether ; also in chloroform, benzol, benzin, carbon disul- 
phide, fixed and volatile oils. It liquifies when triturated 
with about an equal quantity of camphor, menthol, thymol 
or carbolic acid. Chloral is decomposed by caustic alkalies, 
alkaline earths and ammonia, chloroform being formed, and 
a formate of the base produced. 

Dose.—K. & C, Si.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action External. — Chloral is a strong irritant applied 
locally in concentration to the skin and mucous membranes, 
and if injected under the skin may cause abscess and 
sloughing. It is a powerful antiseptic, and relieves itching, 
especially in combination with camphor. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Chloral produces 
severe irritation of the mucous membrane in concentrated 
solution (20 per cent, or over), and large doses may cause 
vomiting in dogs. The writer has seen intense glossitis and 
stomatitis follow the breaking of a gelatine capsule, contain- 
ing chloral, in the mouth of a horse. 

Blood. — Chloral is absorbed into the blood unchanged. 
It was formerly thought that the action of chloral was due 
to chloroform produced by the decomposition of the former 
in the alkaline blood. C,H CI3O + KH0 = CHCl3-f 
K C H O, (formic acid). 

It is now known that the blood is not sufficiently alka- 
line to decompose chloral, and that chloroform is not found 
in the blood, tissues or excretions, except in the case of the 
urine, when it is strongly alkaline. Moreover, chloral acts 
as usual upon a frog when the blood of the batrachian is 
replaced by a neutral saline solution. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Chloral in large doses depres- 
ses the action of the heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and 
the vasomotor centres. It also produces local paralysis of 
the vascular walls. Blood pressure is therefore lowered^ 



316 INORGANIC AGENTS 

In small medicinal doses the circulation is not iufliieuced 
materially, but in poisoning the pulse at first is accelerated 
and then becomes slow, weak and irregular, and the heart 
is arrested in diastole. 

Nervous System — The salient action of chloral is exerted 
upon the brain and cord. Like other narcotics, the depress- 
ing effect may be preceded by a transient and unimportant 
excitation of the brain and cord ; but this commonly passes 
unnoticed, and the prominent action of chloral consists, in 
ordinary doses, in depressing the higher functions of the 
Ijrain, and in larger doses, the motor tract of the cord. 
Moderate therapeutic doses cause, therefore, dulness and 
sleepiness (with contracted pupils) in the lower animals, 
while doses approaching the toxic point produce insensi- 
bility, coma, paralysis of the inferior cornua, with loss of 
reflex action and muscular power, so that the animal 
falls; paraplegia, dilated pupils and anaesthesia. These 
symptoms may occur and be followed by recovery. The 
anaesthesia is of spinal origin. Neither the sensory nerves, 
motor nerves, nor muscles are affected except in the later 
stages of poisoning. 

Insensibility to pain is said, by Brunton, to follow the 
action of chloral upon the gray matter of the cord, by pre- 
venting the transmission of painful sensations through this 
i;ract. It is uncertain whether chloral acts as an hypnotic by 
its direct depressing influence upon the brain tissue, or by 
inducing cerebral anaemia in causing the blood to be with- 
drawn from the cerebrum into the dilated peripheral arte- 
rioles. 

Eespiration. — The respiration is not interfered with by 
moderate medicinal doses of chloral, but toxic quantities 
depress and paralyze the respiratory centre. The respira- 
tory movements become deep, regular, accelerated (26) and 
full, with large therapeutic doses, but with toxic doses, 
slow, irregnhir and shallow. Death occurs more commonly 
from arrest of respiration, yet primary heart failure, or both 
•combined, may lead to a fatal result. 



CHLORAL 31T 

Temperature. — The temperature may be elevated at first, 
but soon falls, owing to diminished heat production and 
increased loss, through heart failure and vascular dilatation. 

Elimination. — Chloral is eliminated by the urine, in part 
unchanged and in part in an altered condition. 

Summary. — Chloral is a local stimulant and antiseptic, 
and relieves itching. It is a powerful depressant to the 
cerebrum, vasomotor and respiratory centres, inferior cor- 
nua, heart muscle and its ganglia. 

Acute Poisoning. — Large doses produce insensibility, 
coma, and complete loss of muscular power, so that the 
animal falls. There is general anaesthesia, and the pupils 
dilate. The pulse is weak, at first frequent, later infrequent 
and irregular. The respiration may be primarily quickened, 
but subseqently becomes slow, shallow and irregular. The 
animal sweats, sways, gapes and trembles and sometimes 
falls to the ground, the sphincters are relaxed and involuntary 
defsecation occurs, but recovery commonly follows. With 
doses greater than 4 ounces, horses die in a generally anaes- 
thetic and paralyzed state. In man, death has followed the 
ingestion of 10 grains of chloral, and several fatalities have 
occurred after doses of 20 or 25 grains, although these are 
exceptional cases. The fatal dose for dogs is said to be 
from 2 to 6 drachms. 

Treatment. — Emetics and the stomach tube, shouting at- 
and beating the animal, external heat. Five times the ordi- 
nary dose of strychnine and atropine subcutaneously. 
Strong, hot coffee and alcohol by the rectum. Amyl nitrite 
inhalations. 

Administration. — Chloral has been given intravenously, 
subcutaneously, and intratracheally, as well as by the mouth, 
and rectum. The common way of administering it is in 
solution per orem or rectum. It nray cause abscess if 
injected under the skin, or thrombi when thrown into a vein. 
Experiments of Dr. Muir* appear to show that chloral may 

* Jour. Compar. Med. and Vet. Archives, April, May, 1900. 



318 INOEGANIC AGENTS 

be safely given intrjtjugularl j ; one ounce dissolved in two 
ounces of sterile water and repeated once in an hour if de- 
sirable. If given in ball, the chloral may prove too irritating 
in the digestive tract. It should be diluted at least 10 tmes, 
and is given by the mouth with glycerin and water, or weak 
syrup, or with boiled starch solution by the rectum. 

Uses External. — Chloral may be employed as a stimu- 
lant, antiseptic, and slight local anaesthetic, in solution (1 to 
4), upon ulcers and wounds. It may be used with an equal 
part of camphor diluted with 8 parts of ointment, to relieve 
itching. A 4 to 8 per cent, aqueous solution forms an 
excellent antiseptic preservative for anatomical specimens, 
and chloral may be added to urine for this purpose. 

Uses Internal. — Chloral is used for three purposes in 
veterinary practice : 

1. First and foremost, to relieve spasm. 

2. To assuage pain. 

3. To procure sleep. 

In human medicine chloral is mainly employed as an 
hypnotic, but a purely soporific action is rarely required for 
the lower animals. The spasmodic conditions benefited by 
chloral include colic, convulsions, chorea, epilepsy, asthma, 
canine distemper, spasmodic cough, rigidity of the uterine 
OS in the first stage of labor, hysteria, tetanus, and strych- 
nine poisoning. In spasmodic colic, chloral is inferior to 
opium as an anodyne, but has the advantage of not inducing 
constipation. It may be employed in colic, by the rectum, 
combined with morphine given under the skin, as recom- 
mended for procuring ansesthesia. It is the best remedy we 
possess for the treatment of convulsions in dogs, apart from 
anaesthetics. Ether may be administered during the con- 
vulsion, and chloral given simultaneously, or between the 
attacks, in gr.v.-xx., per rectum, and repeated if necessary. 
Chloral is only indicated in chorea when the movements are 
so severe that the animal cannot secure sleep or rest. In 
distemper in dogs, chloral is used for the same purpose, 
when there is excessive cough and restlessness. Chloral is 



I 



ACETANILID 319 

given per rectum in tetanus, ho as to keep tlie animal conti- 
nually narcotized, and may be employed in conjunction with 
tetanus antitoxin. 

Spasm of the os uteri is relieved by chloral when given 
per rectum in frequently repeated doses, until the safe 
physiological limit is reached. Chloral is inferior to ether 
or chloroform as an anaesthetic, because it is not so safe, nor 
is the anaesthesia so complete, but it relieves pain effectually, 
and is more easily administered. It is combined, in order 
to produce anaesthesia, with small doses of morphine, which 
decidedly enhance the anodyne action of chloral. 

To prepare a horse for surgical operation, 3 grains of 
morphine sulphate and 1 grain of atropine sulphate may be 
injected under the skin, and followed in 10 minutes by 
an enema containing 1 ounce of chloral. 

Class 5. — Antipyretics and Analg^esics. 

AcETANiLiDUM. Acetanilid. CeH.N H C.HsO. (U.S.&B.P.) 

Synonym. — Phenylacetamide, antifebrin. 

An acetyl derivative of aniline. 

Derivation. — Glacial acetic acid and aniline are distilled 
together, and the residue is purified by repeated crystalliza- 
tion. H C,H30, + C,H,N H, = C«H,N H. C,H30 + H,0. 

Projjerties. — White, shining micaceous crystalline lami- 
nae, or a crystalline powder, odorless, having a faintly 
burning taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 194 
parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; also soluble in 18 
parts of ether, and easily soluble in chloroform. 

Bose.—B.., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 
gr.iii.-vii. (.2-.5). 

Phenacetinum. Phenacetin. Ci„H.3N O, (178.63). (B.P.) 
(Non-official, U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Para-acetphenetidin, CgH^O CoHjN H CHjO 
-f H,0 (178.63). 



320 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Derivation. — Obtained by tbf^ netion of gbxcial acetic 
acid upon paraplienetitin, a phenol derivative. 

H C,H30, 4- CeH.O C,H,N H = C.H.O C,H,N HC,H30 
+ H,0. 

Properties. — Glistening, colorless, tasteless, odorless, 
scaly crystals. Practically insoluble in water ( 1-1700 ), 
soluble in 30 parts of alcohol, and in glycerin, chloroform 
and acetic acid. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ii--iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3- .6). 

Antipyrinum. Antipyrin. CgHs (C 113)2 C3H N^O. 
(Non-official, U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenazonum, B. P.; phenyl-dimethyl- pyra- 
zolone. 

Derivation. — Phenyl-hydrazine is acted upon by ace to- 
acetic ether, when phenyl -monomethyl- pyrazolone, ethyl 
alcohol and water result. 

H^N N H C,H, + C H3C O C H, C O O C,H, = C,B.^ 
(C H3) C3H2N,0 + C^H, O H + H,6. Then CeH, (C H3) 
C3H,N,0 -h C H3 1 (methyl iodide) = C^H, (C 13.,\ C3H N,0 
-f H I. 

Properties. — Colorless, odorless, scaly crystals, of a bit- 
terish taste and alkaline reaction. Soluble in about its own 
weight of water, alcohol and chloroform. 

Incompatihles. — Spirit of nitrous ether, iron sulphate, 
chloride and iodide ; salicylates, tannin, chloral, calomel, 
and a large number of drugs. 

Dose.—H. & C, 3iii.-iv. (12.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3i. (4.); 
D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3), 

action of acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin. 

External. — Acetanilid and antipyrin are antiseptics^ 
Solutions of the latter contract vessels and exert a haemo- 
static action. 

Internal. — These substances exert no action upon tha 
digestive tract, but acetanilid possesses a decided antiseptic- 
influence upon bacteria within the alimentary canal. 



ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN ^81 

B^nnd. — Tlipse agpnts have no iufluence iipon the blood, 
in moderate medicinal doses, but in large doses they dimin- 
ish the ozonizing power of the blood, reduce the hsemoglobin 
of the red corpuscles, change it to methsemoglobin, and 
alter the color of the blood to a brownish-red hue. In 
large toxic quantities, administered continuously, they cause 
disintegration of the red corpuscles and elimination of the 
blood-coloring matter in the urine. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — In ordinary therapeutic doses 
these drugs do not alter the normal condition of the heart 
or blood vessels, but in large medicinal doses they depress 
the force of the heart by action (probably) upon the heart 
muscle. Phenacetin is the least, and acetanilid the most 
depressant. Antipyrin is said to stimulate the heart and 
increase blood pressure in minute quantities. These three 
antipyretics decidedly diminish blood tension in large medi- 
cinal. doses, owing to depression of the vasomotor apparatus.- 

Nervovs System. — Usual therapeutic doses of these sub- 
stances exert a sedative action upon the sensory nerves and; 
sensory tract of the spinal cord. They are therefore anal- 
gesics, although not comparable in this respect to opium.. 
Poisonous quantities of these drugs diminish muscular 
power, lessen reflex action and cause paralysis. Experi- 
ments apparently show that acetanilid paralyzes the motor 
nerves, antipyrin the motor nerve endings, while motor 
depression seems to be of spinal origin in the case of 
phenacetin. The brain is undoubtedly influenced by these 
agents, as evidenced by coma and convulsions in poison- 
ing, but exact knowledge is wanting in relation to the action; 
upon the brain. The functions of the cerebral cortex are 
thought to be depressed by antipyrin, and the special senses. 
to be first stimulated and then paralyzed by this drug. 

Temperature. — Acetanilid, antipyrin and phenacetin are 
essentially antipyretics. While they do not invariably lower 
temperature, even in large doses in normal animals, they do 
so very materially in animals suffering fiora fever. They 
apparently depress the activity of the calorefacient centres 



322 INORGANIC AGENTS 

(probably in the corpora striata), and therefore diminish 
heat production. Testimony is at variance in regard to 
their action upon heat loss. They frequently induce diar- 
phoresis, but it is generally accepted that heat dissipation 
is increased to a greater extent than would be accounted for 
by sweating, and that it occurs even when diarphoresis does 
not take place. Wood teaches that these agents act solely 
by lessening heat production, and this is no doubt their 
main action. 

Respiration. — The respiratory functions are unaffected 
by therapeutic doses of these medicines. In lethal doses 
respiration is quickened, owing to the greater work thrown 
upon the respiratory centre by the altered condition of the 
blood, and this vital centre is ultimately paralyzed. 

Kidneys. — The drugs under consideration produce slight 
diuresis in moderate medicinal doses. In poisoning, the 
urine may become dark-colored by the hsematiu escaping 
from the disintegrated red blood corpuscles. Antipyriu 
lessens the nitrogenous products of tissue waste in the 
urine, and also diminishes the amount of that secretion. 
Acetanilid, on the other hand, increases the excretion of urea. 
Elimination. — Antipyrin is rapidly eliminated unchauged 
in the urine. Acetanilid escapes in part unchanged, and in 
part in the same manner, as aniline, i. e., para-amido-phenol- 
sulphate, while phenacetin is chiefly eliminated as such. 

Poisoning. — Toxic doses of these drugs cause, in the 
lower animals, nervous excitement and convulsions, and 
sometimes coma, loss of consciousness, staggering gait, 
muscular failure, sweating, rapid, feeble respiration, weak 
pulse, cyanosis, occasional vomiting in dogs, fall of tempe- 
rature and general paralysis. 

Treatment. — External heat, alcoholic stimulants by the 
mouth, rectum, or under the skin ; strychnine, and atropine 
subcutaneously. 

Administration. — Antipyrin is given in solution by the 
mouth, rectum, or under the skin. Acetanilid and phen- 
acetin can be administered in powder, tablet, pill or ball ; or 



ACTION OF ACETANILID, ANTIPYRIN AND PHENACETIN 323 

in solution in alcoholic liquor. Acetanilid is to be preferred 
lor horses on account of its much greater cheapness. The 
average dose of acetanilid is one drachm for a horse, and 
three to five grains for a dog ; and the dose of phenacetin is 
twice, aud of antipyrin three times greater than that of 
acetanilid. 

Uses External. — Acetanilid is employed as an antiseptic 
dusting powder undiluted. A ten per cent, solution of anti- 
pyrin may be applied as a haemostatic upon bleeding surfaces. 

Uses Internal. — There are three indications for the use 
of these agents : 1. To lower temperature in fever. 2. To 
relieve pain. 3. To lessen motor excitement and spasm. 

They are not so valuable in veterinary practice as in 
human medicine, since the lower animals rarely suffer from 
neuralgic pain, which is the special variety of suffering 
alleviated by these drugs. 

Phenacetin is the most serviceable for dogs, as it is less 
toxic, more sedative, and more permanent in its antipyretic 
action than antipyrin or acetanilid. Dogs suffering from 
distemper are greatly relieved by small and repeated doses 
of phenacetin, which lessen fever, cough and restlessness. • 
In acute diseases, as pneumonia, these antipyretics may be 
occasionally employed to advantage when the temperature 
rises above 104° Far., and remains there any length of time. 
They are generally inadvisable in asthenic, febrile diseases, 
since they are too depressant in their action upon the heart 
and have no effect in removing the cause of the disease. 
The hyperpyrexia of insolation may be treated with these 
agents, in combination with cold, externally and per rectum. 
For the relief of pain their scope is limited in veterinary 
practice to that of a rheumatic character. Motor distur- 
bances, including convulsions, chorea and spasm, may be 
abated by the antipyretics, but they are usually inferior to 
chloral, opium, or other antispasmodics. 

Phenacetin, combined with codeine or heroin, in powder 
or tablet, is a useful remedy for cough in dogs. 



324 INOBOAMO ACCENTS 

Cl&ss 6.— Antiseptics. 

AciDTJM Carboucum Crudum. Crude Carbolic Acid. 

Synonym. — Acide plienique cru, Fr.; rohe carbolsaure, G. 

Derivation. — A liquid consisting of various constituents 
of coal tar, chiefly cresol and phenol, obtained by fractional 
distillation at a temperature between 302° F. and 392° F., 
and twice rectified at a temperature between 338° F. and 
374° F. 

Properties. — A nearly colorless, or reddish-brown liquid 
of a strongly empyreumatic and creasote-like odor, having 
a benumbing, blanching and caustic effect upon the skin or 
mucous membrane, and gradually turning darker on ex- 
posure to the air and light. Soluble in 15 parts of water. 
The aqueous solution has a slight acid reaction. ^ j 

Phenol (U. S. P.) 
*AciDUM Carbolicum. Carbolic Acid. CgH^O H. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenic acid, phenol, phenyl alcohol, pheny- 
licum crystallisatum, E.; acide phenique, acide carbolique^ 
hydrate de pheuyle, Fr.; carbolsaure, phenylsaure, phenyl 
alkohol, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from crude carbolic acid by 
agitation with caustic soda, heating to 338° F., and adding 
hydrochloric acid. Then by agitation with sodium chloride, 
digestion with calcium chloride, and distillation at a tempe- 
rature between 336° F. and 374° F., and finally by crystalli- 
zation. 

Properties. — Colorless, interlaced, or separate, needle- 
shaped crystals, or a white crystalline mass, sometimes 
acquiring a reddish tint ; having a characteristic, somewhat 
aromatic odor, and when copiously diluted with water, a 
sweetish taste with a slightly burning after-taste. Delique- 
scent on exposure to damp air. Soluble in about 15 parts 
of water, and very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, 
glycerin, fixed and volatile oils. Faintly acid reaction. 

• The U. S. P., 1905, recognizes only "Phenol" as the official name for car- 
bolic acid. 



GABBOLIO ACIB 325 

Phenol crystals melt when heated, but solidify again on 
■cooling. A 95 per cent, solution of carbolic acid crystals, 
in alcohol, remains fluid at the ordinary temperature. The 
•crystals are also liquified by the addition of about 8 per 
«ent. of water. 

Dose. — H, & C, gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; Sh. <fe Sw., gr.v.-x. 
(.3-.6); D., gr.ss.-i. (.03-.06). 

PREPARATIONS. 

1. — Unguentum Acidi Carbolici. Ointment of Carbolic Acid. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Carbolic acid, 5; ointment, 95. (U. S. P.) 

2. — Olycerihim Acidi Carbolici, Glycerite of Carbolic Acid. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Carbolic acid, 20; glycerin, 80. (U. S. P.) 

3. — Acidum Carholicum Lique factum. Liquified Carbolic Acid. 

(B. P.) 
Carbolic acid liquifi^ed by addition of 10 per cent, of water. 
Dose. — Same as acidum carbolicum. 

Action External. — -Carbolic acid* causes burning pain 
^.'lif^ii npplied to the skin or mucous membranes, and this 
action is followed by local auaesthesia and the production of 
it dry white spot. If used in sufficient quantity, it leads to 
sloughiug, but the escharotic effect is superficial, since the 
acid coagulates albumin, which forms a protective coating 
to the underlying parts. Carbolic acid is an antiseptic and 
disinfectant, and, in proper solution, acts as a sedative upon 
the peripheral sensory nerves, and is one of the most 
efficient agents in relieving itching. It checks the growth 
of both organized (bacteria) and unorganized (digestive) 
ferments. Strong solutions (1-2 per cent.) kill most bacteria, 
but a considerable time is required to destroy the organisms 
of certain diseases and those relating to putrefaction. Some 
hours are required to kill anthrax spores, by even a 5 per 
cent, solution. Two per cent, solutions destroy the digestive 
ferments. The lower forms of vegetable parasites, growing 
upon the skin, perish by the application of carbolic acid. 



326 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal.- — Carbolic acid exerts. 
a local, anaesthetic action upon the sensory nerve endings 
in the stomach, and may act to a certain extent in the diges- 
tive tract as an antiseptic, hindering abnormal fermentation, 
l)ut is, in this respect, inferior to creolin, napthol and nap- 
thalin. It is probably converted into a sulpho-carbolate in 
the stomach. .In concentration, carbolic acid is a powerful 
gastio-intestinal irritant. 

Blood. — Carbolic acid is absorbed into the blood and 
probably circulates in part as an alkaline carbolate of 
sodium and potassium. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Phenol, in poisonous doses, 
paralyzes the vasomotor centre and later depresses the hearts 
The effect upon the. vessels is the more important and promi- 
nent, but neither action is observed after medicinal doses. 

Respiration. — Therapeutic .doses do not influence the 
respiratory functions, but toxic quantities make the respira- 
tory movements rapid and shallow at first, owing to stimula- 
tion of the respiratory centre and peripheral vagi, while 
death occurs after lethal amounts from paralysis of the 
respiratory centre. 

Nervous Systepi. — '^h.e brain is depressed by toxic doses 
of carbolic acid, and siapor and coma occur. Tl^e convul- 
sions appearing in caibolic acid poisoning are due to pri- 
mary stimulation of the spinal motor area, which is filially 
depressed and paralyzed. When locally applied, carbolic 
acid depresses, and paralyzes the peripheral sensoi-y nerves. 

Temperature. — Carbolic acid, in medicinal doses, slightly 
lowers temperature both in health and fever, but is not suffi- 
ciently antipyretic to be suitable for such a purpose in prac- 
tice. It depresses heat production and increases heat loss. 

Elimination. — Carbolic acid is eliminated by all ordinary 
channels, but mainly by the kidneys. The urine becomes, 
dark colored — a very characteristic sign — even after large 
medicinal doses. The sole cause of this urinary coloration 
has not yet been fully determined. Phenol normally occurs 
in small quantities in the urine of man and animals. Three 



CARBOLIC ACID 327 

grains have been recovered from the urine passed in 24 
hours by a horse, and is thought to be a product of intes- 
tinal fermentation. In large toxic doses some carbolic acid 
is eliminated in the urine unchanged. In smaller quantities, 
part of the acid is decomposed, and part eliminated as sul- 
phocarbolates of potassium and sodium, and a substance 
called glycuronic acid, while a portion is oxidized in the 
system into two bodies, hydroquinone and pyrocatechin. 
The latter accounts, in part, for the dark coloration of the 
urine, for pyrocatechin can only exist in an alkaline urine. 
The normal sulphates are absent in the urine following 
carbolic acid poisoning. 

Toxicology. — Carbolic acid ranks . as one of the most 
powerful poisons — together with prussic acid and nitro- 
benzole — in existence. Several cases of death in man have 
occurred after the ingestion of one-half an ounce of carbolic 
acid ; and the smallest fatal human dose on record appears 
to be about one drachm. One or two drachms are fatal to 
dogs, and a dose as small as 15 grains is said to have caused 
I the death of a dog, while the lethal amount for the horse is 
about one ounce. Many cases of accidental poisoning have 
occurred from absorption of carbolic acid when applied 
externally for surgical purposes in dressings or solutions 
upon raw surfaces. The symptoms are the same as when 
absorption occnrs from the digestive tract. Extensive 
local sloughing, after continuous treatment with moist 
carbolic applications, is occasionally seen. Dogs and cats 
are particularly susceptible to the action of phenol. The 
milder symptoms of poisoning include dulness, loss of 
appetite, muscular weakness and trembling, and dark-colored 
\u-ine having the odor of carbolic acid. After lethal doses 
death may be instantaneous through respiratory arrest, the 
heart continuing to beat for a time. The mere ordinary 
symptoms in severe poisoning in all animals are : trembling, 
rarely vomiting and purging, restlessness, salivation, loss of 
muscular power (animal reels and falls), diminution of 
ssensibility, anaesthesia, d^'spnoea ; the breathing is rapid. 



3^ INOBGANIC AGENTS 

shallow and stertorous ; the pulse is weak, irregular, and 
usually frequent; the temperature is'lowered, and there are 
the usual symptoms of collapse, with iuseiisibility, coma, 
loss of reflex action, general paralysis, occasional convul- 
sions and death. Sometimes haematuria, albuminuria and 
hsemoglobinuria have been observed. The condition resem- 
bles apoplexy, but the mucous membrane of the mouth is 
stained white in patches after ingestion of pure acid, dark 
with crude acid, and the odor of the poison lingering about 
the animal, together with the dark, green-colored urine, are 
characteristic of phenol poisoning. The urine may be clear 
when first voided, but becomes dark oa standing. 

The absence of carbolic acid in the urine affords certain 
■evidence that the case is not one of poisoning by this drug. 
Post-mortem examination reveals hard, whitish or brownish 
or black patches and sloughs upon the mucous membrane 
of the mouth, gullet, stomach, and even the small intestines. 
The blood is dark from asphyxia, and imperfectly coagu- 
lated. There is occasionally fatty degeneration of the liver 
and kidneys. The odor of the acid remains not longer than 
twenty-four hours. 

Treatumit.— 'Emetics are usually valueless on account of 
the anaesthetic condition of the mucous membrane of the 
stomach. We use, therefore the stomach pump or tube, 
and, as antidotes, pure whisky or brandy, to avert the local 
escharotic effect and as a stimulant, also Epsom or Glauber's 
salts, forming insoluble and harmless sulphocarbolates in 
the digestive tract and blood ; and these are indicated in 
every stage of the poisoning. For collapse, heart and res- 
piratory failure, digitalis, strychnine, atropine, ether, brandy 
subcutaneously, are to be employed, together with heat ex- 
ternally. Mucilaginous drinks are also useful. The local 
caustic action of carbolic acid on the skin or mucous mem- 
branes can be prevented by the immediate application of 
strong (96 per cent.) alcohol to these parts. Of late years 
alcohol has also been regarded and widely given as a phy^ 
siologicai and chemical antidote in carbolic poisoning. la 



CARBOLIC ACJ» 339 

experimeuta, cited by Thornton,* on dogs with mixtures of 
toxic doses of carbolic acid and alcohol, and with the ad- 
ministration of poisonous doses of the acid followed by 
alcohol, the results go to show that alcohol does not in any 
way lessen or alter the poisonous effect of carbolic acid 
except in preventing the corrosive action on the stomach. 
His conclusions are somewhat weakened, however, by the 
fact that doses of alcohol were used which in themselves 
might be toxic (4 to 9 ounces). It is certainly well to give 
pure whiskey or brandy in a large dose by the mouth after 
carbolic acid has been swallowed, for two reasons : to pre- 
vent the corrosive action of the acid on the mucous mem- 
branes, and to act as a circulatory stimulant, even if there 
is not any other specific effect produced. 

Administration. — Carbolic acid is commonly given in- 
ternally, diluted several hundred times with water. 

Uses External. — A solution of carbolic acid (1-20) is 
frequently used in surgery to disinfect the unbroken skin, 
while a weaker solution (1-50) is more suitable as an 
antiseptic upon raw surfaces and mucous membranes. 
"While corrosive sublimate has enjoyed chief popularity as a 
surgical antiseptic for many years on account of its cheap- 
ness and supposed superior bactericidal properties, recent 
experiments (see p. 215) have shown that the value of cor- 
rosive sublimate is much over-estimated, so that carbolic 
acid has again resumed almost the importance it originally 
had in Listerian days in surgical work. Pure carbolic acid 
is occasionally used as a caustic to destroy small growths, 
as warts, and the lining membrane of fistulas of the poll, 
withers, or lateral cartilages ; to swab out a septic uterus, 
and as a local anaesthetic upon the skin. A drop of pure 
acid, or a line drawn with a brush along a proposed path of 
incision, may render a hypodermic puncture or superficial 
incision painless. Carbolic acid with glycerin (1-16) is one 
of the most excellent preparations for applying to sluggish 



* Progressive Medicine, p. 345, Dec, 1901. 



330 INORGANIC AGENTS 

ulcers and old sinnses and fistnlfe. The glycerin appears 
to entirely offset the corrosive action of the acid, and the 
result is a stimulation of the pyogenic membrane and pro- 
motion of healing which often can not be obtained by 
any other remedy. Injection of ten to thirty drops of a two 
per cent, solution into the substance of boils, glandular 
swellings, erysipelatous inflammatory patches, poisoned 
wounds, joints affected with chiouic synovitis, and inflamed 
bursas, will often assist recovery and may abort the lesion. 

In acute inflimmation, the injections are made twice 
daily ; in chronic conditions, once every other day ; and if 
there is a large extent of surface involved, several injections 
are done at one time. 

Bacelli's treatment of tetanus with carbolic acid has 
met with remarkable success of late. One drachm of the 
pure acid in solution (5 to 10 per cent.) should be injected 
in the region of the neck and shoulders of the horse every 
two hours during the first 32 hours, and less frequently 
afterward. As much as 36 drachms may be given to the 
horse in 24 hours, for there appears to be a special tolerance 
for carbolic acid acquired in tetanus. 

One of the best agents which can be used in the treat- 
ment of septic wounds is carbolic acid in | to ^ of 1 per 
per cent, aqueous solution. Aseptic gauze or absorbent 
cotton are wrung out in the solution and applied to the part 
and covered with oil paper, silk or other waterproof material 
and so kept continuously wet. 

Instruments are frequently placed in carbolic acid 
solution (1-40) during surgical operations, althougli it is 
sufficient to boil them in water for ten minutes and keep 
tliein in the boiled water, or place them in a pure atmos- 
phere upon boiled towels. Carbolized gauze is prepared 
from unbleached cotton gauze medicated with half its 
weight of a mixture consisting of carbolic acid, 1 ; resin, 3; 
and paraffin, 4 parts. Plain gauze, sterilized by baking at a 
temperature of 140° C, for two hours, is preferable, and 
avoids the danger of absorption and poisoning. The gly- 



CARBOLIC ACID 331 

cerite of carbolic acid is empioyed as a local' application in 
stomatitis, upon the ulcerations of actinomycosis with 
iodine, and also upon the skin to destroy ringworm. It ia 
inferior, however, to tincture of iodine for the latter pur- 
pose. Two per cent, solutions are recommended to kill 
lice and the acari of scab and mange. Carbolic acid is the 
most serviceable remedy we possess to relieve itching. 
Two per cent, solutions may be employed upon the un- 
broken skin, but the strength should not be greater than 
half this amount upon excoriated surfaces. In sub-acute 
moist eczema of dogs, carbolic acid with zinc ointment 
(gr.5- 3 i.), or the following prescription, will be found of 
value in relieving itching and promoting recovery : 

Calaminae § ss. 

Zinci oxidi 3 ii. 

Acid. Carbol gr.xx. 

Liq. Calcis ad | iv. 

M. 

Sig. External use. (Shake.) 

Care should always be taken not to apply carbolic 
preparations over any considerable extent of raw surface, 
!ind to muzzle dogs in the event of an opportunity being 
afforded them to lick off any undue amount of the acid. 
A solution (1-50) in boiling water forms an efficient anti- 
septic and sedative inhalation for horses suffering from 
catarrh of the upper air passages. One of the most 
excellent remedies for burns consists of a two per cent, 
solution of carbolic acid in carron oil. It relieves pain and 
lessens suppuration, although carbolic acid in oil possesses 
little antiseptic property. Good results have been reported 
with intratracheal injections in verminous bronchitis of 
toals and calves, consisting of the following : 

Acidi carbolici tt^xx, 

01. terebinthinae 3 ii. 

Chloroformi 3 ss. 

M. 

Sig. Give at one injection intratracheally. 



332 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Crude carbolic acid may be used to disinfect infected 
buildings and their contents, and, in two per cent, solution 
with whitewash, can be applied to walls after cleaning. 

Uses Internal. — Evidence has been accumulating of late as 
to the value of carbolic acid in general diseases of bacterial 
origin. Not only has Bacelli's treatment proven successful 
in many cases of tetanus, but in human medicine numerous 
favorable reports have been made upon the use of carbolic 
acid when given in large doses in dilution by the mouth in 
the treatment of surgical sepsis, influenza, erysipelas, etc. 
Moreover, the subcutaneous injection of 2 drachms (8 cc.) of 
a, 3 per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid every ten 
days into all pregnant cows during the prevalence of epi- 
zootic abortion is a valuable prophylactic measure. Locally, 
carbolic acid may exert an antiseptic and ansesthetic action 
in the stomach. Carbolic acid is sometimes of service in 
relieving vomiting and gastric pain caused by flatulence 
in dogs, and in counteracting intestinal fermentation and 
diarrhoea in all animals. In diarrhoea of dogs, grain doses 
are combined to advantage with bismuth subnitrate in 
powder, capsule, or pill. 



CREOSOTE 

Creosotum. Creosote. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Kreosotum, P.G.; kr^osote, Fr,; kreosot, G. 

Derivation. — A mixture of phenols, chiefly guaiacol and 
cresol, obtained during the distillation of wood tar, prefer- 
ably of that derived from the beech, Fagus sylvatica Linne. 
(Nat. ord. cupuliferse.) 

Properties. — An almost colorless, yellowish or pinkish, 
highly refractive, oily liquid, having a penetrating, smoky 
odor, and a burning, caustic taste. Usually becoming 
darker in tint on exposure to the light. Spec. gr. not below 
1.070 at 59^ F. Soluble in about 150 parts of water, but 
without forming a perfectly clear solution. Freely soluble 
in alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetic acid, fixed and volatile 
oils. 

Dose.—R., 1T[xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. and 
Sw., ^w.-xy. (.3-1.); D., Tllss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

Action and Uses. — The action of creosote upon animals 
is practically the same as that of carbolic acid, both in 
therapeutic and toxic doses. The antidotes (soluble sul- 
phates) and treatment of poisoning are also similar. 
Externally, creosote is as effective a germicide as carbolie 
acid, but the latter is usually preferred, being much cheaper. 
Creosote may be applied in the same strength for its local 
antiseptic, parasiticide, and local anaesthetic action. Inter- 
nally, creosote is administered, as is carbolic acid, to check 
vomiting and to act as au intestinal antiseptic. Outside of 
of the body, creosote is employed in inhalation in inflam- 
matory diseases of the upper portion of the respiratory 
tract, and to kill parasites in the air passages. Intra- 
tracheal injection may be substituted for inhalation in the 
latter condition. 

Creolinum. Creolin. (Non- official). 

Derivation. — Obtained from soft coal by dry distillation. 
Composition very complex. Is said to contain cresol and 
higher homologues of phenol. 



334 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Properties.— Dark-hrowny syrupy, alkaline liquid, of a 
tarry taste and odor. Nearly soluble in alcohol ; soluble in 
cliloroform and etlier. When added to water, creolin forms 
a white emulsion containing in suspension as much as 12 
per cent, of the drug. 

Dose. — H. and C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.), in single dose. For 
continuous use — H. and C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., ITj^i.-v. (.06-.3). 

Action External. — Creolin is a powerful and useful dis- 
infectant, antiseptic, and parasiticide. It forms a slippery 
coating upon the skin. Strong solutions are not caustic, 
but may cause a dermatitis when continuously applied. 
Oreolin generally represents carbolic acid, but is much 
more efficient as a germicide, less irritating, and does not 
endanger animal life from absorption.* Aqueous solutions 
(emulsions), containing from ^ to 1 per cent., are employed 
for antiseptic purposes. 

Action Internal. — Creolin is eliminated by all channels, 
giving the secretions a tarry odor, and coloring the urine 
brown. One or two drachms of creolin (a lethal dose of 
carbolic acid), when given daily to dogs for weeks at a time, 
produce no bad effects. It is a good intestinal antiseptic, 
and better than carbolic acid. 

Uses. — Creolin is employed mainly outside of the body, 
.and is a useful general antiseptic for surgical purposes in 1 
per cent, solution. Antiseptic poultices, so valuable upon 
septic sloughing parts, are best made by soaking clean 
^auze in a ^ per cent, aqueous solution of creolin, and 
applying the same, covered by a waterproof protective. 
Creolin solutions are not to be recommended for instru- 
ments during operations, as the fluid is so turbid that 
they cannot be seen by the operator. A 2 per cent, solution 
is useful for a vaginal or uterine injection ; a 1 per cent, 
solution for irrigation of the bladder in cystitis, or eye in 
keratitis and conjunctivitis ; and a ^ per cent, solution for 
intestinal irrigation in dysentery. As a parasiticide, 2 per 
cent, solutions, or 10 per cent, ointments or soaps, may be 
used to kill lice and acari of scab and mange. 

* Creolin, to avoid toxic effects, should be pure. That made by Merck is 
a reliable article. 



LTSOL 335 

Sheep are dipped to advantage in 2 per cent, solutions, 
to destroy ticks, instead of the more dangerous arsenical 
liquids. Creolin (of Merck) may be used internally, as au 
intestinal antiseptic and anthelmintic. One ounce given on 
an empty stomach, in a quart of water, is one of the most 
effective vermifuges for the horse. 

Lysolum. Lysol. 
(Non-official.) * 

Derivation. — From that part of tar oil which boils 
between 190° and '200° C, by dissolving in fat and saponi- 
fying in alcohol. 

Properties. — A clear, brown, oily liquid, of a feeble, 
creosote-like odor. Soluble in water, forming a clear, frothy, 
soapy fluid, and in alcohol, chloroform, and glycerin. Lysoi 
contains 60 per cent, of cresol. 

Lysol is used as a substitute for creolin, in ^ to 2 per 
cent, aqueous solution. It is a powerful antiseptic, and is 
stated to be more efficient and half as poisonous as creolin, 
and only | as toxic as carbolic acid. Lysol solutions do 
rot obscure instruments, nor damage the hands of the 
operator. The drug is undoubtedly a very useful one. 

Naphtol. Naphtol. Ci„H,0 H. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Beta naphtol. 

A phenol occurring in wood tar, but usually prepared 
artificially from naphthalin. 

Derivation. — Naphthalin is treated with strong sulphuric 
acid. B-naphthalin sulphonic acid is formed (Ci„H. H SO3). 
The latter acid is dissolved in water with miik of lime, and 
the resulting calcium salt is recovered by crystallization. 
The crystals are then dissolved in water and treated with 
sodium carbonate, when sodium naphthalin-sulphonate (Cn, 
H,S03Na) results. The latter is mixed with fused sodium 
hydroxide, when sodium naphtol (Cjo H, O Na) and sodium 
sulphite are obtained. Hydrochloric acid is added to the 



336 INORGANIC AGENTS 

former, and naphtol results, which is further purified by 
sublimation and recrystallization. 

Frojxrties. — Colorless, or pale buff-colored, shining, 
crystalline laminae, or a white, or yellowish- white, crystalline 
powder ; having a faint phenol-like odor, and a sharp and 
pungent but not persistent taste. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in about 1,000 parts of water, and in 0.75 parts of 
alcohol ; also very soluble in ether, chloroform, or solutions 
of caustic alkalies. ' 

Dose.—B.., 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.i.-x. (.06-.6). 

Actions and Uses. — Naphtol is a powerful disinfectant, 
antiseptic and parasiticide. It is a useful application exter- 
nally in 10 per cent, ointment, for mange and ringworm. 

Internally it is employed to kill round and tape worms, 
and as an antiseptic in intestinal fermentation. It should 
be given in keratin coated pill (to avoid irritating the 
stomach), or capsules, to dogs, and in ball to horses. 

Naphtalinum. Naphtalin. C,o H,. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Naphtalene. 

Derivation. — A hydrocarbon obtained from coal tar by 
distillation between 356° F. and 482° F. The impure naph- 
talin resulting is treated with sulphuric acid and sodium 
hydroxide, and is further purified by distillation with steam, 
and then by mixture with strong sulphuric acid, and finally 
by redistillation. 

Properties. — Colorless, shining, transparent laminae, 
having a strong characteristic odor resembling that of coal 
tar, and a burning aromatic taste ; slowly volatilized on 
exposure to the air. Insoluble in water; soluble in 15 parts- 
of alcohol ; very soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, and fixed and volatile oils. 

Dose.—B.., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.i.-xx. (.06-1.3). 

Actions and Uses. — Naphtalin, like other coal tar pro- 
ducts, is an antiseptic and parasiticide. It may be used as. 
an antiseptic dressing powder upon wounds, or in 10 per 



RESORCIN 



337 



cent, oiutmeiit for parasitic skin diseases. iSaphtalin is 
almost insoluble in the dif^estive ti'act, and acts as an anti- 
septic, therefore, throuf^hout this canal. It is of service in 
intestinal fermentation, diarrhoea, dysentery, and, as a ver- 
micide, in combination with castor oil. Naphtalin is 
administered to dogs in starch wafers or gelatine capsules; 
and to horses in ball or electuary. 

Eesorcinum. Eesorcin. 0^,(0 H),. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Resorcinol. Metadioxybenzol. 

Derivation. — A diatomic phenol foi'med by the action of 
fuming sulphuric acid iipon benzine, whereby benzine meta- 
disulphonic acid [CgH^ (H S Os),] result-. The latter is 
neutralized by milk of lime ; calcium sulphate is expressed, 
and sodium carbonate is added. The process is continued 
by filtration, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness. The 
residue is heated with sodium hydrate, with the formation 
of sodium resorcin [CgH^ (O Na)^]. 

Sulphurous acid is driven off from sodium resorcin by 
boiling, and the result is extracted with ether ; impure 
resorcin is recovered by distillation, and is purified by sub- 
limation or by recrystallization from water. 

Properties. — Colorless, or faintly reddish, ueedle-shapedl 
crystals, or rhombic plates ; having a faint, peculiar odor,, 
and a disagreeable, sweetish, and afterward pungent taste.. 
Eesorcin acquires a reddish or brownish tint on exposure 
to light and air. Soluble in O.G part of water, and in 0.5 
part of alcohol ; readily soluble in ether or glycerin, and 
very slightly soluble in chloroform. 

Dose. — H., 3 i--ii- (4.-8.); Foals and Calves, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); 
D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3). 

Action and Uses. — Resorcin was originally employed as 
an antipyretic, but is liot now used for this action, being too 
depressing to the heart. It is an efficient antiseptic, exter- 
nally and internally; possesses a slight local anaesthetic 
effect, and is not nearly so irritating topically as phenoL 



'338 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Externally it is of value in scaly skin diseases, as psoriasis, 
in solution (1-4), in glycerin. Internally, resorcin is of worth 
in fermentation and indigestion, given in a large amount of 
water an hour or two after eating 

Formaldehyde. C H O H. 
(Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Formic aldehyde. 

Derivation. — Obtained by partial combustion of wood 
alcohol, without ignition, by evaporation of the spirit in 
contact with a hot, platinized, asbestos plate. 2 C H3 O H 
+ 0, ^2CHOH4-2 H,0. 

Properties. — Formaldehyde is a pungent gas, having a 
spec. gr. of 1.6; soluble in water, forming a clear, colorless, 
stable solution when kept in glass-stoppered bottles, but 
volatilizing on exposure to the air. Formalin is the com- 
mercial name for an aqueous solution containing 40 per 
cent, of formaldehyde gas. 

Action and Uses. — Formaldehyde and formalin are 
powerful microbicides. A 1 per cent, solution of formalin 
will kill Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus in about an hour; 
B. typhosus in 40 to 50 minutes ; B. coli communis in 30 
to 40 minutes ; B. anthracis and S. cholerse in less than 15 
minutes. Clothes soaked in cultures of B. typhosus, S. cho- 
lerse and Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus, and then for 24 
hours in a 1 per cent, solution of formalin, were found to be 
completely sterile (Slater). Trillat and Eobinson have 
apparently shown that formaldehyde gas has wonderful 
disinfectant and penetrating properties, destroying all 
pathogenic bacteria in ordinary rooms containing the micro- 
organisms buried under mattresses, between blankets, in 
in clothing and other articles, in the air, dust, and morbid 
secretions. Harrington has proved, however, that the pene- 
trating power of formaldehyde is nil in the case of moist 
substances, and that sterilization is not always complete 
when micro-organisms are imbedded in, or covered by, dry, 



FORMALDEHYDE 339 

pervious material. Still, form aldehyde is the best practical 
-disinfectant now known for the sterilization of infected pre- 
mises. It is as yet comparatively expensive. The gas is 
most effective between 60^ and 70° F., but will act at other 
temperatures. It is not so operative in damp air, and the 
premises should be closed tight from the outer air, in order 
that the disinfection may be thorough. One-half a liter 
(about one pint) of pure wood alcohol will yield a 2^ per 
cent, formaldehyde atmosphere in 1,000 cubic feet of air 
space, and this is the proper proportion of alcohol necessary 
for disinfection. The premises containing the gas should 
loe sealed from 4 to 24 hours. Formaldehyde vapor is 
extremely pungent and irritating to the mucous membranes, 
causing running of the nose and eyes in those exposed to 
its influence ; but some experimenters have subjected ani- 
mals to formaldehyde vapor (of disinfectant strength) for 
hours without causing their death. In Harrington's experi- 
ments two rabbits were killed by formaldehyde in the disin- 
fection»of a room, and exhibited the following j^ost -mortem 
appearances : Congestion and hemorrhage of the buccal 
mucous membrane ; intense bronchitis with hypersemia, and 
consolidation of the lung with a purulent and slightly fibri- 
nous exudate. There was also congestion of the abdominal 
organs, including the liver, kidneys and spleen. As death 
may occur, it is certainly unwise to attempt the disinfection 
of premises with formaldehyde, when inhabited by men or 
animals. The smaller insect pests and animal parasites are 
sometimes killed by formaldehyde disinfection, but not in- 
variably so. 

Formic aldehyde vapor is not injurious to plants, cloth- 
ing, metals, or other like articles, as are sulphurous anhy- 
dride or chlorine gas, and it bids fair to supersede all other 
agents for the gaseous disinfection of premises infected with 
pathogenic bacteria. Formalin may be diluted with | of its 
bulk of water and evaporated by heat to generate formalde- 
hyde gas, without any special apparatus. 

Harrington states that the evaporation of 110 Cc. of 



■ 340 INORGANIC AGENTS 

formalin is sufficient to kill all pathogenic micro-organisms 
•within 2^ hours, in 1,000 cubic feet of air space. Sheets 
saturated with formalin will efficiently disinfect premises 
when reasonably air-tight, by simple evaporation, the sheets 
being hung up and sprinkled with formalin through an 
ordinary watering pot. The objection to this method is the 
discomfort and irritation which the gas produces on the 
eyes and breathing apparatus, even though the process be 
conducted as rapidly as possible. A better procedure con- 
sists in the evaporation of formalin from a vessel — as a still 
— placed over a lamp outside of the premises to be disin- 
fected, the vapor being conducted through a key-hole or 
other aperture. By either method, eight ounces of formalin 
are required for each 1,000 cubic feet of air space in the 
room or building to be disinfected. 

It is necessary to employ a generator or special ap- 
pliance to convert wood alcohol into formic aldehyde, but 
these are not expensive. 

Formalin, in |^ to 2 per cent, solution, is perhaps the 
most powerful antiseptic that has been used for surgical 
purposes, but, "when used in such strength upon raw sur- 
faces and mucous membranes it produces pain and irrita- 
tion and coagulates albumin so as to shut off the underlying 
parts from participating in the antiseptic action. These 
stronger solutions, although formerly employed for surgical 
uses, should be confined to skin disinfection or where an 
escharotic action is desired on sloughing tissues. Ordinarily 
the strength of an aqueous solution should not exceed 
1-2000, or at most 1-1000, for application to raw surfaces or 
mucous membranes, and even in this dilution applications 
sometimes produce considerable pain. 

Catarrhal inflammations of the mucous membrane of 
the nose, eyes, mouth, urethra and other parts are some- 
times much benefited by formalin. Success is reported 
from the use of formalin on sloughing surfaces of malignant 
growths and foul ulcers. A 4 per cent, solution is increased 



» 



FORMALDEHYDE 341 

to 10 per cent, and finally to pure formalin, the solutions 
l)eing applied on cotton saturated with the drug and re- 
tained on the part for thirty minutes each day. A 5 per 
cent, solution of formalin is serviceable for sterilizing 
catheters, instruments and sutures, for the preservation 
of pathologic specimens, for the disinfection of stables, and 
in the treatment of canker of the feet in horses, 

PREPARATIONS. 

Urotropin (Hexamethylentetramen). Ce Hi 2 N4. 

Urotropin occurs in colorless, transparent crystals, soluble in 1.2 
parts of water and in 14 parts of alcohol; odorless, of a sweet, afterward 
bitter taste, and slight alkaline reaction. It is made by combining solu- 
tions of ammonia and formaldehyde, and was first introduced into 
medicine by Nicolaier in 1895. Urotropin appears to be decomposed in 
the kidneys with the liberation of formaldehyde, and thus disinfects 
the urinary tract. It is, in fact, considered the best urinary antiseptic in 
human medicine and has been used with the greatest success in the 
treatment of all infectious diseases of the urinary passages, especially 
acute and chronic pyelitis and cystitis. It renders normal a putrid 
urine containing pus or mucus, is a solvent for uric acid and is slightly 
diuretic. These actions should be of value in similar diseases of animals, 
especially of dogs. The drug may be given in from 3 to 5 grain doses 
thrice daily in solution , in canine practice. 

Glutol (Formalin Gelatin), 

Glutol is a coarse, white powder, without odor or irritating pro- 
perties, and is prepared by dissolving gelatin in water and drying the 
solution in formalin vapor. It is a most valuable antiseptic powder in 
liberating formaldehyde gas in contact with living cells. Glutol forms 
a scab when dusted over fresh wounds, preventing infection, and is 
serviceable in the treatment of infected wounds, abscesses, boils (after 
paracentesis), sinuses and other surgical conditions. It was first 
brought into use by Dr. C. L. Schleich, in 1896. 



S42 INORGA.NIC AGENTS 

Class 7. — Miscellaneous Carbon Compounds. 

AciDUM Hydrocyanigum Dilutum. 
Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. HON. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Prussic acid, acidum hydrocyanatum, s. 
l)orussicum, E.;* acide cyanliydrique, s, hydrocyanique, Fr.; 
cyanwasserstoffsaure, blausaure, G. 

Derivation. — A liquid composed of 2 per cent., by 
"weight, of absolute hydrocyanic acid, and 98 per cent, of 
water. Obtained by distillation of potassium ferrocyanide^ 
20 ; sulphuric acid, 8 ; and water, 65 ; into distilled water. 
The following reaction first occurs : K^ Fe Cg Ng + 2 H^ S 
O, = 2 Ko S O4 + H, Fe Cg Ng ; then on the application of 
heat, the hydroferrocyanic acid resulting in the first reaction 
reacts with the remaining potassium ferrocyanide and sul- 
phuric acid, as follows : H, Fe Cg Ng + K, Fe Cg Ng + H^ S 
O, = 6 H C N + K, S O, + K, Fe (Fe Cg X)- 

Diluted hydrocyanic acid can also be made by mixing 
hydrochloric acid, 5 ; with distilled water, 55 ; silver cyanide, 
6. Shake together in a glass- stoppered bottle. Ag C N + 
H CI = H C N + Ag CI. When the precipitate of silver 
chloride falls, pour off the clear, supernatant fluid. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, of a characteristic 
taste and odor, resembling those of bitter almond. It is 
very unstable and is apt to be inert as obtained from ordi- 
nary drug stores. It should be kept in inverted glass-stop- 
pered dark bottles. 

Incompatibles. — Salts of iron, copper and silver; sulphides, 
and red mercuric oxide. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 1T[xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6) ; Sh., 1TLx.-xv. (.6-1.) ; 
Sw., irLii.-v. (.12-.3); D., TTLi.-iii. (.06-.2). 

Action External. — Prussic acid is absorbed to some 
extent through the unbroken skin ; paralyzes the peripheral 
sensory nerves, and acts as a local anaesthetic. If the finger 

* Scheele's prussic acid contains 4 to 5 per cent, of the pure hydro- 
cyanic acid. 



DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 



343 



is held over a bottle containing the acid, it soon becomes 
anaesthetized. Upon mucous membranes, or raw surfaces, 
prussic acid is rapidly absorbed and exhibits its usual con- 
stitutional action. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Hydrocyanic acid 
exerts a sedative effect upon the mucous membrane of the 
stomach and upper portion of the digestive tract. It is 
absorbed into the blood, but we are ignorant of its fate or 
mode of elimination. 

Blood. — In poisoning, the blood becomes first of a bright 
arterial hue, and later assumes a dark, venous color. The 
first condition is due to the fact that the blood does not 
give up its oxygen for some reason. Brunton suggests that 
it is because the blood is hurried so rapidly through the 
dilated peripheral vessels that it does not have time to yiehl 
up its oxygen. The dark color of the blood is probably 
owing to asphyxia and accumulation of carbonic dioxide, 
following the paralytic action of prussic acid upon the 
respiratory centre. A substance called cyanolisemoglobiu. 
is formed outside the body by hydrocyanic acid when 
shaken with blood. The acid appears to deoxydize the 
normal oxy haemoglobin, and blood thus treated has no ozon- 
izing property. Cyanohaemoglobiu was thought to account 
for the action of prussic acid, but it does not exist within, 
the body in the blood of poisoned animals. The red blood 
corpuscles are altered in shape by the action of prussic acid 
upon blood withdrawn from the vessels. Tliey generally 
become rounder, then granular, and finally disintegrate and 
liquefy. But these changes do not occur in the blood during 
life. The general action of prussic acid is altogether inde- 
pendent of any influence upon the blood, since the same 
toxic effect is produced upon the bloodless, or "salt frog" 
(vessels containing normal salt solution), as upon the normal 
batrachian. 

Nervous System and lluscles. — Prussic acid has an essen- 
tially depressing action upon the nervous system as a whole. 
The brain, cord and nerves become paralyzed by large doses. 



344 INORGANIC AGENTS 

The convulsions occurring in poisoning are shown by exj)e- 
riments to be due probably to altered cerebral circulation, 
although they have been attributed to the direct influence 
upon the brain substance, and. to asphyxia. They are, how- 
ever, present during that period of poisoning whf^n the blood 
is of a bright arterial hue. The spinal cord is paralyzed at 
a period after coma and convulsions have appeared. The 
peripheral nerves and muscles are paralyzed directly by 
toxic doses, and not through the mediation of the central 
nervous apparatus. This is proved by shutting off the blood 
supply containing the drug, from a frog's leg, and leaving 
the nervous connections intact, when no effect of prussic 
acid is observed upon the limb. 

Heai-t and Blood Vessels. — Death sometimes occurs 
instantaneously from large lethal doses of prussic acid, 
owing to diastolic arrest of the heart. This action is due 
probably to paralysis of the heart and its contained ganglia, 
and also to irritation of the vagus centre. Moderate non- 
toxic doses stimulate the vagus centre of the medulla, and 
slow the pulse without diminishing the force of the heart. 
"When the vagi are previously divided, this action does not 
occur, but after large doses slowing of the heart is observed 
■whether the vagi are cut or not; thus showing that the 
heart muscle, or its ganglia, are directly influenced. Mode- 
rate doses of prussic acid first stimulate, and then depress 
the vasomotor centre. Arterial pressure is therefore prima- 
rily raised considerably, but this is followed by a fall to, or 
below, the normal. 

Toxic doses stimulate the vasomotor centre veiy briefly, 
and this action is succeeded by profound depression and 
paralysis of the centre, accompanied by a great diminution 
of blood tension. 

Respiration. — Inhalation of the pure acid will cause 
death in a confined atmosphere, and even inhalation of the 
medicinal solution will induce the physiological symptoms 
of the drug. The respiratory centre is usually depressed 
from the beginning, by prussic acid, and the respiratorj 



DILUTED HYDROCYANIC ACID 345 

movements are therefore lessened in frequency throughout 
the period of its action. Rarely, there is a primary transient 
stimulation of the centre, so that the breathing is increased 
in frequency. In the latter stage of poisoning, the breathing 
is feeble and shallow, and only occurs at long intervals. 
If death does not supervene immediately from diastolic 
arrest of the heart, it comes on more slowly by asphyxia. 
The respiratory movements become less frequent and 
forcible, the animal giving an occasional gasp, until finally 
the breathing ceases altogether, while the heart continues to 
beat for a time. 

Summary.— 'Prnssic acid in any considerable dose exerts 
a general paralyzant action iipon the system, including the 
brain, spinal cord, nerves, muscles, and the three great 
medullary centres controlling the heart, respiration and ves- 
sels. Topically applied, hydrocyanic acid also paralyzes 
nerves and muscles, and acts therapeutically as a local 
sedative and anaesthetic. 

Toxicology. — Prussic acid is one of the most powerful 
poisons in existence. Death may be instantp.neous, or life 
may be prolonged for over an hour after a lethal dose. 
More commonly the animal survives for a few minutes, and 
we observe the following symptoms in dogs : The animal 
falls, froths at the mouth, the respiration is of a gasping 
character and occurs at infrequent intervals. There is un- 
consciousness, the pupils become dilated, there are muscular 
tremblings, and clonic or tonic spasms. Defaecation and 
micturition occur, and erections oft^n ensue in the male. 
Respiration ceases before the cardial pulsations. 

Three stages may be distinguished in fatal poisoning. 
First : a very short period elapses before the symptoms 
appear. There are giddiness, difficult breathing, and slow 
pulse in this stage. Second : the pupils dilate, vomiting 
may occur, and the animal utters loud cries. Spasmodic 
defsecation, micturition and erections may be present, with 
convulsions and unconsciousness. Third : the last stage is 
characterized by collapse, spasms, general paralysis and 



34:6 INORGANIC AGENTS 

death. The subacute form of poisoning may ensue and 
prove fatal, or, owing to the volatile character of the drug, 
complete recovery may take place within one-half or three- 
<].uarters of an hour. Occasionally dogs continue to be 
paralyzed for several days and get well. The minimum 
fatal dose recorded in man is -j8„ of a grain of pure acid, or 
about 50 drops of the medicinal solution. Four to five 
drachms of the diluted acid frequently, but not invariably, 
cause subacute poisoning and death, in horses, within an 
hour. One to two drachms of the pharmacopoeial prepara- 
tion usually kills dogs within ten minutes. 

Prussic acid is commonly used to destroy the domestic 
animals. Two to foiir drachms of the medicinal acid are to 
be given to dogs and cats of the ordinary size, and certain^ 
painless, and rapid death will occur if a fresh preparation 
of the drug can be obtained. The unopened, half-ounce 
vial, kept by druggists, is recommended. Big dogs, horses, 
and the other larger animals are not killed rapidly, nor 
sometimes at all, by great quantities of the diluted acid. 
Hence, shooting is a more humane and preferable mode of 
death for them. In the experience of the writer, one to two 
drachms of prussic acid saturated with potassium cyanide, 
failed to kill a horse, when injected directly into the jugular 
vein. The odor of the acid lingers about the animal for a 
few hours after death; the eyes are fixed and staring; the 
pupils dilated; the teeth are clinched tight and covered 
with froth, while the blood is of a very dark color. The 
treatment embraces emptying the stomach by large doses 
of promptly acting emetics, or by the stomach tube, or 
pump ; atropine, ether, and brandy subcutaneously, and 
inhalations of ammonia, together with artificial respiration^ 
and hot and cold douches upon the chest. 

Uses. — Prussic acid is indicated for three therapeutic 
purposes : 

1. To relieve gastric pain and vomiting, by its paralyz- 
ing action upon the peripheral sensory nerves of the 
stomach. 



POTASSIUM CYANIDE 34T 

I 

2. To stop coughing. 

3. To allay itching by means of its local, sedative action 
upon the cutaneous sensory nerve-endings. 

It is mainly useful in veterinary practice as a cough 
remedy, when the symptom is of reflex origin, or is caused 
by chronic or verminous bronchitis ; and the acid is often 
conjoined with chloroform, or opium, in some form. Prussic 
acid is a dangerous remedy to apply to the skin, as absorp- 
tion may occur, or the acid may be lapped off by the patient. 
Solutions containing, of the diluted acid, 3 ss.-i. to 3 i. 
of water, are, however, sometimes employed to relieve 
pruritus. 



PoTASsn Cyanidum. Potassium Cyanide. K C N. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cyanure de potassium, Fr.; cyankalium, G. 

Derivation. — Made by heating together potassium ferro- 
cyanide and carbonate. 

Properties. — White, opaque, amorphous pieces ; or a 
white, granular powder, odorless when perfectly dry, but 
in moist air exhaling the odor of hydrocyanic acid. Taste 
sharp and alkaline, and in moist air the salt deliquesces. 
Reaction very strongly alkaline. Solutions stain and destroy" 
clothing. Soluble in about 2 parts of water ; sparingly 
soluble in alcohol. 

Bose.—U., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.yV.(-006). 

Action and Uses. — Potassium cyanide is transformed, in 
the stomach and blood, into prussic acid, and resembles the 
latter in its action, but is much slower. Death has been 
caused in man by 5 grains of the salt. 

Argenti Cyanidum. Silver Cyanide. Ag C N. 

A white, insoluble, tasteless, odorless powder, used for 
making prussic acid. 



348 INORGANIC AGENTS 

Prunus Virginiana. Wild Cherry. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ecorce de cerisier de Virginie, Fr.; wild- 
kirsclienrinde, G. 

The bark of the wild cherry, indigenous in the United 
States, contains a ferment (emulsin) which, in the presence 
of water, acts on a glucoside (amygdalin, G,^ H^, N On) con- 
tained in the bark, with the formation of hydrocyanic acid, 
glucose and a volatile oil. A fluid extract, infusion and 
syrup of prunus virginiana are official. The latter prepara- 
tion is sometimes employed in cough mixtures for dogs, on 
account of its sedative action. The entire value of the drug 
depends upon the minute amount of prussic acid formed 
in it. The official hydrocyanic acid is more reliable, but 
syrupus pruni virginianse (U. S. P.) may be used as a vehicle 
for more efficient remedies. 

Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

(Three varieties.) 

1. — Petrolatum Liquidum. Liquid Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 
marsh- gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the 
residue when it has the desired consistence. 

Properties.— A colorless, or more or less yellowish, oily, 
transparent liquid, without odor or taste ; or giving off, when 
heated, a faint odor of petroleum. Spec. gr. about 0.875 — 
0.945. Insoluble in water; scarcely soluble in cold or hot 
alcohol, or cold absolute alcohol ; but soluble in boiling 
absolute alcohol, and readily soluble in ether, chloroform, 
carbon disulphide, oil of turpentine, benzin, benzol, and 
fixed and volatile oils. 

2. — Petrolatum Molle. Soft Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Vaseline, cosmoline. 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of th& 



HARD PETROLATUM 349 

marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the 
residue when it has reached the desired melting point. 
When petrolatum is prescribed or ordered without further 
specification, soft petrolatum is dispensed. 

Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of 
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow ; 
more or less fluorescent when, yellow, especially after being 
mielted ; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, 
and without odor or taste ; or giving off, when heated, a faint 
odor of petroleum. 

The melting point of soft petrolatum ranges about 40^ 
and 45° C. (104° and 113° F.). In other respects soft petro- 
latum has the characteristics of liquid petrolatum. 

3. — Petrolatum Spissum. Hard Petrolatum. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — A mixture of hydrocarbons, chiefly of the 
marsh-gas series, obtained by distilling off the lighter and 
more volatile portions from petroleum, and purifying the 
residue when it has reached the desired melting point. 

Properties. — A fat-like mass of about the consistence of 
an ointment, varying from white to yellowish or yellow ; 
more or less fluorescent when yellow, especially after being 
melted; transparent in thin layers, completely amorphous, 
and without odor or taste; or giving off, when heated, a 
faint odor of petroleum. The melting point of hard petro- 
latum ranges about 45° and 51° C. (113° and 125° P.). In 
other respects hard petrolatum has the characteristics of 
liquid petrolatum. 

Action and Uses. — Petrolatum is a valuable emollient. 
It soothes, protects and softens parts to which it is applied, 
and is superior to animal and vegetable fats and oils in not 
becoming rancid, and therefore irritant and malodorous. 
Petrolatum may be used alone, or as an excipient in the 
preparation of ointments, but does not aid the absorption of 
drugs (as do alcohol, glycerin, chloroform, and animal oils 



350 INORGANIC AGENTS ' 

and fats), for it is not itself absorbed even "when adminis- 
tered internally. Petrolatum exerts a demulcent action 
upon the mucous membrane of the alimentary tract, and 
may be prescribed in electuary or capsule in inflamma- 
tion thereof. Petrolatum is sold universally under the 
proprietary names of vaseline and cosmoline, and is often 
combined with antiseptics for medicinal and surgical pur- 
poses in skin diseases and upon inflamed mucous mem- 
branes, blistered and abraded surfaces and sores. It is one 
of the most useful agents in lubricating instruments, pro- 
tecting metal from rust, preserving leather, and is sometimes 
employed as a vehicle for electuaries. 

Rhigolene. (Non-official.) 

Rhigolene is a petroleum product prepared by repeated 
distillation until the liquid boils at 64.4° F. It evaporates 
at a lower temperature than any other substance, except 
cymogene, and is employed as a spray to induce numbness 
and local anaesthesia of a part in minor surgical operations, 
such as paracentesis of an abscess or the use of the actual 
oautery. 



PAET II. 
VEGETABLE DRUGS. 



SECTION L— DRUGS ACTING UPON THE BRAIN. 
Class 1. — Depressing the Brain. 

Opium. Opium. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — The concrete, milky exudation obtained by 
incising the unripe capsules of Papaver somniferum Linue 
(Nat. Old. Papaveracese), and yielding in its normal, moist 
condition, not less than 9 per cent, of crystallized morphine, 
when assayed by the official process (U. S. P.) Opium is 
procured from Turkey, Asia Minor, Persia, India and Egypt. 
The Smyrna, or Turkey opium is the more common variety 
used in the United States. It occurs in irregular, globular 
masses, covered with poppy leaves and capsules of a species 
of dock, weighing from ^ to 1 pound. 

Properties. — Irregular, or sub-globular cakes, with the 
remnants of poppy leaves and fruits of a species of rumex 
adhering to the surface; plastic, or of a harder consistency; 
chestnut-brown or darker, and somewhat shining ; internally 
showing some tears and fragments of vegetable tissue. It 
has a sharp, narcotic odor, and a peculiar, bitter taste. It 
yields its medicinal properties to water, alcohol, and diluted 
acids, forming dark brown solutions. Ether extracts its 
principles in part. 

Constituents. — There are nineteen or more alkaloids; the 
three first are used in human medicine, but narceine is of 
no value in veterinary medicine. 



Morphine. 


2.5—22.8 per cent. 


Thebaine. 


.15— 1, 


per cent. 


Codeine. 


.2 — .7 " " 


Narcotine. 


1.3 —10. 


(< (< 


-Narceine. 


.1— .7 «' " 


Papaverine. 


1. 


<< (' 


351 











352 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

In addition to these, the following exist in minute quan- 
tity, but some are merely "pharmaceutical curiosities": — 

Protopine. Organic Acids. 

Cryptopine. Meconic Acid. 

Oxynarcotine. ^^°ti^ ^"'^• 

Hydronarcotine. ^ ' ,-^ 

T 1 • Gum. 50. percent. 

Laudanosine. ^ . f ^» 

T 1 • Resin. 

Laudaine. ^, 

Ti, ■!• Glucose. 

Phoeadme. ^. , ^„ 

„ , . Fixed Oils. 

Codamine. . -r-r , ., ^., 

,, T A Volatile Oil. 

Meconodme. ^ , ^ , . 

„ . Odorous Bodies. 

Gnoscopme. ^ , , 

T ., • Caoutchouc. 

Lanthopine. . . „ ,, 

,j, . ■• RT OR i Ammonium Salts. 

TFoff?'. 15.— 25. per cent. ^ , . ^ ,^ 

TIT J 7 r> ^- Calcium Salts. 

Neutral Bodies. 

Meconin. Magnesmm Salts. 

Meconoisin. 

Impurities. — Starch, molasses, leaves, fruit, stones and 
•water. 

Incompatihility. — Solutions of lead acetate and sub- 
acetate, and of copper and arsenic salts, precipitate mecon- 
ates, sulphates and coloring matters, but the opium remains 
physiologically active. Ferric chloride produces a deep red 
color with opium, by its union with meconic acid. Tannin 
compounds precipitate codeine tannate. Alkalies, their car- 
bonates and ammonia precipitate morphine and narcotine. 

Dose.—K., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., gr.x.- 
XXX. (.6-2.); Sw., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2). 

Opii Pulvis. Powdered Opium. (U. S. P.) 

Opium dried at a temperature not exceding 85° C. 
(185° F.), and reduced to a fine powder. Powdered opium, 
for pharmaceutical or medicinal purposes, when assayed 
•should yield not less than thirteen (13) nor more than fifteen 
(15) per cent, of crystallized morphine. Any powdered 
opium of a higher percentage may be brought within these 
limits by admixture with powdered opium of a lower per- 
centage in proper proportions. Powdered opium is the base 
cf all the other pharmacopoeial preparations of opinm.. 



POWDEEED OPIUM 



353 



Only those are mentioned here which are applicable to 
veterinary practice. 

Dose. — Same as for opium, but preferable to the crude 
drug. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Opii. Extract of Opium. (U. S, & B. P.) 

Powdered opiuT 100 listilled water, 1000; sugar of milk, a 
sufficient quantity. Made by trituration, filtration, and evaporation. 
(U. S. P.) 

Dose. — About one-half that of powdered opium. H., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.); 
C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., gr.v.-xv. (.3 1.); Sw., gr.ii.ss.-x. (.15-.6); D., 
gr.i^-i.ss. (.015-.09). 

Pidvis Ipecachuanhce et Opii. Powder of Ipecac and Opium. (U. S. P.> 
Synonym.— J^over's powder, E ; pulvis ipecacuanhte opiatus, s. 

pulvis Doweri, P. G.; poudre de Dower, Fr. ; Dower'sches pulver, G. 

Ipecac, 10 ; powdered opium, 10 ; sugar of milk, 80. The most 

diarphoretic compound of opium. 

Dose.— H., = ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.iii.-xv. (.2-1). 

Tinctura Ipecacuanhce et Opii. Tincture of Ipecac and Opiuno^ 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Liquid Dover's powder. 

Tincture of deodorized opium, 100 ; fluid extract of ipecac, 100 r 
diluted alcohol, a sufficient quantity to make 1000. Made by evapora- 
tion and filtration. 

Dose. — Same as Dover's powder. 

Tinctura Opii. Tincture of Opium. (U, S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Laudanum, tinctura meconii, tinctura thebaicae, E.;. 
tinctura opii simplex, P. G.; teinture d'opium, teinture thebaique, Fr.;. 
einfache opiumtinktur, G. 

Powdered opium, 100 ; alcohol, 400 ; water, 400 ; diluted alcohol 
to make 1000. Made by trituration, maceration with precipitated cal- 
cium phosphate, and percolation. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—H., I i.-ii. (30.-60,); C, 3 ii.-iii. (60.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-vi. 
(8.-24.); D., miii.-xx. (2-1.3). 

Tinctura Opii Camphorata, Camphorated Tincture of Opium. 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Tinctura camphorge composita, B. P.; paregoric, elixir 
paregoricum, paregoric elixir, E.; tinctura opii benzoica, P. G.; elixii 
paregorique, Fr.; benzoesaurehaltige opiumtinktur, G. 



354 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Powdered opium, 4 ; benzoic acid, 4 ; camphor, 4 ; oil of anise, 4; 
glycerin, 40; diluted alcohol to make 1000. Made by maceration and 
filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Opium Deodoratum. Deodorized Opium. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Opium denarcotizatum. 

Powdered opium (containing 13-15 per cent, of morphine), 100 ; 
ether, 1400 ; sugar of milk to make 100 Made by repeated maceration 
and agitation with ether ; evaporation and trituration with sugar of 
milk. The ether removes narcotic and odorous principles, which cause 
nausea and disagreeable after-effects in opium.* 

Dose. — Same as powdered opium. 

Tinctura Opii Deodorata. Tincture of Deodorized Opium. (U. S. P.) 

Powdered opinm, 100 ; ether, 200 ; alcohol, 200 ; water to make 
1000. Made by trituration and maceration with precipitated calcium 
phosphate, 50 ; percolation and evaporation. 

Dose. — Same as tincture of opium, but less nauseating. 

Extractum Opii Liquidum. (B. P.) 
(Gr. 23 extract of opium to | i.) 
Dose. — Same as laudanum. 

Vinuni Opii. (U. S. & B. P.) 
2)ose.— Same as laudanum. 

MoRPHiNA. Morpliine. C^, Hig N O, + Hj O. 

(U. S. k B. P.) 

Derivation. — An alkaloid obtained from opium. 

1. Macerate opium iu cold water, forming a solution of 
morphine meconate. 2. Add calcium chloride to precipitate 
calcium meconate and resins. 3. Evaporate solution remain- 
ing, which contains morphine hydiochlorate, till it crystal- 
lizes ; press in flannel to remove narcotine and coloring 
matter; redissolve ; filter; evaporate and crystallize repeat- 
edly. 4. Decolorize by digestion with charcoal. 5. Preci- 
pitate with ammonia and wash, when pure morphine is 
separated from codeine. 

Properties. — Colorless or white, shining prismatic crys- 
tals, or fine needles, or crystalline powder; odorless and 



MORPHINE HYDROCHLORATE 355 

having a bitter taste ; permanent in the air ; soluble in 4,350 
parts of water. 

Dose. — Same as salts of morphine, but the latter are 
preferable on account of their solubility. 

Morphine Hydrochloras. Morphine Hydrochlorate. 
Ci,Hi,N O3H CI 4- 3 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is stirred with hot distilled 
water, to which hydrochloric acid is gradually added. Mor- 
phine hydrochlorate crystallizes out on cooling. 

Properties. — White, feathery needles of a silky lustre ; 
or minute, colorless, needle-shaped crystals ; odorless and 
having a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 24 
parts of water and in 62 parts of alcohol. Very slightly 
soluble in ether or chloroform. 

Incompatibility. — Incompatible with all agents containing 
iannin, alkaline carbonates, lime water, salts of copper, mer- 
<;ury, zinc and lead ; and with Fowler's solution of arsenic. 

Dose.—E.. & C, gr.iii.-x. (.2-.6) ; Sh., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12) ; 
Sw., gr.JL-i (.006-.03); D., gr.|-i (.008-.03). 

Subcutaneously.— H., gr.iii.-iv. (.2-.24); D., gr.|-i- (.008.- 
.02). 

124 parts of morphine hydrochlorate correspond to 
100 parts of morphine. 

Morphine Acetas. Morphine Acetate. 
Ci.Hi^N 03C,H.O, -f 3 H,0. (U. S. k B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is dissolved in acetic acid and 
water, aud the solution evaporated and crystallized. 

Properties.— K white, or faintly yellowish- white, crystal- 
line, amorphous powder, having a faint, acetous odor aud 
loitter taste. It slowly loses acetic acid on exposure to the 
air, and should be kept in dark, amber-colored, well-stop- 
pered vials. Soluble, when freshly prepared, in 2.5 parts of 
water, and in 47.6 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as morphine hydrochlorate. 



35,6 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Morphine Sulphas. Morphine Sulphate. 
(CHieN O3), H,S O, + 5 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Morphine is stirred into boiling distilled 
"water; diluted sulphuric acid is added until neutralization 
is attained, and the sulphate crystallizes out on cooling. 

Properties. — White, feathery, acicular crystals of a silky 
lustre; odorless and having a bitter taste. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in 21 parts of water, and in 702 parts of 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as hydrochlorate. 125 parts of morphine 
sulphate correspond to 100 parts of the pure alkaloid. 

The official salts of morphine may be used interchange- 
ably. The acetate is more soluble, but less stable, than tha 
sulphate, which is sufficiently soluble for practical purposes, 
and is in more common use. 

Liquor MoRPHiNiE Hydrochloratis. (B. P.) 
(Gr.4^-3i.) 
Dose.—R., 3vi.-§ii. (24.-60.); D., 1TLx.-3i. (.6-4.). 

Liquor Morphine Acetatis. (B. P.) 
Same strength and dose as above. 

Injectio Morphine Hypodermica. (B. P.) 
(Gr.i. morphine acetate in 1T[x.) 

Dose.—R., 1Ttxxx.-xl. (2.-2.6); D., 1[l\,i.-iii. (.06-.2). 

SUPPOSITORIA MORPHINiE. (B. P.) 

(Gr.^ morphine.) 
Dose. — Dog, 1 per rectum. 

CoDEiNA. Codeine, C^^H^iNOj + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — An alkaloid obtained from opium by evapo- 
ration of the ammouiacal liquid, after the precipitation of 



HEROIN 357 

morpliine. The residue is added to water, precipitated by 
potassium hydrate, aud redissolved in ether, from which 
codeine crystallizes out ou evaporation. 

Froperlies. — White, or nearly transparent, orthorhom- 
bic prisms, or octohedral crystals; odorless, and having 
a faintly bitter taste; slightly efflorescent in warm air. 
Soluble in 80 parts of water, aud in 3 parts of alcohol ; 
also soluble in 30 parts of ether and in 2 parts of 
chloroform. 

Dose.—l>., gr.|-ii. (.015-.12). 

Heroin. 
(Diacetylmorphine.) 

This remedy, derived from morphine, was first intro- 
duced by Dreser, in 1898, and is now used extensively in. 
human medicine as a substitute for morphine aud codeine. 
Heroin occurs as a white, odorless, crystalline powder, 
possessing a slightly bitter taste and alkaline reaction. 
Practically insoluble in water, but readily soluble in weak 
acidulous solutions. 

Heroin hydrochloride is a white, crystalline, odorless 
powder, soluble in 2 parts of water. Heroin surpasses both 
morphine and codeine therapeutically in many ways. It 
increases markedly the inspiratory and expiratory force, 
while lessening the number of the respiratory movements, 
and exerts a special sedative influence on the respiratory 
mucous membranes. The drug acts also as a general motor 
depressant hypnotic and analgesic, but is not comparable 
to morphine in these respects. The after-effects of 
small medicinal doses (nausea, constipation, etc.) are 
slight. Heroin is particularly valuable in the treatment of 
all varieties of cough affecting the human subject, and , 
should prove useful in canine pi actice. 

Heroin may be administered in powder, pill or tablet, 
the hydrochloride in solution, every few hours. 

The dose of either is, tor the dog, gv.^-l (.0025-.01). 



558 vegetable drugs 

Opium and Morphine. 

The action of morphine and opium is practically the 
same, with some exceptions to be noted. 

Action External. — Opium may be absorbed to a slight 
extent from the unbroken skin, and causes a mild, anodyne 
action. Absorption readily occurs from mucous membranes 
and raw surfaces, with resulting characteristic effects. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Opium diminishes- 
the two principal activities of the digestive organs, namely, 
secretion and motion. Secretions all over the body are 
decreased, except that of sweat. The action upon the ali- 
mentary tract in lessening secretion, is partly a local one 
and partly constitutional, following the absorption of the 
drug. The mouth is made dry, thirst is increased and appe- 
tite impaired. Opium is absorbed rather slowly from the 
stomach and bowels, and stimulates the splanchnic nerve 
centre of the sympathetic system, which inhibits the move- 
ments of the stomach and intestines, and thus lessens peri- 
staltic action of these organs. Opium is directly opposed 
to belladonna in this respect, as the latter drug paralyzes 
the intestinal inhibitory apparatus (splanchnic endings), and 
so increases peristalsis. 

In diminishing both secretion and motion, opium causes 
constipation in health, but is most useful in relieving 
Tomiting and diarrhoea. In toxic doses, opium may induce 
diarrhoea from paralysis of the splanchnic inhibitory centre. 

Blood and Elimination. — Morphine circulates in the 
blood as such. The greater part of opium is decomposed 
in the body, a portion being destroyed by the liver, while 
some is probably burned up in the blood. The smaller 
part is eliminated, chiefly by the kidneys, but also in the 
other secretions. It is found in the gastric juice after hypo- 
dermic injection, and therefore washing out the stomach 
assists elimination and recovery in opium poisoning. 

Nervous System. — The most important action of opium 
is exerted upon the nervous system. It is necessary to 



I 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 3o9 

study the drug from the comparative standpoint in order to 
obtain a full understanding of its effects. The brain of man, 
being more highly developed and sensitive, in comparison 
with other parts of the nervous system, than the brain of 
the lower animals, it follows that this organ is more power- 
fully influenced in man, while the spinal cord is often 
mainly impressed in the lower animals. 

We may take ihe action of opium on the frog, at one 
end of the scale, as exhibiting the most active spinal symp- 
toms; while in man, at the other end of the scale, cerebral 
phenomena predominate. The other animals occupy an 
intermediate position; the action upon the horse and rumi- 
nants is something between that exerted upon the frog and 
man, and the influence upon dogs approaches more nearly 
that seen in human beings, only that a relatively greater 
dose is required to produce the same result, as the brain is 
not so highly organized or sensitive to the action of medi- 
cines. The brain of the horse is only one-twelfth as large, 
in proportion to their respective body-weights, as that of 
man, and it follows that the spinal cord of the horse is more 
readily affected by opium, in accordance with the general 
law that the more highly developed a part is, the more 
easily is it influenced by therapeutic agents. 

Opium exerts first a stimulating, and then a depressing 
action upon the brain and spinal cord, and in studying the 
action comparatively it will be noted that the influence 
upon the cord in the fiog, horse, ruminant, and lo some 
extent in the dog, preponderates frequently over the effect 
of the drug upon the brain, for the reasons stated above. 

Action Upon the Frog. — In minute non-poisonous doses, 
sleep is produced, followed by a period of reflex excitement. 
Toxic doses of one or two grains of morphine, injected under 
the skin, cause at first a condition where convulsions occur, 
if the animal is artificially irritated ; later they come on 
spontaneously. This state is followed by general paralysis, 
respiratory failure and death. The convulsions are shown 
to be due mainly to irritation of the spinal reflex centres, 



360 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

partly to action upon the motor tract of tlie brain, and 
finally proceed from direct local stimulation of the motor 
nerve endings and muscles. 

Action Upon Horses. — Three grains of morphine, injected 
subcutaneously, occasion sometimes drowsiness, and at 
other times produce no visible effect. Four to six grains, 
given in the same way, cause restlessness, a rapid pulse, and 
moisture of the skin." The animal paws the ground and 
walks in a rhythmical manner about the stall. The pupils 
are dilated. Large doses (12 grains) are followed by in- 
creased excitement aggravated by noises, sweating, ptyalism, 
muscular rigidity, staggering gait, trembling and delirium; 
wdiile still larger doses (four drachms of the extract of opium) 
cause violent trembling, convulsions, insensibility to pain 
and external irritation, without coma; or (morphine, gr. 36 
under the skin), rarely, stupor for several hours (3 hours), 
dilated pupils and blindness, followed by delirium and rest- 
lessness, continuing for a longer time (7 hours) and ending 
in recovery. Horses have recovered from an ounce of 
opium, but 2| ounces of the drug, and 100 grains of mor- 
phine have proved fataL The action of opium upon the 
horse differs from that upon man and dogs in the more 
frequent occurrence of restlessness and motor excitement 
due to stimulation of the cerebral and spinal motor centres; 
and in dilatation instead of contraction of the pupil. 
The rationale of the latter phenomenon has not been 
discovered. 

Action Upon Ruminants. — These animals are compara- 
tively insusceptible to opium. Ounce doses of the drug 
cause, in cattle, restlessness, excitement, hoarse bellowing, 
dry mouth, nausea, indigestion and tympanites. Sheep are 
affected in much the same manner. One to two drachms of 
morphine have led to fatality in cattle. Fifteen to thirty 
grains of the alkaloid comprise a lethal dose for sheep. 
Swine are variously influenced; sometimes excited, some- 
times dull and drowsy. 

Action Upon Birds. — Birds, as represented by chickens, 
ducks and pigeons, are exceedingly insusceptible to opium. 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 361 

Pigeons cannot be given enough opium \>j tbe mouth to 
cause death, but 8 to 10 grs. of niorphiue per orem, or 2 or 
3 grs, hypodermatically, will prove fatal. The toxic symp- 
toms in birds are exhibited by unsteadiness, difficult 
breathing and failure of respiration, convulsions and death. 
The pupils are unaffected, and sleep does not ensue. 

Action Upon Dogs. — When 8 or 10 grains of morphine 
are given to a moderate sized dog, coma comes on, from 
which the animal may recover. One half a grain injected 
under the skin of a dog weighing 25 lbs., causes nausea, 
vomiting and perhaps purging, sleep deepening into coma, 
contracted pupils, and shallow breathing ; the condition 
lasting for several hours and followed by recovery. Opium 
rarely exerts an hypnotic action upon cats, but rather motor 
excitement. Lethal doses (average, 4 grains of morphine 
sulphate subcutaneously to the pound, live weight, for dogs; 
"2 to 3 grains sometimes kill small dogs), increase the 
frequency of the pulse, cause vomiting, unsteadiness, con- 
tracted pupils, motor excitement, as twitching of the limbs 
and convulsions, followed by coma, respiratory failure and 
death. Recovery from full doses of opium is accompanied 
in dogs by general physical and mental depression and 
lassitude, as in man. There are muscular weakness, loss of 
natural spirit, timidity, and nausea, lasting for several hours. 
The action of opium upon dogs differs from that upon man 
only in degree. The dose required is proportionately larger. 
There is often more preliminary excitement and symptoms 
of reflex irritation, as muscular twitching. These animals 
<lo not sweat, and the pupils are not so continuously con- 
tracted in poisoning. Failure of the drug to produce sleep, 
;ind the presence of nausea, retching, dreams, delirium, 
hallucinations, occasionally observed in dogs, are common 
to man. Convulsions rarely occur in either men or dogs. 

Action Upon 3Ian. — In man, a small dose of morphine 
{^ gr.) causes usually a sense of well-being, together with 
itching of the nose, and later, of the skin generally, dryness 
of the mouth (occasionally there may be nausea, vomiting 



362 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

and faintness), followed by sleep, or a pleasant, dreamy state. 
After-effects may be absent, or consist of nausea, headache, 
coated tongue and constipation. If the dose is larger, sleep 
comes on quickly, the pupils are contracted, the respiratory 
movements and pulse become slow, and the skiu is moist. 

With lethal doses, sleep deepens into coma, from which, 
the patient can at first be aroused ; the coma becomes pro- 
found, the pulse feeble and rapid, the respiration stertorous, 
slow and imperfect. The mucous membranes are cyanotic,, 
the face livid, the pupils dilate, and the surface is covered 
with clammy sweat. Death occurs from respiratory failure, 
occasionally preceded by convulsions. One-eighth of one 
grain of morphine is the smallest fatal human dose recorded. 
The action of opium upon man, as compared with that upon 
the horse and ruminants, is characterized by its predominant 
depressing effect upon the higher mental functions. The 
motor centres of the brain and cord are only slightly 
influenced. 

General Action of Opium Upon the Nervous System. — The 
action of opium upon the nervous system may be summar- 
ized in primary central stimulation, followed by depression 
and paralysis. In man and the dog, the cerebral depression 
is more prominent; in the horse, the stimulant action upon 
the motor centres of the brain and spinal cord is more 
Bfiarked ; while considerable depression only appears in the 
later stage of poisoning. 

Opium illustrates the law of dissolution in the order of 
its action, i. e., in the more highly organized functions being 
the first to succumb; while the lower centres are the last to 
be influenced. Stimulation of the cerebrum is exhibited by 
exalted intellectual power in man; by motor excitement in 
animals. This stage, comparatively short in man and dogs, 
is succeeded by depression of the intellectual functions and, 
to a less extent, of the cerebral motor centres. Depression 
is exhibited by sleep and insensibility to sound, light, exter- 
nal irritation and pain. Relief of suffering often occurs 
"without sleep, and is due to the depressing action of ths 



OPIUM AND MOKPHINE 363 

drug upon tlie brain, and not to any direct influence upon 
the sensory nerves, which are unaffected except in the later 
stage of poisoning. The unique and inestimable value of 
opium depends upon its anodyne action. Depression of the 
brain in relation to the cortical centres, is not sufficient to 
cause paralysis in man, except in poisoning. Muscular 
weakness is present in man and dogs, but even this evidence 
of depression may be absent in horses and ruminants, yet 
pain be effectually relieved. Contraction of the pupil, in 
man and dogs, is due to stimulation of the oculomotor 
nerve, probably through excitation of the pupillary centre. 

Dilatation, which occurs in poisoning, is due to para- 
lysis of this centre. Initial stimulation of the vomiting 
centre may cause emesis ; but, as depression of the centre 
rapidly ensues, the act becomes later improbable. The 
motor tract of the spinal cord is first stimulated and reflex 
excitability increased. This action, brief and slight in men 
and dogs, is more prolonged and prominent in horses and 
ruminants. Depression of the spinal motor cells succeeds 
excitation, and reflex action is abolished. The excitability 
of the motor and sensory nerves is slightly increased, but 
otherwise the nerves are not affected except in poisonings 
when the sensory, and later the motor nerves are paralyzed. 
The muscles remain uninfluenced. Depression of the 
medulla closes the scene, with paralysis of the respiratory 
centre. 

Bespiration. — Opium does not influence the respiratory 
functions in small therapeutic doses, but large doses make 
the respiratory movements slower and feebler, and death 
occurs from the direct depressing and paralyzing action of 
the drug upon the respiratory centres in the medulla. 

Circulation. — Small doses commonly produce little effect 
upon the heart. Large doses first increase the force and 
frequency of the heart's action, while toxic quantities depress 
the organ. This result is due to a two-fold action upon the 
circulation, including the heart muscle (or its ganglia) and 
the inhibitory apparatus. The cardiac muscle is primarily- 



364 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

. - 3', , , 

•stimulated, with acceleratioii of tlie pulse, but depression 
soon follows more or less synclironously with stimulation of 
the vagus centre and endings, so that the pulse becomes 
iufrequent. Finally, before death, depression of the inhibi- 
tory apparatus occurs, and this, coexisting with depression 
of the heart itself, produces a feeble, rapid pulse, character- 
istic of the last stage of opium poisoning. Death occurs 
with diastolic arrest of the heart owing to failure of the 
cardiac muscle, although fatality is mainly due to the 
more powerful effect of the drug upon the respiratory 
centre. 

The action of opium upon the vasomotor system is 
unimportant. Immediately after the administration of large 
doses there is a slight primary stimulation, followed in the 
toxic stage by some depression of the vasomotor centres 
in the spinal cord and medulla. 

Pupil. — The pupil of the horse is widely dilated by 
large doses of opium. The pupil in the dog occasionally 
remains unchanged, and often dilated before undergoing 
contraction. Contraction of the pupil is a charactistic 
physiological effect of large doses of opium in man and the 
dog. In birds the pupil is unaffected. These various con- 
tradictory phenomena are at present inexplicable. 

In man, contraction of the pupil is brought about by 
stimulation of the pupillary centre in the floor of the 
aqueduct of Sylvius, and through it, the oculomotor nerves. 
Dilatation, preceding death, occurs from depression of the 
centre. 

Kidneys and Metabolism. — The excretion of urea appears 
to be increased by opium in man, but varies greatly in 
animals. Temporary retention of urine may follow the 
administration of a considerable dose of opium, owing to 
diminished sensibility of the bladder. The amount of urine 
voided may be greater or less than normal ; more commonly 
the latter. Opium lessens the secretion of bile. 

The elimination of carbonic dioxide is diminished by 
the hypnotic action of opium, but is increased if there is 



OPIUM AND MORPHINE 365 

general excitement and muscular activity following the use 
of the drug. 

Skin.— Opium induces mild diarphorssis in man ; occa- 
sionally sweating occurs in horses, but not at all in dogs. 

Temperature. — The bodily temperature may be slightly 
increased by large medicinal doses of opium, but is dimin- 
ished by toxic quantities. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning have already 
been sufficiently described in previous sections. The treat- 
ment embraces irrigation of the stomach, or the use of 
emetics, as apomorphine hydrochlorate under the skin, 
and the subcutaneous injection of strychnine, ene- 
juata of hot, strong, black coffee ; leading the animal 
jibout, slapping him, or using the faradic current. 
Dr. Moor, of New York, has apparently found in 
potassium permanganate the most efficient antidote for 
opium and morphine. Ten to fifteen grains, dissolved in 
eight ounces of water, should be given by the mouth, to 
large dogs. One to two drachms of potassium perman- 
ganate may be administered to horses in two or three pints 
of water. Permanganate solution oxidizes and destroys 
morphine, and should be acidulated with a little vinegar or 
diluted sulphuric acid, after the ingestion of morphine gaits. 
The antidote has been recommended to be given subcutan- 
eously after absorption, or hypodermic injection of morphine, 
but this is not of the slightest use. 

Morphine Contrasted ivith Opium. — Opium is more con- 
stipating, more sudorific, and more apt to disturb the 
digestion than morphine. Morphine is more anodyne and 
soporific ; more readily absorbed and more suitable for use 
under the skin. 

Synergists. — Belladonna aids the action of opium and 
yet is antagonistic to it. It assists opium in its anodyne 
action and lessens nausea, indigestion, and constipation 
following the action of the latter drug. Belladonna and 
atropine are antagonistic to opium in stimulating the brain 
and respiration, and increasing peristalsis. Small doses of 



366 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

"belladonna combined with opium do not interfere with the 
soporific action of the latter, notwithstanding the exciting 
influence of the former upon the brain. The bromides also 
promote the sedative and hypnotic action of opium, and 
lessen the depression and nausea following its administra- 
tion. Opium often acts profoundly when combined with 
chloral, and this combiuation is occasionally used to induce 
anaesthesia (p. 301). Chloroform and ether are frequently 
prescribed with opium to secure an additional antispasmodic 
and anodyne action in colic. The astringents and mineral 
acids enhance the effect of opium in diarrhoeal disorders. 

Codeine. — Codeine in large doses causes motor excite- 
ment and convulsions in dogs and cats, but physiological 
experiments conducted by various observers have otherwise 
yielded diverse results. This is explicable, since so-called 
codeine is frequently in part morphine. Codeine is inferior 
to morphine as an anodyue and hypnotic, but is a useful 
sedative in relieving bronchial irritation and cough, and in 
the doses commonly employed does not induce indigestion, 
nausea or constipation. The writer would particularly 
recommend it for dogs suffering with bronchitis, combined 
with phenacetin in powder or tablet. The other alkaloids 
of opium are not of sufiicient therapeutic value to warrant 
their consideration in this work. 

Administration. — Morphine sulphate is employed under 
the skin where an immediate effect is required. The prepa- 
rations more frequently used in veterinary practice include 
laudanum and the deodorized tincture, powdered opium, 
extract of opium, and the salts of morphine. One-quarter 
grain of the latter is equivalent to one grain of opium. 
Paregoric is useful in canine practice for cough mixtures. 
Dover's powder combines the expectorant and diarphoretic 
action of ipecac with the sedative, antiphlogistic and sudo- 
rific influence of opium, but the former drug has little effect 
upon the horse. The preparation may be serviceable, how- 
ever, in the first stage of catarrhal affections of the respira- 
tory tract in dogs. 



INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 3G7 

Fluid preparations are generally desirable in securing 
more rapid absorption, but opium produces the best result 
in diarrhoea, when given in pill or ball. Enemata composed 
of thiu, boiled starch solution and laudanum at the body 
temperature are to be recommended in diarrhoea of the 
young, dysentery and pain arising from strangury or disease 
of the genito-urinary organs. Opium suppositories are of 
value in canine practice for the same purposes, and will 
relieve irritation and pain caused by piles. 

Uses External. — Opium is applied externally in various 
ways. In the form of laudanum it is sprinkled on poultices 
and prescribed in liniment (laudanum and soap liniment, 
equal parts) for its anodyne action, but has probably little 
medicinal virtue upon the unbroken skin. On raw surfaces, 
«ores and ulcers, opium does relieve pain, and for this pur- 
pose laudanum may be conjoined advantageously with lead 
ivater (1-25). 

INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM. 

1. To relieve pain and spasm. 

2. To lessen secretions. 

3. To allay motor excitement, diminish muscular action, 
and prevent hemorrhage. 

4. To abort inflammation. 

5. To act as a stimulating and supporting agent. 

The sudorific action of the drug upon the lower animals 
is slight and comparatively unimportant. Among the pre- 
ceding indications the first three naturally follow from the 
physiological action of opium, while the latter two are 
deduced solely from clinical experience. 

1. Although the anodyne and sedative action of opium 
is not so marked in its influence upon veterinary patients 
as in human subjects, yet it is by far the most valuable 
agent we possess for relieving pain of any description, pai'ti- 
cularly when combined with atropine. In spasmodic colic 
of horses, opium arrests pain by preventing irregular and 
violent peristaltic action. It may be given as morphine 



368 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

(witli atropine), subcutaneously; or as laudanum, with ether 
and chloroform in a drench, simultaneously with an aloes 
ball. In this aflfection opium actually assists the action 
of the purgative by overcoming spasm. Pain directly 
antagonizes the effect of opium, and repetition of the dose 
is both justifiable and necessary until relief is obtained. 
Hypodermic medication is therefore safer when the dose 
has to be repeated, in enabling the practitioner to decide 
that failure to relieve pain is due to insufficient dosage 
rather than to delayed absorption from the digestive canal. 

Opium is indicated in all forms of pain, unless it be 
caused by congestion or inflammation of the brain substance 
(cerebritis). The pains and spasmodic contractions result- 
ing from acute or traumatic meningitis are benefited by 
opium ; also neuralgic and rheumatic pains. The after- 
pains of parturition are relieved by opium in causing 
relaxation of the unstriped uterine muscle. The spasms of 
tetanus are eased when opium is combined with chloral 
in enema, or when morphine is injected under the skin. 
Clonic spasm of the diaphragm in horses ("Thumps") is 
also treated successfully with opium. 

2 and 3. Opium is invaluable in lessening secretion, 
motion and pain in various digestive disorders. Gastric 
digestion is inhibited by the action upon secretion and 
motion, and opium should not be administered immediately 
after the ingestion of food, unless the demand for it at that 
time is imperative. 

Excessive vomiting in dogs may be combated with 
opium and bismuth, or with morphine hypodermatically. 
Opium quiets peristalsis and secures rest of the canal in 
gastritis and gastro-enteritis. In superpurgation and in all 
forms of diarrhoea and dysentery, opium is the remedy par 
excellence. (Laudanum in dose of 5-10 drops for large birds is 
an efficient remedy for diarrhoea in poultry). Its administra- 
tion in these disorders should be accompanied, or preceded, 
by an oleaginous (horse), saline (herbivora), or mercurial 
(horse and dog) purgative ; and its sictiou may be assisted 



I 



INDICATIONS FOR THE INTERNAL USE OF OPIUM 369 

by astringents, alkalies, mineral aeifls, and intestinal antisep- 
tics in various combinations suited to the particular case. 

Peritonitis, enteritis, ;ind acute obstruction of the bowels 
are treated most successfully with opium, which quiets the 
bowels, relieves pain and facilitates the vis medatrix naturae, 
besides acting as an antii)lilogistic in the first-mentioned 
diseases. By preventing muscular activity and allaying 
general excitability, opium is the most effective haemostatic 
in all internal hemorrhages. 

Cough, as a symptom of irritation within the res- 
piratory tract, is more commonly treated by some form of 
opium than by any other drug. When cough is irrita- 
tive or excessive, and is not remedial in removing secre- 
tion, then it is very properly controlled by opium. If, 
on the other hand, respiratory movements are weak, or 
cyanosis threatens from retained secretions, opium is dis- 
tinctly contraindicated, since it depresses the respiratory 
centtes and lessens the irritation produced by the secre- 
tions in the bronchial tubes, which would otherwise cause 
coughing and expulsion of the exudate. 

Opium, especially when combined with belladonna, 
notably diminishes secretions, so that this combination is 
peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of cough and exuda- 
ti(m, and it is only when increasing moist rules are found to 
exist during this medication that it should be stopped. 
Pleuritic cough causes intense pain and accomplishes 
nothing, so that opium here affords great relief without 
inducing bad results. 

4. Opium possesses antiphlogistic action in aborting 
and combating inflammation. R^-flex excitability is less- 
ened by opium, and therefore irritation of nerve centres, 
which would otherwise cause vascular dilatation, stasis, and 
inflammation, is prevented by the drug. This is at least 
the theory. Opium and quinine are the two remedies having 
the most popular clinical reputation for aborting colds and 
inflammation, and the latter agent also diminishes reflex 
"ixcitability. Inflammation of sfons membranes is thought 



370 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

to be tliat form most favorably influenced by opium, as peri- 
tonitis, enteritis uud meningitis, for wliicli purpose the drug 
is frequently combined with calomel. But opium is also an 
extremely useful antiphlogistic remedy in coryza, bronchitis, 
pneumonia and pleurisy, and in inflammations of the mucous 
coat of the digestive canal, as gastritis and dysentery. A 
single full dose should be given at the earliest possible 
stage of these disorders, and the patient should be kept as 
quiet as possible to secure the best result. 

5. Opium stimulates and supports the system in a 
manner not explicable on physiological grounds. It often 
conserves life in a remarkable way in patients weakened by 
long continued disease, and in those suffering from loss of 
blood following surgical operation, parturition, or other 
natural causes. 

Contra-indications. — In respiratory diseases associated 
with cyanosis or excessive exudation, in cerebritis, in very 
high fever and obstinate constipation. The drug must be used 
with caution in the treatment of the aged and very young. 

Apomorphin^ Hydrochloras. Apomorphine Hydrochlorate. 

C,,H,,N 0,H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid, 
obtained by heating morphine (or codeine) in hermetically 
closed tubes, with an excess of pure hydrochloric acid. The 
morphine thus loses one molecule of water ; C^HigN O3 = 
C,,H,,N O, + H,0. 

Properties. — Minute, grayish - white, shining, acicular 
crystals, without odor, having a faintly bitter taste, and 
acquiring a greenish tint upon exposure to light and air. 
Soluble in about 45 parts of water, and about 45 parts of 
alcohol; very little soluble in ether or chloroform. It should 
be kept in small, dark, amber-colored vials. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Emetic. — D., gr.gig-^ (.002-.006), subcutaneously ; 
D., by the mouth, gv.^-^ (.008-. 012); D., expectorant, gr.^-^ 
(.0015-.0024), by the mouth. 



i 



APOMOKPHINE 371 



PREPARATION. 



Injectio A])omorpliince Hypodermica. (B. P.) 
(2 grains in 100 minims camphor water.) 
Dose.— D., nii.-v. (.12-.3). 

Action Internal. — Small doses (gr.-g^-^) cause vomiting 
in dogs, while larger doses produce salivation and trembling 
in addition to vomition. Very large quantities (gr.4:-5) occa- 
sion first great excitement; tlie dog howls, runs and jumps 
about, the pupils are dilated and the slightest noise excites 
great alarm. Then the animal weakens in the hind legs, 
becomes paraplegic, falls and goes into convulsions. The 
breathing, at the beginning rapid, becomes weak and slow. 
Death ensues from respiratory failure. 

Nervous System. — The drug primarily stimulates the 
brain and induces delirium and excitement, but secondarily 
causes cerebral paralysis. The origin of the convulsions is 
not ascertained. Apomorphine is a direct local paralyzant 
to the muscles, acting upon their substance or upon the 
motor nerve endings. 

Circulation. — Medicinal doses do not alter the force, but 
may increase the rate and tension of the pulse by stimula- 
tion of the cardiac accelerator nerves and vasomotor centres. 
Toxic doses paralyze the heart muscle and lower blood 
pressure. 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements are at first 
markedly increased by large doses of apomorphine. The 
reason for this is uncertain. Lethal doses depress and 
paralyze the respiratory centre. The breathing then be- 
comes feeble and infrequent. The agent causes a copious 
outpouring of a watery fluid from the blood vessels of the 
respiratory mucous membrane, and is, therefore, an expec- 
torant. 

Vomiting Centre. — This is stimulated by therapeutic 
doses of apomorphine, but paralyzed by toxic doses, so that 
vomiting may not occur in poisoning. Apomorphine doea 
not act locally upon the stomach. 



372 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Uses, — Apomorphine is a reliable, prompt and powerful 
emetic. The alkaloid is generally given uuder.the skin and 
can be administered along with zinc sulphate or other emetic 
in poisoning. In narcotic poisoning, as with chloral or 
opium, apomorphine — like other emetics — may fail to act 
efficiently. In the first stage of acute bronchitis, apomor- 
phine is useful in canine practice, and again in the later 
stage, when the animal becomes choked with exudation^ 
The drug, in a mild emetic dose, will aid recovery by causing 
violent expiratory efforts during vomition, and these tend to 
expel secretions, which is furthermore assisted by the action 
of the alkaloid in rendering the secretions less viscid. 
Chronic dry bronchitis of dogs is likewise benefited by 
apomorphine. 

The alkaloid decomposes in crystal, and rapidly in solu- 
tion, becoming toxic and of a green hue. Solutions should 
be freshly prepared and are said to be preserved by the 
addition of a few drops of hydrochloric acid. 

Class 2. — Stimulating' the Brain. 

Belladonna Folia. Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Deadly nightshade, E.; folia S. herba bella- 
donnse, feuilles de belladonne, Fr.; tollkraut, tollkirschen 
blatter, wolfkirschen-blatter, G. 

Derivation. — The leaves of Atropa Belladonna Linne 
(Nat. ord. solanacese). Leaves from 10 to 15 cm. long, from 
6 to 10 cm. broad; broadly ovate, equilaterally narrowed 
into a petiole, tapering at the apex, entire on the margin, 
smooth, thin ; the upper surface brownish-green, the lower 
surface gi-eyish-green ; both surfaces whitish punctate;, 
odor slight ; taste bitterish, disagreeable. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids ; 1, atropine, the chief one, 
representing the action of belladonna; and, 2, hyoscyamiue. 

Atropine is now considered to be an artificial product 
of hyoscyamine, and therefore the latter to be the natural 



BELLADONNA ROOT 



373 



alkaloid. Belladonna leaves contain about 0.46 per cent, 
atropine. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extrachim Belladonnce Foliorum Alcoholicum. 
Alcoholic Extract of Belladonna Leaves. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by percolation and evaporation to pilular consistence. Used 
in preparing the unguentum belladonnte. 

Dose.— H. & C, gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii.-iv. (.13-24.); 
D.,gr.i-i(.008-.03). 

Tinctura Belladonnce Foliorum. Tincture of Belladonna Leaves. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Belladonna leaves, 150; diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made hj 
maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Unguentum Belladonnce. Belladonna Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Alcoholic extract, 10 ; diluted alcohol, 5 ; benzoinated lard, 85. 
<U. S. P.) 

Belladonna Radix. Belladonna Root. 

Synonym. — Racine de Belladonne, Fr.; wolfskirschen- 
■wurzel, tollkirschen-wurzel, G. 

Derivation. — The root of Atropa Belladonna Linne (nat. 
ord. solanacese). In cylindrical, somewhat tapering, longi- 
tudinally wrinkled pieces, 10 to 25 mm. or more in thickness ; 
externally brownish-gray, internally whitish ; fracture nearly 
smooth and mealy, not radiating or showing medullary rays 
in the thicker roots, only in the layer near the bark; nearly 
inodorous, taste sweetish, afterwards bitterish and strongly 
acrid. 

Constituents. — Same as leaves. Contains 0.2 to 0.6 per 
cent, atropine. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Belladonnce Radicis Fluidum. 
Fluid Extract of Belladonna Root. (U. S. P.) 

Made by percolation with alcohol and water, and evaporation. 
One Cc. of the extract = one Gm. of belladonna root. The most reliable 
preparation. 



374 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Dose.— H., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); Sh. & Sw., nix.-xv. 
(.6-1.); D., TTli.-iii. (.06-.2). 

Linivientum Belladonnce. Belladonna Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Camphor, 50; fluid extract of belladonna to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) 

Atropina. Atropine. Ci,H23 N O3. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

An alkaloid obtained from belladonna. As it occurs in 
commerce, it is always accompanied by a small proportion 
of liyoscyamine extracted along with it, from which it cannot 
readily be separated. 

Derivation. — Atropine is obtained from a strong tincture 
of the root. Slaked lime is added, which splits up atropine 
malate and precipitates lime malate. The excess of lime is. 
precipitated by sulphuric acid, and coloring matters by 
potassium carbonate, which also sets free atropine. The 
atropine is dissolved in chloroform, recovered on evapora- 
tion, and purified by digestion with warm alcohol and char- 
coal. 

Properties. — White, acicular crystals, or a more or less 
amorphous white powder; without odor, having a bitter, 
acrid taste, and gradually assuming a yellowish tint on 
exposure to air. Soluble in 130 parts of water, 3 parts of 
alcohol, 16 parts of ether, 4 parts of chloroform, and about 
60 parts of glycerin. At about 108° C. (226.4° F.) it melts, 
forming a colorless liquid. At about 140° C. (284° F.) it 
begins to give off white, acrid fumes, and when ignited, 
it is consumed without leaving a residue. It has a. 
markedly alkaline reaction; its saturated aqueous solu- 
tion acquires a pink color upon the addition of a drop of 
phenolphtalein. 

Incompatihles. — Decomposed by sodium or potassium 
hydrate. 

Dose. — H., gr.ss.-iss. (.03-.09) ; average dose, gr.i. (.06) ; 
C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh. & Sw., gr.^-iV (.003-.005) ; D., 
gv.ii^-eV (.OOOo-.OOl). 



ATKOPINE SULPHATE 375 

Atropine Sulphas. Atropine Sulphate. (Ci^osNOs)^ H^SO,. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Atropine is dissolved in sulphuric acid 
and treated with ether, when the insoluble sulphate settles 
out. 

Properties. — A white, indistinctly crystalline powder, 
without odor; having a very bitter, nauseating taste, and 
permanent in the air. Soluble in 0.4 parts of water, 6.2. 
parts of alcohol, 2,270 parts of ether, or 694 parts of chloro- 
form. At 187° C. (309° F.) the salt melts, forming a brown- 
ish-yellow liquid. When ignited, it chars, emits acrid vapor, 
and is completely consumed. The salt is neutral to litmus 
paper. 

I)ose.—IL., gr.i.-iss. (.06-.09) ; C, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12) ; Sh. & 
Sw., gr.^-J^ (.004-.005) ; D., gr.yi^-gV (.0005-.002), average 
dose, gr.^ (.0006). 

ACTION OP BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE. 

External. — Belladonna is ordinarily not absorbed from 
the unbroken skin, but when applied to raw surfaces and 
mucous membranes, or, to a less extent, when rubbed into 
the skin with camphor (linimentum belladonnse), chloroform, 
alcohol, etc., it depresses the sensory nerve endings and 
produces a local anodyne action. Thus applied it also 
depresses the peripheral motor nerve fibres, and is some- 
times injected into spasmodically contracted muscles for 
relief of spasm. The vessels are said to be first contracted 
and then dilated by the local action of the drug, and the 
secretions of the skin are diminished. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The action of belladonna, if 
any, on the secretory functions of the stomach and bowels 
is unknown. Small doses of the drug depress the peripheral 
terminations of the intestinal inhibitory nerve (splanchnic), 
so that peristalsis is increased by the normal stimuli. It is 
stated that both minute and large doses apparently lessen 
intestinal peristalsis ; the former by primary stimulation of 



376 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

the splanchnic nerve endings, the latter by direct depressant 
action upon the unstriated muscle of the intestinal wall. 

Circulation. — Belladonna is readily absorbed into the 
blood, but has no particular action upon this fluid within 
the body. Dilute solutions of atropine paralyze and stop 
corpuscular movement in the blood withdrawn from the 
vessels. The characteristic action of belladonna upon the 
circulation consists in depression of the peripheral pnenmo- 
gastric fibres in the heart, so that the frequency of its 
pulsations is increased. There is also, probably, a slight 
stimulation of the cardiac muscle, or its contained ganglia. 
Belladonna is therefore a heart stimulant, by increasing 
the number of its beats without diminishing their force. 
Large doses sometimes give rise to primary slowing of the 
pulse, owing to stimulation of the inhibitory apparatus. 
Blood pressure is exalted synchronously with the increased 
frequency of the heart, and is due to cardiac stimulation 
and also to stimulation of the spinal and medullary vaso- 
motor centres, with constriction of blood vessels. 

In poisoning, vascular tension is considerably lowered 
because of paralysis of the vasomotor centres, smooth 
muscles (or ganglia) of the vessel walls (with vascular 
dilation), and the heart muscle itself. 

Nervous System. — Cerebrum — Belladonna is classed as a 
delirifacient by some authorities, —notably Wood. It stim- 
ulates the brain incoordinately, and large doses produce 
restlessness, nervous excitement and delirium in man, and 
occasionally delirium in the lower animals. Stimulation is 
succeeded by exhaustion and some depression, with stupor 
rather than coma. 

Spinal Cord — Belladonna appears to exert a double 
action (stimulant and depressant) upon the spinal cord. 
The spinal vasomotor and respiratory centres are stim- 
ulated. Large doses cause complete loss of motion and 
reflex action in the frog, lasting for several days, and 
followed by reflex excitability and convulsions. Poisoning 
in mammals is exhibited by less paralyzant action accom- 



ACTION OP BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 377 

panied by more convulsive movements. Various explana- 
tions have been offered to reconcile these phenomena. The 
prevalent theory is that, following complete paralysis of the 
spinal cord, the motor and sensory tracts recover before the 
inhibitory centres, so that normal stimuli pass through the 
latter unrestrained and result in convulsions. 

Nerves — The action of belladonna upon the nerve end- 
ings is extremely important, and represents, to a consider- 
able degree, the therapeutic value of the drug. The 
peripheral motor nerve terminations, and, to a less extent, 
their trunks, are depressed and paralyzed. This is never 
so complete, however, but that there is some voluntary 
power left in an animal fatally poisoned. Depression and 
loss of function of the afferent nerves come on more slowly, 
and exist to a less degree. Belladonna, then, when applied 
locally or given internally, is an anodyne, but is far inferior 
in this respect to opium ; and, whereas opium acts centrally, 
belladonna acts peripherally. The terminations of all secre- 
tory nerves are also depressed and paralyzed by belladonna, 
and secretions are therefore diminished. 

Secretions. — Dryness of the mouth is one of the first 
physiological symptoms following the administration of 
belladonna. This is due to paralysis of the peripheral 
terminations of the secretory nerve (chorda tympani) of the 
submaxillary gland, and of the secretory nerve endings of 
the other salivary and mucous glands in connection with 
the mouth. Another characteristic effect of belladonna 
consists in the production of dryness of the skin, which 
follows the action of the drug in paralyzing the peripheral 
nervous filaments supplying the secretory cells of the 
sudoriparous glands. In the same manner the tracheal 
and bronchial secretions are diminished, and also the 
secretion of milk (anti-galactagogue action), by depression 
of the terminations of the secretory nerves. The drug does 
not exert any decided influence upon the secretions of the 
digestive tract, as before stated. The amount of urine is 
sometimes increased after the ingestion of small doses of 



378 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

belladonna, but is considerably lessened, or suppressed, in 
poisoning by the drug. Experiments upon man show that 
the urinary solids are increased : urea and uric acid to a 
slight extent; sulphates and phosphates to a considerable 
degree. 

Muscles and their Nerves. — Atropine is an antispasmodic 
in its effect upon involuntary muscle. It depresses both 
the unstriped fibres and their motor nerve endings. Toxic 
doses cause paralysis of the smooth muscles. Voluntary 
muscles are not affected by any doses of atropine, although 
the motor nerves controlling them are depressed by toxic 
amounts of the alkaloid. In regard to the effect of the drug 
upon the intestines, experimental and clinical evidence 
appear to yield quite contradictory results. It seems 
probable that any dose of atropine will depress, to a greater 
or lesser extent, the activity of the intestinal muscle, but, as 
there is at the same time depression of the inhibitory nerve 
endings (splanchnics), there is also a tendency to increased 
peristalsis through the greater sensitiveness of the gut to 
stimuli. As the result of careful experiments, it appears 
that minute doses of atropine stimulate the splanchnics 
and lessen peristalsis ; that moderate doses increase 
markedly peristalsis by paralyzing the splanchnics ; and 
that large doses stop all movement of the bowel by 
paralyzing the intestinal musculature. Other experiments 
by reliable men and clinical experience negative these 
conclusions. 

Atropine has been used successfully to produce three 
diverse actions on the bowel : (1) to quiet intestinal move- 
ment in inflammation of the bowels ; (2) to relieve spasm in 
colic and spastic conditions generally ; (3) very commonly 
to aid catharsis in sluggish states of the intestines. In 
practice, small doses will often move the bowels effectively, 
while, on the other hand, enormous doses (gr.1-12, instead 
of the usual dose of gr.1-100) have recently proved success- 
ful in moving the bowels in obstinate constipation (in 



ACTION OF BELLADONNA AND ATROPINE 379 

human patients) clue to obstructiou,* when all other means 
failed. Conversely, it is, and has been, the common practice 
to give atropine with morphine to prevent peristalsis in 
peritonitis and with apparently satisfactory results. It is at 
present impossible to reconcile these apparently conflicting 
facts, but it is readily conceivable that the resultant of the 
opposing actions of atropine on tlio bowels in either stimu- 
lating peristalsis by depression of the inhibitory apparatus, 
on the one hand, or, in lessening peristalsis by depression of 
the muscle, on the other, may depend as much upon the 
condition of the gut as upon the dosage, and that, according 
to the physiological or pathological state, one or the other 
of these opposing actions will preponderate. 

The action upon the inhibitory nerve of the heart is 
similar to that exerted upou the inhibitory nerve of the 
bowels. The pneumogastric terminations are depressed in 
the heart by moderate doses, while the heart muscle is 
paralyzed by large quantities of belladonna. 

A like depressing influence is believed to be exerted 
upon the efferent nerve endings of the un striped muscles of 
the bladder, urethra, uterus and vagina, as well as upon the 
muscles of these organs. Belladonna acts medicinally as 
an antispasmodic in relation to the muscles. 

Bespiration. — Small doses of atropine do not affect the 
respiration. Large therapeutic doses make the respiratory 
movements quicker and deeper, by stimulation of the 
medullary and spinal respiratory centres. Fatal doses 
produce respiratory failure and asphyxia, owing to paralysis 
of the respiratory centre and the peripheral vagus filaments 
concerned with the respiratory movements. Belladonna also 
paralyzes the peripheral fibres of the pneumogastric nerve in 
the bronchial tubes and acts therapeutically as follows ; 
1. As a respiratory stimulant ; the drug is generally inferior 
to strychnine in this respect. 2. As an antispasmodic, by 

* It IS probable in these cases that the obstruction was due to 
spasm, and not mechanical. 



380 VEGETABLE DRUGS ' 

depressing the efferent vagus endings in the bronchial 
tubes and relaxing spasm of the smooth muscle of their 
walls. 3. As a sedative, by depressing the afferent vagus 
fibres and diminishing the irritation produced by secre- 
tion, so that cough is allayed. 4. As an agent lessening 
secretion. 

Temperature. — Moderate doses of belladonna cause a 
rise of temperature, while fatal doses lessen bodily heat. 
The first phenomenon is produced by stimulation of the 
spinal thermogenic centres, while the latter effect follows 
the vasomotor paralysis which occurs after lethal doses. 

An elevation of 2-5.4° F. has been noted in dogs after 
full doses of atropine, while a greater fall of temperature 
has been observed in the same animal in fatal poisoning. 
Elevation of temperature is accompanied by increased heat 
loss, caused by radiation from the dilated cutaneous vessels. 
This latter condition is evidenced by a scarlatina-like erup- 
tion in man. 

Eye. — The action of belladonna upon the eye affords 
another illustration of the depressing action of the drug 
upon the nerve terminations. The oculomotor nerve end- 
ings are paralyzed by belladonna, and therefore dilation of 
the pupil ensues. The mydriatic action is exhibited, 
whether the drug be given by the mouth or dropped 
directly into the eye. In the former case, the drug does 
not act through the nervous system, but locally upon the 
peripheral filaments of the third nerve through the medium 
of the blood. The muscular fibres of the iris are unaffected 
by belladonna. The terminations of the sympathetic and 
and the trigeminus may be stimulated, which would also 
produce dilation of the pupil. These latter actions are not 
definitely determined, while it is known that the dominant 
effect consists in depression of the oculomotor nerve end- 
ings, as before stated. Paralysis of accommodation follows 
paralysis of the terminations of the third nerve in the 
ciliary muscle, and therefore vision is disturbed. Intra- 
ocular tension is increased by large and continuous dosage 



PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA 38L 

of belladonna, and an artificial glaucoma may be thus 
produced. 

Elimination. — Belladonna is probably eliminated en- 
tirely by the kidneys. 

Summary. — It will be observed that belladonna, gener- 
ally speaking, first stimulates and then depresses the nerve 
centres, while it chiefly paralyzes the motor nerve termina- 
tions, iucludiDg the inhibitory (vagus and splanchnic), the 
secretory (chorda tympani, etc.), and, to a less extent, the 
sensory nerves. Secondary depression of the cerebrum is 
not so profound as that of the great medullary centres, 
especially the respiratory centre, and there is sometimes a 
slight and brief stimulation of the motor nerves of the 
smooth muscles, viz., vagus, splanchnic, and possibly vaso- 
motor nerves. 

Full medicinal doses depress the peripheral filaments 
of the inhibitory and secretory nerves and the motor 
nerves of the unstiiped muscles, as well as the muscles 
themselves, lessen the fiinctioual activity of the volun- 
tary motor system, and, to a less degree, that of the 
afferent nerves. The pulse becomes quickened because of 
paralysis of the periplieral vagus endings and stimulation of 
the heart or its ganglia; the blood tension is augmented 
because of the increased cardiac action and stimulation of 
the vasomotor centres; and the respiration is accelerated 
because of excitation of the respiratory centres. The 
temperature is elevated owing to the circulatory exaltation 
and stimulation of the heat-producing centres. Slight 
delirium may be present from the exciting action of the 
drug upon the cerebral motor centres. 

The spinal cord is unaffected by therapeutic doses. 
Locally applied, belladonna is a direct paralyzant to nerves, 
muscles, vessels and cells. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BELLADONNA TO OTHER DRUGS. 

A medicinal dose of atropine stimulates, while morphine 
depresses, the brain, respiratory functions, and intestinal 
peristalsis. This antjigonisra ceases when poisonous dose» 



382 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



of the two drugs are combined, and therefore atropine 
should be given with caution in the treatment of opium 
narcosis, so as not to aggravate the already existing central 
nervous depression, particularly of the respiration. Mor- 
phine relieves pain, causes sweating, and contracts the 
pupil centrally. Atropine dilates the pupil, produces dry- 
ness of the skin, and depresses the functions of sensory 
nerves through its peripheral action. Atropine antagonizes 
physostigma in so far as the latter stimulates the peripheral 
oculomotor nerve fibres, the vagi, diminishes blood pres- 
sure, depresses the respiratory centres, and stimulates the 
unstriated muscle of the intestines, and the secretions of 
the stomach, bowels and bronchial tubes. 

Atropine is antagonistic — in part — to pilocarpine,. which 
stimulates secretory nerve terminations in the sweat and 
salivary glands, the peripheral oculomotor filaments, and 
the nerve endings in the involuntary muscle of the heart, 
stomach, intestines and uterus. Atropine counteracts the 
influence of aconite and muscarin (the poison of fungi) upon 
the heart, and the action of the latter principle in producing 
spasm of the pulmonary vessels. 

Toxicology. — Toxic doses of belladonna cause in animals 
dryness of the mouth, increased frequency of the pulse and 
respiration, elevation of temperature, dilation of the pupil 
and partial blindness, restlessness, nervousness, delirium, 
twitching of the muscles (occasionally erythema), and fre- 
quent micturition. These symptoms are succeeded, in 
fatal poisoning, by fall of temperature, retention of urine, 
muscular weakness, staggering gait, partial anaesthesia, 
convulsions and paralysis (one preponderating over the 
other), weak, slow, irregular respiration, feeble, rapid pulse, 
paralysis of the sphincters, stupor and death. Death occurs 
mainly from asphyxia, but is due in part to cardiac failure. 
The physiological test consists in placing a drop of the 
urine (secreted by the poisoned animal) into the eye of a 
healthy animal, when mydriasis should follow if the case be 
one of belladonna poisoning. Three-quarters of a grain of 



USES OF BELLADONNA 38,> 

atropine under the skin lias proved fatal to dogs. Two 
grains of atropine produce mild toxic symptoms in the 
horse. Small dogs are slightly poisoned by gr.-g^y of atro- 
pine ; medium sized dogs by gr.^^.^ given hypodermatically. 
Cattle are as susceptible as horses, although herbivora are 
not so easily influenced as carnivora. The pulse in dogs is 
greatly accelerated, sometimes as high as 400, v/hile the 
pulse rate of the horse is not generally more than doubled. 
Rodents, as guinea pigs and rabbits, and pigeons, are parti- 
cularly insusceptible to belladonna, in regard to its effect 
upon the pupil, circulation, etc. 

The treatment of poisoning includes the use of the 
stomach pump, emetics, cardiac stimulants, and pilocarpine 
under the skin. Also external heat, general faradism and 
artificial respiration. 

Post-Mortem Appearances. — These are not generally 
characteristic, except of asphyxia. The blood is dark and 
poorly coaguable. There is congestion of the lungs, general 
passive hypersemia, and sometimes ecchymoses in the brain, 
cord, and their membranes. Congestion of the retina is said, 
however, to be pathognomonic of belladonna poisoning. 

Administration. — The fluid extract of belladonna root is 
the official preparation more commonly used for horses. 
The alcoholic extract of the leaves is given in pill or suppo- 
sitory to dogs, and in electuary to horses. Atropine sul- 
phate is employed under the skin when a rapid effect is 
desired. 

Uses External. — Local application of belladonna is more 
effective when combined with internal medication of the 
same drug. Belladonna is the best remedy for mammitis, 
applied by massage in the form of liniment, and given by 
the mouth. It relaxes spasm, contracts the blood vessels, 
and lessens inflammation and congestion ; paralyzes the 
secretory nerves and so diminishes the amount of milk, 
vascular tension, pain and glandular activity. In fissure of 
the rectum, and in haemorrhoids, belladonna (with opium) 
in ointment or suppository, allays spasm and pain. Lini- 



38-4 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

ment of belladonna is useful in rheumatic or neuralgic pain, 
and rubbed upon the throat, in cases of pharyngitis and 
laryngitis, affords a serviceable application, when combined 
with the internal administration of the drug. 

Uses in Connection With the Eye. — In examination of the 
fundus of the eye, the media, or lens, for cataract, the pupil 
may be dilated to advantage with a weak solution (gr.gig^- 3 i.) 
of atropine sulphate. A drop will suffice, and no trace of 
its effect will remain after the second day, A strong solution 
(gr.iv.- 3 i.) is essential to completely paralyze the iris and 
ciliary muscle. In the normal animal, accommodation is 
paralyzed and vision disturbed for 8 or 12 days after the 
use of this solution. Atropine is particularly useful in 
keratitis and iritis. In the former disease, photophobia and 
blepharospasm are diminished by the paralyzing action of 
atropine upon the trigeminus, and pain, congestion and 
inflammation are diminished by contraction of the peri- 
pheral blood vessels. In central perforating ulcer of the 
cornea, with protrusion of the iris, atropine, by dilating 
the pupil, draws the iris away and prevents its permanent 
adhesion (anterior synechia) to the cornea, while the per- 
foration is becoming filled with lymph and the anterior 
chamber is being restored. Strong solutions of atropine 
instilled at frequent intervals, are useful in iritis by (1) 
paralyzing and securing rest of the iris and ciliary muscles; 
(2) in lessening local blood supply, congestion and inflam- 
mation, and in preventing adhesions of the posterior sur- 
faces of the iris to the anterior capsule of the lens (posterior 
synechise), which both limits the normal variation in the 
pupillary diameter and interferes with the nutrition of the 
lens, and so predispose to cataract. Atropine is contra- 
indicated in glaucoma. 

Uses Internal. — The general indications follow directly 
from our knowledge of the physiological action of the drug. 
They are as follows:— 1. To stimulate the respiration and 
circulation. 2. To diminish secretion. 3. To relieve spasm, 
and pain. 



USES OF BELLADONNA 385 

1. Acute diseases, as pneumouia, bronchitis, influenza, 
cerebro-spinal meningitis, etc., are frequently treated at the 
outset with belladonna, with the intent of cutting short the 
inflammatory process by producing general vascuhir con- 
traction. There does not seem to be sufficient physiological 
or clinical evidence to warrant this practice (except in pha- 
ryngitis and laryngitis), and there are other drugs (ergot) 
which accomplish the purpose, were it desirable, more effi- 
ciently. In the second stage of acute diseases, as pneu- 
monia, belladonna is a valuable agent in combination with 
strychnine, to stimulate respiration, prevent effusion and 
vasomotor and cardiac depression. Belladonna is of service 
also as a respiratory, cardiac and vasomotor stimulant 
in poisoning by various drugs, including opium, chloro- 
form, ether, aconite, prussic acid, physostigma and pilocar- 
pine. Kecent experiments by Reichert {Therapeutic MontJily, 
May, 1901) and others show that atropine, while stimulating 
the respiratory centre exerts a powerful depressing action 
on the pulmonic motor fibres of the vagi, and that in opium 
poisoning atropine, instead of strengthening, actually lessens, 
respiratory power. Strychnine undoubtedly is a much, 
better antidote in this condition. In surgical shock, with 
low temperature, owing to vasomotor paralysis and vascular 
dilatation, atropine is a most potent remedy, combined with 
digitalis. 

2. Belladonna is employed therapeutically to diminish 
excessive sweating and salivation, mercurial or otherwise. 
It is recommended in serous, or watery diarrhoea. (Edema. 
of the lungs is combated most successfully with atropine 
(combined with strychnine) subcutaneously. In the second 
stage of acute respiratory diseases, as bronchitis, influenza, 
canine distemper, and pneumonia, belladonna diminishes 
secretion, irritability and cough, and stimulates the heart 
and respiration. It may be associated with opium to in- 
crease the sedative effect. 

3. Belladonna does not have much influence over spasm 
of the voluntary muscles, unless injected (atropine) into their 



386 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

substance. Rheumatic lameness, and cramps and spasm 
due to injury of nerves, may be treated in tbis manner. 
Spasm of involuntary muscle is, however, more easily over- 
come, and this action is of exceeding therapeutic importance. 
Intestinal spasmodic colic of horses succumbs most readily 
when atropine is given with morphine under the skin. In 
peritonitis and enteritis, full and repeated doses of atropine, 
with morphine, assist in paralyzing the smooth muscular 
fibres of the intestines, and in quieting peristaltic move- 
ment. Paradoxical as it may seem, large doses of atropine 
have been recently used in human medicine, and with re- 
markably good results, in the treatment of intestinal ob- 
struction from impacted feces, and even in invagination and 
twist, on the assumption that the inhibitory splanchnic 
fibres of the gut are paralyzed by these large quantities 
given under the skin (see " Action on Muscles and Nerves "). 
Cough, stridulus breathing, and spasm, associated with 
acute pharyngitis and laryngitis, are influenced favorably by 
belladonna, in the first stage. The drug acts locally to 
paralyze the ends of the motor nerves in the throat, relieves 
spasm, and also contracts the peripheral vessels and over- 
comes congestion and inflammation. It may be given to 
horses in electuary, and also applied in liniment or oint- 
ment externally. The following prescription is suitable for 
horses suffering from pharyngitis or laryngitis. 

]^ 

Extract. Belladonnae Ead. Fl. § i. 

; Pulv. Potassii Chloratis §11. 

j Pulv. Glycyrrhizee § v. 

Syrupi Fusci Q. S. 

M. et f . electuarium. 

Sig. Give | ounce every two hours. (Furnish i ounce 
for sample dose.) 

In bronchitis and asthma, belladonna also allays spasm 
and lessens secretion, irritation and cough. Other spasmo- 
dic conditions benefited by belladonna are, "thumps," lead 
colic, spasm of the rectum owing to fissure or other causes. 



HYOSCYAMUS 387 

and incontinence of urine due to spasm of the neck of the 
"bladder. Palpitation of the heart is relieved by the sedative 
action of the mydriatic upon the unstriated cardiac muscle. 
Tetanus is favorably influenced by extract of belladonna 
given in electuary. In this section may be included the 
effect of small doses of belladonna in paralyzing the inhi- 
bitory (splanchnic) nerve terminations in the bowels, and 
thus assisting the action of peristaltic stimulants, as aloes 
and strychnine. Pills containing aloin (gr-l), extractum 
belladonnae alcoholicum foliorum (gr.g), and extractum cas- 
carse sagradse (gr.^), form a useful laxative combination in 
chronic constipation of dogs. 

Hyoscyamus. Hyoscyamus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Hyoscyami folia, B. P.; henbane, herba 
hyoscyarni, E. ; feuilles de jusquiame noire, Fr. ; bilsen- 
krant, G. 

The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscyamus niger 
Xiinne (nat. ord. solanaceae), collected from plants of the 
second year's growth. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to England, the Continent, and 
Asia, and naturalized in the northern part of the United 
^States. 

Description. — Leaves ovate, or ovate-oblong, up to 25 
<;m. long and 10 cm. broad ; sinuate-toothed ; the teeth large, 
oblong or triangular, grayish-green, and, particularly on the 
lower surface, glandular-hairy ; midrib prominent; flowers 
nearly sessile, with an urn-shaped, five-toothed calyx, and a 
light yellow, purple-veined corolla; odor heavy, narcotic; 
taste bitter and somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids : hyoscyamine Ci-H„gN O3, 
and hyoscine. The first resembles atropine in composition, 
and action. Impure, amorphous, commercial hyoscyamine 
is a dark-brown fluid and contains as its active principle 
mainly hyoscine. 

Incompatibility. — Incompatible with caustic alkalies and 



388 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

vegetable acids, lead acptate and silver nitrate. Hyoscyamus 
may be given in pill with the two latter mineral salts. 
Dose.—B.. & C, § ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., gr.v.-xv. C3-1.1 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Hyoscyavii. Extract of Hyoscyamus. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation to pilular consistency. \ 

Dose.— H. & C, gr.xx.- 3 i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

Extractum Hyoscyami Fluiduvi. Fluid Extract of Hyoscyamus. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration, percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of hyoscyamus. 

Dose.— H. & C, § ss.-i. (15..30.); D., niv.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Tinctura Hyoscyami. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Hyoscyamus, 150 ; diluted alcohol to make 1,000. Made by mace- 
ration and percolation. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.), 

The preparations of hyoscyamus are of rather uncertain strength. 
The dose is generally two to four times that of similar belladonna pre- 
parations. 

Succus Hyoscyami. Juice of Hyoscyamus. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as tincture. 



Hyoscyamin^ Sulphas. Hyoscyamine Sulphate. . 
(C,,H.3 N O3), H,S O, 

The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Derivation. — Hyoscyamine is derived from hyoscyamus 
seed. The latter are treated with ether to extract fat, and 
then distilled with alcohol and sulphuric acid. The liquid 
residue is neutralized with caustic soda and precipitated 
with tannic acid. The precipitate is mixed with lime and 
extracted with alcohol. The resulting alcoholic solution is 
first treated with sulphuric acid, then with caustic soda, and 



HYOSCAMINC niDnOS'.OMATE 389 

finally with etlier, -which dissolves the alkaloid. The latter 
is recovered by distillation. 

Properties. — White, indistinct crystals, or a white pow- 
der, without odor, and having a bitter, acrid taste. Deli- 
quescent in damp air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water, and 
in 2.5 parts of alcohol; very slightly soluble in ether or 
chloroform. 

Dose.—B.., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^- 3V (.001-.002). 

JEyoscyamin^ Hydrobromas. Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate. 
0^323^ O3H Br. (U. S. P.) 

The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Properties. — A yellowish-white, amorphous, resin-like 
mass, or prismatic crystals, having, particularly when damp, 
a tobacco-like odor, and an acrid, nauseous and bitter taste. 
Deliquescent on exposure to the air. Soluble in about 0.3 
part of water, 2 parts of alcohol, 3,000 parts of ether, or 250 
parts of chloroform. 

Do8e.—R., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^-gV (.001-.002). 

HYOSciNiE Hydrobromas. Hyoscine Hydrobromate. 
Ci^H^iN 0,H Br. (U. S. P. & B. P.) 

The hydrobromate of an alkaloid obtained from hyo- 
scyamus. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, rhombic crystals; 
odorless and having an acrid, slightly bitter taste. Peima- 
nent in the air. Soluble in 1.9 parts of water, and in 13 
parts of alcohol ; very slightly soluble in ether or chloro- 
form. 

Z>ose.-H.,gr.f I (.001-.015); jy^gv.^-^ (.0004-.0006). 

Action Internal. — The action of hyoscyamus is a resul- 
tant of that of its two alkaloids, hyoscine and hyoscyamine. 
The latter is practically atropine, except that its mydriatic 
action is shorter. Hyoscine, in poisonous doses, is a power- 



390 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

ful depressant to the cerebrum, respiratory centre, spinal 
reflex centres, and motor tract. It differs from atropine iu 
"being a cerebral sedative, and in its greater paralyzant 
action upon the spinal cord. The tetanic stage succeeding^ 
spinal paralysis, observed in atropine poisoning, does noti 
ensue with hyoscine. The latter alkaloid slightly depresses 
and slows the heart, and does not paralyze the vagus termi- 
nations, nor depress the motor and sensory nerves or 
muscles. The circulation is but slightly influenced, and 
vasomotor depression only occurs in the latter stage of 
lethal poisoning. Death occurs from paralysis of the respi- 
ratory centres. Poisoning in animals is exhibited by loss of 
muscular power, slowing and failure of respiration, dryness 
of the mouth, stupor and asphyxia. The pulse may be 
infrequent, the pupils are dilated and the skin is moist, 
rather than dry. Delirium and convulsions sometime.^ 
occur in man. The effect of the combined action of hyoscy- 
amine and hyoscine in hyoscyamus is shown when we com- 
pare the drug with belladonna. Hyoscyamus is more of a 
cerebral sedative and hypnotic, and less of a heart and 
respiratory stimulant. It is said to possess more power in 
overcoming spasm, and griping of cathartics, and in aiding 
intestinal movement. Hyoscyamus is also thought to exert 
a more pronounced antispasmodic action than belladonna 
upon the smooth muscles of the bladder and urethra. 

Uses. — Hyoscyamus is generally applicable in the same 
disorders for which belladonna is indicatecL In relieving 
some sorts of spasm, hyoscyamus is more efficient than 
"belladonna, as in spasmodic colic, spasm of the bladder, and 
griping caused by cathartics. Tetanus, chorea, and epilep- 
tic convulsions in dogs, are benefited by henbane, but the 
drug does not possess a curative action. Hyoscy amine may 
Tae combined to advantage with strychnine, subcutaneously, 
in impaction of the bowels in horses. The former drug 
depresses the inhibitory nerve endings (splanchnic), and 
assists the stimulant action of strychnine upon the intestinal 
muscle. Eepeated small doses of oil will facilitate peristal- 



INDIAN CANNABIS 391 

sis in this comlition. Hjoscine hydrobromate is indicated 
in spasmodic affections and in nervous and sexual excite- 
ment. It is a powerful drug and should be employed at the 
Qutset in small doses. To avoid contamination with hyo- 
scyamine is difl&cult, and the preparation of Merck is to be 
recommended. Hyoscine has not been employed to any 
extent in veterinary practice. It is used in human medicine 
as a hypnotic and sedative in mania and delirium of the 
insane. It causes no unpleasant after-effects. 

Cannabis Indica. Indian Cannabis. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The flowering tops of the female plant of the Cannabis 
sativa Linne (nat. ord. urticacere), grown in the East Indies. 

Synonym. — Indian hemp, E.; chanvre indien, Fr.; indi- 
scher hanf, G.; herba cannabis indicse, P. G. 

Haschisch is a confection of the drug. Arabian habi- 
tues of this preparation are frequently impelled by its 
influence to deeds of violence. They are called "hascha- 
schins"; hence the English, assassins. Gunjab, or gauga, is 
the dried plant used in India for smoking. Churrus is the 
resin and epidermis scraped off the leaves. Bhang consists 
of the young leaves, flowering and fruiting tops and resin 
resulting from the first season's growth. 

Habitat. — The official cannabis is indigenous to Asia, 
but the common hemp plant (Cannabis sativa) grows in 
America and many other parts of the world. 

Description. — Branching, compressed, brittle, about 5 
cm. or more long, with a few digitate leaves, having linear- 
lanceolate leaflets, and numerous, sheathing, pointed bracts, 
each containing two small pistillate flowers, sometimes with 
the nearly ripe fruit ; the whole more or less agglutinated 
with a resinous exudation. It has a brownish-green color, 
a peculiar narcotic odor, and a slightly acrid taste. 

Incompatibility. — Water precipitates the active resinous 
principles. Lemon juice and other vegetable acids are the 
most efficient antidotes. 



392 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



Constituents. — Resins, including : (1) cainiabiu and (2) 
cannabinon ; the first is stated to be very active ; (3) teta- 
iiocaunabine (in which is contained a substance, choline, 
C5H15N OJ, and, with alkalies, forms (4) cannabine. None 
of these substances is a practical substitute for the crude 
drug. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Uxtractum Cannabis Indicce, Extract of Indian Cannabis. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and by evapora- 
tion to a pilular consistence. 

Dose.—H.., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.J^-i. (.015-.06). 

Extractum Cannabis Indicce. Fluidum. 

Fluid Extract of Indian Cannabis. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation. The alcohol is distilled off 

from the last part of the percolate, and the residue is dissolved in the 

first part (700 Cc), and enough alcohol is added to make 1 Cc. of the 

fluid extract equal 1 gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—R., 3iv.-vi. (16.-24.); D., ttiU.-x. (.12-.6). 
Administration. — The extract is given in ball, pill, electuary or 
suppository ; or the fluid preparations may be used. 

Tinctura Cannabis Indicce. Tincture of Indian Cannabis. 
(U.S. &B. P.) 

Indian cannabis, 150; alcohol to make 1,000 Cc. Made by macera- 
tion and percolation. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.—Y)., mxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.). 

Action External. — Cannabis indica exerts a considerable 
irritant action when applied to mucous membranes. This 
is followed by local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — Indian hemp is a distinct depressant 
to the functions of the brain and cord in poisonous doses, 
although therapeutically stimulating these organs in small 
quantities, and producing in man a kind of intoxication and 
mild delirium. The reflex activity of the spinal cord is 
primarily increased, but this is succeeded by diminution of 
reflex movement, and, after large doses, by anaesthesia and 
loss of voluntary motion. The sensory tract (centres and 



INDIAN CANNABIS 393 

nerves) is depressed by considerable therapeutic doses. 
Our knowledge of tbe detailed physiological action of the 
drug is imperfect. The action of cannabis comes on slowly 
and continues for a long time. A horse receiving, under the 
direction of the writer, at the Harvard Veterinary Hospital, 
5 ounce of the solid extract, became drowsy. Sleep after a 
iew hours deepened into stupor, and stupor into coma. 
The respiration became slow, the pulse slightly accelerated, 
and the animal so anaesthetic that amputation of the penis 
was done on the following day without producing the slight- 
est pain or struggling. The animal had to be supported ia 
slings, and only recovered after three days. Frequently 
neither constipation, anorexia, or other deleterious after- 
effects follow the action of this drug. 

The following are extracts from experiments of Muir* 
with cannabis indica : 

Gelding, 8 years old ; condition poor. Gave two doses of fluid 
extract (Park & Davis, normal liquid) undiluted of 12.5 cc. each (about 
3 drachms) intra jugularly, twenty minutes apart. Became rapidly 
nervous and excitable, increased by sounds or touch. In half an hour 
from first dose he became sleepy and stupid. A third dose of 15 cc. 
(1^ ounce) was injected into the jugular about an hour after the first 
and caused sweating and a sleepy condition, in which the animal jerked 
and twitched his head as if dreaming. The temperature dropped to 
•96° F., and the sleepy state, alternating with excitement when annoyed, 
lasted three hours, when delirium supervened and continued for six 
hours, at which time all the symptoms disappeared. 

Pony, 575 pounds; condition fair. Received 15 cc, (% ounce) of 
the fluid extract intravenously. In two minutes became delirious .- in 
ten minutes was asleep against stall. In half an hour fell to floor and 
slept there for eighteen hours and could not be aroused. Temperature 
fell to 92 5* F. Respiration regular ; pulse from 43 to 30 during 
experiment. 

Gelding. 1050 pounds ; in good condition. Given 45 cc. of fluid 
extract intravenously. In three minutes rearing, kicking, snorting 
a. id going on like one mad. He ran back and forth along one side of 
his stall like a caged tiger with sweat rolling off him and cutting and 
bruising himself, being apparently anesthetic. He endeavored to bite 



* Jour. Comp, Med, and Vet. Archives, April and May, 1900. 



39|4; VEGETABLE DRUGS 

or strike anyone approaching and remained delirious and excitable for 
twelve to twenty-four hours. 

Gelding, 650 pounds. 30 cc. of fluid extract injected into jugular. 
In four minutes became unsteady ; in twelve minutes he was asleep ; 
in half an hour he fell and so slept for eighteen hours. Temperature 
dropped to 91.8^ F. from normal; the pulse was accelerated and th» 
respiration slightly so. 

Muir deduces from liis experiments that as much as 
50 cc. ( 3 iss.) of the fluid extract may be given with safety 
ilitravenously. 

In the human being, cannabis induces very peculiar 
mental phenomena, including hallucinations, a sense of 
double consciousness, and great prolongation of time, so 
that minutes are drawn out into hours, and hours into days. 
Sometimes sexual excitement, exaltation, and hilariousness 
are exhibited ; at other times a dreadful premonition of im- 
pending death seizes the human subject. The drug is not 
fatal, except in colossal doses, but the effects may appear 
alarming. Intrajugular injection into a small dog, of five 
drachms of the fluid extract (10 minims of which proved 
active in man ) only caused death after several hours 
(Hare). Preparations of Indian hemp vary greatly in 
strength, many being entirely inert, and this fact constitutes 
one of the principal objections to its use. The practitioner 
is recommended to experiment until he secures a reliable 
preparation, and use no other thereafter. 

Uses. — Cannabis is indicated for the relief of: 1, pain; 
2, spasm; 3, nervous irritability. It is not comparable to 
morphine as an analgesic, on account of the uncertainty and 
slowness of its action, and because anaesthesia is only pro- 
duced by an unwarrantably large dose. It is only superior 
to opium in not causing constipation, anorexia and indiges- 
tion, and is therefore sometimes given in colic to horses, 
for the relief of pain and spasm. The permanency of the 
action of Indian hemp suggests its use in conditions of long 
continued pain or spasui. In thirty-five cases of tetanus 
in the human being, treated with cannabis, twenty-one 
recovered and fourteen died. The results reported in veter- 



CAFFEINE 395- 

inary practice have been almost as favorable ; over half th& 
cases have recovered when subjected to this medication. 
Medication has, however, usually very little influence in 
tetanus. Recovery appears to be largely a matter of chance, 
even with antitoxin. Cannabis Indica is occasionally em- 
ployed as a sedative for irritable cough, and to relieve th© 
spasms of chorea. 

Caffeina. Caffeine. C,HioN,0, + HjO. 

(V. S. & B. P.) 

/S'.ynow?/?^.— Theine, guaranine, E.; coffein, G.; cafeine,Fr. 

A feebly basic, proximate principle, obtained from the 
dried leaves of Thea sinensis Linne (nat. ord. ternstroemia- 
ceae), or from the dried seeds of Coffea arabica Linne (nat. 
ord. rubiacesB), and found also in other plants. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to Africa, and cultivated in other 
tropical countries. 

Derivation. — Crushed coffee is treated with successive 
portions of boiling water, and the resulting solution is 
precipitated with lead acetate and filtered. Hydrogen sul- 
phide decomposes the excess of lead acetate remaining in 
the filtrate. The latter is then concentrated by evaporation 
and neutralized with ammonia water. Caffeine crjstallizes- 
on cooling. The alkaloid is purified by charcoal and recrys- 
tallization. 

Properties. — Fleecy masses of long, flexible, white crys- 
tals, possessing a silky lustre, without odor, having a bitter 
taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 80 parts of 
water, 33 parts of alcohol, 555 parts of -ether, or 7 parts of 
chloroform. Also soluble in about 2 parts of boiling water, 
and very soluble in boiling alcohol. Caffeine is neutral to- 
litmus paper. Caffeine exists, curiously enough, as the 
active principle of the national non-alcoholic beverages in 
use all over the world. Coffee contains .6-2.2 per cent, of 
caffeine, together with glucose, fat, vegetable casein, tannie 
acid, and an empyreumatic oil developed by roasting, i. e.f 



WG 



VEGETABLE DEUOS 



caffeone. Tea contains 1.36-3. per cent, of caffeine, or tlieine, 
and also a volatile oil and tannic acid. Gnarana (the seeds' 
of Paullinia cupana) contains 4 tc 5 per cent, of caffeine; 
mate, or Paraguay tea (the leaves of Ilex paraguayensis), 
contains .45-1.2 per cent. Caffeine is found in kola nut (the' 
fruit of Sterculia acuminata), used as a beverage in Africa, 
and now as a nervous stimulant in human medicine, and is' 
allied to theobromine, occuring in chocolate beans, and to 
€0caine, existing in coca leaves. 

Incompatibility. — Caffeine is incompatible with mercury 
salts, potassium iodide and tannic acid. 

Dose.—lI., gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2), accord- 
ing to size. 



Caffeina Citrata. Citrated Caffeine. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Dissolve citric acid (50) in hot, distilled 
Aiv^ater ; iadd caffeine (50) and evaporate the resulting solu- 
■tion, on a water bath, to dryness, constantly stirring towards 
the end of the operation. Eeduce the product to a fine 
powder and transfer it to well-closed bottles. 

Properties. — A white powder, odorless, having a purely 
acid taste and acid reaction. One part of citrated caffeine 
forms a clear, syrupy solution, with about 3 parts of water. 
Upon dilution with water this yields a white precipitate 
(caffeine), which redissolves when about 25 parts of water 
have been added. It is also soluble in a mixture of two 
volumes of chloroform and 1 volume of ether. 

Dose.—B.., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.i.-vi. (.06-.36). 

Action Internal. — Caffeine has no particular action upon 
the digestive tract, except in large quantities, when it may 
xjause gastro-intestinal irritation. The effect of caffeine and 
raw coffee is identical, but when the latter is roasted, aroma- 
tic oils, or an empyreumatic oil, are developed (caffeone). 
It is impossible to separate completely the action of caffeine 
from caffeone in boiled coffee. Recent investigations appear, 
to show that the oil (caffeone), of which there is from one to 



CAFFEINE 397 

one-lialf draclim in a cup of the beverage, has no physiolo- 
gical action except to disturb digestion and cause bilious- 
ness. This result is not in accord with the general belief^ 
and it is probable that caffeone possesses a transient action 
in stimulating intestinal peristalsis, the cerebral functions^ 
and in lessening vascular tension. 

Circulation. — Caffeine increases blood pressure by mak- 
ing the heart beat more forcibly and rapidly. The systolic 
contractions are longer and stronger. Experimental evi- 
dence concerning the physiological details of its action upon 
the heart is contradictory. The vasomotor centres are not 
iufliienced by the drug except in poisoning, when both the- 
heart muscle and vasomotor system are depressed, and the 
heart stops in diastole after cessation of respiration. 

J^Iervous System. — Caffeine is a certain and direct stimu- 
lant to the cerebral cortex. It produces wakefulness and 
restlessness, and stimulates the reasoning and imaginative 
faculties in man. In the lower animals caffeine often causes, 
the most intense cerebral excitement and mania in large 
doses. The alkaloid also stimulates the spinal motor area> 
and toxic quantities produce restlessness, increased reflex 
excitability and convulsions in the lower animals. It is ■ 
undetermined whether the convulsions are of cerebral or 
spinal origin. The motor and sensory nerves are unaffected 
by medicinal doses. Alcohol and opium stimulate the brain,, 
but do so incoordinately. This is net the case with caffeine. 

Kidneys. — The kidneys primarily contract for two or 
three minutes with corresponding diminution in the flow of 
urine, after the subcutaneous injection of small doses of 
caffeine. This effect is independent of the general vascular 
condition, and is followed by an increase in the volume of 
the kidneys, with accompanying augmentation of the urinary 
secretion, as shown by experiments with Roy's oncometer. 
The renal cells are directly stimulated. The drug is there- 
fore a local diuretic and one of the most efficient and 
powerful. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not affected to any 



393 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

considerable extent by caffeine, save by toxic doses, wliea 
it is depressed. 

Metabolism. — The action of caffeine (and coffee) upon 
tissue cliange is inconstant. Sometimes it restrains nitro- 
genous consumption with corresponding diminution of urea 
elimination. Caffeine is entirely decomposed in the body, 
unless ingested in large quantities, when it is eliminated in 
part in the urine. 

Toxicology. — Caffeine is a spinal and muscle poison to 
the frog. Tetanic convulsions occur in the batrachian 
similar to those produced by strychnine, but there is also 
muscular rigidity. These phenomena follow the direct 
stimulation of the spinal motor tract and muscles, and are 
succeeded by paresis. In man, stimulation of the cerebral 
cortex occurs, while both stimulation of the brain and cord 
are observed in the domestic animals. The symptoms of 
poisoning in dogs, cats and mammals generally, are restless- 
ness, occasionally vomiting in dogs, rapid breathing, primary 
reduction followed by rise in temperature, clonic or tonic 
convulsions, muscular weakness, and general paresis. Death 
occurs from respiratory failure. The minimum fatal dose 
is about 1 gr. to 1 lb. of live weight in the cat. 

Administration. — Caffeine and its ordinary salts are 
decomposed by water and therefore should not be given 
subcutaneously. The alkaloid is best administered in solu- 
tion with sodium salicylate, or benzoate, for use under the 
skin as follows : — ' 

Caffeinae gr.xl. 

Sodii salicylatis gr.xxx. 

Aquae 3 i. 

M. 

S. Give fifteen drops hypodermically to horse. 
Three drops to dog. 

or: — 

Caff einae 

Sodii benzoinatis aa gr.xv. 

Aqua3 TTixlv. 

M. 

S. Give one-half, under the skin, to horse. 



CAFFLINE 89^ 

The soluble citrate may be given internally, but it is 
not a definite or reliable preparation, and inferior to caffeine, 
which may be administered in solution with a little citric 
^cid, or as above. 

Uses. — Three indications for the use of caffeine may be 
deduced from our knowledge of its physiological action. 
1. To stimulate the brain. 2. To stimulate the heart. 
3. To cause diuresis. 

1. Its application as a cerebral stimulant is very limited 
in veterinary medicine. It acts thus as an antidote to opium 
poisoning. One and a half grains of caffeiue will save cats 
poisoned by the minimum fatal dose (gr.l|) of morphine. 

2. Caffeine possesses particular value in the treatment 
of dropsy of cardiac origin in dogs, because of its diuretic 
action, as well as stimulant effect upon the heart. The 
therapeutic indications are much the same as for digitalis, 
but caffeine differs from digitalis in the following particulars : 

Does not prolong diastole. Is not cumulative. 

Does not slow the heart. More transient in its effect. 

Nor regulate the heart. 

Caffeine, in combination with acetanilid and other 
modern coal tar products, is useful in preventing their 
depressing action upon the heart. Furthermore, caffeine, 
tea and coffee are serviceable in the treatment of acute 
asthenic diseases in the horse (influenza), dog (distemper), 
and in foals and calves, acting as nervous and cardiac stimu- 
lants and perhaps restraining tissue waste. 

3. The diuretic property of caffeine renders it appro- 
priate in aiding the absorption of pleuritic effusion, ascites, 
and dropsies, particularly of cardiac and renal origin, and 
in the hepatic form as well. 



400 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

SECTION II.— DRUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAIi 

CORD. 

Class 1. — Stimulating the Inferior Cornua. 

Nux Vomica. Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Semen nucis TOU)ic9e, poison nut, Quaker 
button, E.; noix vomique, Fr.; krahen-augen, brechnuss, G. 

The seed of Strychnos nux-vomica Linne (uat. ord. 
Loganiacese). 

Description. — About 25 mm. in diameter, orbicular, 
grayish, or greenish-gray, soft, hairy, of a silky lustre, with 
a slight ridge extending from the centre of one side to the 
edge ; iuternally horny, somewhat translucent, very tough, 
with a large circular cavity into which the heart-shaped, 
nerved cotyledons project. It is inodorous and persistently 
bitter. 

Constituents. — Two alkaloids. 1. Strychnine, 0.2-0.6 per 
cent. 2. Brucine (CogH^eNoOJ, 0.5-1.0 per cent. Similar in 
action to strychnine, but weaker and slower. Both alkaloids 
exist in combination with igasuric acid. Brucine occurs in 
Tectangular octohedral crystals ; is soluble in alcohol, in 
7 parts of chloroform, and possesses a bitter taste. With 
sulphuric and nitric acids a beautiful blood-red color is 
developed. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6); 
Sw., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Nucis Vomicce. Extract of Nux Vomica. (U. S, & B. P.) 
Made by maceration with alcohol, water and acetic acid; percola- 
tion with alcohol and water; distillation to remove alcohol, and evapo- 
ration. The liquid extract is treated with ether, and sufficient sugar of 
milk is added to make the content of alkaloids equal to 15 per cent, of 
of the dry extract. (U. S. P. ) 

Dose.— H. & C, gr.vii.-xv. (.5-1.); Sh., gr.ii.ss.-v. (.15-.3); Sw.^, 
gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.J-i (-OOS-.OIB). 



STRYCHNINE 



401 



Extractum Nucis Vomicce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Nux Nomica. 

(U.S. P.) 
Made by digestion and percolation with alcohol, water and acetic 
acid. The alcohol is distilled off and the solution evaporated. Alcohol 
and water are added so that 100 Cc. of the fluid extract shall contain 
Gm. 1.5 of total alkaloids. 

Dose.— H. &C., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh., mxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); Sw., nx.- 
XX. (.6-1.3); D., mi.-ii. (.06-.12). 

Tinctura Nucis Vomicce. Ticture of Nux Vomica. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by solution of the extract of nux vomica, 20, in alcohol, and 
water to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose,— D., mv.-x. (.3-.6). 



Strychnina. Strychnine. C,, H.,, N, O,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

An alkaloid obtained from nux vomica, and also obtain- 
able from other plants of the natural order Loganiaceas. 

Derivation. — Nux vomica seeds are powdered and 
strychnine is extracted with water acidulated with hydro- 
chloric acid. The solution is concentrated and strychnine 
precipitated with lime. It is then redissolved in boiling; 
alcohol and the crystals are deposited upon concentration 
of the solution. 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent, octohedral, or pris- 
matic crystals, or a white, crystalline powder; odorless, and 
having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in even highly 
dilute ( 1 in 700,000 ) solution. Permanent in the air. 
Soluble in 6,700 parts of water, and in 110 ])arts of alcohol; 
in 2,500 parts of boiling water, and in 12 parts of boiling 
alcohol ; also soluble in 7 parts of chloroform, but almost 
insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, leaving 
no residue. No coloration is produced with nitric or sul- 
phuric acid, but a drop of the latter and a grain of potassium 
bichromate, added to a crystal of strychnine upon a porce- 
lain plate, yields a beautiful violet, changing into purplish- 
red and cherry-red, and finally to oraage or yellow. 

Dose. — Same as strychnine sulphate or nitrate (minimum 
quantities), which are preferable on account of their greater 
solubility. 



402 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Strychnine Sulphas. Strychnine Sulphate. 

(C,,H,,N,0,), H,S O, + 5 H,0. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid on 
strychnine. 

Properties. — Colorless, or white, prismatic crystals, odor- 
less, and having an intensely bitter taste, perceptible in 
highly dilute (1 in 700,000) solution. Efflorescent in dry air. 
Soluble in 50 parts of water and in 109 parts of alcohol ; 2 
parts of boiling water and in 8.5 parts of boiling alcohol. 
Almost insoluble in ether. Upon ignition, it is consumed, 
leaving no residue. On adding potassium or sodium hydrate 
to an aqueous solution of the salt, a white precipitate is 
thrown down, which should conform to the test for strych- 
nine. 

Dose.—B.., gr.ss.-i.ss. (.03-.09); C, gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18); Sh., 
gr.M (.015-.03); D., gr.^-^V (.0005-.0015). 

The dose of strychnine should be proportioned to the 
weight in the case of all animals, but more particularly dogs. 
Otherwise, convulsive attacks or a fatal result may occur. 
The dose can be accurately determined, according to Feser, 
by the following data : 

Dose per kilo (2 lbs. 3 oz. 119.9 gr. avoirdupois) live vreight. 

Horse, sheep and cattle 0001-.0003 (gr.g^-3^0) 

Swine 0002-.0003 (gv.^ho-ihs) 

Dogs 0001 (gr.e^o) 

In accordance with the foregoing figures, dose for 

A horse weighing 1,000 lbs. is .045-. 09 {gr.%-\%) 
A dog " 100 " " .0045 (gr.Jg) 

" " " 50 " " .00325 (gr.Jg) 

" " " 25 " " .00112 (gr.Jj) 

" " «' 10 " " .00045 (gr.yi^) 

Moreover, these doses may be given every three hours 
without producing poisoning by their cumulative action. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing figures, caution should be 
exercised in prescribing strychnine to dogs, as these animals 



STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 403 

appear sometimes extremely susceptible to strychnine, and 
it is therefore advisable to begin with a minimum dose 
(g^-Txo) i^ small animals. 

The dose of one grain should not be ordinarily exceeded 
in the case of horses, as one and one-half grains proved fatal 
in an exceptional case. If animals are depressed by disease 
or shock, they will often bear much larger doses than could 
ordinarily be administered with safety. 

Action External. — Strychnine is a powerful antiseptic, 
but is of no practical value on account of its poisonous pro- 
perties. Brucine is a local anaesthetic. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Strychnine and nux 
vomica act as bitter stomachics in increasing vascularity, 
appetite, gastric secretion and motion. In addition to this 
they improve the local tone of the alimentary canal ; prob- 
ably by exciting the various spinal centres. Strychnine 
also stimulates the intestinal muscular tunic and therefore 
increases peristaltic action. 

Circulation. — Strychnine excites the heart muscle and 
motor ganglia, and thus makes the cardiac pulsations more 
forcible. Large doses diminish the frequency of the frog's 
heart, and produce diastolic pauses. Blood tension is 
heightened by medicinal doses, through stimulation of the 
ipaedullary vasomotor centres. Toxic quantities cause vaso- 
motor paralysis and fall of arterial tension. Experiments 
conducted with blood (Harley) containing strychnine, shaken 
with air for 24 hours, resulted in the blood yielding about 
one-third more oxygen and one-half less carbonic dioxide, 
than blood, minus strychnine, similarly treated. Harley 
concluded that strychnine arrests oxidation in the body, 
but there is no physiological evidence that such is the case 
in life. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — Strychnine is essentially 
a spinal stimulant. Many ingenious experiments conclu- 
sively prove that the principal effect of strychnine (convul- 
sions) is produced by direct stimulation of the cells of the 
inferior cornua. The alkaloid also appears to cause dilata- 
tion of the arterioles in the spinal cord. 



404 



VEGETABLE DRUGS 



Two experiments only may be presented. The first 
proves that the action of strychnine in producing convul- 
sions is of spinal origin; the second that the alkaloid acts 
upon the inferior cornua. 

1. When strychnine is placed directly upon the spinal 
cord of a frog, after the blood has been withdrawn from the 
body, and allowed to diffuse through its substMnce, convul- 
sions occur. These are limited, at first, to those muscles 
(vhose nerves have their insertion nearest the point of 
application of the poison, and then they progress as the 
ailkaloid continues its path of absorption through the cord. 

2. When every part of a frog below the second cervical 
Tertebra has been removed, save the nerves, muscles and 
bones, and the inferior cornua be cut under the third cervi- 
cal vertebra and the tissues entirely separated, so that the 
fore part of the frog is connected with the hind part only by 
the superior columns, then strychnine dropped in the mouth 
produces tetanic spasm solely in the fore legs. This shows 
that the cells of the inferior columns only were those affected. 
Furthermore, it is probable that other centres of the entire 
spinal tract, including the medulla, are stimulated to a less 
degree. Thus the respiratory centres, the vasomotor centres, 
as well as the reflex and trophic centres, are excited ; but 
the medullary cardiac centre is but slightly, if at all, affected 
by moderate doses. The cerebrum is not influenced by the 
drug, as consciousness is retained throughout the period of 
poisoning until asphyxia supervenes. The muscles and sen- 
sory nerves are unaffected by any dose of strychnine. But 
the motor nerves are paralyzed at once by enormous doses of 
the alkaloid ; or are paralyzed in the later stages of poisoning 
by less amovints. Therefore, convulsions do not appear at 
all, or cease when this condition is reached. An experiment 
performed upon a frog, poisoned with strychnine, in which 
all the tissues of one hind leg were previously ligated, except 
the sciatic nerve, showed that stimulation of the intact leg 
caused spasms only of the ligated leg, since in the latter 

. the motor nerve fibres had not been reached by the drue 



STEYCHNINE SULPHATE 405> 

(because of the ligation), and therefore were not paralyzed' 
as were those in the limb left iutact. 

Respiration. — It is probable that strychnine, in thera- 
peutic doses, is the most reliable and powerful respiratory 
stimulant at our command. The breathing is quickened and 
deepened by the stimulating action of the alkaloid on the 
medullary respiratory centres. 

OiY/ans of Special Sense. — The eye-sight and hearing are 
rendered more acute by strychnine. 

Elimination. — Strychnine escapes to some extent un- 
changed in the urine, while a portion of it is converted into 
strychnic acid. The alkaloid' is found in the urine within 
half an hour of its ingestion, and is said to be entirely elim- 
inated within forty-eight hours. Strychnine is one of the 
drugs that is supposed to possess a cumulative action, i. e., 
which exhibits sudden and powerful effects after its con- 
tinuous administration. This is said to be due to the fact 
that it is not eliminated as rapidly as it is ingested, owing 
to contraction of the renal vessels, and that it accumulates 
in the spinal cord. The cumulative effect is not seen when 
the drug is given subcutaneously; on the contrary, the sys- 
tem becomes so habituated to it that ordinarily poisonous 
doses can then be given with safety. Therefore, when a 
cumulative action is observed, it is probably owing to 
delayed absorption. 

Administration. — For tonic purposes, strychnine may be 
given to dogs in pills or tablets, and to horses in solution 
dropped on the tongue. Nux vomica is given to horses upon 
the food in the form of powder, or in fluid extract upon the 
tongue; while the tincture is more appropriate for dogs. 
"When large doses of strychnine are used, or an immediate 
action is desired in acute diseases and emergencies, the 
alkaloid should be given under the skin. 

Toxicology. — One-twentieth of a grain of strychnine 
nitrate, injected subcutaneously by the writer into a dog 
weighing 25 lbs., caused uneasiness and excitement, with 
protrusion of the eye-balls, and in the space of ten minutes^ 



406 



VEGETABLE DKUGS 



tetanic convulsions. The breathing was shallow and almost 
imperceptible, the pulse rapid and irregular, the lips were 
covered with foam, the tail was stiff and extended, the ears 
laid back, and there was general muscular rigidity, the 
animal lying on his side in a state of opisthotonos. This 
condition lasted about three minutes, and was fo/lowed by a 
period of relaxation. But the slightest noise or irritation of 
the skin brought on convulsions. The convulsions became 
less frequent and violent, and ceased altogether within half 
an hour. The same animal was given gr.^ij of tli-.i alkaloid 
on the following day, but without producing any appreciable 
result. One-tenth of a grain, given on another day and in 
the same manner, caused immediate uneasiness and restless- 
ness, and in ten minutes induced a severe convulsion, lasting 
for three minutes, iu which the animal was so rigid that he 
could be lifted bodily without bending. The ears were 
drawn back, the limbs were extended and stiff, the tail was 
straight and rigid, and there was twitching of the muscles 
of the jaw and limbs. The corners of the mouth were drawn 
back (risus sardonicus), the mouth was covered with foam, 
and there was some trismus. The breathing was nearly 
suppressed, owing to tetanic spasm of the respiratory 
muscles. Following this convulsion, the jaw dropped, the 
muscles relaxed and another attack could not be produced 
by noises or external irritation. Some twitching of the 
temporal muscles persisted. Evidently the second stage of 
poisoning had ensued, and the motor nerves and cells of the 
inferior cornua had become paralyzed. Death occurred in 
general paralysis within half an hour, and without any^ 
recurrence of convulsions or tetanic condition. Death takes, 
place more commonly in strychnine poisoning from asphyxia^ 
during a convulsion, and is caused by spasm of the respira- 
tory muscles, or, more rarely, by spasm of the glottis^ 
Sometimes a fatal result ensues from exhaustion, between 
the paroxysm, and occasionally death appears to follow the 
intense action on the nervous system, and depression of the 
,lieart. 



STRYCHNINE SULPHATE 407 

The lethal dose for dogs has been set at gr-i-gv-^ 
(Kaufmann). This is much too large, as evidenced by the 
experiment mentioned above. The fatal amount varies 
greatly in accordance with the weight of an animal ; probably 
less than gr.irV would kill toy terriers, and cases are reported 
where they have been destroyed by gr.^ of the alkaloid. 
The therapeutic dose should therefore be proportioned as 
advised, to the weight of the animal. Five to eight grains 
of nux vomica will kill dogs. 

The minimum fatal dose of strychnine for man is one- 
half a grain. Usually four to seven grains constitute a 
lethal quantity, but recovery has ensued following the inges- 
tion of 22 grains, after a full meal. 

Horses. — The toxic symptoms in horses resemble those 
already described in the dog. They do not appear for some 
time (20 minutes to 6 hours), depending on the rapidity of 
absorption when the drug is swallowed, and include excite- 
ment, muscular spasm and convulsions, increased frequency 
of the pulse, aud difficult respiration. Death occurs in con- 
vulsions or in the interim between them. The minimum 
fatal dose of strychnine, when given under the skin, is about 
1^ to 3 grains, and when swallowed, 3 to 5 grains of the 
alkaloid, or 1 to 2 ounces of nux vomica. 

Cattle are similarly affected with horses and dogs. 
There are exhibited muscular spasms, frequent pulse, diffi- 
cult respiration, sensitiveness to light, sounds and external 
stimuli, protrusion of the eye-balls and convulsions. The 
fatal dose, by the month, varies greatly owing to difficulty 
of absorption in the complicated and capacious digestive 
apparatus of these ruminants. This is true of all medicines. 
When given under the skiu, the lethal dose is a little larger 
than that for horses. The fatal dose for swine is said to be 
from gr.|^-gr.|. Chickens are comparatively insusceptible; 
also guinea pigs and some monkeys. 

Strychnine poisoning differs from tetanus in the fact 
that muscular rigidity is continuous in the latter, but disan- 
pears to a considerable degree, if not completely, in the 



408.^ TEGETABLE DRUGS 

periods between the convulsious, in the case of strychn'ne 
poisoning. Moreover, in tetanus the body and limbs are 
less, and the jaw more affected ; while in strychnine poison- 
ing the condition is reversed. 

Treatment. — The treatment embraces the use of chemical 
antidotes, as iodine or its salts, or tannic acid ; animal char- 
coal and emetics or the stomach tube, before absorption has 
occurred. The best physiological antidote is chloral in 
large doses per rectum. Chloroform and nitrite of amyi 
may also be given by inhalation, and quiet and rest enforced. 
Artificial respiration is of no service on account of the mus- 
cular spasms, unless air be forcibly driven into the trachea 
through a canula. Calabar bean and gelsemium both 
depress the inferior cornua, but neither are of much value 
in strychnine poisoning. 

Post-Mortem Appearances. — These are simply those of 
asphyxia, with the usual congestive lesions and dark fluid 
blood, except that sometimes spinal hypersemia is ob- 
served. 

Uses Internal. — The indications for the employment of 
strychnine may be directly deduced from its physiological 
actions. The indications are as follows : 

1. To stimulate the heart and respiration. 

2. To stimulate the spinal cord ; more particularly the 
motor cells of the inferior cornua. 

3. To stimulate appetite, digestion, and intestinal peri- 
stalsis in atonic conditions. 

1. Strychnine is the best remedy we can employ to 
stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous system, and to 
promote appetite and digestion in acute diseases. No better 
drug can be used in the treatment of pneumonia and influ- 
enza in horses. Strychnine should not be usod continuously, 
but only to bridge over a period of weakness or collapse. 
It may be combined in the first stages of pneumonia with, 
nitrites, as spirit of nitrous ether, or nitroglycerin. The 
latter dilate arterioles, equalize the circulation by prevent- 
ing venous stasis, and engorgement of the right heart; while 



STRYCHNINE POISONING 409) 

strychnine is preferable to digitalis as a heart stimulant, 
because it does not so poweriuily contract the arterioles. . 
Strychnine is useful in influenza by counteracting nervous 
depression and improving the appetite and digestion. In 
collapse and shock, following surgical operations, or in ether 
and chloroform poisoning, strychnine is invaluable as a 
cardiac and respiratory stimulant, given in large doses 
«ubcutaneoiisly. In chronic heart disease, strychnine is a 
useful remedy. The alkaloid has proved extremely service- 
able in chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and in that combi- 
nation of these disorders, often associated with asthma and 
known as "broken wind" or "heaves," in horses. 

The beneficial effect in these diseases is explained by 
the stimulating action of the drug on the respiratory centres, 
and the favorable influence exerted on digestion. 

2. In mild cases of chorea in dogs, strychnine is pre- 
scribed to advantage with Fowler's solution. In accordance 
"with its physiological action, strychnine is indicated in 
"various paralyses of spinal origin, but should not be used 
Tvhere there is irritation or inflammation of the spinal motor 
tract. It is employed in hemiplegia and paraplegia, result- 
ing from lisemorrhage, after the lapse of several weeks, when 
irritation produced by the clot has passed away. Strychnine 
is said to be efficacious in the after-treatment of cerebro- 
spinal meningitis of horses, and also in the paraplegia of cattle 
(from parturient fever), and that of dogs resulting from various 
iiud often undiscovered causes. Strychnine is serviceable 
in the paralysis of lead poisoning, and in that form caused 
l>y traumatism or toxaemia following influenza, distemper in 
<logs, and rheumatism. When injected into the muscular 
tissue, the alkaloid is believed to stimulate the peripheral 
uerves and muscular fibres, and is employed with benefit in 
localized paralyses affecting groups of muscles before atro- 
phy has occurred, as in "roaring" in horses. 

Either retention or incontinence of urine, resulting from 
atony or paralysis of the bladder, may be relieved by strych-. 
nine ; also prolapse of the rectum induced by similar causes. 



410 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Strychnine has proved cnrative in some cases of amaurosis^ 
when injected in the region of the temple. 

3. Strychnine or nux vomica, associated with iron and 
arsenic, form the most generally satisfactory tonic combina- 
tion for the horse and dog, particularly with reference ta 
the digestion. Atonic forms of indigestion and constipation, 
the accompaniments of anaemia, are those amenable to the 
influence of the drug, which stimulates peristalsis, and there- 
fore hinders fermentation, prevents relaxation, and so over- 
secretion from loss of vascular tone. 

Strychnine is a valuable remedy in overloaded rumen 
and chronic tymi)rinitis of cattle ; or in overloaded and im- 
pacted large intestines of the horse. It should be given, 
subcutaneously in these conditions, and trequently in com- 
bination with pilocarpine and eserine. 

Constipation, and, on the other hand, diarrhoea, are 
benefited by strychnine when they are due to atony of 
the intestinal muscular coat. It is more commonly in 
the former disorder that the drug finds its usefulness. 
The aloin, strychnine and belladonna pills, with cascara 
sagrada, are useful in habitual constipation in dogs, but the 
weaker formula, containing gr.yl-^ of strychnine, should be 
employed. The value and application of strychnine in ano- 
rexia and atonic digestive disorders has been sufficiently 
treated above. 

Class 2. — Depressing' the Inferior Cornua. 

Physostigma. Physostigma. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Physostigmatis semen, B. P. ; Calabar or 
ordeal bean, faba physostigmatis, S. faba Calabarica, E. 
The seed of Physostigma venenosum. Balfour (nat. ord. 
leguminosse). 

Habitat. — Calabar and the region of the mouth of the 
Niger, in Western Africa. 

Description. — About 25 to 30 mm. long, 15 to 20 mm. 



PHYS08TIGMA 411 

"broad, and 10 to 15 mm. thick ; oblong and somewhat reni- 
form; testa granular, chocolate-brown, with a broad, black 
groove extending over the entire length of the convex edge. 
Embryo with a short, curved radicle and two large, white, 
concavo-convex cotyledons ; inodorous ; taste beau-like. 

Constituents.— The principal constituent is the alkaloid 
physostigmine, or eserine. There are also the alkaloids, 
calabarine, a product resulting from the decomposition of 
eserine, and eseridine, similar in action to eserine, but 
weaker ; and a neutral principle, physoterin, resembling 
cholesterine. 

Calabar Bean Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., gr.|-i. 
(.015-.06). 

The official preparations are the fluid extract and tinc- 
ture of physostigma, but physostigmine is solely used in 
Veterinary medicine, since it is more certain and generally 
free from calabarine, which produces, in toxic doses, a- 
tetanic condition followed by paralysis. 

' Physostigmine Salicylas. Physostigmine Salicylate. 
C,,H.N30,C,Hb03. (U. s. p.) 

Synonym. — Eserine salicylate. The salicylate of an 
alkaloid obtained from physostigma. 

Derivation. — Physostigmine is obtained from the alco- 
holic extract of Calabar bean by dissolving the extract in 
water, adding sodium bicarbonate, shaking the mixture with 
ether, and evaporating the ethereal liquid. The salicylate 
of the alkaloid — the most stable salt — is made by adding 
physostigmine to a solution of salicylic acid in boiling 
distilled water, when the salt crystallizes on cooling. 

Properties. — Colorless, or faintly-yellowish, shining, aci- 
cular, or short, columnar crystals; odorless, and having a 
hitter taste. Soluble in 150 parts of water, and in 12 parts 
of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in 
boiling alcohol. (U. S. P.) 

. Dose. — B.. & C, gr.i.ss.-iii. (.09-.18); D., gr.yio'^V 
<.0006-.002). 



412 VEGETABLE DRUGS "~---~>^ 

Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously to^ 
horses. 

Physostigmin^ Sulphas. Physostigmine Sulphate. 
U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Eserine sulphate. 

The sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from physostigma. 

Properties. — A white, or yellowish-white, micro-crystal- 
line powder, odorless, and having a bitter taste. It is very 
deliquescent when exposed to moist air, and gradually turns , 
reddish by exposure to air and light. Very soluble in water 
and in alcohol. 

Dose.—R. k C, gr.i-ss. - iii. (.09-.18) ; D., gr.^-^-^V 
(.0006-.002). 

Given usually intravenously or subcutaneously to 
horses. 

PHYSOSTIGMINE. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Tract. — The flow of saliva 
is at first stimulated, whether by direct excitation of the 
^salivary cells or not, is undetermined. Salivation ceases 
when the gland is deprived of blood by general vascular con- 
traction. The peristaltic action of the stomach and bowels 
is increased by the direct local action of the alkaloid on the 
muscles or ganglia of their walls. There are three stages, in 
reference to this action, observed in poisoning. First there is 
stimulation of peristaltic action, then tetanic contraction and 
diminution of the intestinal calibre, and finally relaxation 
and dilatation of the bowels. The secretions in the digestive 
tract are augmented with the expulsion of considerable 
mucus per rectum. When the alkaloid is given to horses, 
under the skin, within the trachea or intravenously, defae- 
cation and expulsion of gas commonly occurs in the space 
of half an hour, occasionally in a few minutes, and is often 
considerable in amount (11-20 lbs. of faeces). 

Circulation. — Eserine is readily absorbed, but exerts no 



\ 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 413 

influence on the blood. Modprate doses render tlie cardiac 
pulsations slower and more forcible, and increase vascular 
tension. Large toxic doses cause tlie heart to beat more 
rapidly and less forcibly. The first effect is due probably 
to stimulation of the peripheral vagi and heart muscle, and 
possibly the involuntary muscular fibres in the vessel walls. 
The seccJnd phenomenon follows depression of the heart and 
peripheral vagi, and terminates in cardiac paralysis and 
diastolic arrest. The action on the circulation is entirely 
subordinate to the influence of the drug upon the nervous 
system, and is unimportant from a therapeutical stand- 
point. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — The essential physiologi- 
cal action of physostigmine consists in depressing the cells 
of the inferior cornua. This has been abundantly and 
directly pi'oved by application of the alkaloid to the spinal 
cord; and, indirectly, by dividing the posterior from the 
inferior portion of the cord, by stopping the blood supply 
to the latter part, when the drug caused loss of motor power 
and abolition of reflex action in the inferior portion, while 
ri^flex phenomena were undisturbed in the superior portion 
(Frazer). The superior columns are finally depressed; per- 
ception of pain is wanting, but that of touch persists. The 
sensory nerves are not affected, and the motor nerve trunks 
bnt slightly. The muscular tremors are due to stimulation 
of the voluntary muscles themselves, or to the motor nerve 
endings. These are characteristic of physostigma poisoning- 
in animals — not in man — and are probably due to calabarine, 
which should not be present in pure physostigmine. The 
involuntary muscles throughout the body are stimulated, 
including those of the stomach, intestines, bronchial tubes, 
heart, blood vessels (?), spleen, uterus, bladder and iris. In 
the case of some of these organs, it has not been decided 
whether the muscles themselves, or the motor nerve termi- 
nations, are affected. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not disturbed by medi- 
cinal doses. Toxic quantities at first quicken, and then 



414: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

retard the respiratory movements, and death occurs from, 
asphyxia, before cessation of the heart, owing to paralysis 
of the medullary and spinal respiratory centres. The accel- 
eration of breathing is due to the stimulation of the pulmo- 
nary vagal endings, and possibly to constriction of the 
unstriped muscle of the bronchial tubes. 

Secretions. — Secretion is generally increased, including 
that of the salivary, gastric, intestinal, sudoriparous and 
lachrymal glands. In this respect eserine is antagonistic to 
atropine. 

Eye. — Physostigmine is a myotic, applied locally or 
administered internally. Intraocular tension is diminished 
and there is spasm of accommodation. In all probability 
xjontraction of the pupil is brought about by stimulation of 
the oculomotor nerve endings simultaneously with paralysis 
of the terminations of the sympathetic nerve in the iris. 
Eserine is thus directly antagonistic to atropine in its effect 
upon the eye, but they resemble each other iu that they 
both exert a local action and do not affect the irides of birds. 
Enormous doses of physostigmine paralyze the oculomotor 
nerves and dilate the pupil. 

Elimination. — Eserine is rapidly absorbed and elimin- 
ated, mainly by the urine, but also in the other secretions. 

Toxicology. — Physostigma has been called "ordeal bean,'* 
because native Africans suspected of crime are given the 
crude drug. Vomiting it, they are proved innocent and 
survive the ordeal. Retaining it, they die, and so are pro- 
perly and primitively punished. Animals poisoned by Cala- 
bar bean exhibit muscular tremors which continue through- 
out the toxic period, and are often so violent as to simulate 
convulsions. Soon there is loss of muscular power and the 
animal falls or lies down. The respiration becomes rapid, 
labored, and stertorous ; the pulse is increased in frequency 
by large toxic doses, and the temperature slightly elevated. 
There are salivation and sweating. The pupil is sometimes 
contracted and, when enormous lethal doses have been 
Injected, dilated. Vomiting occurs in animals capable of 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 415 

the act, and loud peristaltic noises are heard, followed by 
the expulsion of faeces, mucus and flatus, with colicky pains 
and tenesmus. Reflex action is diminished or abolished, 
but sensation is preserved until late in the toxic period. 
The muscles are completely relaxed and powerless, notwith- 
standing the tremors which afflict them. The breathing 
becomes weak and irregular, and death occurs from res- 
piratory failure. 

In experiments of Winslow and Muir conducted inde- 
pendently and at different times the following cases may be 
of interest : 

A healthy gelding, weighing 1,050 lbs., was strapped upon the dis- 
secting table and given three grains of eserine sulphate intrajugularly. 
Within a few minutes slight muscular tremors appeared in the neck; 
the pulse rose to 120, the respiration was 24, and the temperature nor- 
mal. There was slight sweating. The pulse soon fell to 60, and was 
strong and hard, while the respiration became rapid and labored. No 
other symptoms developing within twenty-five minutes after the first 
dose, three grains of the alkaloid were administered in the same man- 
ner as before. The pulse became more frequent (78), the respiration 
(48) was difficult, and the muscular tremors increased in violence till 
they resembled convulsions. Sweating was profuse, while saliva 
dropped freely from the mouth. The respiration and pulse were now 
reduced in frequency and became weaker. The pupils were unaffected, 
but the eyes were staring. Half an hour after the second dose in- 
creased peristaltic action was evidenced by loud noises and the expul- 
sion of gas and dung. Recovery began in two hours from the exhibi- 
tion of the second dose. It is possible that the severe muscular tremors 
were caused by contamination of the eserine with calabarine, as the 
former was not a fresh preparation. An aged express horse, suffering 
for a week from impaction of the colon, was given twelve minims of a 
commercial extract of calabar bean. He fell down almost immediately, 
perspired freely, exhibited muscular tremors, and expired within a few 
minutes. The writer is unable to state the minimum fatal dose for 
horses, but eserine should be used vnth caution in weak subjects. — 
Winslow. 



416 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

A gelding, 800 lbs., poorly nourished, temperature normal, pulse 60, 
■was given physostigmine sulphate gr.lj^ (0.1) in 3^ drachm of water 

intrajugularly. Muscular tremors and colic came on in seven minutes; 

in eleven minutes def gecation occurred, the heart became more rapid 
■ and colic increased. Passages from the bowels were frequent for twa 

hours — about fifteen in all — the faeces weighing twenty pounds in the 

aggregate. All symptoms abated after three hours from the time of 

receiving the drug. — MuiR.* 

A gelding, thirteen years old, in good condition and weighing 1,305 
lbs., temperature and pulse normal, was given 3 grains (0.18) of eserine 
sulphate under the skin. After thirty-two minutes elapsed, defaecation 
began and continued with tlie expulsion of considerable mucus and 
flatus until six passages had occurred within one hour and twenty 
minutes. During this time the pulse had increased in frequency and 
the animal was restless and pawing the ground. An hour and a half 
after the first dose, a second dose of 3 grains (0.18) was given in the 
same way. In twenty minutes muscular tremors and weakness became 
marked, for the first time, and great distress was evident, the patient 
appearing to be in much pain ; the respiration short, jerky and labored, 
and nostrils distended and working. The evacuations continued until 
twenty-three had been passed from the time of receiving the first dose 
and until one and one-half hours after the second dose. The faeces were 
quite liquid and contained much mucus and during passage were 
attended with considerable straining. The weight of faeces aggregated 
17 lbs. Four hours after the last dose all symptoms disappeared. — 
Mum.* 

Summary. — Full medicinal doses of physostigmine 
(gr.l^-S), given subcutaneously or intravenously, produce 
slight to considerable colic, increased peristalsis and mucous 
secretion, muscular tremors and weakness, and frequent 
defsecation — beginning in ten to twelve minutes after intra- 
venous use, about thirty minutes or more after injection, 
under the skin — and being twice as copious when ther 



* Jour, of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb., 1899. 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 417 

former mode of administration is employed than after the 
latter. Moreover, the disagreeable accompaniments of 
purging last twice as long (five hours) after the hypodermic 
method than after the intravenous injection (two and a half 
hours). Muir deduces from his experiments that physos- 
tigmine is a safe and active cathartic for the horse and is 
free from evil after-effects ; that along with increased peris- 
talsis and mucous evacuation fiom the bowels there are 
colic and more rapid pulse-rate with muscular tremors and 
weakness ; that eserine acts more quickly and effectively 
when injected into the external jugular vein, and that it 
may be safely given in this m?.,nner in a dose of 3 grains 
dissolved in 30 minims of water, to horses in fair con- 
dition and of average weight. 

The toxic line is closely approached, however, when 
physostigmine is used in this way, and we should be 
careful not to cross it by exceeding the dose. Barium 
chloride acts as rapidly and without the unpleasant accom- 
paniments of purgation caused by eserine, so that the 
former is generally preferable as a cathartic for use by the 
intravenous method. 

The minimum fatal dose is stated to be from gr-iV'iV 
for dogs, and gr.g^^^-^ for cats. The treatment should be 
pursued with emetics, or the stomach pump, and the anti- 
dote, atropine. The latter will prevent death in rabbits 
when given five minutes after the administration of three? 
times a minimum fatal dose. Atropine should be given 
under the skin, together with alcoholic stimulants, digitalis, 
and ammonia by the mouth. Artificial respiration should 
be practised and external heat applied. The essential action 
of atropine in antagonizing eserine, consists in stimulation 
of the respiratory centres, while it depresses the peripheral 
cardiac vagi, and so, to a certain extent, counteracts the 
primary influence of eserine on the heart. Large doses of 
atropine may only exaggerate the secondary depression of 
eserine upon the peripheral vagi in the heart, and so hasten 



418 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

a fatal result. Stryclinine is antagonistic to eserine in stimu- 
lating the respiratory centres and inferior cornua. 

Uses External. — Physostigmine has been injected empir- 
ically, but it is asserted with good results, into chronic 
dropsical effusions of joints and bursse of tendons in horses, 
after removal of the fluid by aspiration. From .05-.1 gm. is 
used, dissolved in 5,-10. gm. of sterile water ; and this treat- 
ment is followed by cold applications for several days after- 
wards. 

Uses Internal. — Three physiological actions of eserine 
are put to therapeutical uses. 

1. The myotic action on the eye. 

2. Stimulation of the involuntary muscles. 

3. Depression of the inferior cornua. 

1. Eserine is useful, in alternation with atropine, to 
break up adhesions to the iris and to lessen intraocular 
tension in glaucoma, and, by this action, to prevent prolapse 
of the iris and staphyloma, after wounds and ulcers of the 
cornea. It is also employed to contract the pupil and shut 
out the light in photophobia, and to antagonize the influence 
of atropine on the eye. The action of eserine is, however, 
not nearly so powerful or persistent as that of atropine on 
the eye, and is somewhat painful. It is employed in 1 per 
cent, solution. 

2. Physostigmine is mainly of value for its action in 
rapidly stimulating the unstriated muscles of the alimentary 
canal. In obstinate constipation ol horses it is particularly 
useful ; 1 gr. of eserine sulphate being given intravenously 
with 3 gi's. of pilocarpine sulphate; the latter to increase 
the intestinal secretions. Strychnine sulphate (gr.l) may 
be added to counteract the depressing action of eserine on 
the respiratory centres and inferior cornua. 

Physostigmine is prescribed in obstruction of the 
"bowels, from twist or intussusception in the horse, and 
while there is danger that the condition may be aggravated 
by the increased intestinal movement, yet it may be 
employed when high rectal injections and elevation of 



PHYSOSTIGMINE 419 

the hiud quarters of the patient fail. The alkaloid, in com- 
bination with pilocarpine, is serviceable for its speedy 
action in flatulent colic and impaction of the caecum, colon, 
and rectum in horses, and has been employed to expel 
calculi and foreign bodies from the intestines. 

Physostigmiue is contraindicated in spasmodic colic, 
when it may increase the trouble by exciting intense peri- 
staltic contractions. Its employment is also attended with 
some danger in overloaded or greatly distended stomach 
or bowels, in view of possible rupture of these organs. The 
drug, like other purgatives, may aggravate the damage pro- 
duced by twist or intussusception. 

In atonic conditions of the stomach and bowels, and in 
indigestion due to chronic intestinal catarrh, small and 
repeated doses of eserine are sometimes of benefit. There 
liave recently been reported many successful cases of partu^ 
rient apoplexy in cows treated with eserine. One or two 
grains are injected intravenously or subcutaneously to 
cause a rapid movement of the bowels. In these patients 
the drug is followed by strychnine subcutaneously to combat 
paralysis (see p. 409). 

Eserine has been employed in chronic bronchitis, asth- 
ma and emphysema, to improve the tone of the bronchial 
mucous membranes and expel secretions. 

3. Eserine is one of the drugs commonly used in the 
treatment of tetanus in human and veterinary practice, with 
only a moderate degree of success. It must be employed 
early, given every three or four hours, and pushed to the 
physiological limit. Chorea and epilepsy have been treated 
with eserine without any pathological basis, as far as epil- 
epsy is concerned, and with little therapeutic advantage in 
either instance. In some cases of paraplegia, resulting from 
myelitis, a favorable effect has been obtained in man. 
Eserine is an appropriate purgative (hypodermatically) in 
acute encephalitis. 

Physostigmine and pilocarpine are the two best anti^ 
<lotes in atropine poisoning. Eserine has been used ia 



420. . VEGETABLE DEUGS 

strychnine poisoning, but is inferior to cliloral, bromides 
and ansestlietics, and while it is antagonistic to a certain 
extent, and alters the character of strychnine convulsions, 
yet animals die more quickly when poisoned by both strych- 
nine and eserine, than by strychnine alone. 

Gelsemium. Gelsemium. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Radix gelsemii, yellow jessamine, E.; racine 
de jasmin jaune, Fr.; gelber jasmin-wurzel, G. The rhizome 
or roots of Gelsemium sempervirens (Linne) Persoon (nat. 
ord. Loganiacese). 

Habitat. — Southern United States. 

Description. — Cylindrical, long, or cut in sections, mostly 
from 5 to 15 mm. and occasionally 3 cm. thick, the roots 
much thinner; externally light yellowish-brown, with pur- 
plish-brown longitudinal lines; tough; fracture splintery; 
bark thin, with silky bast-fibre closely adhering to the pale, 
yellowish, porous wood, which has fine medullary rays, and 
in the rhizome a thin pith ; odor aromatic, heavy ; taste 
bitter. 

Constituents. — The most important is the first alkaloid. 
1. Gelsemine, Cs^HegN^Oi^. A colorless, crystallizable, bitter 
principle, soluble in alcohol and ether, and slightly in 
water. 2. Gelseminine, a brown, amorphous, bitter alkaloid. 
3. Gelseminic acid. 4. A volatile oil. ' 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Gelsemii Fluiduin. Fluid Extract of Gelsemium. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Co. 
= 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—U., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., ttiv.-x. (.3-.6). 

Tinctura Gelsemii. Tincture of Gelsemium. (TJ. S. <fe B. P.) 
Gelsemium, 150 ; alcohol and water to make 1,000. Made by 
maceration and percolation. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.-B.., |ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., tt^xv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). 



GELSEMINE 421 

Oelsemina. Gelsemine. 
(Non-official.) 
Dose.-B.., gr. {-\ (.015-.03) ; D., gr. Jg-gJg (.001-.002). 

Action External. — None. 

Action Internal. — Gelseminm exerts no action on the 
digestive apparatus, or on the blood, after its absorption; 
neither does it affect the circulation in medicinal doses, but 
in toxic quantities it directly depresses the heart. The 
influence of the drug on the vasomotor system is unknown. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — The prominent effect of 
gelsemium is directed on the nervous system, as evidenced 
by paralysis and convulsions after large doses. Both the 
-convulsant and paralyzant action are of spinal origin. That 
the convulsions are not cerebral is shown by the fact that 
they occur below the point of section in mammals (under 
ihe influence of the drug), with divided spinal cord. That 
ihey are not peripheral is proved by their occurrence in the 
liind extremities when the posterior aorta is tied before the 
animal is poisoned. The paralyzant action of gelsemium is 
due to direct depression of the cells of the inferior cornua, 
and this is followed, in the later stages of poisoning, by 
depression of the spinal sensory tract and general anaes- 
thesia. 

The cause of the secondary convulsions is undeter- 
mined. A tetanizing principle in gelsemium, antagonistic to 
gelsemine, such as we find in physostigma, has been thought 
to be the cause of the convulsions. The muscles, motor 
(except those of the face) and sensory nerves are unaffected 
by gelsemium. 

Bespiration. — Gelsemium, in toxic doses, progressively 
w^eakens and paralyzes the medullary and spinal respiratory 
■centres, and death occurs from asphyxia. 

Eye. — In poisoning, in animals, there is dilatation of the 
pupil produced in the latest stages of the toxic period. In 
man, there is, in addition to this, paralysis and drooping of 
the eyelids (ptosis), and paralysis of the recti muscles with. 



422 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

strabismus. These symptoms have been attributed with 
apparent reason to paralysis of the motor cells in the floor 
of the fourth ventricle and aqueduct of Sylvius, since they 
are a prolongation of the spinal motor tract. As the pupil 
is dilated, however, by the application of much smaller 
doses than are required by the mouth, it seems probable 
that mydriasis results from local paralysis of the oculo- 
motor nerve endings. 

Toxicology. — Poisoning in animals is exhibited by mus- 
cular weakness, especially in the fore legs, staggering gait 
and falling. These symptoms are followed by convulsive- 
movements of the muscles of the head, fore legs, and some- 
times of the hind legs. The respiration is slow and difficulty 
the pulse feeble ; temperature is reduced, and there is- 
sweating. Consciousness is preserved until the occurrence 
of asphyxi.i. Death takes place from respiratory failure, 
with almosb simultaneous cardiac arrest. Morphine sub- 
cutaneon.sly has proved a successful antidote. Respiratory 
and heart stimulants should be employed in poisoning by 
gelsemium, such as strychnine, atropine, alcohol, and digi- 
talis, together with artificial respiration, after evacuation of 
the stomach. 

Uses. — Gelsemium possesses little value in veterinary 
medicine. There is no therapeutic use to which it has been 
put that cannot be filled to better advantage by some other 
remedy. Thus, gelsemium has been employed as a cardiac 
depressant and antipyretic in acute diseases (pneumonia 
and pleurisy), but its other actions are disadvantageous and 
it is inferior to aconite, veratrum viride, or the modern anti- 
pyretics. In spasmodic diseases, irritable cough, vesical irri- 
tation, tetanus, chorea, etc., it is less satisfactory as a motor 
depressant than opium, belladonna, chloral, and bromides. 
Zuill, however, reports very successful results in horses from 
gelsemine (.08 Gm.) in tetanus. The dose should be givea 
under the skin every half hour till muscular relaxation 
occurs. The drug has been used considerably to relievo 
iheumatic and neuralgic pains, but these succumb mors 



TOBACCO 423 

teadily to opium, coal tar products, etc. As a mydriatic, 
gelsemine is not to be compared with atropine for general 
purposes, but its action is more transient. A solution (gr.8- 
3 i.) is instilled (in man) in drop doses every fifteen minutes 
for one hour, and then every thirty minutes for two hours, 
to secure wide dilatation of the pupil ; or discs, containing 
gr.3-^ of gelsemine (with gelatine) are used for application 
to the eye. 



SECTION III.— DRUGS ACTING ON THE SPINAL 
CORD AND MOTOR NERVES. 

Class 1. — Depressing the Inferior Cornua 
and Motor Nerves, 

Tabacum. Tobacco. 

Synonym. — Tabaci folia, B. P. 

The commercial dried leaves of Nicotiana Tabacum 
Liune (nat. ord. solanacese). 

Habitat. — Tropical America. Cultivated in various tem- 
perate aud tropical parts of the earth. 

Description. — The leaves are up to 50 Cm. long, oval or 
ovate-lauceolate, acute, entire, brown, friable, glandular- 
hairy, of a heavy, peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter and 
acrid taste. 

Constituents. — Chiefly nicotine, Cio Hj^ N„ (0.7-5.-10 per 
cent.). A colorless, volatile, oily alkaloid, resembling tobacco 
in odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol and ether; 
less so in water. Nicotine is decomposed by heat and 
therefore tobacco smoke contains none of it, but in its stead, 
pyridine C5 H^ N, and various allied alkaloids, viz.: picoline, 
Cs H, N ; lutidine, C, Hg N ; rubidine, C^ Hj, N ; coridiue, 
Cio Hi5 N ; parvoline, Cc, Hj, N ; and collidine, Cg Hn N ; 
together with small amounts of sulphur, creosote, acetic 
and hydrocyanic acids and carbon compounds. Pyridine 
resembles nicotine in depressing the spinal motor tract and 



424 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

ill paralyziug respiration, and is said to be formed more in 
pipe smoke, while, in the smoke of cigars, the less harm- 
ful collidine is produced by dry distillation. Nicotine 
exists to a very slight degree in Turkish tobacco. 
Z>06e.— Nicotine, H. & C, gr.^V-^o (.001-.003). 

ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE. 

Action External. — Tobacco is a local anodyne, antiseptic 
and parasiticide. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — The physiological 
effect of tobacco is due to nicotine. Nicotine increases peri- 
staltic action and, in large doses, causes tetanic spasm of 
the intestines, even when it is injected into the blood. In 
toxic quantities nicotine is a powerful gastro-intestinal irri- 
tant, and produces the usual symptoms of pain, vomiting 
(in animals capable of the act), purging and collapse. 

Circulation. — When nicotine is added to blood recently 
withdrawn from the body, this fluid assumes a dark hue, 
and the corpuscles quickly disintegrate. The blood, in 
poisoning, becomes dark colored, owing to asphyxia, but 
regains its arterial tint when removed from the body and 
shaken with air. It is only in poisoning by enormous quan- 
tities that changes in the red blood corpuscles can be 
detected microscopically, although the spectrum of haemo- 
globin is altered in poisoning, proving that the corpuscles 
are in some way affected. Experiments with nicotine upon 
frogs show that there is produced a primary fall in blood 
pressure and pulse rate, followed by a rise in both, only to 
be succeeded by a return to the original depressed condition 
caused by the alkaloid. 

The exact physiological data accounting for these circu- 
latory phenomena have not been worked out, although they 
are probably dependent upon stimulation followed by 
depression of the inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor sys- 
tem. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — Nicotine first stimulates, 
and then paralyzes the cells of the inferior cornua and motor 



ACTION OF TOBACCO AND NICOTINE 425 

nerves, SO that in poisoning convulsions are succeeded by- 
paralysis. The cerebrum is unaffected ; likewise the 
muscles, but the function of the sensory nerves is somewhat 
depressed. 

Respiration. — The respiration is depressed in some un- 
known manner. 

Eye. — Nicotine, in moderate toxic doses, or when applied 
locally, contracts the pupil. This action is exceptional for 
a member of the solanacese. Myosis is produced in the eye, 
recently removed from the head, so that the action must 
be a local one. It is due to paralysis of the endings 
of the cervical sympathetic nerve and, probably, to 
stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor nerve termination 
as well. 

Elimination. — Nicotine is eliminated in the urine, which 
is increased in amount thereby. 

Toxicology. — Nicotine is one of the most powerful and 
rapidly acting poisons. When swallowed, it causes, in ani- 
mals, local irritation and pain in the throat and stomach; 
muscular tremors and weakness, on account of which the 
animal falls. These symptoms are followed, first, by severe 
tonic and clonic convulsions, and then by abolition of volun- 
tary motion and quietude. The pupils are contracted, and 
there is vomiting (in the case of some animals), purging and 
micturition. The respiration is at first shallow and rapid, 
but becomes weaker and slower, aiid death occurs from 
respiratory failure and general collapse. The pulse is 
primarily slow and intermittent, but later becomes rapid. 
The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of the 
stomach ; the use of tannic acid ; respiratory and heart 
stimulants, as strychnine, atropine, and alcohol; together 
with external heat and artificial respiration. The minimum 
lethal dose is about one drachm of tobacco, or one minim of 
nicotine, for small dogs. For horses, five to ten drops of 
nicotine or one-half pound of tobacco. 

Uses. — Tobacco is not a particularly valuable medicinal 
^gent. Its internal action is often violent, and causes great 



426 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

nausea. Absorption and poisoning may follow its external 
application in the smaller animals. The drug may be em- 
ployed for four purposes, as follows : 

1. As a local sedative. 

2. As a parasiticide. 

3. As a motor depressant. 

4. As a cathartic. 

External. — 1. Tobacco is an efficient sedative in decoc- 
tion (1-40), for relieving pruritus ani and vulvae. It must be 
remembered that absorption and poisoning may occur when 
larger amounts are used externally than can be administered 
with safety by the mouth. 

2. The latter remark applies also to the use of tobacco 
decoctions in killing parasites on the skin, such as the 
acari of mange and scab, together with lice and fleas. 
There are other agents which are as efficient and less dan- 
gerous (creolin). A decoction can be made by boiling 
tobacco (2.5) with water (130), salt (5), and wood ashes (10),, 
for three hours, as recommended by Ostertag. 

Internal.. — 3. Tobacco has been employed as a motor 
depressant in spasmodic disorders, such as asthma, tetanus 
(given by the rectum or under the skin), and strychnine 
poisoning, but it is inferior to, and more dangerous than, 
bther drugs. 

4. The Germans prescribe tobacco to stimulate peri- 
stalsis in ruminants, in doses of 2 ounces, with one-half 
pound of oommon salt and one pound of Glauber's salts for 
cattle; and for sheep, ^ ounce, with 2 ounces of salt and 3 
ounces of Glauber's salts. Tobacco was given formerly in 
colic and intestinal obstruction, but this use is obsolete. 
The decoction (1-2 per cent.) may be injected into the 
rectum of horses, in non-toxic quantities, to kill oxyurides- 
and ascarides, and to excite peristalsis and relieve spasm 
in colic. 

Tobacco smoke is sometimes used in the same manner 
to destroy worms in the lower bowels. 



CONIUM "^27 

CoNiUM. Conium. 

Synonym. — Couii folia, B. P.; hemlock fruit, E.; fruits 
de graude cigue, Fr.; scliierliugyfriichte, G. 

The full grown fruit of Couiam maculatum Linne (nat. 
orJ. umbelliferse), gathered while yet green. 

Habitat. — Indigenous to Europe and Asia, but natura- 
lized in the United States. 

Description. — About 3 mm. long; broadly ovate; later- 
ally compressed; grayish-green; often divided into the two 
niericarps, each with five crenate ribs, without oil-tubes, and 
containing a seed which is grooved on the face ; odor and 
taste slight. When triturated with a solution of potassium 
or sodium hydrate, conium gives off a strong, disagreeable, 
mouse-like odor. Conium fruit resembles carraway and 
anise seed, but these have oil-tubes or vittae. 

Constituents. — There are two essential principles in 
conium : conine, or coniine, and methyl-coniine. 

1. Coniue, Cg H^ N, is a yellowish, oily, volatile liquid 
alkaloid, of an odor resembling that of mouse urine, and 
acrid taste. It is freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and 
is soluble in 100 parts of water, with which it forms a 
hydrate. It undergoes decomposition when exposed to air 
and heat, and becomes first brown aud then resin-like. For 
this reason the alkaloid is uncertain in its physiological 
action, ;but its isalts (the hydrobromate and acetate) are 
more stable and reliable. Conine may be obtained by dis- 
tillation of the fruit with an alkaline water. 

2. Methyl-coniine, Cg Hjg C N, is a colorless liquid. 

3. There is also a nearly inert and crystalline alkaloid, 
conhydrine. 

Incompatihility. — Vegetable acids, caustic alkalies and 
astringents are incompatible with conium. 

Conium Dose. — H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., gi'.x.- 
XX. (.6-1.3); D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3). 

Co7iince Hydrohromas.—R. & C, gr.|-li (.045-.1); Sh. 
^ Sw., gr.ff (.012-.024); D., gv.^-^\ (.OOI-.062). , 

Dissolved in alcohol. 



428 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Conii. Extract of Conium. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with acetic acid and diluted 

alcohol, and evaporation to jjilular consistence. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, gr.xii.-xxiv. (.72-1.5); Sh. & Sw., gr.ii.-iv. (.12-.34); 

D., gr.i^-i. (.015-.06). 

Extractum Conii Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Conium. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with acetic acid and diluted 

alcohol, and evaporation so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., nx -xx. (.6-1.3); D., 

mii.-v. (.12-.3). 

ACTION OF CONIUM AND CONINE. 

External. — Conine is an irritant applied to mucous 
membranes. Conium is thought to act as a local sedative 
upon raw surfaces. Physiological experiments show that 
the sensory nerves are but slightly depressed. 

Internal. — Circulation. — Conium has little effect upon 
the digestive apparatus, except in toxic doses, when it may 
<}ause irritation, vomiting and diarrhoea. . It is absorbed and 
produces primary acceleration of the pulse, probably owing 
to paralysis of the pueumogastric, followed by a fall in the 
pulse rate. The action on the circulation is insignificant 
compared to that on the nerves. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — The predominant action 
of conium consists in paralyzing the voluntary and in- 
voluntary muscles, with loss of motion but without loss 
of consciousness or sensation. That this effect is due 
to paralysis of the motor nerves has been proved by 
poisoning frogs with conium after ligature of the aorta, so 
that the blood supply to the hind legs was cut off. Failure 
of motion and reaction to galvanism occurs in the fore legs, 
but irritation of the paralyzed fore legs causes reflex con- 
traction of the posterior extremities. This experiment shows 
that the motor nerves are paralyzed in the fore legs, but 
that the sensory nerves and spinal cord retain their func- 
tional activity. The afferent nerves are somewhat depressed 
by enormous doses. The brain and spinal cord are slightly 



ACTION OF CONIUM AND CONINE 429 

affected by conium. The convulsions occurring in conium 
poisoning appear, nevertheless, to be of cerebral origin, 
although consciousness is retained until the stage of asphy- 
xia. The special senses are somewhat interfered with (sight). 
The motor cells of the inferior cornua are slightly depressed 
by methyl-coniine, which influences the cord as well as the 
motor nerves, but it is considerably less active than conine. 
The muscles are primarily unaffected. 

Eye. — The pupil is dilated (not constantly) and ptosis 
is observed in poisoning by conium, owing to paralysis of 
the oculomotor nerve endings. If conine is dropped into 
the eye, primary contraction, due to reflex irritation, is soon 
succeeded by dilatation of the pupil. 

Respiration. — The spinal and medullary respiratory 
centres are finally depressed by lethal doses of conium, and 
this result, together with paralysis of the respiratory muscles, 
causes death by asphyxia. 

Elimination. — Conine is excreted by all channels, but. 
mainly in the urine. 

Toxicjohgy. — The minimum fatal dose of conium is un- 
certain, owing to the proneness of the alkaloid to decompo- 
sition, and to the volatility and the variable amount con- 
tained in the crude drug. A few drops of the alkaloid will 
kill small cats and dogs. Herbivora, as goats, sheep and 
horses, are less susceptible than carnivora. 

The domestic animals occasionally become accidentally 
poisoned by eating hemlock at pasture. The symptoms 
exhibited are dulness, loss of muscular power (at first in, 
the hind legs), stumbling and falling, or lying down. We 
observe, also, nausea, salivation (sometimes amaurosis), 
dilatation of the pupil and ptosis, sweating, and often mus- 
cular tremors and clonic convulsions. The pulse becomes 
slow and feeble, the breathing faint, the surface cold and 
clammy, and the animal often lies as still as though dead, so 
complete is the paralysis. Death finally occurs from asphy- 
xia, frequently associated with coma. The respiration ceases 
before the heart-beat. The urine of poisoned animals may 



430 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

be used as a physiological test in frogs, to decide doubtful 
cases. The treatment of poisoning consists in evacuation of 
the stomach and the use of tannic acid, artificial respiration, 
external heat, and respiratory and cardiac stimulants, as 
strychnine, atropine and alcohol. The post-mortem appear- 
ances are those of asphyxia, with sometimes evidences of 
gastro-intestinal irritation. 

Administration. — Conium is best given in the form of 
the fluid extract or hydrobromate of the alkaloid. The 
English use the succus conii, of which the dose for the horse 
is 5 ii--iv.; dog, 3 ss.-i.; but it is inferior to the fluid extract 
and often inert. The initial dose of any preparation should 
be small, on account of the variation in strength, but 
should be rapidly increased until physiological effects are 
evident. 

Uses External. — Conium. is occasionally applied extern- 
ally as a poultice of the leaves, or in ointment (equal parts 
of cerate and extract of conium), to relieve pain of sores, 
ulcers, malignant growths, rheumatism and neuralgia. It is 
thought to be both resolvent and curative on cancers and 
tumors, but without sufficient basis. It relieves pain when 
pain is due to spasm. 

Uses Internal. — Conium is rarely used in veterinary 
medicine on account of the uncertainty of its preparations 
and natural therapeutic limitations. Conium has been em- 
ployed as a motor depressant in many diseases, but should 
only be prescribed for spasm due to irritation of nerve 
trunks or endings ; not for spasmodic conditions of central 
origin. In tetanus and strychnine poisoning, it is valueless, 
and is not wholly antagonistic (tremors and convulsions) in 
convulsive disorders. When an animal poisoned with strych- 
nine is given paralytic doses of conium, the tetanic spasms 
of strychnine still persist. The drug has been prescribed in 
chorea, however, and with temporary benefit, when the con- 
Tulsive movements were so severe as to threaten life. 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORATE 



431 



SECTION IV.— DRUGS ACTING ON THE 
SENSORY NERVES. 

Class 1. — Depressing the Sensory Nerves. 

CocAiNiE Hydrochloras. Cocaine Hydro chlorate. 
C, H,^ N O, H CI. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The hyclrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained from coca 
(or cuca) leaves. These are derived from the Erythroxylon 
coca Lamarck (nat. ord. Linese). Cultivated in Peru and 
Bolivia, and introduced into medicine by Koller in 1884. 

Derivation. — Cocaine hydrochlorate is recovered by 
agitating an acidulated alcoholic solution of coca leaves with 
ether. The ethereal liquid is made alkaline with sodium 
carbonate and evaporated. The residue is purified, decolor- 
ized, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and finally crystal- 
lized. 

Description. — Colorless, transparent crystals, or a white, 
crystalline powder; without odor; of a saline, slightly bitter 
taste, and producing upon the tongue a tingling sensation, 
followed by numbness of some minutes' duration. Perma- 
nent in the air. Soluble in 0.48 part of water, and in 3.5 
parts of alcohol ; very soluble in boiling water and in boiling 
alcohol; also soluble in 2,800 parts of ether, or in 17 parts 
of chloroform. The prolonged application of heat to the 
salt, or to its solution, induces decomposition. The salt is 
neutral to litmus paper. 

Dose.—E.., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6); D., gr.|4 (.008-.045). 

Actio7i External. — Solutions of cocaine (4-10 per cent.), 
applied to mucous membranes, produce perfect local anaes- 
thesia by paralyzing the sensory nerve endings. The 
functions of the nerves of special sense are abolished before 
those of ordinary sensibility. Stronger solutions paralyze 
the motor nerve terminations. The local application of 
cocaine causes pallor of the mucous membrane, which is 
succeeded by redness and congestion. The first condition. 



.432 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

follows constriction of the superficial blood vessels, which 
is said to be due to tonic contraction of the smooth muscular 
fibres of the vessel walls. The secondary vascular relaxa- 
tion, and tendency to congestion in parts subjected to 
cocaine anaesthesia, lessens the resistance of the tissues 
(especially of sensitive structures, as the eye) to the irri- 
tation of antiseptics and bacterial products. Therefore, 
surgical operations performed under cocaine anaesthesia are 
somewhat more prone to be followed by inflammation.* 

Action Infernal— Digestive Tract. — Cocaine exerts a local 
anaesthetic action upon the gastric mucous membrane, and 
in this Avay lessens the appetite and sometimes stops vomit- 
ing. Intestinal peristalsis is increased by moderate doses, 
but is decreased and destroyed by the paralytic action of 
large doses of cocaine. 

Nervous System. — Ordinary medicinal doses produce no- 
marked effect upon the nervous system, except some mental 
exhilaration. Full doses of cocaine stimulate the psychical 
functions of the brain and cause intoxication, which is fol- 
lowed, in poisoning, by stupor and convulsions. The con- 
vulsions are mainly of cerebral origin, but may be due in 
part to irritation of the spinal reflex centres. These latter 
centres are first stimulated by toxic doses, but depression 
and paralysis of the spinal cord follows; the sensory before 
the motor tract. The sensory nerves are paralyzed and the 
motor nerves depressed by toxic doses. The voluntary 
muscles are stimulated by medicinal doses of cocaine, and 
the alkaloid relieves fatigue and, experimentally, more than 
doubles the response to stimuli in wornout muscles. Volun- 
tary muscles are paralyzed by the local application of large 
quantities of cocaine. 

Circulation. — The action of cocaine upon the heart and 
vessels is not very marked, except in poisoning. The alkal- 
oid is, however, a slight cardiac stimulant in moderate doses, 
increasing the pulse-rate and tension. The action upon the 
heart is caused by depression of the cardio - inhibitory 
centres, and sometimes as well by depression of the cardiac 

*■ Ecfers to use of strong solutions. 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORATE 433 

inhibitory ganglia. Vascular tension is increased because 
of stimulation of the medullary vasomotor centres, smooth 
muscle of the vessel walls, and because of the increased 
action of the heart. On the other hand, both minute and 
large doses may diminish the pulse rate. 

Respiration. — Cocaine is a respiratory stimulant in 
medicinal doses, but a paralyzant in toxic amounts. The 
respiratory centres are first stimulated and the breathing is 
made deeper and quicker. Depression and paralysis of the 
respiratory centres follow ; cyanosis supervenes, and the 
respirations are shallow and irregular. Death occurs from 
asphyxia. 

Temperature. — The body heat is elevated, sometimes to 
an excessive degree, by poisonous doses of cocaine. Medi- 
cinal doses do not affect the temperature. The rise of tem- 
perature is said to follow increased heat production. 

Kidneys. — The greater part of the cocaine absorbed is 
oxidized within the body. The smaller part is eliminated 
by the kidneys. Experimental evidence conceining the 
influence of the alkaloid upon the secretion and composition 
of the urine is conflicting and indefinite. 

Toxicology. — Moderate doses produce in dogs mental 
exhilaration and joyousness, so that they bark and jump 
about with delight. Poisoning with large doses (gr.| of 
cocaine to 2 lbs. of live weight) may be divided into three 
stages. In the first stage, there is restlessness, anxiety and 
terror, with rhythmical movements. Noises frighten the 
animal and he fails to recognize his master. The second 
stage is characterized by a joyous condition, in which dogs 
bark, dance about and lick people's hands. In the third 
stage, weakness and nervous phenomena appear, — as mus- 
cular twitching, rhythmical movements, a pendulum-like 
motion of the head, convulsions and stupor. There is dys- 
pnoea, feeble pulse and failing respiration. In an experiment 
upon a Newfoundland dog, weighing about 100 lbs., con- 
ducted by the writer, there were no symptoms produced by 
3 grains of cocaine under the skin, except dilation of the 



434 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

pupils and a constant lapping with the tongue. In man, an 
amount of cocaine exceeding gr,| should not be employed 
under the skin, or upon mucous membranes, and death has 
occurred in susceptible patients from even smaller doses. 
The most powerful action follows the use of cocaine in very 
vascular parts, as about the face. One-half a grain of cocaine 
given subcutaneously to a girl eleven years old, was followed 
by a fatal result in 40 seconds, and the writer has seen 
violent convulsions produced by the instillation of a few 
drops of a 2 per cent, solution into the eye of a man. On 
the other hand, spontaneous recovery has obtained in the 
human subject after the ingestion of 22 grs. of the alkaloid. 
In the horse, a toxic dose of cocaine ( 3 i-) causes restless- 
ness and excitement, dilated pupils and salivation, culminat- 
ing within an hour in a state of acute mania and intense 
excitement. These symptoms are followed by gradual 
recovery after the lapse of a few hours. Three grains of 
cocaine given under the skin, will sometimes induce nervous 
excitement in susceptible horses. The treatment of danger- 
ous forms of cocaine poisoning, with respiratory and heart 
failure, consists in the use of opium and rapidly acting 
stimulants, as morphine sulphate under the skin, nitro- 
glycerin upon the tongue, and strychnine, atropine and 
brandy subcutaneously. 

Uses External. — Cocaine and its synthetic chemical sub- 
stitutes are the most valuable agents we possess to cause 
complete local anaesthesia for surgical purposes." The 
operations most suitable for the hypodermatic application 
of cocaine are included in the following : 

Removal of tumors. Opening of abscess. 

Docking and pricking the tail. Injuries and operations upon the 

Tarsal tenotomy, eyeballs and eyelids. 

Firing. Operations about the feet in horses. 

Plantar neurectomy. Operations ujion mucous membranes. 

The alkaloid may also be employed to dilate the pupil 
for examination of the eye, and to detect lameness. In ti 
case of doubtful foot lameness in the horse, injection of 

* Cocaine in surgery can often be combined most advantageously with, 
adrenalin. (See p. 639,) 



COCAINE HYDROCHLORATE 435 

<^uciiiiie into the plautar nerve trunk, on either side of the 
iej^ iiud a little above the point of selection for plantar neu- 
rectomy, will often completely abolish sensation in the foot. 
This fact may be determined by pricking the soft parts 
above the hoof. If there is complete anaesthesia of the foot, 
and the seat of lameness be situated therein, the horse will 
go sound while the ansesthesia lasts. This method may be 
taken advantage of in the diagnosis of localized lameness 
elsewhere. If cocaine is injected over an area (suspected to 
■be the cause of lameness), and the animal goes sound while 
the cocaine anaesthesia lasts, the site of lameness becomes 
certain. 

It has been discovered that injections of powerful 
cocaine solutions into a sensory nerve trunk will paralyze its 
sensibility throughout its peripheral distribution (regional 
anaesthesia). When ligation of a limb, or part, can be 
secured between the operative field and the heart, the 
anaesthetic action of cocaine is more profound and toxio 
symptoms are less liable to occur, since the drug is drained 
away in the blood during the operation. Many operations 
can be performed under cocaine, as neurectomy, firing, 
tenotomy, etc., without casting the horse. In using cocaine 
for the removal of tumors, or opening of abscess, the solu- 
tion is injected at several points in a circle about the base 
of the tumor or abscess, and not in the inflamed tissue of 
the latter. Following the first injection, the succeeding 
applications may be made painless by inserting the needle 
within the area made anaesthetic by the previous injection, 
(circumferential anaesthesia). 

The amount of cocaine solution to be injected is of \ 
importance. This depends upon the strength of the solu- 
tion, the weight and species of the animal, and the seat of 
application. A solution stronger than 4 per cent, is irritat- 
ing to the eye. The stronger cocaine solutions (5 to 10 per 
cent.) are more powerful paralyzants to the sensory nerves, 
and are advisable when they can be used with safety, but a 
4 or 2 per cent, or even a much weaker solution, will ordin- 



436 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

arily produce aneestliesia when introduced under the skin. 
In the horse, subcutaneous injection of a 5 or 10 per cent, 
solution may be made to the amount of 2 drachms of the 
former, or 1 drachm of the latter solution (cocaine, gr.6). 
Larger doses may induce restlessness, excitement, etc.^ 
which, although not indicative of danger, may interfere with 
operative procedures. When larger quantities are desirable, 
2^ drachms of a 4 per cent, solution, or 5 drachms of a 2 per 
cent, solution, may be employed (equivalent to 6 grs. of the 
alkaloid), or Schleich's solution may be utilized. Not more 
than 7 to 15 drops of a 10 per cent, solution' should be 
injected into dogs. This is equivalent to gi-.| and gr.l| of 
the alkaloid. Three-quarters of a grain of cocaine is a safe 
limit of dosage for small dogs. If a 2 or 4 per cent, solution 
is employed, 30 M. of the former, or 15 M. of the latter 
solution (equivalent to gr.f of cocaine) may be injected. 
When larger amounts of the anaesthetic solution are in- 
dicated for dogs, Schleich's method of infiltration is appro- 
priate (infiltration anaesthesia). 

This method depends upon the fact that the pressure 
of saline solutions injected into the tissues causes a benumb- 
ing of the sensory nerves, and also upon the anaesthetic 
action of minute doses of cocaine and morphine. Schleich's 
solution may be used in any amount and can be made con- 
veniently from the tablets prej)ared by chemists. The 
ordinary solution contains : 

1 part of cocaine hydrochlorate. 

2 parts of coinmon salt. 

0.1 part of morphine hydrochlorate. 
In 1,000 parts of sterile water. 

Note.— Since writing the above, it has been found that the morphine in 
Schleich's solution is an irritant rather than a local anaesthetic, and when large 
quantities of cocaine or eucaine are to be used under the skin— or danger is, lor 
any reason, to be anticipated— the writer would strongly advise the employment of 
a normal salt solution H grains sodium chloride to 1 drachm of water), containing 
from one-tenth to one per cent, of cocaine or eucaine. These weaker solutions will 
usually cause complete and safe local anaesthesia. The solutions should always be 
warm— at body temperature— and not over twenty-four hours old, as acid develops, 
which interferes with the anaesthetic action. They are most conveniently made, 
by solution of cocaine tablets in salt solution at the time of operation. 



COCAINE HYDRGCHLORATE 437 

Local applications to mucous membranes may be reap- 
plied, once or twice, at intervals of five minutes, to secure 
perfect anaesthesia. A larger quantity of cocaine than re- 
commended above for hypodermatic use, should not be 
employed. Cocaine, as already stated, produces a primary 
astringent action, followed by secondary irritation and 
vascular relaxation ; yet, when properly diluted and applied 
in the first stage of inflammation, it may prove a valuable 
abortive and sedative agent. 

Haemorrhage from mucous membranes can be arrested 
by its topical application ; coryza aborted, and haemorrhoids 
relieved by this method. Pruritus, about the anus and 
Tagina, is allayed by cocaine. In relation to the eye, 5 to 
10 drops (horse) of cocaine solution (1 to 4 per cent.) are 
employed for various purposes, embracing examination, 
removal of foreign bodies, operations, and tlie relief of 
suffering in acute inflammation resulting from natural causes 
or mechanical irritation. The following prescription is of 
value in superficial inflammatory and painful conditions of 
the eye : 

Cocainae hydrochlor gr.v. 

Acid, borici gr.x. 

Aq. dest. ad 1 i. 

• M. 
S. Instil a few drops into the eye hourly. 

Injection into the eyeball is preferable to instillation 
for enucleation. 

Solutions of cocaine should be freshly made, and must 
not be sterilized by boiling, although they should be made 
"with sterile water, or,^ better, normal salt solution. The 
tablets supplied by pharmaceutical chemists are convenient 
for hypodermatic use. Ten grains of boric acid will pre- 
serve an ounce of cocaine solution for a month. 

Uses Internal. — Cocaine maybe administered in aqueous 
solutions for the relief of persistent vomiting in dogs. 
Otherwise, the drug finds no indication in veterinary medi- 
cine. The alkaloid is occasionally used as a stimulating 



438 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

and supporting agent in asthenic fevers and adynamic con- 
ditions of the human patient. 

The most wonderful recent advance in surgery consists 
in the production of anaesthesia in the lower (posterior) half 
of the body by injection of cocaine solution into the lumbar 
region of the spinal canal. This method has been success- 
fully used in men and dogs in a large number of cases^ 
rendering parturition and operations on the abdominal and 
pelvic organs and lower (posterior) extremities painless. 
The anaesthesia lasts one to five hours, and, in man, from 
gv.^ to gr.|^ of cocaine hydrochlorate in aqueous solution are 
injected into the spinal canal between the fourth and fiftli 
lumbar vertebrse. The procedure is not devoid of danger, 
and in man is frequently followed by headache, vomitings 
sweating, slight chills and rise of temperature. The injection 
must be conducted with absolute aseptic precautions. 

EucAiN^ Hydrochlokas. Eucain Hydrochlorate. 
a, H„ N O, H CI. (Non-official.) 

This is a laboratory product, formerly known as eucain 
Hydrochlorate "B." Eucain is used in 2 per cent, aqueous 
solution in the eye, and in 10 per cent, on mucous mem- 
branes, and is said to be harmless in any ordinary amount. 
It is employed as a substitute for cocaine in the same 
manner and for the same purposes, but with the following 
advantages : — 

Safer, 5 times less toxic. Can be sterilized by boiling. 

Cheaper. Less irritating. 

Does not decompose on keeping in Does not dilate the pupil, 

solution. Is a sligfit antiseptic. 

Ophthalmologists find that the drug does dilate the 
pupil after several instillations, and that it does irritate the 
already inflamed eye. It, moreover, does not contract vessels 
when locally applied, and does sometimes produce poisoning 
Jike cocaine, but much less frequently. 



PILOCARPUS 439- 

HOLOCAIN. 

This is a synthetic compound allied to phenacetin, and 
it is claimed to be superior to cocaine for application to tliBj 
eye. The anaesthetic effect appears within fifteen seconds 
and lasts fifteen minutes. It is stated that holocain produces' 
no local irritation of the eye, nor dilatation of the pupil, and 
does possess an inherent antiseptic action. One to two 
drops of a one per cent, solution are employed to anaesthe- 
tize the eye. Holocain is too toxic for hypodermatic appli- 
cation. 



SECTION v.— DRUGS ACTING ON THE 
SECRETORY NERVES. 

Class 1. — Pilocarpus and Pilocarpine. 

Pilocarpus. Pilocarpus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Jaborandi, B. P.; the leaflets of Pilocarpus 
Selloanus Eugler (Rio Janeiro Jaborandi), and of Pilocarpus 
Jaborandi Holmes (Peruambuco Jaborandi, nat. ord. Ruta- 
cese). 

Habitat. — Brazil, in the neighborhood of Pernambuco. 

Description. — About 10 to 15 cm. long, and 4 to 6 cm. 
broad ; short stalked, oval or ovate-oblong, entire and slightly 
revolute at the margiu, obtuse and emarginate, unequal at 
the base, dull green, coriaceous, pellucid-punctate, mostly 
smooth; when bruised, slightly aromatic; taste somewhat 
bitter and pungent. 

Constituents. — 1. Pilocarpine, CnHigNaO, (.25-.5 per cent.), 
is the alkaloid to which jaborandi owes its principal effect. 

2. Jaborine, CjjHjoN^O^, an alkaloid resembling atropine in 
its action on the heart, pupils, intestines and salivary glands. 
It occurs occasionally as an impurity in commercial pilocar- 
pine, to which it is antagonistic. It is soluble in alcohol. 

3. Pilocarpidine, CioHi.N^O^, an alkaloidal product of the 



i40 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

decomposition of pilocarpine, which it resembles in action, 
but is weaker. It is soluble in alcohol. 4. Jaborandiue is 
another alkaloid resulting from the decomposition of pilo- 
carpine, and is similar to atropine. These atropine-like 
principles are never present in sufficient quantity to wholly 
antagonize the predominant action of pilocarpine in jabor- 
andi. 5. A peculiar acid. 6. A volatile oil. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); 
D.,gr.v.-3i. (.3-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractutii Pilocarpi Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Pilocarpus. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. := 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.-H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.); D., 
TTiv.-3i. (.3-4.). 

Extractum Jaborandi. (B. P.) 
Dose.— H., gr.xl.- 3 i.ss. (3.6-6.); D., gr,ii.-x. (.13-.6). 

Pilocarpine Hydeochloras. Pilocarpine Hydrochlorate. 
C,i H,e N, O, H CI. (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — The hydrochlorate of an alkaloid obtained 
from pilocarpus, with alcohol and hydrochloric acid by dis- 
tillation and evaporation. The residue is dissolved in a 
slight excess of ammonia and chloroform, shaken with water, 
and neutralized with hydrochloric acid. Crystals of the 
hydrochlorate form on evaporation. The salt is purified by 
recrystallization. 

Proj^erties. — Small, white crystals, odorless and having 
a faintly bitter taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. 
Very soluble in water and in alcohol ; almost insoluble in 
ether or in chloroform. 

Dose. — H., sialogogue, gr.i.-ii. (.06-. 12); cathartic, gr.ii.-v. 
(.12-.3); C, cathartic, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6) ; H., diarphoretic, 
gr.vi-xii. (.36-. 72), dangerous; Sh., gr.i. (.06); D., gr.^-^ 
(.006-.02). 



ACTION OF PILOCAEPUS AND PILOCARPINE 441 

Pilocarpine Nitras. Pilocarpine Nitrate. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as for hydrochlorate. 

ACTION OF pilocarpus AND PILOCARPINE. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Pilocarpine increases 
enormously salivary secretion, and, in a less degree, the 
gastric and intestinal secretions. It stimulates peristaltic 
action of the stomach and bowels as well, and acts as a pur- 
gative. Salivation is due to direct excitation of the secre- 
tory nerve (chorda tympani) endings and the gland cells. 
Salivation occurs when pilocarpine is injected into the gland 
and prevented from entering the general circulation; also 
"when the secretory nerves are severed. The action on the 
salivary glands is set aside by atropine. The parotid, sub- 
maxillary, and sublingual glands, become somewhat tense 
and tender under the influence of pilocarpine, and the saliva 
is rich in salts and ptyaline, and contains a slight excess of 
■urea. The unstriped muscle of the stomach and intestines 
is stimulated by pilocarpine through its action on the effer- 
ent nerve endings and muscular tissue. 

Circulation. — Pilocarpine is absorbed, but exerts no 
■action on the blood. In toxic doses the alkaloid is a heart 
depressant, but in moderate amount slows the pulse rate. 
In man the pulse is quick and the blood tension lowered. 
The effect on the domestic animals is probably due to 
stimulation of the peripheral vagi or inhibitory cardiac 
ganglia, although Ringer's experiments proved that the 
ventricular contractions of the frog's heart were slowed by 
pilocarpine when freed from the inhibitory ganglia, and he 
attributes its action to stimulation of the heart muscle and 
motor ganglia situated therein. In poisoning, the heart is 
enfeebled and slow, and there is vasomotor paralysis. Atro- 
pine antagonizes the action of pilocarpine on the heart. 

Respiration. — The respiration is not directly affected by 
the drug, but the bronchial secretions are greatly increased, 
and in poisoning there are, in consequence, oedema of the 
lungs and dyspnoea. 



442 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Nervous System and Muscles. — Medicinal doses do not 
cause any functional disturbance of the nervous system, but 
very large doses excite the spinal motor tract and reflex 
centres and cause convulsions in frogs, succeeded by spinal 
depression and paralysis. The latter is due in part to an 
influence on the muscles themselves. Tremors occur occa- 
sionally in man and the domestic animals in poisoning. 
The nerves escape unscathed. The involuntary muscles are 
stimulated throughout the body, owing to the direct action 
of the drug upon them and their motor nerve terminations. 

Skin. — Moderate doses of pilocarpine stimulate but 
slightly the secretion of sweat in the lower animals, but in 
man the secretion is enormous (1 pt.). The salivary secre- 
tion appears to supplant that of the skin in the domestic 
animals, unless very large doses are employed (H., gr.vii.- 
xii.), which cause diarrhoea, salivation and loss of body 
■weight (40 to 60 lbs.), and may entail pulmonary oedema 
and heart failure. The secretory nerve terminations and 
glandular cells are both stimulated. The secretion of tears, 
nasal mucus and milk are slightly increased in the same 
manner, and the growth of hair is rendered more luxurious. 

Temperature. — The temperature is reduced by evapora- 
tion from the skin, if there is much sweating. 

Genito- Urinary Organs. — Pilocarpine exerts a slight and 
uncertain oxytocic action on the pregnant uterus and has 
sometimes precipitated parturition in pregnant animals at 
full term. The unstriped muscle of the spleen and bladder 
is stimulated, and micturition is frequent. Pilocarpine, in 
repeated small doses, augments the flow of urine and prob- 
ably increases tissue waste and the excretion of urea by its 
general action on the secretions. It is eliminated unchanged 
in the urine. 

Eye. — Pilocarpine contracts the pupil when applied to 
the eye; it also increases tension of the eyeball and impairs 
the sight temporarily, owing to action on the retina. The 
myosis is due to stimulation of the peripheral oculomotor 
nerve endings. When the alkaloid is given internally it 



ACTION OF PILOCARPUS AND PILOCAEPINE 443 

may contract the pupil, but jaborandi, or the fluid extract, 
are less likely to do so on account of the opposing alkaloid 
(jaborine), which tends to dilate the pupil. 

Summary. — Pilocarpine possesses two important actions^ 
1. To increase secretions (stomach, intestines, salivary glands, 
sudoriparous, lachrymal and mammary glands, kidneys, 
bronchial and nasal mucous membranes, and ear). 2. To 
stimulate the involuntary muscles ( stomach, intestines, 
heart, uterus, bladder, spleen, vessels and iris ). Botk 
actions are peripheral and are probably exerted on the 
gland cells and muscle fibres, as well as on the efferent- 
nerve terminations. 

Administration. — Pilocarpine is given usually when an 
immediate effect is desired. Therefore the hydrochlorate 
or nitrate are employed subcutaneously. If prescribed iu 
combination with eserine, the sulphate of both alkaloids^ 
may be used, or eserine sulphate and pilocarpine hydro- 
chlorate may be injected separately. 

Toxicology. — Symptoms appear in five or ten minutes- 
after the subcutaneous injection of pilocarpine, and in fifteen, 
to twenty minutes after the injection of jaborandi. Saliva- 
tion alone occurs after small doses, but with toxic quantities 
there are present salivation, accompanied by more or less 
sweating, intestinal colic, purging and perhaps vomiting, a 
slow, weak pulse, and dyspnoea. Muscular tremors are 
observed sometimes in man, and convulsions in frogs, but 
spasmodic movements are uncommon in the domestic ani- 
mals. Dogs have been killed by gr.j of pilocarpine. The 
administration of an amount larger than 5 grs. of the alkal- 
oid to horses, subcutaneously, is attended with danger. 
Atropine is the physiological antagonist of pilocarpine in 
relation to the heart, secretions, pupils, and, in large doses,, 
probably to the intestines. 

Atropine should be given along with alcoholic, stimu- 
lants, or ammonia, in jaborandi or pilocarpine poisoning. 

Uses Internal. — The chief value of pilocarpine in veteri- 
nary medicine consists in its use as a purgative to stimulate 



444 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

secretion, and, to a certain extent, peristaltic action — in 
combination with pliysostigmine (vid. "Pliysostigmine") — in. 
obstinate constipation of liorses. It is also given in colic, 
and in obstruction from twist and intussusception, with 
physostigmine.* The alkaloid is a good substitute for eserine 
for application to the eye (in 1 or 2 per ceni solution), and 
is less painful. Pilocarpine is the most eflficient antidote to 
atropine, and should be administered in amount equal to 4 
times that of atropine. Jaborandi is employed to remove 
waste matters from the blood and system (urea and effu- 
sions), but is of little value in veterinary practice, compared 
with its efficiency in human medicine, on account of its 
feeble sudorific action. It has been recommended in dropsy 
of cardiac origin, not uncommon in dogs, but is dangerous, 
since it tends to produce pulmonary cedema and heart weak- 
ness. For the same reason it is inadvisable in pleuritic 
effusions and renal dropsy, and in all three conditions it is 
inferior to purgatives. Pilocarpine is highly recommended 
by the Germans in cerebral and spinal meningitis, to assist 
absorption of effusion. Pilocarpine stimulates the skin in 
its elimination, and is sometimes of service in chronic ec- 
zema, psoriasis, prurigo, and chronic urticaria. It is recom- 
mended in chronic rheumatism as an eliminative, and in 
acute inflammation of the brain, and in laminitis without 
rational basis. Small doses of pilocarpine have been em- 
ployed successfully to stimulate a failing milk secretion, and 
to prevent excessive sweating in general debility. Jaborandi 
relieves dry throat and excessive thirst. Obesity, in robust 
dogs, may be treated with pilocarpine under the skin, in 
one-half grain doses daily. Success sometimes attends this 
method. The drug is contraindicated when there is impair- 
ment of the respiratory functions, a weak or fatty heart, and 
in unconsciousness, when excessive secretion may obstruct 
the air passages. 

* The latter use of the drug is attended with danger of increasing tho 
obstruction, if not successful. 



DIGITALIS 445- 

SECTION TI— DRUGS ACTING ON THE HEART. 

Class 1. — Increasing: the Force and Decreasing the 
Frequency of the Heart. 

Digitalis. Digitalis. 

Synonym. — Digitalis folia, B. P.; foxglove, digitalis 
leaves, E.; digitale, feuilles de digitale pourpree (de graud& 
digitale), Fr.; fiugerliutkraut, G. 

The leaves of Digitalis purpurea Liune (nat. ord. scro- 
phularinese), collected from plants of tlie second year's- 
growth. 

Description. — From 10 to 50 cm. long ; ovate or ovate- 
oblong, narrowed into a ]5)etiole, crenate, dull green, densely 
and finely pubescent, wrinkled above, paler and reticulate 
beneath, midrib near the base broad; odor slight, some- 
what tea-like ; taste bitter, nauseous. 

Constituents. — The active principles of digitalis are four 
glucosides ; the three first represent its stimulant action. 
1, Digitoxin, the most poisonous and active. Said to be 
cumulative. It occurs in crystals, soluble in alcohol and 
chloroform, slightly in ether, and insoluble in water. 2. 
Digitalein, an amorphous, bitter substance, soluble in water 
and alcohol and non-cumulative. Dose. — H., gr.g-^ (.008- 
.015); D., gr.^^ (.0006). 

3. Digitalin, a bitter, crystalline body, soluble in alcohol, 
and sparingly soluble in water and ether. 4. Digitonin, 
Cj, Hj^ Oi3, resembling, or identical with, saponin of senega. 
Soluble in water. It is a heart depressant, muscular para- 
lyzant and powerful irritant, besides being antagonistic to 
digitalis. In addition to these principles, there are : 
5. Digitin, an inert body. 6. Digitalic and antirrhinie 
acids. 7. Tannin, coloring matters, starch, sugar, gum, a 
volatile oil, salts, etc., common to most vegetables. 

Two substances are found in commerce : 1. Nativelle's 
digitalin, C.^^^^^^, occurring in white crystalline tufts com- 



446 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

posed of needles. It is bitter, and soluble in alcohol and 
chloroform ; insoluble in water or ether. It contains digi- 
toxin, digitalin, digitalein and digitonin, but mainly digi- 
toxin, and is cumulative. Dose. — H. &, C, gr.^-| (.015-.03)- 
I>-,gr-i5V-3V (•001-002). 

2. Homolle's or Quevenne's digitalin, an amorphous, 
whitish powder, or small scales ; very bitter, inodorous, and 
soluble in 2,000 parts of water. It is composed largely of 
digitalin, with a little digitoxin. Dose. — H. & C, gr.| (.015) 
= gr.22i of digitalis leaves; D., gr.^V-sV (•001-.002) = 
gr.l^-S of digitalis leaves. 

Neither Nativelle's nor Homolle's digitalin form a com- 
plete substitute for digitalis, and their use is not recom- 
mended. Schmiedeberg's digitalin is, however, said to be a 
reliable substitute, by eminent authority. 

Incompatibility. — Digitalis is incompatible with tannic 
acid, lead acetate, cinchona and ferric salts. 

Digitalis Folia Dose. — H., gr.x.-3i. (•6-.4); C, 3 ss.-i.ss. 
(2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.); D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.2). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extr actum Digitalis. Extract of Digitalis. (U.S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water; dis- 
tillation of the alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence. 
Dose.— H. &C., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); D., gr.i-1. (.008-.06).- 

Extractum Digitalis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Digitalis. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 

evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H., TUx.- 3 i. (.6-4.); C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.); Sh. & Sw., ttlv.-xv. 

(.3-1.); D., TTiss.-iii. (.03-.2). 

Tinctura Digitalis. Tincture of Digitalis. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of powdered digitalis (150), 

Tvith sufficicient alcohol and water to make 1,000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24.); Sh. &Sw., mxxx.- 3 i.ss. (2.-6.); 

D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Infusum Digitalis. Infusion of Digitalis. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Digitalis, 15; alcohol, 100; cinnamoij water, 150; boiling water, 
500; cold water to make 1,000. By maceration. (U. S. P.) 



ACTION OF DIGITALIS 447 

Dose.— H. &C., lii.-vi. (60.-180.); Sh. & Sw., 1 ss.-i. (15.-30.); D., 
3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

ACTION OF DIGITALIS. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Digitalis in large doses is 
a gasfcro-intestinal irritant, and in poisoning causes nausea, 
colic, purging, and vomiting in animals capable of the act. 

Circulation. — The dominant action of digitalis is ex- 
pended upon the heart and blood vessels. After medicinal 
doses we find the pulse becomes : 1. Slower. 2. Fuller and 
stronger. 3. More regular in rhythm, if previously irregu- 
lar. In poisoning, these phenomena are reversed and the 
pulse is : 1. Rapid. 2. Weak. 3. Irregular. The thera- 
peutic effects following moderate doses are due to: 1. 
Stimulation of the heart muscle, and ]>erhaps its con- 
tained ganglia (pulse stronger and somewhat less frequent). 
2. Excitation of the vagus centre and the vagus cardiac 
terminations (pulse infrequent). 3. Stimulation of the mus- 
cular walls of the vessels and vasomotor centres (increased 
vascular tension). The tension is also augmented by the 
greater force of the heart-beat, and, on the other hand, 
the heart is slowed in overcoming the increased resistance 
in the vessels. In consequence of the action on the heart 
the ventricular contractions are complete and forcible, and 
the diastolic period is lengthened; therefore, more blood 
enters the viscus and more is squeezed out with each con- 
traction. The systolic period is unaltered. Furthermore, 
the nutrition of the heart is thought to be promoted by : 
1. Increase of its blood supply during the prolonged dia- 
stole. 2. Stimulation of the trophic nerves (vagi?) of the 
heart. As diastole is the rest period of the heart, increasing 
it conserves the strength of the organ. In poisoning, the 
symptoms noted above follow : 1. Paralysis of the peri- 
pheral vagi (pulse rapid). 2. Insufficient filling of the vessels 
and paralysis of the vessel walls (low tension). 3. Forcible 
contractions contending against prolonged dilatation of the 



448 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

ventricles (pulse irregular). At one time tlie heart beats 
slowly and weakly because the heart muscle can scarcely 
overcome the tendency of the excited vagi to cause ventri- 
cular dilatation ; at another time the heart beats rapidly and 
strongly, when powerful systolic contractions overmaster the 
inhibitory influence of the vagi. The heart, during this 
irregular toxic period, is seen to be unequally affected, in 
that one portion (the apex) may be firmly contracted while 
the rest of the ventricle is dilated. Moreover, the auricles 
and ventricles do not act synchronously and the heart 
assumes various peculiar shapes (hour-glass, etc.). Death 
usually occurs from cardiac arrest in systole, in which con- 
dition it remains pale, firm and contracted, and unresponsive 
to mechanical or electrical stimulation. Rarely (men and 
dogs) the heart stops in diastole. The action of digitalis on 
the heart is more pronounced in dogs and sheep than in 
horses and cattle. The characteristic effect of digitalis is 
observed when it is applied locally to the isolated nerve- 
free apex, or when the vagi are previously cut or paralyzed 
by atropine, and when the spinal cord is destroyed. These 
facts show that the heart muscle is influenced. That the 
peripheral vagi are stimulated, is shown by the fact 
that an amount of galvanic stimulation of the vagi^ 
ineffective before poisoning, will, after exhibition of digi- 
talis, cause diastolic arrest of the heart. In regard to the 
vessels, experiments conducted on the terrapin exhibit the 
fact that when the vessels are deprived of their nerve 
supply, the heart excised, and an artificial circulation sub- 
stituted, even then vascular contraction and retardation of 
flow will occur under the influence of digitalin added to the 
factitious blood. The resultant of the various actions of 
medicinal doses of digitalis is increased work of the heart, 
so that more blood is pumped throughout the body iu any^ 
given unit of time. 

Respiration. — The respiratory centres are unaffected 
save by toxic doses, and then through insufficient blood 
supply, when the respiration becomes weak and imperfecta 



ACTION OF DIGITALIS 449 

Nervous System and Ilusdes. — These are not iufluenced 
"by therapeutic doses of digitalis. Toxic quantities cause 
loss of reflex action, muscular weakness, and convulsions in 
the frog. The first two phenomena are due to primary 
stimulation of the inhibitory reflex centres of Setschenow in 
the medulla, followed by general paralysis of the spinal 
cord, and direct depression of the motor nerves and muscles; 
while the convulsions are caused by circulatory changes in 
the base of the brain dependant upon the embarrassed 
heart. 

Temperature. — The temperature is unaffected by medi- 
cinal doses. Toxic doses reduce temperature. Fever is 
lowered by large doses of digitalis, but it is rarely safe to 
use the drug as an antipyretic. Moreover, digitalis is some- 
times inoperative as a heart stimulant in fever, because the 
functional activity of the vagus centres and peripheral 
terminations is depressed and insensitive to the action of 
the drug. 

Kidneys. — Metabolism and Elimination. — The influence of 
digitalis on the amount of urinary secretion is uncertain. It 
has no special action upon the mucous membrane or secret- 
ing cells of the kidney. If general vascular tension is low- 
ered (cardiac disease), digitalis will exert a diuretic action 
in consequence of increasing blood pressure. As a rule, it 
may be stated that if digitalis increases the systemic vascular 
tension more than that of the kidney, diuresis follows. The> 
effect of digitalis on tissue waste is uncertain and the mode 
of its elimination is unknown. Experiments relative to the 
composition of the urine are conflicting. The smooth muscle 
of the uterus is said to be stimulated to contraction by digi- 
talis. 

Cumulative Action. — Digitalis and strychnine are said to 
be cumulative in their action. Evidence is stronger in the 
case of the former drug than in th;it of the latter. By cumu- 
lative action is meant sudden transition from a therapeutic 
to a toxic effect. This may be due to three causes. 1. Tardy 
absorption. 2. Increasing susceptibility. 3. Delayed elim- 



'450 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

ination and accumulation of the drug in tlie system. The 
cumulative action of digitalis is chiefly due to the latter 
cause. It should never be administered in full medicinal 
doses uninterruptedly for any considerable length of time. 

Toxicology , — Poisoning may occur from large single 
doses within 3 to 10 hours of their ingestion, and last for 16 
or more hours with a fatal result; or may appear suddenlj" 
after the administration for several days of large medicinal 
doses (cumulative action). A minimnm fatal dose for the 
horse is about 3 vi. of digitalis, or gr.i.ss. of Homolle's digi- 
talin. For dogs, 3 i. of digitalis, or gr.|^ of digitalin. The 
symptoms exhibited are chiefly concerned with the digestion 
and circulation. They consist in dulness, lassitude, loss of 
appetite, nausea, flatulence, diarrhoea, infrequent, full pulse 
(reduced 6-10 beats in the horse), and contracted pupils. 
There is vomiting in dogs. In fatal cases these symptoms 
are followed by severe colic and tympanites; rapid, feeble, 
dicrotic, irregular or intermittent pulse (120-140 in horses), 
while the heart may be heard and felt beating wildly and 
strongly, and a systolic blowing murmur can frequently be 
detected. This is due to mitral or tricuspid regurgitation 
caused by irregular contraction of the columnse carnse. The 
pulse is imperceptible because of the failure of the heart 
to fill the vessels. The extremities are cold, the eye is pro- 
truding, and salivation occurs. Bloody diarrhoea is very 
often present and the urine may be suppressed. The breath- 
ing finally becomes difficult and death ensues within a few 
hours, or as late as several days. 

Treatment. — Evacuation of the stomach and bowels. 
Tannic acid, as a chemical antidote, alcohol, opium, and 
aconite, which is the physiological antagonist in depressing 
the action of the heart and lowering blood tension. In 
addition, external heat should be applied and complete 
quiet and rest secured. 

Administration. — ■ In view of its slow absorption and 
elimination digitalis should not be given ofteuer than once 
in six, eight, or even twelve hours. Very large doses may 



USES OF DIGITALIS 451 

1)6 giveu, however, repeatedly, in case of threatened heart 
failure, by the subcutaneous method. The appearance of 
indigestion, nausea or dulness, and a decided fall in the 
pulse rate, should be a warning to stop the administration 
at once. The best preparations are the tincture, infusion, 
and fluid extract. The former may be injected deep into 
the muscle to avoid abscess. 

Uses External. — Digitalis is occasionally employed as a 
poultice of the leaves, applied over the loins to promote 
diuresis, or in local inflammation, to contract vessels. 

Uses Internal. — Digitalis is a heart stimulant, although 
sometimes classified as a heart depressant. It may, 
however, exert a sedative effect upon a weak, rapid, 
irregular heart, by increasing the inhibitory and mus- 
cular power. Digitalis is indicated: (1) In all conditions 
where the heart is weak, irregular or intermittent, and the 
circulation sluggish; (2) as a diuretic, chiefly in dropsy 
secondary to cardiac disease, but also in that of renal 
-origin ; digitalis has also been used (3) as a haemostatic in 
internal haemorrhage, and (4) to reduce temperature in 
fever ; but, in both of the last two instances, with question- 
able advantage. 

1. In syncope following disease, shock, injury or poison- 
ing (aconite), digitalis is invaluable when injected subcutan- 
^ously together with alcoholic stimulants. In acute diseases, 
digitalis is one of the most generally serviceable stimulants. 
The drug is peculiarly applicable in the second stage of 
pneumonia, because it strengthens the right ventricle, forces 
the blood through the obstructed lung, and prevents sys- 
temic venous engorgement and arterial anaemia. In other 
words, it equalizes the circulation. Moreover, in stimulating 
the peripheral vagi, digitalis improves the tone of the 
bronchioles and prevents collapse of the air vesicles, and, 
by the same action, steadies the rhythm of the breathing. 
The drug is likewise an efficient circulatory stimulant in 
influenza of horses and distemper of dogs. Digitalis is 
frequently prescribed in chronic bronchitis and emphysema. 



452 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

to strengthen the heart and obviate passive pulmonary con- 
gestion and cough. Valvular disease of the heart, in its 
various phases, is the most common field of usefulness for 
digitalis in human medicine, but in veterinary practice these 
disorders are rarer and the exact lesion difficult or impos- 
sible to diagnose. In mitral stenosis and regurgitation and 
aortic stenosis, with lack of compensatory hypertrophy of 
the heart and evidence of circulatory disturbances, digitalis 
is clearly indicated. In these conditions the drug enables 
the heart to pump more blood into the arteries and prevents 
engorgement of the right heart and veins and the occurrence 
of dropsy. Digitalis is counter-indicated in aortic insuffi- 
ciency, because in prolonging diastole it allows more time 
for the blood to flow back from the aorta through the leaky 
valve into the ventricle. As a general proposition, digitalis 
is inferior to aconite in simple cardiac hypertrophy. But 
this does not apply when enlargement of the heart is insuffi- 
cient to compensate for valvular lesions. 

Digitalis is extremely successful in palpitation of the 
heart (horses) following over-exertion, but is not appropriate 
in palpitation due to nervousness (dogs), or to indigestion. 
Digitalis may be exhibited to advantage in rheumatic fever 
and in endocarditis or pericarditis to quiet the heart and 
secure rest by prolonging diastole. 

2. Digitalis is a valuable diuretic in dropsy of cardiac 
origin (dogs), by stimulating the heart and overcoming 
venous stasis in the kidneys and elsewhere. It is often 
desirable to combine iron preparations with digitalis. Tur- 
bidity results from the action of iron on the tannic acid 
contained in digitalis when in solution, but this can be re- 
moved by the addition of a little diluted phosphoric acid. 

3. Since digitalis contracts the uterus and blood vessels, 
it has been prescribed in uterine haemorrhage, and to stop 
bleeding from other internal parts ; but it is inferior to ergot 
on account of the general rise of blood tension. Haemoptysis, 
due to passive congestion of the lungs in mitral disease, is. 
relieved by digitalis. 



STROPHANTHUS 453 

L The use of digitalis in large doses as an antipyretic 
in fevers is not without danger and is inadvisable. 

Strophanthus. Strophanthus, 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

The seed of Strophanthus hispidus De Candolle (nat. ord. 
Apocynacese), deprived of its long awn. 

Habitat. — Tropical Africa. There are eighteen species, 
and the seeds from at least two are found in commerce. 
This has led to some confusion, as the chemical aud physio- 
logical properties of their different products vary to some 
extent. 

Description. — About 15 Mm. long and 4 or 5 Mm, broad ; 
oblong-lanceolate, flattened and obtusely edged, grayish- 
green, covered with appressed, silky hair, one side with a 
ridge extending into the attenuated, pointed end ; kernel 
white and oily, consisting of a straight embryo, having two 
thin cotyledons, and surrounded by a thin layer of peris- 
perm ; nearly inodorous ; taste very bitter. 

Constituents. — The chief one is (1) Strophanthiu, C31 H^, 
0,0 (8-10 per cent.), a glucoside occurring in white, trans- 
parent crystals, and having a very bitter taste. Soluble in 
water and alcohol, and insoluble in chloroform or ether. 
Decomposed by sulphuric acid into glucose and strophan- 
thidin. Strophanthin is said to be contained only in S. 
Kombe. (2) Kombic acid. (3) An alkaloid, Ineine. (4) 
Tanghinin, occurring in rhombic prisms. 

PREPARATION. 

■*Tinctura Strophanthi. Tincture of Strophanthus. (U. S. & B. F.) 
Made by digestion and percolation of strophanthus (50) with alcohol 

and water to make 1000. (U. S. P. ) 

Dose.—H &C., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., niii.-x. (.12-.6). The minimum 

doses should be used at first, since preparations vary in strength. 

•Tincture of strophanthus has been doubled in strength (100—100(1) in the 
1905 U. S. P. The doses should be theretore half those given above. 



454 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Strophanthinum. Strophanthin. 
(Non-official.) 

Dose.-lI., gr44 (.012-.03) ; D., gr.^-^ _(.0006-.001). 
The glncoside is not always pure and the dose is uncertain 
and must be given with caution. 

Action External. — Strophanthus is a local anaesthetic. 

Action Internal. — Strophanthus is a gastro-intestinal 
irritant in large doses, like digitalis, and produces violent 
purging and sometimes vomiting. On account of its bitter 
qualities it may act in small medicinal doses as a stomachic,, 
improving appetite and stimulating gastric secretion and 
motion. 

Circulation. — The action of strophanthus on the circula- 
tion is very similar to that of digitalis, but it is a more 
powerful and uncertain heart stimulant and produces less 
vascular constriction. By its iufluence the heart beats are 
made more forcible, infrequent and regular. Diastole is 
prolonged and systole is strengthened but unaltered in time. 
Arterial tension is raised and the pulse wave is increased in 
volume and force. The physiological details are not so well 
ascertained as are those of digitalis, but it is known that 
strophanthus directly stimulates the heart muscle in moder- 
ate doses. The vessels are slightly contracted, but not 
nearly as much so as by digitalis. Increased blood pressure 
results mainly from the augmented heart's action. In 
poisoning, the peripheral vagi are paralyzed and vascular 
tension falls, owing probably to tetanic contraction of the 
ventricles. The heart is arrested in systole or diastole. 

Nervous System. — Muscles and Respiration. — Strophan- 
thus is a powerful muscle poison. Therapeutic doses 
increase muscular activity and tone, while toxic quantities 
paralyze voluntary muscles. Medicinal doses not only 
stimulate the voluntary muscles, but also the unstriped 
muscle of the heart, and to some extent that of the vessel 
■walls. The nerve centres and trunks are unaffected except 
by the local application of strophanthus, which paralyzes 



CONVALLARIA 455 

the sensory nerve endings and muscular tissue. The respira- 
tion is uninfluenced by therapeutic doses of strophanthus, 
but in poisoning death sometimes takes place from 
respiratory failure following paralysis of the respiratory 
muscles. 

Kidneys. — The kidneys are irritated by large doses of 
strophanthus and the urine is albuminous. Inflammation of 
the renal tubules with minute haemorrhages are found post 
mortem. The renal vessels are not dilated, and the oncometer 
shows that the size of the kidney is not increased. The 
drug stimulates the secretory cells of the renal tubules and 
causes diuresis directly as well as indirectly by increasing 
general blood pressure. The active principle is eliminated 
in the urine. A cumulative action in the lower animals and 
in man has been noted by several observers. 

Uses Internal. — In general, it may be stated that the 
indications for strophanthus are identical with those for 
digitalis, but the former is not so certain in its effects. It is 
of value as a substitute for digitalis when this medicine is 
not well borne, and to replace digitalis temporarily in order 
to avoid its cumulative action. On account of the stimulant 
and diuretic properties of strophanthus, it is useful in 
mitral disease, cardiac dropsy, pericardial and pleural eff'u- 
sions, pulmonary oedema, and chronic nephritis ; but in 
heart disease digitalis should be tried first. 

CoNVALLARiA. Couvallaria. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Lily of the Valley, E.; muguet, Fr. The 
rhizome and roots of Convallaria majalis Linne (uat. ord. 
Liliacese). 

Habitat. — United States, in the Alleghany Mountains, 
Europe and northern Asia. 

Description. — Of horizontal growth and somewhat 
branched ; about 3 Mm. thick, cylindrical, wrinkled, whitish, 
marked with few circular scars ; at the annulate joint with 
about 8 or 10 long thin roots ; fracture spmewhat fibrous. 



456 YEGETABLE DEUGS 

white; odor peculiar, pleasant; taste sweetisli, bitter and 
somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — Two glucosiiles ; (1) Convallamarin (C^gH,^ 
Opj), the active principle. A Avhite powder, having a sweet, 
bitter taste, and soluble in water and alcohol. (2) Conval- 
larin (CsjHgiOn), occurring in prismatic crystals, soluble in 
alcohol, sparingly in water, and insoluble in ether. A 
purgative. 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum ConvallaricB Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Convallaria. 

(tl. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation witli diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose.— H. & C, 3 i-iv. (4.-15.) ; D., n^v.-x. (.3..6). 

Action and Uses Internal. — Convallaria, by virtue of 
convallamarin, resembles digitalis in its action on the heart, 
vessels and kidneys, but is not so reliable and powerful. 
The indications for its use are the same as those for digitalis. 
In some cases it is successful where the latter drug has 
failed. Occasionally purging has resulted owing to the con- 
vallarin in convallaria. The fatal dose of convallamarin is 
stated by Marme to be gr. | to ^, (.015-.03) for dogs, and yet 
the dose recommended in veterinary text books is gr. |^ to 2 
(.03-.12). The glucoside is not a pure principle and there- 
fore varies in strength. For this reason the dose is uncertain 
and its use undesirable. 



SciLLA. Squill. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Squills, E. ; meerzwiebel, G. ; scille, squille, 
Fr.; bulbus scillae, P. G. 

The bulb of Urginea maritima (Linne) Baker (nat. ord. 
Liliaceee), deprived of its dry, membranaceous outer scales, 
and cut into thin slices, the central portions being rejected. 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, on the shores of the Medi- 
terranean. 



SQUILL 457 

Description. — In narrow segments about 5 Cm. long, 
slightly translucent, yellowisli-wliite or reddisli, brittle and 
pulverizable when dry ; tough and flexible after exposure to 
damp air; inodorous; taste mucilaginous, bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — Various active principles have been 
recovered, but it is doubtful if any completely represent the 
action of the drug. All possess some poisonous properties. 
Merck sells three substances derived from squill : (1) Scil- 
litoxiu, a glucoside. (2) Scillipicrin. (3) Scillin. In addi- 
tion, the drug contains mucilage. 

Squill Dose.— K., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh., 
gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., gr.i.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Scillce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Squill. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation witli alcohol and water, 
and evaporation, so that 1 Co. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., nixv.-xxx. 
<1..2.) ; D., Ttli.-v. (.06-.3). 

Tinctura Scillce. Tincture of Squill. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of squill, 150; vs^ith alcohol and 

water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose— H., 3 vi.- f i.ss. (24.-45.) ; C, 3 i.ss.-iii. (45.-90.) ; Sh., 3 i.ss.-iii. 

<6.-12.); D., TTlv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Syrupus Scillce. Syrup of Squill. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by boiling and filtering vinegar of squill, 450 ; adding sugar, 
^00 ; straining and adding M^ater to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— H.. 3S8. (15.); D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 
Incompatible vv^ith ammonium carbonate. 

Syrupus Scillce Compositus. Compound Syrup of Squill. 
(U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Coxe's Hive Syrup. Fluid extract of squill, 80 ; fluid 
extract of senega, 80; antimonium and potassium tartrate, 2; precipitated 
tsalciuin phosphate, 10 ; sugar, 750 ; v^ater to make 1000. 
Dose. — D., TTlv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Action Internal. — Gastro-intesfinal Tract. — Therapeutic 
doses do not exert any effect, but toxic quantities cause 
vomiting and purging in dogs, with fall of temperature. 



458 TEGETABLE DKUGS 

stupor, intermittent paralysis, convulsions, suppression or 
scanty secretion of bloody urine, and death within 12 or 15 
hours. Lesions of gastro-enteritis and congestion of the 
kidneys are found after death. 

Circulation. — The action of squill on the heart and 
vessels is practically identical with that of digitalis. 

Respiration. — Clinical experience, rather than physio- 
logical experiments, has shown that squill acts as an expect- 
orant during its elimination from the bronchial mucous 
membrane, thereby increasing secretion and vascularity. 

Kidneys. — Squill is eliminated mainly by the kidneys, 
and in its excretion directly stimulates them and increases 
the amount of urine. In toxic doses it produces acute 
parenchymatous nephritis and urinary suppression. Squill 
is a more powerful diuretic than digitalis. 

Uses Internal. — Squill is useful in ascites of dogs, result- 
ing from valvular lesions or otherwise, to stimulate the 
heart and cause diuresis. It may be given to advantage in 
pill with digitalis, calomel, and extract of hyoscyamus — one 
grain of each. Small doses of squill are often exhibited to 
dogs in the second stage of acute bronchitis, and occasion- 
ally to horses, as an expectorant ; and in large doses as an 
emetic for dogs in the form of the simple or compound 
syrup. The drug is indicated in bronchitis with scanty 
secretion, or when exudation is excessive to improve the 
tone of the bronchial mucous membrane. 

Class 2. — Decreasing the Force and Frequency 
of the Heart. 

AcoNiTUM. Aconite. 

Synonym. — Aconiti radix, B.P. ; racine d'aconit, Fr. ;: 
tubera aconiti, P. G. ; eisenhutknollen, G. The tuber of 
Aconitum Napellus Linne (nat. ord. Ranunculacese). 

Habitat. — Northwestern North America, Europe and 
Asia in mountainous regions, and cultivated in the United 
States for its showy flowers. 



ACONITE 4:59 

Description.— From 10 to 20 Mm. thick at the crown ; 
conically contracted below ; from 50 to 75 Mm. long, with 
scars or fragments of radicles ; dark brown externally, 
whitish internally, with a rather thick bark; the central 
axis about seven-rayed ; without odor ; taste at first sweetish, 
soon becoming acrid and producing a sensation of tingling 
and numbness which lasts for seme time. 

Constituents. — The alkaloid representing the action of 
the drug is aconitine (CssHj^NOu?), which is precipitated by 
ammonia from an aqueous solution of an alcoholic extract 
of the root of various species. It is a colorless, crystalline, 
or amorphous, gray powder, almost insoluble in water, and 
soluble in 40 parts of alcohol or ether, and 1 part of chloro- 
form. Its salts are soluble in water. 

Commercial preparations vary in purity and strength,, 
and since it is extremely poisonous (an Indian arrow poison) 
its internal administration is undesirable. Pseudo-aconitine 
(CgeH^gNOii), aconine (C^gHjgNOn), and other alkaloids in com- 
bination with aconitic acid (CgHeOe), have been obtained from 
aconite, but their identity and chemistry are uncertain. 

Aconite. Dose. — H. & C, gr.iii-xx. (.2-1.3) ; D., gr.-jij-iL 
(.006-.12). 

Aconitince Nitras. (Squibb.) Subcutaneously. 

H., gr.^ (.002) ; D., gr.^-^ (.0003..0006). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Aconili. Tincture of Aconite. (XT. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Teinture de racine d'aconit, Fr.; eisenhuttinkfcur, G. 
Made by maceration and percolation of aconite, 350; witli alcohol and 
■water to make 1000. (U. S. P.)* 

Dose.— H., TTlv.-xxx. (.3-2.) ; C, 3 ss.-l. (2.-4.); Sh. & Sw., ti^v.-x. 
(.8-.6);D., mss.-v. (.03..3). 

Extractum Aconiti Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Aconite. (U. S- P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. & C, miii.-xx. (.2-1.3); D., nii^-ii. (.006-12). 

* The U S P. (1905) calls for a tincture of aconite having about one-third the 
strength of above, or exactly 10%. The doses therefore should be three times 
those given above. 



460 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Extractum Aconiti. Extract of Aconite. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation 
to pilular consistence. 

Dose.— H., gr.i. iii. (.06-.3); D., gr.^o-i (.006-.015). 

Extractum Aconiti. (B. P.) 
Dose.— H., gr.iii.-vi. (.2-.36); D., gr.ss.-i. (.03-.06). 

Fleming's Tincture, (Non-official.) (79 per cent.) 
Dose.— H., mvii.-xv. (.5-1.); D., ni-ii. (.015-.12). 

ACONITE AND ACONITINE. 

Action External. — Aconite or aconitine applied to mucous 
membranes, raw surfaces or the unbroken skin, irritates and 
'then paralyzes the nerves of touch and temperature. This 
is evidenced in the human subject by a sensation of tingling 
and burning, followed by numbness and local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Aconite in medicinal 
doses has no special effect on the digestive organs. Toxic 
doses produce nausea and retching, and, in animals capable 
of the act, vomiting. 

Circulation. — Tlie chief therapeutic value of aconite 
depends upon its influence over the heart and vessels. It 
reduces both the force and frequency of the cardiac pulsa- 
tions and lowers blood tension. The physiological details 
accounting for this action are not positively known. It is 
probable that the slowing of the heart is primarily due to 
stimulation of the vagus endings in the heart, inhibitory 
centre in the medulla, and cardiac motor ganglia ; but 
soon both the heart muscle and its contained ganglia are 
progressively depressed, and, by lethal doses, paralyzed. 
This local action of aconite on the heart is exhibited when 
the drug is applied directly to the organ in situ, or to the 
cut-out heart, when its pulsations are diminished in force 
and frequency. 

The vasomotor system is only indirectly influenced by 
depression of the sensory nerves, so that the normal peri- 
pheral stimuli do not reflexly stimulate the vasomotor centre 
and contract the arterioles. Therefore blood pressure is 



ACONITE 



461 



lowered for this reason and because of the lessened heart's 
action. In poisoning, the pulse is weak, irregular and inter- 
mittent; first slow and then rapid. There is ultimatelj 
paralysis of the peripheral vagi, heart muscle and its 
ganglia, and the vasomotor centres. The heart is arrested 
in diastole, but death immediately results from respiratory 
failure. 

Nervous System. — The most striking effect of aconite 
on the nervous system consists in loss of sensation 
and temperature sense after large medicinal doses. This 
phenomenon is due to depression of the sensory nerve 
terminations, and possibly to depression of sensory percep- 
tive centres in the brain, and sensory side of the cord. The 
drug is not comparable with opium, since doses large enough 
to produce a general anodyne action are dangerous. 

Poisonous doses of aconite cause loss of motor power 
as well as loss of sensation. This latter effect follows 
paralysis of the motor nerve endings and perhaps the spinal 
motor tract. There is some disturbance of the brain, as 
exhibited by occasional delirium and convulsions. The 
latter are supposed to follow interference with the circula- 
tion at the base of the brain. Furthermore, in man, dizzi- 
ness, blindness, deafness and loss of speech sometimes occur 
in lethal poisoning. 

Bespiration. — The breathing of animals under the influ- 
ence of aconite resembles that observed after section of the 
vagi. The respiration is slow ; the expiration is prolonged, 
and is succeeded by a considerable interval before the next 
inspiration. This condition is brought about by depression 
of the medullary respiratory centres and terminations of the 
afferent vagi in the lungs. 

Temperature. — The bodily heat is reduced by aconite in 
fever, after medicinal doses, and in poisoning by the drug. 
Vascular dilatation, retarded circulation, and therefore heat 
dissipation, probably explains the antipyretic action. 

Skin. — Aconite sometimes produces slight diarphoresis. 
The cause of this action is unknown. 



462 TEGETABLE DEUGS 

Kidneys and Elimination. — The urinary flow is some- 
what increased, especially in fever. The cause is also 
uncertain ; neither is the mode of elimination understood. 

Toxicology. — The minimum fatal dose of aconite is about 
3 i. for the horse ; gr.xx. for medium sized dogs ; and gr.v.-vi. 
for cats. The smallest fatal dose recorded in man is a tea- 
spoonful of tincture of aconite, equivalent to about gr.xxx. of 
the crude drug. The minimum lethal quantity of aconitine 
is gr.yV ^or man, and about the same for cats. For dogs it 
is from gr.|^ to gr.|. The writer has found that cats will 
live from fifteen minutes to half an hour after receiving the 
smaller deadly doses under the skin, but large doses produce 
death immediately by paralyzing the heart. Large thera- 
peutic doses cause, in horses, restlessness, pawing the 
ground, shaking of the head, champing of the jaws, increased 
secretion of salivary mucus, and attempts at swallowing, 
probably owing to the peculiar sense of irritation produced 
by the drug in the throat. Nausea and retching are observed 
in all animals, while vomiting occurs in dogs and cats. The 
pulse and respiration are weakened and generally retarded. 
After lethal doses these symptoms are intensified. We 
observe violent retching, frequent and difficult attacks of 
swallowing, ejection of frothy mucus from the mouth, 
copious sweating in horses ; pulse first weak and infrequent, 
later rapid, running and almost imperceptible ; respiration 
slow, interrupted, and shallow, and reduction of tempera- 
ture. Death is preceded by muscular twitchings in the 
horse and loss of strength, so that the subject falls and is 
unable to rise ; or in the case of cats and rabbits, the animals 
jump vertically into the air, topple over backwards and go 
into convulsions, lying helpless on their side. The labial 
muscles are retracted and the lips drawn back, showing the 
teeth covered with foam. The face is anxious, the eyeballs 
are retracted or protruded, and the pupils more commonly 
dilated. Death takes place usually from asphyxia, occasion- 
ally from syncope. The post-mortem appearances are 
simply those resulting from asphyxia. 



ACONITE 463 

Treatment. — Evacuate the stomach by pump or siphon. 
Emetics ;ire contraindicated as disturbing the heart. Car- 
diac and respiratory stimulants are to be given subcutane- 
ously, as alcohol, ammonia, ether, and tincture of digitalis, 
ill addition to inhalation of amyl nitrite. The patient must 
be kept quiet, and artificial respiration done if practicable 
^nd necessary. 

Experimental and clinical evidence abundantly prove 
the antagonism of digitalis as an antidote in stimulating 
the heart, even vehen it has stopped beating, in aconite 
poisoning. 

Uses Externcd. — Aconite may be applied in the official 
liniment (fluid extract of aconite, 40 ; chloroform liniment, 
60) to relieve pain of an inflammatory, neuralgic, or rheu- 
matic character; or as aconitine in ointment (2-4 per cent.) 
for the same purposes. Aconitine is very expensive, how- 
ever. Care must be exercised to prevent undue absorption 
and poisoning. 

Uses Interned. — Aconite fills certain indications which no 
other drug does. It is useful in fever because : 

1. It diminishes the force and frequency of the heart. 

2. It causes arterial relaxation and equalizes the circu- 
lation ; i.e., it allows the blood to flow away from congested 
areas into dilated peripheral vessels. It is not so powerful 
as veratrum viride. 

3. It lowers temperature and produces sweating and 
diuresis. 

4. It relieves pain and restlessness to some extent. 
Aconite is particularly applicable, conjoined with sweet 

spirit of nitre, in the first stages of febrile diseases ; in those 
attacking the young ; and in those of self-limited and short 
duration, viz., coryza, laryngitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, 
bronchitis and pneumonia uncomplicated with influenza. 
It is also indicated in the initial period of acute muscular 
rheumatism, enteritis and peritonitis (combined with opium), 
■and in mammitis, lymphangitis, and laminitis. Spasmodic 
and painful disorders, as colic, are relieved more success- 



464 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

fully by powerful anodynes and antispasmodics (opium and 
belladonna). 

Ill chronic or long continued fevers, the use of aconite 
should not be persisted in, but it should be given at the very 
outset of fevers and repeated frequently in small doses. 
TI|v. for the horse, and Tllss. for the dog, every fifteen 
minutes for two hours, aud afterwards Tllx. for the horse, 
and Tlli- for the dog, hourly, being governed, however, by thi 
condition of the pulse aud temperature and the physiolo- 
gical effects. Aconite is a useful sedative in some cardiac 
disturbances. It quiets nervous palpitation, and that form 
resulting from hypertrophy of the heart. It can be admin- 
istered to advantage iu the first stages of acute pericarditis 
and endocarditis. 

Veratrum Viride. Veratrum Viride. 

Siinonym. — Veratri viridis rhizoma, B. P. ; American 
hellebore, green hellebore root, Indian poke root, E. ; 
griiner germer, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride Solander (nat» 
ord. Liliacese). 

Description. — Rhizome upright, obconical, simple or 
divided, from 3 to 8 Cm. long and 2 to 4 or 5 Cm. thick ; 
externally blackish-gray, internally grayish-white ; showing 
numerous short, irregular wood-bundles. Roots emanating 
from all sides of the rhizome, numerous, shrivelled, light 
yellowish-brown ; about 10 to 20 Cm. long and 2 Mm. thick. 
Inodorous, but strongly sternutatory when powdered ; taste 
bitterish and very acrid. 

Constituents. — 1. Jervine (CjiH^^NOs), a pure alkaloid, 
occurring also in veratrum album. 2. Veratroidine or ceva- 
dine ; an impure alkaloid, non-crystallizable, composed 
chiefly of rubijervine in combination with resin and other 
bodies. It is said to be identical with veratrine. 3. Pseu- 
dojervine. 4. Traces of rubijervine. 5. A resin, nearly 
inert, but a gastro-intestinal irritant. 

Veratrum Viride Dose. — H. & C, 3 ss--i- (2.-4.) ; Sh. & 
Sw., gr.xx.-xxx. (1.3-2.) ; D., gv.^\~i. (.006-.06). 



VERATEUM VIRIDE 465 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Veratri Vundis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Veratrum 
Viride. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 
go that 1 Cc. = 1 Gni. of the crude dru^. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3ss.-i. (3.-4.); Sh. & Sw., ttixx.-xxx. (1.3-3.); D., 
-niiVi- (.006-.06). 

Tinctura Veratri ViHdis. Tincture of Veratrum Viride.* 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of veratrum viride, 400 ; and 
alcohol to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Sh. & Sw., nixl.- 3 i. (2.6-4.) ; D., 
mi-ii. (.012-.12). 

JERVINE. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Large doses cause 
salivation, but have little effect on the stomach or bowels. 

Circulation. — Jervine is a powerful depressant to the 
heart muscle, its contained ganglia, and the vasomotor 
centres. Large doses, therefore, weaken and slow the pulse 
and lower vascular tension. 

Respiration. — The alkaloid is also a profound respira- 
tory depressant, and death occurs from asphyxia in poison- 
ing, the heart continuing to beat after cessation of breathing; 

Nervous System. — In poisoning by jervine, animals 
exhibit muscular tremors and weakness, and finally fall 
from loss of muscular power. Lying prostrate on the 
ground in a paralytic state, they are attacked by clonic con- 
vulsions. The paralysis is attributable to depression of the 
cells of the inferior coiuua, while the convulsions are due to 
disturbance of the cerebral circulation, or stimulation of the 
cerebral motor tract. The muscles and nerves are unaffected 
by jervine, but there is partial anaesthesia of spinal origin 
observed just before death. 

VERATROIDINE. 

Action Internal. — The alkaloid is a decided gastro-intes- 
tinal irritant and produces vomiting in animals capable of 
the act, and olten ( u. . .g. 

* The U. S. P. (1905) c:\':< ' - a ti-'ct re crDitaining only 10% of crude d; . g. 
The doses should be four li:. egiv na .o\e. 



466 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Circulation. — Veratroidine mainly influences tlie cardiac 
inhibitory apparatus. When artificial respiration is practised, 
so that the effect of the substance on the respiratory centres 
will not overcome the action on the circulation, it is found 
that the alkaloid slows the heart's action in moderate doses 
by stimulating the pneumogastric centres. Large toxic 
doses, on the other hand, paralyze the vagus nerve endings 
in the heart, and the cardiac pulsations therefore become 
very frequent. The vasomotor centres are uninfluenced by 
ordinary quantities of veratroidine. 

Bespiratioii. — The depressing action of veratroidine on 
the respiratory functions is more marked than that exerted 
on the heart, so that, unless artificial respiration is sustained, 
asphyxia supervenes, and this leads to vasomotor spasm and 
great rise of blood pressure. Death ensues from respiratory 
failure. 

Nervous System. — The influence of veratroidine upon 
the nervous system is similar to that of jervine, but the 
spasmodic phenomena are not so prominent. 

VERATRUM VIRIDE. 

Action Internal. — The action of the drug is a resultant • 
of the action of jervine and veratroidine. 

Circulation. — The most noteworthy therapeutic value of 
veratrum viride depends upon its effect on the circulation. 
It first lowers the force (jervine), and, if continued, the 
frequency (veratroidine and jervine) of the pulse, and also 
reduces vascular tension. Veratrum viride is considerably 
more powerful than aconite, which depresses the action of 
the heart but does not directly lessen arterial action. Vera- 
trum viride is, however, inferior to aconite for general pur- 
poses, as it does not possess the anodyne, diarphoretic, or 
diuretic properties peculiar to the latter drug. 

The temperature is reduced several degrees by large 
.doses of veratrum viride. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms exhibited in veratrum viride 
poisoning are : salivation, vomiting, or attempts at vomiting. 



VERATRUM VIRIDE 467 

purging, abdominal pain, muscular weakness, difl&culty in 
progression, loss of power and general paralysis, muscular 
tremors and spasms, and occasionally convulsions. The 
pulse is unaltered in rate at first, but later becomes infrequent 
and compressible and finally rapid, thread-like and running. 
The respiration is shallow, the temperature reduced, the 
skin is cold and clammy ; there is semi-consciousness, loss 
of sight and death from asphyxia. 

Treatment should be pursued with cardiac and respira- 
tory stimulants, as amyl nitrite (by inhalation), alcohol, 
■strychnine and atropine ; tannic acid as a chemical antidote ; 
opium to subdue pain ; and demulcents to relieve local irrita- 
tion of the digestive tract. Warm water should be given the 
smaller animals to wash out the stomach and to assist vomi- 
tion, and quietude should be enforced. In man, fatal poison- 
ing is rare, since the drug is spontaneously vomited. The 
same would probably apply to dogs. Recovery has ensued 
in horses after ingestion of two ounces of veratrum album 
root. 

Administration. — It is advisable to give small doses of 
the tincture or fluid extract hourly. In the case of the 
smaller patients the dose should be preceded by the ad- 
ministration of a correspondingly small dose of laudanum 
(1T[v.-x.) to prevent vomiting. 

Uses Internal. — The alkaloids of veratrum viride are 
difficult to obtain in their purity, and are not used in practice. 

The drug is applicable as a circulatory sedative at the 
outset of sthenic diseases afflicting strong, plethoric animals. 
Veratrum viride bleeds an animal into its own vessels by 
causing vascular dilatation. The indications are similar 
to those applying to venesection, and are therefore limited. 
In some cases of acute diseases, included within the limits 
defined above, it may prove of the utmost service to cut 
short or even abort the attack. 

In this list may be placed sthenic pneumonia, cerebritis, 
laminitis, puerperal fever, and, when veratrum is combined 
with opium to obviate stimulation of peristaltic action. 



468 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

enteritis, peritonitis, and abdominal wounds and injuries. 
Teratrum viride is said to relieve pain, lower temperature, 
and lessen the duration of acute rheumatic fever. 

VERATRUM ALBUM. 

Synonym. — Yeratri albi rhizoma, white hellebore root, E. 

Habitat. — Europe (used on the continent). 

Constituents. — 1. Jervine. 2. Veratralbine, which is 
allied to veratrine. Veratrum album generally resembles 
veratrum viride, but it is a more powerful gastro-intestinal 
irritant. The Germans recommend it to be given as an 
emetic to swine, in milk, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3), and as an emetic to 
cattle, 3 iv.-vi. (16.-24.). Its use is, however, attended with 
some danger in these doses. 

Veratrina. Veratrine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A mixture of alkaloids obtained from the seed oi' 
Asagraea officinalis (Schlechtendal et Chamisso) Lindley 
(nat. ord. Liliaceae). (U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from the seed by alcohol, which 
is recovered by distillation, and the residue is treated with 
water to precipitate resins ; filtered, and veratrine is precipi- 
tated from the filtrate by ammonia. It is further purified by 
solution in water, decolorization, and reprecipitation. 

Properties. — A white, or grayish-white, amorphous, or 
semi-crystalline powder ; odorless, but causing intense irri- 
tation and sneezing when even a minute quantity reaches 
the nasal mucous membrane ; having an acrid taste, and leav- 
ing a sense of tingling and numbness on the tongue. Per- 
manent in the air. Very slightly soluble in cold or hot 
water; soluble in 3 parts of alcohol, and very soluble in 
boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of ether, and in 2 
parts of chloroform. 

Dose.—R., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12); C, gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) ; D.^ 
gr.^ViV (.0012-.006). 

The smaller doses to be given subcutaneously. 



VERATRINE 469 

PREPARATION. 

Oleatum Veratrince. Oleate of Veratrine. (U. S. P.) 
Veratrine, 4 ; olive oil, 6 ; benzoinated lard, 90. (U. S. P.) 

Action Internal. — Veratrine is a powerful irritant. If 
inhaled in minutest quantity it causes sneezing and a mucous, 
or bloody discharge. When injected under the skin, vera- 
trine occasions suffering and restlessness. Rubbed into the 
skin or applied to a mucous membrane or a raw surface, it 
produces redness and pain followed by local anaesthesia. 

Action Internal. — Here again veratrine is an intense irri- 
tant. After ingestion of large doses, there are salivation, 
violent vomiting, in animals capable of the act ; often severe 
purging, pain, collapse, fall of temperature and other symp- 
toms common to gastro-enteritis. 

Nervous System and Muscles. — Veratrine is a direct 
poison to the motor and sensory nerves and muscles, first 
exalting and then depressing and paralyzing their functional 
activity. The cerebrum, and probably the spinal cord, escape 
its influence. Spasms and convulsions occur in veratrine 
poisoning, in the stage of motor excitement, while paralysis 
follows depression of the nerves and muscles. The action of 
the substance begins and ends sooner in the nerves than the 
muscles. The effect of veratrine on voluntary muscle is 
peculiar. A tracing of a muscle during contraction shows 
that the latent period, and that of ascent, is unaltered ; but 
the amount of contraction is much augmented, as shown by 
the increased height of the curve ; and the time of relaxation 
is greatly prolonged. 

Circulation. — Veratrine affects the heart muscle much 
as it does the striped muscle, and the vagus nerve similarly 
to the spinal nerves. The cardiac muscle and vagus nerve 
{central and peripheral), and probably the vasomotor 
centres, are primarily stimulated and secondarily depressed 
and paralyzed. Three conditions have been noted in rela- 
tion to the pulse, corresponding to different stages in the 
action of veratrine. 1. A small dose may induce a temporary 



470 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

rise of pulse rate, force aod tension, by stimulation of the 
cardiac muscle and vasomotor centres. 2. Large doses are 
followed by slowing and weakening of the pulse. The 
vagus is stimulated and the heart muscle depressed. 3. 
Towards the end of fatal poisoning the pulse becomes weak, 
thread-like, rapid and irregular from paralysis of the heartr 
muscle, inhibitory apparatus and vasomotor centres. It 
sometimes happens, however, that the pulse remains weak 
and slow in this stage because the paralyzing influence of 
the substance on the heart muscle prevents quickening of 
the heart even after the removal of inhibitory control. The 
heart is dilated and irresponsive to galvanism, after death, as 
are also the voluntary muscles. 

Respiration. — Lethal doses paralyze the respiratory 
centres and death occurs from respiratory arrest. The 
breathing may be quickened by small doses of veratriue, 
owing to transient stimulation of the respiratory centres and 
vagus nerve endings in the lungs. 

Toxicology. — The symptoms of poisoning are referable 
to the action of veratrine on the digestive, nervous and 
muscular apparatus, heart, and respiratory organs. They 
include nausea, salivation, clammy sweating, excessive vomit- 
ing in dogs, cats and cattle, attempts at vomitiug in the • 
horse, abdominal pain, severe purging, muscular twitchinf^s 
or convulsions (excited by external stimuli), loss of muscular 
power and paralysis. The pulse, at first weak and infrequent, 
becomes thready, rapid and irregular. The temperature is 
reduced and the respiration is weak and slow. Death occurs 
in convulsions or paralysis. One-sixteenth of a grain lias- 
caused alarming symptoms in man. The minimum fatal 
dose is about one grain for dogs. One grain subcutaneously, 
or five to six grains by the mouth, produce poisonous 
symptoms in horses. 

Treatment. — External heat; respiratory and cardiac 
stimulants should be employed subcutaneously. Potassium 
carbonate and demulcent drinks are to be given in- 
ternally. 



IPECAC ' 471 

Uses External. — Veratrine is of trivial value, since its 
therapeutic application is narrowly limited. It is occasion- 
ally useful in the official ointment, or in greater strength 
(gr.xl. to 3 i.) for its local anaesthetic action applied over 
rheumatic joints. It may be employed also as a simple 
rubefacient. An aqueous solution of veratrine sulphate, or 
an alcoholic dilution of the pure alkaloid, is recommended by 
Ellenberger and other noted Germans in shoulder lameness, 
myalgia, and chronic rheumatic affections of the horse, to be 
injected every alternate day, or oftener, into the muscular 
tissue over the seat of the trouble. The animal should be led 
about for fifteen or thirty minutes while the pain of the 
treatment lasts. The initial dose is gr.f (0.4 Gm.), to be 
increased to gr.l^ (0.1 Gm.). 

Uses Internal. — Veratrine has been employed as a cardiac 
sedative and antipyretic in pneumonia, acute rheumatism, 
and in other sthenic disorders, but it is inferior for these 
purposes to aconite or veratrum viride, and its other effects 
are undesirable. The remedy is lauded by foreign authori- 
ties as an emetic and cathartic for cattle in impaction of the 
third stomach, and in conditions where it is desirable to 
quickly unload their digestive apparatus. 

P. Cagny advises veratrine, grs.2^-3 (.15-.20), subcutane- 
ously, to be followed if necessary by daily doses of grs.S-T^, 
(0.3-0.5 Gm.) in mucilaginous drinks by the mouth. The 
same writer finds the drug useful in "broken wind." Vera- 
trine stimulates intestinal secretion and peristalsis in the 
horse, but is inferior to eserine and pilocarpine in that 
animal as a quickly acting cathartic. 



SECTION VII.— DEUGS ACTING ON THE 
KESPIEATORY ORGANS. 

Ipecacuanha. Ipecac. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ipecacuanha, racine bresilienne, Fr. ; 
brechwurzel, ruhrwurzel, G. 



472 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

The root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha (Brotero) A. 
Richard (nat. ord. Rubiacese). 

Habitat. — South America from Brazil to Bolivia, and 
New Grenada. Cultivated in India. 

Description. — About 10 Cm. long and 4 or 5 Mm. thick ; 
mostly simple, contorted, dull grayish-brown or blackish, 
finely wrinkled, closely and irregularly annulated, and often 
transversely fissured ; bark thick, brittle, brownish, easily 
separated from the thin, whitish, tough, ligneous portion ; 
odor slight, peculiar, nauseous ; taste bitterish, acrid, 
nauseating. 

Constituents. — 1. The alkaloid Emetine (CsoH^oNOs), 
existing to the extent of 1-2 per cent., and representing in 
the main the action of the crude drug. It is a white, odor- 
less, uncrystallizable powder, with a bitter, burning taste, 
and soluble in alcohol and chloroform ; less so in ether, and 
very slightly in water, turning yellow on keeping. The 
impure commercial alkaloid occurs in brownish-red trans- 
parent and deliquescent scales, very soluble in water. 2. 
An amorphous, bitter glucoside. 3. An astringent^ ipecac- 
uanhic acid. 4. A volatile oil, starch, gum, tannin, coloring 
matter, etc. Hemidesmus exists as an impurity, it is cracked, 
not annulated ; also bitter almond powder, which exhales 
the odor of prussic acid when wet. Emetine (non-official) is 
rarely used. 

Dose of Poiodered Boot. — H,, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.) ; Sh., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

Emetic. — D. & Sw., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Ipecacuanhce, Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Ipecac. 

(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, evap- 
oration of a portion of the percolate, solution of the residue in the 
reserved portion of the percolate, and addition of alcohol and water, so 
that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. ' 

Dose. — Same as powdered root. 



IPECAC 473 

Syrupus Ipecacuanhce. Syrup of Ipecac. (U. S. P.) 
Fluid extract of ipecac, 70 ; acetic acid, 10 ; glycerin, 100 ; sugar, 
700 ; water to make 1000. 

Dose.— D. (expectorant), ttixv.- 3 i. (1.-4.). 

Vinuvi Ipecacuanhce. Wine of Ipecac. (TJ. S. & B. P.) 
Fluid extract of ipecac, 100 ; alcohol, 100 ; white wine, 800. 
<U.S. P.) 

Dose. — Same as syrup of ipecac. 

Pulvis Ipecacuanhce et Opii. (See opium.) 
Tinctura Ipecacuanhce et Opii. (See opium.) 

Action External. — Ipecac, and still more emetine, are 
decided irritants when applied to mucous membranes, raw 
surfaces, or even to the unbroken skin ; causing, variously, 
hypersemia, vesication, pustulation, and ulceration, according 
to their strength and the mode of application. Ipecac is 
said to possess some antiseptic properties not* resident in 
emetine. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Ipecac is naturally a 
local irritant in the alimentary canal as well as externally. 
It increases the flow of saliva and gastric juice, besides 
dilating the blood vessels of the stomach. Small doses are 
stomachic, improving the digestion and tone of the gastric 
mucous membrane, and, in some cases, minute quantities are 
«nti-emetic in allayiug vomiting. Large doses, on the other 
hand, cause a little nausea and free vomiting. It is probable 
ihat emetine is not, as frequently stated, a specific emetic; 
that is, it does not act directly on the vomiting centre, 
although vomiting is produced, when emetine is thrown into 
the blood, by means of its elimination through the stomach. 
This is substantiated by the following facts : (1) Emetine is 
recovered in the first vomitus after its subcutaneous injec- 
tion. (2) Yomition does not occur so rapidly, and more 
emetine is required, when the alkaloid is injected in place of 
being ingested. (3) Furthermore, when the vagus is pre- 
viously divided, vomiting does not follow hyperdermic medi- 
cation of emetine. The act does, however, follow the admin- 
istration of apomorphine and tartar emetic under similar 



474 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

conditions. Therefore it is probable that in whatsoever way^ 
ipecac is exhibited, vomiting proceeds from direct irritation 
of the stomach or the vagus endings situated therein. Ipecac 
and emetine do not act so promptly as zinc sulphate or 
apomorphine (under the skin). The latter are accordingly 
preferable as evacuants in poisoning. Compared with tartar 
emetic, ipecac is less persistent and prostrating in its effect. 
It is probably the mildest emetic at our command. Ipecac 
and emetine increase secretion and cause hypersemia and 
purging, sometimes of a bloody character, in their passage 
through the bowels. Gastro-enteritis may follow the admin- 
istration of large quantities to dogs. Experimental evidence ' 
has shown that ipecac is an hepatic stimulant (cholagogue), ■ 
increasing the secretion of bile. 

Circulation. — Medicinal doses have no influence 011 the 
circulation. Lethal doses paralyze the heart muscle. The 
act of vomiting, nevertheless, may slightly depress the 
heart. 

Respiratory Organs. — The lungs are often found intensely 
hypereemic after death by ipecac poisoning. Not only this ; 
portions are seen to be collapsed and consolidated. In 
therapeutic doses the pulmonary mucous membrane is stimu- 
lated during its elimination and is made more vascular ; the 
secretion of bronchial .mucus is increased and cough is 
reflexly excited. Ipecac is thus strictly a stimulating exj>ect- 
orant in so far as its action on the bronchial mucous mem- 
brane is concerned ; but it is, perhaps unfortunately and 
misleadingly, classed by some (Bruuton) as a depressing 
expectorant because of the side influence on the circulation. 

Skin. — Ipecac is mildly diarphoretic in addition to 
and independent of this action common to nauseants in 
general. 

Toxicology. — The following toxic phenomena are exhib- 
ited by animals : vomiting, loss of muscular power and 
paralysis, increased, followed by diminished reflex activity, 
failure of heart and respiration, and post mortem evidences 
of congestion and inflammation of the lungs and intestines^ 



IPECAC 475 

Three ounces of ipecac have killed a horse, and two grains 
of emetine have proved fatal to a dog. 

Uses. — The indications for the therapeutic employment 
of ipecac may be described under the following heads : 

1. Emetic and anti-emetic. 

2. Expectorant. 

3. Diarphoretic. 

4 Empirically in dysentery and chronic diarrhoea. 

1. Powdered ipecac is a good agent for dogs, cats and 
pigs, given in luke-warm water, in repeated doses if neces- 
sary, to empty an overloaded stomach. Also in acute 
bronchitis and laryngitis of dogs and cats, when the patient 
is endangered by accumulation of secretion, ipecac, by the 
forcible expulsion attending vomiting, removes secretion 
from the upper respiratory tract and clears out the stomach 
of any secretion which may have been swallowed. Ipecac is 
efficacious in stopping vomiting in cases of acute catarrh of 
the stomach in dogs, and is given as the wine with tincture 
of aconite, one drop each in a drachm of ice water, at half 
hour intervals. The drug is also of service in reflex vomit- 
ing, and that due to an atonic or depressed condition of the 
stomach. Therapeutically, ipecac should only be of value in 
the latter disorder, but it nevertheless is often efficient in the • 
vomiting of irritative dyspepsia, as noted above. 

2. Ipecac is prescribed in the first stage of acute bron- 
chitis, when the secretion is scanty, and again in bronchitis of' 
long standing, to stimulate the bronchial mucous membrane. 
It may be given to dogs and cats in repeated expectorant 
doses of the wine or syrup, with other expectorants, diarpho- 
retics and diuretics, as syrup of squill and spirit of nitrous 
ether, or as Dover's powder, to all animals. 

3. Ipecac is a feeble diarphoretic, and inferior to sweet 
spirit of nitre, aconite, alcohol or external heat, for general 
sudorific purposes. The combination of opium and ipecac, 
in Dover's powder, is an appropriate mixture to relieve pain 
and cause diarphoresis in acute rheumatism, and may cut 
short attacks of acute inflammation of the respiratory tract..; 



476 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

4 Ipecac is probably the best single remedy for the 
treatment of dysentery. It should be given in the form of 
powder, bolus, or pill every four hours, combined with 
opium to prevent nausea or vomiting. Extemporaneous 
decoctions are likewise useful given in the form of enemata, 
and may take the place of the drug by the mouth in 
dysentery or chronic diarrhoea. Ipecac has been used 
successfully in the treatment of anthrax, in man, by dusting 
the powdered drug over the external lesion and giving it 
internally every two hours. 



SECTION VIII.— ANTIPYRETIC AND ANTISEPTIC 
ORGANIC AGENTS. 

Class 1. — Cinchona and its Alkaloids. 

Cinchona. Cinchona. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cinchonse cortex, B.P. ; cortex chinse, E. ; 
quinquina, Fr. ; chinarinde, G. 

The bark of Cinchona calisaya Weddell, Cinchona 
ofl&cialis Linne, and of hybrids of these and of other species 
of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacese), yielding when assayed not 
less than 5 per cent, of total alkaloids, and at least 2.5 per 
cent, of quinine. 

Habitat. — Indigenous in South America on the east 
slope of the Andes, and northwards into Colombia ; south- 
wards to the lower part of Bolivia, at altitudes varying from 
5,000 to 10,000 ft Cultivated in India, East Indies, Jamaica, 
and to some extent in South America. 

Description.— In quills or incurved pieces, varying in 
length, and usually 2 or 3 or sometimes 5 Mm. thick. The 
outer surface covered with a gray or brownish-gray cork, 
usually slightly wrinkled, marked with transverse, and also 
with intersecting, longitudinal fissures (C. Calisaya), and 
sometimes with scattered warts and slight, longitudinal 



CINCHONA 



477 



Isomers 



ridges; inner surface light cinnamon-brown, very finely 
striate ; fracture short and granular in the outer layer, and 
finely fibrous in the inner layer ; powder, light brown or 
yellowish-brown ; odor slight, somewhat aromatic ; taste 
bitter and somewhat astringent. 

Constituents. — (a) Fo^ir chief alkaloids and three artificial 
prodticts. 

(1) Quinine (C,„H,,N,0, + 3 H„0). Solutions 
of its salts are fluorescent. Turns plane of 
polarization to left. Gives green color with 
ammonia and chlorine water. Precipitated 
from its salts as hydrate. 

(2) Quinidine {C„J3.„^X).). Solutions of its 
salts fluorescent. Differs from quinine in turn- 
ing plane of polarization to right, and in being^ 
insoluble in ammonia except in excess. 

(Quinicine is an artificial amorphous alkaloid, probably not occur- 
ring naturally, and obtained from quinine by heat and excess of a 
mineral acid. Quinoidine is a cheap brown amorphous substance 
obtained from the mother liquor after quinine sulphate has crystallized 
out, and contains a mixture of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidine.) 

(3) Cinchonine (CisHojN^O). Is not fluores- 
cent. Turns plane of polarization to right. 
Does not assume a green color with ammonia 

* Isomers -! or chlorine water. 

(4) Cinchonidine (0,91122^20) is slightly 
fluorescent. Turns plane of polarization to 
left. 

Cinchonicine is an artificial alkaloid obtained from cinchonine by- 
heat and an excess of a mineral acid. 

Some other alkaloids of no particular importance are : 

Quinamina (C19H24N2O3). 
Paricina (CieHisNaO). 
Aricina, etc. 



* Isomers are bodies composed of the same elements, in the same 
proportions, but possessing different chemical or physical properties. 



473 TEGfiTABLE DRUGS 

(b) Less Important Constituents. — (5) Kinic, or quinic 
acid (C^HjoOe), occurs in colorless prisms. Related to benzoic 
acid and eliminated in the urine as hippuricacid. Found iu 
coffee beans and other vegetables. 

The alkaloids in cinchona are naturally united with 
kinic or kinovic acid, and salts of this combination are used 
in medicine ; i.e., quinine kinate, which is soluble and may 
be employed subcutaneously. 

(6) Kinovic, or quinovic acid (CaoH^gOg), a white, amor- 
phous substance allied to kinovin. 

(7) Kinovin, or quinovin (CjoH^gOg), a glucoside readily 
decomposed into glucose and kinovic acid. 

(8) Cincho-tannic acid, or kino-tannic and kinovi-tannic 
acid (2-4 per cent.). The astringent principle of cinchona. 
Distinguished from tannic acid in yielding green color with 
ferric salts. 

(9) Cinchona red, the coloring matter of cinchona bark. 
Nearly insoluble in water. 

(10) A volatile oil existing in minute amount. 

(11) Starch, gum, resin and salts common to other 
vegetable matters. 

Incompatibility. — Cinchona is incompatible with lime 
water, ammonia, metallic salts or gelatin. 

Bose.—H., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-iv. (4.-15.) ; D. & C, gr.x.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Cinchonce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cinchona. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin, alcohol and 
water ; evaporation of the last portion of the percolate, and addition of 
the residue to first portion, with enough water and alcohol to make 
1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of crude drug. (U, S. P.) 

Dose.— Same as cinchona. 

Extractum CinclioncR. Extract of Cinchona. (U, S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water ; dis- 
tillation of alcohol and evaporation to pilular consistence. 
Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 



RED CINCHONA 479 

Infusum Cmchonce. Infusion of Cinchona. (U. S. P.) 

Made by percolation of cinchona, 60 ; with aromatic sulphuric 
acid, 10 ; and water to make 1000. 

Dose.— H., Oi. (500.) ; D., 3 ii-iv. (8.-15.). 

Infusum Cinchonce Aciclum. (B. P.) 
Dose.— H., Oi. (500.); D., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.). 

Tinctura Cinchonce. Tincture of Cinchona. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of cinchona, 200 ; with' 
glycerin, 75; and alcohol and water a sufficient quantity to make 1000. 
<U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., I i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Cinchona Kubra. Eed Cinchona. 

CinchonsB rubrge cortex, B. P. The bark of Cinchona 
succirubra Pavon (nat. ord. Rubiacese), containing not less 
than 5 per cent, of its peculiar alkaloids. 

Habitat. — Ecuador, west of Chimborazo. 

Description. — In quills or incurved pieces, varying in 
length, and from 2 to 4 or 5 Mm. thick ; the outer surface 
covered with a grayish-brown cork, more or less rough from 
warts and longitudinal, watery ridges, and from few, mostly 
short, transverse fissures ; inner surface more or less deep 
reddish-brown and distinctly striate ; fracture short-fibrous 
in the inner layer ; powder reddish-brown ; odor slight ; 
taste bitter and astringent. 

Constituents. — Same as cinchona. 

Dose. — Same as cinchona. 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Cinchonce Composita. Compound Tincture of Cinchona. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of red cinchona, 100 ; bitter 
orange peel, 80 ; serpentaria, 20 ; with glycerin, 75 ; and alcohol and 
water tomake 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H., 3 ii-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3 ss.-iv. (2.-15.) 



480 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

QuiNiNiE Sulphas. Quinine Sulphate. (C^oHj^NjOj), 
H,SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Chininum sulfuricum, P.G.; sulfas quinicus, 
disulphate or basic sulphate of quiuia, E.; sulphate de 
quinine, Fr.; schwefelsauies chinin, G. 

Derivation. — Prepared by boiling cinchona bark with 
hydrochloric acid and adding lime to the filtered decoction 
to precipitate alkaloids and coloring matter. The precipitate 
is washed and digested in boiling alcohol to dissolve quinine 
and cinchonine. The alcohol is distilled off and the residue 
dissolved in diluted sulphuric acid, boiled with animal char- 
coal, filtered, and quinine sulphate crystallizes, leaving 
cinchonine sulphate in solution. 

Properties. — White, silky, light and fine needle-shaped 
crystals ; fragile and somewhat flexible, making a very light 
and easily compressible mass ; lustreless from superficial 
efflorescence after being for some time exposed to the air ; 
odorless, and haviug a persistent and very bitter taste. The 
salt is liable to lose water on exposure to warm air, to absorb 
moisture in damp air, and to become colored by exposure to 
light. Soluble at 15° C. (59° P.), in 740 parts of water, and 
in 65 parts of alcohol ; in 30 parts of boiling water ; also in 
40 parts of glycerin ; in about 680 parts of chloroform, and 
freely in dilute acids. 

Incompatibles. — Alkalies and their carbonates, iodine, and 
tannic acid. 

Bose. — H. (tonic), gr.xv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) ; C, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.) ; 
Sh. & Sw., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Anti- 
pyretic Dose — H. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); Sh., gr.xxx.-xl. 
(2.-2.6); Sw., gr.xv.-xxv. (1.-1.6) ; D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Quinine Bisulphas. Quinine Bisulphate. CjoHj^NjOj 
H,SO, + 7 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of sulphuric acid gdj 
quiniue sulphate suspended in water ; filtration and crystal- 
lization. 



QUININE HYDROBKOMATE 481 

Properties. — Colorless, transparent or wliitisli, ortlio- 
rhombic crystals or small needles ; odorless, and having a 
very bitter taste ; efflorescing on exposure to the air ; soluble 
in 10 parts of cold water and in 32 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in boiling water and in boiling alcohol. 

Dose. — Practically same as quinine sulphate, but theo- 
retically it should be slightly larger. The salt is very soluble, 
but is commonly made extemporaneously by adding diluted 
sulphuric acid (Q. S.) to quinine sulphate in preparing 
solutions for medicinal use. The salt is serviceable for 
administration in pill ; or for hypodermic injection, when 
it should be given in about one-third smaller dose than that 
of quinine sulphate by the mouth. 

Quinine Hydrobromas. Quinine Hydrobromate. 
C,„H,,N,0, H Br + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of barium bromide, in 
solution, on quinine sulphate suspended in water ; filtration, 
evaporation, and crystallization. 

Properties. — White, light, silky needles ; odorless, and 
having a very bitter taste. The salt is likely to lose water 
on exposure to warm or dry air. Soluble in 54 parts of 
cold water, and in 0.6 part of alcohol ; very soluble ia 
boiling water and boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 6 parts of 
ether and in 12 parts of chloroform. 

Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate. 

QuiNiNiE Hydrochloras. Quinine Hydrochlorate, 
C,„H,,N,0, H CI + 2 H,0. (U. S. «fe B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by the action of hydrochloric acid 
on quinine, and by crystallization. 

Properties. — White, silky, light and fine, needle-shaped 
crystals ; odorless, and having a very bitter taste. The salt 
is liable to lose water when exposed to warm air. Soluble 
in 34 parts of cold water, and in 3 parts of alcohol ; in 1 part 



482 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also 
soluble in 9 parts of chloroform. 

Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate. 

QuiNiNiE "Valerianas. Quinine Valerianate. 
a„H,,N,0,C,H,oO, + H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by decomposition of quinine sulphate 
with ammonia, followed by the immediate action of valerianic 
acid, and crystallization from a cold solution. 

Properties. — White, or nearly white, pearly, lustrous 
triclinic crystals, having a slight odor of valerianic acid, and 
a bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 parts 
of cold water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; in 40 parts of 
boiling water, and in 1 part of alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). Three times daily as tonic. 

QuiNiNJE BiMURiATis Carbamas. Double Muriate of Quinine 
and Urea. (Non-official.) 

Very soluble and contains about 61 per cent, of quinine. 
Dose. — Same as quinine sulphate, but used subcutane- 
ously in 50 per cent, aqueous solution. 

Chinoidinum or Quinoidinum. Chinoidine or Quinoidine. 

Brown, resinous mass, containing mixture of quinidine, 
cinchonine and cinchonidine. A cheap substitute for quinine 
sulphate. 

Dose. — Three or four times that of quinine sulphate. 

Quinidine Sulphas. Quinidine Sulphate. (CooHo^NjOj),, 
RSO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. P.) 

The neutral sulphate of an alkaloid obtained from the 
bark of several species of cinchona (nat. ord. Rubiacese). 

Synonym. — Sulfate de quinidine, Fr. ; schwefelsaures 
chinidin (cinchiniu), G. 

Derivation. — Recovered from quinoidine, or from the 



CINCHONINE SULPHATE 483 

mother liquors after the crystallization of quinine sulphate, 
by the same method as for quinine. 

Properties. — White, silky needles, odorless, and having 
a very bitter taste ; permanent in the air. Soluble in 100 
parts of cold water, and in 8 parts of alcohol ; in 7 parts of 
boiling water, and very soluble in boiling alcohol ; also in 
14 parts of chloroform and in acidulated water ; almost 
insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than quinine sulphate. 

-CiNCHONiN^ Sulphas. Cinchonine Sulphate. (CisHsjNjO), 
H,SO, + 2 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Obtained from the mother liquors after the 
crystallization of the sulphates of quinine, quinidine and 
cinchouidine, by precipitation with caustic soda, washing 
with alcohol to free it from other alkaloids, solution in. 
sulphuric acid, and by purification with animal charcoal, and 
•crystallization. 

Properties. — Hard, white, lustrous, prismatic crystals, 
without odor, and having a very bitter taste. Permanent in 
the air. Soluble in 66 parts of cold water, and in 10 parts 
of alcohol ; in 13.59 parts of boiling water, and in 3.25 parts 
of boiling alcohol. Also soluble in 78 parts of chloroform, 
but almost insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. 

CiNCHONiDiN^ Sulphas. Cinchonidine Sulphate. 
(C,,H,,N,0), H,SO, + 3 H,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Procured from the mother liquors, after 
the crystallization of quinine sulphate, by further con- 
centration. Purified by crystallization from alcohol, and 
finally from hot water. 

Properties. — White, silky, acicular crystals, without odor, 
and having a very bitter taste ; slightly efflorescent on ex- 
posure to air. Soluble in 70 parts of cold water, and in 66 
parts of alcohol ; in 1.42 parts of boiling water, and in 8 parts 



484 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of boiling alcohol ; also soluble in 1316 parts of chloroform, 
and almost insoluble in ether. 

Dose. — One-third larger than that of quinine sulphate. 

CINCHONA AND ITS ALKALOIDS AS REPRESENTED BY QUININE. 

Action External. — Quinine is a powerful antiseptic and 
microbicide. A solution (1 to 250) of the alkaloid or its 
salts are poisonous to the fungi of fermentation and putre- 
faction. A one per cent, solution quickly destroys bacteria 
and vibrios, but spores may live in it for some days. Quinine 
and its salts cause irritation of the denuded skin, or mucous 
membranes, but exert no effect upon the unbroken skin. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Quinine, in thera- 
peutic doses, acts as a simple bitter (stomachic), and there- 
fore promotes appetite and gastric digestion. It stimulates 
the gustatory nerves in the mouth and gastric nerves in the 
stomach, thus reflexly increasing the flow of saliva and 
gastric juice, and the vascularity and peristaltic motion of 
the stomach together with the appetite. Large doses, 
particularly if the stomach be irritable, may cause vomiting. 
Quinine becomes dissolved in the gastric juice and is con- 
verted into the chloride. A portion unabsorbed finds its way 
into the bowels and is there precipitated by the alkaline 
juices and bile, whose acids form insoluble salts with quinine, 
unless the bile is in great excess. For this reason it is often 
customary in practice to give a cholagogue cathartic to expel 
bile before the administration of quinine. 

Blood. — Quinine is absorbed into the blood, and would 
naturally be precipitated in this alkaline fluid ; but this is 
not the case, and it has been shown that quinine is probably 
^leld in solution by the loosely combined carbonic dioxide 
gas in the blood. Quinine possesses several well-defined 
and important actions in relation to the blood. 

1. White Blood Corpuscles. — Quinine in great dilution 
lessens the amoeboid movements of the white corpuscles in 
blood removed from the body. When a frog receives large 
doses of quinine and its mesentery is irritated, the whit& 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 485^ 

corpuscles do not collect in the arterioles or migrate through 
their walls (diapedesis). Again, when inflammation has 
already begun in the mesentery, quinine stops the trans- 
migration of leucocytes and disperses those already ac- 
cumulated in the blood vessels. Moreover, large doses 
appear to actually lessen the number of white corpuscles 
in the blood. The foregoing actions should make quinine 
invaluable in checking inflammation. How great this influ- 
ence may be, when quinine is given in medicinal doses, it is 
impossible to determine. 

2. Red Blood Corpuscles. — Therapeutic doses increase 
the number of red corpuscles. The latter diminish in size 
in febrile conditions, but, under the action of quinine (and 
other antipyretic agencies), regain their normal condition. 
This follows the effect of quinine in lowering temperature, 
and is not due to any specific power of quinine exerted on the 
corpuscles themselves. 

3. Oxidation. — Quinine hinders the red corpuscles from 
serving as carriers of ozone and also prevents them from 
yielding it to the tissues. In this way functional activity of 
tissue cells is diminished and metabolism decreased. Quinine 
also lessens the ozonizing power of vegetable juices. The 
alkaloid prevents the development of acidity in blood outside 
the body, which is thought to be the product of oxidation. 

Heart and Blood Vessels. — Quinine in moderate doses 
Hioes not affect the heart or vessels appreciably. It is some- 
times stated that small doses reflexly stimulate the heart (in 
stimulating the stomach), or that they indirectly stimulate 
the heart and vessels by stimulating the whole system. 
<^uinine, in very large doses, is a depressant to the circula- 
tion, decreasing the pulse rate, force, and tension. When' 
injected into a vein or directly applied to the cardiac muscle, 
C|uinine causes diastolic arrest of the heart by paralyzing 
the cardiac muscle or its contained ganglia. In poisoning' 
by quinine there is vascular dilatation and great fall of 
Mood pressure preceded by a temporary rise. This pheno- 
menon follows direct action on the blood vessels. Although 



486 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

the pulse is at first slowed, the vagus becomes finally para- 
lyzed in poisoning, and the pulse is rapid and imperceptible 
in the later stages. 

Nervous System. — Toxic doses of quinine injected into 
the carotid artery cause meningitis by direct irritation. 
Large doses will also produce congestion and extravasatioik 
of blood into the middle ear and labyrinth, and will give rise 
to epileptiform convulsions in the lower animals. In man^ 
ringing in the ears, fulness in the head, and slight deafness- 
commonly follow a large medicinal dose (cinchonism). 
There is some clinical evidence that quinine in medicinal 
doses is a cerebral stimulant, but there is no experimental 
proof of the fact. 

Spinal Cord and Nerves. — Quinine, as shown by experi- 
ments conducted on the frog, lessens reflex activity after 
small doses. This condition disappears on section of the 
medulla. Large doses, however, cause permanent loss of 
reflex excitability. The same alkaloid first excites and then 
paralyzes the peripheral sensory nerve endings. Muscular 
contractility is also diminished by large doses of quinine. 

Uterus. — Quinine is thought by many to be an abortifa- 
cient. There is no sufficient warrant for this conclusion. 
There is, nevertheless, considerable testimony affirming that 
the alkaloid stimulates uterine contractions in inertia during 
parturition, but at the same time increases the likelihood of 
metrorrhagia. 

Kidneys, Metaholism and Elimination. — Quinine lessens- 
the secretion of uric acid and, to a somewhat less extent, 
that of urea. Tissue waste must therefore be reduced. Thi& 
is in accordance with our knowledge of its power to lessen 
oxidation and protoplasmic activity. It is curious to note 
in this connection that the excretion of carbonic dioxide by 
the lungs is not notably decreased. Qainine is eliminated 
chiefly by the kidneys, but more or less is unabsorbed and 
passes away in the faeces. While its excretion in the urine 
begins soon after its ingestion, and lasts for some days, the 
greater amount escapes within forty-eight hours. Quinine i» 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 487 

found in minute amount in the bile, tears, saliva, milk, etc., 
after its administration. 

Antipyretic Action. — Quinine does not alter the normal 
temperature of a healthy animal, but does reduce tempera- 
ture in fever. The amount of reduction depends upon the 
cause of the fever. An explanation of the antipyretic power 
of the alkaloid may include : 

1. The antiseptic property of quinine. This is most 
marked in the case of the plasmodium malarias, which is 
destroyed by the alkaloid, and the malarial fever is therefore 
overcome. 

2. In lessening reflex excitability. Whatever may be the 
cause of fever, the nervous system is the potent instrumen- 
tality in its production. 

3. In diminishing oxidation, activity of cellular proto- 
plasm and heat formation. 

4. Direct depressing action on the cerebral calorificient 
centres. 

Administration. — Quinine sulphate is usually given to 
horses in aqueous solution with sufficient diluted sulphuric 
acid to dissolve the salt. It may also be administered to 
these animals in ball, gelatine capsule, enema or subcutane- 
ously. Quinine is exhibited to dogs in pills, solution or 
suppositories. The alkaloid is not commonly injected under 
the skin, because local irritation and abscess may follow ; 
but this does not frequently happen in the horse. The 
bisulphate, hydrobromate and hydrochlorate are most suit- 
able for hypodermic use. The first salt is more soluble, but 
the latter two are less irritating. 

At a temperature of 45«' C, (US'" F.) 

Quinine bisulphate is soluble in 8.8 parts of water. 

Quinine hydrobromate is soluble in 45.02 " " " 

Quinine hydrochlorate is soluble in 21.4 " " " 

This temperature may be used for subcutaneous injection, 
but the salts should be thoroughly dissolved and one grain 
of tartaric acid should be added to each five grains of quinine 
bisulphate, in order that precipitation may not occur in the 



488 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tissues. The dose by tlie subcutaneous method is one-third 
less than by the month. 

The sulphates of quinidine, cinchonine and cinchonidiue 
are simihir in action to quinine, and their relative antipyretic 
effect is said to be : quinine, 100 ; quinidine, 90 ; cinchonidine, 
70 ; cinchonine, 40. The cinchoua compounds are indicated 
for tonic and stomachic jjurposes. 

Uses External. — Quinine is too expensive for general 
autiseptic employment externally. 

Uses Interned. — It is impossible to draw definite deduc- 
tions as to the therapeutic indications for quinine founded 
on physiological experiments, since these are only sugges- 
tive and not conclusive. For the sake of convenience, we 
may classify the uses of quinine under the following heads : 

1. Tonic Action. — Quinine is of unquestionable value as 
a tonic, more particularly in relation to digestion, but prob- 
ably also by increasing the number of red corpuscles and 
stimulatiug the nervous system generally. It is in those 
cases of anorexia and atonic dyspepsia secondary to exhaus- 
tion, overwork, ausemia, or following acute diseases, that the 
drug is indicated. Here, combination with iron is often of 
service, and the tincture of the chloride is a good preparation 
because it contains sufficient free muriatic acid to dissolve 
any of the salts of quinine. The compound tincture of 
cinchona is a prime, bitter tonic for dogs ; or quinine may be 
given in a pill with reduced iron and arsenic as a tonic. 
Chorea in the human patient has been treated successfully 
with quinine, but this remedy has failed in dogs. Neverthe- 
less, the alkaloid is an excellent tonic in canine distemper 
with its accompanying anaemia, but should be combined with 
iron and arsenic. Quinine is a good tonic for purpura in 
horses. 

2. Antiseptic and Antiphlogistic Effect. — Quinine possesses 
much less antipyretic power than phenacetin, antipyrin 
and acetanilid. It acts more favorably with a falling than 
a rising temperature, and should be given two or three hours 
before the probable time of maximum temperature. Quinine 



ACTION AND USES OF QUININE 489 

is employed iu mau}' acute diseases, such as influenza, 
bronchitis and pneumonia of horses. In full doses, at the 
outset of colds or inflammatory diseases of the respiratory 
tract, quinine may prove abortifacient. Later in these 
diseases the drug may be given as an antipyretic and anti- 
phlogistic (without much benefit probably), but in the con- 
valescent stages quinine, in small doses, becomes of great 
worth as a tonic. Some experiments involving the injection 
of putrid material into the blood of dogs, appeared to indi- 
cate that quinine had a restraining influence on the resulting 
septic state, and, in some cases, saved life. 

Puerperal fever and erysipelatous inflammation yield 
somewhat to quinine, and the drug should be tried in these 
iufections. The alkaloid does not lower the temperature or 
prove destructive to the micrococci of pyaemia. A vast 
number of cases of rheumatic fever have been treated with 
quinine in human practice, but the results are inferior to 
those obtained by salicylates. In subacute and chronic 
muscular rheumatism quinine is sometimes useful. It has 
been injected into the affected muscles iu this disorder, in 
torses, with favorable results. 

The alkaloids of cinchona may be used as antipyretics in 
all acute diseases with the exception of meningitis, cerebritis, 
gastritis, nephritis and cystitis, where they produce too 
much irritation. They are also contra-indicated in epilepsy 
and middle-ear disease. 

3. Specific Properties. — Quinine stands preeminent in the 
treatment of malaria, as it is the only drug which can be 
relied upon to kill malarial organisms. While periodicity 
in the febrile attacks is characteristic of malaria, an absolute 
diagnosis can only be made by the discovery of Laveran's 
Plasmodium in the red blood corpuscles. Malaria but rarely 
affects the lower animals iu this part of the country (New 
England), although exceedingly common among human 
beings. Cases are said to occur not infrequently among 
torses and cattle in India. A single full antipyretic dose of 
quinine, if given from twelve to six hours before a promised 



490 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

malarial attack, will usually prevent it. A single large dose 
should be given once daily for several days thereafter. When 
the disease is severe, treatment may also be pursued by the 
rectal and hypodermic methods at the same time that 
quinine is given by the mouth. A purge of aloes and calomel 
should be exhibited prior to the administration of quinine in 
the treatment of malaria. 



Class 2.— Salicylic Acid, Saliciu, Salol, Oil of 
Gaultheria and Methyl Salicylate. 

AciDUM Salicylicum. Salicylic Acid. HC-HjOj. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acid salicylique, Fr. ; salicylsaiire, G. 

An organic acid, existing naturally in combination in 
various plants, but chiefly prepared synthetically from car- 
bolic acid. 

Derivation. — Made by passing carbonic dioxide through 
sodium carbolate at a temperature of 428° F. (220°C). 
2 Na CgHjO (sodium carbolate) + COj = Na307H^O3 (sodium 
salicylate) + CgHgO (phenol). Sodium salicylate is treated 
with hydrochloric acid, when salicylic acid is precipitated. 
Na,C,H,03 + 2 H CI = HC,H,03 + 2 Na CI. 

Properties. — Light, fine, white, prismatic needles, or a 
light, white, crystalline powder; odorless, having a sweetish, 
afterward acrid taste, and permanent in the air. Soluble in 
about 450 parts of cold water, and in 2.4 parts of alcohol ; 
in 14 parts of boiling water, and very soluble in boiling 
alcohol. Also soluble in 2 parts of ether, 2 parts of absolute 
alcohol, and 80 parts of chloroform. 

Incompatible. — Spirit of nitrous ether. 

Impurities. — In artificial salicylic acid, metacreosotic and 
orthocreosotic acids. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15); 
Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 



SALICIN 491 

Salicinum. Salicin. CijEi^O,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A neutral principle (glucoside) obtained from several 
species of Salix and Populus (nat. ord. Salicacese). 

Habitat. — Europe, but cultivated in North America. 

Derivation. — Obtained from a decoction of willow bark. 
Salicin crystallizes on evaporation, after removal of tannin 
by agitation with lead oxide. It is purified by repeated 
solution and crystallization. 

Froj^erties. — Colorless, or white, silky, shining crystal- 
line needles, or a crystalline powder ; odorless, and having 
a very bitter taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 28 
parts of water, and in 30 parts of alcohol ; almost insoluble 
in ether or chloroform. 

Dose.—H. & C, 3 ii-- 3 i. (8.-30.) ; Sh., 3 i.-iv. (4-15.) ; 
Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

SoDii Salic YLAS. Sodium Salicylate. Na C^sOj. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Silicylate de soude, Fr.; natrium salicyli- 
cum, G. 

Derivation. — Made by the action of salicylic acid on 
sodium carbonate. 2 HC,H,03 + Na,C03 = 2 Na C^H.O, + 
HjO + COo. The solution is filtered, and heated to expel 
carbon dioxide. 

Properties. — A white, amorphous powder ; odorless, and 
having a sweetish, saline taste. Permanent in cool air. 
Soluble in 0.9 part of water, and in 6 parts of alcohol ; very 
soluble in boiling Avater or alcohol ; also soluble in glycerin. 

Dose. — Same as salicin. 

\ ^; 

Salol. Salol. CeH,C,H,03. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Phenyl salicylate, salicylic ether of phenol. 

Derivation. — Made by heating salicylic and carbolic 
acids with phosphorus pentachloride. 

Properties. — A white, crystalline powder ; odorless, or 
Laving a faintly aromatic odor, and almost tasteless. Per- 



492 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

manent in tlie air. Almost insoluble in water ; soluble iu 10 
parts of alcohol ; also soluble iu 0.3 part of etlier, and 
readily in chloroform and in fixed or volatile oils. 

SALICYLIC ACID, SALICIN, SODIUM SALICYLATE AND SALOL. 

Action External. — Salicylic acid, salicin and salol are 
powerful antiseptics. A solution of salicylic acid (1-60) is 
equivalent to a solution of carbolic acid (1-22) in destroying 
some bacteria, but is not generally as useful. Salicylic acid, 
sodium salicylate and salicin are irritating to the unbroken 
skin or raw surfaces. Salol is not. The salicylates are not 
antiseptic, but actually favor fermentation. 

Action Internal. — Salicylic acid is an iri-itant in the 
digestive tract and in large doses causes nausea and vomit- 
ing in dogs. It is converted into salicylates by the alkaline 
intestinal juices, and is absorbed in this form, chiefly as 
sodium salicylate. For this reason, and because the latter 
salt is less irritating than salicylic acid, sodium salicylate is 
preferred to the acid when a constitutional action is desired. 
Salicin splits up in the bowels into salicylic acid, salicylous 
acid (HC-HoOJ, salicyluric acid (HC9H8NO4), and glucose. 
Salol is decomposed by the pancreatic juice into salicylic 
acid (64 per cent.) and carbolic acid (36 per cent.) After 
large doses the urine takes on the characteristic smoky color 
produced in poisoning by phenol. Salol is an intestinal 
antiseptic. 

Circulation. — The circulation is not preceptibly influ- 
enced by moderate doses of sodium salicylate, or salicylic 
acid, but large doses depress the heart force, blood pressure 
and nervous system. The artificial acid is said to be more 
depressant than natural salicylic acid obtained from plants, 
because of orthocreosotic and metacreosotic acids existing as 
impurities in the former. 

Nervous System. — The action of salicylic acid on the 
nervous system is unknown. Therapeutic quantities often 
cause, in man (salicylism), ringing in the ears and headache. 

Respiration. — The respiratory movements are primarily 



ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 493 

quickened by the stimulatiou of the peripheral vagi anil 
respiratory centres produced by sodium salicylate and sali- 
cylic acid ; but after large doses the respiratory centres are- 
depressed and paralyzed and death takes place by asphyxia. 

Temperature. — Medicinal doses do not influence the 
normal temperature of healthy animals, but do often lower 
bodily heat in fever, and frequently induce sweating. The 
largest therapeutic doses must be given to secure an antipy- 
retic action. The physiological details concerned in the 
reduction of febrile temperature have not been ascertained. 

Kidneys and Elimination. — Salicylic acid, salicin and. 
sodium salicylate circulate in the blood as sodium salicylate 
and are eliminated in the urine as salicyluric and salicylio 
acids. This happens in this wise : Some of the salicylio 
acid of sodium salicylate combines with glycocoll in the 
body and forms salicyluric acid. HC^H^Oj + CoH^NO,. (gly- 
cocoll) = HCgHgNO^ (salicyluric acid) + H„0 ; while some of 
the sodium salt is decomposed by phosphoric acid in an acid, 
urine into salicylic acid. Like quinine, the excretion of sali- 
cylic acid begins soon and goes on slowly. Therefore large 
doses given continuously may accumulate in the body. The 
quantity of urea and uric acid in the urine is increased very 
considerably by salicylic acid, but the urine itself may either 
be increased or diminished in amount. It is made aseptic 
by the escaping salicylic acid, or in the case of salol, by 
both carbolic and salicylic acids. The urine of animals, 
taking salicylic acid may be rendered green by indican and 
pyrocatechin, formed through the action of pancreatic juice, 
and takes on a purple color with ferric chloride. 

Toxicology. — In man, continued large doses give rise ta 
delirium, vomiting, depression of the circulation, epistaxis, 
hsematuria, and retinal haemorrhages. The herbivora are not 
easily affected by large doses of salicylic acid, or salicylates, 
but dogs exhibit nausea and vomiting, accelerated respira- 
tion, irre'gular pulse, loss of muscular strength, staggering 
gait, stupor, and, if death occurs, it is preceded by slow 
breathing, dilated pupils, dyspnoea, and convulsions due ta 



494 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

asphyxia. The minimum fatal dose for a small dog is about 
one drachm of sodium salicylate, subcutaneously. 

Administration. — Sodium salicylate contains 48 grains of 
the acid to the drachm. Sodium salicylate is used in pre- 
ference to the acid because it is soluble and unirritating. It 
is given in solution, or to dogs in pills or tablets. Salicylic 
acid may be exhibited in solution by warming it with glycerin 
(gr.iv- 3 i.); or with syrup (1-5), and aquse ammonia in suffi- 
cient quantity to dissolve it, thus forming ammonium salicy- 
late. It may also be administered in pill or ball. Salol is 
given in pill, powder or mixture with water. The larger 
doses of salicylic acid and salicylates should not be repeated, 
and are used for their antipyretic action. A maximum daily 
dose of one ounce of salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, for 
horses, or one drachm of either for large dogs, should rarely 
be exceeded. 

Uses External. — Salicylic acid is employed in various 
forms as an antiseptic. Aqueous solutions (1-300) may be 
applied to wounds. Stronger solutions are prepared with 
alcohol, borax, sodium bicarbonate, and ammonium acetate 
solution. But as salicylates are formed in the (3) latter 
combinations, the solutions are useless as antiseptics. Salicy- 
lic acid may be applied as a dusting powder with zinc oxide 
(1-8), or in ointment (1-20 or 30), for its stimulant and anti- 
septic effect on wounds. It is used in the treatment of burns 
with cottonseed oil (1-8). Salicylic acid is useful in powder 
or ointment in acute moist eczema (1-50), and in the follow- 
ing formula : 

Salicylic acid, one part ; zinc oxide, starch and vaseline, 
each 16 parts. Ringer recommends in pruritus ani and 
vulvae — salicylic acid, 3ii-; ol. theobrom., 3 v.; cetac, Siii-; 
ol. myrist, 3 i-ss. 

Antiseptic gauze is prepared by soaking the material in 
hot, saturated, watery solutions of salicylic acid. Salol is 
used as an antiseptic dusting powder of uncertain value. 

Uses Internal. — The salicylic acid group are specifics in 
rheumatic fever. They lower temperature, lessen pain, and 



ACTION AND USES OF SALICYLIC ACID, ETC. 495 

by shortening the attack lessen the danger of cardiac com- 
plications. Sodium salicylate should be given every three 
hours in doses of 3 ii. to horses, and gr.x.-xx. to dogs. But 
this form of rheumatism is rare in veterinary practice, and 
salicylic acid is unfortunately not nearly so valuable in the 
treatment of other varieties. Salicylates are probably worth- 
less in chronic rheumatic arthritis where the local applica- 
tion of heat, stimulating liniments and blisters are service- 
able ; but they may be used with benefit in acute muscular 
rheumatism, sciatica, and rheumatic complications of influ- 
enza in horses. Salicylic acid, salicin, and salicylates are 
not comparable with the cold tar products as general 
antipyretics, and are useless in hyperpyrexia. Sodium sali- 
cylate is sometimes prescribed in gastric fermentative 
dyspepsia when the salicylic acid, set free by the hydro- 
chloric acid of the gastric juice, acts as an antiseptic. Salol 
is a good intestinal antiseptic in diarrhoea and intestinal 
indigestion, particularly when combined with bismuth sub- 
nitrate in powder or aqueous mixture for dogs. Salol is 
undissolved in the stomach, is less irritating than either' 
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is prescribed to 
lessen pain and fever. It may be advantageously given in 
doses of gr.v. to dogs, with phenacetin gr.v., and codeine 
gr.^, for painful rheumatism. It is probably inferior to 
sodium salicylate, but can be conveniently administered in 
powder as just noted. Salol is also a local anaesthetic and 
antiseptic in tlie urinary tract (carbolic acid from decomposi- 
tion), and is useful in cystitis and urethritis, to alleviate 
pain, to prevent frequent micturition, and to render the 
urine aseptic. Repeated large doses are likely to cause 
carbolic acid poisoning. Salicin acts more slowly than 
salicylic acid or sodium salicylate, and is not in general 
use. 

Oleum Gaultherle. Oil of Gaultheria. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of checkerberry, oil of wintergreen, oil 
of boxberry. 



496 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

A volatile oil distilled from the leaves of Gaultheria^ 
procnmbeus Liiine (nat. ord. Ericaceae), consisting almost 
entirely of methyl salicylate (CHgC^HjOj), and nearly identi- 
cal with volatile oil of betula. 

Habitat. — North America ; west as far as Minnesota, and 
south to Georgia. 

Properties. — A colorless or yellow, or occasionally reddish 
liquid, having a cliaracteristic, strongly aromatic odor, and a 
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste. Spec. gr. 1.175 to 
1.185 at 59^r. Solubility same as methyl salicylate. 

Dose.—B.., 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.); D., 1l"Lv.-xv. (.3-1.) 

Methyl Salicylate. CH.CH.Oa. (U. S. R) 

Synonym. — Artificial or synthetic oil of wintergreen. 

Derivation. — Prepared by distillation of salicylic acid, or 
salicylates, with methyl alcohol and sulphuric acid. 

Properties. — A colorless or slightly yellowish liquid^ 
having the characteristic, strongly aromatic odor and the 
sweetish, warm and aromatic taste of oil of gaultheria, with 
the essential composition of which it is identical. It is 
wholly identical with oil of betula (birch). Spec. gr. 1.183- 
1.185 at 59°F. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, glacial 
acetic acid, or carbon disulphide. 

Dose.~R., 3 ii.- 3 i. (8.-30.) ; D., ITLv.-xv. (.3-1.) 

action and uses of oil op gaultheria and methyl 
salicylate. 

Oil of wintergreen contains about 90 per cent, of methyl 
salicjdate. Eleven parts of methyl salicylate are equivalent 
to nearly ten parts of salicylic acid. The oil and methyl 
salicylate are free from the impurities of artificial salicylic 
acid, while methyl salicylate is of more certain composition 
than the oil. Both behave similarly to salicylic acid thera- 
peutically, although the oil is more of a local irritant, and 
they a- e iised for the same purposes as salicylic acid. Either 



GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS 497 

may be given in emulsion, or to dogs in capsules, and ia 
combination with salicylic acid or salicylates. 

Oil of wintergreen is serviceable in the following lini- 
ment for rheumatism : 

Tine. Aconiti. 

01. Gaultheriae. 

Chloroformi aa § i 

Lin. Saponis ad. § viii. 

M. 

S. External use. 

The external application of methyl salicylate to acutely 
inflamed rheumatic joints is one of the most efficient forms 
of treatment, and, since some is absorbed, will' take the place 
of the internal administration of salicylates to a considerable 
extent. It is usually best to combine this treatment with 
internal medication, however. Plain gauze, or other absorb- 
ent material, is saturated with methyl salicylate, applied 
to the affected joint, and then covered with oil silk, or 
rubber protective and bandage. 



SECTION IX.— VOLATILE OILS, OR DRUGS 
CONTAINING THEM. 

GENERAL ACTION OF VOLATILE OILS. 

Synonym. — Essential, ethereal, aromatic or distilled oils. 

Externally, volatile oils cause reddening of the skin (rube- 
facients), sometimes blistering (vesicants), and often local 
anaesthesia, notably oil of cloves and peppermint. They are 
also parasiticide, antiseptic and disinfectant, particularly oil 
of mustard, which is the most powerful germicide known. 

Internally, these agents stimulate the flow of gastric, 
salivary, and intestinal secretions, and increase the vascu- 
larity and movements of the stomach and bowels. They 
therefore temporarily improve digestion, overcome flatulence 
by expelling ^as from the intHstines, prevent griping pro- 



498 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

duced by cathartics, and disguise and offset disagreeable 
effects and tastes of medicines. In the digestive tract, vola- 
tile oils excite reflexly the nervous system and heart, and 
augment the pulse rate and vascular tension. In large doses, 
volatile oils are gastro-intestinal irritants. Volatile oils may 
be absorbed from the skin, bronchial mucous membrane, and 
stomach. They are eliminated by the skin, bronchial mucous 
membrane, and kidneys, and occasionally by other channels. 
In the process of excretion the parts are stimulated ; vascu- 
larity, secretion, and contractility of the unstriated muscle 
of the bronchial tubes are increased, and volatile oils thus 
assist expectoration and coughing. In irritating the kidneys 
and mucous membrane of the genito-urinary tract, the vola- 
tile oils are stimulant and diuretic ; while in poisonous doses 
they produce acute nephritis, strangury, and heematuria. 
Toxic doses, injected into the circulation, lower the force of 
the heart and the blood pressure, and occasion a sort of 
intoxication, and sometimes convulsions. To summarize : 
volatile oils possess the following actions in a greater or less 
degree : parasiticide, antiseptic, disinfectant, rubefacient, 
vesicant, local anaesthetic, sialagogue, stomachic, carminative, 
antispasmodic, stimulant, expectorant, emmenagogue, and 
diuretic actions. 

Class 1.— Used Mainly for their Action on the Skin. 

Terebinthina, Turpentine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A concrete oleoresin obtained from Pinus palustris 
Miller, and from other species of Pinus (nat. ord. Coniferae). 

ZTaii^a^.— Southeastern United States ; from Virginia to 
the Gulf of Mexico. 

Description. — In yellowish, opaque, tough masses, brittle 
in the cold ; crumbly, crystalline in the interior, of a terebin- 
ihinate odor and taste. 

Oleum Terebinthina. Oil of Turpentine. 
A volatile oil distilled from turpentine. 



OIL OF TURPENTINE 499 

Synonym. — Spirit of turpentine, E.: essence de terebin-» 
thine, Fr.; terpentinol, G. 

Properties. — A thin, colorless liquid, having a character* 
istic odor and taste, both of which become stronger and less 
pleasant by age and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.855 to 
0.870. Soluble in three times its volume of alcohol ; also 
soluble in an equal volume of glacial acetic acid. 

Solvent for resins (varnish), fats, wax, gutta percha, 
India rubber, sulphur, phosphorus, iodipe, and many alka- 
loidf. It is dextro-rotatory, but the French variety is leavo- 
rotatory. Old oil of turpentine and French oil of turpentine 
(Pinus maratima) are oxidizing agents. 

Constihients. — Turpentine contains 20 to 25 per cent, of 
oil of turpentine. Oil of turpentine is composed of several 
isomeric hydrocarbons, called terpenes, and having the 
formula CipHig. 1 

Among these terpenes are oil of juniper, savin, cubeb, 
caraway, cloves, thyme, etc. They differ from each other 
and turpentine in their boiling points and direction in 
which they rotate the plane of polarization. The terpenes 
are oxidized into camphors. j 

Dose. — Carminative — H. & C, 3i.-ii (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., Hl^x.-xxx. (.6-2.). | 

Antkelmintic—R. & C, ^ii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3ss.-ivJ 
<2.-15.). 

Diuretic— R. & C, 3 ii.-vi. (8.-24.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Linimentum Terbinthince. Turpentine Liniment. (U. S. «& B. P.) 

Resin cerate, 650 ; oil of turpentine, 350 ; melt the resin cerate and 
3,dd the oil of turpentine. (U. S. P.) 

Oleum TerehinthincB Rectificatum. Rectified Oil of Turpentine. 

(U.-S. P.) 
Derivation. — Made by shaking oil of turpentine, 1, with lime water, | 
■6; and distillation. 

Properties. — A thin, colorless liquid, having the same properties as 
oil of turpentine. , 



500 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Terebenum. Terebene. CiJi^e. (U. S. P.) 

A liquid consisting chiefly of pinene, and containing not 
more than very small proportions of turpinene and dipentene. 
Made by action of sulphuric acid on oil of turpentine and by 
distillation. 

Properties. — A colorless, or slightly yellowish, thin 
liquid, having it rather agreeable, thyme-like odor, and an 
aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate taste. Spec. gr. about 
0.862. Only slightly soluble in water, but soluble in an 
equal volume of alcohol, glacial acetic, or carbon disulphide. 

I)ose.—IL. & a, 3ii.-vi. (8.-24); IT^v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Terpini Hydras. Terpin Hydrate. Ci„Hi8 (OH), 4- H„0. 
(U. S. P.) 

The hydrate of the diatomic alcohol, Terpin. 

Derivation. — Rectified oil of turj)entine, alcohol and 
nitric acid are mixed together in shallow, porcelain dishes, 
and after three or four days terpin hydrate crystallizes 
out. The crystals are collected, drained, dried on absorbent 
paper, and purified by recrystallization in alcohol.* 

OIL OF TURPENTINE 

Action External. — Oil of turpentine is an irritant to the 
skin, causing itching, pain and redness, or even vesication, 
followed by local anaesthesia. It produces intense irritability 
and restlessness when apjjlied externally to some horses. 
The oil is antiseptic, disinfectant and parasiticide. Some 
absorption may occur from the skin. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — The oil induces a 
sense of warmth in the stomach (man), and increases gastric 
secretion, motion and vascularity, but is too disagreeable to 
be used as a stomachic. In acting similarly in the bowels, 
particularly in stimulating the muscular coat, oil of turpen- 
tine is a useful carminative by exciting peristalsis and expel- 
ling gas in tympanites. Its antiseptic properties also antag- 
onize intestinal fermentation. 

* Colorless, odorless crystals, having a somewhat bitter taste. Soluble in 
360 parts of water and in 10 parts of alcohol. 

Dose.— H. 3 ss.-ii. «.-8.»; D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 



OIL OF TURPENTINE 501 

Large doses occasion purging and are anthelmintic. 
Toxic doses create gastro-enteritis and sometiFUiS intestinal 
nlceration. The irritation of the nerve endings *.n the 
digestive tract caused by turpentine, leads to reflex stimnl'i- 
tion of the nervous system and heart. 

Circulation. — Turpentine is readily absorbed into the 
l)lood. Experimental evidence is at variance vs^ith regard to 
the action of the oil on the circulation. Small doses appar- 
ently increase the force and frequency of tlie heart-beat, and 
slightly raise blood pressure. The vessels are somewhat 
contracted and the drug is employed to arrest haemorrhage 
in the digestive tract and in remote organs. It is inferior to 
ergot as an haemostatic. Large doses of turpentine lower 
the cardiac force and frequency, and cause vascular dilata- 
tion and fall of blood pressure. 

Respiration. — Oil of turpentine enhances the strength 
and rapidity of the respiratory movements, in small doses, 
but large quantities depress the respiration. The oil is 
easily absorbed by inhalation and is also eliminated in the 
breath. Inhalation of the oil stimulates the bronchial mucous 
membrane, acts as an antiseptic, and excites muscular con- 
traction of the bronchial tubes and cough. 

Authorities differ as to the influence of turpentine on 
I)ronchial secretion. Eossbach found that the inhala- 
tion of air saturated with turpentine diminished secre- 
tion, while the topical application of a watery solution 
increased secretion. The oil is essentially a local stimu- 
lating expectorant. 

Nervous System. — Medicinal doses occasion mental 
exhilaration in man. Large doses cause dulness, languor 
and unsteady gait in animals ; while distinctly toxic doses 
produce coma, sensory paralysis, loss of reflex activity, and, 
at times, convulsions. 

Kidneys and Genito- Urinary Tract. — The kidneys are 
Tery prone to irritation during its elimination. Small doses 
induce frequent micturition. Large quantities lead to 
albuminuria, pain in the lumbar region, haematuria, and 



502 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

constant painful passage of high-colored urine, owing to 
irritation of the urinary mucous membrane and muscular 
spasm of the urethra (strangury). Menorrhagia and dys- 
menorrhoea occur in females under the influence of the 
oil. Acute nephritis and complete suppression of urine 
follow great toxic doses. The urine has sometimes the odor 
of violets. 

Elimination. — Turpentine is eliminated in the urine, 
"breath, and, to some extent, in the bile and intestinal mucus;, 
slightly by the skin. 

Toxicology. — Turpentine poisoning is not an uncommon, 
occurrence from the administration of large doses (undiluted) 
"by empirics. Post-mortem appearances reveal gastro- 
enteritis, sometimes congestion and inflammation of the 
lungs, and fatty degeneration of the liver, kidney and 
muscles, following prolonged use of the oil. 

The action of terebene and terpin hydrate is very 
similar to oil of turpentine. 

Administration. — Oil of turpentine is given with eight or 
more times its volume of cottonseed or linseed oil, gruel, or 
milk ; and in emulsion with acacia or white of egg. An 
emulsion is made by shaking a single dose with powdered 
acacia, and adding water or oil. Terebene is administered 
in a similar manner. Terpin hydrate may be exhibited in 
pill, ball or alcoholic solution. 

USES OF OIL OF TURPENTINE, TEREBENE AND TERPIN HYDRATE. 

External. — Oil of turpentine is employed as a stimulant 
and counter-irritant with two or three parts of cottonseed 
oil and soap liniment, or as the official liniment in rheuma- 
tism, myalgia, sprains, shoulder lameness, swollen joints, 
gangrene, frost bites, burns and ulcers. It is serviceable in 
the same form and for the same actions applied to *' sitfasts '" 
and obstinate ulceration about the heels in horses, and in 
footrot of sheep. As a parasiticide, the oil, diluted two or 
three times with sweet oil, is painted on the skin to kill 
ringworm and lice. 



J 



USES OF OIL OF TURPENTINE, ETC. 503 

Oil of turpentine is a valuable counter-irritant in reliev- 
ing pain and inflammation of deep-seated parts. It is 
particularly useful in tympanitis, flatulent and spasmodic 
colic and peritonitis. In the first two named disorders, 
external application is combined with the internal and rectal 
exhibition of the drug. Oil of turpentine is less frequently 
employed over the chest in pleurisy and bronchitis. The 
turpentine stupe is the favorite method of applying the oil 
in abdominal troubles. A blanket is thoroughly sprinkled 
with turpentine, folded, and rolled into a cylindrical form 
which will fit into an ordinary pail. Boiling water is theu 
poured on the blanket until it is saturated. The blanket is 
quickly wrung out, placed over and around the horse's trunk, 
covered with rubber protective and dry blankets, and 
allowed to remain in place fifteen to thirty minutes. 

Uses Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Oil of turpentine is of 
greatest utility in colic and in expelling gas in tympan;f 
given internally ( 3 ii.-Oii. of linseed oil) and per rectum. 
Enemata can also be employed for their stimulant action on 
the nervous system and circulation, in collapse. One or two 
ounces of oil of turpentine are dissolved in two or four 
ounces of cottonseed oil, when used as an enema for horses. 
Turpentine is an anthelmintic for round and tape worms. 
From two to four ounces of the oil with one ounce of oleoresin 
of aspidium in a pint of linseed oil, are recommended for the 
latter purpose in the case of horses. Oil of turpentine is 
often advised as an antidote for phosphorus because it con- 
tains ozone and forms a harmless, camphor-like body — tur- 
pentine phosphoric acid. The French variety only is effica- 
cious ; the American oil, so far from being antagonistic to 
phosphorus, actually assists its solution and absorption. 
Turpentine is occasionally given in indigestion, chronic 
diarrhoea, and dysentery of horses and cattle, as a local 
stimulant and antiseptic. 

Respiratory Organs. — Oil of turpentine is an efficient 
stimulating and antiseptic expectorant in subacute and 
chronic bronchitis ; and deodorant in gangrene of the lungs. 



504: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

It is administered internally, and by inhalation in tlie pro- 
portion of (me teaspoonful to the quart of boiling water. 
Terebene is used as a substitute for oil of turpentine, as a 
stimulating expectorant, and is likewise prescribed as an 
antiseptic and carminative in flatulence, and as a genito- 
urinary stimulant. Terpin hydrate increases bronchial 
secretion and is employed in both acute and chronic bron- 
chitis. Oil of turpentine has been found beneficial in ver- 
minous bronchitis of calves and lambs (caused by Strongulus 
micrurus and filaria), injected into the trachea midway in 
the neck, according to the following prescription : 

01. Terebmthinae 3 i.-ii 

Acid. Carbol 

Glycerini 

Chlorof ormi aa 3 ss. 

M. 

S. Inject in one dose. 

"Gapes" in fowl, due to Syngamus trachealis, is cured 
by the same mixture diluted with 5 parts of oil and applied 
to the throat internally with a feather. 

Circulation. — Oil of turpentine is of some worth as a 
cardiac stimulant and haemostatic. It is said to have been 
exhibited in parturient fever and apoplexy of cattle with 
success. Bleeding from the nose, lungs, digestive tract, 
uterus, kidneys, and bladder, and haemorrhages occurring in 
purpura hemorrhagica, are sometimes stopped by the 
internal use of turpentine. 

Genito- Urinary Tract. — Oil of turpentine is indicated as 
a stimulant in amenorrhcea, chronic pyelitis and cystitis. 
The drug is contra-indicated in acute inflammation of the 
kidneys and alimentary canah 

Pix BuRGUNDiCA. Burgundy Pitch. (U. S. k B. P.) 

The prepared, resinous exudation of Abies excelsa 
Poiret (nat. ord. Coniferse). 

Synonym. — Poix blanche, poix de Bourgogne, Fr. ; Bur- 
gunder liarz (pech), G. 



CANADA TURPENTINE 505 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, mountainous regions. 

Froperties. — Hard, yet taking gradually the form of the 
vessel in which it is kept ; brittle, with a shining, conchoidal 
fracture ; opaque or translucent ; reddish-brown or yellowish- 
brown ; odor agreeably terebinthinate ; taste aromatic, 
sweetish, not bitter. It is almost entirely soluble in glacial 
acetic acid, or in boiling alcohol, and partly soluble in cold 
alcohol. 

Constituents. — 1, resin ; 2, a volatile oil (CioHi^). 

Dose.—R. & C, 3i.-iii. (30.-90.); Sh. &Sw., 3i.-ii. (^--8.); 
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6). 

PREPARATION. 

Emplastrum Picis Burgundicce. Burgundy Pitch Plaster. 

(U. S. P.) 
Burgundy pitch, 800 ; olive oil, 50 ; yellow wax, 150. 



Terebinthina Canadensis. Canada Turpentine. 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

A liquid oleoresin obtained from Abies balsamea (Linne), 
Miller (nat. ord. Coniferee). 

Synonym. — Canada balsam, balsam of fir, balsamum 
Oanadense, E. ; baume de Canada, Fr. ; Canadischer terpen- 
tin, G. 

Habitat. — Canada and N. United States ; west to Minne- 
sota, south on mountains to Virginia. 

Properties. — A yellowish or faintly greenish, transparent, 
•viscid liquid, of an agreeable terebinthinate odor, and a 
bitterish, slightly acrid taste. When exposed to the air it 
gradually dries, forming a transparent mass. It is completely 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform or benzol. 

ConstitiLents. — 1, volatile oil, 20-30 per cent.; 2, a resin; 
3, a soluble bitter principle. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-iiL (30.-90.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii (4.-8.); 
D., gr.xx.-xl. (1.3-2.6). 



506 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

I ACTION AND USES OF BURGUNDY PITCH AND CANADA TURPENTINE. 

Burgundy pitch is slightly stimulating to the skin and 
I is used as a mild counter-irritant (in plaster) in rheumatism^ 
j strains, swelling of joints, and upon the chest. Burgundy 
I pitch, Canada turpentine, crude turpentine, Venice turpen- 
I tine, Bordeaux turpentine and Frankincense have much the 
same action and uses as oil of turpentine internally. They 
are administered in the same manner and in nearly identical 
doses, but are less commonly employed than the latter. 

Eesina. Kesin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The residue left after distilling off the volatile oil from 
turpentine. 

Synonym. — Colophony, rosin, E. ; colophonum, P.G. j 
colophane, Fr.; kolophonium, geigenharz, G. 

Properties. — A transparent, amber-colored substance, 
hard, brittle, pulverizable ; fracture glossy and shallow-con- 
choidal ; odor and taste faintly terebinthinate. Spec. gr. 
1.070-1.080. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and fixed or volatile 
oils ; also in solution of potassium or sodium hydrate. 

Constituents. — Chiefly abietic acid anhydride (C^^HgaO^,), 
80-90 per cent. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Ceratuni Resince. Resin Cerate. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Basilicon ointment. 
Resin, 350 ; yellow wax, 150 ; lard, 500. 

Emplastruvi Resince. Resin Plaster. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Adhesive plaster. 
Resin, 140 ; lead plaster, 800 ; yellow wax, 60. 

ACTION AND USES OF RESIN. 

Kesin is a local stimulant and antiseptic externally. The 
cerate is an excellent preparation for burns, wounds, ulcers, 
and abraded surfaces. The fumes arising from burning resin, 
(on a hot shovel) are said to be of value when inhaled in. 
chronic or subacute bronchitis. 



TAR 507 

Pix LiQUiDA. Tar. (U. S. <fe B. P.) 

An empyrenmatic oleoresin obtained by the destructive 
distillation of the wood of Pinus palustris Miller, and of other 
species of Pinus (nat. ord. Coniferse). 

Synonym. — Resina empyreumatica liquida — goudron, 
goudron vegetal, Fr.; theer, G. 

Habitat. — United States. 

Properties. — Thick, viscid, semi-fluid, blackish-brown; 
heavier than water, transparent in thin layers, becoming 
granular and opaque with age ; odor empyreumatic, terebin- 
thinate ; taste sharp, empyreumatic. 

Tar is slightly soluble in water ; soluble in alcohol, 
fixed or volatile oils, and solutions of potassium or sodium 
hydrate. 

Constitiients. — Mainly — 1, oil of tar ; 2, methylic alcohol ; 
3, creosote ; 4, guaiacol ; 5, phenol ; 6, pyrocatechin ; 7, toluol ; 
8, xyol ; 9, acetic acid ; 10, acetone ; 11, resins. 

Dose.—R. & C, I ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. &Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); 
D.,111xv.-3i. (1.-4.). 

PREPARATION. 

Unguentum Picis Liquidce. Tar Ointment. (tJ. S. & B. P.) 
Tar, 500 ; yellow wax, 125 ; lard, 375. 

Oleum Picis Liquids. Oil of Tar. (U. S. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from tar. 

Properties. — An almost colorless liquid when freshly 
distilled, but soon acquiring a dull, reddish-brown color, and 
having a strong tarry odor and taste. Spec. gr. about 0.970; 
Soluble in alcohol. 

Pix Nigra. Pitch. (Non-official.) 

A solid, shining, black, bituminous substance. Soluble 
in ether, oils, and aqueous alkaline solutions. It con- 
tains an altered resin, and a crystalline principle. Retina^ 
(CjgHJ. 



508 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Oleum Cadinum. Oil of Cade. (U. S. P.) 

A product of the dry distillation of wood. of Juniperus 
Oxycedrns Linne (iiat. ord. Coniferse). 

Synonym. — Oleum juniperi empyreumaticum, E. ; liuile 
de cade, Fr. ; cadol, G. 

Habitat. — North Africa, Spain, France, and Portugal, on 
the borders of the Mediterranean, in waste places and stony 
hill-sides. 

Propey'ties. — A brownish or dark brown, clear, thick 
liquid ; having a tarry odor, and an empyreumatic, burning, 
somewhat bitter taste. Spec. gr. about 0.990. It is almost 
insoluble in water, but imparts to it an acid reaction. Parti- 
ally soluble in alcohol ; completely soluble in ether, chloro- 
form, or carbon disulphide. 

Constituents. — The composition is similar to that of tar. 

Dose. — Same as that of tar. 

ACTION AND USES OF TAR, OIL OP CADE AND PITCH. 

Externally, tar produces hypersemia, and, when rubbed 
continually into the skin, sometimes papules and pustules. 
It is a stimulant, rubefacient, antiseptic and parasiticide 
externally. Poisoning may follow the extensive application 
of large quantities of tar over a denuded surface, or if it be 
licked off the skin. Tar is mainly employed in veterinary 
medicine on the skin, and is a valuable remedy to relieve 
itching and as a local stimulant in chronic eczema (" grease "), 
sometimes in moist eczema and erythema, psoriasis, pityri- 
asis, pruritus, and lichen. It also destroys the parasites of 
mange and ringworm. It is applied with fat, vaseline, soap 
or alcohol, in the proportion of 1-2 to 10. The official oint- 
ment (1-2), is generally appropriate in the above-mentioned 
skin diseases, but may require dilution. The following 
preparation is serviceable on patches of psoriasis : 

Tar, soft or green soap, each two ounces ; alcohol, two 
ounces. Pure tar painted over the surface with a brush, is 
often most efficient in obstinate cases of eruptive disorders. 



ACTION AND USES OF TAR, ETC. 509' 

A lotion of oil of tar, sulpliurated potassa, or Peruvian 
"balsam, is more cleanly and suitable for house dogs witli 
eczema. (See diet for eczema in dogs, section on foods and 
feeding, p. 688.) Tar is of the greatest utility in stimulating 
the growth of horn, and is the principal ingredient of hoof 
ointments for horses. It may be mixed with an equal 
part of lard for this purpose, or the following mixture is well 
spoken of : tar, yellow wax and honey, j lb. each ; lard, 1|^ 
lbs.; glycerin, 3 ounces. Melt and mix the lard and wax 
together ; add the other ingredients ; stir while cooling. 
Oakum, soaked with tar, is frequently packed under leather, 
beneath the shoes on horses' feet, to soften and stimulate the 
horn and to cure thrush and canker. Tar is also a beneficial 
application for foot rot of sheep. Tar is usually kept on 
hand for farming purposes, and is therefore a popular anti- 
septic and protective in the treatment of wounds and broken 
horns in cattle. 

Internally. — Tar — on account of its constituents, phenol 
and creosote — in large quantities causes toxic effects, with 
symptoms resembling carbolic acid poisoning: e. (jr., abdominal 
pain, vertigo, signs of gastro-intestinal irritation, and the 
passage of dark-colored urine. It is not exceedingly pois- 
onous, however, as recovery has been reported in man after 
the ingestion of an amount varying from one to two pints. 
Tar is eliminated by the kidneys, with the production of 
irritation and diuresis ; also by the mucous membrane, and 
affects more especially that lining the bronchial tubes, where 
it acts as a local stimulant and antiseptic. For this reason 
the drug is an excellent expectorant in subacute or chronic 
bronchitis when given internally or by inhalation. The latter 
process may be conducted by pouring tar on a heated shovel, 
or, better, by dissolving tar in boiling sodium carbonate 
solution and steaming the patient with the vapor. Tar is 
occasionally exhibited in chronic gastro-intestinal catarrh 
and obstinate diarrhoea, with good results. 

Tar is of value internally in influencing those skin 
disorders which are benefited by its external application. 



510 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Inhalations of tar are sometimes serviceable in pharyngitis 
and laryngitis, as well as in bronchitis. Oil of tar may be 
applied, dissolved in alcohol (1-8), as a lotion, and is an 
agreeable substitute for tar in chronic eczema or psoriasis of 
dogs. It is used in the pure state as a parasiticide for mange, 
scab, ringworm or favus. Oil of cade represents oil of tar 
and tar in their actions and uses, but its odor is pleasanter. 
It is prescribed externally in chronic eczema and pruri- 
tis, as follows : Oil of cade, 1 ; soft soap and alcohol, 4 parts 
each; or in equal parts with wax. Oil of cade can also be 
used in any proportion or manner in which tar is applic- 
able. Pitch likewise possesses the same action as tar, and 
is sometimes employed for making hoof ointments and 
plasters. 

Balsamum Peruvianum. Balsam of Peru. 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Pereirss (Royal) 
Baillon (nat. ord. Leguminosse), 

Synonym. — Balsamum peruvianum nigrum, balsam indi- 
cum, baume de Peron, baume des Indes, Fr. ; Peru bal- 
sam, G. 

Habitat. — Central America. 

Properties. — A liquid having a syrupy consistence, free 
from stringiness or stickiness ; of a brownish-black color in 
bulk, reddish-brown or transparent in thin layers ; of an 
agreeable, vanilla-like, somewhat smoky odor, and a bitter 
taste, leaving a persistent aftertaste. On exposure to air it 
does not become hard. Spec. gr. 1.135 to 1.150. Miscible 
in all proportions, with absolute alcohol, chloroform, or 
glacial acetic acid. Completely soluble in 5 parts of alcohol. 

Constitiients. — 1, a volatile oil, cinnamein, C^H, (C,H,)02, 
about 60 per cent. ; 2, cinnamic acid, CigHgOo ; 3, a resin (32 
per cent.), yielding benzoic acid, HC^HjO^, on dry distillation; 
4, styrol, CgHs ', 5, stilbene, Ci.Hj, ; 6, a volatile oil, benzylic 
benzoate, C,H5 (C,H,) O3 ; 7, benzylic alcohol, C^HgO. 



BALSAM or TOLU 511 

Dose.—B.. &C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4-8.); 
D., 1TLX.-XXX. (.6-2.). 

Balsamum Tolutanum. Balsam of Tolu. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum Linne 
{uat. ord. Leguminosae). 

Synonym. — Baume de Tolu, baume de Cathagene, Fr. ; 
Tolubalsam, G. 

Habitat. — New Grenada and Venezuela. 

Properties. — A yellowisli-brown, semi-fluid, or nearly 
solid mass, becoming more brittle when exposed to the cold ; 
transparent in thin layers ; having an agreeable odor, recall- 
ing that of vanilla, but distinct from it, and a mild aromatic 
taste. Soluble in alcohol, chloroform and solutions of fixed 
alkalies ; almost insoluble in water. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, tolene, CioH,g, 1 per cent.; 
2, a volatile oil, benzylicbenzoate, C.Hj (C;H-)0., ; 3, benzoic 
acid, HC-H5O2 ; 4, cinnamic acid, CgHgO, ; 5, benzylic cinna- 
mate, CgH, (C.H,)02 ; 6, resins. 

Dose. — Same as balsam of Peru. 

PREPARATION. 

Syrupus Tolutanus. Syrup of Tolu. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Balsam of Tolu, 10 ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 50 ; sugar, 850; 
alcohol, 50 ; water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

ACTION AND USES OF BALSAMS OF PERU AND TOLU. 

Externally, the balsams are stimulant, antiseptic and 
parasiticide. Balsam of Peru is a useful remedy in alcoholic 
solution (1-8) for chronic eczema of dogs. It may also be 
serviceable in ointment (1-8) for sore teats in cows, or as an 
application to kill lice and the parasites of (sarcoptic) mange 
and ringworm. It is undiluted a most excellent stimulant 
and antiseptic dressing upon wounds and ulcers. 

Internally, the balsams are stomachic and carminative, 
and are eliminated by the skin, mucous membranes and 



512 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

urinary organs, stimulating these parts. They are therefore 
occasionally prescribed in chronic bronchitis, pyelitis and 
cystitis. The syrup of Tolu is an exceedingly mild prepara- 
tion, but forms an agreeable vehicle for cough mixtures in 
canine practice. The balsams may be administered in 
emulsion rubbed up with either glycerin, mucilage, or white 
of egg and water. 

Benzoinum. Benzoin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — ^Besina benzoe, asa dulcis, gum benjamin, 
E.; benzoin, Fr.; benzoe, G. 

A balsamic resin obtained from Styrax Benzoin Dryander 
(nat. ord. Styracege). 

Habitat. — Siam, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. 

Properties. — In lumps consisting of agglutinated, yellow- 
ish-brown tears, which are internally milk-white ; or in the 
form of a reddish-brown mass, more or less mottled from 
whitish tears imbedded in it. It is almost v/holly soluble m 
5 parts of moderately warm alcohol, and in solutions of the 
fixed alkalies. When beated it gives off fumes of benzoic 
acid. It has an agreeable, balsamic odor, and a slight aroma- 
tic taste. 

Constituents. — 1, benzoic acid, 12 to 20 per cent. ; 2, cin- 
namic acid, sometimes ; 3, several resins ; 4, a volatile oil. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Adeps Benzoinatus. Benzoinated Lard. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by melting lard, 1000, with benzoin, 20 ; and straining. 
(U. S. P.) 

Tinctura Benzoini. Tincture of Benzoin. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration of benzoin, 200, in alcohol ; filtration, and 
addition of alcohol to make 1000. 

Dose.—B.. & C, si. (:!0.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Tinctura Benzoini Coinposita. Compound Tincture of Benzoin. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym. — Friar's ba Isa m . 

Benzoin, 120 ; purified aloes, 20 ; storax, 80 ; balsam of Tolu, 40 j 
alcohol to make 1000. Mmle by digestion and filtration. (U. S. P.) 



BENZOIC ACID 513 

AciDUM Benzoicum. Benzoic Acid. HC^HjOj. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide benzoique, fleurs de benjoiu, Fr. ; 
benzoesaare, benzoeblumeu, G. 

Derivation. — Obtained from benzoin by sublimation. 

Properties. — White, or yellowisli-white, lustrous scales 
or friable needles ; odorless, or having a slight characteristic 
odor resembling that of benzoin, and of a warm, acid taste. 
Somewhat volatile at a moderately warm 1;emperature, and 
rendered darker by exposure to light. Soluble, when pure, 
in about 500 parts of water, and in 2 parts of alcohol. Also 
soluble in 3 parts of ether, 7 parts of chloroform, and readily 
soluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, fixed and volatile oils, 
but sparingly soluble in benzin. 

Incompatihles. — Alkalies, ammonium carbonate. 
. I)ose.—B.. & C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Ammonii Benzoas. Ammonium Benzoate. NH^CiH^Oj. 

(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by the action of benzoic acid and ammonia water. 
In white crystals. Soluble in 5 parts of water ; in 28 parts, 
of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as benzoic acid. 

SoDii Benzoas. Sodium Benzoate. Na C.HjOj. (U. S^. F.) 

Made by the action of a hot solution of sodium carbonate 
on benzoic acid. Occurs in a white powder. Soluble in 
1.8 parts of water ; in 45 parts of alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as benzoic acid. 

action of benzoin, benzoic acid and benzoates. 

These substances may be represented by benzoic acid. 
Action External. — Benzoic acid is an irritant aj^plied 
externally, also when its vapor is inhaled. It is an efficient 



51i YEGETABLE DKUGS 

antiseptic; a solution (1-1000) will inhibit the growth of 
many forms of bacteria. 

Action Internal. — Medicinal doses of benzoic acid exert 
only an antiseptic action in the alimentary canal. Large 
doses occasion increased bronchial and cutaneous secretion, 
with accelerated pulse. Enormous doses cause gastro-intes- 
tinal irritation, disturbance of the pulse and respiration, a 
species of intoxication and paraplegia. Benzoic acid is 
absorbed into the blood, acts as an antipyretic in fever, and 
is converted (probably in the kidneys) into hippuric acid 
and eliminated in the urine as such. It thus renders an 
alkaline urine acid, and stimulates and exercises an anti- 
septic influence upon the urinary mucous membrane. The 
change into hippuric acid is due to combination with a 
nitrogenous body — glycocoll — but the source of glycocoll is 
uncertain. 

Benzoic acid HC.H5O2 + glycocoll C^H^NO^ = hippuric 
acid C9H9NO3 + water H^O. 

Benzoic acid is somewhat diuretic, but does not alter 
the composition of the urine in any constant manner, 
although metabolism is said to be increased. It is elimin- 
ated by the bronchial mucous membrane, augmenting secre- 
tion, and acting as an antiseptic in the bronchial tubes. 
"When the vapor of any of the substances under consideration 
is inhaled in proper dilution, a similar expectorant action is 
attained. Benzoic acid is likewise excreted by the skin and 
salivary glands, exciting their functional activity. 

Uses External. — The compound tincture of benzoin is a 
valuable stimulant and antiseptic application for wounds, 
sores and ulcers. It is often applied to the part on gauze or 
lint, followed by bandaging. 

Uses Internal. — Benzoic acid is sometimes given in 
powder, pill, or ball, as an intestinal antiseptic, and as a 
remedy for rheumatism. It is inferior to salicylic acid in 
the latter disorder. The benzoates are said to be equally 
efficient as antiseptics and have been highly recommended 
in diarrhoea and dysentery. 



WHITE MUSTARD 515 

Benzoin, in the form of the tincture, and the benzoates, 
«,re serviceable in laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis, to 
promote secretion and antisepsis. An inhalation of the 
tincture ( 3 ii.-Oi. hot water) is also very serviceable in these 
diseases for the same purposes. 

The benzoates are of value in pyelitis and cystitis, 
particularly in carnivora with a normal acid urine, to acidify 
^and disinfect the decomposing urine and stimulate the tract. 

SiNAPis Alba. White Mustard. 

Synonym. — Sinapis albse semina, B.P. ; semen erucse, 
yellow mustard seed, E. ; moutarde blanche, Fr. ; weisser 
senf, G. 

The seed of Brassica alba (Linne) Hooker filius et 
Thompson (nat. ord. Cruciferse). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia; cultivated in. 
temperate climates. 

Description. — About 2 Mm. in diameter ; almost globular, ' 
with a circular hilum ; testa yellowish, finely pitted, hard ; 
embryo oily, with a curved radicle and two cotyledons, one 
folded over the other ; free from starch ; inodorous ; taste 
pungent and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, sinalbin (CjoH^^NoSoOig), and 
a ferment, myrosin, 10-15 per cent. The latter converts the 
former, in the presence of water, into the active principle of 
the drug, acrinyl sulphocyanide (C;H,ONCS), a very acrid, 
volatile body, sinapiue sulphate (CieHojNOjHjSOJ, and glu- 
cose ; 2, a bland, fixed oil, 25 per cent.; 3, gum, 20 per cent. 

Buse.—R., 3SS. (15.); C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh, & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4-8.) ; D., gr.x.-xv. (.6-1.). 

Sinapis Nigra. Black Mustard. 

Synonym. — Sinapis nigrse semina, B.P.; semen sinapis, 
P.G.; moutarde noire (Grise), Fr.; schwarzer senf, G. 

The seed of Brassica nigra (Linne) Koch (nat. ord» 1 
Cruciferse). 



516 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia; cultivated in 
temperate climates. 

Description. — About 1 Mm. in diameter, almost globular, 
with a circular hilum; testa blackish-brown or grayish- 
brown, finely pitted, hard ; embryo oily, with a curved 
radicle and two cotyledons, one folded over the other; free 
from starch ; inodorous when dry, but when triturated with 
water, of a pungent, penetrating, irritating odor ; taste 
pungent and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, sinigrin (or potassium 
myronate), and a ferment, myrosin. In the presence of water 
the latter converts the former into the acrid, volatile, ofiicial 
oil of mustard (allyl sulphocyanide, C3H5CNS), acid potas- 
sium sulphate, and glucose ; 2, a fixed, bland oil, similar to 
that in white mustard ; 3, gum. 

Dose. — Same as white mustard. 

Commercial form of mustard is a mixture of black and 
white mustard. 

PREPAEATION. 

Oleum Sinapis Volatile. Volatile Oil of Mustard. 

Synonym. — Oleum sinapis, B.R; allyl sulphocyanide 
(C3H5CNS), oleum sinapis 8ethereum,E.; essence de moutarde, 
Fr.; setherisches senfol, G. 

Derivation. — A volatile oil obtained from black mustard ' 
by maceration with water and subsequent distillation. 

Properties. — A colorless or pale yellow, limpid and 
strongly refractive liquid, having a very pungent and acrid 
odor and taste. Freely soluble in alcohol, ether, or carbon 
disulphide, the solutions being neutral to litmus paper. 
Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.029. 

Action External. — Mustard quickly dilates the vessels of 
the skin and causes hypersemia. If its application is 
frequently repeated, there is so much vascular irritation that 
transudation of serum occurs under the epidermis, and 
blisters or even pustules are formed. Mustard induces a 
sensation of burning in man, but is not so irritating as oil 



MUSTARD 517 

of turpentine to horses, and the primary irritation is followed 
bj partial anaesthesia. It is one of the most useful counter- 
irritants, and by this action contracts vessels in the under- 
lyiijg parts, relieves pain and congestion. 

Ill rapidly stimulating the skin, mustard reflexly excites 
the nervous system, respiratory functions and heart. Mus- 
tard is therefore a rubefacient, vesicant, and counter-irritant 
externall}^ 

Action Infernal. — Mustard stimulates gastric vascularity, 
seci'etion and motion, and promotes the appetite in small 
doses. Large doses occasion vomiting in animals capable of 
the act. Intestinal peristalsis and secretion are probably 
likewise augmented by mustard. It is thus a stomachic, 
carminative and emetic internally, but is rarely administered 
save as an emetic because of its pungency and the difficulty 
attending its exhibition. Mustard is absorbed to some 
extent, but we are ignorant concerning its ultimate fate or 
remote action. It is said to be a diuretic. 

Uses External — Mustard is an extremely valuable 
■counter-irritant for relieving pain or congestion in almost 
any internal part. It is more commonly employed in the 
acute respiratory disorders of the domestic animals, as in 
laryngitis, bronchitis, congestion of the lungs, pleurisy, 
pneumonia, to stop incessant cough, and after exposure to 
severe cold ; and the flour of mustard is used in a very thin 
paste made with warm water and applied with friction to the 
skin. Boiling water should not be mixed with mustard, nor 
Tinegar, nor alcohol, as they interfere with its action. The 
Tolatile oil of mustard is a cleanly and convenient substitute 
for the crude drug. A small quantity, diluted with olive oil, 
or cottonseed oil (1-15), may be rubbed into either side of 
the chest in bronchitis, pleurisy, and other chest disorders, 
^s a counter-irritant. 

After the application of mustard, the part may be 
I)andaged, or hot blankets may be placed over the body 
^nd the treatment reinforced by the use of mustard on the 
limbs and bandaging. If mustard is employed continuously 



518 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

to keep up constant counter-irritation, the drug should be 
washed off in 20 or 30 minutes, and the process repeated 
once in 2 hours. It is unwise to induce much vesication over 
an extensive surface with mustard, as the result is painful 
and resolution is slow. Mustard is also serviceable in pain- 
ful abdominal diseases, as colic, tympanites, enteritis and 
peritonitis, but oil of turpentine appears here to be more 
efficient. 

A sinapism (mustard application) over the loins is useful 
in acute nephritis, and will not lead to irritation of the 
kidneys from absorption which may ensue after cantharidal 
blistering. Cantharides has, however, a more active, per- 
manent and revulsant effect in most local inflammatory con- 
ditions, and is more potent in acute laryngitis. The action 
of mustard is rapid and fleeting, unless applied continually 
in considerable strength. For this reason it is indicated to 
impress the nervous system instantaneously, in opium, 
alcohol and other narcotic poisoning ; in respiratory failure,, 
in collapse and extreme depression in the course of acute 
diseases (pneumonia and parturient apoplexy), applied all 
over the body, or over the cardiac region in syncope. 
Mustard is of utility in muscular or articular rheumatism, 
and is employed on swollen glands (strangles), inflamed 
joints and tendons ; but is usually less efficacious than 
a good cantharidal blister in these three latter condi- 
tions. 

Uses Internal. — Mustard is an efficient emetic for dogs, 
in tablespoonful doses, given in a cup of tepid water. It is 
usually at hand, and not only empties the stomach in poison- 
ing, but reflexly stimulates the heart and respiration. If 
administered for its carminative or stomachic effect, mustard 
must be given in pill or ball. 

Eucalyptus. Eucalyptus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Feuilles d'eucalyptus, Fr. ; eucalyptus^ 
blatter, G. 



OIL OF EUCALYPTUS 519 

The leaves of Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiere (nat. 
ord. Myrtacese), collected from the older parts of the tree. 

Description. — Petiolate, lanceolately scythe-shaped ; from 
15 to 30 cm. long ; rounded below, tapering above ; entire, 
leathery, grayish-green, glandular, feather- veined between 
the midrib and marginal veins ; odor strongly camphorace- 
ous ; taste pungently aromatic and somewhat cooling, bitter 
and astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil (see below); 2, a crystalliz- 
able resin ; 3, a crystallizable, fatty acid ; 4, cerylic alcohol. 

Dose.—R. & d, 3 ii.-iii. (60.-90.); D., 3 ss.-ii (2.-8.). 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Eucalypti Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that I Cc. = 
1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose, — Same as for eucalyptus. 

Oleum Eucalyptl Oil of Eucalyptus. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyp- 
tus globulus Labillardiere, Eucalyptus oleosa F. V. Mueller, 
and some other species of Eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacese). 

Properties. — A colorless or faintly-yellowish liquid, 
having a characteristic, aromatic, somewhat camphoraceous 
odor, and a pungent, spicy, and cooling taste. Spec. gr. 
0.915 to 0.925. Soluble in all proportions in alcohol, carbon 
disulphide, or glacial acetic acid. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, eucalyptol or cineol 
(CjoHigO), 70 per cent. ; 2, eucalyptene (CioHiJ ; 3, cymene 
(CioHiJ. 

Incompatihles. — Alkalies, mineral acids, and metallic salts. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., '\^\\.-x. (.12-.6). 

Eucalyptol. Eucalyptol. C,,B.,<0. (U. S. P.) 
A neutral body obtained from the volatile oil of Eucalyp- 



520 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tus globulus Labillardiere, and of some other species of 
eucalyptus (nat. ord. Myrtacese). 

Derivation. — Crude eucalyptol distills over from eucalyp- 
tus leaves at a temperature varying from 338° to 352° F., 
and is purified by redistillation frOxH potassium hydrate or 
calcium chloride. 

Properties. — A colorless liquid, having a characteristic, 
aromatic and distinctly camphoraceous odor, and a pungent, 
spicy and cooling taste. Spec. gr. 0.930. Soluble in all 
proportions, in alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as oil of eucalyptus. 

ACTION OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL. 

External. — The oil is a powerful antiseptic and disinfect- 
ant, and is even said to be three times more efficient in this 
respect than carbolic acid. It is but slightly irritating to the 
skin, unless its vapors are confined by bandaging, when it 
may cause vesicles and pustules. Some local anaesthesia 
follows primary skin irritation. 

Internal. — Digestive Tract. — Oil of eucalyptus excites 
gastric and salivary secretion, and acts, both locally and 
during elimination, as a stimulant to the mucous membrane 
of the alimentary canal. Large doses occasion diarrhoea, 
and the fsecal discharges are impregnated with the odor of 
the oil. It is a stomachic, carminative, antiseptic and 
anodyne in the digestive tract. 

Circulation. — Oil of eucalyptus arrests the amoeboid 
movements of the white blood corpuscles, and diapedesis, in 
inflammatory areas ; inhibits the growth of the plasmodia 
malarise ; is an antipyretic and antiperiodic, and generally 
comports itself like quinine ; but is nevertheless distinctly 
inferior to it. Small doses reflexly stimulate the heart and 
cause an increase in blood pressure; while toxic doses 
depress the heart's action and lower vascular tension. 

Respiration. — Small doses accelerate the respiratory 
movements. Large doses make the respiration slower and 
weaker, and death ensues through respiratory failure. 



EUCALYPTOL 521 

Nervous System. — Poisonous quantities depress the 
brain, medulla and spinal cord. Keflex activity is lost. 
Animals stagger, suffer great loss of muscular power and 
sensation in their limbs, and fall ; the breathing is slow and 
irregular, the pvilse weak, and there are occasional convul- 
sions. The breathing stops before the cardiac pulsations. 

Elbnination. — Oil of eucalyptus is excreted by the skin, 
kidneys, and mucous membrane of the bronchial tubes and 
bowels, and therefore stimulates and disinfects these parts 
iluring its elimination. Hence the drug is a diarphoretic, 
diuretic, and genito-urinary stimulant, stimulating expector- 
ant, and carminative. 

Administration. — The oil, or eucalyptol, are administered 
in emulsion with gum ; dissolved in alcohol ; or in capsules. 

USES OF EUCALYPTUS, OIL OF EUCALYPTUS AND EUCALYPTOL. 

External. — Eucalyptol is probably more generally useful 
ihan either eucalyptus or the oil. It is employed as an 
antiseptic with vaseline (1-8), on sores, wounds, and ulcers. 
and in lubricating instruments for use in the cavities of the 
body. It partially disguises the odor of iodoform, and is 
frequently combined with the latter in ointment. Eucalyptol 
is serviceable as a stimulating, antiseptic and deodorant 
inhalation in catarrhal diseases of the respiratory tract with 
putrid discharges, and in pulmonary gangrene. The ordinary 
doses (by the mouth) are placed in hot water for this 
purpose. Eucalyptol, with sweet oil (1-5), forms an efficient 
stimulating and anodyne liniment. 

Internal. — In chronic bronchitis, eucalyptol is often 
valuable in stimulating and disinfecting the bronchial mucous 
membrane during its elimination. It is also efficacious in 
chronic pyelitis and cystitis, for the same reason. The oil 
has been given with asserted success in various bacterial 
diseases, as septicaemia, canine distemper, influenza, etc., for 
its antiseptic action. In human medicine, eucalyptus and 
its derivatives are mainly of worth as substitutes for quinine 
in malaria, when the latter drug is inadmissible. Eucalyptol 



522 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

may be given as a stomachic and carminative in digestive 
disorders with foul-smelling faecal evacuations. 



Arnice Flores. Arnica Flowers. 

Synonym. — Fleurs d'arnique, Fr.; wohlverleihbliithen, 
arnikabliithen, G. 

The flower heads of Arnica montana Linne (nat. ord. 
Compositae). 

Habitat. — Mountainous regions of Europe and Northern 
Asia. 

Description. — Heads about 3 Cm. broad ; depressed- 
roundish, consisting of a scaly involucre in two rows, and a 
small, nearly flat, hairy receptacle, bearing about sixteen 
yellow, strap-shaped, ten-nerved, ray-florets, and numerous 
yellow, five-toothed, tubular disk-florets having slender, 
spindle-shaped achenes crowned by a hairy pappus. Odor 
feeble, aromatic ; taste bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, an ethereal oil ; 2, an amorphous, yellow, 
acrid, bitter principle, arnicin ; 3, resins ; 4, tannic acid ; 5, 
caprylic and capronic acids. 

Dose.—R & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; D., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3). 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Arnicce Florum. Tincture of Arnica Flowers. (U. S. P. ) 
Made by percolation of arnica flowers, 200, with diluted alcohol to 
make 1000. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 i. (30.) ; D., ni.xv.-xl. (1.-2.6). 

Arnica Radix. Arnica Eoot. 

Synonym. — Arnicse rhizoma, B.P. ; racine d'arnique, Fr.; 
arnikawurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Arnica montana Linne (nat. 
ord. Compositae). 

Description. — Rhizome about 5 Cm. long, and 3 or 4 Mm. 
thick ; externally brown, rough from leaf scars ; internally 
w^hitish, with a rather thick bark containing a circle of resin: 



ARNICA 52^ 

cells, surrounding the short, yellowish wood wedges, and 
large, spongy pith. The roots numerous, thin, fragile ;. 
grayish-brown, with a thick bark containing a circle of resin 
cells. Odor somewhat aromatic ; taste pungently aromatio 
and bitter. 

Constituents. — Identical with those of flowers. 

Dose. — Same as flowers. 

PREPARATIONS. 

These are unnecessarily numerous considering the insignificance of 
the drug. 

Extractum Arnicce Radicis. (U. S. P.) 
Extractum Arnicce Radicis Fluidum, (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Same as root. 

Tinctura Arnicce Radicis. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Half that of the tincture of the flowers, 

Tinctura Arnicce. (B. P.) 
Dose— H., =i.-ii. (30.-60); D., 3 ss.-i. (3.-4.). 

Action and Uses. — Externally, arnica, especially the tinc- 
ture of the flowers, increases the vascularity of the integu- 
ment, and may cause various grades of superficial inflamma- 
tion on sensitive skins if not properly diluted. Internally^ 
the drug stimulates the mucous membrane of the digestive 
tract, and is stomachic and carminative. Arnica is eliminated 
by the kidneys and mucous membranes and stimulates these 
parts during its excretion. Arnica slows and stimulates the 
heart and increases vascular tension in medicinal doses, 
while large doses augment the frequency of the pulse. This 
action follows, first, stimulation, and later, depression of the 
inhibitory apparatus. Toxic quantities occasion gastro- 
intestinal irritation and nervous symptoms, as giddiness, 
stupor, delirium, insensibility, and convulsions; with rapid, 
feeble pulse and sometimes syncope. 

The only rational use for arnica is in stimulating the 
skin in sprains and bruises. The tincture of the flowers is- 
generally diluted with water (1-12) for this purpose. It is 
doubtful if it is more serviceable than alcohol in these con- 



524 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

ditions. There is no sufficient evidence to show that arnica 
possesses any therapeutic value when given internally, 
although it has been used and is recommended for dysentery, 
chronic bronchitis, rheumatism, nervous disorders, etc. 

Myrrha. Myrrh. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Myrrhe, F. 

A gum-resin obtained from Commij)hora Myrrha (Nees) 
Engler (nat. ord. Burseracese). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa and Southwestern Arabia, 
along the borders of the Red Sea. 

Description. — In roundish or irregular tears or masses ; 
dusty, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown ; fracture waxy, 
somewhat splintery ; translucent on the edges, somewhat 
marked with whitish veins ; odor balsamic ; taste aromatic, 
bitter and acrid. When triturated with water, myrrh yields 
a brownish-yellow emulsion ; it is soluble in alcohol. 

Constituents. — 1, an active resinous principle, myrrhin 
(C^gHjoOio), 30 to 40 per cent. ; 2, myrrhol (CjoHi.Oi), a volatile 
oil, 2 8 per cent. ; 3, arabin, a gum, 50 to 60 per cent. ; 4, a 
bitter substance. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3ii--iv. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Myrrhce. Tincture of Myrrh. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration of myrrh, 200, with alcohol, and filtration to 
make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose— H. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 iii.-vi. (12 -24.) ; D., 
3 ss -i. (2.-4.). 

Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhce. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of myrrh, 100; purified aloes, 
100; liquorice root; with alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, I ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; Sh. & Sw., § as.-i. (15.-30.) ; D., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

Action and Uses. — Myrrh, externally, is a mild stimulant 



CAPSICUM 525 

and antiseptic by virtue of its resin and volatile oil. It is a 
stomacliic and carminative internally, exciting tlie appetite 
and increasing the secretion, motion and blood supply of the 
stomach and bowels. Myrrli is eliminated by the mucous 
membranes of the bronchial and genito-urinary tracts, and 
stimulates and disinfects these parts during its excretion. 
The drug is occasionally prescribed as a stimulating expec- 
torant in chronic bronchitis ; as a stimulant and antiseptic in 
chronic cystitis ; also as a uterine stimulant and emmenagogue 
in ammenorrhoea, and in chronic leucorrhoea. 

Myrrh is thought to prove beneficial in ausemia, when 
combined with iron. It assists the action of purgatives, and 
myrrh may be exhibited as a laxative in the form of the 
tincture of aloes and myrrh. The tincture forms a service- 
able mouth-wash in aqueous emulsion (1-16), and is some- 
times employed as a stimulant and antiseptic on wounds, 
sores and ulcers, diluted with 4 to 8 parts of water. Myrrli 
is administered in tincture, ball or pill. 

Class 2.— Used Mainly for their Stomacliic and 
Carminative Action Upon the Digestive Tract. 

Capsicum. Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Capsici fructus, B. P. ; cayenne pepper,, 
African or pod pepper, E. ; capsiqua, piment des jardins^ 
piment rouge, poivre de cayenne, Fr. ; spanischer pfeffer, G. 
Called commonly " red pepper," when dried and powdered. 

The fruit of Capsicum fastigiatum Blume (nat. ord. 
Solanacese). 

Habitat. — Tropical America ; cultivated also in other 
tropical countries. 

JDescripiion. — Oblong-conical, from 10 to 20 Mm. long ;. 
supported by a flattish, cup- shaped, five-toothed calyx with 
a red, shining, membranous and translucent pericarp 
enclosing two cells and containing flat, reniform, yellowish 
seeds, attached to a thick, central placenta. It has a peculiar 
odor, and an intensely hot taste. 



526 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Constituents. — 1, capsaicin (CgHnNO^), a crystallizable, 
^crid body ; 2, capsicin, a volatile alkaloid ; 3, a fixed oil ; 4, 
iatty matter ; 5, resin. 

Dose. — ^., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); C, 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., 
gr.i.-viii. (.06-.5). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Capsici Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Capsicum. 
(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 
«o that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose— H., TTixx.-3i. (1-3-4.); C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., mi.-viii. 
<.06-.5). 

Tinctura Capsici. Tincture of Capsicum. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by percolation of capsicum, 50, with alcohol and water to 
make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.—H., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.);C., § ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; D., mv.-3i. (.3-4.). 

Oleoresina Capsici. Oleoresin of Capsicum. (U. S. P.) 

Made by percolation with ether, distillation, and evaporation of the 
residue. 

Bose.—H., mx.-xxx. (.6-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.) ; D., mi i. (.015-.06). 

Administration. — Capsicum and the oleoresin are given 
in ball or pill. The fluid extract should be freely diluted 
■with water. 

Action and Uses. — Capsicum generally resembles the 
•volatile oils in its action. Externally, it is rubefacient and 
counter-irritant, producing about the same degree of irrita- 
tion as mustard, but causing considerably more pain, while 
its fumes are unbearable. Capsicum is used mainly as a 
stomachic and a carminative in augmenting the appetite, 
^gastric vascularity, secretion and motion, and intestinal 
peristalsis. Capsicum is employed on the skin in local 
paralysis — as of the lip — in horses, with mustard in paste ; 
■or as the fluid extract painted on plaster splints to prevent 
dogs from gnawing them off. 

Internally, capsicum is of greater value than black or 
white pepper, and is indicated in atonic indigestion and 
^flatulent colic in horses (see ammonium carbonate, p. 141). 



GINGER 527 

It may be combined advautageously with bitters, as nux 
vomica. Capsicum is a favorite stimulant and tonic remedy 
— to the digestion — with bird fanciers. It is also said to 
increase the laying of eggs when given to hens. 

Zingiber. Ghiger. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ingwer, G.; gingember, Fr. 

The rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe (nat. ord. 
Scitamineae). 

Habitat. — East and West Indies and India ; cultivated ia 
tropical climates. 

Bescription. — About 5 to 10 Cm. long, 10 to 15 Mm. 
broad, and 4 to 8 Mm. thick ; flattish on one side ; lobed or 
<;lavately branched ; deprived of the corky layer ; pale, buff- 
colored, striate ; breaking with a mealy, rather fibrous frac- 
ture, showing numerous small, scattered resin cells and 
fibro-vascular bundles, the latter enclosed by a nucleus 
sheath ; agreeably aromatic and of a pungent and warm taste. 

Constitvents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, a resin ; 3, gingerol, 
said to supply pungent taste, while the oil gives flavor. 

Dose.—H., 3 ii.- 3 i- (8.-30.) ; C, 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.) ; Sh. & 
.Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Extractiim Zingiberis Fliddum. Fluid Extract of Ginger. 
(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 
so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as that of ginger. 

Action and Uses. — Ginger is chiefly administered in 
powder as a stomachic and carminative in atonic indigestion 
of horses and ruminants. It is frequently combined with 
sodium bicarbonate and bitters. Ginger also aids the action 
of purgatives and prevents griping. The powder or fluid 
extract should be added to magnesium sulphate when it is 
given in full purgative doses to cattle or sheep. (See magne- J 
slum and sodium sulphate, pp. 136 and 163). , 



528 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Mentha Pipeeita. Peppermint. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Folia (herba) menthse piperit?e, P.G.; mentlie 
poiviee, Fr.; pfeiferminze, G. 

The leaves and tops of Mentha piperita Smith (nat. ord. 
Labiatse). 

Hahitat. — Indigenous in North America,Europe and Asia. 

DescrijDtion. — Leaves about 5 Cm. long, petiolate, ovate- 
lanceolate, acute, sharply serrate, glandular, nearly smooth; 
the few hairs containing crystals of menthol in one or more 
thin cells ; branches quadrangular, often purplish ; flowers in 
terminal, conical spikes, with a tnbular, five-toothed, often 
purplish calyx, a purplish four-lobed corolla, and four short 
stamens ; odor aromatic ; taste pungent and cooling. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil : 2, menthol ; 3, menthena 
(CioHis). 

Oleum Mentha Piperita. Oil of Peppermint. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; pfeffer-^ 
minzol, G. 

A volatile oil distilled from peppermint. 

Properties. — A colorless, or yellowish, or greenish-yollow 
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure tO' 
the air ; having the characteristic strong odor of peppermint, 
and a strongly aromatic, pungent taste, followed by a sensa- 
tion of cold when air is drawn into the mouth. Spec, gr.^ 
0.9 to 0.920. 

It forms a clear solution with an equal volume of alcohol, 
but becomes turbid when somewhat further diluted. 

Constituents. — 1, menthol ; 2, menthene, a liquid terpene 
obtained by distillation. 

Dose.—B.. & C, Tllxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) ; D., 1TLi-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Spirit US Menthce Piperitce.. Spirit of Peppermint. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Synonym — Essence de menthe poivree, Fr.; Englisch pfefifermin- 
r -isenz, G.; spiritus menthae piperitee anglicus, P.G. 



MENTHOL 529 

Oil of peppermint, 100 ; peppermint, 10 ; alcohol to make 1000. 
Made by maceration and filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, : ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; D. tilxv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

Aqua Menthce Piperitce. Peppermint Water. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Oil of peppermint, 3 ; precipitated calcium phosjihate, 4 ; water to 
make 1000. Made by trituration and filtration. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Used as vehicle in canine practice. 



Menthol. Menthol. G.^K.^OH. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Mint or peppermint-camphor. 

A stearopten (having the character of a secondary 
alcohol) obtained from the official oil of peppermint (from 
Mentha piperita Smith), or from Japanese or Chinese oil of 
peppermint (from Mentha avensis Linne, var. piperascens 
Holmes, and Mentlia Canadensis Linne, var. glabrata 
Holmes ; nat. ord. Labiatse). 

Derivation. — Made from the oil of peppermint by frac- 
tional distillation ; freezing of the higher boiling point pro- 
duct, and crystallization. 

Properties. — Colorless, acicular or prismatic crystals^ 
having a strong and pure odor of ]ieppermint, and a warm^ 
aromatic taste, followed by a sensation of cold when air is 
drawn in the mouth. Slightly soluble in water; freely 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide or 
glacial acetic acid. When it is triturated with about an equal 
weight of camphor, thymol, or chloral hydrate, the mixture 
becomes liquid. Menthol may be dissolved by heat in oleic 
acid, fats or liquid vaseline. 

Dose.—R., gr.vii.-xv. (,5-1.); D., gr.ss.-ii. (.03-.12). 

ACTION AND USES OF PEPPEEMINT AND MENTHOL. 

Peppermint and oil of pepperiuint owe their medicinal 
virtues chiefly to the menthol they contain. They resemble 
the other volatile oils in most respects, but are more anaes- 
thetic and antiseptic than some. Menthol is used mostly 
externally, and is extremely valuable in relieving itching 
and neuralgic pain. It may be employed with alcohol or 



530 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

chloroform in solution ( 3 ss. to 3 i.), in urticaria or pruritus. 
An ointment is also serviceable, or a solution by Leat in 
oleic acid (1 to 24). For burns, the following will be found 
beneficial : Sweet oil and lime water, each one ounce ; 
menthol, one drachm. The cooling sensation produced by 
menthol is due to a specific effect upon the nerves of temper- 
ature. The anaesthetic and antiseptic action of menthol has 
been taken advantage of in the treatment of boils and super- 
ficial abscesses. A 10 to 50 per cent, solution in ether is 
said to abort these lesions when painted frequently on the 
inflamed parts. A menthol and camphor solution, obtained 
by dissolving fifteen grains of each in an ounce of liquid 
petrolatum, is one of the best preparations to use in an 
atomizer or dropper for acute or chronic nasal catarrh of 
dogs. 

Internally, the essence of peppermint or oil are of worth 
in cases of mild colic and flatulence on account of their 
anaesthetic, carminative and antiseptic action. Menthol may 
be given to dogs to relieve vomiting. Peppermint water 
assuages thirst in fever, and this preparation is also used as . 
a pleasant vehicle in the administration of disagreeable 
drugs to dogs. The oil is prescribed in pill or ball to pre- 
/vent the griping of cathartics. 

Administration. — The essence is the preparation in most 
common use and is given in water. The oil is dissolved in 
spirit, or exhibited to dogs on sugar. Menthol may be 
administered in alcohol and syrup, equal parts ; or in pill or 
capsule to dogs. 

Mentha viridis (spearmint) is oflicial together with 
oleum menthae viridis (oil of spearmint), spiritus menthae 
viridis (spirit of spearmint), and aqua menthae viridis. The 
actions, uses and doses are the same as those of peppermint 
and its preparations, but the latter are more popular and 
pleasant. 

Anisum. Anise. , 

Synonym. — Anisi fructus, B.P.; anis, Fr.; anis, G. 



ILLICIUM 531 

The fruit of Pimpinella Anisum Linne (nat. ord. UmbeK 
liferse). 

Habitat. — Southeastern Europe, Egypt, Western Asia; 
also cultivated. 

Description. — About 4 or 5 Mm. long, ovate, compressed 
at the sides ; grayish, finely hairy, and consisting of two 
mericarps, each with a flat face and five light brownish, fili- 
form ridges, and about fifteen thin oil tubes, which can be [ 
seen in a transverse section by the microscope. It has an 
agreeable, aromatic odor, and a sweet, spicy taste. It may 
be distinguished from conium fruit by the odor and taste, 
while the latter has usually single mericarps which are 
smooth, grooved upon the face, and have crenate ridges with 
wrinkles between them, and no oil tubes. 

Co7istittients. — Oil of anise. 

Dose.— H. <fe C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iii. 
<a-12.) ; D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Illicium. lUicium. (U. S. P.) 

Synmii/m.^—Anisi stellati fructus, B.P.; star anise. 

The fruit of illicium verum Hooker filius (nat. ord. 
Magnoliaceffi). 

Habitat. — North Anam. 

Description. — The fruit is pedunculate and consists of 
eight stellately arranged carpels, which are boat-shaped, 
about 10 Mm. long, rather woody, wrinkled, straight-beaked, 
brown, dehiscent on the upper suture, internally reddish- 
brown, glossy, and containing a single, flattish, oval, glossy, 
brownish-yellow seed ; odor anise-like, taste of the carpels 
sweet and aromatic, and of the seeds oily. Similar to the ^ 
poisonous fruit of Illicium anisatum Linne (Illicium religi- 
osum Siebold), the capsules of which are more woody, 
shrivelled, and have a thin, mostly curved beak ; a faint, 
clove-like odor, and an unpleasant taste. 

Constituents. — Oil of anise. 

Dose. — Same as that for anise. 



532 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

Oleum Anisl Oil of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A volatile oil distilled from anise. 

Properties. — A colorless or pale yellow, thin and strongly^ 
refractive liquid, having the characteristic odor of anise, and 
a sweetish, mildly aromatic taste. Spec. gr. about 0.980 to 
0.990. Soluble in an equal volume of alcohol. 

Dose.-'R., Illxx.-xxx. (1.3-2.); D., 1TLi.-v. (.06-.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Anisi. Anise Water. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Oil of anise", 2 ; precipitated calcium phosphate, 4 ; water to makfr 
1000. (U.S. P.) Used as vehicle. 

Spiritiis Anisi. Spirit of Anise. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Oil of anise, 100 ; deodorized alcohol, 900. (U. S. P.) 
Dose.— D., 3i.-ii- (4.-8.). 

ACTIONS AND USES OF ANISE AND ILLICIUM. 

Oil of anise resembles in action the other volatile oils. 
It is employed with olive oil or alcohol (1-10) to kill fleas or 
lice on dogs, rubbed over the skin ; and one drop of the pure 
oil may be placed on the feathers of fowl to cause destruc- 
tion of lice. The oil is sometimes prescribed to disguise the 
taste or odor of drugs (see potassa sulphurata), and is 
ordered in cough mixtures for its expectorant properties. 

Anise fruit is given to horses and ruminants on their 
food — frequently with sodium bicarbonate and ginger — to 
relieve mild forms of indigestion and flatulence through its 
stomachic and carminative action. 

Cardamomum. Cardamom. 

Synonym. — Cardamomi semina, B.P.; fructus vel semen 
cardamomi minoris, P.G. ; cardamomes, Fr. ; cardamomen,. 
kleine kardamomen, G. 

The fruit of Elettaris repens (Sonnerat) Baillon (nat. 
ord. Scitaminese). 

Habitat. — Malabar. 



I 



COKIANDER 533 

Descrijjtion. — Fruit ovoid or oblong, from 10 to 15 Mm. 
long ; of a pale buff color, with a tliin, tasteless pericarp. 
Seeds 4 Mm. long, reddish-brown, and have an agreeable 
odor aud a pungent, aromatic taste. The seeds are active ; 
the pericarp has no medicinal virtue. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, which is a terpene (CioHiJ; 
2, a fixed oil. 

Dose. — Same as that of anise. 

A tinctura and tinctura cardamom! compositse are officiah 
They serve as coloring (red) and flavoring agents, and may 
be employed as vehicles in doses of one to two drachms, in 
canine practice. The dose of the fluid extract is the same 
^s that of the drug. 

CoRiANDRUM. Coriander. 

Synonym. — Coriandri fructus, B.P. ; coriander fruit, E. ; 
coriandre, Fr.; koriander, G.; fructus coriandri, P.G. 

The fruit of Coriandrum sativum Linne (nat. ord. 
TJmbelliferae). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe or Central Asia. 

Descri'ption. — Globular, about 4 Mm. in diameter, 
brownish-yellow ; odor and taste agreeably aromatic. 

Constituents. — 1, the volatile oil, oleum coriandri, a color- 
less, or slightly yellow liquid, having the characteristic odor 
of coriander, and a warm, spicy taste. 

Dose of coriander and its oil, same as for anise and 
its oil. 

FcENicuLUM. Fennel. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Foeniculi fructus, B.P. ; semen foeniculi, 
fennel fruit or seeds, E. ; semences de fenouil, Fr.; fencheU 
samen, G. 

The fruit of Foeniculum capillaceum Gilbert (nat. ord^ 
UmbellifersB). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Levant. 



534 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Description. — Oblong, nearly cylindrical, from 4 to 8 Mm. 
long ; brownish or greenish-brown ; odor and taste aromatic^ 
anise-like. 

Constituents. — A volatile oil of almost similar action and 
composition to oil of anise, oleum fcBniculi. A colorless, or 
pale yellowish liquid, having the characteristic aromatic 
odor of fennel, and a sweetish, mild and spicy taste. Soluble 
in alcohol. 

Dose of fennel and its oil, same as that for anise and its- 
oil. 

FcENUGEEEK. (Non-official.) 

The seeds of Trigonella Foenum Grsecum, cultivated in 
France and Germany. They are oblong, cylindrical, some- 
what compressed, obliquely truncated at each end ; 1 to 2 
lines long; of a brownish-yellow color, and have a strong, 
peculiar odor, and oily, bitterish taste. Foenugreek contains- 
both a volatile and fixed oil. 

Dose. — Same as for anise. 

ACTIONS AND USES OF CAEDAMOM, CORIANDER, FENNEL AND 
FENUGREEK. 

These drugs resemble anise in actions, uses, and doses. 
They enter into the composition of many popular tonic or 
"condition" powders and drinks, and, by their stomachic 
and carminative properties, aid digestion. Ginger is perhaps 
in more frequent demand than other agents of this class, by 
the profession. 

Class 3.— Used Mainly for Their Antispasmodic 
Action in Stimulating the Nervous System. 

Valeriana. Valerian. 

Synonym. — Valerianae rhizoma, B.P. ; valeriane, Fr. ; 
baldrianwurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis Linno 
(nat. ord. Valerianese). 



AMMONIUM VALERIANATE O.:.^ 

Hohltat — Europe and Northern Asia. Naturalized in 
New England. 

Dtscrq?tion. — Eliizome from 2 to 4 Cm. long, and 1 to 2 
Cm. thick ; upright, subglobular, or obconical ; truncate at 
both ends ; brown or yellowish-brown, internally whitish or 
pale brownish, with a narrow circle of white wood under the 
thin bark. Roots numerous, slender, brittle, brown, with a, 
thick bark, and slender, ligneous cord. Odor peculiar, 
becoming stronger and unpleasant on keeping ; taste cam- 
phoraceous and somewhat bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil ; 2, valerianic acid (CjHioOs), 
a colorless, oily acid, with burning taste and odor of valerian. 
Soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 30 parts of water. 
Valerianic acid is also made artificially by a complicated pro- 
cess from the distillation of chromic acid and amylic alcohol. 
3, tannic acid ; 4, resin ; 5, malic, formic and acetic acids. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.x.- 3 i. (6.-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractuvi Valerianae Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Valerian. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation, 
so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. & C, 1 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., mx.- 3 i. (.6-4.). 

A tinctura Valerianae (1-5) and a tinctura Valerianae ammoniata 
(1-5), prepared with aromatic spirit of ammonia, are also official. The 
dose of either is 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.), for dogs. 

Ammonii Valerianas. Ammonium Valerianate. 
NHAHA- (U. S. P.) 

Made by the action of ammonia gas upon valerianic 
acid, and crystallization. 

Properties. — Minute, colorless, cubical crystals, or a white 
granular powder ; without odor when colorless, but emitting 
a slight odor of iodine when colored, and having a sharp, 
saline taste. Very hygroscopic. Soluble in 1 part of water, 
and in 9 parts of alcohol. 
L Z>ose.— D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) . 



536 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

Ferri Valerian as. Ferric Valerianate. (U. S. P.) 

Made by precipitating a solution of ferric sulphate with 
a solution of sodium valerianate, and washing and drying 
the precipitate. 

Prope7iies. — A dark, brick-red, amorphous powder of 
somewhat varying chemical composition ; having the odor of 
valerianic acid and a mildly styptic taste ; permanent in dry 
air. Insoluble in cold water, but readily soluble in alcohol. 

Dose.—D., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18). 

ZiNCi Valerianas. Zinc Valerianate. Zn(C5H902)o + 2 H2O. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Made by crystallization from a mixture of hot solutions 
of zinc sulphate and sodium valerianate. 

Properties. — White, pearly scales, having the odor of 
valerianic acid, and a sweetish, astringent and metallic taste. 
On exposure to the air it slowly loses valerianic acid. 
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 40 parts of alcohol. 

Incompatihllity. — Incompatible with acids, metallic salts 
and soluble carbonates ; also vegetable astringents. 

Dose.—D., gr.i.-iii. (.06-.18). 

Administration. — Valerian should be given in the form 
of the fluid extract to horses, and this preparation or the 
tinctures may be exhibited to dogs in dilution. Valerianic 
acid is not used in medicine except to make valerianates. 
Of the salts, the zinc valerianate is the most popular, and is 
administered in pills in canine practice. 

ACTION AND USES OF VALERIAN AND VALERIANATES. 

The physiological action of valerianic acid and the 
valerianates is an unknown quantity, but clinical evidence 
supports their value. The volatile oil in valerian has much 
the same properties as other volatile oils in stimulating 
secretion, motion, vascularity and appetite, in relation to the 
digestive organs ; and, in its elimination, the oil excites the 



ASAFETIDA 537 

mucous membranes of the bronchial tubes and genito-urinary 
tract. The oil also stimulates the circulation reflexlj. Toxic 
doses of the oil paralj'ze the brain and cord and depress the 
•circulation ; while lethal quantities of ammonium valerianate 
are said to first excite the spinal motor tract and cause con- 
vulsions, and to finally occasion spinal depression and 
paralysis. Valerian and the valerianates are called antispas- 
modics in stimulating and strengthening an enfeebled 
nervous system and thus combating disorders which are 
created by an increased susceptibility to impulses originat- 
ing within the brain, or outside of the body. Valerian is 
both recommended and used in the treatment of polyuria 
and diabetes insipidus of the horse ; in chorea of dogs 
resulting from distemper, and occasionally in hysteria, 
epilepsy, convalescence from acute diseases, and nervous 
restlessness. Although the drug is of secondary importance, 
it finds a much larger field of usefulness in human medicine. 
Zinc valerianate is more commonly employed in canine 
practice for chorea. Ferric valerianate is supposed to com- 
l)ine the tonic and antispasmodic action of the two constitu- 
•ents in one preparation. The oil of valerian is a useful 
remedy (in emulsion) as a carminative in flatulence. It may 
be given to horses in doses of 3 ss.-i.; and to dogs in quanti- 
ties of 1T[ii.-v. 

AsAFCETiDA. Asafetida. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gummi-resina asafoetida, ase fetide, asafoe- 
tida, Fr.; stinkasant, teufelsdreck, G. 

A gum-resin obtained from the root of Ferula foetida 
{Bunge) Regel (nat. ord. Umbelliferae). 

Habitat. — Persia, Afghanistan and Turkestan. 

Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or more 
in diameter; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally 
milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, 
conchoidal, and waxy fracture ; or the tears are super^cially 
united into irregular masses without any intervening dark- 



538 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

colored substance. It lias a peculiar odor, and a bitter, 
acrid, nauseous taste. "When triturated it readily yields a 
milk-white emulsion. 

Constihcents. — 1, a volatile oil (3-9 per cent.), containing 
as its most important ingredient oil of garlic, which gives 
asafoetida its disagreeable odor ; 2, gum, about 25 per cent. ; 
8, resin, 50 to 60 per cent., containing ferulaic acid (CioHjjOj. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., gr.iii.-xii. (.18-.8). 

Administration. — Asafoetida is given in ball to the larger 
animals or in an extemporaneous emulsion which is readily 
made — owing to the gum in the drug — by trituration with 
water. Asafetida is administered to dogs in pill. The drug 
may also be injected in aqueous mixture per rectum. 

Preparations. — Piluloe asafoetidae (gi'.iii. each) ; dose — D., 
1-4. Tinctura asafoetidse (1-5) ; dose — H., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); 
D., 3 ss.-i (2.-4.). Emulsum (mistura) asafoetidae, milk of 
asafetida (1-25) ; dose — D., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Action and Uses. — Asafetida is of value by reason of its 
volatile oil, and therefore possesses much the same action as 
other agents of this class. In experiments on man asafetida 
caused "stomachache," activity of the bowels, increased 
pulse rate and respiratory movements, headache, dijzziness, 
and sexual desire. 

Asafetida is chiefly used as a carminative, stimulating 
expectorant, and nerve stimulant or antispasmodic. Liquid 
preparations may cause nausea and vomiting in dogs owing 
to the nauseous taste. The drug is of most service in flatulent 
colic of horses, when it is combined with ammonium carbon- 
ate in ball, or is given in this form simultaneously with 
linseed oil and oil of turpentine. 

In atonic constipation of horses, asafetida is prescribed 
■with aloes in ball. Asafetida is occasionally employed as a 
stimulating expectorant in chronic bronchitis, and in the 
later stages of bronchial catarrh, but it is probably inferior 
to ammoniacum for this purpose. As an antispasmodic 
agent, asafetida is useful in functional spasmodic affections. 



AMMONIAC 53^ 

including hysteria, chorea and convulsions. The emulsion 
may be given in enema to dogs, in the two latter disorders. 
Finally, tincture of asafetida is recommended to be 
added to alcoholic liquors in veterinary practice to prevent 
their " misappropriation " by stable attendants. 

Ammoniacum. Ammoniac. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gummi-resina ammoniacum, E. ; ammonia- 
que, gommresine ammoniaque, Fr.; ammoniakgummi, G. 

A gum resin obtained from Dorema Ammoniacum Don 
(nat. ord. Umbelliferse). 

Habitat. — Eastern Persia and Turkestan. 

Properties. — In roundish tears, from 2 to 6 Mm. or mora 
in diameter; externally pale yellowish-brown, internally 
milk-white ; brittle when cold, and breaking with a flat, 
conchoidal and waxy fracture ; or the tears are superficially 
united into irregular masses without any intervening dark- 
colored substance. It has a peculiar odor and a bitter, acrid 
and nauseous taste. When triturated with water it readily 
yields a milk-white emulsion. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil, 1^-4 per cent. ; 2, a resin, 
70 per cent. ; 3, a gum, 20-28 per cent. 

Dose.—B.. & a, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(a-15.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.) 

PREPARATIONS. 

Emulsum Ammoniaci. Emulsion (or mixture) of Ammoniac (1-25). 

(U. S. & B. P.) 
Dose.— D., § ss.-i. (15.-30.) 

Emplastrum Avimoniaci cum Hydrargyro. Ammoniac Plaster 
with Mercury. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Administration. — In emulsion, ball or pill. 

ACTION and uses. 

Ammoniac is a drug of minor importance, resembling 
asafoetida and containing a small quantity of a volatile oil 
Jiaving the same action as other oils of this class. Am- 



540 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

moniac is occasionally employed externally as a mild counter- 
irritant, in j)lasters. Since its volatile oil is eliminated by 
the bronchial mucous membrane, ammoniac is given intern- 
ally as a stimulating and slightly disinfecting expectorant in 
chronic bronchitis with or without excessive secretion. 



Class 4. — Used Mainly for their Stimulant and 
Diuretic Actions on the Kidneys and Genito- 
urinary Tract. 

BucHU. Buchn. (U. S. -P.) 

Synonym. — Buchu folia, B.P. ; feuilles de bucco, Fr. ; 
buckublatter, buccoblatter, G. 

The leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunberg) Bartling et 
Wendland and Barosma Crenulata. (Linne) Hooker (nat. ord. 
Eiutacese). 

Habitat. — South Africa. 

Description. — About 15 Mm. long, roundish obovate, 
with a rather wedge-shaped base, or varying between oval 
and obovate, obtuse, crenate or serrate, with a gland at the 
base of each tooth ; dull yellowish-green ; thickish, pellucid- 
punctate ; odor and taste strongly aromatic, somewhat mint- 
like, pungent and bitterish. 

Constituents. — 1, a volatile oil having an odor somewhat 
like peppermint, 1^ per cent.; 2, a stearopten (Buchu cam- 
phor or diosphenol, CioHigO^), possessing an odor like pep- 
permint and in solution in a liquid hydrocarbon, but crystal- 
lizing on exposure to the air; 3, barosmin, a glucoside, 
soluble in ether, volatile oils, diluted acids and alkalies ; 4, 
^um ; 5, rutin, a bitter substance. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Buchu Fluidum, Fluid Extract of Buchu. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. == 
1 Gm. of Buchu. 

Dose.— H. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., mxv.-xxx. (1.-2.) 



OIL OF JUNIPER 541 

An infusion (1-20) by steeping leaves in boiling water for half an 
hour in a closed vessel, is sometimes preferred, and will be taken volun- 
tarily by the larger animals in linseed tea. 

Tinctura Buchu. Tincture of Buchu. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Twice tliat of the fluid extract. 

ACTION AND USES. 

The volatile oil and bitter principle act upon the diges- 
tive organs as an aromatic bitter, promoting appetite and 
digestion in small doses, while large doses cause nausea and 
vomiting in dogs. The volatile oil is absorbed and elimin- 
ated by the mucous membranes, particularly of the bronchial 
tubes and genito-urinary tract. It thus stimulates and dis- 
infects the mucous membranes, slightly increases the secre- 
tion of urine, and imparts its peculiar odor to the latter. 

The drug is of considerable value in the treatment of 
chronic or subacute pyelitis, cystitis and urethritis. It is 
stimulating, but only slightly irritating. Buchu has been 
recommended in chronic nephritis, and is useful in irritation, 
of the urinary bladder, with frequent micturition, combined 
with spirit of nitrous ether. Buchu is occasionally pre- 
scribed in the later stages of bronchitis or in the chronic 
form of this disease, and is employed in its native country 
as a remedy for chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. 

Oleum Junipeel Oil of Juniper. (CJ. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum fructus (Vel Baccae) juniperi, oil of 
juniper berries, E.; essence de genie vre, Fr.; wachholder- 
beerol, G. 

A volatile oil distilled from the fruit of Juniperus Com- 
munis Linne (nat. ord. Coniferge). 

Habitnt. — Canada and United States ; Rocky Mountains, 
south to New Mexico. 

Properties. — A colorless, or faintly greenish-yellow 
liquid, becoming darker and thicker by age and exposure to 
air; having the characteristic odor of juniper, and a warm,. 



54:2 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

aromatic, somewhat terebinthinate and bitterish taste. Spec, 
gr. 0.850 to 0.890. Soluble in about four times its volume of 
alcohol. 

Composition. — Oil of juniper is a terpene (Ci„Hjg), and is 
isomeric with oil of turpentine. 

Dose.—ll. & a, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., 11|ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Spiritus Juniperi. Spirit of Juniper. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Oil of Juniper, 50 ; alcohol, 950. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4 ). 

Spiritus Juniperi Compositus. Compound Spirit of Juniper. 
Oil of juniper, 8 ; oil of caraway, 1 ; oil of fennel, 1 ; alcohol, 1400f 
water to make 2000. 

Dose.— H. & C, I ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

ACTIONS AND USES. 

Oil of jumper resembles oil of turpentine physiologically 
as well as chemically. It is a stomachic and carminative, 
particularly when combined with alcohol and other aromatic 
oils (Sp'r. Juniper. Co.), but is used in medicine chiefly for its 
stimulant and diuretic action upon the kidneys and genito- 
urinary tract during its elimination. Oil of juniper is cap- 
able of irritating the kidneys in large doses, and causing 
congestion, strangury, and even suppression of urine. It is 
less likely, however, to disturb digestion than oil of turpen- 
tine, and does not so readily occasion hsematuria and albu- 
minuria. Oil of juniper is indicated in chronic nephritis, 
pyelitis and cystitis ; also in dropsy of cardiac, renal, or hep- 
atic origin. It is efficient in assisting absorption of effusions 
into serous cavities, through its diuretic properties. The 
compound spirit of juniper approximates gin in composition, 
although it is not the official name for that liquor. This 
preparation is useful in the convalescent period of acute 
bronchitis and influenza, stimulating the bronchial mucous 
membrane by virtue of the volatile oil, and acting as a circu- 
latory stimulant and diuretic. The oil of juijiper is an. 



SAVINE 543 

■efficient renal stimulant in passive congestion of the kidneys, 
and following the active stage of acute nephritis. 

Juniper berries are sometimes given to the larger 
animals on their food ( 3 i.-ii.), or are exhibited in infusion. 

Class 5.— Used Mainly for its Emmenagogue Action 
on the Female Generative Organs. 

Sabina. Savine. 

Synonym. — Sabinae cacumina, B.P.; savin tops, E. ; 
sabine, Fr. ; sadebaumspitzen, sevenkraut, G. ; summitatea 
(herba) sabinae, P.G. 

The flowering tops o! Juniperus Sabina Linne (nat. ord. 
Coniferse). 

Habitat. — Canada, Northern United States, Europe and 
Siberia. 

Description. — Short, thin, sub-quadrangular branchlets^ 
leaves rather dark green, in four rows, opposite, scale-like, 
ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute, appressed, imbricated 
on the back with a shallow groove containing an oblong or 
roundish gland ; odor peculiar, terebinthinate ; taste nau- 
seous, resinous and bitter. The chief constituent is the 
volatile oil, about 2 per cent. 

Dose.—R., 3i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Extractwn Sabince Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Savine. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, and evaporation, 
so that 1 Co. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose.—H. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., niv.-xv. (.3-1.). 

Oleum Sabine. Oil ot Savine. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Essence de sabine, Fr.; sadebaumol, G. 
A volatile oil distilled from savine. 

Properties. — A colorless, yellowish liquid, having a 
peculiar terebinthinate odor, and a pungent, bitterish and 



644 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

camplioraceous taste. It becomes darker and thicker by age 
and exposure to the air. Spec. gr. 0.910-0.940. Soluble in 
an equal volume of alcohol and glacial acetic acid. It is 
composed of several terpenes. 

Dose.-B.. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 1TLi.-v. (.06-.3). 

Administration. — The oil is given in capsules or pills to 
small animals ; in emulsion with gum, or in bland oil, to the 
larger animals. 

Action External. — The oil is a powerful irritant to the 
skin, producing redness, vesication and even pustula- 
tion. 

Action Internal. — The oil resembles oil of turpentine, but 
is more irritating. Full doses cause gastric stimulation, 
reflex circulatory excitement, and frequent micturition. 
Toxic quantities occasion gastro-enteritis with vomiting (in 
dogs), purging, colic, painful micturition, and the passage of 
bloody, albuminous urine. There are also unconsciousness, 
stertor, rapid breathing and pulse, convulsions and collapse. 
Lesions of gastro-enteritis are observable after death, except 
in rare cases, when only congestion of the brain and Inngs 
occur. The oil is eliminated by the skin and bronchial 
mucous membrane, but chiefly by the kidneys, with con- 
sequent stimulation of the geni to-urinary organs. The uterus 
and ovaries are irritated and congestion of them follows with 
acceleration of ovulation. The oil also excites uterine con- 
tractions in the pregnant state. The drug is therefore an 
emmenagogne and ecbolic. 

Uses. — The Unguentum (B.P.) may be applied exter- 
nally as a counter-irritant. The oil is occasionally employed 
as an anthelmintic, but is inferior to other agents for this 
purpose. It may be given in atonic ammenorrhoea, or in 
metrorrhagia due to uterine relaxation, with benefit, but it 
should bn used cautiously. Tlie oil is not to be used 
as an abortifacient, since sufficient doses to cause abor- 
tion will usually endanger the life of the mother or foetus,., 
both. 



TALLIANINE 545 



Tallianine. (Non-official.) 

Derivation. — Tallianine is said to be the result of the 
action of ozone upon a terpin-bearing volatile oil, the action 
being arrested at a point when the latter has absorbed a 
quantity equal to four volumes of ozone. It is put on the 
market in sealed glass tubes containing each 10 c.c. 

Projxrties. — A clear, colorless, slightly syrupy liquid, 
having a strong odor of terpene and a taste both terebin- 
thinate and saline. 

Dose. — (Intravenously) H. & C, 3 iis.-v. (10-20 c.c.) ; 
Sh. & Sw., 11^75- 3 iiss. (5-10 c.c.) ; D., 1TL30-75 (2-5 c.c.) ; 
Cats, 1]il5-30 (1-2 c.c). 

Actions and Uses. — External. — It has empirically given 
the most favorable clinical results, according to recent 
reports, in the moist and pustular forms of eczema when 
applied once daily upon the skin in the pure state in con- 
junction with the intravenous administration of 2 c.c. also 
once daily, in the treatment of dogs. The skin should first 
be well cleansed of dirt and sebaceous matter, with soap,, 
warm water and a scrubbing brush. There is no sort of 
local reaction or disturbance when the drug is injected 
intravenously. 

Internal. — Tallianine appears to be non-toxic in any 
reasonable amounts; 300 to 400 c.c. produce no untoward 
ejBfects when given intravenously to horses. The most pro- 
nounced action of tallianine is exerted apparently upon the 
blood. In ordinary doses it produces in the horse a leuco- 
cytosis amounting to two or three times the normal and 
within the space of two or three hours. The effect is the 
same in large and small animals, although more rapid in the 
latter. This action is maintained for from five to twenty 
hours. The action of the heart seems to be moderately 
stimulated, and also that of the kidneys, with accompanying 
diuresis. The physiological details of these latter actions 



546 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

have not been worked out satisfactorily. The appetite is 
also reported as being wonderfully improved under the 
influence of the drug — whether directly or indirectly has 
not been made clear. Tallianine is a French proprietary 
preparation, and as such its chemistry and mode of manu- 
facture have been withheld from the profession. Neither 
has a thoroughly scientific study been made to determine 
accurately its exact physiological action. The clinical re- 
ports in this country and abroad have been so exceptionally 
favorable that it was deemed proper to include the drug in 
this work, notwithstanding our disinclination to include pro- 
prietary preparations. Whether tallianine acts by virtue of its 
ozonizing properties or by stimulating the phagocytic action 
of the white blood cells in combating the micro-organisms 
of disease or their toxins, or whether it is purely due to 
altered metabolic activity, has yet to be determined ; but 
clinically it has proven of great service in the following 
diseases when given intravenously once (or in very severe 
cases twice) daily, notably in pneumonia of all types, but 
also in pleurisy, pulmonary congestion, bronchitis, influenza, 
purpura hemorrhagica, heat apoplexy and prostration, 
anasarca, tetanus and diphtheria. General improvement 
with corresponding betterment in the local pathological 
conditions have been generally noted. Other medication 
should be withheld. The types of disease benefited by 
tallianine are so diverse that it is impossible to formulate a 
logical theory as to its mode of action. We have only the 
empirical, clinical results to base our remarks upon at 
present, but these thus far give promise that we have in. 
tallianine a substantial addition to our pharmacopeia. 



CAMPHOR 54:7 

So-called Solid Volatile Oils or Stearoptens. 

Camphora. Camphor. Ci„Hi,0. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gum camplior, laurel camphor, E.; camphre, 
Pr.; kampfer, G. 

A stearopten (having the nature of a ketone) obtained 
from Cinnamomum Camphora (Linne) Nees et Ebermaier 
(nat. ord. Laurineae), and purified by sublimation. 

Habitat. — China, Japan, Cochin China and Sunda 
Islands. 

Properties. — White, translucent masses, of a tough con- 
sistence and a crystalline structure, readily pulverizable in 
the presence of a little alcohol, ether, or chloroform ; having 
a penetrating, characteristic odor, and a pungently aromatic 
taste. Spec. gr. 0.995. Very sparingly soluble in water, but 
readily soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbon disul- 
phide, benzin, and in fixed and volatile oils, and milk. 
"When camphor is triturated, in about molecular proportions^ 
with menthol, thymol, phenol, or chloral hydrate, liquefac- 
tion ensues. On exposure to the air it evaporates, and when 
moderately heated, it sublimes without leaving a residue. 

Composition. — " A stearopten is a solid crystalline sub- 
stance separated from any volatile oil on long standing or at 
low temperature." Camphor is a stearopten and is chemi- 
cally an oxidation product of a terpene, — the principal con- 
stituent of all volatile oils. A terpene is a hydrocarbon 
containing 10 atoms of carbon, and the terpene (CioHig) from 
which camphor is derived is isomeric with that of oil of 
turpentine and many other volatile oils. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.) ; C, 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.) ; Sh. & Sw., 
.gr.xv.-3i. (1.-4.) ; D., gr.iii.-xx. (.18-1.3). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Aqua Camphorce. Camphor Water. (U. S. & B. P.) 

T»-iturate camphor, 8, with alcohol, 5, and precipitated calcium, 
phosphate, 5 ; then with water to make 1000. Filter. (U. S. P.) 

Dose. — Ad. lib. , 



548 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Spiritus Camphorce. Spirit of Camphor. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Dissolve camphor, 100, in alcohol, 800 ; filter, and add alcohol to 
make 1000. (U. S.) 

Dose.—B.. & C, I i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Linimentum Camphorce. Camphor Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Camphorated oil. 

Camphor, 200 ; cottonseed oil, 800. (U. S. P.) 

Ceratum Camphorce. Camphor Cerate. (U. S. P.) 
Camphor liniment, 100 ; white wax, 300 ; lard, 600, 

Camphora Monobromata. Monobromated Camphor. doHisBrO. 

(U. S. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by heating camphor and bromine together at a 
'temperature of 172°F. (77.7°C.) and solution in benzin. CioHi6 + 2 
Br = CioHis Br O + H Br. Recrystallized from hot alcohol. 

Properties. — Colorless, prismatic needles or scales, having a mild, 
camphoraceous odor and taste; permanent in the air, unaffected by 
light, and neutral to litmus paper. Almost insoluble in water; freely 
soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, hot benzin and fixed and 
volatile oils; slightly soluble in glycerin. 
Dose.— D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Action External. — Camphor resembles the volatile oils 
chemically and physiologically. Ifc is a slight antiseptic 
externally, and parasiticide. The vapor of camphor kills 
moths, fleas, bugs, etc. Camphor is a mild irritant, produc- 
ing a rubefacient action followed by partial anaesthesia. It 
is eliminated in part by the skin and occasions some diar- 
phoresis. 

Action Internal.— Alimentary Canal. — Camphor stimu- 
lates the stomach, increasing the secretion, motion and 
vascularity of the organ. In the bowels camphor is supposed 
to overcome pain, spasm, and check secretion in diarrhoea, 
but has little effect in normal conditions and in therapeutic^ 
doses. 

Circulation. — The heart is stimulated by camphor, and 
the pulse is increased in force and frequency by medicinal 
doses. The drug acts in part directly and in part reflexly^ 



CAMPHOR ' 549 

from irritation of the stomach. Poisonous quantities of 
camphor depress the heart and the pulse becomes feeble and 
rapid. Leucocytosis is favored by camphor. 

Respiration, — Camphor, like volatile oils, stimulates the 
bronchial mucous membranes in its elimination by the lungs, 
and increases the blood supply and secretion of these parts. 
The characteristic odor is imparted to the breath after the 
ingestion of camphor. The drug is believed to relieve spasm 
and cough in bronchitis. 

Nervoiis System. — Camphor is often classed as an anti- 
spasmodic. It stimulates the nerve centres in the brain, 
medulla, and spinal cord, and thus overcomes spasm due to 
nervous weakness aud incoordination. Poisonous doses 
depress and paralyze the higher nervous centres. 

Kidneys and Sexual Organs. — Camphor is broken up in 
ihe body and eliminated in the breath and sweat, but mainly 
in the urine, as campho-glycuric acid. The drug influences 
the sexual organs, in some cases, but in most instances does 
not affect them. Full medicinal doses sometimes stimulate 
the sexual functions (aphrodisiac action). Very large doses 
are said to depress sexual desire (anaphrodisiac action), but 
these quantities may irritate the genito-urinary tract and 
produce erotic excitement. 

Temperature. — Camphor is a slight antipyretic. 

Toxicology. — Two to four ounces of camphor given to 
Lorses or cattle induce convulsions, with rapid pulse and 
Tjreathing, but usually recovery ensues. Two to four 
drachms cause, in dogs, vomiting, unsteady movements, 
•asphyxia, coma and death. 

Administration. — Camphor is exhibited internally in the 
form of the spirit, in pill or ball ; and in solution in oil or 
milk. 

Uses External. — Camphor is applied in powder as a 
stimulant and antiseptic on indolent sores ; mixed with 
■chalk or zinc oxide, as a dusting powder, in chafing or 
erythema, for its anaesthetic properties. It is employed in 
liniments (Lin. Saponis, Lin. Camphorae), in strains, bruises. 



550 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

rheumatism and myalgia, as a rubefacient and local ano- 
dyne. 

Uses Internal. — Camphor is a valuable nerve and cir- 
culatory stimulant in collapse, heart failure, and poisoning 
by alcohol, opium, belladonna, etc. The Germans praise it 
highly for this purpose, but it is not so frequently employed 
by English-speaking practitioners. It should be given sub- 
cutaneously in solution in ether (1 to 5 or 10), or in olive 
oil (1 to 5 or 10), in doses of 2 to 3 grains for dogs; 15 to 
30 grains for horses, hourly. 

Camphorae gr.xv. 

-lEtheris 3 ss. 

01. Olivae 3 ii. 

M. 

S. Inject whole, for a horse ; 15 to 30 drops for a dog. 

Camphor is of benefit in exhausting acute disease* 
(influenza and canine distemper), for the same reason and 
because it possesses diarplioretic and antipyretic properties^ 
It may be combined with alcohol, spirit of nitrous ether, and 
ammonia compounds, in these affections. 

Respiratory disorders are improved by camphor,, 
since it is an expectorant, diarphoretic, stimulant and 
antiseptic. It is prescribed in spasmodic cough, bronchitis 
and pharyngitis. For the latter, in electuary with bella- 
donna. 

Camphor is a valuable drug in diarrhoea, particularly in 
the serous variety and in that form following exposure to 
cold. It is not useful in inflammatory conditions, but checks 
secretion and pain. Camphor is prescribed alone in. 
diarrhoea, or with brandy and laudanum. 

Camphor is sometimes given as an antispasmodic in 
hysteria and "thumps" (spasm of diaphragm) of horses; 
and in nervous palpitation of the heart, and chorea (mono- 
bromated camphor) of dogs. 

Spirit of camphor and nitrous ether are efficient in. 
relieving irritation of the genito-urinary tract. . 



1 THYMOL 55 L 

Thymol. Thymol. CioH^.O. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A phenol (or stearopten, B.P.) occurring in the volatile 
oils of Thymus Vulgaris Linne, Monarda punctata Linne (nat. 
ord. Labiatse), and Carum Ajowan (Eoxburgh) Bentham et 
Hooker (nat. ord. Umbelliferse). 

Habitat — Thymus vulgaris, Southern Europe, cultivated. 
Monarda punctata, United States, west to Colorado and 
Texas. Carum Ajowan, India, Egypt and Persia. 

Derivation. — Thymol is made from the terpenes of the 
three volatile oils mentioned above, by fractional distillation, 
by saponifying the result with caustic soda to remove more 
terpenes, and by cooling. The resulting soap, or soda-thymol 
compound, is decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and 
thymol is crystallized from an alcoholic solution. 

Properties. — Large, colorless, translucent crystals of the 
hexagonal system, having an aromatic, thyme-like odor, and 
a pungent, aromatic taste, with a very slight caustic effect 
upon the lips. Its specific gravity, as a solid, is 1.069, but 
when li<][uefied by fusion it is lighter than water. It melts at 
50° to 51° C. (122° to 123.8° F.), remaining liquid at con- 
siderably lower temperatures. When triturated with about 
equal quantities of camphor, menthol, or chloral, it liquefies. 

Soluble in about 1200 parts of water, and in less than 
its own weight of alcohol, ether or chloroform ; also readily 
soluble in carbon disulphide, glacial acetic acid, and in fixed 
or volatile oils. 

Dose.—R., 3 ss.-ii, (2.-8.) ; D., gr.i.-xv. (.06-1.). 

Action and Uses. — Thymol resembles carbolic acid chemi- 
cally and physiologically. It is less poisonous and irritant, 
more costly, and possesses greater antiseptic powers. It is 
much less valuable, however, medicinally, on account of its 
expense, and odor which strongly attracts flies. 

Poisoning is not produced readily, as absorption from: 
the digestive tract is slow ; but after considerable doses by 
the mouth, or when injected into the blood, toxic symptoms 
occur. One drachm given intravenously to a dog caused. 



552 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

prostration, coma and respiratory failure. Recovery ensued 
after the use of artificial respiration. Often no lesions are 
discoverable after death. At other times there is hypersemia 
of the lungs and kidneys caused by elimination of the drug. 
The urine is colored greenish or yellowish-brown by trans- 
mitted light. 

Thymol is used externally for general antiseptic pur- 
poses, for application to ulcers, and as an injection in cystitis 
in aqueous saturated solution. It is employed in ointment 
with vaseline (1-15) to destroy ringworm and to relieve 
itching in pruritus, eczema, lichen, psoriasis, etc. It may be 
applied as follows for the same purposes : 

Thymol gr.xv. 

Alcohol 3 ii. ss. 

Glycerin 3 v. 

Aq. ad 01. 

M. 

An efficient antiseptic mouth wash consists of borax, gr. 
40 ; thymol, gr. 20 ; water, 5 iv. It is indicated in stomatitis. 
Thymol is of little worth for internal use. It is recommended 
as an intestinal antiseptic ; as a remedy for tape worm, and 
as a urinary antiseptic in cystitis. It is given in diluted 
alcoholic solutions ; better in oil or capsules. 



SECTION X.— VEGETABLE BITTERS. 

Gentiana. Gentian. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Gentianse radix, B.P. ; radix gentianse rubrse 
(vel lutse vel majoris), gentian root, E. ; radix gentianaB, 
P.G.; racine de geutiane (de gentiane jaune), Fr.; enzianwur- 
zel, bitterwurzel, rother (gelber) enzian, G. 

The root of Gentiana lutea Linne (nat, ord. Gentianese). 

Habitat — The yellow gentian is indigenous in the Alps 
and mountains of southern and central Europe. 



GENTIAN •' 553 

Description. — In nearly cylindrical pieces or longitudinal 
slices, about 25 Mm. thick ; the upper portion closely annu- 
late ; the lower portion longitudinally wrinkled ; externally 
deep 3'ellowish-brown ; internally lighter ; somewhat flexible 
and tough when damp; rather brittle when dry; fracture 
uneven ; the bark rather thick, separated from the somewhat 
spongy medituUium hy a black cambium line; odor peculiar, 
faint, more prominent when moistened; taste sweetish and 
persistently bitter. 

Constituents. — The chief one is gentiopicrin, a bitter 
crystalline. glucoside, soluble in alcohol and water. There is 
also gentisic acid (Ci^Hi^Os), combined with gentiopicrin, 
sugar, gum, and a trace of volatile oil. Contains no 
tannin. 

Incompatibles. — Iron in solution forms a black compound 
"with the coloring matter in gentian. Silver nitrate and lead 
salts are incompatible with gentian. 

Dose.—B.., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Gentiance, Extract of Gentian. (U. S. «fe B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with water, and evaporation 
to a pilular consistence. 

Dose. — About one-third that of gentian. 

Extractum Gentiance Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Gentian. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
-evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as gentian. 

Tinctura Gentiance Composita. Compoimd Tincture of Gentian. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 

Gentian, 100 ; bitter orange peel, 40 ; cardamon, 10 ; made by 
maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, to 1000. (17. S. P.) 
Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-iv. (30.-120.); D., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.). 

Adminisiration. — Gentian is usually given to horses, 
cattle and sheep in powder, or to the former in the form of 
the compound tincture. The extract is suitable for doga 



654 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

•when exhibited in pills. Gentian is often employed as an 
excipient in the preparation of balls. 

Action. — The simple bitters, as gentian, act as stomachics 
and bitter tonics. They are stomachics in promoting gastric 
digestion by stimulation of the gustatory nerves, thus im- 
proving the appetite and reflexly causing dilatation of the 
blood vessels in the stomach and increasing salivary and 
gastric secretions. Furtheimore, the bitters excite gastric 
and intestinal peristalsis to a slight extent. The bitters only 
act as tonics by their local effect in facilitating the digestion 
and assimilation, and by increasing the appetite. Externally 
the bitters are mildly antiseptic ; while internally they are 
inimical to intestinal parasites. 

Uses. — Gentian is serviceable in simple loss of appetite. 
It is especially indicated in feeble gastric digestion caused 
by acute disease, overwork, insufficient and poor food, and in 
that form associated with general debility and anaemia. In 
the latter state, characterized by a pasty tongue, anorexia, 
rough coat and pallid mucous membranes, which may often 
be co-existent with the presence of intestinal worms, powdered 
gentian is most efficient when given to horses on the food 
three times daily with dried ferrous sulphate. 

Again, loss of appetite, general weakness, and feeble 
digestion occurring in horses during convalescence from 
acute diseases, as influenza and pneumonia, is favorabl}'- met 
by a combination of compound tincture of gentian and 
whisky (1 ounce each), or b}^ diluted hydrochloric acid 
and the compound tincture. The drug is useful in atonic 
indigestion, or mild chronic gastric or intestinal catarrh of 
young animals, when conjoined with sodium bicarbonate, 
which acts as a sedative and solvent of mucus. 

The simple bitters, including gentian, are contra-indi- 
cated in any acute inflammation of the digestive tract, since 
they are mild irritants. Gentian is a valuable bitter for 
cattle and sheep, but quinine is more commonly given to 
dogs. 



QUASSIA 555- 

QuASSiA. Quassia. 

Synonym. — Quassife ligaum, B.P. ; quassia wood, bitter 
xvood, bitter ash, E. ; quassie, bois amer, Fr. ; quaissien- 
Lolz, G. 

The wood of Picroena Excelsa (Swartz) Lindley (nat^ 
ord. Simarubeae). 

Habitat. — Jamaica and West Indies. 

Description. — In billets of various sizes, dense, tough, of 
medium hardness, porous, with a minute pith and narrow 
medullary rays ; inodorous and intensely bitter. In the shops 
it is usually met with in the form of chips or raspings of a 
yellowish-white color. 

Constituents. — Chiefly, quassiin (CioHiaOj), a bitter, neutral 
principle occurring in crystalline rectangular plates. There 
is also a volatile oil, but no tannin. 

Dose.— Quassiin, D., gr.|-i (.008-.02). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Qiiassice. Extract of Quassia. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by percolation with water, boiling and evaporation topilular 
consistence. 

Dose.— H., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.) ; D., gr.ss.-iii. (.03-.18). 

Extractum Qiiassice Fhddum. Fluid Extract of Quassia. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of quassia. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
■ni.-xv,.3i. (1. 4.). 

Tinctura Quassm. Tincture of Quassia. (U. S. & B. P. ) 
Made by maceration and percolation of quassia, 100 ; with alcohol 
and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Twice that of fluid extra<3t 

. Administration. — Quassia may be given to horses in the 
official preparations, — preferably the fluid extract, — or in 
iijfusion (1-80, in cold water for half an hour, B.P.). The , 
dose of the infusion is 3 iv. for horses; 3 ii.-iv. for dogs. 

Actions. — Quassia is the most active and bitter stomachic 
"repossess. Large doses irritate the digestive tract. The. 



556 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

drug is poisonous to the lower forms of animal life. One 
grain will kill a frog witli the production of convulsions and 
respiratory and heart failure. A sweetened infusion is often 
employed to destroy flies. Considerable doses of quassia 
increase the secretion of bile and uriue, aud stimulate peris- 
taltic action and contraction of the urinary bladder. It is an 
antiseptic and prevents fermentation in the digestive canal. 
Quassia acts generally in the same manner as gentian, by 
sharpening tho appetite, and increasing salivary and gastric 
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the 
stomach. The volatile oil a,ssists the stomachic action. 

Uses. — Quassia, like gentian, is very serviceable in pro- 
moting appetite and digestion in atonic dyspepsia. It has 
this advantage, however, that it may be combined with 
liquid preparations of iron without incompatibility. Quassia 
is the most efficient vermicide in our possession for the 
destruction of Oxyuris curvula, horse ; and O. vermicularis, 
dog, ia the lower bowel. An infusion is employed for 
this purpose, made by soaking quassia chips in cold water 
(3ii.-0i.) for half an hour. The rectum should be first 
thoroughly washed out with soap and water, and one-half 
pint of this infusion is given in enema to dogs ; two quarts 
to horses. 

Cascarilla. Cascarilla. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cascarillse cortex, B.P.; cascarille, Fr.; eas- 
•carilla, kascarillrinde, G. 

The bark of Croton Eluteria Bennett (nat. ord. Euphor- 
biacese) . 

Habitat. — Bahama Islands. 

Description. — In quills or curved pieces about 2 Mm. 
thick, having a grayish, somewhat fissured, easily detached, 
corky layer, more or less coated with a white lichen, the 
uncoated surface being dull brown, and the inner surface 
smooth. It breaks with a short fracture, having a resinous 
and radially striate appearance. When burned, it emits a 



CALUMBA 557 

strongs aromatic, somewliat musk-like odor ; its taste is 
warm and very bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, cascarillin, a neutral, bitter, crystalline 
body; 2, two resins, 15 per cent.; 3, a volatile oil, 1.5 per 
cent.; 4, tannic acid ; 5, gum. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts, mineral acids, and lime 
water. 

Dose.—n &C.,z ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); 
D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Administration. — Cascavilla may be given in powder to 
the larger animals on their food, or in infusion (1-10, B.P.), 
or tincture (1-8, B.P.), 3 iv.-vi. of either for horses ; 3 ss.-i. of 
the tincture for dogs. The infusion does not keep. 

Action and Uses. — Cascarilla is called an aromatic bitter, 
since it combines the action of a volatile oil in stimulating 
gastro-intestinal secretion, motion, and vascularity, with that 
of the bitters in exciting the appetite, gastric and salivary 
secretions, together with vascularity and peristalsis of the 
stomach. The drug is suitable for the same cases as gen- 
tian, but is particularly indicated in the treatment of atonic 
gastro-intestinal indigestion with flatulence (on account of 
its volatile oil). Mineral acids precipitate the resins in 
tinctures, so that the infusion may be combined to better 
advantage with acids. 

Calumba. Calumba. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Calumbae radix, B.P.; columbo, E.; columbo, 
Fr.; kolumbowurzel, G. 

The root of Jateorhiza palmata (Lamarck) Miers (nat. 
ord. Menispermacese). 

Habitat. — Mozambique, East Africa. Cultivated in the 
East Indies. 

Description. — In nearly circular disks, 3 to 6 Cm. in 
diameter, externally greenish-brown and wrinkled, internally 
yellowish or grayish-yellow ; depressed in the centre, with a 
few interrupted circles of projecting wood bundles, dis- 



558 VEGETABLE DRUi&S 

tinctly radiate in the outer portion ; fracture short, mealy ; 
odor slight; taste mucilaginous, slightly aromatic, very 
"bitter. 

Constituents.— 1, calumbin (C21H22O,), a neutral, bitter, 
crystalline substance ; 2, an alkaloid, berberine (C2„Hi,]Si04), 
found in berberis, hydrastis, etc. ; 3, calumbic acid (G^^^^0^\ 
4, starch, 33 per cent. 

Dose.—R. & C, § ss.-i. (30.-60.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4-8.) ; 
D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Calumbce Fluidum, Fluid Extract of Calumba. 
(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. (U. S. P.) 
Dose. — Same as Caliunba. 

Tinctura Calumbce. Tincture of Calumba. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of calumba, 100 ; in alcohol, 

and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, lii.-iv. (60.-120.); D., 3i.-iv. (4.-15.). Dose of 

tincture (B. P.) half that of U. S, P. tincture. 

Administration. — Calumba is given in powder on the 
food, or in the official preparations to the larger animals. 
The infusion (1-16, B.P.) may be used in the same doses as 
that of cascarilla. The tincture, and extract (gr.ii.-x., B.P.) 
are the best preparations for dogs. 

Actions and Uses. — Calumba is a mild but pure bitter. 
Berberine, calumbin and calumbic acid are all bitter, buh 
none of them possess any powerful physiological action. 
Calumba is indicated in the same cases as gentian, but, being' 
free from tannin, may be combined with iron preparations 
without producing an unsightly, inky mixture. It is less 
irritating than other bitters, and may be prescribed in more 
irritable conditions of the stomach. Calumba is frequently 
used during convalescence from the acute diseases and 
-diarrhoea. 



TARAXACUM 559 

Taraxacum. Taraxacum. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Taraxici radix, B.P.; dandelion, E.; pissenlit, 
dent de lion, Fr.; lowenzalm, G. 

The root of Taraxacum officinale Weber (nat. ord. Com- 
positae), gathered in autumn. 

Habitat. — Naturalized in the United States and growing 
commonly in waste places. Indigenous in Europe. 

Description. — Slightly conical, about 30 Cm. long, and 1 
or 2 Cm. thick above, crowned with several short, thickish 
heads, somewhat branched, dark brown, • longitudinally 
"wrinkled, when dry breaking with a short fracture, showing 
a yellowish, porous central axis, surrounded by a thick, 
white bark, containing numerous milk vessels arranged 
in concentric circles ; inodorous ; bitter. It should be free 
from the root of Cichorium Intybus Linne (nat. ord. Com- 
positse), which closely resembles it, but is usually paler, and 
has the milk-vessels in radiating lines. 

Consiitiients. — 1, taraxacin, a bitter, soluble, crystalline 
substance ; 2, inulin ; 3, taraxaceriu (CgHjeO); 4, resin, causing 
the milky juice. 

Dose.—R., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., 
3i.-ii. (4-8.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Taraxaci. Extract of Taraxacum. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by bruising and expressing the juice from the fresh roots 

gathered in autumn. The juice is strained and evaporated to a pilular 

consistence. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3.). 

Extractum Taraxaci Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. 
(U.S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of taraxacum. 
Dose. — Same as taraxacum. 

Administration. — The fresh juice squeezed from the root 
(succus, B.P.) may be given to horses ; or the official prepar- 
ations may be used. 



560 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

Action and Uses. — Taraxacum is a simple stomachic and 
bitter and may be emploj'ed in place of gentian or calumba. 
It has been generally taught that taraxacum is an hepatic 
stimulant and increases the secretion of bile. This has been 
proved fallacious. The extract is often used as an excipient 
in preparing masses. 

Hydrastis, Hydrastis. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Golden seal, yellow root, yellow puccoon, 
orange root, Indian dye, Indian tumeric, E.; racine d'hydras- 
tis de Canada, Fr.; Canadische gelbwurzel, G. 

•The rhizome and roots of Hydrastis canadensis Linn© 
(nat. ord. Ranunculacese). 

Habitat. — North America in woods, west to Missouri and 
Arkansas. 

Descripion. — Rhizome about 4 Cm. long and 6 Mm. 
thick ; oblique, with short branches, somewhat annulate 
and longitudinally wrinkled ; externally brownish-gray ; 
fracture short, waxy, bright reddish-yellow, with a thickish 
bark, about ten narrow wood-wedges, broad, medullary rays 
and large pith. Roots thin, brittle, with a thick yellow bark 
and subquadrangular, woody centre. Odor slight ; taste 
bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, berberine (C2oHi,NOJ, an alkaloid 
occurring in yellow crystals and found in many plants of 
the families Berberace8e,Ranunculaceae, andMenispermacese ; 
2, hydrastine (C2iH2iNOe), a colorless, crystalline alkaloid, 
soluble in alcohol and ether ; 3, canadine (CoiH^iNOJ, occur- 
ring in white, acicular crystals. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3 ii.-*^3 i- (8.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.);. 
D., gr.v.- 3 i. (.3-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Hydrastis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Hydrastis. 

(U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and 
water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Grn. of hydrastis. 



HYDEASTININE HYDROCHLORATE 5G1 

Z)ose.— H. & C, 3ii.-3i. (8.-30.);Sh. &Sw.. 3 i.-ii.(4.-8.); D.,ttiv.-3L 
(.3-4.). 

Tinctura Hydrastis. Tincture of Hydrastis. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation of hydrastis, 300 ; witli diluted 
alcohol, to 1000. 

Dose.—B.., li.-ii. (30.-60.) ; D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Olyceritum Hydrastis. Glycerite of Hydrastis. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of hydrastis. 1000 ; add water 
to the percolate and evaporate. Add water to the residue, set aside 24 
hours and filter ; add enough water to the filtrate to make 500 ; then add 
glycerin, 500. 

Dose. — Same as fluid extract. 



Hydrastinin^ Hydraschloras. Hydrastinine Hydro- 
chlorate. C,,HnNO,H CI. (U. S. P.) 

The hydrochlorate of an artificial alkaloid derived from 
hydrastine by the action of oxidiziug agents. 

Properties. — Light, yellow, amorphous granules, or a 
pale yellow crystalline powder ; odorless, and having a bitter, 
saline taste ; deliquescent on exposure to damp air. Solubl© 
in 0.3 part of water, and in 3 parts of alcohol. 

Dose.—B.., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12); D., gr.^Vi (-OOS-.Ol). 

Hydrastin. (Non-official). 

The commercial name for a mixture of variable com- 
position, consisting chiefly of berberine, together with 
hydrastine, and a resin. A greenish-yellow powder, having 
a bitter taste. Wrongly termed hydrastine. 

Dose. — H., gr.xv.-xxx. (1.-2.); D., gr.iii.-v. (.18-.3). 

Actions. — Hydrastis and its alkaloids, berberine and 
hydrastine, act as simple bitters and stomachics, in small 
doses, by improving the appetite and stimulating the secre- 
tion, motion and vascularity of the stomach. Hydrastis 
causes contraction of the non- pregnant uterus, and may 
induce abortion in pregnant animals. It also increases the 
flow of bile and urine. The drug is a mild anti-periodic, but 



562 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

is decidedly inferior to quinine in this respect. Hydrastine 
iind berberine resemble eacli other in actions, uses and 
doses. Berberine sulphate and hydrastine hydrochlorate 
are to be found in the market, and are used in the same doses 
as the pure alkaloids. Poisonous doses of hydrastine and 
berberine are followed by convulsions and paralysis ; the 
former is more convulsant. Hydrastine is said primarily to 
markedly increase vascular tension. It is uncertain whether 
this action is due to vascular contraction or cardiac stimu- 
lation. In poisoning by either alkaloid there is great cardiac 
-and vasomotor depression. 

Uses. — Hydrastis, berberine, and hydrastine are employed 
in anorexia and atonic indigestion. The fluid extract of 
hydrastis and hydrastine (which is, however, expensive) 
are especially efficient for horses in combination with other 
bitters and iron, as follows : 

Extr. Capsici Fl 3 ii. 

Extr. Hydrastis Fl . 

Extr. Nucis Vomicae Fl aa. | iii. 

M. (Furnish 3 ii. bottle) 

Sig. Small bottleful tid. on tongue. 

or : — 

Hydrastinse gr.xxx. 

Pulv. Gentianae 

Pulv . Nucis Vomicae 

Ferri Sulph. Exsicc aa § ii. 

M. et div. in ch't, no. xii. 
Sig. One powder on food tid. 

Hydrastis is exhibited empirically (probably as a local 
■stimulant and antiseptic) in atonic and inflammatory condi- 
tions of the digestive organs, with great benefit, as in chronic 
gastro-intestinal catarrh or catarrhal jaundice. Hydrastis is 
used most frequently in human medicine to stop uterine 
hemorrhage of all descriptions, and is often conjoined with 
the fluid extract of ergot for this purpose. Hydrastinine 
hydrochlorate has been employed with great success as 



CALAMUS 563 

a, haemostatic in metrorrhagia. Hydrastine is given to 
Jiorses as a bitter tonic in doses of gr.iii.-v.; and to 
<iogs in quantities of gr.^-^. Externally, the fluid extract 
of hydrastis (1-8 to 1-2), or hydrastine (gr.v.- 3 i), in aqueous 
solution, are most serviceable as local stimulants in the 
treatment of the subacute stages in inflammatory diseases of 
mucous membranes, and in relaxed or atonic conditions of 
these tissues. The solutions are applied as injections, or 
lotions, in leucorrhoea, endometritis, balanitis, otorrhcea, 
stomatitis, etc., and upon indolent ulcers. 



Calamus. Calamus. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet flag, radix acori, E.; rhizoma calami, 
P.G.; acore vrai, acore odorant, Fr.; kalmuswurzel, G. 

The rhizome of Acorus Calamus Linne (nat. ord. 
AroidesB.) 

Description. — In sections of various lengths, unpeeled, 
about 2 Cm. broad, subcylindrical, longitudinally wrinkled ; 
on the upper surface marked with leaf scars forming triangles, 
and on the lower surface with the circular scars of the root- 
lets in wavy lines ; externally reddish-brown, somewhat 
annulate from remnants of leaf-sheaths ; internally whitish, 
of a spongy texture, breaking with a short, corky fracture, 
showing numerous oil cells and scattered wood-bundles ; the 
latter crowded within the subcircular endoderm. It has an 
aromatic odor, and a strongly bitter taste. 

Constituents. — 1, acorin (OseHgoOg), a liquid, yellow gluco- 
side having a bitter taste ; 2, a volatile oil, 1-2 per cent.; 3, 
calamine ; 4, choline. 

Dose.—R. k C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iii. (4-12.); 
D., gr.xv.-3i. (1.-4). 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Calami Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Calamus. (U. S. P.) ■ 

Made by maceration, percolation and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 
1 Gm. of the crude drug. ' 



564 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Dose.— H. & C, 3i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iii. (4.-12.); D.^ 
nixv.-Zi. (1.-4.). 

The powdered root may be given on the food to the larger animals; 
the fluid extract, or an infusion (1-16), may beexhibited to any patients. 

Action and Uses. — Calamus is a mild aromatic bitter, and 
is therefore useful in anorexia and indigestion associated 
with mild forms of flatulence. The powdered root is em- 
ployed as an excipient in powders, balls and electuaries. It 
is innocuous, and the dose is therefore unimportant. 



SECTIOI^ XI.— VEGETABLE CATHAETICS. 
Class 1. — Simple Purgatives. 

Aloe Barbadensis. Barbadoes Aloes. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Curacoa aloes, E.; aloes des Barbados, Pr.;. 
Barbados-aloe, G. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe vera (Linne) 
Webb (nat. ord. Liliacese). 

Habitat. — The island of Barbadoes. 

Properties. — In hard masses, orange-brown, opaque^, 
translucent on the edges ; fracture waxy or resinous, some- 
what conchoidal ; odor saffron-like ; taste strongly bitter.. 
Almost entirely soluble in alcohol. 

Aloe Socotrina. Socotrine Aloes. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Aloe succotrina, aloes sucotrin, s. socotrin, 
Pr.; socotora s. socotrinische aloe, G. 

The inspissated juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi Baker 
{nat. ord. Liliaceee). 

Habitat. — Eastern Africa. 

Properties. — In hard masses, occasionally soft in the 
interior; opaque, yellowish-brown, orange-brown, or dark 
rubv-red, not greenish, translucent on the edges; fracture 
resinous, somewhat conchoidal. When breathed upon, it 



CAPE ALOES 565' 

«mits a fragrant saffron-like odor ; taste peculiar, strong! j 
bitter. Almost entirely soluble in alcohol and in 4 parts of 
boiling water. The aqueous solution becomes turbid on 
cooling and yields a deposit. 

The color of socotrine aloes is lighter, and it is less 
opaque than Barbadoes aloes. The powdered socotrine aloes 
is brighter and redder, and the odor less disagreeable than 
that of Barbadoes aloes. 



Aloe Capensis. Cape Aloes. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Aloes der Cap, Fr. 

Habitat. — Africa. 

Properties. — Occurs in dark-brown or olive-green resin- 
ous masses ; fracture conchoidal ; odor strong, sour and 
disagreeable. Yields a gamoge-yellow powder. Solubility 
same as socotrine aloes. Product of several varieties of aloes 
obtained from Cape Town and Natal. 

Dose of Abes.— R., gss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); 
-Sh., 3ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sw., 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., gr.xx.-3i. 
(1.3-4). 

Constituents. — 1, aloin ; 2, a resin ; 3, a volatile oil ; 4, a 
irace of gallic acid. 

Aloinum. Aloin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Aloine, Fr. 

A neutral principle obtained from several varieties of 
aloes, chiefly Barbadoes aloes (yielding Barbaloin), and 
Socotra or Zanzibar aloes (yielding Socaloin), differing more 
or less in chemical composition and physical properties 
according to the source from which it is derived. 

Derivation. — Obtained by pulverizing and macerating 
Barbadoes aloes in cold water, and evaporating the resulting 
solution in vacuo. Aloin crystallizes out and is dried 
between folds of bibulous paper. It is purified by repeated 
solution in hot water, filtration, recrystallizatiou, and finally 



566 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

l)y solution in hot alcohol and crystallization. Nataloin is 
derived from Cape aloes. 

Properties. — Minute, acicular crystals, or a micro-crys- 
talline powder, varying in color from yellow to yellowish- 
"brown ; odorless, or possessing a slight odor of aloes ; of a 
characteristic bitter taste, and permanent in the air. Bar- 
baloin and socaloin are soluble in about 60 parts of cold 
water. Barbaloin is soluble in 20 parts of alcohol. Socaloin 
in 30 parts of absolute alcohol. 

Dose.—R. k C, 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); D., gr.ii.-xx. (.12-1.3), in 
combination with other purgatives. 

PREPARATIONS OF ALOES. 

The oflBcial preparations are numerous, but are not applicable ta 
veterinary practice. 

Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhce. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 

(U. S. P.) 
Synonym, — " Elixis pro," elixir proprietas Paracelsi, E. 
Made by maceration and percolation of purified aloes, 100 ; myrrh,, 
100; and liquorice root, 100; with alcohol and water to make 1000. 

Action External. — Aloes is a slight stimulant to raw sur- 
faces. It is absorbed from the denuded skin and thus may 
occasion purging. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Aloes is first of all 
a purgative. In addition to this it is a bitter, and therefore 
small doses excite salivary and gastric secretion, together 
with the movements and vascularity of the stomach, and 
appetite. Experiments on dogs show that large doses of 
aloes increase the secretion of bile by stimulation of the 
liver. Aloes is absorbed from the digestive tract and is. 
eliminated by the bowels, kidneys and mammary glands. It 
may be excreted in sufficient quantity in the milk to create 
looseness of the bowels in nursing animals. 

Aloes stimulates peristalsis of the large intestines, but 
does not notably increase the secretions in the bowels. 
Moreover, its action is very slow (12-24 hours). This prob- 
ably happens because the drug does not act till it reaches 



ALOIN 567 

the large intestines, locally, or through elimination. Aloes 
is preeminently the best purgative for horses, but does not 
operate so well on the other domestic animals. Epsom salts, 
glauber salts or linseed oil are preferable for cattle ; linseed 
oil or carron oil for foals and calves ; and castor oil or 
calomel for dogs. A full dose of aloes often creates some 
general disturbances in horses, including nausea, slight colic, 
diuresis, elevation of temperature (l°-2° F.) and pulse, with 
purging lasting from 2 or 3 to 24 hours. Aloes also possesses 
anthelmintic properties because of its bitter qualities and 
purgative action. Socotrine aloes is the basis of the official 
preparations, but Barbadoes aloes finds most favor in veter- 
inary medicine, and is probably the stronger of the two. 
Cape aloes is a little inferior to the other varieties and is 
more apt to produce diuresis. Aloes and aloin lead to 
catharsis, whether injected under the skin, into the blood, or 
applied on raw surfaces. Administration by the mouth is 
more effective. Aloin appears to contain the active princi- 
ples of aloes, and is usually as operative, but some manufac- 
tures are ineffective. 

Kidneys and Sexual Organs. — Aloes causes reflex, or 
sympathetic irritation of the female pelvic organs in its 
operation on the lower bowel ; is an emmenagogue, and may 
prove abortifacieut. The drug sometimes excites diuresis. 

Administration. — Aloes is given to horses in semi-solu- 
tion after being rubbed up with hot (115°-120° F.) water ; or . 
in ball. The patient should, if possible, be previously pre- 
pared by a diet of bran mashes and salt only, for 2 or 3 
feedings before exhibition of the purge. The aloes ball iu 
use for many years in the Harvard Veterinary Hospital i.i 
made by melting and mixing Barbadoes aloes (1 lb.) with 
glycerin and molasses (each 3 ii.), and powdered ginger root 
(31.), on a water bath. When the mass is properly mixed 
it is removed from the fire and alcohol ( 3 v.) is added. The 
mass is poured on a layer of flaxseed meal to cool, and then 
is weighed into portions of 3 IO5 each. These are rolled 
into balls, covered with tissue paper, and preserved iu tight 



LbH VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tin or glass vessels. Horses should not be worked after 
receiving aloes balls, but should be given a little walking 
exercise 12 hours after the administration of the dose. 
Colic and superpurgation may follow if the dose is repeated 
within 48 hours, or if large quantities of cold water are 
allowed during the action of the cathartic. If aloes does not 
operate satisfactorily, it is safer to give linseed oil by the 
mouth and rectal injections, than to administer a second 
dose of aloes. 

Uses External. — The tincture of aloes and myrrh is 
sometimes applied as a stimulant to wounds, and powdered 
aloes is mixed with plaster of Paris in making splints for 
dogs, to prevent these animals from biting and tearing them 
off. 

Uses Internal. — Aloes is employed in the treatment of the 
torse, whenever an active purge is desirable, with the fol- 
lowing exceptions : It must not be used in acute diseases of 
the respiratory tract lest metastasis occur, and the inflam- 
mation attack the bowels. Neither in acute inflammation of 
the alimentary canal nor of the kidneys is it desirable ; nor 
in intestinal obstruction or impaction of the colon. In the 
first two named conditions, aloes is too irritating to the 
organs implicated ; in the two last, the drug may aggravate 
the trouble by the production of impotent peristaltic move- 
ments. Pregnancy contra-indicates the use of aloes, lest 
abortion ensue. The therapeutic scope of aloes being large, 
it is impossible to enumerate all the diseases in which it is 
useful. Perhaps this cathartic is more commonly service- 
able in indigestion and spasmodic or flatulent colic. 

In acute inflammatory diseases of the brain and cord 
aloes is often combined with calomel ( 3 i-) i^ ball to enhance 
the effect. The administration of an aloes ball is followed 
by that of small doses of Epsom salts ( 3 iv.) in the drinking 
water in the treatment of hsemoglobinaemia of horses, or in 
conditions when we wish to assist the depleting action of 
aloes. Turpentine is followed by aloes, or aloes is given 
prior to a course of iron sulphate and gentian, for the 



LINSEED OIL 569' 

destruction of round-worms in horses. A laxative ball may 
be composed of aloes ( 3 ii.-iv.), ginger and powdered uux 
Yomica (each 3 ii-)> mixed with glycerin or molasses. 

It is often taught that aloes is contraindicated in haemor- 
rhoids, but this teaching does not obtain unless the piles 
are inflamed. In piles, associated with an atonic condition, 
aloes may be beneficial by improving the tone of the bovvels. 
Aloes may be useful in Jaundice due to constipation, but in 
general it is inferior to salines, calomel and podophyllin in 
the treatment of this disorder. According to Brunton, the 
presence of bile in the intestines is essential for the chola- 
gogoe action of aloes. Therefore the absence of bile in the 
bowels would forbid the use of aloes as a cholagogue. 
Laxative doses of aloes are valuable in amenorrhoea, 
about the time that " heat " should occur, in combination 
Tvith iron. 



Oleum Linl Linseed Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oil of flaxseed, E.; huile de lin, Fr.; leinol, 
leinsamenol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from linseed without the use of 
heat. 

Properties. — A yellowish or yellow, oily liquid, having a 
slight, peculiar odor and bland taste. When exposed to the 
air it gradually thickens and acquires a strong odor and taste ; 
and if spread in a thin layer on a glass plate and allowed to 
«tand in a warm place, it is gradually converted into a hard, 
transparent, resin-like mass (absence of non-drying oils). 

Spec. gr. 0.930 to 0.940 at 59° F. Soluble in about 10 
parts of absolute alcohol, and in all proportions in ether, 
chloroform, benzin, carbon disulphide, or oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — 1, linolein ; 2, myristin ; 3, palmitin ; 4, 
albumin, which gives the oil its drying qualities. 

Dose.—R., Oss.-i. (250.-500.). Mild laxative, on bran 
mash. C, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 vi.-xii. (180.-360.); 
D. k C, I ss.-ii. (15.-60.). 



570 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Action and Uses. — Linseed oil exerts a laxative, or mild 
purgative effect by its mechanical action in lubricating the 
bowels and their contents. It is suitable for horses when a^ 
derivative or depleting action is not desirable, as in fsecal 
impaction or overloaded bowels in weak animals, and in 
those suffering from inflammak)ry diseases of the respiratory 
tract or digestive organs ; diarrhoea, dysentery, and in preg- 
nancy. Aloes, on the other hand, would be contraindicated 
in these conditions. Carron oil (linseed oil and lime water, 
equal parts), is particularly appropriate as a remedy for 
" heaves " in horses ( 3 ii.-iv.), and is one of the best cathar- 
tics for foals, lambs and calves ( 3 ii.-iv.). The laxative and 
antacid properties of this preparation tend to combat intes- 
tinal fermentation which is so common in young animals with 
digestive disorders and diarrhoea. The same qualities of 
carron oil prevent flatulence and interference with the 
already impeded breathing in " heaves " of horses. 

Linseed oil is frequently given to ruminants, although 
Epsom salts is generally the best purge for them. It is. 
indicated for these animals when a milder operation than 
that obtained by a full dose of salts is required, and for its 
demulcent, action in irritable states of the digestive organs. 
By combining linseed oil with croton oil we procure a potent 
purge for cattle. Castor oil oi: sweet oil are usually prefer- 
able to linseed oil in the treatment of dogs. Soap suds 
enemata are made more effective by the addition of 1 or 2 
pints of linseed oil (for horses), and 1 or 2 ounces (for dogs). 
The oil may be given in its pure state, but more uncom- 
monly is prescribed with gruel, glycerin, mucilage, or 
molasses. One ounce each of linseed oil and mohisses may 
be given to the larger animals; or one drachm of either to 
the, smaller animals, as an expectorant in bronchitis. The 
mixture is often a most serviceable one and probably acts by 
improving the nutrition of the bronchial mucous membrane. 
Linseed oil and sweet oil. resemble cod liver oil in this 
respect, and while both are probably inferior to the latter, 
as expectorants, they are more palatable and cheaper. 



CASTOR OIL 



)71 



Oleum Ricinl Castor Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 



Synonym. — Oleum palm?e cliristi, huile de ricin, Fr.; 
xicinusol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Ricinus communis 
liinne (nat. ord. Euphorbiacese). 

Habitat. — India. Cultivated in many countries. 

Properties. — A pale, yellowish and almost odorless, 
transparent, viscid fluid, having a bland, afterwards slightly 
acrid, and generally offensive taste. Spec. gr. 0.950-0.970 at 
59° F. Soluble in equal volumes of alcohol, and in all pro- 
portions in absolute alcohol, or in glacial acetic acid ; also 
soluble in three times its volume of a mixture of 19 volumes 
of alcohol and 1 volume of water (absence of more than about 
5 per cent, of most other fixed oils). 

Constituents. — 1, ricinolein, or ricinoleic acid glyceride, 
C3H5 (CisHj^03)3 ; 2, an acrid principle; 3, palmitin, stearin 
and myristin. 

Dose.— H. & C, Oi. (500.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.); 
D.&Cats, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.) ; poultry, 31.(4.). 

Castor Oil Seeds. — These ^re not official. The name 
Ricinus, is p-pplied to the plant because of the resemblanQ.§ 
of the seed to. s^ riqinus, or tick. The seeds are of a s|i|i^j|> 
gray color, marl^ed with browujsh spots and streaks. Thciy 
are' about the size of small beans (17 Mm. X 8 Mm.), ovoid, 
flattened, and white inside. They contain 50 per cent, of 
oil, and an acrid, poisonous substance. Three seeds have 
caused death in man, and they are ten times more purgative 
than the oil. 

Action and Uses. — Castor oil probably contains some 
unknown purgative principle which exists in larger amount 
in the seeds. It is often taught that ricinoleic acid, derived 
from the decomposition of ricinolein in the bowels, produces 
purgation. This is apparently not the case. Castor oil is 
mild, but has a more decided purgative action than linseed 
oil and often occasions griping. It acts in 4 or 5 hours and 
"will purge when absorbed from the skin or rectum. Castor 



572 VEGETABLE DEUGS 

oil is a galactagogue and is said to stimulate tlie secretion of 
milk when the castor leaves are applied to the mammary 
glands. Castor oil is specially applicable in canine practice, 
to unload the bowels, and in irritated conditions of the 
digestive tract. It is useful in constipation only as an 
occasional remedy, since it is followed by greater tendency 
in this direction ; also in overloaded bowels, indigestion, 
diarrhoea, and pregnancy ; after the ingestion of foreign or 
putrid matters; and to assist the action of anthelmintics. 
Castor oil is inferior to linseed oil for horses, as a simple 
laxative, because it is more prone to cause colicky pains, and 
because it is more expensive. Castor oil is thought to be 
notably useful in irritation and inflammation of the intestines 
in these animals, however, as in diarrhoea, dysentery, and 
enteritis; and can be combined with anodynes and anti- 
spasmodics to prevent gripiug. Two or three ounces of castor 
oil are suitable for calves or foals with gastro-intestinal 
disorders. One or two teaspoonfuls are suitable for poultry. 
Administration. — Castor oil is given to dogs with syrupus 
rhamni cathartici in the proportion of 1 ounce of the former 
to 1 drachm of the latter ; or with glycerin (equal parts) and 
a few drops of oil of wintergreen. It is administered to 
puppies ( 3 i.-ii.) with an equal volume of sweet oil. Castor 
oil may be exhibited to horses with oil of peppermint 
{TT^xx.); or in digestive irritation, in warm cooked flour 
gruel with laudanum ( ^ ss.) and fluid extract belladonna 
( 3 i.) ; to foals and calves with mucilage or gruel and 5 
drops of oil of peppermint. 

Bhamnus Pukshiana. (U. S. P.) Cascara Sagrada. (B. P.) 

Synonym. — California buckthorn, sacred bark, chittera 
bark. 

The bark of Rhamnus Purshiana de CandoUe (nat. ord. 
Bhamnacese). 

Habitat. — United States from northern Idaho west to 
Pacific Ocean. 



FRANGULA 



57a 



Description. — lu quills or curved pieces about 3 to 10 
Cm. long and about 2 Mm. thick ; outer surface brownish- 
gray and whitish ; the young bark having numerous rather 
broad, pale-colored warts ; inner surface yellowish to light 
brownish, becoming dark brown by age ; smooth or finely 
striate ; fracture short, yellowish ; in the inner layer of thick 
bark somewhat fibrous ; inodorous ; taste bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, three resins ; 2, a neutral body ; 3, a 
volatile oil ; 4, malic and tannic acids. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extraetum Bhamni Purshiance Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhamnus 

Purshiana. 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Co. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 

Dose. — D., Tt[v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Extraetum Cascarce Sagradce Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose.— D., mv.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

Frangula. Frangula. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Rhamni frangulse cortex, B.P.; buckthorn,, 
alder buckthorn, black alder, E.; bourdaine, bourgene, Fr.;. 
faulbaumrinde, G.; cortex frangulae, P.G. 

The bark of Rhamnus Frangula Linne (nat. ord. Rham- 
nese), collected at least one year before being used. 

Habitat. — Europe and northern Asia. 

Description. — Quilled, about 1 Mm. thick ; outer surface 
grayish-brown, or blackish-brown, with numerous small, 
whitish, transversely-elongated lenticles ; inner surface 
smooth, pale brownish-yellow ; fracture in the outer layer 
short, of a purplish tint ; in the inner layer fibrous and pale 
yellow ; when masticated, coloring the saliva yellow; nearly 
inodorous ; taste sweetish and bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, frangulin {C^Jl^^O^o), con- 
verted in time into (2) emodin (CisHioOg), a glucoside, to 
"which the drug owes its purgative action. Frangulin yields 



574 VEGETABLE DRUGS ■ ' 

emodin, a constituent of rliubarb as well, and rhamnose 
(CeHj.Os), by hydrolysis. 

Dose.— D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Frangulm Fluiduni. Fluid Extract of Frangula. 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. of the preparation = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose.—D., 3ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Extractum Rhamnce Frangulm Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose.—D., 3i.-iv. ^4.-15.). 



Ehamnus Catharticus. (Non-official.) 

The berries of R. catharticus, from which an acrid, 
nauseous, bitter juice is obtained. A syrup — syrupus rhamni 
<;athartici — is prepared from the juice (B.P.) with sugar, 
ginger and pimento. 

Base of Syrup.— I)., 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Action and Uses. — The buckthorns are laxatives in the 
doses employed in medicine. The fresh bark of R. frangula 
produces violent gastro-enteritis (frangulin), and therefore 
must be kept a year before using. The same remark applies 
with less force to R. Purshiana, Cascara sagrada is prob- 
ably the best mild purgative remedy for dogs with chronic 
constipation, and the dose does not require to be increased 
on repetition. In fact, the tone of the bowels is improved by 
the drug. It is more reliable and active than frangula. 
Cascara may cause some griping. It is very bitter and 
therefore may promote gastric digestion and appetite. The 
aromatic fluid extract made by a well-known firm is a most 
serviceable preparation in preventing colic and in disguising 
the taste. The average dose for the dog is TTL^x.-xxx. each 
night, or Tf\,v.-x. thrice daily. The syrup of buckthorn is 
commonly prescribed to dogs with castor oil, of each one 
ounce ; or one drachm of the former with an ounce of the 
latter, for an occasional purgative. 



RHUBARB 575 

Kheum. Ehubarb. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Rliei radix, B.P.; rhubarbe, Fr.; rhiibar- 
Ijer, G. 

The root of Rheum officinale Baillon (nat. ord. Poly- 
gonacese). 

Description. — In cylindrical, conical or flattish segments, 
deprived of the dark brown, corky layer, smoothish or some- 
what wrinkled ; externally covered with a bright yellowish- 
brown powder, marked with white, elongated meshes, con- 
taining a white, rather spongy tissue and a number of short, 
reddish-brown or brownish-yellow striee ; compact, hard ; 
fracture uneven ; internally white, with numerous red, 
irregularly-curved and interrupted medullary rays, which are 
radially parallel only near the cambium line ; odor some- 
what peculiar, aromatic ; taste bitter, somewhat astringent. 
"When chewed, rhubarb feels gritty between the teeth, and 
imparts a yellow color to the saliva. 

Constituents. — 1, a glucoside, chrysarobin (C2,H3(,Oi4), 
which yields 2-3 per cent, of chrysophanic acid (CijHioOJ, 
also called rliein or chrysophan ; 2, rheotannic acid (CogHjgOJ, 
which gives astringency to rhubarb ; 3, calcium oxalate (35 
per cent.), causing grittiness ; 4, resinous bodies : phseoretin, 
emodin, aporetin and erythroretin. Chrysophanic acid and 
the resins are somewhat purgative, but the exact purgative 
principle has yet to be discovered. 

Dose.— Stomachic— R. k C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh., 3 i. (4); 
D. & Cats, gr.v.-x. (.3-. 6). 

Mild Purgative — Foals and Calves, 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); D., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Rhei Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Rhubarb. 
(U.S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Co. = 1 Gni. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as that of rhubarb. 



(576 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Piilvis Rliei Covix)ositus. Compound Powder of Rhubarb. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gregory's powder. Rhubarb, 25 ; magnesia, 65 ; 
ginger, 10. 

Dose. — Foals and Calves, § ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

Extractum Rhei. Extract of Rhubarb. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Dose.—T>., gr.v.-x. (.3-,6). 

Tliere are many other official preparations, but they possess na 
value in veterinary medicine. 

Action Internal. — Alimentary Canal. — Rhubarb is a bitter^ 
and therefore in small doses improves digestion in all 
animals by increasing the flow of salivary and gastric juices, 
and by stimulating the appetite, vascularity, and movements 
of the stomach. It is called a stomachic and bitter tonic» 
Larger doses cause mild purgation in the case of dogs and 
cats, but horses and cattle are but slightly affected in this 
"way. Rhubarb augments the secretion of bile. It is com- 
monly described as an agent which stimulates peristaltic 
action, but it is not certainly known how purging is brought 
about. Secondary constipation is more apt to follow the 
use of rhubarb than other drugs, because of rheotannic acid. 
This substance may be absorbed and eliminated into the 
bowels after the occurrence of purgation. Rhubarb, by 
virtue of chrysophanic acid, stains the faeces, urine, milk and 
sweat yellow in its excretion. 

Uses. — Rhiibarb is an efficient laxative remedy for the 
treatment of indigestion in young animals associated with 
diarrhoea. In this condition it sweeps out the source of irrita- 
tion and then exerts an astringent effect. The drug often 
acts most favorably with an antacid in the disorders noted. 
Gregory's powder is useful in the care of foals, calves and 
lambs with diarrhoea. The fluid extract may be given to 
dogs, but rhubarb is not so generally useful a purgative for 
these animals as castor oil, calomel, or cascara sagrada. 
Rhubarb has been recommended when a laxative is desirable^ 
in cases of haemorrhoids, to improve local tone, and also as 
a purgative in diarrhoea of young animals due to worms. 



CHKYSAROBIN 577 

One or two drops of the tincture of rhubarb in the 
drinking water form a serviceable laxative for small bivls. 

Ohrysarobinum. Chrysarobin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Goa powder, araroba powder. 

A neutral principle, in its commercial, more or less 
impure form, extracted from Goa Powder, a substance found 
deposited in the wood of Andira Araroba Agniar (nat. ord. 
Leguminos?e). 

Habitat. — Brazil. 

Properties. — A pale orange-yellow, microcrystalline 
powder, odorless and tasteless; turning brownish-yellow on 
exposure to the air. Very slightly soluble in cold water or 
alcohol. Soluble in solutions of alkalies. 

Constituents. — Chiefly chrysarobin (Co-Hj^Oi^,) — also 
called rhein and chrysophan, — an orange-yellow, crystalline 
glucoside, somewhat soluble in alcohol and ether ; freely 
soluble in chloroform and benzol. It is oxidized into chry- 
sophanic acid (CisHuOJ, and glucose. 

PREPARATION. 

Ungitentum Chrysarobini. Chrysarobin Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Chrysarobin, 5 ; benzoinated lard, 95. (U. S.) 

Action and Uses. — Chrysarobin is a powerful irritant io 
the skin and destroys parasites. It stains the skin and other 
materials dark brown. This may be removed, unless fixed 
by an alkali, with a weak solution of chlorinated lime or 
caustic soda. Chrysarobin is also a strong irritant in the 
gastro-intestinal tract, causing vomiting and purging in 
carnivora. It is eliminated by the kidneys, coloring the 
nrine yellow. 

Chrysarobin is iised as a parasiticide in the treatment of 
ringworm, and as a stimulant to the skin in chionic cutaneous 
disorders, as eczema (with m ich itching and scaling), pity- 
riasis, and particularly psoriasis* The ofiicial 5 per cent, 
ointment should be diluted 2 oi- 3 times for delicate skins. 



578 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

It should be applied over a large area witli care, but is one 
of the most efficient remedies in obstinate diseases of the 
skin. 

Senna. Senna. 

Synonym, — Senna Alexandrina, senna Indica, B.P.; senna 
leaves, folia sennas, E.; feuilles de sene, Fr.; sennesblatter, G. 

The leaflets of Cassia acutifolia Delile (Alexandria 
Senna), and of Cassia augustifolia Vahl (India Senna); (nat. 
ord. Legumiuosse). 

Description. — Alexandria Senna. — It consists of leaflets 
about 25 Mm. long and 10 Mm. broad, lanceolate or lance- 
oval, subcoriaceous, brittle, rather pointed, unequally oblique 
at the base, entire, grayish-green, somewhat pubescent, of a 
peculiar odor and a nauseous, bitter taste. 

Impurities. — Argel leaves (Solenostemma Argel Hayne, 
nat. ord. Asclepiadse), are frequently present. They are 
thicker, one-veined, wrinkled, glaucous, and even at the base. 

India Senna. — It consists of leaflets 3 to 5 Cm. long, and 
10 to 15 Mm. broad ; lanceolate, acute, unequally oblique at 
the base; entire, thin, yellowish-green, nearly smooth ; odor 
peculiar, somewhat tea-like ; taste mucilaginous, bitter and 
nauseous. It should be free from stalks, discolored leaves 
and other admixtures. 

Habitat. — Alexandria Senna — Upper Egypt, Nubia, and 
Central Africa. 

Indian Senna, or Tinnivelly Senna — Eastern Africa to 
India. 

Constituents. — 1, the purgative properties are chiefly due 
to magnesium and calcium cathartates ; salts of cathartic 
acid (CisoHggNoSOgo), a black, amorphous glucoside ; 2, two 
glucosides, sennacrol and sennapicrin, insoluble in water ; 3, 
<ihrysophanic acid ; 4, cathartomannit (CjiH^^Oig), an uufer- 
mentable sugar. 

Dose.—R. k C, 3 iv.-v. (120.-150.); Sh. & Sw., p.-ii. 
(30.-60.); D. & C, 3 i.-iv. (4-15.). 



SENNA 579 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Sennce Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Senna. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
■evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as senna. 

Pulvis Qlycyin-hizce Compositus. Compound Powder of Glycyrrhiza. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonyin. — Compound liquorice powder. 

Senna, 180 ; glycyrrhiza, 236 ; washed sulphur, 80 ; oil of fennel, 4; 
sugar, 500. 

Dose.—T>., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Action Internal. — Senna stimulates and increases the 
"vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, and causes 
increased peristalsis of the large intestines, particularly of 
the colon. It produces copious pale-yellow and watery 
evacuations. The drug has a nauseous taste and purging is 
accompanied by some griping and flatulence. Senna acts 
more satisfactorily when combined with other purgative 
agents. It is absorbed and will occasion catharsis in suck- 
lings after administration to their mothers, and after intra- 
venous injection. The urine may be colored red or yellow 
by its elimination. It is extremely doubtful if senna exerts 
any influence on biliary secretion. 

Uses. — Senna is but rarely employed in veterinary medi- 
cine. It may be used where a simple, vigorous cathartic is 
indicated in constipation, or in cases of slight faecal accumu- 
lation. 

The drug acts more effectively when given in conjunc- 
tion with salts. The fluid extract, or an infusion made by 
pouring boiling water over the leaves and allowing them to 
macerate until the water becomes cold, are added to solu- 
tions of magnesium sulphate. This combination is more 
suitable for cattle or sheep. Compound liquorice powder 
may be given to dogs as a simple purgative in occasional or 
habitual constipation. 



680 VEGETABLE DRUGS 



Class 2. — Drastic Purgatives. 

Oleum Tiglil Croton Oil. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum crotonis, B.P.; liuile cle croton, huile 
de graiues de tilly, Fr.; crotonol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Croton Tiglium 
Linne (nat. ord. Eupliorbiaceae). 

Habitat — India, Indian Archipelago, and Philippine 
Islands. Also cultivated. 

Properties. — A pale yellow or brownish-yellow, somewhat 
viscid, and somewhat fluorescent liquid, haviug a slight fatty 
odor, and a mild, oily, afterwards burning and acrid taste 
(great caution is necessary in tasting). Spec, gr, 0.940 to 
0.960 at 59° F. When fresh it is soluble in about 60 parts 
of alcohol, the solubility increasing by age. It is freely 
soluble in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide, and in fixed 
and volatile oils. 

Constituents. — 1, crotonol (CigHj^OJ, a non-purgative 
body causing irritation of the skin ; 2, tiglinic acid (CgHgOJ, 
and many volatile acids existing as glycerides and account- 
ing for the odor of croton oil; 3, free and combined fatty 
acids. The purgative principle is undiscovered. 

Z>05e.— H.,1TLxv.-xxx. (1.-2.); C, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sh. k Sw.,. 
Tll^v.-x. (.3-.6); D., T]iss.-iii. (.03-.18). 

Croton seeds resemble castor seeds in size, but are not 
mottled or shiny. They are 13 Mm. long by 8 Mm. wide ; 
oval in shape*; white within, and possessing a mild, mucila- 
ginous taste at first, but soon becoming hot and sharp. They 
contain from 50 to 60 per cent, of croton oil. 

Action External. — Croton oil is a most powerful irritant, 
causing pain, redness and swelling of the skin, soon followed 
by vesicles and pustules. Permanent destruction of the hair 
follicles succeeds with loss of hair and cicatrices. When 
applied to the skin, injected into the blood or under the skin, 
it is eliminated to some extent by the bowels, producing 



CROTON OIL 581 

purging; and sometimes by the kidneys, creating diuresis, 
irritation of these organs and strangury. 

Action Internal. — Croton oil is also an intense internal 
irritant. It increases tlie vascularity of the stomach and 
bowels and in large doses creates gastro-enteritis. Medicinal 
doses notably augment the intestinal secretions — but not 
that of bile — and to a degree peristalsis. The drug may 
act in half an hour, but usually within a few hours, and pur- 
gation is attended with colicky pain and griping. The 
movements are very fluid and sometimes contain blood. 
Croton oil is therefore a drastic hydragogue cathartic. The 
purgative action is probably due in part to direct irritation 
of the intestinal mucous membrane ; in part to absorption 
and elimination of the oil by the bowels. 

Toxicology. — Ten drops of croton oil will kill a dog 
unless vomiting occurs. Thirty drops prove fatal to 
a horse, intravenously. The treatment of poisoning in- 
cludes the use of emetics or stomach tube, demulcents and 
opium. 

Administration. — Croton oil may be placed on the tongue 
of an unconscious animal, in a small quantity of linseed oil, 
olive oil, or lard. The oil can also be given in enema with a 
pint of linseed oil. It may be exhibited to dogs in pill, 
castor oil, or rubbed up with a little butter and smeared 
on the back of the tongue. Croton oil (in a pint of linseed 
oil) is valuable in assisting the action of salts in obstinate 
constipation of cattle. It may be administered to horses 
{Tr[,x.), when a powerful derivative and purgative action is 
indicated, as in acute inflammation of the brain and cord, 
with calomel and aloes in ball. 

Uses External. — Croton oil is ordinarily superseded by 
milder counter-irritants, as turpentine, mustard, or stimulat- 
ing liniments ; but it may be employed so as to secure any 
degree of irritation according to its strength. It is occasion- 
ally used for horses in acute diseases of the brain, applied 
around the poll and on the back of the neck ; 1 parts 
(20-30Tr[,), with 30 parts each of oil of turpentine and lin- 



582 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

seed oil ; in acute disorders of the cliest (10-15T1\, on either 
side) and abdomen (40TI1), similarly diluted. 

Absorption, purging and revulsant action may be^ 
secured by the external application of croton oil. Crotott 
oil is more often employed in cattle (1-6 or 10, with cod liver 
oil) for its counter-irritabt effect when rubbed into the skin, 
as in laryngitis, glandular enlargement, and rheumatic joints^ 
It is less likely to cause severe inflammation and blemishing- 
than in horses. For swine, croton oil is diluted with 2: 
volumes of linseed or cod liver oil. 

Uses Internal. — Croton oil is more suitable as a drastic- 
cathartic for cattle, than for horses. It is prescribed in 
obstinate constipation (not of organic origin) when other 
remedies fail. Also in unconscious conditions where its. 
small bulk will allow of its exhibition. Again, for its deriva- 
tive and rapid effect in cerebral congestion, parturient, 
apoplexy, etc. Croton oil may be given to dogs and pigs in. 
similar conditions. The oil is too irritant for horses ta 
justify its use save in exceptional cases. 

ScAMMONiUM. Scammony. (U. S. &, B. P.) 

Synonym. — Scammonee, Fr.; scammonium, G. 

A resinous exudation from the living root of Convolvu- 
lus Scammonia Linne (nat. ord. Convolvulaceae). 

Habitat. — Syria. 

Description. — In irregular, angular pieces or circular 
cakes, greenish-gray or blackish ; internally porous, and 
breaking with an angular fracture ;. of a resinous lustre ;. 
odor peculiar, somewhat cheese-like; taste slightly acrid;, 
powder gray or greenish-gray. When triturated with water,, 
scammony yields a greenish emulsion ; ether dissolves at 
least 75 per cent, of it. 

Constituents. — 1, a resin (80-95 per cent.); 2, gum ; 3> 
starch. 

Dose.—D., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); Sw., 3 ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.). 



JALAP 583 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Scammonii. Resin of Scammony. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by solution in boiling alcohol, and precipitation 
•with water. 

Pi'02)erties. — Yellowish-brown or brownish-yellow masses or frag- 
ments, breaking with a glossy, resinous fracture ; translucent at the 
edges; or a yellowish- white or grayish- white powder, having a faint, 
peculiar odor, and a slight, peculiar taste. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and 
oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — Mainly scammonin (C88H166O42), identical with 
jalapin. 

Dose. — One-half that of scammony. 

Jalapa. Jalap. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Tuber jalapge, P.G.; jalap, radix jalapse, Fr.; 
jalape, jalapenknollen, G. 

The tuberous root of Ipomoea Jalapa Nuttall (nat. ord. 
Convolvulacese). 

Habitat. — Mexico. 

Description. — Napiform, pyriform or oblong, varying in 
size ; the large roots incised, more or less wrinkled ; dark 
brown, with lighter-colored spots, and short transverse 
ridges; hard, compact, internally pale grayish-brown, with 
numerous concentric circles composed of small resin-cells; 
fracture resinous, not fibrous; odor slight, but peculiar, 
smoky and sweetish ; taste sweetish and acrid. Contains 12 
per cent, of resin of jalap obtained by solution of jalap in 
alcohol and precipitation with water. 

Constituents. — 1, a hard resin, chiefly the glucoside jala- 
purgin ; 2, a soft resin. 

Dose.—D., 3i.-ii. (4.-8.); Cats, 3 ss.-i. (2.-4); Sw., 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15.). 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Jalapce. Resin of Jalap. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Derivation. — Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, 
partial distillation ; precipitation with water ; washing and drying. 

Properties. — Yellowish-brown or brown masses or fragments, 
breaking with a resinous, glossy fracture, translucent at the edges, or 



^84: VEGETABLE DRUGS 

a yellowish-gray or yellowish-brown powder, having a slight, peculiar 
odor, and a somevvdiat acrid taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble in 
alcohol; insoluble in carbon disulphide, benzol, and fixed and volatile 
oils. Not more than 10 per cent, of it is soluble in ether. 

Constituents. — 1, jalapurgin (CeiHiuoOa;), the most active principle; 
insoluble in ether ; 2, convolvulin or jalapin, identical with scammonin; 
3, starch or gum. 

Dose. — One-quarter that of jalap. 

ACTION OF SCAMMONY AND JALAP. 

Scammony and jalap are powerful liydragogue cathartics 
in tlieir action on swine, dogs and cats. Horses and cattle 
are biit slightly affected by them in ordinary doses. Their 
resins are dissolved by the bile in the duodenum, and a pur- 
gative substance is formed which chiefly stimulates the 
intestinal glands and causes a copious outpouring of 
secretion. 

Both drugs excite peristaltic action and increase the 
vascularity of the intestinal mucous membrane, particularly 
scammony, so that griping may occur. They produce gastro- 
intestinal irritation, with vomiting and purging, in animals 
capable of the act, after large doses. While jalap and 
scammony are active purgatives, they are not always certain, 
and are therefore more frequently employed in combination 
"with other cathartics. They are indirectly cholagogue — 
like calomel — in sweeping out bile from the small intestines 
and preventing its reabsorption, and are said to be anthel- 
mintics as well. The active principles of both drugs are 
absorbed, as death has taken place in an infant after exhibi- 
tion of scammony to its nurse, and purging has followed the 
rubbing of jalap into the shaven skin of dogs. 

Uses. — Jalap is in more common use than scammony 
because it is somewhat more of a hydragogue and less prone 
to cause griping. It is particularly indicated, in dropsy or 
ascites of dogs, made into pills with from 3 to 5 grains of 
calomel. Jalap may also be given to expel round or thread 
-worms; in torpidity of the liver; and in obstinate constipa- 
tion in dogs. The latter is treated more satisfactorily by 



1 



GAMBOGE 585 

massage, rectal euemata, manual evacuation and repeated 
doses of sweet oil. 



Cambogia. Gamboge. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gutti, P.G.; gummi resina guttas s. gutti, 
gutta gamba, cambodia, gutte, gomme-gutti, Fr.; gummi- 
gutt, gutti, G. 

A gum-resin obtained from Garcinia Hanburii Hooker 
£lius (nat. ord. Guttiferse). 

Habitat. — Siara, Anara, and Camboja. 

Properties. — In cylindrical pieces, sometimes hollow in. 
the centre, 2 to 5 Cm. in diameter, longitudinally striate on 
the surface ; fracture flattish, conchoidal, of a waxy lustre, 
orange-red ; in powder bright-yellow ; inodorous ; taste very 
acrid ; the powder sternutatory. Gamboge is partially 
soluble in alcohol and ether. When triturated with water ifc 
jields a yellow emulsion, and forms with solution of potas- 
sium or sodium hydrate an orange-red solution from which, 
on the addition of hydrochloric acid, a yellow resin is 
precipitated. 

Constituents. — 1, gambogic acid, a bright yellow or 
orange-red resin, to the extent of about 75 per cent, of the 
crude drug ; it is not so active as the crude drug ; 2, a 
soluble gum. 

Dose.—R., ^ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-i.ss. (30.-45.); Sh. & 
:Sw., gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Action and Uses. — Gamboge is a drastic, hydragogue 
purgative, and slightly diuretic. Its action is uncertain and 
often violent, with production of griping pains. Large doses 
cause vomiting in carnivora and omnivora, and gastro-enter- 
itis in all animals. 

Gamboge is dissolved by the bile and alkaline intestinal 
juices and some of it is absorbed, since it colors the urine 
jellow in its elimination and occasions diuresis. Attempts 
to create catharsis by injection of gamboge into the blood, 
iave proved futile. Gamboge should never be prescribed 



586 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

alone and is rarely used in veterinary medicine. It has. 
been recommended in obstinate constipation, indigestion, 
impaction of the third stomach, and cerebral diseases of 
cattle, combined with salts. The smaller of the foregoing 
doses are to be employed, as the amount of the active 
principle is variable. The gum forms an emulsion when tha 
drug is triturated with water. 

CoLOCYNTHis. Colocynth. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Colocynthidis pulpa, B.P. ; coloquintida,. 
bitter apple, E ; coloquinte, Fr.; koloquinten, G. 

The fruit of Citrullus Colocynthis Schrader (nat. ord. 
Cucurbitaceae), deprived of its rind. 

Habitat. — A vine growing in North and South Africa^ 
South and West Asia, and Japali, etc. 

Description. — From 5 to 10 Cm. in diameter ; globular, 
white or yellowish- white ; light, spongy, readily breaking 
into three wedge-shaped pieces, each containing, near the 
rounded surface, many flat, ovate, brown seeds; inodorous; 
taste intensely bitter. The pulp only should be used ; the 
seeds separated and rejected. 

Constituents. — 1, the chief purgative principle is colocyn- 
thin (CseHg.Ooj), 1-2 per cent. An amorphous or crystal- 
line bitter glucoside. Soluble in water and alcohol. There 
is also (2) an insoluble, resinous body called colocynthitin, 
or citrullin. 

Dose. — Colocynthin — H., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., gr.|-i. 
(.015-.06). 

Colocynth— D., gr.ii.-iii. (.12-.18). 

Elaterinum. Elaterin. C^oH^.O^. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cucumis asininus, cucumis agrestis, wild or 
squirting cucumber, E.; concombre sauvage (purgatif d'ane), 
Fr.; springgurke essels-kiirbis, spritzgurke, G. 

A neutral principle obtained from elaterium, a substance. 



ACTION AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN 587 

deposited by tlie juice of the fruit of Ecballium Elaterium 
(Linne) A. Richard (nat. ord. Cucurbitacese). 

Habitat. — Elaterium grows in North Africa, West Asia 
and Southern Europe. It is also cultivated. 

Derivation. — Elaterium is exhausted with chloroform. 
Ether is added and elaterin is precipitated and is purified by 
redissolving in chloroform and crystallizing. 

Properties. — Minute, white, hexagonal scales, or prisma- 
tic crystals, without odor, and having a slight, acrid, bitter 
taste. Soluble in 4'250 parts of water, and in 337 parts ol 
alcohol ; also soluble in 543 parts of ether, or in 2.4 parts of 
chloroform. Permanent in the air. 

Dose.—T>., gr.aV-xV (.003-.005). 

ACTIONS AND USES OF COLOCYNTH AND ELATERIN. 

The action of colocynth and elaterin is similar in man, 
but the latter is more powerful. Both greatly increase 
secretions and, slightly, the flow of bile ; while they stimu- 
late peristalsis in some degree. Large doses cause painful 
griping, gastro-intestinal inflammation, excessive watery 
purging, and collapse. Elaterin frequently fails to purge 
horses and dogs, although death may follow large doses. 
Colocynth acts more certainly in the lower animals and is 
recommended by P. Cagny in dropsy and cerebral disease. 
Neither drug, however, is of any importance in veterinary 
medicine. Colocynth is contained in the compound cathartic 
pill given to dogs in doses of from one to three pills. 



Class 3. — Cholagogue Purgatives. 

Podophyllum. Podophyllum. 

Synonym. — Podophylli rhizoma, B.P.; May apple, man- 
drake root, E., podophylle, Fr.; fussblatwurzel, G. 

The rhizome and roots of Podophyllum pellatum Linne 
(nat. ord. Berberideae). 

Habitat — North America. 



1 



688 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Description. — Of horizontal growtli, consisting of joints 
about 5 Mm. thick, but somewhat enlarged at the end, 
•which ha^s a circular scar on the upper side, a tuft of about 
10, nearly simple, fragile roots on the lower side, and is 
sometimes branched laterally; smooth or somewhat wrinkled, 
orange-brown, internally white and mealy, with a circle of 
small wood bundles ; pith large ; nearly inodorous ; taste 
sweetish, somewhat bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, a resin, podophyllin (4-5 per cent.); 2, 
a coloring matter, podophylliuic acid. 

PREPARATION. 

Resina Podophylli. Resin of Podophyllum. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Podophyllin. 

Derivation. — Made by maceration and percolation of podophyllum 
"with alcohol; partial evaporation, and precipitation of the resin with 
diluted hydrochloric acid; washing with water, drying. 

Properties. — An amorphous powder, varying in color from grayish - 
white to pale greenish-yellow or yellowish-green ; having a slight, 
peculiar odor, and a peculiar, faintly bitter taste. Permanent in the 
air. Soluble in alcohol and in solutions of potassium and sodium 
hydrate. 

Constituents. — Chiefly podophyllotoxin (C23H24O9 4- 2 H2O), stated 
to be a mixture of a purgative principle, picropodophyllin, and an 
inert body, podophylliuic acid, associated with a coloring matter, podo- 
phylloquercitin, and other resins. 

Z)ose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 

Action. — Podophyllin is essentially a cholagogue cathar- 
i:ic of slow and uncertain action. Large doses cause 
purging and vomiting in animals, and lethal quantities occa- 
sion gastro-enteritis, colic, super-purgation, with bloody 
iaecal evacuations, convulsions and death. It acts in the 
same way whether it is applied externally, injected into the 
blood, or given internally. Podophyllin must therefore 
exert its effect after absorption, and about 10 hours are 
required to produce purgation. The action is exerted 
mainly on the duodenum, which is intensely inflamed and 
even ulcerated in poisoning. Podophyllin directly increases 
the secretion of bile in small doses, while purgative quanti- 



I 



NUTGALL 589 

ties hasten its excretion by stimulation of the muscular coat 
of the gall bladder (except in the horse) and small intes- 
•tines. It is probable that the intestinal secretions are 
somewhat augmented. The faecal movements, after medi- 
cinal doses of podopbylliu, are liquid, often stained with bile, 
and may be accompanied by some nausea and griping. 
Since podophyllin is an uncertain purgative, affecting differ- 
ent patients unequally, it should be combined with other 
agents when a purgative action is desired ; preferably calo- 
mel and aloes. The time required for the action of these 
drugs is nearly the same as that necessary for podophyllin. 
Aloes increases biliary secretion, while calomel is an indirect 
cholagogae in sweeping bile out of the small intestines and 
preventing its reabsorption. 

Administraiion. — Podophyllin should be given to dogs 
in pills ; to horses in ball with calomel and aloes, if purga- 
tion is desired ; or dissolved in liquor potassse and diluted 
with water. 

Uses. — Podophyllin is particularly indicated as a chola- 
gogue purgative in constipation associated with jaundice and 
hepatic disorders. The result of its action is said to be 
more favorable when the faecal discharges are dark colored, 
whereas calomel is more successful if the evacuations are of 
a light hue. Diarrhoea, with frequent watery discharges, 
and vomiting in dogs, due to atonic dyspepsia and a torpid 
liver, may be relieved by podophyllin. 



SECTION XII.— TANNIC ACID AND DEUGS 
CONTAINING IT. 

Galla. Nutgall. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Galls, E.; gallse, P.G.; noix de galle, galle de 
chene, Fr.; gallapfel, G. 

An excresence on Quercus Insitanica Lamarck (nat. ord. 
Cupuliferse), caused by the punctures and deposited ova of 



590 VEGETABLE DRUGS ;^ 

Oynips Gallae tinctorise Olivier (class Insecta ; order Hymen-I 
optera). 

Habitat. — Levant. 

Description. — Subglobular, 1 or 2 Cm. in diameter, more 
or less tuberculated above, otherwise smooth, heavy, hard ; 
often with a circular hole near the middle communicating 
with the central cavity ; blackish olive-green or blackish- 
gray ; fracture granular, grayish ; in the centre a cavity con- 
taining either the partly developed insect, or pulverulent 
remains left by it ; nearly inodorous ; taste strongly astrin- 
gent. Light, spongy, and whitish-colored nutgall should be 
rejected. 

Constituents. — 1, (gallo) tannic acid, 60 per cent.; 2, gallic 
acid, 2-3 per cent.; 3, sugar ; 4, resin. 

PREPARATIONS, 

Unguentum Gallce. Nutgall Ointment. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Nutgall. 20; benzoinated lard, tO. (U. S. P.) 

Unguentum Gallce Cum Opio. (B. P.) 

AciDUM Tannicum. Tannic Acid. HC14H9O9. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acidum gallo-tannicum, tanninum, tannin, 
digallic acid, E.; acid tannique, tannin, Fr.; gerbsaure, 
tannin, G. 

An organic acid obtained from nutgall. 

Derivation. — Powdered nutgall is exposed to damp air 
for 48 hours. It is then treated with water and ether. The 
water dissolves tannic acid ; the ether removes gallic acid, 
coloring matters and impurities. The mixture is filtered and 
allowed to stand, when the lower aqueous layer yields tannic 
acid on evaporation. 

Properties. — A light yellowish, amorphous powder, 
usually in the form of glistening scales or spongy masses ; 
odorless, or having a faint, characteristic odor, and a strongly 
astringent taste ; gradually turning darker when exposed to 
air and light. Soluble in about 1 part of water, and in 0.6 



TANNIC ACID 591 

part of alcohol ; also in 1 part of glycerin, witli the interven- 
tion of moderate heat ; freely soluble in diluted alcohol ; 
sparingly in absolute alcohol ; almost insoluble in absolute 
ether, chloroform, benzol or benzin. 

LicomjMtibles. — Alkaloids, alkalies, mineral acids, silver, 
ferric, lead and antimony salts, gelatin and emulsions. 

Dose.—B.. & C, 3SS.-3SS. (2.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4.); D., gr.i-xv. (.06-1.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Collodium Stypticum. Styptic Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Tannic acid, 30; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; collodion, to 100. Made by 
solution. 

Unguentum Acidi Tannici. Ointment of Tannic Acid. (U. S. P.) 
Tannic acid, 20; benzoinated lard, 80. 

Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. Glycerite of Tannic Acid. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Tannic acid, 20; glycerin, 80. (U. S. P.) 

Administration. — Tannic acid is given in solution in 
aromatic waters, alcohol, syrup, wine, glycerin, and water; 
also it is exhibited in powder. The drug is used externally 
in powder, ointment, glycerite, and lotion. Suppositories 
containing tannic acid are sometimes introduced into the 
rectum. 

Action External. — Tannic acid coagulates albumin, gela- 
tin, and fibrin. It has little effect upon the unbroken skin, 
but when applied to a raw surface or mucous membrane, it 
coagulates and dries secretion, and so fills up the mouths of 
glands, making the tissues harder, denser, and drier. Tannic 
acid causes a species of " tanning" compatible with life, by 
occasioning coagulation of the interstitial fluid in the tissues, 
abstraction of moisture, and contraction of the cells of the 
part. It is the most important astringent principle contained 
in vegetable drugs. Tannic acid is, moreover, a local styptic 
or haemostatic in arresting haemorrhage by contraction of 
the smooth muscles of the vessel walls, by coagulation of the 
blood, and constriction of the tissues surrounding the blood J 



592 . VEGETABLE DRUGS 

vessels. The production of vascular contraction is denied 
by some experimenters, but this statement is not substan- 
tiated. Tannic acid, although a slight local irritant to raw 
surfaces, exerts a depressing action upon the sensory nerve 
endings, and is essentially a sedative in inflammatory con- 
ditions by causing ischsemia. There are several kinds of 
tannic acid, possessing slightly different chemical and physio- 
logical properties. The official tannic acid — gallotannic 
acid — is contained in nutgall and oak bark, while another 
variety — catechutannic acid — is found in kino, catechu, etc. 
Action Internal. — Tannic acid dries the mouth by closure 
of glandular (mucous) ducts with coagulated secretion, and 
by constriction of the surrounding parts. It lessens the flow 
of mucus and of the digestive juices in the stomach and 
intestines by the same process. The drug therefore inter- 
feres with digestion for this reason, and also because it pre- 
cipitates pepsin ; so that tannic acid should not be given 
after eating. Moreover, the astringent action is arrested in 
the stomach by combination with albuminous and gelatinous 
material. Large doses irritate the alimentary canal and 
may create vomiting and diarrhoea. Tannic acid is converted 
into gallic acid in the bowels and is absorbed and eliminated 
in the urine as gallic and pyrogallic acids. Gallic acid does 
not coagulate albumin or gelatin and has a very feeble 
astringent action, so that tannic acid should always be used 
for a local effect. The remote astringent influence of 
tannic acid (in the form of gallic acid) is slight, but gallic 
acid is preferable when an astringent action on the tissues of 
the body is desirable, since it is less irritating to the mucous 
membrane of the digestive organs. Catechu and kino are 
often chosen in place of tannic acid in the treatment of 
diarrhcea, because they are less soluble (than tannic acid) 
and the contained catechutannic acid comes in contact with 
the intestinal mucous membrane for a longer time. The 
salts of tannic acid (tannates) are not astringent. 

Uses Exter7ial.—T unuic acid is a valuable astringent in a 
great variety of local inflammatory lesions. In the form of: 



GALLIC ACID 593 

the glycerite, tannic acid may be applied advantageously to 
the skin in moist eczema, and as a remedy for frost bites. 
It is a useful application for sore and cracked teats. The 
mouth is painted with the glycerite for the cure of ulcerative 
or apthous stomatitis. The same preparation is injected into 
the ear in otorrhoea of dogs, and into the vagina to arrest 
vaginitis and leucorrhoea. Pure tannic acid is an excellent 
agent when dusted upon raw surfaces, ulcers, and sores ; and 
to stop bleeding in slight wounds. An aqueous solution is 
useful in leucorrhoea (2-5 per cent.), in eczema (5-10 per 
cent.), as a high enema in dysentery (1 per cent.), and to kill 
ascarides (1-2 per cent.) in the rectum. A one per cent, 
aqueous solution is sometimes utilized as an inhalation in 
subacute laryngitis, tracheitis, and bronchitis. Powdered 
opium and nutgall ointment (1-14), or glycerite of tannin, 
are serviceable in hsemorrhoids and rectal fissures, ulcers, 
or prolapse of the rectum. 

Uses Internal. — Tannic acid is exhibited in powder or 
solution to arrest bleeding in the stomach. It is a good 
astringent in diarrhoea and haemostatic in intestinal haemor- 
rhage, given in ball or pill, and often with opium. Tannic 
acid is an antidote to alkaloids, metallic salts, and tartar 
emetic, forming comparatively insoluble tannates, which 
should be removed if possible by evacuation of the stomach. 

AciDUM Gallicum. Gallic Acid. HCiH^Oj + H^O. 
(U. S. k B. P.) 

Synonym. — Acide gallique, Fr.; gallussaure, G. 

An organic acid, usually prepared from tannic acid. 

Derivation.—'M.ix.d.e by the exposure of paste of nutgall 
and water to the air for a month, whea tannic acid under- 
goes hydration (tannic acid) HC^.H^Og + H,0 = 2 HC.H.O^ 
(gallic acid). The liquid is then expressed from the paste 
and the residue is boiled with distilled water and filtered, 
when hot, through animal charcoal. Gallic acid crystallizes 
out from the filtrate. 



I 



594: VEGETABLE DRUGS ' 

Properties. — White, or pale fawn-colored, silky, inter- 
laced needles or triclinic prisms ; odorless ; having an 
astringent or slightly acidulous taste ; permanent in the air. 
Soluble in 100 parts of water, and in 5 parts of alcohol ; in 
40 parts of ether, and in 12 parts of glycerin. Very slightly 
soluble in chloroform, benzol, or benzin. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts and spirit of nitrous ether. 

Dose.—R. & C, 3ii.-3ss. (8.-15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(2.-4.); D., gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3). 

Action and Uses. — Since tannic acid is absorbed as gallic 
acid, and since the latter drug is less irritating, it follows 
that gallic acid is preferable when it is proposed to exert an 
astringent effect through the circulation. Gallic acid is a 
feeble local astringent, and therefore tannic acid is always a 
better agent for topical use. The remote astringent actiou 
of gallic acid is questionable, but successful results are 
alleged to have followed its administration in the treatment 
of haemorrhage from the lungs, uterus and kidneys, and in 
polyuria, albuminuria, bronchorrhoea, leucorrhoea, and 
•excessive sweating. 

Ergot has been generally considered superior to gallic 
acid for the purpose of producing general constriction of the 
smaller vessels, and arrest of internal haemorrhage. 

Pyrogallol. Pyrogallol. C.H^ (0H)3. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Pyrogallic acid. 

Derivation.— A. triatomic phenol obtained chiefly by the 
dry distillation of gallic acid, HC,H,0, = CJl, (OH)^ -f CO^. 

Properties. — Light, white, shining lamijife, or fine needles; 
odorless, and having a bitter taste ; acquiring a gray or 
darker tint on exposure to the air and light. Soluble in 1.7 
parts of water, and in 1 part of alcohol ; also soluble in 1.2 
parts of ether. 



WHITE OAK 595 

Actions and Uses. — Pyrogallol is an excellent agent for 
the treatment of chronic psoriasis and for ringworm. An 
ointment containing an amount of pyrogallol, varying from 
^r.x.- 3 i- to the ounce of lard, is commonly employed. 
Toxic symptoms may follow its extensive application. 



QuEECUS Alba. White Oak. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Quercus cortex, B.P.; cortex quercus, ecorce 
'de chene, Fr.; eichenrinde, G. 

The bark of Quercus alba Linne (nat. ord. Cupuliferae). 

Habitat. — North America, in woods. 

Description. — In nearly flat pieces, deprived of the corky 
layer, about 5 Mm. thick ; pale brown ; inner surface with 
short, sharp longitudinal ridges ; tough ; of a coarse, fibrous 
fracture ; a faint, tan-like odor, and a strongly astringent 
taste. As met with in the shops, it is usually in irregularly 
coarse, fibrous powder, which does not tinge the saliva 
yellow. 

Constituents. — 1, quercitannic acid, 6 to 11 per cent ; 2, a 
bitter principle, quercin ; 3, resin ; 4, a sugar, quercite. 

Dose.—R., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.x.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Action and Uses. — White oak bark is identical in action 
with tannic acid, but the latter is preferable for internal use. 
Oak bark is a cheap substitute for tannic acid applied 
externally in poultices, infusions, and decoctions, as an 
astringent. It is administered internally in infusion, or 
decoction (1-8), in diarrhoea and dysentery. The infusion 
may be given in gruel and combined with ginger, opium 
and alcohol in the treatment of " scouring " in foals and 
calves. 

Catechu. Catechu. (U. S. <fc B. P.) 

Synonym. — Catechu nigrum, terra japonica, cutch, E.; 
cachou, Fr.; katechu, pegucatechu, G. 



596 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

An extract prepared from the wood of Acacia Catecliu 
(Linne filius) Willdenow (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — India and Africa. 

Properties. — In irregular masses, containing fragments of 
leaves, dark brown, brittle, somewhat porous and glossy 
■when freshly broken. It is nearly inodorous, and has a. 
strongly sweetish and astriogent taste. 

Constituents. — 1, catechutannic acid (35-40 per cent.) is. 
the active principle ; it is converted into the isomeric inac- 
tive catechuic acid, or catechin (C21H30O9 + 5 H.,0), by 
the saliva and by boiling, a red color being developed.. 
There is also (2) catechu-red. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts, alkalies, and gelatin. 

I)ose.—B.., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. &Sw.^ 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Catechu Composita. Compound Tincture of Catechu. 

(U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration of catechu, 100; cassia cinnamon, 50; with, 
diluted alcohol to make 1000. 

Dose.—B.. & C, si.-ii. (30.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, | ss.-i. 
(15.-30); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8). 

Tinctura Catechu. (B. P.) 
Same dose as compound tincture. 
Pulvls Catechu Compositus. (Kino, Rhatany and Catechu. B. P.) 
Dose. — Same as catechu. 

Administration. — The compound tincture, or an infusion- 
(made by pouring boiling water over catechu, digesting for 
an hour, and straining), and the powder, are employed inter- 
nally. The powder is given in flour gruel. The powder, or 
an infusion of auy strength may be applied externally. 

Catechu is represented in the B.P. by catechu pallidum, an 
extract of the leaves and young shoots of Uncaria Gambier, 
Eastern Archipelago. It occurs in brown cubes, about an 
inch square, and possesses a bitter, astringent taste. It is. 



KINO 597 

employed in tlie same doses and for the same purposes as 
<3atecliu. 

Action and Uses. — The action of catechu is exactly like 
that of tannic acid. The latter is preferable for external 
use on account of its greater solubility and astringency. 
Catechu acts more slowly and persistently in the digestive 
tract, by virtue of its tardy solubility, and is a useful remedy 
in diarrhoea, particularly in that of a watery or serous 
nature. It is frequently prescribed in this disorder with 
other synergistic agents, as opium, ginger and chalk. Finlay 
Dun recommends the following combination : Catechu, pre- 
pared chalk, and ginger, each three ounces ; powdered opium, 
six drachms. Divide into eight balls, for horses; into six 
doses suspended in starch gruel for cattle ; and into eight or 
ien doses (given in gruel) for calves or sheep. The com- 
pound tincture of catechu with laudanum is an equally 
suitable combination for all animals with diarrhoea, given in 
-drench. If there is much mucus in the faecal discharges, 
showing a catarrhal state of the intestinal mucous membrane, 
it is advisable to order oil, salts, or calomel before locking 
up the bowels with an astringent. Catechu has been given 
internally in dysentery, and to stop uterine and other 
iiaemorrhages. 

Kino. Kino. (U. S. & B. P.) 

The inspissated juice of Pterocarpus Marsupium Rpx- 
iDurgh (nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — East Indies. Kino, indigenous in the West 
Indies, is occasionally imported here. 

Properties. — Small, angular, dark brownish-red, shining 
pieces ; brittle, in thin layers, ruby-red and transparent ; 
inodorous, very astringent and sweetish, tinging the saliva 
deep red. Soluble in alcohol ; nearly insoluble in ether, and 
only slightly soluble in cold water. 

Constituents. — The most important is (1) kinotannic acid 
(CigHijOg, 75 per cent.), resembling catechu-tannic acid, but 



598 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

not identical with it. There are also : 2, kiuoin, a crystal- 
line, neutral substance ; 3, pyrocatechin, CgH^ (0H)2 ; 4, 
gum ; 5, pectin ; 6, kino-red, formed by oxidation from kino- 
tannic acid. 

Incompatibles. — Mineral acids, metallic salts, strong 
solutions of alkaloids, alkalies, and gelatin. 

Dose.-B.., I ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Tinctura Kino. Tincture of Kino. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Prepared by maceration and filtration of kino, 100, with glycerin^ 
150; and water, 200; and the addition of alcohol to make 1000. (U. S. P.> 
Dose.— H. & C, § i.-ii. (30.-60.); Foals, Calves and Sheep, §ss.-L 
(15.-30.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Piilvis Kino Compositus. Compound Powder of Kino. (B. P.) 
(Pulv. cinnamon, 4 grs.; kino, 15 grs.) 
Dose.— Dog, 1 powder; Foals and Calves, 4 powders. 
Administration. — Kino may be given in ball, powder, infusioa 
(1-32), or tincture. 

Action and Uses. — The physiological actions and thera- 
peutics of kino are nearly similar to those of catechu. The 
gum and pectin contained in kino renders its effect milder 
and more soothing to mucous membranes. Aqueous solu- 
tions gelatinize on standing, on account of the gum in them. 
The drug is prescribed chiefly in serous diarrhoea, and also 
is occasionally exhibited in dysentery and internal haemor- 
rhages. 

Krameria. Krameria. 

Synonym. — Krameriee radix, B.P. ; radix rhatanhise,. 
Thatany root, E. ; radix ratanhse, P.G. ; ratanhia, Fr.; 
Tatanhawurzel, G. 

The root of Krameria triandra Ruiz et Pavon, and o£ 
Xrameria Ixina Linne (nat. ord. Polygalese). 

Habitat. — Peru and Bolivia. 

Description. — From 1 to 3 Cm. thick, knotty and several, 



KRAMERIA 599 

headed above, branclied below, the branches long ; bark 
smooth or in thinner pieces ; scaly, deep-rust brown ; 1 to 2 
Mm. thick ; very astringent ; inodorous ; wood pale brown- 
ish-red, tough, with fine medullary rays nearly tasteless. 
The root of Krameria Ixina is less knotty and more slender, 
and has a dark purplish brown bark about 3 Mm. thick. 

Constituents. — The chief principle is (1) kramero-tannie 
acid, Cs.Ho.Oji, about 20 per cent. There are also : 2, rha- 
tanin ; 3, rhatanic-red (CjgHjoOn), the coloring matter. 

Incompatibles. — Metallic salts, alkalies, gelatin, and lime 
water. 

Dose.—R., I ss.-i. (15.-30.); C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 
3 i.-ii. (4-8.); D., gr.v.-xxx. (.3-2.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Kramerice Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Krameria. 

(U, S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of krameria with glycerin and 
diluted alcohol, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as krameria. 

Extractum Kramerice. Extract of Krameria. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by filtration, and evaporation of a cold, aqueous infusion to 

dryness. 

Dose.— H. & C„ 3 ii.-iii. (8.-12.); Sh. &Sw., gr.xxx.-xl. (2.-2.6); D., 

gr.v.-x. (.3-.6). 

Tinctura KramericB. Tincture of Krameria. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of krameria, 200; with diluted 

alcohol to 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose— H. & C, = i.-ii. (30.-60.) Foals, Calves and Sheep, z ss.-i. 

(15.-30.); D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Action and Uses. — Krameria and its preparations nearly 
resemble catechu and kino in all respects as astringents. 
The fluid extract is a serviceable preparation in watery 
diarrhoea, and in arresting haemorrhage from the stomach 
and bowels. An infusion (1-20, B.P.) is an efficient remedy 
for leucorrhoea when injected into the vagina. The powdered 
extract is blown into the nostrils, or applied to the rectum 
to stop bleeding in these parts. 



(300 YEGETABLE DRUGS 

H^JTATOXYLON. Ilsematoxylon. 

Synonym. — Haematoxyli lignum, B.P ; logwood, E. ; 
lignum campecliianum, P.G.; lignum coeruleum — bois de 
campeche, bois d'inde, bois de sang, Fr. ; blauholz, campe- 
cheholz, G. 

The heart wood of Haematoxylon Campechianum Linn^ 
(nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — Central America ; naturalized in the West 
Indies. 

Description. — Heavy, hard, externally purplish-black, 
internally brownish-red, and marked with irregular, concen- 
tric circles, splitting irregularly; odor faint, agreeable ; taste 
sweetish, astringent ; when chewed it colors the saliva dark 
pink. Logwood is generally met with in the form of small 
chips or coarse powder of a dark brownish-red color ; often 
with a greenish lustre. 

Constituents. — The most important is (1) tannic acid. 
There are also : 2, haematoxylin, CigHi^Og (12 per cent.), a. 
coloring matter, but in nearly colorless crystals when pure. 
It turns red on exposure to light, and solutions are used to 
stain pathological specimens ; 3, hsemateiu, C^JS^^^Og, formed 
from hsematoxylin by oxidation, and possessing a green, 
metallic lustre. 

Incompatibles. — Lime water, and tartar emetic, with 
metallic salts, forms a blue compound. 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum HcBmatoxyli. Extract of Hsematoxylon. (U. S, &B. P.) 

Made by boiling in water, straining, and evaporating to dryness. 
Dose.— H. & C, 3ss.-iv. (2.-15,); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.); D., 
gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

A non-official fluid extract is often found in commerce. 
Dose. — Three times that of extract. 

Action and Uses. — Haematoxylon is a mild astriDgeijt, 
coloring the faeces and urine red during its elimination. The 
extract is given in diarrhoea of young animals, and may be 
combined for this purpose with aromatic sulpjiurip apid^ 



HAMAMELIS 601 

ginger, chalk and opium. It is also employed internally in 
dysentery, atonic indigestion, and in leucorrhoea. The 
decoction (1-16, B.P.) may be exhibited in Oss.-i. doses to 
the larger animals ; in 3 i.-ii. doses to smaller patients. 

Hamamelis. Hamamelis. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Witch-hazel. 

The leaves of Hamamelis virginiana Linne (nat. ord. 
Hamamelacese), collected in autumn. 

Description. — Short, petiolate, about 10 Cm. long, 
obovate or oval, slightly heart-shaped and oblique at the 
base, sinuate-toothed, thickish, nearly smooth; inodorous; 
taste astringent and bitter. 

Constituents. — The most important principle is (1) tannic 
acid, 8 per cent ; there are also : (2) a bitter substance, and 
(3) a resin. 

PREPARATIONS^ 

Extractum Hamamelidis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Hamamelis. 

(U. S. P.) 
Extractum Hamamelidis Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol, glycerin and 
"water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. (U. S. p.) 
Dose.— H. & C, 3 i.-ii. (30.-60.); D., 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.). 

Action and Uses. — Hamamelis is apparently physiologi- 
cally inert, as shown by experiments on healthy animals. It 
nevertheless possesses considerable medicinal virtue as an 
astringent and styptic. Witch-hazel is a valuable agent 
applied externally, to stop venous oozing in wounds, and to 
reduce swelling and pain of bruises and sores. The fluid 
extract may be diluted with 8, or less, parts of water, for 
these purposes ; or the B.P. ointment (1-10) maybe employed. 
Hamamelis is useful in diarrhoea and mucous discharges. It 
arrests haemorrhage from the uterus, kidneys, lungs and 
digestive tract ; sometimes in a surprising manner. The 
fluid extract is a successful haemostatic in bleeding from the 



C02 TEGETABLE DRUGS 

l)ladder or rectum (piles) wlieu injected (1-8) into these 
parts. It lessens soreness and swelling of blind piles — with 
an equal part of glycerin and a little starch — and the same 
preparation is beneficial in eczema, pruritus, and cutaneous 
irritations. The clear, colorless, proprietary extracts (as 
Pond's) are often more efficient externally and internally (in 
the same doses) than the official extract. 



SECTION XIII.— VEGETABLE DEMULCENTS. 

Oleum Olivj3. Olive Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Sweet oil, E. ; oleum olivarum, P.G. ; huile 
^d'olive, Fr.; oilvenol, G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of Olea Euro- 
poea Linne (nat. ord. Oleacese). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe and Asia. 

Properties. — A pale yellow, or light greenish -yellow, 
oily liquid, having a slight peculiar odor, and a nutty olea- 
ginous taste, with a faintly acrid after-taste. Spec. gr. 0.915- 
0.918. Very sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble 
in ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. Very frequently 
adulterated with cotton seed, or other seed oils, which prob- 
ably are of equal medicinal value, however. 

Constitiients. — 1, olein, C3II5 (Ci8ll330„)3, 72 per cent., a 
fluid oil, a combination of oleic acid (HCigHjjO,) and glyceryl ; 
2, palmitiu, C3H5 (Ci6H3i02)3, about 28 per cent., a combina- 
tion of palmitic acid (HCigHjOj) and glyceryl ; and (3) 
cholesterin (GoJiJJ). 

i>ose.— Laxative— H. & C, Oi.-ii. (500.-1000.); D., 3 ii.-iv. 
(60.-120.). 

Oleum Gossypii Seminis. Cotton Seed Oil. (U. S. P.) 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Gossypium her- 
baceum Linne and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. 
Malvaceae), and subsequently purified. 



I 
I 



SOAP 603- 

Habitat. — S. United States and otlier semi-tropical 
countries ; cultivated. 

Properties. — A pale yellow, oily liquid, withoiit odor, and 
having a bland, nut-like taste. Spec. gr. 0.920-0.950. Very 
sparingly soluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether,, 
chloroform, or carbon disulphide. 

Constiticents. — 1, olein ; 2, palmitin ; 3, coloring matter. 

Dose. — Same as that of olive oil. 

Action and Uses. — Olive oil is in common use as an 
emollient in burns and skin irritation. It assists in the per- 
formance of massage for sprains and bruises. Cotton seed 
oil has superseded it in liniments, as a matter of economy. 
Administered internally, sweet oil (with an equal part of 
castor oil) is a useful laxative for dogs. Linseed oil is more 
frequently given to the larger animals. An enema of h pint, 
or more, of olive oil is serviceable in softening hard faecal 
masses in dogs, and should be followed by the use of warm 
soap suds. 

Sweet oil is a food, but is rarely used as such. Like 
other bland oils, it improves the nutrition of the bronchial 
mucous membrane in subacute or chronic bronchitis, and is 
of considerable benefit in these disorders, but inferior to cod 
liver oil or linseed oil. Olive oil is an efficient demulcent in 
inflamed conditions of the alimentary tract, and in poisoning 
by irritants. Large quantities form soap-like masses,— with 
the alkaline intestinal juices, — which have been mistaken 
for gall stones. Cotton seed oil is of equal therapeutic 
value with sweet oil. 

Sapo. Soap. 

Synonym. — Sapo duris, B.P.; hard soap, white castile 
soap, E.; savon, Fr.; seife, G. 

Derivation. — Soap is made by boiling olive oil with a 
solution of caustic soda, C3H5(CigH330o)3 (olein) + 3 NaOH = 
3 NaCigHssOj (sodium oleate or soap) + C3H5(OH)3 (glycerin). 
: Projjerties. — A white, or whitish solid, hard, yet easily 
cut when fresh ; having a faint, peculiar odor free from.- 



604 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

rancidity; a disagreeable alkaline taste, and an alkaline 
reaction. Soluble in water and in alcoliol ; more readily 
with the aid of beat. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Linimentum Saponis. Soap Liniment. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Opodeldoc. Lin. sapo. camph. 

Soap, 70; camphor, 45 ; oil of rosemary, 10 ; alcohol, 750 ; water ta 
make 1000. Made by solution, agitation and filtration. (U. S. P.) 

Emplastrum Saponis. Soap Plaster. (U. S. P.) 

Soap, 100; lead plaster, 900; made by solution in water and evapor- 
ation. 

Sapo Mollis. Soft Soap. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Potassium oleate, sapo viridis, green soap. 

A soap prepared from potassa and a fixed oil. 

Derivation. — Heat linseed oil, 400, to 140° F. Dissolve 
potassa, 90, in water, 450 ; add alcohol, 40 ; and stir the 
mixture into the oil at the same temperature until it is 
soluble in boiling water without the separation of oily drops. 

Properties. — A soft, unctuous mass, of a yellowish-browu 
or brownish-yellow color. Soluble in about 5 parts of hot 
water ; also in 2 parts of alcohol without leaving more than 
3 per cent, of insoluble residue. 

PREPARATION. 

Linimentum Saponis Mollis. Liniment of Soft Soap. (IT. S. P.) 

Synoyiym.—TinctuTa saponis viridis. 

Soft soap, 650; oil of lavender flowers, 80; alcohol, 300; water to 
make 1000. Made by solution and filtration. 

Castile soap is the best example of a pure soap. Mot- 
tled castile soap contains iron as the coloring matter. The 
household *' soft soap " is not sapo mollis, but is made of all 
kinds of rancid fats and is generally unfit for medicinal use. 
Yellow laundry soap owes its color to resin. Super-fatted 
soaps are of neutral reaction and unirritating. They are 
used as a basis for medicinal soaps containing tar, carbolic 
acid, etc. > 



SOAP 



605 



Action and Uses. — Most soaps are alkaline. Soap is a 
detergent or cleansing agent. The lather mechanically 
removes dirt, while the alkalinity assists in the removal of 
grease, dead epidermis, and sebaceous matter from the skin. 
The caustic alkali contained in soap relieves itching and is 
stimulating to the skin ; so much so, that cheap soaps are 
harmful in normal conditions of the integument. 

Liniment of soft soap is frequently employed in chronic 
eczema and psoriasis, to remove scales and crusts ; to stimu- 
late the parts ; and to quiet itching. It should be rubbed 
smartly into the skin, washed off, and followed by the appli- 
cation of a suitable ointment. Gauze saturated with soap 
suds (soap suds poultice) is an excellent agency to cause the 
exfoliation of the epidermis in patches of old scaly eczema 
and psoriasis, when applied for several hours. Soft soap, oil 
of cade, and alcohol, equal parts, are recommended as a 
useful preparation for the treatment of chronic eczema and 
pruritus. The application of soap and water is a necessary 
preliminary to the employment of a vesicating ointment, or 
parasiticide, since it cleanses the skin, and, by removing 
epidermis, exposes the burrows of acari in mange and scab. 
Soap liniment is a favorite remedy for sprains and bruises. 
If a more stimulating action is desirable, it is advisable to 
combine oil of turpentine or water of ammonia with it. If 
an anodyne effect is indicated, tincture of aconite or opium 
are added. 

Chafing of the skin produced by harness, should be 
treated by washing the skin with soap and water, and then 
by dusting with zinc oxide and starch, equal parts. Sapo 
mollis, together with an equal amount of flour of mustard, 
forms a most satisfactory cleansing and disinfectant mixture 
for the hands of the operating surgeon when employed in 
the same manner as ordinary soap. Soap may also be 
used as a lubricating agent for the hands or instru- 
ments in making examinations. Soap is a useful excipient 
for balls, pills, and plasters, and it is a constituent of lini- 
ments. 



'606 VEGETABLE DKUGS 

Soap is employed botli as a qualitative and quantitive 
test for hard water. This contains salts of the alkaline 
earth metals, as sulphates and carbonates of magnesium and 
calcium. Soap is decomposed by these salts, and insoluble 
soaps, i.e., calcium and magnesium stearate, are precipitated. 
The free alkali of the soap is then converted into insoluble 
sulphates and carbonates. These reactions produce a milky 
precipitate when a solution of soap is added to hard 
water. 

Internally soap is an antacid and somewhat irritating, 
and may occasion vomiting and stimulation of intestinal 
peristalsis. These actions are taken advantage of in emergen- 
cies, when it may be given to dogs as an emetic, or to all 
animals in poisoning by acids. A piece of soap, when 
shaped by the hands into a conical form, dipped an instant 
into water, and introduced into the rectum, is one of the 
best agents for moving the bowels in the case of puppies and 
all young animals. Enemata of soap suds are in every day 
use. A mixture of sapo mollis, molasses, and water, in vary- 
ing proportions, is a more efficient preparation. Oil of 
turpentine may be added in flatulence. 

Glycerinum. Glycerin. C3H, (0H)3. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Glycerine, E. ; glycerine, Fr. ; glycerin, 
<Blsiiss, G; glycerinum, P.G. 

Derivation. — A liquid obtained by the decomposition of 
vegetable or animal fats or fixed oils, and containing not less 
than 95 per cent, of absolute glycerin. It occurs as a bye- 
product in the manufacture of soap, but is made chiefly from 
palm oil by the action of superheated steam at a tempera- 
ture of about 600° F. 

Properties. — A clear, colorless liquid, of a thick, syrupy 
consistence, oily to the touch, odorless, very sweet and 
slightly warm to the taste. Spec. gr. not less than 1.250. 
Soluble in all proportions in water or alcohol ; also soluble 
in a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol and 1 part of ether, but 



I 



GLYCERIN 607 

insoluble in ether, cliloroform, carbon disulpliide, benzin, 
benzol, and fixed and volatile oils. Reaction neutral. Glyc- 
erin is a solvent for alkaloids, digestive ferments, fixed 
alkalies, bromine, iodine, tannin, extracts, salicin, borax, 
boric acid, carbolic acid, etc. 

Dose.— H. & a, 3i. (30.); D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Glyceritum Amyli. Glycerite of Starch. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Starch, 10; water, 10; glycerin, 80. Made by solution with heat. 
There are also official glycerites of carbolic acid (1-4), of tannic acid 
(1-4), of boroglycerin (31 per cent.), of hydrastis, and of yolk of egg 
(glyceritum vitelli or glyconin, 45 per cent). 

Suppositoria Glycerini. Suppositories of Glycerin. (U. S. P.) 

Glycerin, 60 Gm. ; sodium carbonate, 3 Gm. ; stearic acid, 5 Gm. 
Made by solution with heat and moulded into ten suppositories contain- 
ing 6 Gm. or 3 i.ss. each. 

Action External. — Glycerin is hydroscopic, emollient, 
sometimes parasiticidal, and antiseptic. It does not evaporate 
or become rancid. The chief medicinal value of glycerin 
depends upon its affinity for water, so that (in solution) it 
keeps moist the surface to which it is applied. Pure 
glycerin is, however, slightly irritant to the skin and may 
cause some inflammation of raw surfaces and mucous mem- 
branes on account of withdrawal of water from the tissues. 
It should therefore be diluted with water for most thera- 
peutic purposes. 

Action Internal. — Glycerin is absorbed but is only 
slightly oxidized in the body, and is of little value as a 
nutritive. It may give rise to a substance in the urine which 
reduces cupric oxide and renders the sugar test positive. It 
is somewhat antiseptic in the digestive tract, and appears 
to inhibit the formation of glycogen in the liver in some 
cases of glycosuria. Large doses are slightly purgative. 
Enormous quantities cause poisoning in animals, with 
the production of hsemoglobinuria, muscular weakness, 
dryness of the mucous membranes, collapse, and death. 



608 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Large amounts injected into the blood have occasioned 
convulsions. 

Uses External. — These are manifold. It is largely 
employed in lotions, ointments, and as a "vehicle for the 
substances of which it is a solvent. Glycerite of starch is a 
successful remedy for rough, dry skin, and scaly eczema. 
Gljcerite of carbolic acid is an appropriate application for 
fetid sores and ulcers, and, diluted with an equal part of 
glycerin, will destroy the acari of mange and scab. It should 
be used with caution to prevent poisoning. Glycerite of 
boroglycerin is an excellent preparation for the treatment of 
apthous stomatitis and thrush. In dryness of the meatus, 
and in canker of the ear (otorrhoea) in dogs, a mixture of 
tincture of iodine, 1 part, and glycerin, 4 parts, is recom- 
mended. Scra,tches and cracked heels of horses, fissured 
and excoriated surfaces, and erythema, are successfully 
treated with the following prescription : 

Tine. Opii § i. 

Liq. Plumbi Subacetat § iv. 

Glycerini § ii. 

Aquae ad. % viii. 

M. 

S. Apply externally. 

Uses Internal. — Glycerin is employed as an excipient for 
balls and pills, and as a vehicle for nauseous and irritating 
drugs. It is not a valuable remedy for internal use, but is 
sometimes given with the food to prevent intestinal fermen- 
tation and relieve flatulence. It may prove curative in cases 
of glycosuria ; and in trichinosis when given by the mouth, 
and in high rectal injections after active purgation. Glycerin 
is a useful addition to cough mixtures in moistening and 
soothing the throat, aud in not interfering with digestion. 
"When injected into the rectum in quantities of 5 iv.-vi. for 
horses, or 3 ss.-i for dogs, it often causes prompt evacuation 
of the lower bowel. The suppositories inay be employed in 
canine practice. . 



GLYCYRRHIZA 600 

Glycyrrhiza. Glycyrrhiza. 

Siinonym. — Glycyrrhizse radix, B.P.; liquorice or licorice 
root, E.; reglisse, bois de reglisse, boix doux, racine douce, 
Fr.; spanisclies siissliolz, spanisclie siissholz-wurzel, G. 

The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra Linne and of the variety 
glandulifera (Waldstein et Kittaibel) Kegel et Herder (uat. 
ord. Legumiuosge). 

Hahitat. — S. Europe and W. Asia; cultivated. 

Description. — In long, cylindrical pieces, from 5 to 25 
Mm. thick ; longitudinally wrinkled,, externally grayish- 
brown, warty ; internally tawny-yellow ; pliable, tough ; 
fracture coarsely fibrous ; bark rather thick ; wood porous 
but dense, in narrow wedges ; medullary rays linear ; taste 
sweet, somewhat acrid. The drug derived from the variety 
glandulifera (so-called Bussiau liquorice) consists usually of 
roots or root-branches 1 to 4 Cm. thick, 15 to 30 Cm. long, 
frequently deprived of the corky layer, the wood rather soft, 
and usually more or less cleft. 

Constituents. — 1, a yellow, sweet, amorphous glucoside, 
glycyrrhizin (C„,H.,,,09), about 6 per cent.; 2, glycyramin ; 3, 
asparagiu, about 3 per cent.; 4, an acrid resin; 5, starch; 6, 
glucose. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Glycyrrhizm Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Glycyrrhiza- 

(U. S. P-) 
Made by maceration and percolation with water of ammonia, 
alcohol and water, and evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gni. of the crude 
drug. 

Dose of the root or fluid extract is unimportant. 

Extractum Glycyrrhizce Liquidum. (B. P.) 
Dose. — Unimportant 

Action and Ust-s. — Liquorice is demulcent and slightly 
laxative. The powdered root is employed as an excipienfc 
in making electuaries, since it is soothing to the throat. It 
is also used as an excipient in the preparation of balls, and 
more or less successfully conceals, in the form of the fluid 



610 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

extract, the taste of aloes, cascara sagrada, ammonium chlo- 
ride, turpentine, hyoscjamus and quinine sulphate. 



LiNUM. Linseed. 

Synonym. — Lini semina, B.P.; flaxseed, E.; semence de 
liu, Fc; leinsamen, flachssamen, G.; semen lini, P.G. 

The seed of Linum usitatissimum Linne (nat. ord. 
Lineae). 

Habitat. — Most temperate climates. 

Description. — About 4 or 5 Mm. long, oblong-ovate, 
flattened, obliquely pointed at one end ; brown, glossy, 
covered with a transparent, mucilaginous epithelium, which 
swells considerably in water ; the embryo whitish or pale 
greenish, with two large oily, planoconvex cotyledons and a 
thin perisperm ; inodorous ; taste mucilaginous, oily and 
bitter. 

Constituents. — 1, linseed oil, 30 to 35 per cent, in the 
nucleus ; 2, gum, 15 per cent, in the epidermis ; 3, proteids, 
25 per cent.; 4, a trace of amygdalin. 

Action and Uses. — Linseed is a food. Oil cake or linseed 
'cake from which the oil has been expressed, is exceedingly 
rich in protein (25-30 per cent.), and is also richer in fat (10 
per cent.) than most foods. Cottonseed meal, which contains 
considerably more protein and fat, is more frequently em- 
ployed in the United States. Gruel made from crushed 
linseed meal cake, or linseed meal, is useful as a restorative 
in all animals recovering from acute and debilitating dis- 
eases. The cake (1 lb.), or a pint of cottonseed meal per 
diem, is a good addition to the ordinary fodder for horses 
suffering from malnutrition, with rough staring coats and 
dry skin, and for those affected with " broken wind." Gruel 
of linseed meal or cake is also serviceable for calves or 
lambs when reared on skimmed milk or other poor food. 
Linseed tea, made by steeping 1 part of whole linseed in 20 
parts, by weight, of boiling water, for 1-4 hours, followed by 
straining, is a valuable demulcent preparation in pharyngitis. 



ACACIA 611 

l)ronchitis, gastro-enteritis, and is possibly useful in acute 
cystitis and nephritis. It may be given in any amount 
which an animal will take voluntarily. The mucilage con- 
tained in linseed tea cannot be carried through the blood 
and eliminated by the kidneys, so that it must act by virtue 
of the water contained in it and perhaps by some intrinsic 
•diuretic property. 

The addition of a few drachms of gum arable to the 
quart of linseed tea will improve the demulcent action. 
Linseed, linseed meal or farina lini is the best substance to 
use in the preparation of poultices. It should be mixed 
with an equal quantity of bran, when the poultice is applied 
directly to the part. If the poultice is enclosed in a bag, 
the outside should be oiled to prevent its sticking to the skin. 
Xiinseed meal, mixed with an equal amount of molasses, 
forms a common excipient for ball masses. Linseed tea, 
made thicker than usual, is a good local application in irri- 
tation of the rectum, or vagina. 

Acacia. Acacia. 

Synonym. — Acaciae gummi, B.P.; gum arable, E.; gomme 
^rabique, Fr.; arabisches gummi, G. 

A gummy exudation from Acacia Senegal Willdenow 
(nat. ord. Leguminosse). 

Habitat. — N., E., and W. Africa. 

Properties. — In roundish tears of various sizes, or broken 
into angular fragments with a glass-like, sometimes irides- 
cent fracture ; opaque from numerous fissures, but trans- 
parent and nearly colorless in thin pieces ; nearly inodorous ; 
taste insipid, mucilaginous ; insoluble in alcohol, but soluble 
in 2 parts of water, forming a thick, mucilaginous liquid. 

Constituents. — Arabin or arable acid (CioHjaOn), in com-, 
liination with about 3 per cent, of magnesium, potassium and 
■calcium. 

Incompatibles. — Alcohol, ferric salts, lead subacetate, 
*borax, and sulphuric acid. 



612 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Preparations. — Mucilago acaciae, IT. S. & B. P. (34 per 
cent., U. S.), and syrupus acacipe, U. S. P. (25 per cent.) 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Action and Uses. — Gum arable is but slightly nutritious. 
It is a useful demulcent in covering and protecting inflamed 
mucous membranes of the upper respiratory and digestive 
tracts. It may be given freely in water, but large quantities 
may undergo fermentation and cause indigestion and diar- 
rhoea. A 10 per cent, aqueous solution is sometimes injected 
into the bladder, vagina or rectum in inflammation of these 
parts. Acacia is chiefly of value in medicine for the prepara- 
tion of mixtures, emulsions, pills, balls and electuaries. 
About 3 iii- of mucilago acacise are required to suspend ^ i. 
of oil or resinous tincture. Acacia is sometimes prescribed 
in genito-urinary irritation. Animals will voluntarily drink 
aqueous solutions. 

Tragacantha. Tragacanth. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gomme adragante, Fr. 

A gummy exudation from Astragalus gummifer Labil- 
lardiere, and from other species of Astragalus (nat. ord. 
Leguminosae). 

Habitat. — Asia Minor. 

Properties. — In narrow or broad bands, more or less 
curved or contorted, marked by parallel lines or ridges ; 
white or faintly yellowish, translucent, horn-like, tough, and 
rendered more easily pulverizable by a heat of 122° F. 
Very sparingly soluble in water, but swells into a gelatinous, 
mass which is tinged blue with iodine. 

Constituents. — 1, arabin, 53.3 per cent., not identical witL 
arabin of acacia, however ; 2, bassoriu (CgHioOg),. 33.1 per 
cent., a gum, swells up with water but does not dissolve ; 3^ 
starch ; 4, ash. 

PREPAEATION. 

Mucilago TragaoanthcB. Mucilage of Tragacanth. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Tragacanth, 6; glycerin, 18; water to make 100. (U. S.) 
Dose.— Ad. lib. 



ALTERA 613 

Action and Uses. — Tragacanth is a demulcent, but is 
chiefly used iu the preparation of mixtures and emulsions to 
suspend oils, resins and insoluble powders. 

Alth.i:a. Althaea. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Marsliraallow root, E.; racine de guimauve, 
JFr. ; altlieewurzel, eibiscliwuizel, G.; radix altbeeae, P.G. 

The root of Altli?ea officinalis Linne (nat. ord. Malvaceae). 

Habitat. — N. and W. Asia and Europe. Cultivated in 
Europe, and naturalized in E. United States and Australia, 
growing in salt marshes. 

Constituents. — 1, bassorin, 35 per cent.; 2, pectin, 10 per 
•cent.; 3, asparagin, 1 per cent.; 4, sugar. 

PREPABATION. 

Syrupus Althaece. Syrup of Althaea. (U. S. P.) 

Althaea, 50 ; alcohol, 30 ; glycerin, 100; sugar, 700 ; water to make 
1000. 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Action and Uses. — Althaea is occasionally employed as a 
demulcent in irritable conditions of the digestive canal, and 
■as a vehicle in the form of syrup. 

Sacchaeum. Sugar. CisH^jOn. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Saccharum purificatum, B.P.; 'refined sugar, 
cane sugar, E.; sucre, sucre de canne, Fr.; zucker, rohrzuc-j 
ker, G. | 

The refined sugar obtained from Saccharum officinarum 
Linne, and from various species or varieties of sorghum (nat. 
ord. Graminese) ; also from one or more varieties of Beta 
vulgaris Linne (nat. ord. Chenopodiaceae). 

Habitat. — Indigenous in S. Asia, but cultivated in many 
tropical and sub-tropical countries. 

Properties. — White, hard, dry, distinctly crystalline 
granules, odorless, and having a purely sweet taste. Per- 
manent in the air. Soluble in 0.5 part of water; in 0.2 part 



614 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

of boiling water, and in 175 parts of alcohol. Insoluble in. 
ether, chloroform, or carbon disulphide. 

PREPARATION. 

Syrupus. Syrup. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Simple syrup, E.; sirop de sucre, Fr.; weisser syrup, O.j 
syrupus simplex, P.G. 

Made by solution of sugar, 850; with heat in distilled water, strain- 
ing, and addition of distilled water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Molasses. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Theriaca, B.P. ; sacchari faex, syrupus fus- 
cus, treacle, E.; melasse, Fr.; melasse, G. 

The brown, uncrystallizable syrup that drains away^ 
from the crystals of raw sugar in the refining process. 

Action and Uses. — Sugar, syrup and molasses are demul- 
cents, and are sometimes employed in medicated syrup or 
elect nary, for their soothing action on the throat in catarrh, 
of the upper air passages. They are liable to ferment in the 
alimentary canal if given continuously, with the production 
of acidity and indigestion, so that they are not suitable for 
general use as demulcents. Sugar, syrup and molasses are 
mainly useful as vehicles, corrigents, preservatives, and 
excipients in pharmacy. Sugar is utilized as a constituent, 
of powders, and syrup and molasses ai'e excipients in the- 
preparation of balls and electuaries. Sugar increases the 
solubility of calcium salts (see Syrupus Calcis, p. 156) and 
protects ferrous compounds from oxidation (see Ferri Carb.. 
.Sacch., p. 194). 

Sugar is an antiseptic, and, in syrup, prevents the fer- 
mentation of active medicinal substances. Brown sugar and. 
molasses are laxative, in large doses, and are prescribed in 
veterinary practice, with ginger, to aid the action of salts on 
cattle (Oss.-i.) and sheep ( ^ ii.-vi.). (See Epsom salts, p. 163.]: 



ASPIDIUM 615 

SECTION XIY.— VEGETABLE DKUGS KILLING 
PAKASITES. 

Class 1. — Used to Destroy Tape-Worms. 

AspiDiUM. Aspidium. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Felix mas, B.P.; radix filicis maris, male 
fern, male shield fern, E.; rhizome (racine) de fougere male, 
Er. ; wurmfarnwurzel, waldfarnwurzel, johanniswurzel, G. ; 
rhizoma filicis, P.G. 

The rhizome of Dryopteris Felix-mas Schott, and of 
Dryopteris Marginalis Asa Gray (nat. ord. Filices). 

Habitat. — D. filix-mas, Europe ; D. marginalis, U. S. 

Description. — From 5 to 15 Cm. long, 10 to 25 Mm. in 
thickness, and, together with the closely imbricated, dark- 
brown, roundish, and slightly curved stipe-remnants, 50 to 
75 Mm. in diameter ; densely curved, with brown, glossy, 
transparent and soft, chaffy scales ; internally pale-green ; 
rather spongy ; vascular bundles about ten (Dryopteris filix- 
mas) or six (Dryopteris marginalis) in number, arranged in 
an interrupted circle ; odor slight, but disagreeable ; taste 
sweetish, acrid, somewhat bitter, astringent and nauseous. 

Constituents. — The active principle is (1) filicic acid 
(CggHj^Oia), a white, amorphous crystalline substance ; there 
are also : 2, a fixed oil, 6 per cent. ; 3, resin, 4 per cent. ; 4, 
filicin (C35H40O12), a crystalline principle soluble in chloroform, 
benzol, fixed and volatile oils ; 5, filix-red, a coloring matter ; 
6, a small quantity of a volatile oil. 

Dose.—R. & C, 5 v.-vi. (150.-180.); Sh., 3 ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; 
Lambs, 3 i.-ii- (4.-8.); D. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.). 

PREPARATION. 

Oleoresina Aspidii. Oleoresin of Aspidium. (U. 0'. P.) 

Made by percolation with ether, distillation and evaporation of the 
ether. 

Dose (also of the extractum filicis liquidum, B. P.) — H. & C, 
3 iii.-vi .(12.-24.); Sh. «fe Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D. «fe C, nixv.- 3 i. (1.-4.) 



616 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Action and Uses. — Aspidium is chiefly of value in veter- 
inary medicine as a tfeniacide or agent destroying tape-worms, 
particularly those inhabiting dogs. Large quantities of the 
drug cause lisemorrhagic gastro-enteritis, tremors, weakness, 
stupor, coma, acute nephritis and cystitis. Six drachms of 
the oleoresin have proved fatal in man and sheep ; five 
drachms in a medium-sized dog ; and three ounces in the 
case of a cow. Aspidium must never be given with oil, 
which aids its absorption. Dogs should be fasted 24 hours 
or fed on a little milk ; then the oleoresin should be admin- 
istered, and the dose repeated in 3 hours. After the expira- 
tion of 12 hours from the administration of the first dose, a 
purgative quantity of castor oil is to be exhibited. An 
injection of salt and water assists the expulsion of segments 
of taenia from the rectum. If the head of the taenia is not 
expelled the treatment may be repeated in three days or a 
week. The oleoresin may be flavored with a few drops of 
oil of peppermint, and is often combined with a small dose 
of areca nut (gr.i. to the lb. live weight) in emulsion with 
mucilage of tragacanth, or with fluid extract of kousso, 3 i- 
to 3 ii' The oleoresin may also be exhibited in pills or 
capsules. It is on the whole the best agent against the tape- 
worms of dogs, including Taenia serrata, T. marginata, T. 
coenurus and T. echinococcus. 

Areca. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Areca-nut, betal-nut, E. ; noix d'areque, Fr.; 
areca-nuss, G. 

The seed of Areca Catechu (nat. ord. Palmaceae). 

Habitat. — India, Coromandel and Malabar coasts : also 
in warm parts of Asia. 

Description. — The seeds resemble nutmeg in size, shape 
and color. They yield a brown powder, partially soluble in 
water and alcohol. The taste is astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, the active principle is the liquid alka- 
loid, arecoline (CgHijNOj); arecoline hydrobromate is the 



KAMALA 617 

commercial salt, occurring in white crystals, soluble in 
alcohol and water; dose — H. & C, gr.|-l (.02-.06), subcut. ; 
2, an inert alkaloid ; 3, red tannic acid ; 4, an oil. 

Dose. — Areca nut — H., 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Lamb, 3 i. (4.) ; 
D., gr.ii. for each lb. of live weight, or gr.xv.-3ii. (1.-8.); 
Powl (against A. gibbosa), gr.x. (.6) in pill. 

Action and Uses. — Areca nut is an anthelmintic more 
«ommonly classed as a tseniacide, but capable of killing 
round-worms satisfactorily. It acts more successfully as a 
"vermicide in dogs than in the case of the larger animals. 
Areca nut is an astringent in small doses, but large amounts 
induce catharsis. When the drug is used as an anthelmintic 
the animal should be deprived of food for 24 hours previous 
to its administration. The powder is given to dogs in milk, 
frequently with oleoresin of male fern in small quantity. If 
purgation does not follow the use of areca nut within a short 
time, a dose of castor oil is indicated. The fluid extract is a 
more convenient preparation. 

Arecoline hydrobromate (CgHisNOj H Br) has been 
recently employed subcutaneously — H., gr.^-i. (.02-.06) ; D., 
gr.-^--^ (.001-.005) — as a rapidly-acting cathartic, exciting 
peristalsis, in colic and indigestion of horses, and in gastritis 
( 'Fardel bound") of ruminants. Experiments have been made 
1 y Muir* with arecoline to prove its eflScacy as a rapidly 
acting cathartic. He finds that while the drug produces 
salivation, it does not markedly increase intestinal secretion, 
but acts chiefly by stimulating peristalsis ; that it fre- 
quently causes severe colic and nausea ; that there is also 
incontinence of urine ; that the pulse becomes slower and 
softer, and that sweating and reduction of temperature 
occur during its action ; that arecoline hydrobromate may 
1)6 safely given in the dose of | grain (0.02) intravenously 
or subcutaneously, and repeated in an hour if necessary, 
finally, arecoline is less desirable than eserine on account 
of the distressing symptoms accompanying its purgative 



* Journal of Comp. Med. and Vet. Archives, Jan. and Feb. , 1899. 



618 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

action, and is still less so than barium chloride, which 
causes no unpleasant effects at all in most cases and appears 
to be the most satisfactory of the rapidly actiug cathartics 
which may be given under the skin. In 1 per cent, solution 
the alkaloid is used in the eye as a myotic. 



Kamala. Kamala. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synony m . — Ro ttl era. 

The glands and hairs from the capsules of Mallotus 
philippinensis (Lamarck) Mueller Arg. (nat. ord. Euphor- 
biacese). 

Hiihiiat. — India, China and the Philippine Islands. 

Properties. — A granular, mobile, brick-red or brownish- 
red powder, inodorous and nearly tasteless ; imparting a 
deep red color to alkaline liquids, alcohol, ether or chloro- 
form, and a pale yellow tinge to boiling water. Under the 
microscope it is seen to consist of stellately arranged, color- 
less hairs, mixed with depressed-globular glands, containing 
numerous red, club-shaped vesicles. 

Constituents. — The chief principle is (1) rottlerin< 
(CaaHooOg), occurring in yellow acicular crystals, soluble in hot 
alcohol, ether, benzol, and carbon disulphide. There are 
also (2) resins, 80 per cent. 

Dose.—D., 3ss.-ii. (2.-8.); H. & C, si. (30.). 

Action and Uses. — Kamala is an anthelmintic. It is 
employed more frequently as a tseniacide, but will also kill 
ascarides and oxyurides. Large doses may give rise to- 
nausea and vomiting in dogs and cats. Kamala is also a 
purgative, so that it is rarely necessary to employ one after 
its administration. It should be given in syrup to the fast- 
ing animal, and repeated in eight hours if the first dose i» 
not operative by that time. 



Kousso 619 

Cusso. Kousso. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Brayera, kooso, kusso, E.; cousso, kousso^ 
Pr.; kosso, cusso, kusso, G.; flores kosso, P.G. 

The female inflorescence of Hagenia abyssinica (Bruce) 
Gmelin (nat. ord. Rodacese). 

Habitat. — Abyssinia. 

Descrijjtion. — In bundles, rolls, or compressed clusters 
consisting of pannicles about 25 Cm. long, with a sheathing 
bract at the base of each branch ; the two roundish bracts 
at the base of each flower, and the four or five obovate, outer 
sepals are of a reddish color, membranous and veiny ; calyx 
top-shaped, hairy, enclosing two carpels or nutlets ; odor 
slight, fragrant and tea-like ; taste bitter, acrid and nauseous. 

Constituents. — 1, the active principle is kosin or koussin, 
a yellow, tasteless, crystalline glucoside, soluble in alcohol, 
chloroform, benzol and ether, but insoluble in water ; dose — 
dogs, gr.x.-xl. (.6-2.6); 2, a volatile oil ; 3, gum ; 4, tannic 
acid ; 5, two resins. 

i>ose.— Small dogs, 3ss.-i. (2.-4); large dogs, 3ii.-iv. 
(8.-15,). ^ 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Cusso Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Kousso. (U. S. P.) 
^^non^/TO.— Extractum brayerse fluidum. 

Made by maceration and percolation of kousso with alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of the crude drug. 
Dose. — Same as kousso. 

Action and Z7ses.— Kousso is an effective tjeniacide in 
dogs and cats. Large doses cause nausea, colicky pains and 
some catharsis. Kousso is administered in milk, or as an 
infusion flavored with peppermint ; also in the form of the 
fluid extract, or glucoside in capsules, to the fasting animal. 
It should be repeated 3 times, at hour intervals, and followed 
by a small dose of castor oil if the bowels are not sufficiently 
relaxed. There is little danger of poisoning even by great- 
quantities of the drug. 



620 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Granatum. Pomegranate. 

Synonym. — Granati radicis cortex, B.P. ; ecorce de la 
racine de grenadier (de balaustier), Fr.; granat-wurzelrinde, 
O.; cortex radicis granati, P.G. 

The bark of tlie stem and root of Punica Granatum 
Linne (nat. ord. LythrariesB). 

Habitat. — India and S. W. Asia. Also cultivated and 
naturalized in sub-tropical countries. 

Description. — In thin quills or fragments, from 5 to 10 
Cm. long, and from 1 to 3 Mm. thick ; outer surface yellowish- 
gray, somewhat warty, or longitudinally and reticulately 
rigid; the stem-bark often partly covered with blackish 
lichens; the thicker pieces of the root-bark more or less 
scaly externally ; inner surface smooth, finely-striate ; 
grayish-yellow ; indistinctly radiate ; inodorous ; taste astrin- 
gently, very slightly bitter. 

Constituents. — The active principle is (1) pelletierine 
(C8H13NO), \ per cent., a colorless, oil}'-, aromatic alkaloid, 
soluble in alcohol, chloroform and ether ; four salts occur 
in commerce : the tannate, sulphate, hydrobromate and 
hydrochlorate ; the first is more frequently used ; dose — 
D., gr.ii.-v. (.12-.3) ; 2, puuico-tannic acid, 22 per cent. ; 3, 
methyl, pseudo, and iso-pelletierine ; the latter is a taenia- 
cide. 

Dose. — Dogs, 3 ss.-i.ss. (2.-6.). 

There is a (non-official) fluid extract which may be 
given in same dose. 

Action and Uses. — Pomegranate is inferior to the fore- 
going drugs as an anthelmintic, since it is disagreeable and 
prone to produce vomiting. Pomegranate is an astringent, 
but, in large doses, acts as an emetic and purgative and has 
occasioned weakness, colic, dizziness and convulsions. In 
sufficient amount pelletierine is said to paralyze motor 
nerves, like curare. Granatum is an anthelmintic, chiefly 
against tape-worm. The decoction (1-8, B.P.) may be em- 
ployed (with \ part syrup of ginger) in 3 doses, at 



SANTONICA 



621 



Lour intervals, for dogs. The patient should be previously 
fasted for 24 hours, and castor oil is indicated if purging is- 
not produced by pomegranate. Tannate of pelletierine is a 
yeHowish, astringent-tasting powder, soluble in 80 parts of 
alcohol and 700 parts of water. It is invariably used in 
human medicine in preference to the crude drug, and should 
be followed in 2 hours by a dose of castor oil. The use of 
pelletierine is undesirable in young animals. 

Class 2.— Used to Destroy Round worms 

Santonica. Santonica. (U. S. & B. T.) 

Synonym. — Levant worm seed, ssnier. oi::ae s. ''ontra s^ 
sanctum, s. santonici, E.; barbctiue, semenciue, Fr.; wurm- 
samen, zitwersamen, G.; Acres cinse, P.G. 

The unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora 
Weber (nat. ord. Cumpcsitse). 

Habitat.— ^oxihexw middle Europe and Asia. 

Description. — From 2 to 4 Mm. long ; oblong-ovoid, 
obtuse, smooth, somewhat glossy, grayish-green, consisting 
of an involucre of about 12 to 18 closely imbricated, glandu- 
lar scales with a broad midrib, enclosing four or five rudi- 
mentary florets ; odor strong, peculiar, somewhat camphor- 
aceous ; taste aromatic and bitter. 

Constituents. — The active principle is (1) santonin^ 
There is also (2) a volatile oil. 

Santoninum. Santonin. CisH^Oj. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Santonine, Fr.; santonin, G. 

A neutral principle obtained from santonica. 

Derivation, — Made from a mixture of lime and santonica 
by exhausting with alcohol, evaporation of the latter, and by 
the addition of acetic acid to the residue. Santonin is 
obtained by treating an alcoholic solution of the residue with, 
animal charcoal and crystallization. 



622 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Properties. — Colorless, shining, flattened, prismatic crys- 
tals; odorless and nearly tasteless when first put in the 
mouth, but afterwards developing a bitter taste ; not altered 
by exposure to air, but turning yellow on. exposure to light. 
Nearly insoluble in cold water ; soluble in 40 parts of 
alcohol, in 140 parts of ether, in 4 parts of chloroform, and 
in solutions of caustic alkalies. 

Z)ose.— Puppies, gY.\-h (.015-.03) ; D., gr.i.-iii. (.06-18); 
H., 3i-iv. (1.-15.). 

Action and Uses. — Santonin is preferable to santonica. 
Santonin is chiefly valuable as a parasiticide against round- 
worms ; viz. : A. lumbricoides of cattle and swine, A. mystax 
and marginata of cats and dogs, and A. megalocephala of 
horses. It has no influence on tape-worms, nor probably on 
oxyurides. 

Large doses cause poisoning, with the occurrence, in 
dogs, of nausea and vomiting, weakness, giddiness, muscular 
trembling, salivation, slow pulse, rapid respiration, dilated 
pupils, jaundice, unconsciousness, convulsions and death. 
"While 5 to 6 grains induce symptoms of poisoning in dogs, 
^ to 1 drachm has often failed to produce a fatal result. 
Santonin is eliminated by the kidneys, increasing their 
secretion, coloring an acid urine yellow, and an alkaline 
urine purplish-red, or bloody hue. The humors of the eye 
are stained yellow, occasioning yellow sight in man, — - 
xanthopsy. There is congestion of the heart, lungs and 
nervous centres observed after death, but nogastro-enteritis. 
Santonin is very slowly converted in the intestines into 
sodium santoninate, and absorbed in this form. The best 
treatment of poisoning is undetermined, but inhalations of 
ether and euemata of chloral, together with laxatives, when 
consciousness returns, are said to be useful. The administra- 
tion of santonin should be followed or accompanied by that 
of a cathartic. 

The drug may be given to fasting dogs as follows : 



SANTONIN 623 

I^ Hydrarg. Chlorid. Mitis. 

Santonini aa gr.v. 

Sacchari / . . ad. 3 i. 

M. et div. in chart, no. x. 
Sig. One powder tid. (for round-worms). 
or : — 

Santonini gr.vi. 

01. Ricini 5 ii. , 

M. 

Sig. Give one-third every third day (for round-worms). 

Santonin may be given in pill to dogs combined with 
oleoresina filicis and areca nut. Santonin is not so com- 
monly or successfully used in the treatment of round-worms 
in horses, as turpentine and aloes, creoliu, etc. A ball con- 
taining 3 ii- of santonin and 3 i- of calomel, or a combination 
of 3 iv. santonin and 1 pint of castor oil, are suitable pre- 
scriptions for the horse. Santonin is often remedial in 
incontinence of urine in young animals, when belladonna 
fails, aud is frequently beneficial in the treatment of 
amaurosis. 

Class 3.— Used to Destroy Lice. 

Staphisagria. Staphisagria. 

Synonym. — Staphisagrise semina, B.P. ; stavesacre, 
semina staphidis agriae s. pedicularis, E.; staphisaigre, Fr.; 
stephauskorner, lausekorner, G. 

The seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria Linn^ (nat. ord. 
Ranunculaceae). 

Habitat. — Shores of Mediterranean ; cultivated. 

Description. — About 5 Mm. long, 3 or 4 Mm. broad, 
flattish-tetrahedral, one side convex, brown or brownish- 
gray, with reticulate ridges, containing a whitish, oily, 
albumen and a straight embryo ;• nearly inodorous, taste 
bitter and acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, the important principle is delphinine 
(CjjHjjNOe), a white, poisonous, crystalline alkaloid resem- 



624 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Taling veratrine and aconite ; soluble in alcohol, chloroform, 
and ether ; 2, delphisine (C^vH^gN^OJ ; 3, delphinoidine 
(C.oHesKO,) ; 4, staphisagrine (Co^H.^NOJ ; 5, a fixed oil. 

Action and Z7ses.— Powdered sta[)hisagria is employed 
solely to kill lice (pediculi) in ointment (1-2) with benzoin- 
ated lard or vaseline. Creolin solutions (3-6 per cent.), 
tobacco infusions (5-10 per cent.), and oil of anise with 
sweet oil (1-10 per cent.), are also used for the same purpose. 
The latter mixture is an elegant preparation for pet dogs. 

The tincture of larkspur (Delphinium consolida), another 
species of the same genus, is alsoa very efficient parasiticide 
against pediculi. It contains 1 part of larkspur seeds to 16 
of alcohol. 

Class 4. — Used to Destroy Fleas. 

Pyrethrum. Pyrethrum. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Persian, Caucasian or Dalmatian insect 
powder. 

The flowers of Pyrethrum roseum and carneum. 

Habitat. — Caucasian Mountains ; cultivated in Califor- 
nia, U. S. 

Description. — A coarse, greenish-yellow, pungent powder. 
Pyrethrum is the best parasiticide for fleas (pulicidse). It is 
used more frequently to kill these parasites on cats and dogs. 
Pyrethrum is simply dusted over the whole body or is 
applied in the form of a tincture (1-4), diluted with 10 parts 
of water. 

The application of Dalmatian insect powder to kittens 
and puppies, or to dogs and cats in enfeebled condition, may 
be attended with danger unless the powder is brushed off 
within 10 or 15 minutes after its use. Deaths have occurred 
in these animals following its free and careless employment.. 



EliGOT 



G25 



SECTION XV.-VEGETABLE DEUGS STIMULATING 

UNSTRIATED MUSCLE, PAETICULAELY 

THAT OF THE UTEEUS. 

Ergota. Ergot. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Ergot of rye, spurred rye, E.; ergot, ergot de 
seigle, ergot de ble, ble cornu, Fr,; mutterkorn, kornmutter, 
zapfenkorn, G. 

The sclerotium of Claviceps purpurea (Fries) Tulasne 
(Class Fungi), replacing the grain of rye, Secale cereale 
Linne (nat. ord. Graminese). 

Habitat. — Ergot is obtained mainly from Spain and 
Eussia. 

Description. — Somewhat fusiform, obtusely triangular, 
usually curved, about 2 or 3 Cm. long and 3 Mm. tliick ; 
three-furrowed, obtuse at both ends, purplish- black, inter- 
nally whitish with some purplish striae, breaking with a short 
fracture; odor peculiar, heavy; taste oily and disagreeable. 

Constituents. — It is doubtful whether the principles so 
far discovered wholly represent the activity of ergot. The 
following are the more important constituents : 1, corniitine, 
an alkaloid which, with (2) sphacelinic or sphacelic acid 
(a non-nitrogenous, unstable substance, insoluble in water 
but soluble in alkalies), constitute, according to many, the^ 
more important active principles ; they both cause con- 
traction of the uterus and blood vessels ; 3, three alkaloids : 
ergotine (CjoHjoN^Oj), soluble in water and alcohol ; ecboline, 
amorphous, soluble in water and alcohol ; ergotinine 
(CggH.oN^Oe), crystalline ; 4, two acids : ergotic or ergotinic 
acid and sclerotinic acid (1-4 per cent.) ; both are soluble 
in w;iter afid alkalies and are said to possess ecbolic actions; 
5, a fixed oil, about 35 per cent.; 6, tannin; 7, phosphoric acid. 
Alcohol extracts cornutine ; water, the salts of the acids. 
Therefore ergotin is believed to represent the activity of the 
drug. Ammonia is considered the best solvent by the Brit. 



€26 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Pharm, Couference, which recommends a tine, ergotas 
ammoniata consisting of ergot, 1 part, aromatic spirit of 
ammonia, 2 parts. The dose is the same as that of the fluid 
extract. 

Dose.—R. & C, 5 ss.-i. (15.-30.) ; Sh. & S., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); 
D., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Ergotce Flniduin. Fluid Extract of Ergot. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with diluted alcohol, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of ergot. 

Dose.— H. & C, 1 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-ii. (4.-8.); D., 
3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Extractum Ergotce. Extract of Ergot. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Ergotin. 

Made by evaporation of the fluid extract to a pilular consistence. 
Dose.— H. & C, gr.xx.-3i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). (By 
mouth or subcutaneously.) 

Extractum Ergotce Liquidum. (B. P.) 

( 3 i. ergot = 5 i. of preparation.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3iv. (15.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i. (4.); D., mxv.-xxx. 
(1.-3.). 

Tinctura Ergotce. (B. P.) 

(109 gr. to ID 
Dose.—K. & C, 3ss.-ii. (15.-60.); Sh. & Sw., 3 i.-iv. (4.-15.); D., 
3ss.ii. (2,-8.). 

Ergotinum. Ergotin. (B. P.) 
Dose— H. & C, gr.xx..3i. (1.3-4.); D., gr.ii.-x. (.12-.6). 

Injectio Ergotini Hypodermica. (B. P.) 
Doae.- H., l^^-m (3.-6.); D., TTiiii.-x. (.2-.6). 

Ergot deteriorates rapidly with age. Both it and its 
preparations should be fresh and the drug should be dis- 
carded when over a year old. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Orcjcms. — Ergot stimulates 
the involuntary muscle of the stomach and intestines, but 
rarely sufficiently to cause any outward signs. The blood 
vessels in the walls of the digestive tract are contracted 



EEGOT 627 

directly by the drug, and also because of the constriction of 
the muscular walls themselves. 

Circulation. — Ergot is absorbed into the blood but does 
not influence that fluid. The essential action consists in 
constriction of the arterioles and veins throughout the body, 
■with rise of blood pressure. This is due to stimulation of 
the spinal vasomotor centres. The pulse rate is also some- 
what reduced, oveing, probably, to stimulation of the peri- 
pheral cardiac vagi. When ergot is thrown directly into a 
vein, vascular tension is much lowered. This phenomenon 
follows depression of the heart muscle and does not occur 
after ordinary therapeutic administration of ergot by the 
mouth or under the skin. Toxic doses paralyze both the 
vasomotor centres and heart muscle. 

Nervous System. — The nervous system is not afiected by 
medicinal doses of ergot, nor by large single doses of the 
drug. Certain changes occur in poisoning, but these are not 
understood. 

Uterus. — Ergot causes contraction of the pregnant womb. 
It does not invariably induce abortion, but does always act 
on the pavturieut organ. Small doses increase the duration 
and force of the uterine contractions, but full medicinal 
doses produce a tonic, continuous spasm of the womb with- 
out the usual intermissions. Ergot possesses little influence 
on the normal unimpregnated uterus. The action on the 
womb is probably to be ascribed to stimulation of the 
uterine unstriated muscle, and the spinal lumbar centres 
controlling this organ. Ergot is the oxytocic in most com- 
mon use. The secretion of urine, sweat, saliva and milk is 
lessened by ergot, owing to general vascular contraction. 

Administration. — The fluid extract is generally given by 
the mouth. Some proprietary preparations are made for 
subcutaneous ase. Bonjean's ergotin, or the official extract, 
are employed hypodermatically. 

I^ Extr. Ergotae gr.xl. 

Alcohol. 

Glycerini. 

Aq. dest aa 3 i. 

M. 

Sig. Give one-half subcutoneously to a horse; 10 to 15 M. to dogs» 



628 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

Injections should he. mnde deeply into the muscular 
tissue to avoid abscess. Ergot should be repeated frequently 
to arrest haemorrhage. 

Toxicology. — Enormous single doses are required to 
poison animals or man. When as much as two drachms of 
ergot to the pound, live weight, are given to dogs, death is not 
constant. Three ounces, however, have proved fatal to small 
dogs. Acute poisoning is characterized by vomiting (in dogs), 
profuse salivation, dilation of the pupils, rapid breathing, 
and frequent pulse. The animal cries out, has convulsive 
twitchings, staggering gait, paraplegia, intense thirst, and 
coma, terminating in death. Horses, cattle, and sheep are 
unaffected by any ordinary quantity of the drug. 

Chronic poisoning or ergotism rarely occurs in animals 
owing to continuous ingestion of ergotized grains. It is 
characterized by gastro-intestinal indigestion, with nausea, 
vomiting, colic, diarrhoea or constipation, and abortion 
ensues in pregnant animals. In addition to gastro-intestinal 
irritation the symptoms naturally assume two forms : 1, 
the gangrenous form ; 2, the spasmodic form. In the 
first variety of ergotism there are coldness and anaesthesia 
of the extremities, including the feet, ears, and tail of quadru- 
peds ; the comb, tongue and beak of birds, — followed by the 
appearance of passive congestion, blebs, and dry gangrene 
in the vicinity of these parts. The hoofs and beaks often 
drop off. Death ensues from general exhaustion. In the 
spasmodic form are seen tonic contraction of the flexor 
tendons of the limbs and ansesthesia of the extremities ; 
muscular trembling and general tetanic spasm, with opistho- 
tonos, convulsions and delirium. Death also occurs from 
asthenia. 

Uses. — Two therapeutic indications for the use of ergot 
can be directly deduced from its physiological actions : 1, 
to cause uterine contraction; 2, to produce general vascular 
contraction. 

1. Ergot is occasionally of service in simple uterine 
inertia when there is no malposition of the foetus, or mechan- 



ERGOT 629 

ical obstruction (pelvic deformity, riorid os uteri) to its 
passage. Very small doses must be given for this purpose 
in order to intensify the force of the uterine contractions 
without inducing spasm of the uterus. The more common 
causes of dystocia are remedied most advantageously by 
manual interference. Ergot is of chiefest value in obstetric 
practice to prevent or arrest post-partum haemorrhage which 
sometimes occurs in cows and ewes. If administered before 
delivery of the placenta, ergot may give rise to tonic con- 
traction of the womb and retention of the afterbirth. 

Ergot is of benefit in some disorders of the unimpreg- 
nated and non-parturient uterus. Thus to aid the expulsion 
of cysts, and to contract the uterus and its blood vessels in 
hypertrophy, subinvolution, chronic metritis and fibroid 
iumors. 

In paralysis of the bladder, ergot is occasionally useful 
by creating contraction of the muscular coat of its walls. 
This condition is most satisfactorily treated by the injection 
of an ordinary dose of ergotin into the empty urinary bladder. 

2. Ergot is commonly recommended for combating 
internal haemorrhage, when surgical measures are impossible. 
TJnder this head may be included bleeding from the nose, 
mouth, stomach, intestines, lungs, uterus and kidneys. The 
drug should usually be given under the skin (ergotin) in 
these emergencies. It is, however, extremely doubtful 
whether the increase of blood pressure caused by ergot does 
not more than offset its beneficial action in contracting 
vessels when used to stop internal haemorrhage, and the best 
clinicians to-day condemn its use and resort to ice and 
opium in this condition. Ergot may be beneficial in causing 
constriction of the blood vessels in the early stages of some 
Iiyperaemias and inflammations, — notably pulmonary, cere- 
bral and spinal congestion, parturient apoplexy, cerebritis, 
<;erebro-spinal meningitis, spinal meningitis and myelitis ; 
^nd in vasomotor palsy following surgical shock. In most 
of these states (except the latter, where ergotin is indicated, 
xinder the skin) ergot must be exhibited in very large dosea 
three times daily. 



630, YLGETAULl-; D1>LGJ 

For the same physiological reason that ergot is employed 
as a haemostatic, it has been prescribed with alleged ad- 
Tantage in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea, dysentery^ 
and bleeding piles. Ergotin is injected between the skin 
and vessel walls for the cure of aneurism and varicocele^ 
This treatment is of doubtful utility. 

GossYPii Eadicis Coetex. Cotton Root Bark. 
(U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Ecorce de racine de cottonnier, Fr.; baum- 
wollen-wurzelrinde, G. 

The bark of the root of Gossypium herbaceum Linne^ 
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvaceae). 

Habitat. — Sub-tropical Africa and Asia ; also cultivated 
in the United States. 

Description. — In thin, flexible bands or quilled pieces j 
outer surface brownish-yellow, with slight, longitudinal 
ridges or meshes, small, black, circular dots, or short, trans- 
verse lines, and dull brownish-yellow patches, from the 
abrasion of the thin cork ; inner surface whitish, of a silky 
lustre, finely striate ; bast-fibres long, tough and separable 
into papery layers ; inodorous ; taste very slightly acrid and 
faintly astringent. 

Constituents. — 1, a fixed oil ; 2, a resin ; 3, tannic acid. 

PREPARATION. 

Extractum Oossypii Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Cotton 
Root Bark. . (U. S. P). . 
Made by maceration and percolation with glycerin and alcohol, an(J 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gni. of the crude drug. 

Dose.— H. & C, 3 ss.-i. (15.-30.); Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. (2.-4.). 

Action and Uses. — Cotton root bark resembles ergot in 
its actions and uses, but the drug has not been scientifically^ 
studied in full detail. It is an oxytoxic, abortifacient, and 
emmenagogue. 

Cotton root bark is employed during parturition ins 



COLCHICUM 631 

uterine inertia, to prevent post-partum hemorrhage, to 
induce abortion, and to arrest metrorrhagia. A decoction 
( 3 iv. to qt. boiled down to Oi.) is said to be more active 
than the fluid extract. Bose.—B.. & C, Oi. (500.); D., |i.-ii. 
(30.-60.). 

Ergot is generally to be preferred as a more thoroughly 
understood and reliable drug. 



SECTION XVI.— COLCHICUM. 

'CoLCHici Eadix. Colchicum Koot. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Colchici cormus, B.P.; meadow saffron root, 
colchicum corm, bulbus seu tuber colchici, E.; bulbe de 
colchique, de safran batard, Fr.; zeitlosenknollen, G. 

The corm of colchicum autumnale Linne (nat. ord. 
Liiiaceae). 

Habitat — England and continental Europe. 

Description. — About 25 Mm. long, ovoid, flattish and 
with a groove on one side; externally brownish and 
wrinkled ; internally white and solid ; often in transverse 
slices, reniform in shape, and breaking with a short, mealy 
fracture ; inodorous ; taste sweetish, bitter and somewhat 
acrid. 

Constittients. — 1, the alkaloid colchicine (Co.HosNOJ, is the 
active principle; it exists to the extent of 0.5 per cent; is 
amorphous or crystalline, and soluble in water and alcohol ; 
2, colchiceine (CoiH.jNOg), occurs naturally and is produced 
artificially by the action of acids on colchicine ; slightly 
soluble in water, soluble in alcohol ; 3, sugar ; 4, starch ; 
5, gum. 

Incompatibles. — Astringents, tincture of guaiacum and 
iodine. 

Dose.—K. & C, 3 ss.-ii. (2.-8.) ; Sh., gr.x.-xx. (.6-1.3) ; 
Sw. & D., gr.ii.-viii. (.12-,5) in powder. 

Dose.— Colchicine— B.. & C, gr.|-^ (.01-.03); D., gr. y^^- 
■sV (•0006-.0012), by mouth or subcutaneously. 



632 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

* PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Colchici Radicis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Colchlcum 
Root. (U. S. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gni. of colchicum root. 

Dose.— H. & C 3ss.-ii. (3.-8.); Sh., ttix.-xx. (.6-1.3); Sw. & D., 
mii.-viii. (.12-.5). 

Vinum Colchici Radicis. Wine of Colchicum Root. (U. S. P.) 
Made by percolation of colchicum root, 400, with alcohol, 150 ; and 
white wine to make 1000. 

Dose. — Twice that of colchicum root. 

Vinum Colchici. (B^ P.) 
Dose. — Twice that of the root. 

Colchici Semen. Colchicum Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Colchici semina, B.P.; semences de col- 
chique, Fr.; zeitlosensamen, G.; semen colchici, P.G. 

The seed of Colchicum autumnale Linne (nat. ord. 
Liliacese). 

Description. — Subglobular, about 2 Mm. thick, very 
slightly pointed at the hilum ; reddish-brown, finely pitted, 
internally whitish ; very hard and tough ; inodorous ; taste 
bitter and somewhat acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, colchicine, 3 per cent.; 2, colchiceine; 
S, a fixed oil, 6-8 per cent.; 4, starch; 5, sugar ; 6, gum. 

Dose. — Same as root, or a little larger. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Extractum Colchici Seminis Fluidum. Fluid Extract of Colchicum 
Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration and percolation with alcohol and water, and 
evaporation, so that 1 Cc. = 1 Gm. of colchicum seeds. 
Dose. — Same as fluid extract of root. 

Vinum Colchici Seminis. Wine of Colchicum Seed. (U. S. P.) 

Made by maceration of colchicum seed, 150 ; alcohol, 150; and 
white wine to make 1000. 

Dose.—H.&C, 3iii.-3i. (12.-30.); D., nix.-xxx. (.6-2.). 



COLCHICUM 633 

Tinctvra ColclnH Scviinis. Tincture of Colchictrm Seed. 
(U. S. &B. P.) 
Made by maceration and percolation of colchicum seed, 150; with 
alcohol and water to make 1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3iii.-3i- (12.-30.); D., ttlx.-xxx. (.6-2.). 

Action External. — Colchicum is au irritant to tlie skin 
and mucous membranes. 

Action Internal. — Digestive Organs. — Colchicum and 
<iolchicine are identical in action without regard to their 
method of introduction into the system. Colchicum is 
essentially a gastro-intestinal irritant in large doses. Small 
therapeutic quantities are cholagogue and increase the flow 
of bile. Full medicinal doses occasion anorexia, nausea, 
celicky pains, loud intestinal rumblings (borborygmi), and 
purging. Colchiceine appears to closely resemble colchicine 
physiologically. Neither the circulation, nervous system, 
respiration, nor temperature are affected by colchicum save 
in poisonous doses. 

Circulation. — Toxic doses reflexly influence the circula- 
tion, but colchicum does not appear to affect it directly until 
late in poisoning, when the vagus endings become depressed 
and paralyzed. Full medicinal doses lower the force and 
frequency of the pulse. 

Ne7'vous System. — Toxic quantities depress and paralyze 
the motor cells of the inferior cornua in the spinal cord, 
and also depress the sensory nerves. The motor nerves and 
muscles are unaffected. 

Kidneys and Elimination. — It is doubtful whether col- 
chicum exerts any decided or uniform action on the kidneys. 
Experiments relating to this matter are perpiexingly con- 
flicting. It is stated by many authors that the excretion of 
both the organic and inorganic solids in the urine is 
increased ; that of urea more than uric acid. 

Toxicology. — Colchicum is a very poisonous drug. Acci- 
dental lethal poisoning occasionally occurs among herbivora 
irom eating meadow saffron at pasture, or in hay. In such. 



634 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

cases it is natur.-illy impossible to estimate the quantity < '^ 
the plant ingested. Two and one-half drachms of the wine 
of the root, and one-half grain of the alkaloid, have proved 
fatal to man. Two drachms of the corm have killed a dog, 
and one-tenth of a grain of colchicine has destroyed a cat. 
The symptoms of poisoning comprise : anorexia, nausea, 
dulness, salivation, violent vomiting (in carnivora), purging^, 
at first watery, then mucous and often bloody, and accom- 
panied by great tenesmus, tympanites, and colic. There are 
often such nervous symptoms as tremors, stupor, coma, and 
paralysis. The animal becomes very weak, the respiration 
is slow and feeble, the pulse rapid and imperceptible, the 
skin is cold and covered with a clammy sweat, and death, 
occurs in collapse following severe gastro-enteritis. After 
the injection of large doses of colchicine, increasing the 
amount does not aggravate the symptoms. 

Post-Mortem Appearances. — The mucous membrane of 
the stomach and intestines is swollen, congested, and eroded. 
Sometimes free blood is found within their lumen. There 
is also acute hypersemia of the kidneys. 

Treatment. — This consists in the use of the stomach 
pump, emetics, and cathartics, unless there has been free, 
purging and vomiting. Tannic acid is the best chemical 
antidote, but is not wholly satisfactory. It should be used, 
however. Demulcents (oil and egg albumin) and opium 
relieve the local irritation, 2)ain and purging. Stimulants, 
as atropine, strychnine, and alcohol, together with external 
heat, combat collapse. 

Administration. — The crude drug is not suitable for use. 
The wine of the root is the best preparation. 

Uses. — It is difficult to estimate the therapeutic value of 
colchicum. It is called an alterative by many authorities, 
for want of a better term to describe a drug whose physiolog- 
ical actions do not explain its medicinal virtues. Colchicum 
is the most successful single remedy for gout in human, 
medicine, but does not possess so great a value in veterinary 
practice. It is sometimes used with considerable advantage 



STARCH 635 

in the treatment of subacute and chronic rheumatism, and in 
that form complicating influenza in horses. 

Potassium iodide is generally prescribed with colchicum 
in these disorders, and also in pericarditis and pleurisy of 
rheumatic origin. Colchicum is commonly believed to be 
a serviceable diuretic in various diseases (although this 
hypothesis is not physiologically substantiated). It is there- 
fore recommended in hsemaglobinsemia and swelling of the 
legs in horses ; in cerebral congestion ; ascites ; pleural and 
pericardial effusions, and dropsies, as an eliminative. Col- 
chicine, subcutaneously, is especially lauded in rheumatism. 



SECTION XVII.— VEGETABLE DRUGS ACTING 
MECHANICALLY. 

Amylum. Starch. C,Hi„0,. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Corn starch, E.; fecule (amidon) de froment, 
de ble, Fr.; kraftmehl, weizenstarke, G. 

The fecula of the seed of Zea Mays Linne (nat. ord. 
Gramineae). 

Habitat. — Tropical Asia and Africa, but cultivated in 
tropical, sub-tropical and temperate countries. 

Description. — In irregular, angular masses, which are 
easily reduced to a fine powder ; white, inodorous and taste- 
less ; insoluble in ether, alcohol or cold water. Under the 
microscope appearing as granules, nearly uniform in size, 
more or less angular in outline, with indistinct striae and 
with a distinct hilum near the centre. 

Constituents. — 1, starch-granulose ; 2, starch-cellulose. 

PREPARATION. 

Glyceritum Amyli. (See p. 581 ) . 

Action and Uses. — Starch is a mechanical protective, 
externally, used as a dusting powder, alone or with zinc 
oxide (1-4), in chafing, erythema, and moist eczema. The . 



636 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

glycerite of starcli is a serviceable demulcent. Boiled starcli 
paste, mixed with glue, is used to stiffen bandages by paint- 
ing the mixture on in layers witli a brush. Boiled starch 
gruel (2 tablespoons of starch to a pint of water) is a suitable 
diet for diarrhoea, and is frequently injected into the rectum 
as a demulcent in diarrhoea and dysentery, and as a vehicle 
for enemata. Starch is an antidote to iodine. It is utilized 
in pharmacy as a vehicle to suspend insoluble powders or 
oils, and in mucilage (1-40, B.P.), as a basis for ointments. 
Zinc oxide, one part ; starch and vaseline, each 3 parts, 
form a very satisfactory preparation for acute eczema in 
dogs, which does not rub off so readily as zinc ointment. 



Oleum Theobromatis. Oil of Theobroma. 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Butter of cacao, E.; beurre de cacao, Fr.; 
cacaobutter, G.; oleum (butyrum) cacao, P.G. 

A fixed oil expressed from the seed of Theobroma Cacao 
Linne (nat. ord. Sterculiaceae). 

Properties. — A yellowish-white solid, having a faint, 
agreeable odor, and a bland, chocolate-like taste. Keadily 
soluble in ether or chloroform. 

Constituents. — 1, olein ; 2, stearin ; 3, laurin ; 4, arachin • 
5, glycerides of formic, butyric, and acetic acids. 

Uses. — Cacao butter melts at the temperature of the 
body, and is chiefly used as an excipient for suppositories 
and electuaries. It also has a demulcent action and mav be 
employed on raw surfaces or in inflammation of the throat 
and digestive tract. 

GossYPiUM PuRiFiCATUM. Purified Cotton. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Absorbent cotton, E.; bombyx, lana gossypii, 
— coton, Fr.; baumwolle, G. 

The hairs of the seed of Gossypium herbaceum Linne, 
and of other species of Gossypium (nat. ord. Malvaceas), 



PYROXYLIN - 637 

freed from adhering impurities and deprived of fatty 
matter. 

Habitat— TiopicaX Asia and Africa ; cultivated in sub- 
tropical and tropical countries, mostly in the Southern 
United States. 

Descrijytion.— White, soft, fine filaments, appearing under 
the microscope as hollow, flattened and twisted bands, 
spirally striate and slightly thickened at the edges ; inodor- 
ous and tasteless ; insoluble in ordinary solvents, but 
soluble in copper ammonium sulphate solution. 

jjses. — Absorbent cotton is used as a cheap, convenient 
and cleanly substitute for ordinary sponges ; to make poult- 
ices by soaking it in antiseptic solutions (as creolin 1-2 per 
cent.) and placing it between layers of gauze ; and for surgi- 
cal dressings. 

Oakum, consisting of the fibres of old rope, is often 
employed as a cheap absorbent material, saturated with tar, 
in packing horses feet. 

Tow, — the coarser unbleached fibres of flax ; and lint, — 
the scrapings of soft, loosely woven linen,— are also utilized 
as absorbent substances for surgical purposes. 

Pyroxylinum. Pyroxylin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Gun cotton, soluble gun cotton, colloxylin. 

Derivation. — Made by maceration of purified cotton, 
100 ; in a mixture of nitric acid, 1400 ; and sulphuric acid, 
2200; at a temperature of 32° C. (90° F.), until a sample is 
soluble in a mixture of 1 volume of alcohol and 3 volumes of 
ether ; washing with cold and boiling water, draining, and 
drying in small pellets. 

PREPARATIONS. 

Collodiiim. Collodion. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Pyroxylin, 30; ether, 750; alcohol, 250. Made by solution, agita- 
tion, and decantation of clear portion. 

CoUodium Cantharidatum. ("antharidal Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Synonym. — Blistering collodion. 
Made by percolation of cantharides, 60 ; with chloroform, distilla- 



€38 VEGETABLE DRUGS 

tion of the chloroform and evaporation of the residue until it weighs 
15 (Gm.), and solution in flexible collodion, 85. 

Collodium Flexile. Flexible Collodion. (U. S. & B. P.) 
Mix collodion, 930; Canada turpentine, 50; and castor oil, 30. 
<U. S. P.) 

Collodium Stypticiim. Styptic Collodion. (U. S. P.) 
Mix tannic acid, 20; alcohol, 5; ether, 25; add collodion to make 
100. 

Action and Uses. — Collodion, when painted on dry skin, 
rapidly dries and leaves a thin, protective coating. It is a 
usefnl agent to seal and secure coaptation of small wounds 
and to keep them aseptic. Also to protect abraded surfaces, 
as fissures of teats. Flexible collodion is less apt to crack. 
Collodion contracts the superficial tissues and will often 
abort boils when applied directly over them. Collodion is 
employed as a vehicle for the application of many other 
agents, as corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, iodoform, etc. 

EuPHORBiUM. Euphorbium. (Non-official.) 

The dried juice of a cactus-like plant, Euphorbium 
resinifera, growing in Morocco and regions contiguous to the 
Atlas Mountains. Obtained by incising the stems and 
branches. 

Description. — In dull yellowish tears, of the size of peas; 
odorless ; taste acrid ; powder of a grayish color ; insoluble 
in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether and oil of turpentine. 

Constituents. — 1, an acrid resin (CjoHjoOJ, 38 per cent., 
the active principle ; 2, euphorbon. 

Action and Uses. — Euphorbium is an intense irritant, 
both externally and internally. It is sometimes employed 
in veterinary medicine as a constituent of vesicating prepara- 
tions to enhance their effect, but if applied alone it is liable 
to cause extensive irritation, sloughing, and destruction of 
tissue. Euphorbium may, however, be safely applied in 
tincture (1-16), or in ointment with cantharides, as a vesicant 
for horses. The following combination is recommended as 
a powerful blister for the latter animals. Euphorbium and 



ADRENALIN 639 

cautliarides, each two parts ; corrosive sublimate, one part; 
■vaseline, eight parts ; cerate, twelve parts. There is no 
danger of absorption and genito-urinary inflammation from 
the use of euphorbium, as with cantharides. 



SECTION XVIIL— MEDICINAL AGENTS OF 
ANIMAL OEIGIN. 

Adeenalin. 

This is an active principle of the suprarenal glands, and 
^as discovered by Dr. Jokichi Takamine* and made public 
in 1901. It is a light, white, microcrystalline substance, 
slightly soluble in cold water, more so in hot. It has a 
somewhat bitter taste and produces a benumbing of the 
tongue. Adrenalin is permanent in powder, but changes 
color and is oxidized in aqueous solution. It is said to be 
the active principle of the suprarenals, but non-toxic, which 
can not be said of the glands or their extracts (and probably 
not of adrenalin). Adrenalin is from 825 to 1,000 times 
more powerful than the glands in its physiological effect. 
Solutions may be boiled without impairing their therapeutic 
activity. 

Action. — The most important action is exerted upon the 
■ circulatory apparatus, which is comparable to that of digi- 
talis but much more transient, lasting not more than ten 
minutes when given intravenously. (The drug acts very 
uncertainly when given by the mouth — except locally on the 
digestive tract — because of poor absorption.) The force 
of the heart is increased but the rate decreased (by excita- 
tion of the vagi) and blood pressure is more markedly 
heightened than by any other known drug, owing to central 
and peripheral vasomotor stimulation or to excitation of 

* Therapeutic Gazette, April 15, 1901. 



640 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

the muscular coat of the vessels. Respiration is also 
strengthened and both voluntary and involuntary muscles 
are stimulated by adrenalin. Large doses of the adrenal 
gland cause poisoning with failure of the heart and respira^ 
(ion and paralysis of the vagi. Recent experiments with 
adrenalin intravenously have resulted not infrequently in 
sudden death from paralysis of the heart, so that the drug 
must be used in this manner with caution until its action 
has been more thoroughly studied. 

Reichert, on the other hand, in experiments on dogs, 
found that .00025 gm. of adrenalin per kilo of live weight 
(gr.-g-^-Q- for each 21bs. 3oz.) stimulated the circulation, res- 
piration and metabolic gravity. In poisoning by large doses 
of the adrenal gland, there have been observed restlessness 
and loss of muscular strength from action on the spinal 
cord or muscles, or both. Glycosuria has also been induced 
by the subcutaneous injection of the suprarenal extract and 
stimulation of the secretions of the buccal, oesophageal and 
bronchial mucous membranes. The predominant and valu- 
able effect of adrenalin and extracts of the adrenals consists 
in the complete blanching of mucous membranes and raw 
surfaces after the local application of these substances. 
Adrenalin is undoubtedly the most powerful astringent and 
hemostatic known. 

Subcutaneous injection of a 1 to 1000 solution causes 
blanching over an area about two inches in diameter within 
a minute and lasts. for six to twelve hours. Solutions con- 
taining adrenalin to the amount of 1 to 5000, 1 to 10,000, or 
even 1 to 20,000, will produce an ischemia after their hypo- 
dermic use within a few minutes and lasting for three to six 
hours. Neither ecchymoses nor sloughing occur after the 
injection of the drug. Secondary hemorrhage does not 
ordinarily appear after the use of adrenalin, but it will 
prevent the secondary relaxation, congestion and pain some- 
times seen following the use of cocaine. 

Uses. — External. — Adrenalin chloride is commonly sold 



ADRENALIN 641 

in a 1 to 1000 aqueous solution in the shops. It has proven 
of most value when combined with cocaine for subcutaneous 
use in operative work. One part of the 1-1000 solution shouhl 
be added to nine parts of normal salt solution (one heaping 
teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the quart of sterile water), 
to which is added 1 per cent, of cocaine, or more if desired. 
A stronger solution of adrenalin chloride than this (1 to 
10,000) is not usually desirable in operative work, because 
it is irritating, and in some instances when stronger solu- 
tions were used so much ischemia was produced that the 
blood vessels could not be found and ligated and secondary 
hemorrhage ensued. This would apply only to major 
operations, however. 

The combination of cocaine with adrenalin is coming 
into general favor and marks a distinct progress in local 
anaesthesia. Four advantages are claimed for this com- 
bination : 1, that the operation is made comparatively 
bloodless ; 2, that the cocaine is retained in the operative 
field a longer time, owing to the contracted state of the 
vessels, and does not escape into the general circulation ; 
this is a double advantage — in prolonging anaesthesia and in 
preventing systemic effect of cocaine ; 3, that adrenalin is a 
circulatory stimulant and will offset the toxic action of 
cocaine ; this is somewhat problematical and theoretical ; 
4, that adrenalin counteracts the vascular relaxation seen 
sometimes after the use of cocaine. 

Adrenalin has also proven of great service in arresting 
hemorrhages from wounds, mucous membranes and cavities 
of the body. A solution equivalent to a 1 to 5000 of 
adrenalin in sterile salt solution may be applied for this 
purpose directly to the bleeding surface, or gauze saturated 
with it may be packed into wounds and cavities, as the 
uterus and vagina. Adrenalin chloride is useful also in 
many inflammatory diseases of the eye and nose in the same 
strength. Catarrhal conjunctivitis, keratitis, episcleritis 
and iritis yield to its influence, particularly when it is com- 
bined with other astringents on account of its transient 



642 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

action ; with atropine in iritis. Adrenalin chloride in a 
1 to 5000 solution containing 2 per cent, of boric acid forms 
a useful preparation for general apolication in inflammations 
of mucous membranes. 

Internal. — Adrenalin is employed internally to arrest 
bleeding from tlie stomach, intestines, lungs and uterus. Its 
local application in hemorrhage from the bladder, rectum, 
vagina and uterus is, however, much more effective. The drug 
is said to have yielded good results in human practice in 
the treatment of diabetes insipidus, purpura hemorrhagica, 
acute and chronic bronchitis, pulmonary congestion and 
oedema of glottis and lungs. Reichert, as the result of his 
experiments on morphinized dogs, believes that adrenalin 
is a valuable and rapidly acting stimulant to the heart, 
vasomotor system and respiration in poisoning by opium 
and anaesthetics. It has also been used in emergencies for 
the same purpose and with reported good results. In opium 
poisoning, metabolism is checked and vital activity lowered, 
together with inhibition of the normal secretion of the 
adrenals, which Reichert thinks is relieved by adrenalin. 
Martin* has recently given 3i. (4.0) of adrenalin solution 
(1 to 1000) in a pint of normal salt solution subcutaneously 
in conditions of shock and circulatory failure in human 
patients, with some satisfactory results and no toxic effects. 

In emergencies, adrenalin should be injected intra- 
venously in solutions not stronger than 1 to 5000 ; but, in 
view of some deaths reported from the experimental injec- 
tion of the drug, this mode of treatment must be regarded 
with some suspicion. 

Administration. — Adrenalin is preferable to the so-called 
suprarenal extracts, the dried and powdered suprarenal 
capsules of sheep and oxen. When the drug is given by 
the mouth or rectum, its action on the system at large is 
slow and uncertain owing to the tardiness of absorption, 
presumably due to the vascular constriction it occasions and 



* American Med., Nov. 21, 1903. 



CANTHARIDES 643 

to its rapid decomposition. Intravenous injection is most 
effective, altliough attended with some danger in large doses. 
A stronger solution than 1 to 10,000 may cause an abscess 
if the drug be given hypodermically. The doses of adrenalin 
chloride in 1 to 1000 solution are : Dogs, 1T[10.-60. (0.6-40) ; 
liorses, 3 2-4 (8.-15.). Adrenalin should be repeated onco 
in two hours when given internally as an hemostatic. Of 
the suprarenal extract, the dose would be about half that 
advised for the adrenalin solution. 

Cantharis. Cantharides. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Spanish flies, blister beetles, muscse hispan- 
icse, E.; cantharides, Fr.; spanische fliegen, canthariden, G.; 
cantharides, P.G. 

Cantharis is the beetle, Cantharis vesicatoria De Geer 
(class Insecta ; order Coleoptera). 

Habitat. — Southern Europe, Germany and Russia ; 
living chiefly on Oleacese and Caprifoliacese. 

Description. — About 25 Mm. long and 6 Mm. broad ; 
flattish cylindrical, with filiform antennae, black in the upper 
part, and with long wing-cases, and ample, membranous, 
fa^nsparent, brownish wings, elsewhere of a shining, coppery- 
green color. The powder is grayish-brown, and contains 
green shining particles. Odor strong, and disagreeable; 
taste slight, afterwards acrid. 

Constituents. — 1, the active principle is cantharidin, 
CioHi^O^ (2 per cent.), in colorless scales, insoluble in water, 
soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, oils, acetic acid and 
acetic ether ; it is found chiefly in the generative organs, 
eggs, and blood of the beetles ; 2, a volatile oil ; 3, a bland, 
green oil ; 4, acetic and uric acids, extractives and salts ; 
cantharides deteriorates with age and should be kept 
unpowdered in tightly stoppered bottles. 

Dose.—R. & C, gr.v.-xx. (.3-1.3); Sh. & Sw., gr.iv.-viii. 
(.24-.5) ; D., gr.i.-ii. (.06-.12). 



Q4A AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

PREPARATION. 

Tinctura Cantharidis, Tincture of Cantharides. (U. S. P.) 
Made by percolation of cantharides, 50; with alcoliol to mase 
1000. (U. S. P.) 

Dose.— H. & C, 3ii.-iv. (8.-15.); D., mii.-xv. (.12-1.). 

Action External. — Cantharides, by -virtue of cantharidin, 
is an intense irritant. When applied to the skin in ointment 
it produces no effect for several hours, but after that time 
causes dilatation of the cutaneous vessels, hyperaemia, and 
blisters, which appear in from 3 to 12 hours. The blisters 
soon break, discharge their serous contents, and then dry 
and crust the surface. If the action of cantharides is main- 
tained continuously; if the application is repeated, or 
covered with a bandage ; or if the skin was previously 
inflamed, then inflammation of the deeper-seated parts 
ensues, followed by suppuration, sloughing, loss of tissue, 
destruction of hair follicles, and scars. The drug is thera- 
peutically a rubefacient and vesicant, and counter-irritant, 
in occasioning dilatation of the superficial vessels, and 
reflexly, contraction of those in the remote underlying parts. 
Cantharides acts more powerfully on the skin of horses and 
dogs, than on that of cattle and swine. If applied over an 
extensive surface, absorption and poisoning may occur. 

Action Internal. — Cantharides affects mainly the diges- 
tive and genito-urinary tracts. It is a violent gastro-intes- 
tinal irritant. Toxic doses cause vomiting, in animals 
capable of the act, at first bilious (and containing greenish 
specks of the wings and wing cases), then mucous, and finally 
bloody. There is purging in all, associated with great pain 
and straining, of a mucous, fibrinous, and often hsemorrhagic 
character. There are salivation, swelling and pain in the 
salivary glands. The gastro-enteritis is accompanied by 
general prostration, and feeble, rapid pulse. A few hours 
after the occurrence of the preceding symptoms there is 
enough absorption of cantharidin to induce lumbar pain, 
followed by frequent, scanty and painful micturition (stran- 
gury). The urine is albuminous and often bloody. Can- 



CANTHAKIDES Gio 

tharides is eliminated chiefly by tlie kidneys, but also to' 
some extent by tlie other excretory organs, including the 
skin. Sexual excitement may be present in poisoning. It 
is more common with small than large toxic doses. There 
are erections and great heat in the penis, and even inflam- 
mation and sloughing of the organ. Abortion is precipitated 
in the pregnant, and " heat " is hastened in the non- 
pregnant female. Stupor, coma, and collapse close the scene 
-after lethal doses. Twenty grains of cantharides have killed 
a man ; forty, a dog ; and one drachm has destroyed a horse. 

The treatment includes the use of emetics or the stomach 
pump ; opium, to relieve pain and strangury ; albuminous, 
33QUcilaginous drinks ; and, in collapse, external heat, alco- 
holic stimulants, strychnine and atropine under the skin. 
Oils and fats dissolve cantharidin and must not be given in 
poisoning as demulcents. 

Posf-Mortem Appearances. — Swelling, congestion, ecchy- 
moses, and erosion of the gastro-intestinal mucous membrane 
are observed after death by cantharides. There are, more- 
over, lesions of acute nephritis and cystitis, with inflam- 
mation of the whole genito-urinary mucous membrane. 
EyperaBmia of the brain and spinal cord have also been 
reported. 

Uses External. — Cantharides is employed more frequently 
than any other counter-irritant, to cause blistering, in veter- 
inary practice. The reader is referred to the section on 
counter-irritants (p. 696) for an account of their actions. 
The action of cantharides is too tardy and irritating, and 
there is too much danger of absorption and poisoning to 
recommend it for the production of counter-irritation over 
am extensive area (chest and abdomen) in acute pulmonary 
congestion, pneumonia, bronchitis, colic, enteritis and 
peritonitis. Mustard, turpentine, and external heat are 
generally preferable in these disorders. 

A blister of cantharides is serviceable in pericarditis 
and pleuritis with effusion, and, applied over the throat in 
severe, acute laryngitis, may obviate the necessity of tracheo- 



646 AGENTS OF ANIMAL OEIGIN 

tomy. Again, blisters are useful on the poll in inflammation 
of the brain and its membranes ; and over the spine in 
myelitis and meningitis ; over the lumbar region in para- 
. plegia. 

A cantharidal application is often efficacious in muscular 
or joint rheumatism when placed over the affected area, or 
near by, in acute conditions. Furthermore, a cantharidea 
blister is of advantage in acute diseases of the ear, whea 
rubbed in above and behind this organ ; and will relieve 
pain in the stomach, and vomiting when applied to th& 
epigastrium. 

Cantharides is the remedy usually employed in th& 
treatment of diseases of the bones, joints, bursse, ligaments,, 
and tendons. IJn exostoses, .as spavin and ringbone, the 
ointment is used most effectively after the actual cautery, to- 
secure absorption and resolution, or anchylosis. Cantharidal 
ointment is often sufficient, together with complete rest, in 
the treatment of synovitis, and strains of tendons and liga- 
ments. A cantharides blister is, sometimes, beneficial in 
hastening the formation of abscess, (" strangles "); or to aid 
their resolution after paracentesis ; also to stimulate indolent 
ulcers or wounds ; and to assist absorption of traumatic 
indurations, when applied around these lesions. The actual 
cautery, followed by a cantharides blister, will cause swell- 
ing and close the opening in the abdominal parietes of small 
umbilical hernias of foals and calves. 

Likewise, blisters are valuable in closing and sealing 
punctured wounds into joints and synovial cavities. Can- 
tharides is commonly employed in ointment (1 to 4-8) mad© 
by melting and mixing the excipients in a double boiler ; 
i.e., over a water bath, and stirring in thoroughly the 
powdered drug. The following is a good preparation : 

Pulv. Cantharidis. 

Cerae flav aa§ ii. 

Adipis 1 xiv. 

M. 

S. External use. 



CANTH ABIDES 617 

More powerful ointmeuts are made with powdered euphoi- 
biiim and cautliarides, each 2 parts; corrosive sublimate, 1 
part ; vaseline. 8 parts ; cerate, 12 parts ; or, 

Tar and resin, each 4 parts ; yellow wax, fS parts ; cotton- 
seed oil, 10 parts ; powdered euphorbium, 2 parts ; canthar- 
ides, 6 parts. 

The technique of blistering consists in cutting the hair 
and washing the part to be blistered, and rubbing the 
blister loug and thoroughly into the skin. The animal should 
be controlled by tying up the head, or using a cradle, or 
side-bar attached to the halter and surcingle, to prevent 
horses from biting the blistered area. The tail should be 
tied up if the blister is applied within its reach. Dogs 
should be muzzled, but are apt to rub the. sore spot. The 
serum discharged from the blister must be continually 
sponged off with soap suds and water, to prevent excoriation 
of the subadjacent skin, or the latter may be covered with a 
solution of resin iu alcohol, by means of a brush. 

The blister is washed off in 36 or 48 hours after its 
application, and vaseline should thereafter be kept on the 
part. The use of cantharidal blisters is contraindicated in 
weak or young animals ; on the flexures of joints ; or deli- 
cate skin on the inner aspect of the upper part of the limbs ; 
on acutely inflamed areas ; and in renal disease. 

Uses Internal. — Cantharides is rarely administered 
internally. It is sometimes successful in stopping incon- 
tinence of urine, when due to relaxation of the neck of the 
bladder, and it may be used as a stimulant in chrouic 
cystitis and pyelitis. Cantharides is recommended to 
increase sexual desire in cows and mares, but it has usually 
to be given in toxic doses to produce an aphrodisiac action. 
The tincture should be employed when the drug is exhibited 
internally. 



648 ' age::ts of animal orjGiN 

Adeis, Laid. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Adeps prpeparatus, B.P.; axnngia, axuii;;i:i. 
porci s.porcina, prepared Jard, hog's lard, E.; axonge, giai^^ ^ 
de pore, Fr.; scliweiueschmalz, G.; adeps suillus, P.G. 

The prepared internal fat of the abtlomen of Siis Scrofa 
Linne (class Mammalia; order Pachyderm ata), piirified by- 
washing with water, melting, and straining. 

Froperties. — A soft, white, unctuous solid, having a faint 
odor free from rancidity, and a bland taste ; insoluble in 
water ; slightly soluble in alcohol ; readily soluble in ether, 
chloroform, carbon disulphide, or benzin. Spec. gr. about 
0.932. 

PREPARATIONS, 

Ceratum. Cerate. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Cerat simple, Fr. ; einf aches cerat, wachssalbe, G. 
White wax, 300; lard, 700. 

Unguentum. Ointment. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Unguentum simplex, B.P. ; simple ointment, E.; 
pommade simple, Fr. ; wachssalbe, G. Lard, 8u0 ; yellow wax, SOD. 
<U. S. P.) 

Ceratum Resince. (Seep. 506.) 
Adeps Benzoinatus, (See p. 512- ) 

Sevum. Suet. 

Synonym. — Sevum prseparatum, B.P.; mutton suet, E.; 
suif, Fr.; talg, hammeltalg, G.; sebum, P.G. 

The internal fat of the abdomen of Ovis aries Linne 
(class Mammalia ; order Ruminantia), puiified by melting 
and straining. 

Froperties. — A white, solid fat, nearly inodorous, and 
having a bland taste when fresh, but becoming rancid on 
prolonged exposure to the air. Insoluble in water or cold 
alcohol ; soluble in about 60 parts of ether, and slowly in 2 
parts of benzin. 

Constitiients. — 1, olein ; 2, stearin ; 3^ palmitin ; 4, hircin. 



HYDROUS WOOL FAT 649 

Adeps Lan^ Hydrosus. Hydrous Wool Fat. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Lanolin, oesypum. 

Tlie purified fat of the wool of slieep (Ovis aries, Linne ; 
class Mammalia ; order Ruminautia), mixed with not more 
than 30 per cent, of water. 

Properties. — A 3'ello wish-white, or nearly white ointment- 
like mass, havinoj a faint, peculiar odor. Insoluble in water, 
but miscible with twice its weight of the latter, without 
losing its ointment-like character. 

Constituents. — 1, cliolesterin, CogH^j (OH); 2, ethers of 
oleic, stearic, palmitic and other acids. 

ACTION AND USE OF LARD, SUET, AND HYDROUS WOOL FAT. 

Lard is used mainly as a basis of ointments and cerates. 
Benzoin is commonly added to it to prevent or retard ran- 
cidity. Lard is inferior to petrolatum as a lubricant. It is 
rarely given internally as an antidote to caustic alkalies, and 
as a demulcent. 

Suet is contained in certain ointments and plasters. It 
is harder than lard and becomes rancid on prolonged 
exposure. Lanolin is not subject to rancidity, but possesses 
no particular medicinal action. It is indicated where 
absorption of some drug is desired (mercury, potassium 
iodide) by inunction, as it is believed to be more readily 
absorbed from the skin than any other fat. Lanolin is used 
as a basis of ointments. 



Cera Flava. Yellow Wax. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cera citrina, beeswax, B.P.; cire jaune, Fr.; 
gelbes wachs, G. 

A peculiar, concrete substance prepared by Apis melli- 
£ca Linne (class Insecta ; order Hymenoptera). 

Properties. — A yellowish to brownish-yellow solid, 
laving an agreeable, honey-like odor, and faint, balsamic 



650 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

taste. Spec. gr. 0.955-0.967. It is brittle when cold; by tlia 
beat of the hand it becomes plastic. Insoluble in alcohol ; 
sparingly soluble in cold alcohol, but completely soluble in 
ether, chloroform, fixed and volatile oils. 

Constituents. — 1, myricin or myrical palmitate (CjoHgi, 
CisHgiOo), a spermaceti-like substance ; 2, cerin or cerotic 
acid (CjiH^^Oa), an imperfectly saponifiable waxy body ; 3, 
hydrocarbons (C^tHsb and Ca^gJ; 4, an alcohol (CjsHs^O) ; 5, 
ceryl alcohol (CjjHsgO). 



Cera Alba. White Wax. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Cire blanche, Fr.; weisses wachs, G. 

Yellow wax, bleached by exposure to air, light and 
moisture. 

Properties. — A yellowish-white solid, somewhat trans- 
lucent in thin layers, having a slightly rancid odor, and aa 
insipid taste. Spec. gr. 0.965-0.975. Solubility and com- 
position the same as those of yellow wax. 

Uses. — Yellow and white wax are used as bases for 
plasters, ointments and cerates, since they do not decompose 
nor melt at the temperature of the body. 

Cetaceum. Spermaceti. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A |)eculiar, concrete, fatty substance, obtained from (the 
sperm whale) Physeter macrocephalus Linne (class Mam- 
malia ; order Cetacea). 

Habitat. — Indian and Pacific Oceans. 

Properties. — White, somewhat translucent, slightly 
unctuous masses of a scaly-crystalline fracture and a pearly 
lustre ; odorless, and having a bland, mild taste. It becomes 
yellow and rancid by exposure to the air. Spec. gr. about 
0.945. Insoluble in water, nearly so in cold alcohol ; soluble 
in ether, chloroform, carbon disulphide. fix^d and volatile 
oils. ! 



HONEY 651 

I 

Constituents.— 1, chiefly a fat, cetin or cetyl palmitate 
(CieHggCielljiO,), composed of cetylic alcohol (CigHjjOH) and. 
palmitic acid (HCigHjiOo); 2, sperm oil, a small quantity. 

PREPARATION. 

Ceratuvi Cefacei. Spermaceti Cerate. (U. S. P.) 
Spermaceti, 100; white wax, 350 ; olive oil, 550. Made by melting^ 
and mixing. 

Unguentum Cetacei. (B. P.) 

Action and Uses. — Spermaceti resembles wax. It is used 
as an emollient and as a basis for plasters, ointments, and. 
cerates. It is rarely used alone. 

Mel. Honey. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Miel, Fr.; honig, G. 

A saccharine secretion deposited in the honeycomb by 
Apis mellifica Linne (class lusecta ; order Hymenoptera). 

Properties. — A syrupy liquid of a bright yellowish to a 
pale-yellowish-brown color ; translucent when fresh, but 
gradually becoming opaque and crystalline ; having a char- 
acteristic, aromatic odor, and a sweet, faintly acrid taste. 
Nearly soluble in water. 

Constituents. — 1, grape sugar (dextrose); 2, fruit sugar 
(glucose); 3, a volatile oil ; 4, wax ; 5, formic acid, a trace. 
Fresh honey contains sucrose or cane sugar, which is changed 
into grape and fruit sugars. 

PREPARATION. 

Mel Despumatum. Clarified Honey. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Mel depuratuni, B.P.; P.G.; miel despume, mellite 
simple, Fr. ; gereinigter honig, G. 

Derivation. — Melt honey with two per cent, of its weight of paper- 
pulp in water bath ; skim, strain, and add five per cent, of its weight of 
glycerin. 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

*. . . 

Honey is employed as an excipient in electuaries and 

confections. It is a demulcent and mild laxative for young 



652 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

animals. Oxymel (clarified lioney, 8 parts ; water and acetic 
acid, each 1 part) is a soothing preparation for the throat. 



Saccharum Lactis. ' Sugar of Milk. (Ci2H220n + H„0.) 
(U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Lactose, lactin, milk sugar, E.; sucre de lait, 
^r.; milchz acker, G. 

A peculiar, crystalline sugar obtained from the whey of 
cows' milk, by evaporation, and purified by recrystallization. 

Properties. — White, hard, crystalline masses, yielding a 
^white powder, feeling gritty on the tongue; odorless, and 
having a faintly sweet taste. Permanent in the air. Soluble 
in about 6 parts of water ; insoluble in alcohol, ether, or 
chloroform. 

Dose. — Ad lib. 

Uses. — Sugar of milk is less soluble and therefore less 
sweet than cane sugar. It is harder, and thus assists in the 
subdivision of drugs, and serves as a vehicle in the making 
of powders and triturates. It also forms the basis of homoeo- 
pathic preparations. 

Sugar of milk is a considerable diuretic and may be 
given to dogs in 2 to 4 drachm doses daily, in solution in the 
drinking water, for dropsy of renal or cardiac origin. 

Pepsinum. Pepsin. (U. S. & B. P.) 

A proteolytic ferment or enzyme obtained from the 
glandular layer of fresh stomachs from healthy pigs, and 
capable of digesting not less than 3000 times its own weight 
of freshly coagulated and disintegrated egg albumin. 

Derivation. — The chopped mucous membrane of a pig's 
stomach is macerated for several days in a weak, aqueous 
solution of hydrochloric acid, with frequent stirring. The 
pepsin is precipitated from this solution by the addition of 
sodium chloride and rises to thei surface. The floating mix- 



PEPSIN 653 

ture is skimmed off, drained, pressed and dried. Sometimes 
the surface of tlie clean mucous membranes of the stomach 
of pigs, calves, or sheep is simply scraped off and dried. 

Properties. — A fine, white, or yellowish-white, amorphous 
powder, or thin, pale yellow or yellowish, transparent or 
translucent grains or scales, free from any offensive odor, 
and having a mildly acidulous or slightly saline taste, 
usually followed by a suggestion of bitterness. It slowly 
attracts moisture when exposed to the air. Soluble, or for 
the most part soluble, in about 100 parts of water, with more 
or less opalescence ; more soluble in water acidulated with 
hydrochloric acid ; insoluble in alcohol, ether or chloroform. 

Dose. — D., Calves and Foals, gr.x.-3i. (.6-4.). 

PREPARATION. 

Pepsinum saccharatum (pepsin, 1; sugar of milk, 9) is a weak pre- 
paration of little value. 

Action and Uses. — Pepsin is of some value in the treat- 
ment of dogs and young animals. It assists the digestion of 
proteids in the stomach, but has no action on fat or carbo- 
hydrates of the food. The drug should usually be given 
along with hydrochloric acid, which converts any pepsinogen, 
in the gastric tubules, into pepsin. Pepsin contains the 
unorganized digestive ferment of the gastric juice, but is not 
by any means the pure ferment, which has never been 
isolated. 

Much of the commercial pepsin is inert, or is composed 
largely of mucus, albumin and peptone, which later gives the 
preparation a musty odor and causes it to absorb moisture 
when exposed to the air, and to become sticky. 

Pepsin is serviceable in gastric indigestion of young 
animals, which is sometimes accompanied by diarrhoea, and 
in dyspepsia and feeble digestion caused by acute illness. 
Its use must not be long persisted in, as the normal 
functions of the stomach will fail from lack of use. 
Pepsin is administered in pill, or solution with hydrochloric 
acid. 



654 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

Pancreatinum. Pancreatin. (U. S. P,) 

Synonym. — Zjmine, B.P. 

A mixture of the enzymes naturally existing in tlie pan- 
creas of warm-blooded animals, usually obtained from tlie 
fresli pancreas of the hog (Sus Scrofa Linne ; class Mam- 
malia ; order Pachydermata). 

Derivation. — Chopped hog's pancreas is macerated in a 
dilute aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid for 48 hours, 
and pancreatin, which is separated by adding a saturated 
solution of sodium chloride, rises to the surface and is 
skimmed off, drained, washed, and when nearly dry, is 
diluted with sugar of milk until 10 grains will exactly 
emulsify 2 drachms of cod-liver oil. 

Proj^erties. — A yellowish, yellowish-white or grayish, 
amorphous powder; odorless, or having a faint, peculiar, 
not unpleasant odor, and a somewhat meat-like taste. Slowly 
and almost completely soluble in water ; insoluble in alcohol. 

Dose. — D., gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). ' 

Action and Uses. — Pancreatin fulfils a fourfold function 
by virtue of the four ferments contained in it. It digests 
proteids by means of the ferment, trypsin; it decomposes 
and emulsifies fat owing to the ferment, steapsin; it converts 
starch into sugar by reason of the ferment, amylopsin ; it 
coagulates milk through the action of a milk-curdling fer- 
ment. Pancreatin is thus more useful than pepsin on account 
of its more extended actions. 

It does not digest food in an acid medium, but may aid 
digestion in the stomach, before much gastric juice has been 
secreted, during the first half hour after the ingestion of 
food. Pancreatin acts more efficiently in intestinal indiges- 
tion because of the presence of an alkaline secretion. For 
this reason pancreatin is commonly prescribed with sodium 
bicarbonate, and, if given for intestinal indigestion, it is 
administered in pill or tablet to dogs one or two hours after 
feeding. It is indicated in diarrhoea, when the fsecal move- 



OXGALL 655 

ments contain particles of undigested food, and in other 
forms of deficient digestion due to general disease. Pan- 
oreatin is more especially valuable to digest food previous to 
its administration by the mouth or rectum (see Artificial 
Feeding, p. 694.) For this purpose a good preparation can be 
made extemporaneously by washing and cutting up a fresh 
pig's pancreas, soaking it in absolute alcohol for 24 hours, 
23ressing out the alcohol, macerating it in ten times its weight 
of glycerin for 48 hours, and filtering. The filtered glycerin 
extract is added in the proportion of 3 i. to the pint of warm 
milk, with a little sodium bicarbonate, to artificially digest it. 

Fel Bovis. Oxgall. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Fel tauri, inspissated oxgall, E. 

The fresh bile of Bos Taurus Linne (class Mammalia ; 
order Ruminantia). 

Properties. — A brownish-green or dark green, somewhat 
viscid liquid, having a peculiar, unpleasant odor, and a dis- 
agreeable, bitter taste. Spec. gr. 1.018 to 1.028. It is 
neutral, or has a slightly alkaline reaction. 

Dose. — D.,gr.v.-xv. (.3-1.). 

PREPARATION. 

Fel Bovis Purificatum. Purified Oxgall. (U. S. P.) 

Synonym. — Fel bovinum purificatum, B.P.; fiel de boeuf purifie, 
Fr.; gereinigte ochsengalle (rindsgalle) , G. 

Evaporate oxgall, 300, to 100; add alcohol, 100. The alcohol is dis- 
tilled otf from the decanted and filtered solution, and the remainder 
evaporated to pilular consistence. 

Properties. — A yellowish-green, soft solid, having a peculiar odor 
and a partly sweet and partly bitter taste. Very soluble in water and 
alcohol. 

Dose. — Same as for oxgall. 

Action and Uses. — Purified oxgall contains all the active 
elements of bile, — biliary acids, coloring matter and choles- 
terin. One part of oxgall represents about fifteen parts of 
bile. Oxgall is a laxative, and substitute for deficiency in 



656 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

the normal biliary secretion. It is also an intestinal antisep- 
tic. Oxgall is indicated in constipation with pale-colored 
faeces. It interferes with gastric digestion and should be 
given to dogs in pills some hours after meals. Twenty 
grains dissolved in an ounce or two of water may be given 
with advantage to dogs (in enema) for chronic constipation 
with impacted faeces. 

Papain. (Non-official.) 

Syyionym. — Papayotine, papaya, papayine, papoid. 

A digestive ferment obtained from the juice of the 
unripe fruit of Carica papaya (Papaw), an herbaceous tree 
growing in the East and West Indies. Papain or papayotine 
are often used to describe the dried juice itself, which exists 
in the form of a powder similar to that of gum arable. The 
ferment is precipitated with alcohol, from the juice, and 
albuminoid matters are removed by basic lead acetate. 
Papain occurs in the form of a white, or grayish-white, nearly 
tasteless powder, soluble in glycerin and water. Papain is 
said to digest both proteids and carbohydrates, in either an 
acid or alkaline medium, and is recommended in gastric or 
intestinal indigestion in pill or powder. It has also been 
used to destroy pyogenic membrane of fistulas and abscess, 
in 5 per cent, solution ; or tumors and malignant growths, 
injected into the tissues in 10 per cent, solution. This latter 
use is accompanied by pain and febrile temperature,^ 
although the substance is said to merely dissolve diseased 
tissues without caustic effect. Papain may be given to dogs, 
foals, or calves in doses of gr.ii.-x. (.l'2-.6). Its exact thera- 
peutic value has yet to be determined. 

Oleum Morrhu^. Cod Liver Oil. (U. S. & B. P.) 

Synonym. — Oleum jecoris ascelli, P.G.; oleum hepatis 
morrhuae, cod oil, E.; liuile de morue, huile de foie de mo rue, 
Pr.; leberthran, stockfischleberthran, G. 



COD LIVER OIL G57 

A fixed oil obtained from fresh livers of Gadus Morr- 
linae Liune and other species of Gadus (class Pisces ; order 
Teleostei ; family Gadidse). 

Habitat. — North Atlantic Ocean. 

Properties. — A pale-yellow, thin, oily liquid, having a 
peculiar, slightly fishy, but not rancid odor, and a bland, 
slightly fishy taste. Spec. gr. 0.920-0.925. Scarcely soluble 
in alcohol, but readily soluble in ether, chloroform or carbon 
disulphide ; also in 2.5 parts of acetic ether. Brown oils are 
not desirable therapeutically. 

Constituents. — 1, glycerin oleate, 70 per cent.; 2, palmitin 
and stearin, 25 per cent.; 3, oleic, margaric, palmitic, stearic, 
butyric and acetic acids, in small quantities ; 4, biliary 
matter, as cholic, fellinic aud bilifellinic acids ; 5, gaduin 
{C^Jl.S^g); 6, morrhuol, a ciystalliue substance containing 
iodine, phosphorus and bromine ; 7, traces of iron, lime, and 
magnesia; 8, decomposition products or cadaveric alkaloids, 
in brown oils. 

Dose.—YL. & C, l ii.-iv. (60.-120.) ; Sh. & Sw., 3 ss.-i. 
(15.-30); D. & C, 3i.-iii. (4.-12.). 

Action Internal. — Cod liver oil resembles other oils in 
aiding nutrition, the accumulation of fat, and the mainten- 
ance of bodily heat, but surpasses them in three particulars : 
1, cod liver oil is more easily absorbed ; this has been 
proven comparatively by injecting various oils into separate 
ligated portions of the living animal bowel ; 2, cod liver oil 
is more readily oxidized after absorption ; this is shown by^ 
i/tj^i lact that It reduces and therefore changes the color of 
potassium permanganate solutions more quickly than other 
oils; 3, cod liver oil increases the number of red blood 
coririKscles in anaemia ; this has been demonstrated by blood- 
con a^. but not l)y comparison with the effect of other oils. 
Til "MSH of jibsorption is thought by some to be due to 
'•' ^' p'-iic iiiios which aid the diffusion of substances 
t rh ;i, itMii-ous iiiHmhraue (osmosis) when the latter is 

" ' ' ' 't^ ; '>y others it is attributed to the presence 

u fi,.' oil wiii. h would tend to saponify and 



058 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

emulsify tlie drug. The medicinal superiority of cod liver 
oil lias led many writers to classify it as an alterative, and 
special properties liave been referred to the minute traces of 
iodine, phosphorus, and bromine in the oil. These agents 
exist in too infinitesimal an amount to exert much therapeu- 
tic action. 

It is probable that no one constituent, or group of con- 
stituents, yet separated from the oil truly represent its 
medicinal efifect. Cod liver oil is inferior to other oils in one 
respect, however, and this consists in its liability to cause 
nausea, indigestion, diarrhoea and vomiting, in large doses 
iind in some patients. 

Administration. — Cod liver oil may be given pure, or if 
this does not agree, it may be exhibited in various ways : 1, 
with an equal quantity of lime water and a little syrup ; 2, 
with ether (TTLx.), small animals ; 3 i- to large animals ; or 
with whiskey ; 3, shaken with white of an egg, or mucilage 
of tragacanth, and a few drops of oil of peppermint ; 4, to 
dogs, in one of the proprietary emulsions, or with malt 
extract. The oil should be given after feeding and adminis- 
tration begun with the smaller doses as recommended above. 

Uses. — Cod liver oil is indicated generally in conditions 
of malnutrition occurring primarily; in the course of chronic 
diseases ; or following acute diseases. It is especially indi- 
cated in diseases of the respiratory tract, when it improves 
the nutrition of the mucous membranes, as well as the 
general nutrition. Thus cod liver oil is one of the best 
remedies in tardy convalescence from canine distemper; 
from influenza, bronchitis, pneumonia and strangles in horses; 
also in " heaves," emphysema, or broken wind in horses. 
Carron oil is cheaper and very efficient in the latter disorder, 
given on the food. 

Cod liver oil is valuable in the treatment of chronic bron- 
chitis, chronic eczema, and chorea of dogs ; and in rickets, 
anaemia, weakness, and emaciation in all young animals. It 
often proves curative in various forms of muscular and 
chronic articular rheumatism, and facilitates the absorptioa 



ICTHYOL 659 

of chronically enlarged glands. The use of cod liver oil is 
contra-indicated in hot weather, and in animals suffering 
from indigestion or acute diarrhoea. It is often beneficial, 
liowever, in chronic diarrhoea. 

Linseed oil, oil cake, and cottonseed meal may often be 
conveniently and properly substituted for cod liver oil, in. 
the case of the larger patients ; while morrhuol (gr.iii. = 1 
teaspoonful cod liver oil?) given in pills, or lipanin (oleic 
acid, 6 ; olive oil, 100) may be exhibited in drachm doses to 
-dogs when cod liver oil does not agree. 

IcTHYOLUM. Icthyol. (Non-official.) 

Synonym. — Ammonium icthyol sulphonate. 

Derivation. — A bituminous quartz occurring in the Tyrol 
Mountains, containing the fossil remains of fish, is distilled 
with strong sulphuric acid, and sulphurous acids are removed 
from the distillate by sodium chloride, while sulphonic acid 
separates out. The latter is usually saturated with ammonia, 
forming icthyol ; but similar preparations are made by the 
combination of sulphonic acid with sodium, lithium and 
zinc. 

Properties. — A thick, dark, reddish-brown liquid, of a 
tarry consistency, and possessing a peculiar, disagreeable 
odor, and hot, bituminous taste. It is soluble in water, 
glycerin, alcohol, benzol, fats and fixed oils. 

Constituents. — Icthyol contains about 10 per cent, of 
sulphur ; also an inseparable volatile oil, to which its dis-» 
iigreeable odor is due. 

Action and Uses. — Icthyol is one of the most widely use- 
ful drugs recently introduced into medicine. It is particu- 
larly valuable in the treatment of acute and chronic diseases 
of the skin and subadjacent tissues, accompanied with 
inflammation, pain, swelling, and induration ; also in epider- 
mal proliferation. Icthyol is supposed to readily permeate 
the skin, and there act to relieve inflammation and pain, and 
a,id resolution. It is one of the most successful remedies ia 



660 AGENTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN 

chronic eczema, psoriasis, and urticaria ; in erysipelas 
muscular and articular rheumatic disorders ; and in bruised 
and strained muscles, tendons, and ligaments. 

The drug has proved of great worth in the treatment of 
frost bites, burns, and in causing absorption of lymphatic 
enlargements. Icthyol is recommended as a cure for sarcop- 
tic mange and scab. It is doubtful whether the drug is an 
antiseptic, but is stimulant, anodyne, and resolvent, locally* 
Icthyol is most satisfactorily applied to the unbroken skin 
in ointment, with lanolin or lard, 25 to 50 per cent. Solu- 
tions in water, glycerin, oils or alcohol, are sometimes 
employed of various strengths. Icthyol is rarely given 
internally for chronic rheumatism. 

Thiol is a substitute for icthyol, lacking the unpleasant 
odor of the latter medicament. Thiol is derived from brown- 
colored paraffin or gas-oils, by a complicated process, and. 
consists of a mixture of sulphuretted hydrocarbons. The 
drug exists in two forms : 1, thiolum liquidum, a thin,, 
brownish-black liquid, soluble in water and glycerin; 2, 
thiolum siccum, occurring in lustrous scales. Thiol is. 
cheaper than icthyol and is said to be as efficacious as the 
latter. This remains to be proved. Liquid thiol is employed. 
in 10 per cent, aqueous solution or in ointment ; and thiolum 
siccum in powder, dusted on inflamed parts, as in acut& 
moist eczema. 



DOSES OF DRUGS. 



In the following table three doses are usually given for 
<each drug. The first dose is for horses and cattle, in both the 
apothecaries' and metric systems of weights and measures. 
The second dose is for sheep and swine, in both the apothe- 
caries' and metric systems of weights and measures. The 
third dose is for dogs (and also cats) in both the apothecaries' 
and metric systems of weights and measures. 

Letters are used to signify the name of the animal for 
-which the dose is intended. Thus : H., Horses; C, Cattle ; 
Sh., Sheep ; Sw., Swine ; D., Dogs (which also includes cats 
in most cases). 

The following abbreviations are also employed : lb. 
pound ; pt., pint; oz., ounce ; dr., drachm ; m., minim ; gr., 
grain ; gm., gram ; cc, cubic centimeter. These doses are 
suitable for animals of average weight. 

Dose Table. 

AcETANiLm.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 
D., gr. 3-7 (gm. .2-.5). 

ACETUM Oph.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-90.) Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3). 

Acid, Arsenous.— H. & C, gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2); single dose, gr. 5-10 
(gm. .B-.6). Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06.12). D., gr. ^-^ (gm. 
.002-.006). 

Acid, Benzoic— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5.-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Acid, Boric— H., dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.15.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Acid, Carbolic— H. & C, gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 5-10 
(gm. .3-.6). D., gr. i-1 (gm. .03-.06). 

Acid, Citric— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Acid, Gallic— H. & C, dr. 2-4. (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 

2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 
Acid, Hydriodic (syrup of).— D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 



€62 DOSE TAELE 

J^ciD, Hydrochloric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 {cc 4.-8.). C. dr. 2-4 (cc.8.- 
15.). Sh. & Sw., m. 15-20 (cc. 1-1.3). Sw. & D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Acid, Hydrocyanic (dilute).— H. & C, m. 20-40 (cc. 1.8-2.6). Sh.^ 
m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). Sw., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3). D., m. 1-3 (cc. .06-.3). 

Acid, Lactic— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Acid, Nitric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc.4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4(8.-15.). Sh., dr. 
1-1 (cc. 2.-4). Sw. & D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Acid, Nitrohydrochloric. — H., m. 20-40 (cc. 1.3-2.6). D., m. 3-& 

(cc. .2-.3). 
Acid, Nitrohydrochloric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 

(cc. 8.-15.). Sh., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 5-30 (.3-2.). 

Acid, Phosphoric (dilute). — H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (cc 8.- 
15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-30 (.3-2.). 

Acid, Salicylic— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8 30). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). 
Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Acid, Sulphuric (dilute).— H., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.- 
15.). Sh., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sw. & D., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). 

Acid, Sulphuric, Aromatic — H. , dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). C, dr. 2. -4. 
(cc. 8.-15.). Sh., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). Sw. & D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Acid, Sulphurous.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. l-» 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Acid, Tannic— H. & C, dr. |-4 (gm. 2.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. ^-1 (gm. 2.- 
4.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.). 

Acid, Tartaric— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.) D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Aconite.— H., gr. 3-20 (gm. .2-1.3). D., gr. xV-2 (gm. .006-.12). 

Aconite, Extract of Leaves.— H., gr. 3-6 (gn?- .2-.4). D., gr. |-1 (gm. 

.03-.06). 
Aconite, Extract of.— H., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2)- D., gr. Jg-i (gm. .006- 

.01.5). 
Aconite, Fluid Extract of.— H., m. 3-20 (cc. .2-1.3). D., m. Jg-2: 

(cc. .006-.12). 
Aconite, Tincture of.— H., m. 5-40 (cc. .3-''^.6). C, dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Sh. & Sw., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). D., m. i-5 (cc. .03-.3). (See p. 459.) 

AcoNiTiNE Nitrate (Squibb). — H., gr. gV (gm. .002). D., gr. ^g-f^* 

(gm. .0003-.0006). 
Adrenalin Solution.— (By mouth), H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., 

ni 10-60 (cc. 0.6-4.). 
Aloes.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh., oz. i-t 

(gm. 15.-30.). Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15-). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). 



D08E TABLE 663 

ALOiN.-ir. & C, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 2-20 (gm. .12-1.3). 

Alum.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20.-60. (gm. 1.3-4.). 
D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Emetic, dr. 1 (gm. 4). 

Ammonia, Aromatic Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw.^ 
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. M (cc. 2.-4.) 

A3IMONIA, Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. +-1 (cc. 15.30.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 1-2 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

Ammonia, Water of.— H. & C, oz. +-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

Ammonia, Stronger Water of.— H. & C, dr. .2-6. (cc. 8.-24.). Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). 

Ammoniacum.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 
8.-15.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.) 

Ammoniacum, Emulsion of.— D., oz. |-1 (cc. 15-30.). 

Ammonium, Solution of Acetate.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D,, 

dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30.). 
Ammonium Benzoate. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5 15(gm. .3-1.). 

Ammonium Carbonate.— H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C, dr. 3-6 (gm. 12.-24), 
Sh. & Sw., gr. 15.-40. (gm. 1.-2.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 
Emetic, D., gr. 15 (gm. 1). 

Ammonium Chloride.— H., dr. 2 (gm. 8.). C. , dr. 3-6 (gm. 12.-24.) 
Sh. &Sw., gr. 15-40 (gm. 1.-2.6). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

Ammonium Valerianate.— D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Amyl Nitrite.— H., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3), by 

inhalation. 
Anise.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). 

D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Anise, Oil of.— H., m. 20-30 (cc. 1-3-2.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 
Anise, Spirit of.— D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sw., 

emetic, gr. 4-10 (gm. .24-.6). D., gr. -^-i (gm. .006-.03). Emetic, 

D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 
Antimony, Wine of. — D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.) 
Antipyrin.— H. & C, dr. 3-4 (gm. 12.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1 (gm. 4). 

D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 
Antistreptococcus Serum. — H., 20-50 cc. 
Antitoxins, Tetanus. — H., 20 cc. (See p. 742.) 
Apomorphine Hydrochlorate.— D., emetic subcutaneously, gr. ^-^ 

(gm. .002-.006); by mouth, gr. i-J (gm. .008-.012). D., expectorant, 

gr- 4^-^ (gm- .0015-.0024). 



664 DOSE TABLE 

Areca Nut.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-B0.). Lamb, dr. 1 (gm. 4.). D., gr. 
15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). Fowl, gr. 10 (gm. .6). 

Areca, Fluid Extract of. — Dose eaire as nut. 

Arecoline Hydrobromate. — H. & C, gr. |-1| (gm. .04-.1), subcutane- 

ously. 
Arnica Flowers.— H. &C., oz. ^-1 (gm. 15.-80.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 

1.3). 

Arnica Flowers, Tincture of. — H. & C, oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., m. 15-40 
(cc. 1-2.6). 

Arnica Root.— H. & C, oz. l-l (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Arnica Root, Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, (oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.) D., m. 
10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). 

Arnica Root, Tmcture of.— H. & C, dr. 4 (cc. 15.). D., m. 7-20 (cc. .5- 

1.3). 
Arnica Root, Tincture of (B. P.)— H. & C, oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). D., 

dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Arsenic. — See Acid, Arsenous. 

Arsenic, Fowler's Solution of.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .13-.6). 

Asafetida.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.- 
8.). D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

Asafetida, Emulsion of.— D., oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.) 

Asafetida, Pill. — D., (1.-4.). 

Asafetida, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. f-1 
(cc. 2.-4.). 

ASPIDIUM, Fluid Extract of (B. P.).— H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh. 
& Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

AspiDiUM, Oleoresin of.— H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.-24.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 
1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Atropine Sulphate.— H., gr. 1-U (gm. .06-.09). C, gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 
Sh. & Sw., gr. ^Vi^ (gm. .004-.005). D., gr. V0-3V (gm. .0005-.002). 
Average dose, D., gr. ^^^ (gm. .0006). 

Balsam of Peru.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 
(cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.) 

Barium Chloride. — H., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). Intertracheally, gr. 7-15 
(gm. .5-1.). 

Belladonna, Alcoholic Extract of Leaves.— H. & C, gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 
1.3). Sh. & Sw., gr. 2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. H (gm. .008-.03). 



DOSE TABLE 665 

Belladonna, Tincture of Leaves.— D., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). 

Belladonna Root, Fluid Extract of. — H., dr. 1.2 (cc. 4.-8.), C, dr. 

2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). Sli. & Sw., m. 10-15 (cc. .6-1.). D., m. 1-3 (cc. 

.06-.2). 
Benzoin, Tincture of.— H., oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.) 
Bismuth Salicylate.— D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Bismuth Subcarbonate. — H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. 

.6-2). 
Bismuth Subnitrate. — Dose same as subcarbonate. 

Brandy.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sli. &Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.), 
D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Buchu, Fluid Extract of.— H., oz.1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D.,m.5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Buckthorn (Rhamnus Catharticus) , Syrup of. — D.,oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). 
Cats, oz. 1-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

■Caffeine.— H., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). D., gr. |-3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Caffeine, Citrate of.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D. , gr. 1-6 (gm. .06-.36) . 

Calamus.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2.3 (gm. 8.- 
12.). D., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). 

<]!alamus, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Calamus. 

Calcium, Precipitated Carbonate of.— H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.), C, oz. 
2-4 (gm. 60.-120). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 

(gm. 6-4). 
Calcium ChloridIs.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15-30). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. 
.3-1.3). 

Oalcium, Lactophosphate, Syrup of. — Foals and Calves, oz. ^1 
(cc. 15,-30.), D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.) 

•Calcium, Precipitated Phosphate of.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8,-15.). C, oz. 

i-1 (gm, 15,-30.), Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. 

.3-1.3). 
'Calomel. — See Mercury. 

Calumba.— H, & C, oz. 1-1 (gm, 15.-30.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm.4.-8.). 
D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Calumba, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Calumba. 

Calumba, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4 
(cc. 4.-15.). 

<;amphor.-H.. dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-12.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. &Sw., 
gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.). D., gr. 3-20 (gm. .2-1.3). 

Camphor, Monobromated.— D., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-. 6). 

Camphor, Spirit of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30,-60.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 



66 G DOSE TABLE 

Cannabis Indica, Extract of. — H,, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. i-1 (gm^ 
.015-.06). 

Cannabis Indica, Fluid Extract of. — H., dr. 4-6 (cc. 15.-24.). D., m. 
3-10 (cc. .2-.6). 

Cannabis Indica, Tincture of.— D., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). 

CantharIdes.— H. & C, gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3}. Sh. & Sw., gr. 4-8 (gm. 
.24-.5). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Cantharides, Tincture of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-15 (cc- 
.12-1.). 

Capsicum.— H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr» 
1-8 (gm. .06-.48). 

Capsicum, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Capsicum. 

Capsicum, Oleoresin of.— H., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). C, dr.|-l (cc. 2.-4.). 

D., m. i-1 (cc. .015-.06). 

Capsicum, Tincture of .— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). C, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.-30.)^ 
D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Carbon Bisulphide. — H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). 

Cardamon.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.- 
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Cardamon, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same. (Non-official.) 

Cardamon, Compound Tincture of.— D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Cardamon, Tincture of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 

Cascara Sagrada. — D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Cascara Sagrada, Fluid Extract of.— D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Cascara Sagrada (Solid) Extract of,— D., gr. 2-8 (gm. .12-.5). 

Cascarilla.— H. & C, oz. ^-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.- 
8.). D.,gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Castor Oil.— H. & C , pt. 1 (cc. 500.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). 
D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Fowl, dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 

Catechu.— H., oz. l-l (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & 
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Catechu, Fluid Extract of. — (Non-official.) — Dose same as Catechu. 

Catechu, Compound Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, 
Calves and Sheep, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Cerium Oxalate.— D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-. 3). 

Chalk, Compound Powder of. — D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 



DOSE TABLE QQj 

Chalk Mixture.— D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). 

Chalk, Prepared.— H., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Charcoal (Wood, and animal, purified). — H. & C, oz. 1-8 (gm. 80.- 
60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). 

Chloral.-H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 
D.. gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Chloroform.— H. &C., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., m. 20-30 (co. 
1.3-2.). D., m. 2-20 (cc. .12-1.3). 

Chloroform, Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (30.-60.). Sh. «fe Sw., dr. 2-4 
(cc. 8.-15.). D., dr. i-\ (cc. 2.-4.) 

Cinchona Bark.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Cinchona, Compound Tincture of.— H., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 

i-4 (cc. 2.-15.). 
Cinchona, Extract of.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Cinchona, Fluid Extract of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 
30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., gr. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Cinchonine Sulphate, Tonic Dose. — H., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, 
dr. f-li (gm. 3.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .36-1.). D., gr. 1^-2^ 
(.1-.15). 

Cinchonine Sulphate, Antipyretic Dose. — H., dr. 2i-5 (gm. 10.-20.). 
Sh. & Sw., gr. 40-50 (gm. 2.6-3.3). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 

Cinchonidine Sulphate. — Dose same as Cinchonine Sulphate. 

Cocaine Hydrochlorate.— H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr A-f (gm. 

.008-.045). 

Cod Liver Oil.— H., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. &Sw., oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 
D., dr. 1-3 (cc. 4.-12.). 

Codeine.— D., gr. i-2 (gm. .015-.12). 

Colchicine.— H. & C, gr. i-i (gm. .01-.03). D., gr. ^^^-^ (gm. .0006- 

.0012). 
COLCHICUM Root.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 2.-8.). Sh., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6- 

1.3). Sw. & D., gr. 2.-8 (gm. .12-.5). 

COLCHICUM Root, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Colchicum. 

CoLcmcuivi Root, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.). D., m, 
10-30 (cc. .6-2.) 

COLcmcuM Root, Wine of.— H. & C, dr. 3-8 (cc. 12.-30.). D., m. 10-30^ 
(cc. .6-2.). 

CoLLARGOL (CoUoldal Silver) .—See p. 180. 



ggg DOSE TABLE 

COLOCYNTH. — ^D., gr. 3-8 (gm. .3-.5). ' 

-COLOCYNTHIN.— H., dr. |-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. J-l (gm. .015-.06). 

CONHNE Hydrobromate. — H & C, gr. f-U (gm. .045-. 1). Sh. & Sw., 
gr. i-l (gm. .012-.024). D., gr. J^-.l (g^. .001-.002). 

CONroM.— H. &C., dr. 1-2 (gm.-4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

CONIUM, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Conium. 

CONIUM, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 12-24 (gm. .72-1.5). Sh. & Sw., gr. 
. 2-4 (gm. .12-.24). D., gr. ^-1 (gm. .015-.06). 

CONVALLARIA, Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 
5-10 (cc. .3-.6). 

•Copper Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 
(gm. 1.8-2.6). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Emetic— D., gr. 6-20 (gm. 
.36-1.3). 

Corrosive Sublimate. — (See Mercury.) 

'Cotton Root Bark. — (See Gossypium.) 

Creasote.— H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C, dr. i-1 (cc. 3.-4.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 5.-15 (cc. .3-1.). D., m. i-2 (cc. .03-.12). 

■Creolin.— H. &C., dr. 1-3 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). Single 
dose as anthelmintic. H., oz. ^-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Croton Oil.— H., m. 15-30 (cc. 1.-2.). C, dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). Sh «fc Sw., 
m. 5-10 (cc. .3-.6). D., m. |-3 (cc. .03-.2). 

DiGiTALEiN.— H., gr. i-i (gm. .008-.015). D., gr. ji^ (gm. .0006). 

DiGiTALiN.— H., gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. Jg-Jg (gm. .001-.002). 

Digitalis.— H., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). C, dr. i-U (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. «fe 
Sw., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). D., gr. ^-3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Digitalis, Fluid Extract of.— Dose same as Digitalis. 

Digitalis, Extract of.— H., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). D., gr. ^i (gm. .008- 

.03). 
Digitalis, Infusion of.— H. «fe C, oz. 2-6 (cc. 60.-180.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 

i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Digitalis, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. ^ 
U (cc. 2.-6.). D., m. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.). 

Dover's Powder.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Dover's Powder, Liquid.— H., oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., m. 5-10 (cc. 

.3-. 6). 
Elaterin.— D., gr. ^-^^ (gm. .003-.005). 



DOSE TABLE 669- 

Ergot.-H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 
D., dr. 1-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 

Ergot, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Ergot. 

Ergot, Extract of (Ergotin).— H. & C, gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 
2-10 (gm. .12-.6). 

Ergot, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. i-2 (cc. 15.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-4 
(cc. 4.-15.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Eserlne. — (See Physostigmine.) 

Ether.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). 
D., m. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Ether, Spirit of, and Compound Spirit of . — H. &C., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 (cc. .6-4.). 

Ether, Nitrous, Spirit of (Sweet Spirit of Nitre). — H. & C, oz. 1-4 
(cc. 30.-120.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 10-60 (cc. 
.6-4.) 

Eucalyptus, Fluid Extract of.— H., oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-i>0.). D., dr. i-2 
(cc. 2.-8.). 

Eucalyptus, Oil of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Eucalyptol.— Dose same as Oil of Eucalyptus. 

Fennel.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). 
D.. gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). 

Fel Bovis. — (See Oxgall.) 

Fenugreek.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.- 
12.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Frangula, Fluid Extract of.— D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Gamboge.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-1^ (gm. 30.-45.). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Gaultheria, Oil of.— H. & C, dr. 2 oz.l (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i- 
2 (cc. 2.-8.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Gelsemine.— H., gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). D., gr. Jg-Jg (gm. .001-.003). 

Gelsemium.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Gelsemium, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Gelsemium. 

Gelsemium, Tincture of. — H., oz. ^2 (cc. 15.-60.). D., m. 15-60 

(cc. 1.-4.). 
Gentian.— H., oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &. 

Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Gentian, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Gentian. 



670 DOSE TABLE 

Oentian, Compound Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-4 (cc. 30.-130.). D., 

dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 
Ginger.— H., dr. 2-oz. 1 (gm. 8.-30.). C, oz. 1-4 (gm. 30.-120.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4-8). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 
Ginger, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Ginger. 
Glycerin.— H. & C, oz. 1 (cc. 30.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 
Glycyrrhiza, — (See Liquorice.) 

GOSSYPIUM Root, Fluid Extract of Bark of.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (cc. 15.- 
30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Granatum (Pomegranate).— D., dr. i-li (gm. 2.-6.). 

Gran ATI Radicis Cortex, Fluid Extract of. — D., dr. |-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

H^MATOXYLON, Extract of. — H. & C, dr. ^-4 (gm. 2.-15.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

H^matoxylon, Fluid Extract of. — H. & C, oz. |-1| (cc. 15.-45.) Sh. & 
Sw., dr. li-3 (cc. 6.-12.). D., m. 15-45 (cc. 1.-3.). 

Hamamelis, Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. i-3 

(cc. 2.-8.). 
Hydrastin.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 3-5 (gm. .2-.3). 

Hydrastine Hydrochlorate.— H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. jVs^ 

gm. .005-.01). 
Hydrastis, Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 2-oz. 1 (cc. 8.-30.). Sh. & 

Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Hydrastis, Glycerite of. — Dose same as Fluid Extract. 

Hydrastis, Tincture of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., dr. ^-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Hyoscine Hydrobromate. — H., gr. i-J (gm. .01-. 015). D., gr. xio-ioo 

(gm. .0004-.0006). 
Hyoscyamine Hydrobromate and Sulphate. — H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

D-gr. 6V3^o(gm. .001-.002). 
Hyoscyamus.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 
Hyoscyamus, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Hyoscyamus. 

Hyoscyamus, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). D., gr. i-3 

(gm. .03-.12). 
Hyoscyamus, Tincture of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 
Hyoscyamus, Succus of. — D., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). 
Hypophosphites, Compound Syrup of. — D., dr. 1 (cc. 4.). 

Iodine.— H. & C, dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). \ 
D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 



DOSE TABLE 671 

Iodine, Compound Solution of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. 

.12-.6). 
Iodine, Tincture of.— H., dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6). 

IPECAC.-H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. .8-15.). Sh., dr. i-1 
(gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. i-2 (gm. .03-.12). Emetic— D. & Sw., gr. 15-30 
(gm. 1.-2.). Cats, gr. 5-12 (gm. .13-.72). 

Ipecac, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Ipecac. 

Ipecac, Syrup of.— D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Ipecac, Wine of.— D., Expectorant, m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Iron and Ammonium Citrate. — D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Iron, Carbonate, Saccharated.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 

8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., (gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 
Iron, Chloride, Solution of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., 

m. 10-20 (cc. .6-1.3). D., m. 2-10 (.12-.6). 

Iron, Chloride, Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30,-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 20-30 (cc. 1.3-2.). D., m. 5-60 (cc. .3-4.). 

Iron, Iodide, Syrup of.— D., m. 5-10 (cc. .3-6.). 

Iron, (and) Quinine Citrate. — D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Iron, Reduced.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8-15). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Iron, (and) Strychnine Citrate. — D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-. 12). 

Iron, Sulphate and Dried Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. 
& Sw., gr. 20-30 (gm. 1.3-2.). D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Jaborandi.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw., dr. H (gm. 2.-4.). 
D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 

Jaborandi, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Jaborandi. 

Jalap.— Sw., dr. ^-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. i-1 

(gm. 2.-4.). 
Jalap, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Jalap. 

Jalap, Resin of.— Sw., dr. ^-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). 

Cats, gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 
Juniper, Compound Spirit of.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. 

1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 
Juniper, Oil of.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., m. 2-10 (cc. .12-.6). 
Kamala.— H., oz. 1 (gm. 30.). D., dr. ^-2 (gm. 2.-8.). 

Kino.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 



672 DOSE TABLE 

Kino, Fluid Extract of.— Dose same as Kino. 

Kino, Tincture of.— H. & C. oz. 1-3 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves and 
Sheep, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D., dr. 4-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

KoussiN.— D., gr. 5-40 (gm. .3-2.6). 

Kousso.— Small dogs, dr. i-l (gm. 2.-4). Large dogs, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.) 

Kousso, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Kousso. 

Krameria.— H., oz. 4-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &. 
Sw., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Krameria, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Krameria. 

Krameria, Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 
20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Krameria. Tincture of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Foals, Calves, 
and Sheep, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). D.. dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Lead Acetate.— H. & C, dr. 1 (gm. 4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 15-20 (gm. 1.- 
1.3). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Lime, Solution of (Lime Water).— H. & C, oz. 4-6 (cc, 120.-180.). 
Calves and Foals, oz. 2 (cc. 60.). D., dr. 1-8 (cc. 4.-30.). 

Linseed Oil.— H., pt. i-1 (cc. 250.-500). C, pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). Sh. 
& Sw., oz. 6-12 (cc. 180.-360.). Dogs and Cats, oz. i-2 (cc. 15.-60.). 

Liquorice. — Ad lib. 

Liquorice, Fluid Extract of.— Ad lib. 

Liquorice, Extract of. — Ad lib. 

Liquorice, Compound Powder of.— D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Lithium Carbonate. — D., gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). 

Lithium Citrate.— D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Magnesia. — Foals and Calves, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr, 5-60 (gm, ,3-4.). 

Magnesium Carbonate. — Dose same as Magnesia. 

Magnesium Sulphate.— H. (laxative), oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). C. (pur- 
gative), lb. 1-2 (gm. 500.-1000.); (laxative), oz. 3-4 (gm. 90.-120.). 
Calves, dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). Sh., oz. 4-6 (gm. 120.-180.). D., dr. 1-4 
(gm. 4.-15.). 

Male Fern, Oleoresin and Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 3-6 (cc. 12.- 
24.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1-2 (cc. 4.-8.). D., ra. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Menthol.— D., gr. 2 (gm. .12). 

Mercury with Chalk.— Foals and Calves, gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1,). D,, gr.. 
1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 



DOSE TABLE 



671 



Mercury, Corrosive Chloride of.— H. & C, gr. 5-8 (gm. .3-.5). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 2 (gm. .12). D., gr. 3J-1 (gm. .002-.008). 

Mercury, Iodide of (red). — Dose same as Corrosive Chloride. 

Mercury, Mass of (Blue Pill).— D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 

Mercury, Mild Chloride of.- H., dr. H (gm. 2.-4.). C, dr. 5-6 (gm. 
20.-24.). D.,gr. ^-i (gm. .006-.03), in divided doses; gr. 3-5 (gm. 
.2-.3), in single doses. 

Methyl Salicylate.— H., dr. 2-8 (cc. 8.-30). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3-1.). 

Morphine and its Salts.— H. & C, gr. 3-10 (gm. .2-.6). Sh., gr. ^-3 
(gm. .03-.12). Sw., gr. Jg-+ (gm. .006-.03). D., gr. i-^ (gm. .008- 
.03). Subcutaneously— H., gr. 3-4 (gm. .2-.24). D., gr. i-^ (gm. 

.008-.02). 

Morrhuol.— D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Mustard.— H. & C, oz. H (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. &Sw., dr. i-2 (gm. 2.-8.). 
D., gr. 10-15 (gm. .6-1.). Emetic— D., oz. i (gm. 15.). 

Naphthalin.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 1-20 (gm. .06-1.3). 

Naphtol.— H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 1-10 (gm. .06-.6). 

Nicotine.— H. & C, gr. ^^-io (gm. .001-. 003). 

Nitroglycerin (1 per cent, solution).— H. & C, dr. |-1 (cc. 2.-4.). D., 
m. 1-2 (cc. .06-.12). 

Nux Vomica.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). 
Sw., gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 

Nux Vomica, Extract of.— H. & C, gr. 2-15 (gm. .12-1.) Sh., gr. 2i-5 
(gm. .15-.3). Sw., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). D., gr. i-J (gm. .008-.015). 

Nux Vomica, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Nux Vomica. 

Nux Vomica, Tincture of.— D., m. 5-10 (cc- .3-.6). 

Olive Oil.— H. & C, pt. 1-2 (cc. 500.-1000.). D., oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120. )V 

Opium, Camphorated Tincture of (Paregoric).— D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Opium, Extract of.— H., dr. ^-1 (gm. 2.-4.). C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh.^ 
gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Sw., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6). D., gr. H (g^. 
.01-.03). 

Opium, Powder.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh., 
gr. 10-20 (gm. .6-1.3). Sw., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). D., gr. i-3 
(gm. .03-. 2). 

Opium, Tincture of.— II., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). C, oz. 2-3 (cc. 60.-90.). 
Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 3 30 (cc. .2-2.). 

Opium, Wine of. — Dose same as Tincture. 



074 DOSE TABLE 

Oxgall.— D,, gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Pancreatin. — D., gr. 5-15 (gm. .3-1.). 

Papain. —Foals, Calves and Dogs, gr. 2-10 (gm. .13-.6). 

Pelletierine Tannate.— D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Peppermint, Oil of.— H. & C, m. 15-30 (cc, 1.-2.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. 

.06-.3). 
Peppermint, Spirit of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-30 

(cc. 1.-2.). 
Pepsin.— Dogs, Foals and Calves, gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 
Phenacetin.— H., dr. 2-3 (gm. 8.-12.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 
Phosphorated Oil.— H., dr. 2-3 (cc. 8.-12.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 

Phosphorus.— H., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-. 12). C, gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). Sh., 
Sw. & D., gr. Tig-Jg (gm. .0006-.003). 

Phosphorus, Spirit of. — D., m. 7-20 (cc. .5-1.3), 

Physostigma.— H., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. ^-1 (gm. .015-.06). 

Physostigma, Fluid Extract of.— Dose same as Physostigma. 

Physostigmine Sulphate and Salicylate. — H. & C, gr. 1^-3 (.09-.18). 
D., gr. yi^o-3% (g"i- .0006-. 002), subcutaneously and intravenously. 

TiLOCARPiNE AND ITS SALTS. — H. (purgative), gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). C. 

(purgative), gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). H. (diarphoretic; dangerous), 

gr. 6-12 (gm. .36-.72). Sh., gr. 1 (gm. .06). D., gr. 3^.1 (gm. .006- 

.02). 
Pilocarpus.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). Sh. & Sw.,dr. i-1 (gm. 

2.-4.). D , gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 
Pilocarpus, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Pilocarpus. 
PODOPHYLLIN.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). 
Pomegranate. — See Granatum. 

Potassa, Solution of.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 
(cc. 2.-4.). D., (m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Potassium Acetate.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i- 
1 (gm. 2.-4.) D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Potassium Bicarbonate. — Dose same as Acetate. 

Potassium Bitartrate. — H. & C, oz. i-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., 
oz. I (gm. 15.). D., dr. ^-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 

Potassium Bromide.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2- 
4 (gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 



DOSE TABLE 675 

Potassium Carbonate.— H. & C, oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw. 
dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). * 

Potassium Chlorate. — Dose same as Carbonate. 

Potassium Citrate.— Dose same as Carbonate. 

Potassium Nitrate.— Dose same as Carbonate. 

<3uassia, Extract of.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. |-3 (gm. .03-.2). 

Quassia, Fluid Extract of.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., 
dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 15-60 (cc. 1.-4.). 

Quassia, Tincture of.— oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. i-2 (cc. 2.-8.), 

<3UASSIIN.— D., gr. 1-1 (gm. .008-.02). 

Quercus Alba.— H., oz. |-1 (gm. 15.-30.). C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). 
Sh. and Sw., dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 10-30 (gm. .6-2.). 

Quercus Alba, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Quercus Alba. 

QuiNlDiNE.— Tonic dose— H. (gr. 20-60 (gm. 1.3-4.). C, dr. |-1^ (gm. 
3.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 6-15 (gm. .36-1.). D., gr. U-2i (gm. .1-.15). 
Antipyretic dose— H., dr. 2^-5 (gm. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 
(gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 7-15 (gm. .5-1.). 

Quinine and its Salts.— Tonic dose— H., gr. 15-60 (gm. 1.-4.) C, dr. 
Hi (gm. 2.-6.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Dogs and Cats, 
gr. 1-2 (gm. .06-.12). Antipyretic dose— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.- 
15.) Sh. & Sw., gr. 20-40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). Dogs and Cats, gr. 5-10 
(gm..3-.6). 

QuiNOlDlN. — Dose three or four times that of Quinine. 

Resorcin.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Foals and Calves, dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). 
D.,gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Rhamnus Catharticus, Syrup of.— D., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Cats, oz. 
1-1 (cc. 15.-30.). 

Hhamnus Catharticus, Fluid Extract of.— D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.) 

Rhubarb.— Stomachic -H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 1 
(gm. 4.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Purgative— Foals, Calves and 
Dogs, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Rhubarb, Fluid Extract of.— Dose same as Rhubarb. 

Rhubarb, Compound Powder of.— Foals and Calves, oz. |-1 (gm. 
15.-30.). 

Sabina, Fluid Extract of.— H., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). D., m. 5-15 (cc» 
.3-1.). 

"Sabina, Oil of.— H. & C, dr. 2-4 (cc. 8.-15.). D., m. 1-5 (cc. .06-.3). 



676 DOSE TABLE 

Salicin.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). Sw., 
dr. ^1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Salol.— H., dr. i-4 (gm. 1.-15.). D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). Puppies, 
gr. i-i (gm. .015-.03). 

Savin.— See Sabina. 

SCAMMONY.— D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Cats, dr. i-l (gm. 2.-4.). 

SCAMMONY, Resin of.— D., dr. ^1 (gm. 2.-4.). Cats, gr. 15-80 (gm, 1.-2.). 

Senna.— H. & C, oz. 4-5 (gm. 120.-150.). Sh. & Sw,, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.- 
60). D.„ dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). 

Senna, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Senna. 
Serum, Antistreptococcus. — See p. 663. 

Silver Nitrate.— H. & C, gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). Sh. & Sw., gr. 1-2 
(gm. .06-.12). D., gr. i-i (gm. .008-. 03). 

Soda, Solution of.— H. & C, oz. i-1 (cc. 15.-30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. |-1 
(cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 5-20 (cc. .3-1.3). 

Sodium Bicarbonate.— H. & C, oz. |-2 (gm. 15.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 
i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Sodium Carbonate.— H. & C, dr. 2-6 (gm. 8.-24.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 20- 
40 (gm. 1.3-2.6). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Sodium Chloride. — Purgative — Cattle, lb. |-1 (gm. 250.-500.). Sh., 
oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). 

Sodium Bromide.— H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. &Sw., dr. 2-4 
(gm. 8.-15.). D., gr. 5-60 (gm. .3-4.). 

Sodium Iodide.— H., dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.). C, dr. 6 (gm. 24.). Sh. & 
Sw., gr. 15-30 (gm. 1.-2.). D., gr. 2-10 (gm. .12-.6). 

Sodium Phosphate.— C, lb. 1-U (gm. 500.-750.). H. & Sh., oz. 2-4 
(gm. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Sodium Salicylate.— H. & C, dr. 2-8 (gm. 8.-30.). Sh., dr. 1-4 (4.-15.). 
Sw., dr. H (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. ,3-2.). 

Sodium Sulphate.— C. , lb. 1-U (gm. 500.-7.50.). H., oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.- 
120.). Sh..oz. 2-4 (g. 60.-120.). D., dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). 

Sodium Sulphite, Bisulphite and HvposuLPHn'E. — H. & C, oz. 1 
(gm. 30.). Sh. & Sw., dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). D., gr. 5-30 (gm. .3-2.). 

Squill.— H., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4-8.). C, dr. 2-4 (gm. 8.-15.), Sh., gr. 15- 
30 (gm. 1.-2.), D., gr. 1-5 (gm. .06-.3). 

Squill, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Squill. 

Squill, Tincture of.— H., dr. 6-12 (cc. 24.-48.). C.,oz. li-3 (cc. 45.-90.). 
Sh., dr. li-3 (cc. 6.-12.). D,, ra. 5-30 (cc. .3-2,), 



I DOSE TABLE 67^ 

Squill, Syrup of.— H., oz. I (cc. 15.). D., dr. i-1 (cc. 2.-4.). 

Squill, Compound Syrup of. — D., ra. 5-30 (cc. .3-2.)". 

Strophanthus, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., m. 2-10 
(cc. .12-.6). 

Strophanthin.— H., gr. i-| (gm. .013-.03). D., gr. fig-Jg (gm. .0006- 
.001). 

Strychnine and its Salts. — H., gr. ^-2 (gm. ,03-.12). C, gr. 2-3 (gm. 
.12-.2). Sh., gr. i-1 (gm. .OlS-.OG). D., gr. j^-g-g^ (gm. .0005-.001). 

Sulphur.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (gm. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.- 
60.). D., dr. i-4 (gm. 2.-15.). 

Tallianine (intravenously).— H. & C. dr. 2^-5 (cc. 10.-20.). Sh. & Sw., 
m. 2o-dr. 2^ (cc. 5.-10.). D., m. 30-75 (cc. 2.-5.). Cats, m. 15-30 
(cc. 1.-2.). 

Taraxacuivi.- H. & C, oz. 1-2 (gm. 30.-60.). Sh. & Sw., dr. 2-4 (gm. 
8.-15.). D., dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). 

Taraxacum, Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Taraxacum. 

Taraxacum, Extract of.— H. & C, dr. 1-4 (gm. 4.-15.). D., gr. 5-30 
(gm. .3-2.). 

Terebene.— H. & C, dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). D., m. 5-15 (cc. .3t1.). 

Terpin Hydrate.— H., dr. i-2 (gm. 2.-8.). D., gr. 5-20 (gm. .3-1.3). 

Tetanus Antitoxin. — See p. 663. 

Thymol.— H., dr. i-2 (gm. 2-8.). D., gr. 1-15 (gm. .06-1.). 

Turpentine, Oil of.— Carminative — H. & C, oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.-60.). Sh. 
and Sw., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). D., m. 10-30 (cc. .6-2.). Anthelmintic 
— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). D., dr. i-4 (cc. 2.-15.). Diuretic— 
H. &C., dr. 2-6 (cc. 8.-24.). 

Valerian. -H. & C, oz. 1-3 (gm. 30.-60.). D., gr. 10-60 (gm. .6-4.). 

Valerian, Fluid Extract of.— Dose same as Valerian. 

Valerian, Tincture of.— D., dr. +-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Valerian, Ammoniated Tincture of.— D., dr. ^-2 (cc. 2.-8.). 

Valerian, Oil of.— H., dr. i-l (cc. 2.-4.). D., m. 2-5 (cc. .12-.3). 

Valerianate of Ammonium.— D., gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-.3). 

Valerianate of Iron.— D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-.2). 

Valerianate of Zinc— D., gr. 1-3 (gm. .06-. 2). 

Vebatrine.-H., gr. i-2 (gm. .03-. 12). C, gr. 2-5 (gm. .12-. 3). D., 
gr. 5Vi*o(g«i-.0013-.006). 

Veratrum Viride.— H. & C, dr. i-1 (gm. 2.-4.). Sh. & Sw., gr. SO- 
SO (gm. 1.3-3.). D., gr. ^-1 (gm. .006-.06). 



678 DOSE TABLE 

Veratrum Viride. Fluid Extract of. — Dose same as Veratrum Viride. 

Veratrum Viride, Tincture of.— H. & C, dr. 1-3 (cc. 4.-8.). Sh. & 
Sw., m. 40-60 (cc. 2.6-4.). D., m. i-2 (cc. .012-.12). (See p. 453.) 

Whiskey.— H. & C, oz. 2-4 (cc. 60.-120.). Sh. & Sw., oz. 1-2 (cc. 30.- 
60.). D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Wild Cherry, Syrup of.— D., dr. 1-4 (cc. 4.-15.). 

Wintergreen, Oil of. — See Gaultheria. 

Zinc Acetate.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-20 
(gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 2-3 (gm. .12-.2). 

Zinc Oxide.— H. & C, dr. 1-2 (gm. 4.-8.). D., gr. 5-10 (gm. .3-.6). 

Zinc Phosphide.— D., gr. i\, (gm. .006). 

Zinc Sulphate.— H. & C, dr. 1-3 (gm. 4.-8.). Sh. & Sw., gr. 10-2a 
(gm. .6-1.3). D., gr. 2-3 (gm. .13-.2). Emetic— D., gr. 10-15 (gniv 
.6-1.). 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES. 



Food and Feeding. 

In order to comprelieiid tlie rationale of feeding in dis- 
ease it is essential to know something of the principles of 
feeding in health. A food has been defined as " that which, 
being innocuous in relation to the tissues, is a digestible, 
absorbable substance that can be oxidized in the body and 
decomposed in such a way as to give up to the body the 
forces it contains." 

A complete food is composed of organic and inor- 
ganic constituents. The inorganic matters, with the ex- 
ception of common salt, and rarely phosphate of lime 
and sodium, are usually present in sufficient quantity in 
ordinary food. The organic components of vegetable food 
stuifs are divided into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous 
classes. These are analogous to the constituent parts of the 
animal body into which they are transformed. The greater 
portion of animal tissue is made up of nitrogenous elements, 
while the larger part of plants is composed of non-nitrogen- 
ous material. Among the nitrogenous elements the most 
important are the proteids. Gluten of flour is an example of 
a vegetable proteid ; while white of egg, casein of milk, and 
fibrin of blood represent animal proteids. Fat exists as 
such in both plants and animals. A single, chemical com- 
pound, as protein, is known as a nutrient in relation to feed- 
ing. The nutrients of importance are proteids, fat, and 
carbohydrates. The first two are common to animal and 
plant structure ; the latter to plants alone. A complete 
food contains the three nutrients just mentioned and inor- 
ganic substances. Carbohydrates include such bodies as 
sugar, starch, and cellulose, or woody matter of plants. 



680 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



Per cent. 


Lbs. 


digested. 


digested 


.56 


5.4 


.60 


40.4 


.48 


1.3 



Proteids consist of carbon, liydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and 
sulphur, united in different proportions. Carboliyd rates are 
composed of carbon, liydrogen and oxygen. Fat is similar 
in composition to carbohydrates, but in its combustion out- 
side the body yields approximately two and a half times as 
much heat as that produced by an equal weight of carbo- 
hydrate. Fat as a rutrient, is therefore empirically regarded 
as equivalent to two and a half times the same weight of 
carbohydrate material. The percentage of digestibility of 
the common food stuffs has been determined experimentally 
and is pretty uniform in all healthy animals. In 100 lbs. of 
hay there are approximately : 

Lbs. 

Protein 9.7 

Carbohydrates 67.3 

Fat 2.5 

If we multiply the 1.2 lbs. of digestible fat by 2.5 to 
reduce it to the same terms as carbohydrates according to 
the empirical premises stated above, we have 3 lbs. of carbo- 
hydrates. The total amounts of carbohydrates digestible in 
100 lbs. of hay is therefore 40.4 lbs. +3 lbs. = 43.4 lbs. of 
non-nitrogenous matter. The nitrogenous nutrient consists of 
5.4 lbs. of digestible protein, and the proportion of the latter 
to the digestible non-nitrogenous material is as 1 to 8. This 
proportion in any given fodder is called the nutritive ratio, or 
the relation of the nitrogenous to the non-nitrogenous nutri- 
ents. The nutritive ratio is of the greatest importance, as it 
enables us to compose a proper ration with almost any kinds 
of fodder at hand, by so adjusting them that we secure the 
right proportion of nutrients. The proper nutritive ratio is 
indeed that proportion of nutrients which has been found to 
be most economically and physiologically valuable in any 
given class of animals and for any given purpose. The 
nutritive ratio varies accordingly for different animals and 
for the same animals under different conditions. Such ratios 



FOOD AND FEEDING ^ 681 

have been formulated by means of physiological experiments 
on healthy animals as employed for economic purposes. 

It is self-evident that nutritive ratios cannot be laid 
down for diseased animals, and we must content ourselves 
with observing how disease alters, in a general way, the 
requirements of the normal animal. The following table of 
nutritive ratios suitable for the animals and purposes named, 
is taken from Armsby's " Cattle Feeding." The nutritive 
ratio is estimated for 1000 lbs. live weight per diem. 

Nutritive Total lbs. of 

Ratio. Nutrients. 

Horses at work 1: 7 13.00 

Horses heavily worked ... . 1 : 5.5 17.00 

Milch cows 1 : 5.4 15.40 

Oxen at rest 1:12 8.85 

Sheep for wool 1:9 11 .70 

For example, the nutritive ratio, or the proportion of 
lbs. of proteids to lbs. of carbohydrates and fat for horses at 
work, should be as one to seven ; and the total number of 
lbs. of pure fat (transformed into terms of carbohydrates), 
carbohydrates, and protein required to support 1000 lbs. of 
live weight of horses at work, per diem, is thirteen. 

Horses doing hard work, and all animals supplying 
nitrogenous products, as wool and milk, demand more nitro- 
gen in their food. The proteids, as we have seen, constitute 
a large proportion of the solids and fluids of the body. A 
greater part of the assimilated protein circulating in the 
blood and fluids of the body is termed circulating protein, 
and is mainly instrumental in supplying the immediate 
needs required in the performance of the vital functions. A 
smaller part of the proteids furnished the economy is fixed 
as a constituent part of the tissues, and is called organic, or 
tissue protein. If the amount of circulatory protein is 
deficient, then the organized protein is called upon, the 
tissues are robbed of their substance, and the body emaciates. 
"When a larger amount of protein is contained in the blood, 
we have a proportionately larger elimination of nitrogenous 



682 GENEKAL THEBAPEUTIG MEASUKES 

matter in the urine, as equilibrium is soon established in the 
adult animal of constant weight, so that the amount of nitro- 
gen eliminated equals that ingested. In young and growing 
animals a portion of the nitrogen does not reappear in the 
urine, but is utilized in tissue formation. An excess of 
circulating protein, besides being wasteful economically, is 
harmful in causing plethora and various disordered condi- 
tions, resulting in the formation of uric acid and other 
products of imperfect oxidation. Nevertheless, a certain 
surplus of protein appears to be essential for the well-being 
of animals ; more than is necessary to make good the loss of 
l^rotein through tissue waste as determined by estimation 
of the nitrogenous elimination in the urine of fasting animals. 

The vegetable proteids are transformed into bodies of 
simpler chemical composition in the stomach and are there 
converted in part by the gastric juice, but chiefly by pan- 
creatic (trypsin), biliary and intestinal ferments in the intes- 
tines, into peptone, the only form in which protein can be 
absorbed by the digestive tract. 

The epithelial cells of the intestines possess the power 
not only to absorb the peptone but to transmute it into 
different isomeric compounds, as serum albumin, serum 
globulin and fibrinogen ; special cells being employed in the 
formation of particular compounds. 

Any peptone not so converted by the intestinal epithe- 
lium becomes a poison when absorbed into the entero-hepatic 
circulation, but its toxicity is destroyed by the liver cells. 
The protein elements (as serum albumin) in the blood con- 
sist of those absorbed unchanged from the intestines and 
those different isomeric forms which have been used in the 
body, and all are eliminated and oxidized by the excretory 
glands with the production of heat and escape of the pro- 
ducts of tissue waste, as urea, uric acid and water from the 
kidneys ; bilirubin, taurocholic acid, etc., from the liver. 
Heat is evolved in this oxidation of proteid substances in the 
glands equivalent to 1,812 kilogram meters for each gramma 
of protein consumed. 



FOOD AND FEEDING GSS-' 

I 

This heat formation is of extreme importance in stimu- 
lating and sustaining nervous action. 

Among proteids in food are the uucleoalbumins, so-called 
because they exist in both animal and vegetable cells. The 
uucleoalbumins are extremely valuable, since they contain 
iron and phosphorus. They are absorbed by special epithe- 
lial cells of the intestinal walls and are converted in part 
into animal nucleoalbumin, as found in the various cells of 
the body and in milk and eggs ; while a portion is oxidized 
and split up in the liver, forming hiemoglobiu, the iron com- 
pound of the blood, and lecithin, the phosphorus compound 
essential to nervous tissue. It has even been held that iron 
can only be supplied the blood as a nucleoalbumin and that 
■when iron is given as medicine it acts indirectly by protect- 
ing the iron in the uucleoalbumins of the food from destruc- 
tion. This is, however, probably too sweeping a statement. 
Protein is first of all a tissue builder, and is also a source 
of energy by its decomposition. A dog can live on lean meat 
(pure protein) for months and gain in weight. 

Carbohydrates in the food, as sugar and starch, are 
digested in part by the salivary ferment (ptyalin), but chiefly 
by the pancreatic ferment (trypsin) in the intestines, and are 
converted by them into glucose. The glucose is then ab- 
sorbed by the small intestines, passes thence as dextrose into 
the enterohepatic circulation and is oxidized within muscles 
and liver cells and elsewhere in the form of dextrose (glucose) 
and glycogen, with the production of heat equivalent to 1,657 
kilogram meters for each gramme of carbohydrate consumed, 
while carbon dioxide and water are formed as end-products. 
The heat production, as in the case of the combustion of 
proteids, is of great importance in sustaining nerve action. 

Animal fat in the food is emulsified by the bile and by 
the pancreatic and intestinal secretions and is absorbed by 
special cells of the intestinal mucous membrane and passes 
into the lymphatics ; thence into the thoracic duct, and is 
also oxidized into carbonic dioxide and water with produc- 
tion of heat and energy. The fat consumed in the body is 
thought to be oxidized in part in the pulmonary alveoli. 



684 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Carbodydrates do not directly furnish tissue elements, 
but do so indirectly in preventing decomposition (to some 
extent) of protein in the body, and in lessening its consump- 
tion. In this way the comparatively inexpensive carbohy- 
drates will compensate for an insufficient ration of costly 
proteids. 

It is asserted that this action of carbohydrates is 
explained by the fact that these nutrients have a greater 
affinity for oxygen than proteids and so are the first to undergo 
combustion. 

The term albuminoid was formerly used as synonymous 
with proteid, but is now employed to include nitrogenous 
bodies (gelatin) derived from protein in the body but not 
convertible into proteids. These bodies do not take the 
place of proteids, but appear to fulfil the functions of circu- 
lating protein, and, like carbohydrates, conserve protein 
consumption, but are not tissue builders. 

Carbohydrates aid directly in the production of fat. 
Pat in the food may be directly assimilated as such if there 
is a sufficient carbohydrate and proteid ration to protect it 
from decomposition. The role carbohydrates play includes : 

1. The formation of tissue indirectly by protecting the 
proteid elements from combustion with an insufficient 
nitrogenous diet. 

2. The generation of heat, energy, or mechanical work. 

3. The production of fat. 

Carbohydrates cannot be relied upon as sole articles of 
food. The fat of the body is derived from the decomposition 
of proteids and carbohydrates, and directly from fat con- 
tained in the food. Fat lubricates the tissues, and a reason- 
able accumulation serves as a store of potential energy to be 
called upon in time of need, when its action is similar to that 
of carbohydrates. The main source of muscular energy, 
movement, or mechanical work, is thought to :;eside in the 
carbohydrates, because with excessive muscular work there 
is increased evolution of heat, carbonic dioxide and water. 
In so far as muscular energy and power depend upon a good 



FOOD AND FEEDING 685 

machine, in so far do the proteids aid the work of the 
machine by keeping it iu f^ood repair and working order. 
From this point of view the proteids represent the mechan- 
ism by which the work is done ; the carbohydrates the fuel 
necessary for its performance. The exact relative value of 
carbohydrates and proteids in the production of the vital 
forces is still suh judlce. Nervous activity is inseparable 
from muscular activity ; both seem to require a highly nitro- 
genous regimen, and such a regimen is conducive to both. 

The classes of food stuffs for the larger animals em- 
brace both green and dry fodder, consisting of the whole 
plant minus the roots ; parts from which the more valuable 
portions have been removed, as straw; tubers and roots 
containing a large percentage of water ; the seeds or grains, 
constituting the most concentrated food ; and the seed 
coverings or chaff. 

Refuse and bye-products of manufacture are extensively 
used, as bran, cottonseed meal, linseed meal, and brewers* 
grains. In addition, animal matter, as flesh meal, bon& 
meal, and dried blood, are sometimes of value. Pasture 
grass may be taken as a standard of comparison for green 
fodders. In 100 lbs. of grass there are approximately^ 
digestible : 

Protein 2.5 lbs. 

Fat 0.5 " 

Carbohydrates 15 . " 

Green clover contains considerably more, green rye 
slightly more, and green oats somewhat less protein ; while- 
in green corn fodder there is only about half as much pro- 
tein. Roots, as compared with green pasture grass, possess 
only one-third the quantity of protein and solids. Potatoes,, 
however, have double the nutritive value of roots. Com- 
parison is made in reference to protein, as that is by far the 
most valuable nutrient, and the amount of carbohydrates 
and fat do not vary much in similar kinds of fodder. 

Meadow hay, including such common varieties as timo-^ 
thy and red top, may be taken as a standard of comparison 



686 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

for dry fodder. lu 100 lbs. of liay there are approximately 
digestible : 

Protein 5.4 lbs. 

Fat 1.3 " 

Carbohydrates 40.4 " 

Clover hay has double the amount, and rowen or after- 
math about one-third more protein than is contained in 
ordinary meadow hay. Oats may be selected as a standard 
of comparison for grains. 100 lbs. of oats contain of diges- 
tible nutrients as follows : 

Protein 10.0 lbs. 

Fat 4.5 ' 

Carbohydrates 45.0 " 

Corn yields slightly less protein and considerably more 
carbohydrates and fat, while cottonseed meal contains nearly 
three times as much protein, and four times as much fat as 
are found in oats. Bran (or shorts) has approximately the 
same chemical composition as oats. The straw of wheat, 
barley, rye, oats, and corn have a somewhat similar value. 
l!n 100 lbs. of wheat straw there are digestible : 

Protein 0.8 lbs. 

Fat 0.3 " 

Carbohydrates 36.00 " 

In order to compare the composition of food with that 
of the tissues into which it is converted, we submit the 
ioUowing : 

PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OP LIVE ANIMAL. 
IN 100 LBS. OF LIVE OX THERE ARE : 

Protein 8.7 lbs. 

Fat 19.2 " 

Ash 5.9 " 

Water 66 2 " 

Certain of the fodders are especially adapted or other- 
ivise for the various domestic animals. Green clover is 
prone to fermentation and the formation of flatulency if 
given in large quantities to any animal. A sudden change 



FOOD AND FEEDING 687 

from dry to luxuriant green food is always undesirable for a 
similar reason. Greeu grass cut short by a lawn mower 
should not be given horses, as it is swallowed in an unmasti- 
cated condition and leads to indigestion and colic. Potatoes 
and roots are more suitable for ruminants than for horses; 
yet upon the latter they act as natural and agreeable laxa- 
tives, and form a palatable addition to dry fodder, particu- 
larly carrots. The best variety of hay for horses consists 
of good bright timothy or herds grass with a slight admix- 
ture of red top and clover. Carrots should be sliced longi- 
tudinally to prevent choking when given to horses. Clover 
hay is dusty and apt to provoke " heaves " in horses, and 
that, together with rowen, is more appropriate for ruminants. 
Bran is but poorly digested by horses, yet acts favorably 
as a laxative when given once or twMce a week mixed with 
boiling water and plenty of salt, constituting a " bran mash." 
J3ran takes the place of oats as a nitrogenous food for rumi- 
nants, and is less expensive. Cottonseed meal, being 
extremely rich in nitrogen, and usually in oil or fat, is not 
easily digested by any animal, but may be given in quanti- 
ties of a quart or two to ruminants, and from half a pint to 
a pint to horses, daily. Cottonseed meal is supplied cattle 
to compensate for a deficiency of nitrogen in the food, while 
in horses it acts as a slight laxative and may improve the 
general condition. Straw and corn fodder are not readily 
digested by horses unless cut and steamed, but are suitable 
for ruminants and are often preferable to a poor quality of 
hay. The demands of the system for food vary in relation 
to tissue change, which is diminished by rest, increased by 
work, and either accelerated or decreased by disease. The 
requirements for nutriment are greater during the growing 
period and for the formation of the various natural products, 
as milk or wool. The state of the digestive organs and 
assimilative powers guide us in selecting the kind and quan- 
tity of food desirable. In acute disease it is advisable to 
feed little and often, the food being prepared in the most 
digestible and palatable form, and in as great a variety as 



688 GENEEAL THEEAPEUTIC MEA8UEES 

attainable. We may restrict the diet as a whole or in part. 
Starving diminishes circulatory protein, increases tissue 
waste, weakens an animal, and lessens the natural resistance 
against disease. Restrictiug the diet is useful in controlling 
unmanageable animals, in diminishing sexual excitement, 
and in the treatment of plethora when combined with proper 
exercise. In most acute inflammatory diseases, as in acute 
laminitis, a light laxative diet is desirable, as steamed oats 
with bran and salt, roots and green fodder. In the milder 
forms of acute gastro-enteritis we must restrict the diet to 
small quantities of easily digested food, as cracked or 
steamed oats, chopped hay and gruels, with the addition of 
a little green fodder or roots for horses ; while carnivora are 
given milk and lime water. In chronic digestive disorders 
the food must be readily digestible and assimilable, and of a 
nitrogenous character, since anaemia and malnutrition follow 
the defective digestion and absorption. In chronic indiges- 
tion or gastro-enteritis of horses, Zuill recommends oats 
(boiled, scalded or steamed, and allowed to stand 12 hours), 
2 parts; bran, 1 part; and malted barley, 1 part. The 
addition of salt and a little green fodder to this ration is 
palatable and desirable. The dietary for constipation in 
horses should consist of bran mashes twice a week with 
plenty of salt ; roots and green fodder at frequent intervals, 
combined with suitable exercise and appropriate drug treat- 
ment. Dogs suffering from constipation may be given raw 
liver twice a week, or may be put on an occasional or exclu- 
sive diet of one of the commercial dog breads or biscuits. 
These are laxative and are invaluable in eczema of dogs, 
commonly resulting from lack of exercise and over-indul- 
gence in food. If constipation is very obstinate, total abstin- 
ence from all food, water excepted, for a time, followed by 
the use of lean meat with salt and beef tea, are indicated till 
the bowels are emptied manually or by enemata. The ration 
for diarrhoea embraces the partial restriction of water, which 
increases the bulk and fluidity of the intestinal contents and 
so stimulates the movements of the bowels. If th« diarrhoea. 



i 



FOOD AND FEEDING 



1389 



is so severe as to endanger life, an abundance of pure or 
boiled water should be allowed in order to compensate for 
the loss of fluid from the blood. 

Theoretically, an albuminous diet is indicated in diar- 
rhcBa because of the loss from the blood and tissues, and 
because intestinal digestion is disordered and starchy food 
would be undigested and cause fermentation, etc. Practically, 
a certain amount of starchy food seems to be serviceable in 
the treatment of diarrhoea. Horses and cattle should be 
given cooked flour or barley gruel and roasted oatmeal and 
cracked oats. Coarse foods, as bran and straw and green 
fodder, are not allowable. Swine should be supplied with 
gruels of barley, flour or oatmeal (strained). 

Fowl with diarrhoea may be fed on boiled rice and given 
a few drops of laudanum two or three times daily. Dogs and 
cats siiould have boiled milk, strained rice gruel, cooked 
lean meat and crackers. Broths and beef tea are not desir- 
able, but beef juice and white of egg in water are of value. 
These dietaries should be employed in conjunction with 
other measures, as the preliminary use of a laxative, rest, 
quiet, and external heat and drug treatment. Young suck- 
ling animals, as foals and calves, may be fed on cooked and 
strained oatmeal or barley gruel made with milk, if the 
mother's milk does not agree. In severe attacks of gastro- 
enteritis, or in gastric or intestinal ulceration with haemor- 
rhage from the stomach or bowels, the food should be bland 
and fluid, as soaked bread, oatmeal, barley or flour gruels, 
linseed tea (made by boiling linseed in a muslin bag 
immersed in water), and small quantities of green fodder for 
the larger animals ; while milk and lime water, white of egg 
and water, broths and beef juice are indicated for carnivora. 
In the latter animals we may have to resort to predigested 
food given by the mouth, or, if vomiting is persistent, by the 
rectum. 

The diet in cases of catarrhal jaundice should be easily 
digestible, bland, and such as will not require much bile for 
its digestion. The larger patients should be given gruels, 



<j90 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

steamed cracked oats, young and tender green food, cooked 
potatoes, together with alkalies and other appropriate 
remedies. Dogs are allowed milk and lime water, crackers, 
bread and cooked lean meat. Feeding in hfemoglobinsemia 
or " black water " of horses must be restricted to the use of 
gruels, green fodder and a little hay in the early stages of 
the disorder. Food is usually withheld 12 hours before 
surgical operations, and this, in addition to the administra- 
tion of a cathartic, will prevent injury in casting the larger 
animals, which might follow were the digestive tract over- 
full. It will also lessen the danger of intestinal fermentation 
and absorption of toxins from the bowels, which may occur 
after operation owing to an enfeebled digestive action. If 
dogs are starved before surgical operation, vomiting is pre- 
vented during or after etherization. Water alone may be 
restricted to advantage in obesity, cardiac disease with 
oedema, or in the treatment of chronic exudations, as in 
hydrothorax. Water may be allowed in these conditions 
only once daily, or even every other day ; and this treatment 
may be combined with the use of saline cathartics in strong 
animals. The specific gravity and density of the blood and 
ihe tendency to absorption from the tissues and cavities is 
increased. By the same process the quantity of blood is 
diminished and the load put upon the heart is lessened, 
both of which may prove beneficial in cardiac diseases. 

A full, or restorative diet should be especially rich in 
protein. Generous feeding is distinctly in order in the treat- 
ment of general debility, malnutrition, ausemia, weakness of 
the digestive organs, convalescence from acute diseases and 
in animals particularly sensitive to cold, or in those which 
sweat easily. A full diet is also useful in overworked 
animals and in those subject to losses from increased secre- 
tion, excretion, or exudation, as in chronic suppuration, 
.diarrhoea, albuminuria, ascites and oedema. A restorative 
diet for herbivora includes grain, as corn, bran, oats and 
cottonseed meal ; hay and grass, with occasionally milk and 
eggs. For omnivora, corn, potatoes, blood, milk and soups. 



FOOD AND FEEDING 691 

For carnivora, meat extracts, milk, eggs, broths and meat' 
juice. In most wasting diseases, fat, protein and water are 
the food elements especially needful. An abundance of 
water stimulates the appetite, secretions, excretions, tissue 
changes and vital processes generally. Salt should be given 
freely as an aid to digestion in increasing the formation of 
hydrochloric acid, and indirectly that of pepsin. Alcohol, 
being a nutritive and capable of easy absorption, assimila- 
tion and decomposition in the body, forms a most valuable 
adjunct to a restorative diet. A deficiency of lime in the 
food is occasionally the cause of rickets in the young, 
and fragilitas ossium in the old, but more frequently these 
diseases are due to defective digestion, assimilation, or 
excessive lactation. Bone meal may be fed to advantage in 
such affections. It contains both lime and phosphoric acid 
and should be given in small quantities (1 tablespoonful to 
large animals ; 1 teaspoonful to small patients) on the food 
in connection with the administration of hydrochloric acid 
and bitters. 

In fever a restricted diet is often x^iecessary in the more 
acute stages, with loss of appetite, diminished secretions 
and movements of the stomach, but as soon as convalescence 
sets in the increased tissue waste produces an excessive 
demand for food and the digestive orgaus may become over- 
taxed. The initial dietetic treatment of fevers consists in the 
use of oats, bran mashes, and gruels, with the addition of a 
small quantity of grass or roots for horses. The change 
from this diet should be very gradual to a dry, coarse fodder, 
in order to avoid digestive disorders. The bitters, alcohol, 
hydrochloric acid, and salt, together with a copious supply 
of water, will furthermore aid convalescence. Carnivora, 
with fever, should be fed milk, beef juice, broth, bread, oat- 
meal and a small quantity of cooked lean meat. 

Obesity is treated most advantageously by proper feed- 
ing. A certain amount of fat is essential in the body in 
lubricating the tissues, in acting as a protection against cold, 
in serving as an enveloping and shielding cushion to the un-^ 



692 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

derljing tissues, and finally in supplying a store of nutrition. 
Animals living in cold climates are covered symetrically by 
fat, but those indigenous in hot countries have accumulations 
of fat in masses to avoid over-heating the body. This is seen 
in the hump of the camel, zebu and Brahmin bull. "When tha 
camel is severely taxed, the fat is consumed and the hump be- 
comes loose and flabby. House dogs overfed and insuffici- 
ently exercised, horses, and other animals kept for breedings 
purposes, are those most commonly afflicted with obesity. 
Fat in the body may be formed from fat, albuminoids, and 
carbohydrates of the food. Carbohydrates, if in excess of 
the needs of the economy, protect the fat in the food from 
decomposition and so enable it to be stored in the body. 
Protein may also protect the consumption of fat of the food, 
for it is broken up into nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous, 
elements, and the latter may be transformed into body fat. 
The accumulation of fat proceeds most readily when there is 
an abundance of fat in the food, in addition to the other 
nutrients ; less so when the ration consists of fat and albu- 
minoids, or of carbohydrates and albuminoids ; and least of 
all with a diet consisting of pure protein. The latter, then, 
is the food to be approached as near its purity as advisable. 
If protein ration is followed too closely, digestive disorders, 
loss of strength and nervous disturbances are likely to occur. 
The fat resulting from the decomposition of a pure protein 
fodder is usually not sufficient to supply the needs of the 
body, and the organized fat is gradually called upon to supply 
the deficiency in the food. 

Exercise, cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics, to-^ 
gether with venesection, are synergistic measures. As 
emaciation proceeds, we must add more and more non- 
nitrogenous material to our ration. Fat is said to accumu- 
late most readily in the vicinity of vascular areas where the 
flow of blood is retarded, and therefore oxidation, combustion, 
and molecular activity diminished. Exercise, on the other 
hand, stimulates the circulation, while deprivation of water 
makes the blood-current more rapid by decreasing tha 



FOOD AND FEEDING 693 

nmount of blood. Both therefore favor the destruction of 
fat. Vogel has reported good results in reducing ob'esity by 
the use of the following rations. From 19 to 26 weeks are 
required for a cure. 

DAILY RATION FOR THE HORSE. 

Oatmeal 7 lbs. 

Straw 3.5 " 

Hay .7 " 

Linseed meal 1 " 

Salt opercent. of above. 

DAILY RATION FOR DOG WEIGHING 115 LBS. 

Cooked oatmeal 3 lbs. 

Fat U " 

SAME LATER. 

Oatmeal 1 lb. 

Flesh meal J^ " 

Fat li " 

Salt 1 teaspoonf ul. 

DAILY RATION FOR FAT SETTER OR POINTER. 

Lean meat 13^ lbs. 

Bread li^ " 

Fat 3 oz. 

Animals suffering from fatty degenerative changes do 
not stand such a rigid diet as the foregoing. These ani- 
mals are affected with a weak heart, due to fatty degenera- 
tion of the myocardium, with atrophy of its muscular fibres. 
They have dyspnoea on exertion. The cardiac insufficiency 
leads, in its turn, to secondary troubles, as catarrh of the 
digestive and respiratory organs, and disorder of the liver 
and kidneys, following general passive congestion. The 
treatment should be directed in such cases to lessening the 
amount of blood and the work put upon the heart, by limit- 
ing the ingestion of water, and by strengthening the heart 
with appropriate stimulants. The activity of the skin 
should be excited by frequent grooming and the use of diar- 
phoretics, while the activity of the kidneys should be en- 
hanced by the employment of diuretics. We are prevented 



i 694 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

from feeding an exclusively nitrogenous diet in these cases^ 
as the oxidizing power of the blood is not sufficient to de- 
compose it, neither is it safe or advisable to quickly remove 
the fat, as cardiac failure might ensue. Small quantities of 
water are allowed, given two hours after feeding. The gen- 
eral ration should be rich in proteids and also contain a 
moderate amount of fat and carbohydrates. 

ARTIFICIAL FEEDING. 

Artificial feeding consists in the introduction of food 
into the body other than in the ordinary way by the mouth.. 
Bectal feeding is the only procedure of much value. The 
agents employed must be bland, and capable of easy absorp- 
tion and assimilation. If the food is at all irritating, tenes- 
mus and ejection quickly occur. From two to four ounces, 
of liquid nourishment may be given to small or medium- 
sized dogs ; from four to eight ounces to large dogs. One 
quart may be employed for horses. The nutrient enema- 
should be introduced into the bowel through a flexible 
rubber tube carried up into the colon. An hour before the 
enema is given the bowel is to be washed out thoroughly 
with cold water. The nutrient injection should not be given 
oftener than once in six hours, and if the bowel is irritable, 
not oftener than once in twelve hours. The absorptive 
power of the rectum is slight, but that of the colon is con- 
siderably greater. Predigested food is most valuable. 
Leube's Beef Peptone may be used. A bullock's pancreas 
is finely chopped and rubbed up with eight ounces of gly- 
cerin. This extract will keep fresh several weeks in a cold 
place. To one-third of the extract are added five ounces of 
finely chopped beef, and the mixture is ready for immediate 
use. The peptonizing powders of Fairchild Brothers &. 
Poster are most convenient in preparing digested food. 
Each powder consists of five grains of pancreatic extract and 
fifteen grains of sodium bicarbonate. 

A useful nutrient enema for a large dog may be made 
of two eggs and six ounces of milk. Four to six eggs may be 



FOOD AND FEEDING ( ' 

added to a quart of milk for use as an enema for a horse. 
The mixture is then to be peptonized and introduced into the 
rectum at the temperature of the body. In using the pep- 
tonizing powders, one is placed in a quart glass jar together 
"with a teacupful of cold water. Then a pint of the mixture 
to be peptonized is poured into the jar, and the latter placed 
in a vessel containing water as hot as the hand will easily 
bear. The jar is kept in the hot water for twenty minutes 
and put on ice. When the mixture is used it should be 
heated to 100° F. If predigested food is to be given by the 
mouth, it is well not to keep the glass jar immersed in hot 
water more than five minutes, as otherwise the taste will be 
bitter and disagreeable. A small dose of laudanum is always 
useful to prevent the expulsion of enemata. Brandy may 
be added in the proportion of one ounce to the pint of milk 
after peptonizing. The addition of salt to egg-albumin 
greatly facilitates absorption. Gruels of all kinds, and 
broths, may be peptonized, as well as milk. It is not essen- 
tial, however, to peptonize milk and other fluids, although 
absorption is rendered somewhat more complete. The di- 
gestive powers of the large intestines are but slight. Sugar 
is absorbed unaltered ; undigested proteids (with certain 
exceptions) and fat are not absorbed. Peptones, soluble 
proteids, as milk, meat juice, egg albumin, and emulsified 
fat are absorbed. Nevertheless, absorption from the lower 
bowel is trivial compared with that from the stomach and in- 
testines generally, and as the extent of surface with which 
rectal injections come in contact is small, and their sojourn 
short, it follows that rectal feeding cannot take the place of 
normal alimentation. 

In tetanus, paralysis of muscles of deglutition, fracture 
of the jaw in horses, persistent vomiting and convulsions in 
dogs, and in all animals refusing food, rectal feeding is in- 
dicated. It is possible in horses to feed through a stomach 
tube. 



696 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



Counter- Irritants . 

A counter-irritant is an irritant wliicli acts counter, or 
against an existing irritation, result of irritation, or pain. 
In applying a "twitch" to a horse, we are inflicting an irri- 
tation to relieve some other source of irritation elsewhere. 
It is taken for granted that the damage and pain caused by 
the artificial irritant are not so severe as those already ex- 
isting. The amount of injury produced by an irritant 
depends upon the nature of the material, its strength, the 
duration of its action, the mode of application, and the part 
to which it is applied. We may consider the effects oc- 
casioned by a mild and increasing action following the 
continued use of a single agent, or representing the 
action of materials of different degrees of potency. There 
first appears redness of the skin, accompanied by some 
burning or pain (rubefacient action), and if the irritation 
progresses there is a serous exudate poured out into the 
mucous layer of the skin. This leads to swelling and 
oedema. Greater irritation causes more exudation of serum 
and an elevation of the epidermis in a circumscribed area or 
areas, and the formation of blebs or blisters (vesication). 
If the irritation ceases at this point, the blisters break open 
and their contents dry on the surface, covering the parts 
with a thick scab. Synchronous with vesication we observe 
a similar process attacking the hair follicles. The hairs are 
loosened and fall, but as the papillae are usually unaffected, 
the growth of hair is soon renewed. The recovery of hair 
is facilitated by the application of grease to the part. Cer- 
tain agents cause circumscribed inflammation of the skin 
with the formation of pustules (pustulants), as croton oil, 
and these create necrosis of the hair papillae and, therefore, 
permanent loss of hair. If the irritant is severe, suppura- 
tion follows vesication ; or, if an ordinary irritant is ap- 
plied with violent friction, is covered with a bandage, or 
placed over an already inflamed part, the same result 



COUNTER-IBRITANTS 697 

happens. The terms referring to the degree of action in- 
herent in ageuts are as follows : 

1. A rubefacient, causing hyperaemia. 

2. A vesicant, or spispastic, inducing blistering. 

3. A pustulant, creating pustules. 

4. An escharotic, or caustic, occasioning death of the 
tissues. 

The same agent, as has already been pointed out, may 
produce one or more of these actions according to circum- 
stances. The inner aspect of limbs and the flexures of joints 
are peculiarly sensitive, owing to the thinness of the skin 
over these areas. If a counter-irritant is rubbed properly 
into the skin it may penetrate into the mucous layer. 

Reference has been made to the local influence of irri- 
tants. We will now direct attention to their remote effect. 
It is certainly known that irritation of the surface decidedly 
affects distant organs. Brown-Sequard noted contraction of 
vessels in one arm when the other was immersed in cold 
water. Severe burns of tlie surface are followed by duo- 
denal ulcers. The preceding and succeeding remarks enable 
us to partially account for the remote influence of counter- 
irritants, but although we know their practical value, it is 
not within our present J^nowledge to offer theories wholly 
explaining their effect. 

The influence of counter-irritants may be summed up 
in reflex action ; i. e., the production and conduction of an 
impulse from the periphery to nerve centres, thereby modi- 
fying the nerve functions and blood supply in distant 
parts. 

The skin is commonly the point of application. It nor- 
mally is an organ of protection, i-espiration, secretion and 
special sense, and, through its medium, a regulator of tem- 
perature, responding to such natural stimuli as heat, cold, 
moisture and dryness. Such an unnatural and considerable 
stimulation as is produced by counter-irritants consequently 
creates very sensible alterations in the bodily functions. 



698 GENEKAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Extensive counter-irritation causes the breathing to become 
slower and deeper by reflex stimulation of the vagi, and 
also by making the respiratory movements more painful, if 
the application be made to the chest wall. The circulation 
is likewise affected, and both the force of the heart and 
blood pressure are increased, unless the irritation is very 
widespread and severe, when the reverse happens. In ac- 
cordance with the foregoing remarks, the use of considerable 
heat, together with mustard or turpentine, is of great value 
in conditions of vital depression, surgical shock, collapse 
and coma. Moreover, the effect on local blood supply is 
still greater and full of importance, since it may explain the 
beneficial action obtained in the ordinary use of counter- 
irritants. In experiments conducted upon animals, it has 
been observed that when sinapisms are placed over the 
head, the blood vessels in the pia mater are first dilated, but 
soon contract and remain in that condition for some time. 
Likewise there was seen, following energetic counter-irrita- 
tion of the chest, anaemia of the underlying parts, including 
the muscles, pleura, and even the pulmonary tissue. It is 
essential to bear in mind, then, that while counter-irritants 
induce local congestion in their immediate vicinity, they also 
cause reflexly vascular contraction in more remote areas. 
In accordance with this demonsti'ation, the importance of 
these agents in inflammation lies not so much in their bring- 
ing blood to the surface, as in forcing it out of distant parts. 
This fact is not generally appreciated. The use of the word 
"drawing" signifies the common idea of a counter-irritant, 
and implies the first proposition. 

Temperature is not materially affected by the therapeu- 
tic use of counter-irritants, and they are not necessarily 
contraindicated in fevers. Experiments, however, appear 
to show that mild counter-irritation may lead to a slight 
elevation of body-heat, owing to stimulation of the calorifa- 
cient centres, while extensive and prolonged action lowers 
temperature by diarphoresis and depression of the heart and 
Jheat centres. 



COUNTER-IRRITANTS 699- 

Counter-irritants notably relieve pain. This result is 
not only due to overcoming congestion, but occurs when pain 
is purely neuralgic. The phenomenon is not altogether ex- 
plicable. The subduing influence of a twitch in the case of 
pain inflicted upon a horse is an analogous example. Wechs- 
berg, in some late experiments, notes, as a most striking 
effect of counter-irritants, oedematous infiltration of the skin^ 
subcutaneous tissue and muscle in subadjacent parts, with 
compression of blood vessels in the deeper-lying structures.. 
He attributes the relief of pain afforded by counter-irritants 
to anfemia and rapid compression brought to bear on the 
nerves in these underlying parts ; a result similar to the 
anodyne influence observed following the injection of nor- 
mal salt solution over a nerve-trunk, which is the principle 
of Schleich's method of local anaesthesia by tissue infil- 
tration. 

Still this explanation does not interpret the relief of 
pain sometimes seen in parts remote from the point of 
application of counter-irritants. 

Pain is usually referable to the peripheral ends of an 
affected nerve. It is good practice to apply counter-irrita- 
tion directly over a deep-seated inflammation or seat of pain, 
but in assuaging superficial pain it is found, that where the 
treatment can be made over the root of the painful nerve, 
better results are obtained. In pain in the chest wall a 
blister should be placed next the spine over the root of the 
spinal nerve involved ; in pain in the head in man, counter- 
irritation is applied over the back of the neck. Counter- 
irritation should be done behind the ear to relieve pain and 
inflammation in the eye and ear. 

In the treatment of enlarged glands and in acute inflam- 
mations, as abscess, boils and carbuncles, by counter- 
irritants, the application should be about the lesions rather 
than directly upon them. 

Among other actions accomplished by counter-irritants 
are ; possible stimulation of trophic nerves and nutrition of 
a part ; augmentation of tissue change, locally and gener- 



700 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



ally, and dilatation of vessels (when applied after the sub- 
sidence of acute inflammation or in chronically inflamed 
parts), with renewed activity of the circulation and conse- 
quent absorption of inflammatory exudations. Further- 
more, counter-irritants reflexly overcome spasm and pain 
occurring in colic, by stimulating and replacing normal 
peristaltic action in jDlace of abnormal localized contractions. 
In like manner they excite uterine contractions by stimula- 
tion of the involuntary muscular fibres of the womb. 

INDICATIONS FOR COUNTER-IRRITANTS. 

1. To overcome congestion and inflammation in remote 
parts. 

2. To promote absorption of inflammatory products 
locally. 

3. To relieve pain. 

4. To stimulate the heart, respiration and nervous func- 
"tions. 

Btibefacierds. — In this class are included the volatile 
oils — turpentine, oil of wintergreen, etc. — alcohol, chloro- 
form, balsams, resins, iodine, tincture of camphor, tincture 
of cantharides, mustard, and heat. These agents are used 
when it is desirable to stimulate the nervous system rapidly, 
and to relieve pain and congestion. To attain this end, we 
employ comparatively mild agents in order that we may 
apply them over an extensive surface without causing seri- 
ous or permanent results. Mustard is rubbed with warm 
water into a thin paste (a sinapism), and rubbed over the 
chest of horses in congestion of the lungs, in acute bron- 
chitis, or in the first stage of pleuritis, to obtund pain and 
lessen congestion. Sinapisms also relieve obstinate cough, 
revive failing respiration, and stimulate reflexly the vital 
functions in collapse, shock and narcotic coma. Applied 
over the cardiac region, they avert syncope. To assist the 
.action of mustard, we often cover the application with hot 
blankets, and then with dry ones. Stimulating liniments 
are sometimes preferred. One volume of oil of mustard. 



"^ • COUNTER-IREITANTS 701 

may be combiued with fifteen volilmes of oil of turpentine ;. 
or ammonia water, thirty parts, and oil of turpentine, fifteen 
parts, are added to spirit of camphor and soap liniment, each 
fifty parts. 

Turpentine is more valuable in abdominal disorders in 
horses. It is sprinkled on hot blankets, and applied as a 
stupe to stop pain, spasm, and stimulate normal peristalsis 
in colic ; and to relieve pain and congestion in enteritis,, 
peritonitis, diarrhoea and other difficulties. The beneficial 
result accruing from the use of external counter-irritants 
in bowel troubles is often facilitated by the injection of hot 
(115° F.) rectal enemata. 

Stimulating liniments are serviceable in aiding resolu- 
tion of swelling following the acute stage of cellulitis, lym- 
phangitis, neuritis, mammitis, rheumatism, strains and 
bruises. They are often employed in laryngitis. In chronic 
skin diseases, as eczema, mild counter-irritants (tar, oil of 
cade, Peruvian balsam, etc.) substitute an active reparative 
process, tend to aid absorption of exudation and induration,, 
and relieve pain and itching. The tincture of iodine may 
abort incipient inflammatory lesions, as boils and abscess^ 
by means of its counter-irritant and antiseptic properties. 

VESICANTS AND THE ACTUAL CAUTERY 

Cantharides, red iodide of mercury, and croton oil, are 
more commonly used in veterinary medicine to cause blis- 
tering. Reference will be had, hereafter, to cantharidaL 
blisters. Blisters and the cautery are especially indicated 
to cause resolution of inflammatory products and modifica- 
tion of inflammatory processes; to secure fixation and rest 
of parts, and to lelieve pain. It is impossible to enumerate 
all the conditions in which they are useful. In the treat- 
ment of severe sprains, as curb and "breakdown ;" and in 
exostoses, as ringbone and spavin, the actual cautery (firing) 
is used before and in conjunction with blistering to exagger- 
ate the counter-irritant effect. Absorption is attained in the 
foregoing conditions by the production of an acute inflam- 



702 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

mation, with increase of vascularity, tissue change and fatty 
degeneration. In " breakdown," the formation of scar tissue 
is thought (without reason) to assist in supporting the limb. 
Sometimes, on the other hand, osseous deposit is unabsorbed, 
but anchylosis and freedom from pain in a diseased joint is 
secured by the enforced maintenance of rest and fixation of 
the joint, together with the production of new bone. 

In exudative diseases of serous membranes, as pleuritis, 
pericarditis, peritonitis, meningitis, arthritis, and synovitis, 
blisters facilitate absorption and recovery after the acute 
stage is over. This favorable result is not due to loss of 
serum, but to modification of the inflammatory process. In 
the first three diseases named above, blisters — flying blist- 
ers — may be applied in spots every few days in different 
places over the affected area. 

Blisters reflexly stimulate the nerve centres in menin- 
gitis, in addition to their action on the inflammatory lesion. 
They should be applied over the poll or spine according 
to the location of the trouble. Absorption in chronically 
enlarged glands is assisted by blisters. They also hasten 
"ripening" of suppurating glands or abscess when this 
process is slow, and hasten their resolution after evacua- 
tion of pus. The blister should be rubbed on about the 
inflamed area in these lesions. 

Vesicants are also valuable in pharyngitis and laryngitis 
for severe cases, when stimulating liniments are ineffectual ; 
and, in lessening pain, exudation and swelling of the throat, 
may avert the necessity of tracheotomy. A blister applied 
about the coronet in diseases of the feet is serviceable in 
stimulating the growth of the hoof and promotes repair in 
navicular disease, laminitis, and cartilaginous quittor, after 
the acute stage is passed. In arthritis and synovitis, the 
whole diseased area, with the exception of the flexure of the 
joint, is covered with a blister. Since it is often impossible 
to immobilize a part, in veterinary practice, by splints, 
blisters are sometimes employed for this end after reduction 
of dislocations. 



i 



COUNTER-IRRITANTS T03 

The liair should be clipped from an area to be blis- 
iered, the skin washed with soap and water, and the animal 
tied up or restrained in some way from biting the part. It 
is the custom to cover immediately the surrounding parts 
with grease, but protection from the acrid discharge can be 
secured more effectively by frequent sponging with soap 
suds and water ; or painting the skin, under the blistered 
surface, with a solution of resin in alcohol. Grease is not 
so good a protective, since it is a solvent for cantharides. 
Vaseline should be applied following the active stage. 

Caustics or Esdiarotics are agents which destroy tissue. 
They comprise such substances as the caustic alkalies, min- 
eral acids, silver nitrate ; iron, zinc and copper sulphates ; 
ferric, zinc and mercuric chlorides ; carbolic acid, arsenic, 
together with the actual cautery. They are indicated in the 
treatment of exuberant granulations, morbid growths, septic, 
sloughing and necrotic parts, pyogenic membranes, ifistulous 
tracts, and for the destruction of poisons, as in rabid dog and 
snake bite. Escharotics stimulate and modify nutrition in 
unhealthy wounds and ulcers. Many form chemical com- 
pounds with the tissue elements. Heat oxidizes animal 
tissues, and also coagulates albumin and abstracts water 
from them. 

The alkalies produce greasy compounds with the pro- 
teids, saponify the fats and withdraw water from the tissues. 
They are the most widely destructive agents. Silver nitrate 
forms an insoluble albuminate with the tissues to which it is 
applied, and protects the underlying structures from further 
action. It is most superficial in its action, but possesses 
specific properties in altering the condition of unhealthy 
wounds for the better. Extreme heat, exemplified by the 
white-hot iron, acts as a counter-irritant in stimuhiting 
reflexly the nervous system ; in increasing the vascularity cf 
surrounding parts, and in favoring revulsion of blood ; in 
aiding absorption and resolution, and in relieving pain apart 
from its direct destructive efi'ect. Caustics may be applied 
in either the solid or liquid stale, and in various forms, as 



704 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



the stick, powder, paste and ointment. Caustics are some- 
times employed to stop ligemorrhage. (See Styptics, p. 63). 
The reader is referred to the articles on special agents for 
further details), 

Suppurants. — Any of the more active counter-irritants,, 
as croton oil, may induce suppuration. Under this head 
may be mentioned setons and issues of rowel. A seton is a, 
piece of tape or other material, introduced through an in- 
cision in the skin, and thence under the skin in the connective 
tissue, and finally out through the skin at a short distance 
from the point of entrance. The loose ends are then knotted 
together, and the whole loop is drawn through the wound 
once daily to keep up constant irritation and suppuration. 
An issue of rowel is a piece of gauze or tow, which is passed 
into an incision, where the substance remains, and causes^ 
continual irritation and suppuration. To intensify their 
irritant action, both setons and issues of rowel may be first 
saturated with cantharides ointment or oil of turpentine. 
They have been employed in acute diseases of the eye, men- 
ingitis, " strangles," and in joint and shoulder lameness, near 
the seat of trouble. Setons and issues of rowel are barbar- 
ous and dirty, and fortunately are becoming obsolete. 

Cold and Heat. 



Cold. — Cold and heat are only relative terms. As used 
here, they refer, respectively, to a thermal intensity below 
or above that of the body. Cold is usually applied by 
means of water in some form. In veterinary practice we 
are limited in the employment of cold air, as a medium, to 
the use of free ventilation and protection of animals from the 
solar heat. Cool air is especially desirable in the treatment 
of most febrile affections by lowering temperature and serv- 
ing as a stimulus to the respiratory, circulatory and nervous, 
functions generally. Locally, cold causes contraction of the 
peripheral vessels and muscles of the skin, forcing out fluids 
from the part and reducing local temperature. This is more 



COLD AND HEAT ' ^^ 

distinctly noticeable in congested areas. If the application 
is very severe or long continued, the vessels lose their tone, 
become paralyzed, and we have passive congestion, inflam- 
mation, and finally death. 

Ordinarily, reaction sets in aftpr the use of cold, more 
particularly if followed by heat, when an active hyperaetnia 
is substituted for the ischaemia. This is brought about both 
by reflex stimulation of the heart by the cold, and local d.la- 
tion of the vessels. Therefore, when we wish to constringe 
parts, we use moderate cold continuously ; but, by alternat- 
ing cold and heat we may accelerate the blood supply, and 
by first forcing out, and then bringing back the fluids of the 
tissues, we can maintain such an activity of the circulation 
that even solid exudations are absorbed. Cold, locally, 
lessens nervous irritability and pain directly, and, also, by 
contracting the afferent vessels, it diminishes the impact of 
the blood on sensitive parts. Moderate heat is said, never- 
theless, to produce much the same result by relaxing the 
capillaries of the collateral circulation, thus draining off the 
blood and relieving tension in the inflamed part. Tissue 
change is diminished, locally, by the action of cold. Sup« 
puration and sloughing proceed but slowly under its retard- 
ing influence. Acute abscess is converted into what mighfi 
be logically termed a "cold abscess" in the most literal 
sense of the word. Remotely, moderate cold applied to the 
body for a short period actually increases general tempera- 
ture by stimulating reflexly the heat centres, increasing 
oxidation and lessening radiation from the contracted super- 
ficial vesseU. If cold is in contact with the whole body for 
a longer time, the temperature gradually sinks and the 
reduction continues for some hours, when, in healthy ani- 
mals, the temperature rises above normal. Such effects are 
much more ])ronounced in pyrexia. The action upon the 
nervous system is exceedingly important therapeutically. 
The most powerful stimulating action is exerted upon the 
centres of innervation controlling the circulatory, respira- 
tory, digestive and excretory organs. In fever, this treatment 



706 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

invigorates the failing digestive functions, relieves the nerv- 
ous irritability by cooling the blood going to the great nerve 
centres in the medulla, and strengthens and stimulates the 
entire nervous organization. Cold applications and drinks 
stimulate the circulation reflexly, increase blood tension, and, 
therefore, the secretion of urine in fever, which is very im- 
portant for the elimination of toxins. Locally, heat and 
cold are often used interchangeably in medicine. In human 
practice it is a rule to be guided in the cboice of one or the 
other by the desire of and effect upon the patient, and this 
should apply, as far as possible, in veterinaiy practice. 
Cold is employed, locally, in congestions of superficial parts, 
and tends to abort inflammation and relieve pain. 

In meningitis, rubber ice bags or continual irrigation of 
the head and spine are used. Laryngitis may be success- 
fully treated by ice poultices (cracked ice and sawdust in 
linen bags) or by thin rubber ice bags surrounding the 
throat. In the same way are treated sprained tendons, 
capped hocks, broken knees, recent curbs, and lymphangitis. 
In fact, most superficial inflammatory surgical affections are 
benefited by cold applications. Ice and ice water are useful 
in checking venous or capillary hsBinorrhage, although hot 
water is often more serviceable. Cold water enemata are 
valuable in atonic constipation, diarrhoea, and to reduce 
temperature in fever. lu the uterus, ice in small lumps 
will arrest metrorrhagia, and, in the rectum, aid in reducing 
prolapse. Ice bags, placed along the spine over the sym- 
pathetic ganglia, will cause dilatation of arterioles in regions 
corresponding to the point of application. 

MODES OF EMPLOYING COLD WATER.* 

Ablution is the simplest method of applying water to the 
surface of the body. It is merely bathing. Water at the 
temperature of 50° to 60° F. is applied by a rough, coarse 



*The writer is much indebted to the writings of Simon Baruch in 
connection with uses of water. 



COLD AND HEAT 



TOT 



<5loth. The water is thrown on in considerable quantities, 
beginning with the head and going rapidly over the neck, 
trunk and limbs successively, rubbing the skin briskly all 
the while with the cloth. Two attendants are required for 
the application of an ablution to the larger animals. The 
patient is finally dried and warmly blanketed. The process 
may be. repeated each half hour in fever, or twice daily as a 
tonic measure in chronic diseases. The rationale consists in 
the stimulus afforded by the cold to the nervous system, 
accompanied by contraction and subsequent dilatation of 
the peripheral blood vessels, with consequent cooling of the 
blood and increased radiation of heat from the surface. In 
most hydriatic methods for reducing temperature in fever, 
friction of the skin should be the sine qua non, as otherwise 
the physical cooling of the body is confined entirely to the 
periphery, the contraction of the surface vessels driving the 
blood inward to the vital organs. The superficial muscles 
then act as non-conductors, and heat production being stimu- 
lated reflexly by the cold, an actual increase of internal 
temperature may obtain. 

It is only by securing dilatation of the superficial ves- 
sels by friction that the result first described can be 
prevented, for after the first shock the peripheral vessels 
dilate, an increased supply of blood is brought to the sur- 
face, is rapidly cooled and courses inward, only to be replaced 
by more over-heated blood. The internal temperature is 
thus lowered, and instead of an internal congestion being 
brought about, as may happen when the skin is simply 
exposed to cold, we have a constant withdrawal of heated 
blood from the interior. In this perpetual interchange not 
only does cooling of the blood and body occur, but the cir- 
culation is equalized and congestions are overcome. 

The Sheet Bath. — Whole baths are impracticable for our 
larger patients, and the sheet bath may be substituted to 
advantage for antipyretic and other purposes to which the 
cold bath is adapted. A cloth soaked in cold water, or ice 
poultice, is placed on the poll to prevent determination of 



708 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Ijlood to the head, and a linen sheet, wet in water, of from 
60° to SO*^ P., is placed over the animal, the surface being 
rubbed, while dashing on the sheet water at the temperature 
of 50° to 60° r. This process is continued for fifteen or 
twenty minutes, unless rigor is induced. The method is 
•valuable in the treatment of fever and insolation. The gen- 
eral rationale is the same as in the case of ablutions, but the 
antipyretic effect is more marked and permanent. The sheet 
may be covered, while wet, by blankets, and converted into 
a wet pack. 

The Wet Pack is applicable for general or local use, and 
for various purposes. A linen sheet is dipped in water at a 
temperature of 50° to 70° F., and wrung out very thoroughly. 
A cold application is put on the head and the sheet applied 
and covered with dry woolen blankets. The duration of 
application is from one quarter to three hours, according to 
the object in view. If it is used as a strictly antipyretic 
measure, it should be changed frequently. The wet pack 
differs materially from other hydriatic procedures in that 
reaction occurs slowly, for there is no artificial stimulus in 
the shape of friction to accelerate it. The primary contrac- 
tion of the vessels is succeeded by partial dilatation of them, 
when the blood from the interior of the over-heated body is 
cooled on the surface by contact with the sheet and by 
vaporization of the water. Vascular contraction again occurs 
owing to the cooling, forcing the chilled blood inward. So 
there is continual interchange of cooled and heated blood, 
until the sheet has become thoroughly warmed. After the 
wet pack is removed, the skin should be dried and the 
patient well blanketed. 

The interchange of blood is useful in relieving conges- 
tion of the internal organs, in aiding nutrition by bringing 
to the periphery nutriment absorbed from the gastro-intes- 
tinal tract, and for its tonic effect on the nervous system. In 
fever, it abates cerebral hyperaemia, delirium and excite- 
ment, and promotes rest and quiet. 

The Priessnitz Poultice is similar to the wet pack, but a. 



\ COLD AND HEAT 709 

'waterproof protective is interposed between the wet slieet» 
sponges or cloths on the inside and the outside woolen cov- 
erings. Evaporation is thus prevented, but not vaporization. 
Such an application may be used with safety in febrile dis- 
eases, as pleuritis and pneumonia. If it is not renewed 
frequently, hyperseinia of the surface occurs, and this may 
be beneficial in aborting or relieving internal congestion. It 
then acts as an ordinary poultice, and is of value in various 
local inflammations lesulting from strains, blows and bruises; 
also, in laryngitis. Besides relieving internal congestion, 
the Priessnitz poultice stimulates absorption, removes in- 
duration and hastens suppuration, locally. The wet pack 
and Priessnitz poultice are more appropriate for practical 
use than the other methods in veterinary practice, since the 
evaporation from the hair of animals contraindicates methods 
suitable in human medicine. 

Cold Baths are only practicable for the smaller animals. 
Dogs may be immersed in water at 90° F., which is rapidly 
cooled down to 60°. The bath should last about fifteen 
minutes, the surface of the body being rubbed constantly. 
Ice water should be frequently poured over the head. After 
removal from the water, the patient must be thoroughly 
dried, wrapped in warm blankets, and a stimulant given if 
necessary. Such treatment may be used as an antipyretic 
measure if the temperature is over 103° F. in the rectum. 

Douches. — A douche is a forcible impact of water against 
the surface of the body. It is not used for its antipyretic 
effect, but acts as a stimulant to the nervous system at large, 
whereby the respiratory action is deepened and strength- 
ened, and the circulation invigorated. The douche is given 
advantageously in the treatment of coma, of alcohol, chloro- 
form, ether or opium, applied to the head. The water may 
be dashed from a pail or applied by means of' a garden hose 
or from a tap. Rheumatic lameness and peripheral para- 
lysis are suitable cases for the douche treatment, followed 
by vigorous rubbing and dry bandaging. Syncope may often 
be quickly relieved by douching of the head and chest. 



710 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC TREASURES 

Local Baths are good, especially in inflammatory condi- 
tions of the feet in horses. Tubs may be employed for the 
animals to stand in, the water being changed frequently or 
being kept cool by ice. It is not advisable to allow animals 
to stand in large bodies of water on account of the danger 
they incur of "catching cold" from surface evaporation. 
The value of the local use of water in acute laminitis is 
worth mentioning here. After the shoes have been re- 
moved the extreme pain may be alleviated by standing the 
horse in quite hot water, sufficient to reach up to or above 
the foot-locks. Good results are obtained by changing to 
ice water after the first day and continuing this for several 
days, in this way causing a contraction of the arteries, 
lessening the amount of blood supplied to the part and the 
danger of chronic laminitis and dropped sole. If con- 
venient to a running stream, about the same results may be 
obtained by standing the animal in it. 

Irrigation with cold water is done in inflammatory dis- 
eases of the joints, tendons and feet. Running water may 
be permitted to flow continuously through perforated rubber 
tubes, connected with a tap, or used as siphons and closed 
at their distal extremities. The holes may be made in the 
tube with red-hot needles. The rubber tubes should be 
wound about the limb or part and held in position by band- 
ages. Leiter's expensive block tin tubes are easily bent 
and rendered useless by the movements of our patients. 
The treatment of lacerated wounds by means of a stream 
of water from a convenient hydrant, causes the part 
to granulate quickly and greatly facilitates the healing 
process, but care should be taken not to allow the water to 
run over the wound more than three or four hours at a 
time each day, otherwise the part will become " water- 
logged " and tend to break down and slough rather than to 
iill in with healthy granulation tissue. 

Cold Drinks are both refreshing and antipyretic in action. 
Cool water should be placed where the patient can take it 
as he desires. In stomatitis, tetanus and angina, cool water 



COLD AND HEAT ' 711 

is distinctly grateful and comforting. In the latter two dis- 
eases, it should be arranged so that the animal can reach it 
without bending the neck. The mouth can be rinsed out 
continually, removing decomposing food and mucus, the 
thirst be slaked and heat and inflammation relieved. 

Cold Enemata are valuable antipyretic agencies. From 
five to fifteen quarts of cold water may be thrown up through 
a flexible rubber tube, six feet long, far into the bowel of 
the horse. 

Evaporating Solutions. — Methylene bichloride or ether 
spray may be applied for a short time by means of an 
atomizer, to induce local anaesthesia of a part, through the 
powerful refrigeration produced in their evaporation, and is 
most satisfactorily employed in conjunction with cocaine 
injections. One turn of a cotton or linen bandage, or a 
single thickness of similar stuflf, put about a part and wet 
continuously with cold water, forms a good evaporating 
medium in allaying superficial inflammation and pain. A 
mixture of clay, and equal parts of water, vinegar and diluted 
solution of lead acetate, make a cheap and efficient cooling 
application for external use in the treatment of bruises and 
sprains. The paste should be removed as quickly as it 
dries. 

Mefrigerants. — Certain medicines either produce a sub- 
jective feeling of coolness or actually cause it, applied exter- 
nally or given internally. The subjective sensation is due 
to some inexplicable action on the local nerve supply. Some 
are stimulants and astringents, and diminish the circulation 
in the part. Externally, acetate of lead, chloride of am- 
monium, nitrate of potash, and vinegar, are used most 
frequently as refrigerants. 

The mineral acids and salts of potassium and sodium, 
especially potassium nitrate, are administered more com- 
monly, internally, both for their cooling effect and to allay 
thirst. 



712 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

HEAT 

Water at a moderate degree of heat — what is termed 
lukewarm — i. e., 86° to 95° F., applied to the body, stimu- 
lates the action of the skin, relaxes peripheral vessels and 
diminishes nervous excitability, pain and spasm in neigh- 
boring parts. Water at a temperature of 112° to 120° F. 
contracts blood vessels of underlying parts, relieving con- 
gestion and pain. Such a degree of heat resembles cold in 
its efifect, and they may often be used interchangeably. Still 
stronger heat has much the same effect as excessive cold, 
only acting more quickly, causing dilatation of the vessels, 
pain, inflammation and destruction of tissue. The action of 
powerful heat on the whole body, or upon single organs, is 
similar to that of counter-irritants. Mild, moist heat is 
beneficial in the treatment of wounds in poorly vascular 
parts where there is a tendency to indolent granulation, as 
about the feet in horses. Again, in low grades of inflamma- 
tion with induration, as in strains of tendons, where mod- 
erate heat tends to stimulate the circulation and hasten 
absorption. In the treatment of abscess and burns, with 
destruction of tissue and suppuration, moist heat applied 
locally macerates the dead tissue, hastens sloughing and 
relieves pain, and in softening parts prevents the burrow- 
ing of pus and the formation of deep-seated pockets and 
sinus's. 

A modern view of poulticing is that it aids the migra- 
tion of leucocytes, and therefore is productive of good in 
assisting their phagocytic action.* The abscess can thus be 
more speedily formed and more quickly defined. Herein 
heat differs from cold. In irritable and spasmodic troubles 
of muscular origin in various organs, heat is distinctly reme- 
dial, as in pelvic and abdominal pain and colic, when 

* Hot applications increase exudation, congestion and proliferation 
of cells and local chemical activity. All these results are inimical to 
bacterial growth. 



COLD AND HEAT , 713 

employed in the form of rectal injections. Heat may, iii 
many cooditions, be used interchangeably with, or in the 
place of, cold, according to the preference of the practitioner, 
or the effect upon the patient. As, for instance, in the case 
of pneumonia, pleuritis, angina, and in checking haemorr- 
hage. Heat may be utilized in simply preventing the natural 
radiation of it from the body. Thus, simple, warm, dry 
blankets, applied all over the surface of the body, may abort 
catarrhal or rheumatic conditions by merely causing reten- 
tion of the body heat, dilatation of the peripheral vessels 
and equalization of the circulation. Covering a portion of 
the skin with such dense preparations as tar, pitch or collo- 
dion, in mild superficial inflammatory lesions, is said to 
produce favorable results by restraining radiation and in- 
creasing heat and blood supply in the part. Even thickened 
tendons and indurated glands may be benefited thereby. 
The Priessnitz poultice continuously applied has a similar 
action. In vasomotor paralysis, seen in collapse, following 
loss of blood or poisoning, and in shock due to traumatism 
or surgical operation, heat is eminently a life-saving means. 
In such conditions the loss of vascular tone and dilatation of 
the vessels leads to dangerous, and even fatal, cooling of the 
body. Heated dry blankets, or those wrung out in hot 
water, should be applied to the larger animals, together with 
hot rectal injections ; while the smaller animals may be 
placed in baths at the temperature of 105° F., till the tem- 
perature becomes normal. Such treatment should be com- 
bined with the use of vascular and cardiac stimulants, 
atropine, digitalis and stiychnine, and saline infusions. 

MODES OF APPLYING HEAT. 

Poultices or Cataplasms. — Cataplasms are compositions 
for the local application of heat and moisture. They are 
made, commonly, of flaxseed meal, bran, oatmeal, bread 
potatoes and carrots. One or other of these is stirred up in 
boiling water until a thick, pasty consistency is reached. 
This mass may then be applied, while very hot, directly to 



714 GENEKAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

the part when we wish to produce a softening of the tissues, 
as in abscess or tender feet in horses, and the whole is 
covered "by a cloth. In poulticing horses' feet, the material — ■ 
usually brau and flaxseed meal, equal parts — is mixed in a 
pail, with boiling water, and spread on a piece of bagging 
(double thickness, and about two feet square), in sufficient 
quantity to surround and cover the entire foot. The bag- 
ging is then folded and tied about the pasterns, and over 
around the front and sole of the foot. The whole should 
occasionally be immersed in water to prevent drying of the 
poultice. When a poultice is used merely for its continued 
heat, in relieving heat and congestion, the material should 
be enclosed in a flannel bag, in order the longer to retain 
and radiate its warmth. 

A very hot poultice acts as a counter-irritant in con- 
tracting bloodvessels in more remote parts, besides its effect 
in abating pain. A warm, moist poultice causes a mild local 
hyperaemia, softens broken down and dead tissues, and aids 
suppuration and sloughing. Poultices are not employed 
very much, except in the treatment of horses' feet, as they 
are clumsy, laborious contrivances, and difficult to keep in 
place. If long-continued, they cause tissues to become 
swollen, sodden and macerated, destroying their vitality. 
Antiseptic poultices are made by soaking sheet cotton, gauze, 
or other absorbent material, in hot antiseptic solutions, as 
corrosive sublimate, 1-1000; creolin or sulpho-naphtol, 
1-100. The material is very lightly wrung out, wrapped 
about with dry gauze, covered with oil paper, silk or rubber 
protective, and applied to the part with a bandage. Anti- 
septic poultices are useful in the treatment of septic injuries, 
and when there is much pain, destruction of tissue, slough- 
ing and suppuration. Otherwise, poultices are decidedly 
contraindicated in the case of wounds, as dry antisp|)tic or 
aseptic absorbent dressings are far preferable in securing 
one of the cardinal requirements in the process of healing, 
i.e., dryness. As substitutes for ordinary poultices, we have 
spongio-pilene, counter-irritants, stupes and fomentations. 



COLD AND HEAT 715 

Spongio-pilene occurs in sheets, about an inch in thickness, 
made of a mixture of sponge and felt, backed with a flexible 
covering of gutta-percha. Its main objection is the exi)ense. 
It forms, when soaked in water, a cleanl}^ and easily applied 
poultice for non-suppurating parts. 

Counter-irritation, as has been pointed out, is produced 
"by hot poulticing as well as by drugs. A combination of the 
two is obtained in stupes. 

Stupes, JStupa. — A stupe consists of a flannel or other 
cloth, wrung out in plain or medicated hot water, and ap- 
plied to the skin. These are often covered by waterproof 
protection, the better to retain heat. In the veterinary art^ 
hot blankets are often applied over the whole chest or abdo- 
men to relieve internal congestion and pain in pleuritis^ 
pneumonia and colic. Turpentine stupes are more in favor 
with abdominal troubles. These are made by simply sprink- 
ling oil of turpentine over the hot blankets, or by saturating 
flannel cloths in turpentine and wringing them out in very 
hot water. To get a very active counter-irritant effect, a 
mustard paste may be rubbed over the chest, and then hot 
blankets applied. 

Hot Water Bags, made of rubber, and enclosing water at 
a temperature of 120*^ F., may be placed along the spine, and 
by stimulating the cord and sympathetic ganglia, cause sti- 
nnilation of the vaso-constrictors in regions corresponding ta 
the controlling areas over which the heat is applied. In this 
manner inflammatory conditions of the throat, chest, and 
abdomen' are said to have been aborted, and internal haemor- 
rhage effectually arrested. Conversely, cold may be used 
over the spine' to dilate distal arterioles. 

Fomentations are simply local baths. As technically 
employed, the word refers to bathing parts with plain or 
medicated hot water, by means of sponge or cloths. They 
may be used to cleanse wounds or parts of dried discharges ; 
they act as counter-irritants if very hot, or as mild, stimulat- 
ing, soothing and softening applications if warm. In order 
to produce much effect, besides a mere detergent one, they 



716 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



should be applied for a considerable length of time — one 
half hour at least — and be followed by drying and bandag- 
ing. Fomentations reduce swelling and pain, and hasten 
Tepair in bruises, strains and local inflammatory lesions. 

Injections of hot water are employed to cleanse wounds, 
-stop bleeding and relieve pain and spasm. Injections may 
be thrown into the rectum or vagina at a temperature of 
115° to 120° F. In the vagina, hot water may stop post- 
partum hsemorrhage, pain and congestion in the pelvis, by 
producing uterine contractions, and atonic constriction of 
■vessels in neighboring parts, which lasts for several hours 
following its use. Hot rectal injections (115° F.) subdue 
abdominal and pelvic pain or spasm, as intestinal or renal 
«olic and spasm of the neck of the bladder. The heat per se 
-in such injections may be invaluable in shock and collapse 
as noted above. 

The water may either be led off through a rubber tube, 
■from a stop-cock in a pail or reservoir, placed a few feet 
above the patient, or else siphonage may be done off-hand 
.through a bit of small-sized hose. Having hung a pail filled 
■with water three or four feet above the patient, the hose is 
filled with water, and, closing the ends to keep it full, the 
Clipper part is put in the pail, while the lower, smooth and 
greased, is passed into the rectum or vagina ; or water may 
be poured through a large tin funnel into the upper end of 
the tube. The ordinary fountain syringe is the best appa- 
Tatus for smaller animals. 

Dry Heat may be applied by means of hot blankets, hot 
Avater bags, hot salt or sand in cloth bags, a flatiron or hot, 
"wet cloths between waterproof coverings. Dry heat is often 
preferable to moist heat for simply relieving pain and con- 
gestion, as animals are less apt to become "chilled by drafts 
and evaporation from the surface afterwards. It is gener- 
ally more difficult to obtain, however. 

Inhalations of plain or medicated steam are given for 
their local effect on the mucous membranes of the upper air 
passages. The moist heat has a soothing action on the 



COLD AND HEAT 71T 

nerves, and tends to loosen dry exudations. Agents may be' 
incorporated in the inhalation having a sedative, stimulating; 
or antiseptic action. (Yid. "Agents Acting on the Respiratory 
Organs," pp. 47, 48.) 

The technique consists in placing a bucket containing; 
a boiling mash under the horse's nose, or in poui'ing cool 
■water over a heated brick or iron iu the bottom of a paiL 
The practice of tying a bag over a horse's head, and steam- 
ing him therein, is bad, if the animal is suffering from, 
respiratory troubles, as insufficient pure air is obtainable, 
A dog may be placed on the seat of a cane bottomed chair^ 
and covered loosely with a sheet over the whole, the steam 
being generated in a vessel beneath. 

Hot Baths at a temperature of 98° to 110° F. are imprac- 
ticable for larger animals. They can be given to the smaller 
animals in collapse, shock, rheumatism, and to abort cold- 
after exposure. Glowing heat is applied by means of heated 
metal, and is treated under the section on counter-irri- 
tation. 

ACTION OP HEAT CONTRASTED WITH THAT OP COLD. 

The action of intense heat or cold on animal tissue is 
Tery similar in effect, producing vasomotor paralysis, con- 
gestion, inflammation, destruction of tissue and death. Even 
the sensations to which they give rise resemble each other 
so closely, that the coolies on first handling ice said they 
could not hold it because it burned their fingers. Strong heat. 
(115° to 120° F.) contracts blood vessels in underlying parts 
and overcomes pain and congestion. Heat of this degree- 
approaches cold in similarity of action. A moderate 
degree of heat dilates vessels, while cold of like intensity- 
contracts them. Moderate heat relieves pain by relaxiug^ 
tissue, diminishes vascular tension by dilating efferent ves- 
sels of the collateral circulation, and draining off blood from 
the congested areas. Moderate cold, on the other hand, 
accomplishes a similar result in benumbing nervous sensa- 
tion and lessening the impact of blood in the painful region. 



718 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

bj constringing the afferent vessels. Tissue change is 
increased by moderate heat, but decreased by cold applied 
locally, or generally in fever. Swelling of tissue is reduced 
by cold directly ; only indirectly by heat, which may, indeed, 
increase it. Softening and sloughing of parts, suppuration 
and "ripening" of abscesses and "cleaning off" of wounds, 
are facilitated by moderate heat, but hindered by cold. 

Disinfectants, Antiseptics and Deodorants. 

Disinfectants, or germicides, are agents which destroy 
the micro-organisms, causing infectious and contagious dis- 
eases, fermentation and putrefaction. Antiseptics are agents 
which prevent the growth ctnd development of the micro- 
organisms, occasioning fermentation, putrefaction and dis- 
ease; more especially the micrococci producing suppuration. 

Deodorizers, or deodorants, are agents which destroy 
or counteract a foul odor. They are not necessarily anti- 
septic or disinfectants. Considerable confusion exists in 
relation to the terms disinfectant and antiseptic, because the 
latter is often described as an agent which inhibits the 
growth, or destroys the life of the micro-organisms of fer- 
mentation, putrefaction, and disease. This definition makes 
antiseptics synonymous with disinfectants. The distinction 
exists, however, according to common usage, that while dis- 
infectants may, in dilution, act as antiseptics, antiseptics are 
not often disinfectants, and in the nature of things are not 
strong enough to kill germs, although they may hinder their 
growth. Antiseptics may then be regarded as a subdivision 
of disinfectants. The two terms are unnecessary and mis- 
leading, as either might embrace both interference with the 
growth and destruction of micro-organisms. Disinfection 
may fall short of sterilization ; i. e., death of all germs. 
Boiling a fluid containing micro-organisms wholly kills 
them ; but, while disinfectants may destroy the germs of 
disease, they often fail to kill more resistant and harmless 
organisms, as the spores of B. subtilis. The scope of anti- 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 719 

septics has been extended by some authors (Hare) to include 
agents which destroy the toxic products of bacteria (iodo- 
form) aud prevent their absorption. A discrimination be- 
tween disinfectants and antiseptics may be made in relation 
to their connection with the body. Those agents employed 
to kill germs, in matter distinct from the living body, are 
disinfectants ; while those agents applied on the surface, or 
introduced within the body, may be classed as antiseptics, 
since they can rarely be used in such strength as to kill all 
micro-organisms without injuring or killing their host. 

DISINFECTANTS AND DISINFECTION. 

Air, sunlight, heat and water are naturally the best dis- 
infectants. Air scatters and dilutes micro-organisms, making 
them pathologically inactive. There is no more effective 
way to disinfect a stable, in which animals are living, than 
by free ventilation with pure air. It is well known that ani- 
mals are less liable to contract infectious diseases in the 
comparatively pure air of the country than in closely 
crowded and ill-ventilated city buildings. Likewise, the 
contagious diseases of children mostly occur in winter, when 
they are herded together in schools and in poorly ventilated 
dwellings. 

To attempt to disinfect the air surrounding a patient is 
the height of absurdity. The generation of chlorine and 
sulphurous acid gases for this purpose, although recom- 
mended in text books, is futile, and by irritating the respira- 
tory mucous membrane, accomplishes more harm than good, 
since a congested surface offers a more suitable field for ■ 
bacterial growth. Air, on the other hand, may be a medium 
of infection when contaminated with dust containing patho- 
genic bacteria (B. tuberculosis). Sunlight is prejudicial 
to the vitality of bacteria. Whereas, the bacilli of tubercu- 
losis will live almost indefinitely in dark, damp places, they 
quickly succumb to sunlight and dry air. Sunlight and pure 
air are, then, imperative for both the immediate and pre- 
ventive treatment of germ diseases. Heat is the most 



720 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

powerful agency for disinfection at our command. Dry 
heat, to be efficacious, must be applied at a temperature of 
140° C. (284° F.) for three hours to kill all bacteria and 
spores ; but this degree of heat scorches most fabrics and 
destroys many materials. Boiling water quickly kills all 
non-spore-bearing pathogenic bacteria, and these include 
most of the organisms causing the common contagious and 
infectious diseases (tuberculosis and anthrax excepted). 
Two hours of continuous boiling will not destroy the most 
resistant of micro-organisms — the spores of the hay ba- 
cillus — but moist or saturated steam, at 230° F., will infallibly 
kill any spores whatsoever within a few minutes. Fire is 
the most complete disinfectant, because it not only destroys 
germs, but their food and products. Water, like air, dilutes 
germs and aids oxidation and destruction of organic matter; 
but, again like air, drinking water may be the source of in- 
fection when sufficiently contaminated. 

MECHANICAL MEANS OF PROCURING ASEPSIS. 

The placing of sole reliance upon chemical agents for 
surgical nntisepsis, in relation to the body, is a common, 
error. Th^se agents may damage denuded tissue, and do not 
reach llirt micro-organism burieil in the tissues. Therefore, 
it is impossible to render infected, living tissue absolutely 
aseptic, or sterile, b> merely bathing it with chemical solu- 
tions. Far more efficacious is mechanical cleansing of the 
skin with soap, water and the scrubbing brush, and even of 
infected raw surfaces with gauze and corrosive sublimate 
solution,* supplemented, if necessary, by the knife, caustic 
and drainage, to remove necrosed tissue and septic material. 

CHEMICAL AGENTS. 

Mercuric bichloride, carbolic acid, quicklime, chlori- 
nated lime, sulphurous acid, and chlorine, are more fre- 
quently employed as disinfectants. Corrosive sublimate 

* Harrington's solution, see p. 216. 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 721 

solutions are decomposed by keeping, and by contact with 
albumin and ammonia. Acids, or common salt, added to 
bichloride solutions prevent, in a measure, this decomposi- 
tion ; but, nevertheless, mercuric bichloride is rendered uufifc 
for the disinfection of masses of decomposing albuminous 
matter, as manure. One of the best solutions, employed by 
the Paris Disinfection Service, is composed of corrosive 
sublimate, 2 grammes ; tartaric acid, 4 grammes ; and water, 

1 litre (1-500), colored with 5 drops of a 5 per cent, solution 
of indigo carminate. An English solution, in common use, 
consists of corrosive sublimate, 1 ounce ; hydrochloric acid, 

2 ounces, and water to make 3 gallons (1-768). The usual 
strength of corrosive sublimate solutions, for disinfection, 
varies from 1-500 to 1-1000. These solutions are suitable 
for articles made wholly, or in part, of leather, rubber and 
fur; for blankets, cotton and woolen fabrics, and for floors, 
walls, and wood work of stables. Surgical iDstrumPuts, and 
other metallic implements and fixtures, are injured by corro- 
sive sublimate solutions. Carbolic acid is more expensive 
than corrosive sublimate, and less effi<;ient in cases where 
the latter is applicable. Carbolic acid can, however, be used 
to disinfect albuminous material and metallic substances. 
It is employed on animal excreta in 5 per cent, aqueous- 
solution (about 8 ounces to the gallon of hot water). This 
solution will cause the hands to dry, crack and fissure if 
they are immersed in it for any length of time. 

Chlorinated lime and quicklime are good disinfectant 
agents to mix with animal evacuations. In fact, bleaching 
powder is probably the best and cheapest disinfectant we 
possess for use in privies, drains, sinks, cesspools, and 
sewers, and for the destruction of micro-organisms on floors, 
and in fseces and urine. 

A few pounds of this preparation may be thrown into 
privies or cesspools once a week, and the pure compound, 
or a saturated solution, may be scattered over floors or 
mixed with n,;innrp. A 1 per cent, solution is used to dis- 
infect harness, which should be washed and greased directly 



722 



GENEBAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



afterwards. Stagnant and putrid water may be rendered 
drinkable, after some hours, by tlie addition of 1 to 2 ounces 
to eacli 65 gallons of water. Chlorinated lime is a powerful 
deodorant as well as disinfectant, but is of no value in either 
capacity unless the compound contains so much chlorine gas 
that the face cannot be held near it without the production 
of great irritation to the eyes. Bleaching powder should be 
placed upon decomposing animal bodies, and sheets wet 
with a saturated solution should be wrapped about the car- 
casses of animals dead from contagious diseases, to prevent 
infection during transportation. Disinfection by sulphurous 
acid and chlorine gas is done to destroy germs which cannot 
be reached by other metheds. Three pounds of sulphur and 
two ounces of turpentine or alcohol (to afford moisture and 
aid combustion) are needful for every 1000 cubic feet of air 
space. Sulphur is generally burned in an iron vessel placed 
on sand, or floating in a tub of water. If the building is 
sufficiently tight to insure proper disinfection, it is difficult 
to secure combustion of the proper amount of sulphur. To 
obviate this, the sulphur may be saturated with turpentine, 
ignited and placed in an iron kettle on a tripod over an alco- 
hol lamp. Chlorine is disengaged from chlorinated lime, to 
which is added crude muiiatic acid, one pound of former 
to three of latter for every 5,000 cubic feet of air space. 
Buildings must be tightly sealed and made completely irre- 
spirable for animals during the space of three hours. Sul- 
phurous acid disinfection is not of much value, and has 
been discarded by most health authorities both here and 
abroad. It certainly will not kill. the spores of anthrax and 
tuberculosis, and should never be allowed to replace 
thorough mechanical cleansing and disinfection with other 
chemical agents, but may be utilized as an additional 
safeguard. Chlorine gas is more reliable. Formaldehyde 
is now being employed by most boards of health for general 
disinfectant purposes, and it appears to be the best means 
of gaseous disinfection. (See p. 338.) 



DISmPECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 723 

ANTISEPTICS. 

It is perhaps well to consider here the sources of 
infection and the natural defenses or immunity possessed 
"by animals against parasitic invasion. Pathogenic micro- 
organisms are commonly brought in contact with the body 
through the agency of the air, drinking water and food, and 
insects (flies and mosquitoes), and gain entrance by means 
of the air passages, digestive canal and blood ; but even in the 
two former cases, the micro-organisms are in a certain sense 
outside of the body, since it is not easy for them to penetrate 
the intact and healthy ciliated mucous membrane of the re- 
spiratory tract. But when the mucous membrane is damaged 
hj inflammation, and the cilise becomes paralyzed, and 
abnormal secretions are formed, then a favorable opportunity 
is ofi'ered for their growth and entrance into the circulation. 
In the digestive tract the hydrochloric acid of the gastric 
juice and bile* act as natural antiseptics, while the liver is 
thought to destroy toxins resulting from bacterial life. 

When digestion is in a normal condition, putrefaction 
and fermentation do not occur ; but when its activity is 
diminished, and the secretion of the digestive juices is 
lessened, and the hepatic functions are depressed, then a 
chance is offered for bacterial growth, fermentation and 
absorption of toxins, or even actual transmigration of 
micro-organisms through the intestinal walls. To these 
natural agencies of defense, which may be likened to out- 
lying pickets shielding the animal from bacterial invasion, 
we must add the intrinsic power of resistance vested in the 
tissues, blood serum and leucocytes in combating micro- 
organisms ; and the production of antitoxins in the body, 
antagonizing the toxins formed by bacterial action. Micro- 
organisms are always to be found on the surface of the body 
and within its natural cavities open to the air, but patho- 

* Recent experiments in human patients show that many forms of 
pathogenic bacteria may live in bile. It is but moderately bactericidal. 



724 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

genie bacteria are less likely to do harm if the animal is in 
a healthy condition. A limited number of bacteria (micro- 
cocci) may even exist within the blood in health, and this 
fact accounts for suppuration occurring when the tissues 
are severely injured, without solution of continuity. The 
internal use of antiseptics is of comparatively little value, 
except when these agents come in direct contact with germs, 
in the digestive tract. This follows because it is impossible 
to administer antiseptics in sufficient amount to seriously 
interfere with bacterial growth in the tissues, without injur- 
ing or even killing the patient. 

There is known but a single instance (malaria) where 
the exl ibition of an antiseptic will inhibit the development 
of micro-organisms of a general infectious disease, and so 
absolutely arrest it. It is very possible that mercury 
as a specific remedy in syphilis, and salicylates in 
rheumatism, act therapeutically as internal antiseptics. 
Antiseptics are of benefit in rendering the contents of 
the digestive tube more or less aseptic, and (after ab- 
sorption) they exert some antiseptic action on the mu- 
cous membrane of the respiratory tract (volatile oils), and 
also on the urinary tract, during their elimination. The 
principal agents used as antiseptics for surgical purposes 
are : corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, creolin, hydrogen di- 
oxide, potassium permanganate, zinc chloride, iodoform, sali- 
cylic acid, aristol, iodol, and boric acid. Those employed in- 
ternally include naphtol,salol, creolin, carbolic acid, bismuth 
salicylate and subnitrate, quinine, salicylic acid, and many 
others. For a more detailed description the reader is referred 
to special articles on these agents in the preceding pages. 

DEODORIZERS OR DEODORANTS. 

Deodorants are not of any practical value in simply 
exchanging one odor for another, but, as in the case of 
chlorine, they sometimes actually destroy compounds which 
give rise to the stench. Sewer and other malodorous gases^ 
resulting from foul decomposing matter and excreta, may be 



DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 725 

freer from bacteria than ordinary air, and are not usually 
the carriers of micro-organisms, nor the cause of specific 
infectious diseases. These gases do, however, occasion in- 
definite symptoms of ill-health. Deodorizers, which' are 
also disinfectants, are of service in destroying noxious 
emanations and their source ; but, to accomplish this, 
it is necessary that they come into direct contact with 
putrefying material, and should not be placed about the 
habitations of man or animals, with the ridiculous idea 
that they are achieving more than the production of a vile 
odor. 

PEACTICAL DISINFECTION. 

The premises occupied by animals suffering from con- 
tagious diseases, together with all articles contained therein, 
such as harness, blankets, stable implements, and evacua- 
tions, must be disinfected after the removal of all animals 
and isolation of the sick. The excreta should be mixed with 
milk of lime (1 part of freshly slacked quicklime, with 2 
parts, by volume, of water), or with pure chlorinated lime. 
The floors and walls must be scraped and washed. Boiling 
water should then be poured over every available part of 
the premises, and these brushed with a saturated solution of 
chlorinated lime. Clothing may be treated by boiling in 
water, or by soaking in a solution of corrosive sublimate 
(1-500), or carbolic acid (1-20), for twelve hours. Harness 
is disinfected by washing with soap and water, and then 
with a 2 per cent, crude carbolic acid or creolin, or 1-1000 
corrosive solution. Valueless articles are given to the 
flames. Stable and metallic instruments and fixtures are to 
be freed from dirt, scrubbed with soap and hot water, 
drenched with boiling water, and then with a 2 per cent. 
crude carbolic acid or creolin solution. 

Gaseous disinfection is now in order to kill micro- 
organisms in remote and inaccessible places. Live steam 
is the most efficient means at our disposal for this 
I)urpose, when a suitable apparatus for its application to 



726 



GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



woodwork, haymows, etc., is obtainable. In place of thia 
we may resort to formaldehyde, chlorine or sulphurous acid 
gas. The walls are finally painted or covered with white- 
wasli containing 2 per cent, of crude carbolic acid. Healthy 
animals, which have not been exposed to infection, may 
now be allowed to return to their disinfected quarters. 

SURGICAL ANTISEPSIS AND ASEPSIS. 

It may be fitting, and not out of place, to briefly outline^ 
here the use of antiseptics and asepsis in veterinary surgery. 
Since the days when Lister introduced antisepsis, surgery- 
has advanced in a manner which appears, however, like 
retrogression. It is now conceded that asepsis can be 
attained more satisfactorily and safely without the general 
use of antiseptics. For antiseptics, as has been noted^ 
inflict a certain amount of damage upon denuded surfaces, 
and, in so far, lessen the resistance of the body to the 
inroads of bacteria. Modern surgery attempts to secure 
a comparative asepsis by mechanical cleanliness, which is. 
more efficient, simpler, and harmless to the body. Antisep- 
tics are indicated to assist asepsis in the toilet of the 
unbroken skin, and when sepsis has already occurred, or is 
unavoidable. The gross neglect of aseptic precautions, often 
seen in the operations of veterinary surgery, would be con- 
sidered criminal practice in human surgery. 

Asepsis is, nevertheless, very difficult to secure in the 
lower animals living among filthy surroundings and lying on 
fsecal discharges. In addition to these disadvantages, the 
trouble of controlling animal-movements during operation, 
and of keeping dressings in place, make the attainment of 
perfect asepsis embarrassing and frequently impossible. 
The more common administration of anaesthetics would 
facilitate asepsis by preventing movements of the patient 
;uul contact of the operative field with dirt. 

But there are all degrees of infection, and while, with 
the best methods of securing cleanliness at our command, it 
is impossible to completely sterilize normal skin and 



'''^ DISINFECTANTS, ANTISEPTICS AND DEODORANTS 727 

tissues, yet the surgical result may be perfect. Therefore, 
in surgical operations, we should endeavor to procure 
as small an amount of infection, or dosage of micro-organ- 
isms, as possible, consistent with existing environment 
and conditions. 

The following aseptic technique is especially applicable 
in the case of any surgical operation undertaken upon a non- 
infected part. If it is possible to carry out all the details, 
and the result is successful, healing will take place without 
suppuration. 

Operations upon suppurating and infected areas should 
be conducted with cleanliness, and antiseptics are more de- 
sirable, particularly hydrogen dioxide in full strength, after 
thorough cleansing with normal salt solution. 

To prepare the surface of the body for operations, the 
hair is first clipped and shaved, the skin is thoroughly 
scrubbed with a brush, green soap and water for five 
minutes, and then with 70 per cent, alcohol. After the skin 
is incised there is no further necessity for antiseptics unless 
the wound is already infected, or becomes so by exposure 
to impure air or contact with dirt. The hands of the 
operator, including the finger nails, should be brushed until 
clean witli green soap and water, and then with 70 per cent, 
alcohol. It is well for all participating in an operation to 
wear thin rubber surgical gloves after thorough hand-disin- 
fection — in pus cases, to prevent contamination of the 
hands ; in clean cases, to avoid infection of the wound from 
the hands. If gloves are not worn in operating upon clean 
cases, they are all the more useful in dressing or operating 
upon pus cases to avoid contamination of the hands which 
later might give rise to wound infection when the naked 
hands come in contact with a clean wound. Instruments are 
thoroughly scrubbed with soap and water, and boiled for 
ten minutes in an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate 
(1 teaspoonful to the quart), and then placed in a solution 
of carbolic acid (1-40), or removed to a sterile towel. New 
sponges only should be employed, which have been previ- 



728 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

ously cleansed, and tlien soaked in carbolic acid (1-40) 
solution, or pieces of sterile gauze may be used. 

If irrigation is desirable, normal salt solution (1 heaping 
teaspoonful to the quart of sterile water) is appropriate. 
Nothing else but this is allowable within the non-infected 
abdominal cavity.'* Sutures of silk, and needles, are pre- 
pared by boiling in water for thirty minutes. The area about 
the operative field is to be surrounded with cloths, or towels, 
Avhicli have been boiled or baked, and instruments and 
sponges may be laid on these. 

Dressings may consist of gauze which has been exposed 
for three hours to dry heat at 140° C. (284° F.), or placed iu 
an oven of an ordinary cooking st(jve, in closed tin cans, until 
it becomes scorched and slightly brown. The same gauze 
may be used for sponges. Unsterilized articles are not to 
be suffered to come in contact with the operator, or wound, 
during the operation. 

Wound infection from exposure to the air and other 
media, is prevented by immediate dressing and bandaging, 
or by collodion applications. 

Venesection. 

Venesection, or blood-letting, formerly abused, has, for 
that reason, fallen into almost complete disuse. This is un- 
fortunate, since blood-letting is a valuable and often life- 
saving measure. The indications for venesection are chiefly 
limited to conditions associated with a general high arterial 
pressure and local engorgement of some organ. 

In such cases venesection very rapidly reduces general 
blood-tension to a point lower than that existing in the 
engorged region, so that congestion is relieved. A full, in- 
compressible pulse is said to indicate the desirability of 



* It may be noted here that the peritoneum of the horse is so 
extremely delicate and liable to infection, as compared to that of man 
and dogs, that most abdominal operations are practically contrain- 
dicated in the case of this animal. 



VENESECTION 



729 



venesection in severe acute disorders — in accordance witli 
the above — but tliis is not bj any means invariably the fact. 
as will be shown. 

Venesection leads to a redaction of temperature, aii<l 
vascular tension is lowered for from 3 to 48 hours, accord- 
ing to the quantity of blood withdrawn, but the blood vessels 
quickly adjust themselves to the smaller mass of blood, and 
the original quantity of this vital fluid is soon restored (24 
to 48 hours) through absorption from the tissues and ali- 
mentary canal. The heart beats more rapidly, owing to the 
lessened resistance in the vessels, and venesection is accom- 
panied by nausea and prostration. 

The blood is less dense and more fluid after blood- 
letting, and for this reason, if inflammatory processes follow, 
exudation is more apt to ensue. The fibrin is first regained, 
then the normal number of white, and finally that of red 
corpuscles, in from one to five weeks. Circulatory depress- 
ants — as veratrum viride — accomplish much the same results 
as blood-letting, by causing general reduction of vascular 
tension and relief from local congestion, thus " bleeding an 
animal into its own veins " without loss of blood, it is true, 
but with less rapid and certain effect. 

Cathartics, diuretics and diarphoretics also lower blood 
pressure by abstraction of fluid from the vessels, but their 
action is slow. The following disorders are those most 
suitable for treatment b}^ venesection when they exist in an 
alarming form in robust animals : 



"Cerebral congestion. In insolation 

and tympanitis. 
Apoplexy, particularly parturient 

apoplexy of cows. 
Encephalitis. 

Acute cerebral meningitis. 
Active pulmonaiy congestion and 

apoplexy. 
Passive pulmonary congestion in 

cardiac disease. 



Sthenic pneumonia. 
Sthenic pleuritis. 
Urticaria. 
Lymphangitis. 

i Bacterial, 
Mineral, 
Vegetable. 
(Followed by saline infusion.) 



Venesection from the jugular in cerebral congestion is. 



730 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

in fact, a species of local blood-letting by directly drainini::*^ 
blood away from the brain ; and it preserves life by pre- 
venting pressure on, and paralysis of, tlie great vital medul- 
lary centres controlling the respiration and heart. Moderate 
blood-letting is sometimes advisable in the early stages of 
severe inflammatory attacks of the brain or its mem- 
branes. 

In cerebral congestion, and dyspnoea due to gastric 
tympany and pressure on the diaphragm, bleeding may give 
relief. Blood-letting is particularly applicable in the treat- 
ment of parturient apoplexy of cows, and, when the disease 
has once occurred, it may be employed as a prophylactic 
measure in plethoric animals immediately before parturition. 
Venesection alleviates dangerous pulmonary congestion, 
removes the venous load on the right heart, and relieves 
dyspnoea and cyanosis by making it possible for the heart to 
force a smaller quantity of blood through the less obstnicted 
lungs. 

A feeble and easily compressible pulse does not neces- 
sarily contraindicate venesection in engorgement of the 
lungs, for this condition leads to stasis in the pulmonary 
circulation, prevents the proper flow of blood into the left 
ventricle, and thus causes arterial anaemia. Therefore, so 
far from contraindicating blood-letting, this condition urg- 
ently demands it. Alarming dyspnoea, great cyanosis, 
together with a general plethoric state, should guide us in 
blood-letting in sthenic pneumonia and pulmonary conges- 
tion, rather than the state of the pulse. Venesection is 
serviceable in advanced cases of cardiac disease in dogs — 
with failing compensation, venous engorgement of the lungs, 
and dyspnoea — by relieving the obstruction to the right 
heart. Moderate blood-letting is occasionally useful in 
severe cases of acute pleuritis, laminitis, lymphangitis and 
urticaria in plethoric horses. 

Finally, in various toxaemias, blood-letting drains away 
both the blood and its contained poison. The mass of 
blood removed may be advantageously replaced by injection 



VENESECTION 731 

of normal salt solution into a vein or under the skin. This 
method is not in prevalent use in veterinary medicine, but is 
applied wtth notable success in human practice. Every 
veterinary practitioner should be competent to bleed an 
animal. An amount greater than -^ of the total quantity of 
blood should not be withdrawn. The total quantity of blood 
is equal to about 13.5 per cent, of the body weight in horses ; 
to 2.2 per cent, of the body weight of fat swine ; to 6.6 per 
cent, of the body weight in dogs, and to 7.7 per cent, of the 
body weight in man. Large horses or cattle may be bled to 
the extent of from 4: to 6 qts.; smaller subjects, 2 to 4 qts. ; 
sheep, 2 to 1 pt. ; dogs, 4 oz. to 1 pt. 

Blood-letting is generally done to animals in the upright 
position by shaving the hair and cleansing the skin over the 
jugular vein in the upper part of the neck. The vein is 
made prominent by pressure below the site of operation, and 
a fleam, or knife carefully guarded, is plunged into the vein, 
making a good clean incision. The blood should be quickly 
withdrawn and carefully measured and the effect on the 
pulse noted, and the blood-letting maintained until there is 
noticeable reduction in the vascular tension and other 
symptoms, for the relief of which venesection is employed. 
The bleeding is arrested by suturing the lips of the wound 
and by pressure with a bandage. 

Local Blood-letting, or Scarijication, is often useful in 
relieving tension and pain in locally congested or inflamed 
tissues, and may even avert death of the part. Further- 
more, stasis is removed and exudation from the engorged 
vessels may be prevented, while a fresh supply of arterial 
blood flows into reinstate the vital processes. 

Scarification is practiced by making numerous small, 
parallel incisions into the skin, fascia or other tissues in the 
long axis of a limb or part. In inflammation of the perios- 
teum it is necessary to puncture this membrane. Bleeding 
is facilitated by warm poulticing, and is arrested by packing 
the incisions with sterile gauze. 



732 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 



INDICATIONS. 



Lampas. 

Glossitis. 

Periostitis. 

Cellulitis. 

Conjunctivitis. 



Mastitis. 
Laminitis. 

(To secure blood for microscopic 
examination. ) 



Sometimes the veins leading from an inflamed area are 
opened, thus securing local abstraction of blood; e. (/., the 
digital veins in laminitis ; the milk veins in mammitis. 

Scarification, or puncture, is indicated in the above- 
mentioned conditions whenever there is great swelling, pain 
and tension in the affected parts, and not otherwise. 

Transfusion. 

Transfusion is the transfer, directly or indirectly, of 
blood from one living animal to another. In this process 
the blood must be obtained from an animal of the same 
species as the patient, but even then disintegration of the 
blood corpuscles follows, resulting in nephritis from the 
extra work put upon the kidneys in their effort to eliminate 
the destruction-products of the transfused blood. Embol- 
ism and sepsis are added dangers even when the blood is 
defibrinated, after removal from the body of the host, and 
only the serum is injected into the patient. 

The injection of warm, normal salt solution (.6 of 1 per 
cent.) has been found to fill all the indications for trans- 
fusion of blood, and yet is free from the dangers and diffi- 
culties besetting the latter. 

Saline Infusion. 

Saline infusions are intended to replace the normal 
blood plasma, and, therefore, should contain approximately 
the amount of sodium chloride — .6 of 1 per cent. — contained 
in this fluid. The solutions should be filtered and boiled 
previous to their use, when this is possible, and are made 



TRANSFUSION 733 

"by adding a heaping teaspoonful of sodium chloride to the 
quart of sterile water, which is used at a temperature of 
usually 103^ to 115° F., according to the mode of introduc- 
tion and circumstances.* 

Simple distilled and ordinary water are noxious to th*^ 
tissues, while salt solution is entirely innocuous unless it 
contains three times the quantity of sodium chloride nor- 
mally present in the blood. 

3Iode of Introduction. — Saline infusions are introduced 
within the body (1) by intravenous injection ; (2) by injec- 
tion into muscular tissue (hypodermoclysis) ; and (3) by 
rectal injection (enteroclysis). 

Intravenous injection is the most rapid and certain 
method, but not so simple and practicable as hypodermo- 
clysis. 

Any superficial vein which can be readily seen and 
isolated, may be utilized ; preferably the jugular or internal 
saphena vein in animals ; the median basilic, or cephalic, at 
the bend of the elbow in man. 

The apparatus consists of a glass funnel or rubber bag 
connected by four or more feet of rubber tubing, with a 
canula or curved piece of glass tubing 4 inches long and \ 
inch in diameter for horses ; | inch in diameter for dogs. 
The apparatus should be boiled immediately before using. 
The vein is made prominent by manual pressure exerted by 

* The true proportion of sodium chloride in blood plasma of mam- 
mals is .8 per cent., or 123 grains to the quart. 0.6 of 1 per cent, of 
sodium chloride is not really "normal " for mammals, but was deduced 
from that found in the plasma of frogs. The injection of a too dilute 
saline solution will cause the red blood cells to swell and part with 
their hemoglobin and will lead to great sweating and diuresis in the 
effort of nature to restore the plasma to its proper composition. A 
more exact solution for saline infusion consists of : Sodium chloride, 
.8 per cent.; potassium chloride. .03 per cent.; calcium chloride, .02 per 
cent.; water, 100. In emergencies, ordinary table salt (which contains 
a slight amount of calcium chloride, causing its deliquescence), in the 
proportion of 123 grains to the quart or a level teaspoonful to pint of 
sterile water, may be employed for intravenous infusion or hypoder- 
moclysis. 



734 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

an assistant, or bj a bandage, applied proximally to the seat 
of operation. The hair is shaved from the part, which is 
cleansed, and an incision 1| to 2.^ inches long is made by 
lifting a fold of the skin directly over the vein and snijj- 
ping off the top of the fold with scissors parallel to 
its long axiso The sheath of the vein is exposed, raised by 
dissecting forceps, and divided. The vein is then lifted from 
its bed with an aneurism needle, and two silk or catgut liga- 
tures are drawn under it about an inch apart. The vein is 
now incised longitudinally, and, as the blood begins to spurt 
out, the distal ligature is tied about the vessel. The canula 
is next passed into the incision in the vein toward the heart 
and the proximal ligature is tied, with the first part of a 
surgeon's knot, about the vein and canula, holding the latter 
in place and preventing leaking of the salt solution from the 
vessel. When the injection is completed, the tube is with- 
drawn and the proximal suture is tied on the heart side of 
the incision, and thus the vessel is occluded on either side 
of the seat of operation. The apparatus is filled with salt 
solution — including the funnel, tubing, and canula — at a 
temperature of 103° to 110° F. before its introduction into 
the vein, and the funnel should be kept full during its use to 
prevent the entrance of air into the vessel. Any pressure, 
previously employed between the incision and the heart, 
should of course be removed before beginning the injection. 
A little clean absorbent cotton may be placed at the bottom 
of the funnel before the salt solution is poured into it, if the 
solution has not been previously filtered. In using the ap- 
paratus the funnel is raised about two feet above the vein. 
The quantity of salt solution to be injected will vary from a 
few ounces to two pints in the case of dogs ; from one to 
many quarts for horses. Enormous quantities of normal 
salt solution may be introduced into the blood without 
harm, even an amount equal to four times that of the blood, 
providing the inflow is not too rapid ; i. e., exceeding one 
fluid drachm to the pound of live weight in fifteen minutes. 
When this amount is exceeded the heart and kidneys cannot 



HYPODEKMOCLYSIS 735 

take care of the great quantity of fluid in the vessels and 
tissues. A return to the normal volume, force, and rate of 
the pul-se, and of color to the mucous membranes, will lead 
us to stop the saline infusion. The use of intravenous saline 
injections is frequently followed by a reaction within half an 
hour, characterized by a severe rigor, succeeded by sweat- 
ing, labored breathing, a strong pulse and Increased urinary 
secretion. 

Hypodermoclysis. 

Injection of warm (103° to 105° F.) normal salt solution 
into the muscular tissue of the neck, abdomen or flank, is 
done aseptically with the same apparatus employed for in- 
travenous saline infusions, using a large hollow needle to 
thrust under the skin directly into the muscular tissue, 
instead of the glass tube for intravenous injection ; or a 
fountain syringe filled with saline solution and attached 
to a sterile aspirating needle may be used ; or a reversed 
aspirator apparatus may be utilized : i.e., by filling the 
jar with salt solution and forcing the air into the jar, 
thus displacing the fluid. The fountain syringe is the 
best apparatus. Hypodermoclysis may be employed in 
the same cases as intravenous infusion, and is a better 
method on account of its simplicity. We are guided as 
to the quantity of solution desiiable by the same indica- 
tions noted above as referring to intravenous saline injec- 
tions. Hypodermoclysis may be done in several places, 
and absorption is assisted by massage. Salt solutions are 
injected under the udder in females, and are occasionally 
thrown into the peritoneal cavity, particularly after opera- 
tions in this region, before closing the abdominal walls. 



736 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Enteroclysis. 

Enteroclysis applies to tbe rectal injection of normal 
salt solution (105° to 120° F.) to secure absorption. This 
metliod may be applied in cases not so urgent as to 
demand intravenous saline infusion or liypodermoclysis, 
more especially moderate degrees of hsemorrliage, sliock, 
collapse, and circulatory depression, when the intrinsic 
heat of the injection is valuable in restoring the normal 
bodily temperature. 

USES. 
INDICATIONS FOR SALINE INFUSIONS. 



i Bacterial. 
Mineral. 
Vegetable. 
In threatened death from any 

accidental cause. 
In any disease with feeble heart 
and low vascular tension. 



Grave haemorrhage. 

Shock, traumatic, operative, and 

electric. 
Suppression of urine. 
Severe diarrhoea. 
Eclampsia. 
Pm-i)ura hemorrhagica. 

Hypodermoclysis, or the intravenous injection of saline 
infusions, find their greatest usefulness as life-saving meas- 
ures in severe haemorrhage. While these methods are not 
in vogue in veterinary practice, they have become recognized 
procedures of great practical value in human medicine. The 
indications, following haemorrhage, are to fill up the vessels 
and to restore vascular tension, since danger is imminent, 
not from loss of blood corpuscles, but from lack of a circu- 
lating medium. There is a sufficient number of red cor- 
puscles to carry on the respiratory and oxygen-bearing 
functions even after the greatest loss of blood possible from 
ordinary causes. In fact, respiration is but slightly im- 
paired in human subjects suffering from pernicious anaemia, 
when there is a 90 per cent, reduction in the normal number 
of red corpuscles, and two-thirds of the blood may be with- 
drawn from animals and replaced with normal salt solutious 
without serious damage resulting. In shock there is general 
vasomotor paralysis, so that most of the blood collects ia- 



kunsel's treatment 737 

tlie abdominal veins, while tbe ventricles and arteries are 
emptied. In this condition saline infusions (105° to 110° F.) 
are of infinite value, because absorption of drugs from the 
digestive canal and subcutaneous tissue is impaired. Saline 
infusions greatly dilute the blood — and, therefore, poisons 
in the blood — in toxaemia, while they increase the activity 
of the kidneys and elimination of toxins. The intrinsic heat 
of the injections is thought to stimulate antitoxin formation, 
and the restoration of vascular tension is believed to assist 
the natural bodily resistance of the patient. 

A great variety of disorders have been treated success- 
fully in human medicine with saline infusions, on this basis, 
including : septicaemia, pneumonia, uraemia, diabetic coma, 
purpura h hemorrhagica, tetanus, ulcerative endocartlitis,^ 
pyelitis; acute alcohol, ether, chloroform, carbonic monoxide,, 
arsenic and mushroom poisoning ; and toxaemias resultiijo- 
from acute infectious disorders. The same treatment mio-ht 
be applied to haeraoglobinsemia and other toxaemias peculiar 
to the domestic animals. Venesection for the purpose of 
removing the poisoned blood should, in most cases, be 
resorted to prior to practising saline injection in the- 
toxaemias. Excluding shock and haemorrhage, where heat 
is invaluable, saline infusions are generally given at the 
temperature of 103° F. by the rectum, under the skin, or 
into a vein. 

Kunsel's Treatment for Milk Fever in Co-ws. 

This special form of treatment merits the attention of 
tbe veterinary profession because of the remarkably suc- 
cessful results which have been almost universally secured 
in the case of milk fever, which is not only a very common 
disease, but one which has hitherto baffled the best thera- 
peutic attempts of the veterinarian. Following the Schmidt 
treatment with his intramammary injections of potassium 
iodide — which was productive of great diminution of the 
mortality of milk fever, but was often followed by local 



738 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

injury to tlie udder — M. Kunsel, of Lucerne, iu March, 1903, 
made his first report of the method under discussion. This 
consists in the following : A tank of compressed oxygen; 
whicli can be had of any of the wholesale drug houses, is 
connected by rubber tubing six feet in length to a milking 
tube and firmly wired to the nozzle on the tank and to the 
tube, which should be boiled previous to use. The udder 
of the cow affected with milk fever should be stripped of 
milk and thoroughly washed with warm water and soap and 
the teats cleansed with 70 per cent, alcohol or some other 
effective antiseptic. The milking tube is then introduced 
into one of the upper teats and the oxygen gas is allowed to 
flow slowly into the teat until the corresponding quarter of 
the udder is tense and well distended. While pinching the 
teat to prevent the escape of gas, the tube is withdrawn and 
a strip of bandage or tape is bound about the lower part of 
the teat to retain the oxygen. The same procedure is 
repeated in each of the remaining teats. The ligatures on 
the teats may be permitted to remain in place for an hour 
and a half, when they should be removed. The inflation of 
the udder may be repeated in six hours, if necessary, owing 
to non-improvement of the patient. As synergistic measures, 
the subcutaneous injection of one-half grain of strychnine 
nitrate, the use of enemata to empty the bowels, and cathe- 
terization are important in aiding recovery. 

The animal should also be comfortably propped up 
with bags of hay. 

If oxygen can not be readily obtained, the use of a 
bicycle pump connected with a milking tube may be 
employed with much success ; some veterinarians claining 
that the results are as good as with the use of oxygen, pro- 
viding the air is pure whicli is pumped into the udder.* This 
purity of the air may be attained by blowing the air through. 

* Very convenient arrangements are now commonly sold at a small 
price for inflating the cow's udder with air. Tliese consist of a rubber 
bulb and tubing, a chamber containing sterile cotton (through which 
the air is filtered) and a milking tube for introduction into the teat. 
They may be used by the laity, and their employment has been as 
satisfactory as when oxygen was injected. 



LAVAGE 739 

a wash bottle containing 2 per cent, carbolic acid solution. 
Light massage of the ndder should follow the inflation. The 
results of the Kunsel treatment are wonderful. Kunsel 
reported a series of twenty-two cases of milk fever, without a 
death, following the use of his method. Similar results have 
been secured in this country. The rationale of the treatment 
has yet to be elucidated. Various hypotheses have been 
advanced, such as the effect of the oxygen on a hypothetical \ 
anaerobic bacillus in the udder ; the action of the oxygen on 
the blood and general metabolism in destroying toxic 
products in the economy ; the action of air-compression in 
the udder in overcoming conjestion in this part ; and a pos- 
sible stimulation of the secretory function of the mammary 
gland with elimination of toxins. The fact that injection of 
milk into the mammary gland has produced a condition simu- 
lating milk fever appears to augur a local cause of the disease. 

Lavage. 

Lavage is a term applied to washing out the stomach 
with the stomach tube. This process, while an every-day 
occurrence in human medicine, has been too long neglected 
in Veterinary practice. Fortunately, new interest has been 
awakened in this useful procedure by Phillips, of St. Louis, 
who has perfected a tube and demonstrated the prac- 
ticability of its use.* 

The passage of the tube is chiefly of value in acute 
indigestion of the horse, with gastric flatulence and disten- 
tion, where pain and danger of rupture of the organ are 
averted by permitting escape of gas. By further washing 
out the stomach in such conditions, and in gastritis and . 
engorgement, toxic, fermenting ingesta are immediately ^ 
removed and the evil results, as tympanites and locaf 
inflammation of the stomach and of the intestines, are pre- 
vented. In choking, as by oats, the passage of the tube 
may afford relief, while in poisoning the washing out of the 
stomach is the one essential treatment. Gastric indiges- 



*Amer. Vet. Review, 'iHaiy, 1904. 



740 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

tion and flatulence are shown by colic, distention in the 
region of the stomach, difficulty in thoracic breathing and 
eructations of gas by the mouth, or attempts at retching 
and vomiting. 

To pass the tube, the horse may be backed into a stalh 
The operator stands to the animal's left and an assistant, 
holding up the horse's head and the distal end of the tube, 
to the patient's right. 

The tube is placed in warm water and the surface is 
dusted with powdered slippery elm or smeared with vase- 
line. The left nostril of the horse is also lubricated in the 
same way. 

The operator pushes the tube gently along the floor of 
the left nasal fossa with the left hand, while guiding its 
direction with the right hand. 

The first obstruction is likely to be met, when the tube 
has been entered about a foot, by its contact with the tur- 
binates. The point of the tube should then be held down- 
wards, by the pressure of the right forefinger pushed as far 
as possible into the nostril, while the outer part of the tube 
is lifted upward to force the point down into the pharynx. 
"When the tube enters the pharynx attempts at swallowing 
are likely to occur and these are just what are needed to 
close the epiglottis over the larynx and to force the tube 
into the gullet. If swallowing is not evident it may be 
brought on by pushing the end of the tube gently backward 
and forward into the pharynx, and, when an attempt at 
deglutition occurs, the tube should be thrust forward. If 
the tube goes into the trachea instead of the oesophagus, it 
will meet with little resistance and expired air may be felt 
coming from it, while coughing often results. If it is in the 
gullet, the tube will be held more firmly by its walls and 
only fetid gas may escape with stomach contents. It should 
by these means be definitely established then that the tube 
is in the gullet before introducing it farther. 

The tube should be made with white marks on the 
rubber to show when it may be expected to have reached 
the gullet and again the stomach. 



SERUM THEEAPY 74:1 

Daring the course of passing the tube it must be well 
lubricated. 

When the stomach is reached the gas may have already 
escaped and fluid contents may be siphoned off by filling the 
tube with warm water from a funnel or syringe, holding the 
distal end tightly closed and lowering it to the ground so as 
to permit of the escape of stomach contents by siphonage. 
If the contents are largely solid, the stomach must be 
repeatedly filled with 2 to 4 quarts of warm water and 
allowed to escape again by lowering the outer end of the 
tube to the ground. If the flow stops, owing to choking of 
the tube, it may be started again by injection of water into 
the tube with a syringe or pump. 

The latter must not be used to suck out the contents of 
the stomach except so far, if necessary, as to start the 
siphonage. The stomach should thus be repeatedly washed 
until the water comes away clear. If water is injected with 
a syringe, care must be taken to avoid forcing air into the 
stomach. 

When passage of the tube becomes impossible through 
one nostril, the other one may be tried. Phillips reports 
failure to pass the tube in the horse in only 5 per cent, of 
trials. The tube is best made of red Para rubber and long 
enough to reach from the stomach to the ground when in 
place. 

Serum Therapy.* 

Antitoxic Serum. — The microscopic parasites which 
cause infectious diseases — of which the bacteria are the 
most common — do so chiefly through the production of cer- 

* In the use of serum therapy the strictest aseptic precautions are 
to be used. The animal is prepared by shaving off tlie hair from the 
part and the skin is washed with soap and water and then witli alcohol 
and water, 2 parts of the former and 1 part of the latter, or with 5 per 
cent, carbolic acid watery solution, which is harder on the hands. Tlie 
syringe and needle must be boiled for five minutes before using. Wlien 
many animals are injected at one time, it may be sufficient to wipe off 
the needle after each injection with tlie alcohol solution. Tlie puncture 
may be covered with collodion to advantage. Glass syringes, with 
asbestos packing on plunger, are most suitable for boiling, the needle 
connected by rubber tubing. 



742 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

ttiiu complex, poisonous, proteid bodies called toxins, whicK 
combine with the cells of the vital organism and destroy 
their vital functions. Indeed, all the classic symptoms of 
some of the infectious diseases may be caused by injection 
of the toxins of the bacteria which cause these diseases; 
such is the case with tetanus and di[)htheria. Under favor- 
able circumstances, however, when the dose of toxins is not 
too large, the animal organism reacts against these toxins 
through the possession of antitoxic principles in the fluids 
of the body or by means of the secretion of antitoxins by 
the cells of the animal tissues. 

The antitoxins set free from the cells then combine 
with the toxins in the blood and so prevent the toxins from 
uniting with the cells of the body and thus destroying them. 
The subject is a very intricate one and is as yet in a some- 
what nebulous state and we here present but the briefest 
and crudest outline of the present and generally accepted 
hypothesis. 

To illustrate the method of artificially manufacturing 
antitoxins, we will take as an example the production of 
tetanus antitoxin. 

Tetanus Antitoxin. — Tetanus bacilli are grown in bouillon 
for two or three weeks in an incubator, when the culture is 
filtered free of bacilli and furnishes tetanus toxins. A horse 
is injected with one-half a cubic centimeter of toxin and an 
equal amount of Lugol's solution to lessen its virulence. 
The injections are repeated in increasing quantities till the 
seventy-second day, when as much as 150 cc. are injected. 
The horse is very susceptible and reacts with local inflam- 
mation at the site of each injection and generally by the 
production of antitoxins in its blood. A few days after the 
last injection the horse's immunity is at its maximum — that 
is, its blood is highest in antitoxic strength. The horse's 
blood is then withdrawn under strictest aseptic precautions 
and the serum is decanted after a day or two. The serum 
is placed in aseptic bottles holding 10 cc, which are 
sealed. 



SERUM THERAPY 7 ^J 

They are put iii an incubator for several days to prove 
their sterility ; if the serum turns cloudy it is rejected. 
Most serums will keep a year if preserved with a slight 
amount of carbolic acid or if treated by repeated steriliza- 
tion below 100° C. Cloudiness in a serum indicates that it 
is unfit for use. 

The activity of a serum is estimated in two ways. First, 
the amount of antitoxic serum required to neutralize a 
given volume of toxin of known strength. Second, the 
strength is stated in units. Thus a test toxin is prepared, 
-j-i-jj- cc. of which constitutes the smallest fatal dose of a 
guinea pig. This amount of toxin is neutralized by y^^oir ^^ 
a unit of antitoxin. Or, to put it another way, 1 unit of 
antitoxin will protect 1,000 guinea pigs against the small- 
est fatal dose of toxin. 

The dosage is, then, reckoned in units of antitoxin, 
which is the most accurate method. While this mode of 
standardization is applied to the use of diphtheria antitoxin, 
unfortunately it is not employed in the case of the other 
serums where the dose is given in cc. This is inadvisable, 
as different manufactures possess different antitoxic 
strengths. 

The toxin of tetanus is developed by the bacteria of 
this disease, which gain entrance through wounds of the 
tissues of the body. The bacilli of tetanus are not distrib- 
uted by the blood, but remain at the site of infection, and 
the toxins they produce are taken up by the peripheral 
nerve endings in the vicinity and carried along the axis cyl- 
inders of the motor nerves to the central nervous system. 
The same thing happens in rabies. When the toxins reach 
the spinal cord the symptoms of tetanus appear and finally 
death occurs, when the important centers of the medullii, 
become intoxicated. Tetanus bacilli live in the soil, and 
wounds which are contaminated with dirt or foreign bodies, 
and those which do not have free access to air — as bruised 
or punctured wounds — are chiefly liable to the development 
of tetanus. It will thus be seen that tetanus does nut 



744 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

become apparent until some time after the involvement of 
the nervous system, and for this reason the use of tetanus 
antitoxin is not so actively preventive at this period, when 
the toxins have combined with proteid elements of the ner- 
vous system and are therefore unable to combine with and 
be neutralized by the antitoxin. Nevertheless, tetanus anti- 
toxin is of some value as a curative remedy in tetanus 
if used within thirty hours of the beginning of the 
attack. 

As a preventive agent when employed before infection, 
or immediately after it, tetanus antitoxin is almost certain. 
Nocard injected 2,727 horses with tetanus antitoxin in a cer- 
tain district, and while none of these developed tetanus, 
there were 259 cases in the same region in unprotected 
horses. The immunity produced by tetanus antitoxin is 
thought to last from fifteen to thirty days. So-called idio- 
pathic tetanus is in reality traumatic, resulting from small 
unseen wounds of the mucous membranes or integument. 
Tetanus antitoxin is then, indicated for use in the horse 
when the case is seen early, or as a preventive when tetanus 
is prevalent, or following wounds the character of which 
(see above) suggests the possibility of the development of 
the disease. The remedy may be employed without fear (jf 
doing any damage if properly administered. There are three 
ways of giving tetanus antitoxin ; as a preventive it may bo 
given under the skin or intravenously, and, as a cure for the 
disease, it may be used in these ways or be injected within 
the brain. The latter method has been practiced consider- 
ably in human medicine and with somewhat uncertain 
results as compared with the intravenous injection, although 
it is generally considered superior. Roux saved 35 out of 
45 guinea pigs by intracerebral injection, whereas by sub- 
cutaneous injection of antitoxin he had but two recoveries 
in seventeen cases of tetanus. The injection is made with 
a blunt needle into the substance of the brain through a 
small bole in the skull made with a drill at a point midway 
between the outer angle of the orbit and the centre of a line 



SERUM THERAPY 745 

drawn over the top of the head from one auditory meatus to 
the other. 

lu most cases iu veterinary practice the subcutaneous, 
or, better, intravenous, administration will be found_ most 
practicable. The dose is 5 to 20 cc; the smaller dose as a 
prophylactic and when injected into the brain. 20 cc. is the 
usual curative dose for the horse, although the dose may 
vary according to the manufacturer. 

Tetanus bacilli and spores may live in the tissues for 
weeks, and thus it is safer to repeat the dose — when given 
for immunizing purposes — at the end of the first and third 
week to antagonize any later intoxication caused by a new 
crop of bacilli. 

Anti-ivfectious Serum. — Antistreptococcus serum is in- 
cluded under this head because it appears to be especially 
antagonistic to streptococci themselves and to possess less 
antitoxic power. In the preparation of this serum (after 
IMarmorek) streptococci are grown iu human serum or 
serous exudate mixed with two parts of peptonized bouillon, 
and their virulence is greatly increased by repeatedly in- 
jecting them from rabbit to rabbit. This virulence becomes 
in this process so great that an amount of culture equivalent 
to one single streptococcus will certainly kill a rabbit. 
Small doses of a culture of living virulent streptococci from 
the rabbit are injected into the horse from time to time, this 
animal reacting vigorously to the injections. It is not until 
the horse has undergone this treatment for a year and 
has recovered from each injection that a serum is obtained 
of a sufficient strength to combat living streptococci and 
their toxins. The blood of the horse beiog withdrawn 
furnishes anti-streptococcic serum. It is now thought by 
many authorities that the serum to be most efi"ective should 
be polyvalent — that is, should be active against the many 
varieties of streptococci by the cultivation of large numbers 
of streptococci to represent their different toxins. 



746 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

Marmorek holds, however, that the streptococci causing 
erysipelas, cellulitis, abscess, sore throat, parturient in- 
fections, scarlet fever, etc., are identical; that all produce 
the same toxins, and that all are antagonized by an anti- 
infectious or antitoxic serum made from any one or all 
of them. 

The therapeutic results of antistreptococcic serum are 
not so certain as those following the use of some other 
serums — notably anti-diphtheritic serum in man — because 
so-called streptococcic infection is often a mixed infection, 
by which is meant that produced in part by other bacteria, 
and because serums produced by the cultivation and in- 
oculation of apparently the same varieties of streptococci 
seem to differ considerably in their protective value. 
As in the case of other serums, the therapeutic result is 
much more favorable when antistreptococcic serum is 
used as a prophylactic or in the early stages of the 
infection. 

The injection of antistreptococcic serum is practically 
devoid of danger. 

With the qualifications above noted, antistreptococcic 
serum has proven serviceable in the following morbid con- 
ditions : Medical and surgical septicemia, pyemia, parturient 
infections, traumatic infections, peritonitis, empyema, cel- 
lulitis, erysipelas, broncho- and contagious pneumonia of 
horses, and cerebro-spinal meningitis. As some of the 
above diseases are often caused by infections other than 
streptococcus, the employment of antistreptococcic serum 
may be unavailing in them unless the etiology is known to 
be streptococcic invasion. 

Dosage. — In the larger animals from 20 to 50 cc. are 
injected at all ages at a single operation, and the dose 
should be repeated every twelve or twenty-four hours until 
the symptoms are abated. 



TOXINS 7-17 

A fresh specimen of autistreptococcic serum is always 
desirable, as its power to destroy streptococci is soon lost. 

Toxins. 

Tuberculin. — Koch's tuberculin is prepared by growing 
tubercle bacilli in flasks, containing peptonized bouillon 
and glycerin, in an incubator at 37° C. for six weeks. The 
cultures are boiled and filtered through porcelain to remove 
the dead bacilli, and the toxic substance is concentrated to 
one-tenth of its bulk by boiling. The result is a solution of 
the toxins of the tubercle bacilli in glycerin, and to this 
is added a ^ per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid for 
injection. Tuberculin is used in veterinary medicine solely 
as a diagnostic test for tuberculosis in animals, chiefly 
cattle. It may be used with almost entire certainty for this 
purpose, Koch claiming 99 per cent, of correct results from 
its injection. Injections in tuberculous animals cause a rise 
of temperature of from one to three or more degrees F. in 
about twelve hours from the time of injection. If there is 
any focus of tuberculosis, as in the joints or bones, open to 
inspection, there will be a notable reaction observed in this 
locality, with heat, redness and decrease of function of the 
part. Erlich explains the fever following the injection of 
tuberculin to be due to a reaction of a zone of cells about 
the tuberculous focus which have been made unusually 
susceptible by the toxins of the disease so that they become 
inflamed by the sudden extra amount of toxin injected. In 
a tuberculous guinea pig, which has been killed by the 
injection of an overdose of tuberculin, zones of hyperemia 
may be seen surrounding each of the grey nodules charac- 
teristic of the disease. The injection of an ordinary dose of 
tuberculin is practically harmless and does not even render 
the milk of a cow unfit for food. In an advanced stage of 
tuberculosis the animal may not react to tuberculin, and 
this may be explained by the fact that the tissues are 
perhaps habituated to the toxins. 



748 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

The Test. — It is best to take tlie temperature of tlie 
animal from 6 A.M. every two hours until the tuberculin is 
injected on the evening of the same day between 8 and 10 
P.M. The test is unreliable in animals whose temperature 
reaches 103° F. during this period prior to the injection, 
and sometimes in those in advanced stages of the disease. 
The injection is made aseptically into the subcutaneous 
tissue in the side of the neck with a syringe and needle 
previously boiled. The animals should be kept in the 
stable during the time required for the test, and should not 
be allowed to drink large quantities of cold water to reduce 
their temperature while the test is being made. The tem- 
perature of the animal should be taken at 6 a.m. on the 
morning following the injection and from that time every 
two hours till 8 p.m. 

A rise of two degrees F. is necessary for a positive 
reaction ; that is, a rise of two degrees over the maximum 
temperature of the animal in the fourteen to sixteen hours 
before the injection. Those animals in which the tem- 
perature does not rise over 103° F. within fifteen or at 
most twenty hours after injection may be considered non- 
tuberculous ; when the temperature is between 103° and 
104° F. the test is doubtful, and the animals should be re- 
examined after a month ; when the temperature rises 
gradually to 104° F. or over within fifteen hours after the 
injection, the animals may be classed positively tuberculous, 
provided the temperature constitutes a rise of two degrees 
over the maximum temperature recorded prior to the in- 
jection. 

The average dose of tuberculin as prepared and diluted 
for immediate use by the U. S. Government is 2 cc If 
tuberculin is to be kept for any period, it is better to 
procure the concentrated toxin and dilute it with a ^ per 
cent, carbolic acid solution prior to injection. Tuberculin 



TOXINS 749 

should be kept in a cool, dark place and should be rejected 
if it becomes cloudy. 

llcdlein. — This toxin is prepared in a manner almost 
precisely similar to that described under tuberculin. The 
sterilized cultures, from which the dead bodies of the 
Bacilli mallei have been filtered, and containing their toxins, 
are employed to test horses and mules for the existence of 
glanders and farcy. A rise of two degrees F. in an animal 
of normal temperature (not exceeding 101° F.) within fifteen 
hours of injection, together with a tender swelling five to 
ten inches in diameter at the site of injection, which is at 
its height in forty-eight hours, constitute positive proof of 
glanders. If the fever occurs without the swelling, or the 
swelling without the fever, the animal should be re-tested 
in a week. In the normal animal a swelling occurs at the 
site of injection, without rise of temperature, but the swell- 
ing is much smaller and has almost disappeared by the end 
of twenty-four hours, whereas in the glandered animal the 
swelling persists until the third or fourth day after the 
injection. The temperature prior to the injection should 
not be over 102° F., but if it is, the occurrence of a large, 
persistent swelling at the site of injection renders a diagnosis 
of glanders probable. The performance of the test is similar 
to that with the use of tuberculin, including the preparatory 
temperature-taking and that following the injection. The 
injection is made aseptically with a sterile syriuge under 
the skin on the side of the neck, and a temperature of 104*^ 
F. occurring within fifteen hours after the injection, together 
with a large and slowly disappearing swelling, is certain 
evidence of glanders. 

The usual dose for a diagnostic test of mallein in the 
horse is 1 cc, but the dose varies with different brands 
of manufacture, the proper dose of each being stated on the 
bottle. If several injections of mallein are given to a 
glandered horse, the reaction may disappear, and in this 
way glandered horses may be fraudulently prepared for sale 
as free from the disease. 



750 GENERAL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES 

riGceutlj claim has been made by a reputable veterin- 
; liaii that glanders may be cured by one or more injections 
(i mallein, and lie bases bis opinion on the failure of such 
juiimals to react a second or third time to the mallein test. 
The fact above related that glandered animals become 
ordinarily insusceptible to the repeated test, together with ^ 
the danger of accepting such a statement until fully proved, 
should make one very cautious to act on such a belief 
in practice. 

Semner* has, however, found that horses may be pro- 
tected against infection with glanders by injections of mal- 
lein, and this lends some encouragement to the view of 
its possessing curative properties. 

Mouilleron examined (at one time) four glandered horses 
after death, following three or four negative tests with 
mallein, and found no evidence of the disease by micro- 
scopy, cultures and inoculation. Nocard has also shown 
the curability of glanders. The exact status of the matter 
is as yet undetermined, and until it is we may more safely 
refuse to accept the general curability of glanders by 
mallein. 

Vaccines. 

Yaocination consists in introducing, within the animal 
body, bacteria (or their products) of a disease — with the 
intention of protecting the animal against the disease. The 
theory consists in the fact that, by modifying the virulence 
or action of the bacteria in some way, there are produced in 
the inoculated animal antitoxins. These not only prevent the 
occurrence of the inoculated disease, but even the develop- 
ment of the disease when introduced by natural channels. 
The activity of bacteria is lessened in various ways. Thus 
in preparing the vaccines against anthrax and blackleg the 
bacteria are exposed to heat. Then by inoculating the 
bacteria in a way, different from that in which they naturally 



Central 1. f. Bacter., Bd. xvii, Nos. 9 and 10. 



VACCINES 751 

gaiu entrance to the body, their activity may be diminished; 
e.g., the bacillus of blackleg is introduced under the skin or 
intravenously, and the tail is sometimes chosen as a site, the 
blood supply being poor. The vaccines do not prove 
curative if employed after the development of the disease, 
against which they are preventives, and often they are 
ineffectual if used after the exposure of the animal to the 
infection of the disease. This is not the case in autirabic 
inoculation, however, as the treatment proves successful 
after the patient has been bitten and infected by a rabid 
animal. So in smallpox in the human, vaccination will 
modify and possibly prevent smallpox if done within four 
days after exposure to infection. The duration of the period 
of immunity conferred by vaccination differs in the case of 
the different vaccines. 

Blackleg or Quarter Evil. — This disease is caused by 
B. chauvoei and is distinct from anthrax. Calves should be 
vaccinated when six months old and again within a year. 
The best time is that before the usual occurrence of the 
disease, and no surgery, as branding, castration, marking, 
dehorning or spaying, should be done before, or within two 
weeks after, vaccination. Either one or (better) two vaccines 
are used, the first being the weakest and prepared by heat- 
ing to 103^ C, and the second being heated to 93*^ C. 
and used eight days later. Vaccination is done with a 
powder obtained by drying and triturating a piece of 
affected muscle. The directions for using the same are 
elaborate and furnished in detail by reliable makers. The 
use of this vaccine is very successful as a prophylactic 
against blackleg unless the animal has already been ex- 
posed to the disease or actually has it. Such must have 
been the case when blackleg appears in a few days after 
vaccination. 

Anthrax. — Anthrax is the most fatal disease attacking 
horses, sheep, goats, mules and cattle. It occurs in the 
United States, more often in Mississippi and Louisiana. 
Vaccination was done by Pasteur in 1880 and was the first 



752 GENERAL THEBAPEUTIC MEASURES 

attempt made in establishing artificial immunity in practice. 
Great crowtls gathered to see the result of his treatment. 
He subjected 24 sheep, 1 goat and 5 cattle to vaccination^ 
and then 60 animals (incluiling the vaccinated and unvac- 
cinated) were inoculated with anthrax. Forty-eight hours 
later the sight presented to the public beggars description. 
In the paddock were seen dead and dying all the un- 
vaccinated animals, while the vaccinated ones appeared in 
perfect health. A small number of animals — especially 
sheep and goats — die from the treatment. In countries 
where anthrax is endemic, vaccination has reduced the 
mortality from 10 to ^ of 1 per cent. Statistics also show 
that less than 1 per cent, of vaccinated animals die of the 
disease. When unvaccinated herds are attacked usually 
80 per cent. die. The vaccination should be practiced 
usually in summer or fall, as these are the favorite seasons 
for development in infected regions. The protection lasts 
from six to twelve months. Two vaccines are used. Num- 
ber one, the weaker, is made by growing bacilli in a current 
of air at 109° F. for twenty-four days ; number two is 
prepared in the same manner during twelve days. The 
weak number one is injected and followed in ten days 
by number two. Sick animals may infect a pasture for ten 
years, but vaccination will practically permit of pasturing 
on the infected land. The method of inoculation requires 
minute directions, which may be obtained from manufac- 
turers. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL 
MEASURES 



Abortion, accidental and epizootic 
in cows and ewes. 
Isolate and disinfect, 216. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 
Empty uterus. 

Antiseptic vaginal injections. 
Lysol, 335. 
Creolin, 334. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Ergot, 629. 

Abscess. 
Iodine, 246. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Poultices, 714. 
Rhigolene, 350. 
Cocaine, 434. 

Potassium permanganate, 205. 
Paracentesis. 
Cantharides, 646, 702. 



See Mange, and 



AcARi or Mites. 
Scah. 
Parasiticides, 69. 

Actinomycosis. 
Excise. 

Potassium iodide, 249. 
Iodine, 244. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Good food and tonics. 

Acne. 

Cleanse with soap and water. 
Prevent chafing. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Arsenic, 266. 
Phosphorus, 239. 
T53 



After-Pains. 

Remove clots or placental remains. 
Opium, 368. 
Morphine, 368. 

Aged Animals, destruction of. 

Chloroform, 307. 

Bullet, 307. 
Amaurosis. 

Blister about orbit. 

Strychnine, 409. 

Ammenorrhcea. Sterility. 
Pull or restricted diet. 
Tonics and emmenagogues, 58. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Oil of savine, 545. 
Cantharides, 647. 
Aloes, 569. 

Anemia. 
Full diet, 690. 
Fresli air. 
Exercise. 

Remove primary cause. 
Iron, 201. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Quinine, 488. 
Gentian, 554. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Copper sulphate, 188. 
Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Cod liver oil, 657. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Clip horses with thick coats. 

Anoina. See Pharyngitis, Laryn- 
gitis, 



754 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Anorexia. See Appetite, loss of. 

Anthrax. Charbon. 
Antlirax vaccine, 751. 
Corrosive sublimate, 215. 
Ipecac, 476. 

Destroy or isolate animals. 
Disinfect premises, discharges and 
dead bodies, 725. 

Apoplexy, cerebral, parturient. 

Kunsel's treatment, 737. 

Bnemata, 737. 

Strychnine, 737. 

Ice to poll. 

Ergot, 629. 

Venesection, 730. 

Bandage legs. 

Eserine, 419. 

Croton oil, 582. 

Colocynth, 587. 

Veratrum viride, 467. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 

Change patient's position every 
few hours. 

Avoid drenches if animal uncon- 
scious. 

Empty bladder. 

Stimulants, if collajjse. 

Appetite, loss of. 
Gentian, 554. 
Cinchona, 488. 
Quinine, 488. 
Quassia, 556. 
Cascarilla, 557. 
Calumba, 558. 
Taraxacum, 560. 
Hydrastis, 562. 
Hydrastine, 562. 
Hydrastin, 562. 
Calamus, 564. 
Cajjsicum, 526. 

Aptha. See Stomatitis. 

Arthritis. 

Irrigation, 710. 
Iodine, 246. 



ARTTiiRi'ns{continued) 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Tartar emetic, 231. 
Burgundy pitch, 506. 
Calomel, 219. 
Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Ked mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 702. 
Rest. 

Ascariues. See Worms, 
Anthelmintics, 68. 

Ascites. See Dropsies. 

Asthma in Dogs. 
Bromides, 243. 
Nitrites, 313. 
Chloral, 318. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Eserine, 419. 

Asthma in Horses. See Broken 
Wind. 

Azoturia. See Ilvamoglohinuimia. 

Balanitis. 

Cleanse. 

Urethral injection, 1 per cent, 
solution of zinc sulphate and 
lead acetate, equal parts. 

Hydrastis, 563. 

Barrenness, Sterility. See Am- 
mtnorrhoea. 
Aphrodisiacs and emmenagogues, 
57, 58. 

Bites. 
Of rabid dogs, nitric acid, 272. 
Of insects, ammonia, 147. 
Of snakes, ammonia, 147; potassa, 
123. 

Bladder, irritable. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Potassium citrate, 127. 
Potassium acetate, 127. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASUEES 



755 



Bladder, irritable (continued). 
Camphor, 550. 
Buchu, 541. 
Salol, 495. 
Urotropin, 341. 
Rest. 

Hot enemata. 

Remove smegma, calculi and other 
sources of reflex irritation. 

Blepharospasm. 
Atropine, 384. 

Bleeding. See Hemorrhage. 

Bog Spavin. See Arthritis, 
Irrigation, 710. 
Rest. 

High-heeled shoe. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Boils. 

Iodine, 252. 
Collodion, 637. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Carbolic acid, 330. 
Menthol, 530. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Glutol, 341. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Poultices, 714. 
Paracentesis. 

BoTS. Larvae of Oestrus Equi. 
Carbon disulphide, 278. 
Chloroform, 68. 
Anthelmintics, 68. 
Green fodder. 
Cathartics. 

Break Down. 
Cautery, 701. 

Broken Knees. 
Cold, 706. 

Broken Wind. 

Carron oil, 156, 570. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 408. 



Broken Wind {continued). 
Veratrine, 471. 
Restrict water, 118. 
Concentrated diet. 
Linseed meal, 610. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Bronchitis, acute and chronic. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Mustard, 517, 700. 

Solution of ammonium acetate, 
151. 

Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 

Nitrites, 313. 

Belladonna, 385. 

Strychnine, 408. 

Digitalis, 451. 

Strophanthus, 455. 

Squill, 458. 

Dover's powder, 475. 

Oj^ium, 370. 

Codeine, 366. 

Heroin, 357. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 136. 

Potassium bicarbonate and citrate, 
127. 

Ammonium chloride, 150. 

Ammonium carbonate, 149. 

Aconite, 463. 
, Quinine, 489. 

Pcjtassium iodide, 249. 

Arsenic, 236. 

Cod liver oil, 658. 

Linseed tea, 611. 

Linseed oil, 570. 

Olive oil, 603. 

Tar, 509. 

Benzoin, 515. 

Eucalyptol, 521. 

Ipecac, 475. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Resin, 506. 

Balsam of Peru, 512. 

Balsam of Tolu, 512. 

Myrrh, 525. 

Asafetida, 538. 



756 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Bronchitis, acute and chronic (cow- 
tiimed) , 
Ammoniacum, 540. 
Buchu, 541. 

Compound spirit of juniper, 542. 
Camphor, 550. 
Sulphur, 258. 

Sulphurous anhydride, 259. 
Alum, 169. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Eserine, 419. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Bruises. 

Fomentations, 715. 
Priessnitz poultice, 708. 
Refrigerant mixtures, 711. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Laudanum, 174. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Arnica, 523. 
Camphor liniment, 549. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Soap liniment, 605. 
Stimulating liniments, 701. 
Olive oil, 603. 

Burns. 
Orthoform, 253. 
Aristol, 156. 
Carron oil, 156. 
Boroglyceride, 275. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Iodoform, 252. 
Salicylic acid, 494, 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Chalk, 154. 
Menthol, 530. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
Moist heat, 712. 
Stimulants. 
Good food. 

Bursitis. 
Ice, 706. 



Bursitis (contintied). 
Irrigations, 710. 
Injections of iodine, 246. 
Injections of carbolic acid, 329. 
Red mercuric iodide, 246. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Calculi, biliary. See Colic, Gall 
Stones. 

Calculi, intestinal. 
Enemata. 

Rectal manipulation. 
Anodynes. See Colic. 
Eserine, 419. 

Calculi, renal, vesical. 
Hot enemata for pain, 716. 
Enemata, 30. 
Morphine, 367. 

Potassium acetate and citrate, 127. 
Lithium salts, 152. 
Ammonium and sodium benzoate, 

513. 
Hydrochloric or sulphuric acid for 

horses. 

Canker of Ear. See Otorrhoea. 

Chapped Elbow, Hock, Knee. See 
Btirsitis. 

Catarrh. See Coryza, Ozoena. 

Cerebral Hemorrhage. SeeJ.^o- 

plexy. 

Cerebritis. See Encephalitis. 

Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. 
Ice to head, 706. 
Ei'got, 385, 629. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Aloes, 568. 
Catheterize. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Cantharides, 645. 

Chafing. See Intertrigo. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



757 



Chorea. 
Iron, 203. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Bromides, 243. 
Chloral, 318. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Cannabis indica. 394. 
Anaesthetics, 307. 
Eserine, 419. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Conium, 430. 
Valerian, 537. 
Zinc valerianate, 537. 
Camphor, 550. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Quinine, 488. 
Asafetida, 538. 

Anthelmintics if due to worms, 68. 
Full diet. 

Cold, exposure to. 
Mustard, 700. 
Alcohol, 291. 

Colic. 

With gastric flatulence, use sto- 
mach tube in horse, 739. 

Opium, 367. 

Morphine, 367. 

Atropine, 385. 

Chloral, 318. 

Chloroform, 307. 

Ether, 295. 

Cannabis indica, 394. 

Hyoscyamus, 390. 

Capsicum and ammonium carbon- 
ate, 526. 

Oil of peppermint, 530. 

Oil of turpentine, 503, 701. 

Aconite, 463. 

Asafetida, 538. 

Tobacco, 426. 

Aloes, 568. 

Barium chloride, 159. 



Colic {continued). 
Arecoline, 617. 
Eserine, 418. 
Enemaia. 30, 138. 
Mustard, 518. 
Stupes, 715. 
Hot injections, 713. 

Coma. 
Ice to head, 706. 
Cold douche, 700. 
Mustard and bandaging on legs, 

700. 
Venesection, 729. 
Purgatives, 28. 
Stimulants, in collapse. 

CONJESTION OF LuNGS. 

Mustard, 517, 700. 
Nitrites, 308. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Venesection, 729. 
Aconite, 463. 

Conjunctivitis. 
Cold compresses. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Silver nitrate. 177. 
Protargol, 179. 
Argyrol, 180. 
Alum, 168. 
Copper sulphate. 187. 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Citrine ointment, 220. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Scarification, 731. 

Constipation. 
Diet, 688. 
Enemata, 30, 31. 
Manual evacuation, 585. 
Abdominal massage, 585. 
Exercise. 



758 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Constipation {continued) . 
Horse — 
Aloes, 568. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Calomel, 218. 
Epsom salts, 163. 

Cattle — 
Epsom salts, 163. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Calomel, 218. 

Foals and Calves — 
Carron oil, 570. 
Gregory's powder, 576, 

Dogs — 
Castor oil, 572. 
Olive oil, 603. 

Compound cathartic pill, 210. 
Compound liquorice powder, 579 
Cascara sagrada, 572. 
Syrup of purging buckthorn, 574 
Calomel, 218. 

Pupjyies — 
Suppositories — 
Soap. 

Glycerin, 607. 
Phillips' milk of magnesia, 165. 
Birds — 
Tincture of rhubarb, 577. 

Buckthorn, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Senna, 579. 
Croton oil, 582. 
Jalap, 584. 
Gamboge, 586. 
Colocynth, 587. 
Elaterin, 587. 
Podophyllin, 589. 
Arecoline, 617. 
Oxgall, 655. 
Eserine, 418. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Barium chloride, 159. 
Veratrine, 471. 



Constipation {continued). 
Strychnine, 410. 
Glycerin, 008. 
Belladonna, 386, 410. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Asafetida, 538. 

Convalescence. 
Diet, 690. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Bitters, 289. 

Strychnine, 410. 

Gentian, 554. 

Quinine, 489. 

Calumba, 558. 

Quassia, 556. 

Hydrastin, 562. 
Valerian, 537. 
Pepsin, 653. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Convulsions. 
Anesthetics, 307. 
Chloral, 318. 
Bromides, 243. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Valerian, 537. 
Copper sulphate, 186. 
Laxatives. 
Warm bath. 

Remove worms or source of irrita- 
tion in digestive canal. 

Corneal Opacities and Ulcers. See 
Keratitis. 
Calomel, 217. 

CORYZA. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Spirit of nitrous ether, 312. 

Aconite, 433. 

Dover's powder, 475. 

Opium, 370. 

Cocaine, 437. 

Menthol, 530. 

Quinine, 590. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



759 



CoRYZA {continued). 

Arsenic, 225. 

Bismuth, 192. 

Linseed oil, 570. 
Cough. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Opium, 369. 

Heroin, 357. 

Codeine, 366. 

Belladonna, 385. 

Phenaeetin, 323. 

Chloroform, 298. 

Chloral, 318. 

Wild cherry, 348. 

Prussic acid, 847. 

Cannabis indica, 394. 

Bromides, 243. 

Gelsemium, 422. 

Tar, 509. 

Balsam of Tolu, 512. 

Arsenic, 226. 

Camphor, 550. 

Mustard, 517, 700. 

Ammonium chloride, 150. 

Cracks or Fissures. See Fissures. 

Cramps. 
Atropine, 386. 
Belladonna, 386. 

Croup. See Laryngitis. 

Curb. 

Cold, 706. 

Cautery, 701. 
Cystitis. 

Spirit of nitrous other, 313. 

Belladonna, 387. 

Hyoscyamus, 396. 

Aconite, 313. 

Potassium citrate and acetate, 313. 

Urotropin, 341. 

Buchu, 541. 

Oil of juniper, 542. 

Linseed tea, 611. 

Acacia, 606. 

Gantharides, 647. 



Cystitis (continued). 
Boric acid, 275. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Balsam of Tolu. 512. 
Balsam of Peru, 513. 
Salol, 495. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Benzoates, 515. 
Eucalyptol. 521. 
Thymol, 552. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Rest. 

Debility. 
Alcohol, 290. 
Iron, 201. 
Arsenic. 226. 
Strychnine. 409. 
Quinine, 488. 
Calcium phosfihate, 158. 
Cod liver oil, 657. 
Linseed meal, 610. 
Cotton-seed meal, 610. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Gentian, 554. 
Calumba, 558. 
Cardamom, 534. 
Coriander, 584. 
Fennel, 534. 
Fenugreek, 584. 
Ginger, 534. 

Decubitis. 
Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Aristol, 253. 

Delirium. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Hyoseine, 390. 

Diabetes Insipidus. 
Iodine, 247. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Valerian, 537. ■ 
Avoid bad fodder. 



Diabetes Mellitus. 
%iria. 



See Oil/cos- 



760 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Diaphragmatic Spasm, Hiccough. 
See " Thumpfi." 

I)lARRn(EA. 

Laxatives — 

Linseed oil, 570. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Gray powder, 214. 
Calomel, 218. 
Carron oil, 570. 
Magnesium sulpliate, 163. 
Diet and restriction of water, 

688, 689. 
Saline infusions, 736. 
Enemata, 30. 
Starch, 636. 
Rest. 

Opium, 367. 
Astringents. 
Chalk, 155. 

Aluminum hydroxide, 160. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Acids, 272. 
Lead acetate, 175. 
Bismuth, 192. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Krameria, 599. 
Ha^matoxylon, 600. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
White oak, 595. 
Catechu, 597. 
Kino> 598. 
Ergot, 630. 
Antiseptics — 

Carbolic acid, 333. 
Creosote, 333. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Naphtalene, 337. 
Salol, 495. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Tar, 509. 
Benzoates, 574. 
Arsenic, 225. 



DiARRHCEA {continued). 

Ipecac, 476. 
Syrup of lime, 157. 
Buchu, 541. 
Camphor, 550. 

Diphtheria. 

Insolate and disinfect discharges. 
Antitoxin when due to Klebs- 

Loeffler bacillus. 
Irrigate throat with normal salt 

solution. 
Alcohol. 
Milk and eggs. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 

Disinfection. 

Disinfectants, 718-723. 
Practical disinfection, 725. 
Chlorine, 238. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Carbolic acid, 332, 
Creosote, 333. 
Formaldehyde, 339, 340, 
Formalin, 339, 340. 

Dislocations. 
Ana?sthetics, 307. 
Blistering, 702. 

Distemper, Canine. 
Isolate. 
Country air. 
Good food. 
Quinine, 489. 
Iron, 203. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Coffee, 399. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Camphor, 550. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Chloral, 318. 
Phenaeetin, 323. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND EEMEDIAL MEASURES 



761 



Dropsy, Cardiac, Hepatic, Renal. 
Digitalis, 219, 452. 
Squill, 458. 
Caffeine, 400. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Calomel, 458. 
Jalap, 584. 
Colocynth, 584. 
Colchicum, 635. 
Sugar of milk, 652. 
Diet, 690. 

Dysentery. 
Isolate. 
Calomel, 218. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Ipecac, 476. 
Opium, 367. 
Lead acetate, 175. 
Benzoates, 514. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Naphtalin, 337. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Buchu, 541. 
White oak, 595. 
Catechu, 597. 
Kino. 598. 
Starch, 636. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
ILTmatoxylon, 600. 
Arsenic, 225. 
Disinfect premises and discharges, 

725. 
Feeding, 668, 669. 

Dyspepsia. See Indigestion. 

Dyspnoea. See Laryngitis, Diph- 
theria and Chest Diseases. 
Nitroglycerin, 312. 



Dyspncea {continued). 
Nitrites, 312. 
Inhalations, 47. 
Counter-irritation. 
Ti'acheotomy. 

Eclampsia. See Convulsions. 

Eczema. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 510. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Icthyol, 660. 
Zinc ointment, 185. 
Sulphurated potash, 261. 
Sulphur, 261. 
Yellow wash, 217. 
Black wash, 217. 
Iodine, 246. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Chalk, 154. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 191. 
Wiiite precipitate ointment, 220. 
Citrine ointment, 220. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
( )leate of mercury, 214. 
Blue ointment, 214. 
Thymol, 552. 
Chrysarobin, 577. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Hamamelis, 602. 
Glycerite of starch, 608. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Phosphorous, 235. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 
Diet, 688. 

Emphysema. See Broken Wind. 
Arsenic. 226. 
Strychnine. 409. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 



762 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Encephalitis. 
Ice on liead, 706. 
Venesection, 639. 
p]rgot, 629. 
Croton oil, 582. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Eserine, 419. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Aloes, 568. 
Stimulants. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Endocarditis. See also Rheuma- 
tism. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophantlnis, 455. 
Potassiutn iodide, 249. 

Enteritis. 
Opium. 369. 
Atropine, 385. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 468. 
Mustard, 518. 
Castor oil, 578. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Epilepsy. See Convulsions. 

Epistaxis. 
Adrenalin, 689. 
Pack nostril with gauze. 
Ice water or ice bag on forehead. 
Opium, 369. 
Ergot, 629. 
Alum, 168. 
Krameria, 599. 

Erysipelas. 
Icthyol, 660. 
Iodine, 246. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Creosote, 333. 
Quinine, 489. 
Alcohol, 291. 

Tincture of ferric chloride, 195. 
Milk and eggs. 
Isolate and disinfect premises, 725. 



Erythema. 
Zinc oxide, 185. 
Lead acetate, 174. 
Calamine, 185, 563. 
Chalk, 155. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Tar, 508. 
Camphor, 549. 
Vaseline, 350, 
Hamamelis, 602. 

Eye, foreign bodies in. 
Cocaine, 437. 

Exostoses. See Spavin, Ringbone, 
Splint, etc. 

Fainting. See Syncope. 

Fardel Bound. Inspection of 3rd 
Stomach, Gastritis of Rumi- 
nants. 

Strychnine, 410. 
Veratrine, 471. 
Arecoline, 617. 
Epsom salts, 163. 
Linseed oil, 570. 

Fever. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Solution of ammonium acetate, 

151. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Aconite, 463. 
Acetanilid, 323. 
Phenacetin, 323. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Quinine, 489. 
Alcohol, 290. 
Salicylic acid, 495. 
Diet, 691. 
Refrigerants, 711. 
Cold applications, 706-712. 
Cold drinks, 706. 
Cold enemata, 711. 
Cool air. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



763 



Fissure. 

Of Rectum — 
Orthoforin, 353. 
Belhidonna, 383-386. 
Iodoform, 251. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Of Teats- 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Collodion, 637. 
Fistula of Withers, Poll, Lat- 
eral Cartilages, etc. 

Corrosive sublimate, 216. 

Iodine, 246. 

Arsenic, 224. 

Carbolic acid, 329. 

Creosote, 333. 

Flatulence, Tympanites. See 
Indigestion and Colic. 

Stomach tube in horses with gas- 
tric flatulence. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 

Terebene, 504. 

Chloroform, 298. 

Oil of peppermint, 532. 

Charcoal, 277. 

Strychnine, 410. 

Ammonium carbonate. 526. 

Capsicum, 526. 

Eserine, 418. 

Naphtalin, 337. 

Bismuth, 192. 

Resorcin, 338. 

Valerian, 537. 

Asafetida, 538. 

Cascarilla, 557. 

Calamus, 564. 

Glycerin, 608. 

Fleas (Pulex irritans). 
Oil of anise, 532. 
Pyrethrum, 624. 
Carbolic soap. 
Tobacco, 426. 



Foot Rot in Sheep. 

Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 
Oil of Turpentine, 502. 
Tar, 509. 

Founder. See Laminitis. 

Fractures. 
Anjesthetics, 307. 
Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Starch bandages, 636. 

Fracture of Jaw. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Fragilitas Ossium. See Osteo- 
malacia. 

Frontal Sinus, inflammation of. 
Iodoform, 251. 

Frost Bite, Dermatitis, Congel- 
ations. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 

"Galls." See Ulcers, Wounds. 

Gall Stones. See CoJic. 

Calomel, 219. 

Salines, 136. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Exercise. 
Gangrene. 

Remove dead tissue with knife. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 

Chlorinated soda, 238. 

Alcohol. 

Good food. 

Garget. See Mammitis. 

Gastritis. 
Opium. 368. 
Bismuth, 192. 
Solution of lime, 157. 
Ipecac, 475. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Diet, 688, 695. 
Nutritive enemata, 695. 
Ice by mouth. 



764 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Gastroenteritis. Acute, Chronic. 
See Indigestion. 
Opium, 368. 
Linseed tea, 010. 
Acacia, 613. 
Althaea, 613. 
Diet, 688, 689. 

Gastroduodenitis. See Jcmndice. 

Glandular Swellings. 
Iodine, 246. 

Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Mercury, 214. 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Cantharides, 702. 
Poultices, 714. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Glaucoma. 

Physostigmine, 418. 

Granular Lids, 
Alum, 168. 
Copper sulphate, 187. 

Glossitis. 
Scariflcation, 731. 

Glycosuria. 
Glycerin, 608. 

Granulations. See Womids. 

Grease. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 508. 

Griping of Cathartics. 
Ginger, 527. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Oil of peppermint, 530. 

Growths. See Waris. 
Hu?<:matemesis. 

Opium, 369. 

Ergot, 629. 

Ice by mouth. 629. 

Heat to spine, 715. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 



II^matemesis (continued) . 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Ilamamelis, 601. 
Rest, 
Diet, 689. 

n^MOGLOBIN^MIA. 

Aloes, 568. 

Magnesium sulphate, 568. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 136, 
Colchicura, 635, 
Diet, 690. 

Prophylaxis, exercise. 
Light feeding. 

HiEMOPTYSIS. 

Opium, 369. 

Ergot, 629. 

Heat to spine, 715. 

Digitalis, 453. 

Oil of turpentine, 504. 

Gallic acid, 593. 

Hamamelis, 601. 

Rest. 

Hemorrhages. 
Ice, 706, 
Opium, 369. 
Ergot, 629, 
Saline infusion, 735. 
Adrenalin, 639, 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Ferric salts, 201. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Acids, 272. 
Kino, 598, 
Alcohol, 291. 

H/EMORRHAGE, Post-Partum. 
Remove afterbirth. 
Repair tears. 
Ergot, 629. 

Hot vaginal injections, 716. 
Pack uterus with gauze. 
Saline infusion, 735. 

Hemorrhoids. See Piles. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



765 



Heart Failure. See Syncope. 

Heart, Fatty. 
Diet, 690-694. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Digitalis, 451. 

Heart, HypertrophieJ. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 

Heart, Palpitation of. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 453. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Bromides, 243. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Camphor, 550. 

Heart, Valvular Disease of. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Diet, 690. 

Heat Stroke. See Su7i Stroke. 

Heaves. See Broken Wind, Em- 
physema, Asthma. 

Hernia. 

Anaesthetics, 307. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Herpes. 

Lead aceta,te, 174. 

Hydrophobia. See Rabies. 

Hypertrophy of Heart. See Heart. 

Hysteria. 

Bromides, 243. 
Valerian, 537. 
Asafetida, 538. 
Camphor, 550. 

Impaction of Colon. 
Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Linseed oil, 569. 
Castor oil, 571. 



Impaction of Colon {continued). 
Atropine, 386. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Barium chloride, 159. 
Eserine, 418. 

Incontinence of Urine. 
Belladonna, 387. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Cantharides, 647. 

Indigestion, Dyspepsia, Chronic 
Gastro-intestinal Catarrh. 
Diet, 688. 
Aloes, 568. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Carron oil, 157. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Arecoline, 617. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Eserine, 419. 
Acids, 272. 

Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Arsenic, 225. 
Strychnine, 410. 
Capsicum, 526. 
Ginger, 527. 
Gentian, 554. 
Hydrastin, 562. 
Quinine, 488. 
Pepsin, 653. 
Pancreatin, 654. 
Papain, 656. 
Hydrochloric acid, 272. 
Sulphurous acid, 260. 
Carbolic acid, 332. 
Creosote, 333. 

Salicylic acid and salol, 495. 
Tartar emetic, 232. 
Hydrogen dioxide, 120. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Ammonium chloride, 150. 
Anise, 534. 
Cardamom, 534. 
Coriander, 534. 



766 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Indigestion, etc. (continued). 
Fennel, 534. 
Fenugreek, 534. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Benzoic acid, 514. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Calumba, 558. 
Quassia, 556. 
Casearilla, 557. 
Hjematoxylon, 600. 

Indurations. 

Priessnitz poultice, 708. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Inflammation, Chronic and Acute. 
See Fever. 
Laxatives, 570. 
Ice, 706. 

Venesection, 728. 
Scarification, 731. 
Irrigation, 710. 
Counter-irritants, 701. 
Poultices, 712. 
Diet, 691. 
Aconite, 463. 
Opium, 369. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Mercury, 215. 
Tartar emetic, 232. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Iodine, 246. 

Influenza. 

Inhalations, 47. 

Solution of ammonium acetate, 

151. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Potassium nitrate, 129. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Compound spirit of juniper, gin, 

281. 
Quinine, 489. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Coffee, 399. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Belladonna, 385. 



Influenza {continued). 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Camphor, 550. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Disinfection, 725. 

Intertrigo. See Erythema. 

Intestinal Haemorrhage. 
Opium, 869. 
Ergot, 639. 
Tannic acid, 689. 
Ilamamelis, 601. 
Diet, 689. 

Intestinal Indigestion and C a 
TARRH. See Indigestion. 

Intestinal Obstruction. See In- 
ttissuscepfio7i and Twist. 

Intussusception. 
Opium, 369. 
Enemata, 30. 
Position, 418. 
Abdominal section. 
Eserine, 418. 

Iritis. 

Atropine, 384. 
Calomel, 219. 
Eserine, 418. 

Itching. See Pruritus. 

Jaundice. 

Magnesium sulphate, 164. 

Calomel, 218. 

Sodium pliosphate, 142. 

Nitrohydrochloric acid, 218. 

Acids, 272. 

Aloes, 569. 

Hydrastis, 562. 

Podophyllin, 589. 

Enemata, 30. 

Diet, 689. 

Joints, Inflammation and Swelling 
of. See Arthritis. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



767 



Keratitis. 
Atropine, 374. 
Calomel, 217. 

Lameness. 
Cocaine, 435. 

Laminitis. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Venesection, 731. 
Poultices, 713. 
Local bath, 709. 
Vesication, 702. 
Feeding in, 688. 

Laryngitis. 

Inhalations, 47. 
Benzoin. 515. 
Priessnitz poultice, 709. 
• Ice bag, 706. 
Mustard, 517. 
Cantharides, 645. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Stimulating liniment, 701. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 312. 
Aconite, 463. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Dover's powder, 495. 
Ipecac, 475. 
Iodine, 246. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Sulphurous anhydride, 259. 
Alum, 168. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Tar, 509. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 

Leucorrhcea. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Alum, 168. 
Zinc sulphate, 187. 
Chlorinated soda, 238. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Potassium permanganate, 205. 



Leucorrhcea {continued) . 
Boric acid, 275. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Krameria, 599. 
Hfematoxylon, 601. 

Lice. Pediculi. 
Parasiticides, 69. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Oil of anise, 532. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Creosote, 333. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Corrosive sublimate, 215. 
Mercury ointment and oleate, 214. 
Staphisagria, 624. 

Lichen. See Eczema. 

Lithiasis. See Calculi. 

Lockjaw. See Teianiin. 

Luxations. See Dislocations. 

Lymphangitis. 
Aconite, 463. 
Colchicum, 635. 
Cold, 709. 
Venesection, 729. 

Mammitis. 
Belladonna, 383. 
Aconite, 463. 

Stimulating liniments, 701. 
Venesection, 729. 

Mange. Scabies. Acariasis. 
Parasiticides, 69. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 508. 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Sulphur, 257. 
Iodine, 246. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 



768 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Mange, etc. {continued). 
Creosote, 333. 
Naphtol, 336 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 
Blue ointment, 214. 
Disinfection, 257. 

Mastitis. See 3Iammitis. 

Malaria. 
Quinine, 489. 
Aloes, 489. 
Calomel, 489. 

Meningitis. 
Ice, 706. 
Ergot, 629. 
Opium, 368. 
Calomel, 219. 
Corrosive sublimate, 217. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Venesection, 729. 
Cantharides, 646-702. 

Metritis. Pelvic Lymphangitis. 
Pelvic Peritonitis. 
Removal of clots, placental or 

membranous remains. 
Hot antiseptic vaginal injections, 
as: 

Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Quinine, 489. 

Metrorrhagia. 
Ergot, 629, 
Hydrastis, 562. 
Cotton-root bark, 630. 
Ice, 706. 

Hot injections, 716. 
Ferric chloride, 200. 
Hamamelis, 601. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Savine, 544. 
Gallic acid, 594. 
Catechu, 577. 



Milk Fever. 
plexy. 



See Parturient Apo- 



Myositis (Interstitial). Myalgia, 
Muscular Rheumatism. 
Chloroform, 298. 
Oil of turpentine, 502. 
Camphor liniment, 550. 
Aconite, 463. 
Massage. 
Veratrine, 471. 
Quinine, 489. 
Salicylate acid, 495. 
Salicylates, 495. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Nasal Gleet. See Ozmna. 

Nephritis. 
Mustard, 491. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Buchu, 541. 
Oil of juniper, 542. 
Linseed tea, 611. 

Nervous Exhaustion. Neuras- 
thenia. 
Phosphorus, 236. 

Neuralgia. 
Opium, 368. 
Morphine, 366. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Belladonna, 384. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Conium, 430. 
Aconitine, 463. 
Aconite, 463. 
Menthol, 529. 

Obesity. 

Feeding for, 691-694. 
Salt in, 141. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Exercise. 

CEsTRUS ec^ui. See Bots, 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 769 



Opacity ok Cornea. See Keratitis. 

Open Joints. 
Asepsis. 

Ophthalmia. See Conjunctivitis. 

Osteomalacia, Mollites Ossium, 
Feagilitas Ossium. 
Diet, 691. 

Calcium phosphate, 158. 
Phosphorus, 236. 

Otitis Media. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Otorrhcea, Otitis Externa. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Alum, 169. 

Potassium permanganate, 205. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Tincture of iodine, 608. 

OxYURiDES. See Worms. 

Ozcena. 
Iodine, 246. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 191. 
Potassium permanganate, 201. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Copper sulphate, 187. 
Arsenic, 225. 

Pain. 
Opium, 367. 
Morphine, 367. 
Codeine, 366. 
Heroin, 357. 
Chloral, 318. 
Cannabis indica, 394. 
Acetanilid, 323. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Antipyrin, 323. 
Phenacetin, 323. 

PAI.PITATI0N. See Heart, 



Paralysis. Paraplegia, Hemiple- 
gia. 
Stryclinine, 409. 
Cantharides, 646. 
Cold douches, 709. 

Paralysis, Local. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Capsicum, 526. 

ParturiExNt Apoplexy. See Apo- 
plexy. 

Pericarditis. 
Cantharides, 646, 702. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Calomel, 219. 
Aconite, 464. 
Digitalis, 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Colchicum 631. 

Periostitis. 
Iodine, 246. 
Incision, 731. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 646, 702. 

Peritonitis. 
Opium, 369. 
Morphine, 369. 
Atropine, 386. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Oil of turpentine (stupes), 503, 701. 
Mustard, 578. 
Alcohol, 284. 

Pharyngitis. 
Inhalations, 47. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Aconite, 463. 
Camphor, 550. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Licorice, 609. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Acacia, 612. 

Solution of ferric chloride, 200, 
Silver nitrate, 178. 



770 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Pharyngitis {continued) . 
Cantharides, 702. 
Cold drinks, 710. 

Photophobia, 
Atropine, 384. 
Eserine, 418. 

Phrenitis. See Cerehritis. 

Phtheiriasis. See Lice. 

Piles. 

Magnesium sulphate, 163. 
Sulishur, 257. 
Aloes, 569. 
Orthoforni, 253. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Hanianielis, 602. 
Ergot, 630. 
Cocaine, 437. 
Iodoform, 251. 
Acids, 272. 
Belladonna, 383. 

Pityriasis. See Eczema, 

Plethora. 
Diet, 688. 

Pleuritis. . 
Opium, 370. 
Calomel, 219. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Wet pack, 708. 
Venesection, 729. 
Aconite, 463. 
Mustard, 517, 700. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Iodine, 246. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Salt, 411. 
Diet, 690. 
Cantharides, 702. 



Pneumonia. 
Venesection, 729. 
Mustard, 517. 
Wet pack, 708. 
Nitrites, 313, 408. 
Potassium nitrate, 129. 
Potassium chlorate, 130. 
Quinine, 489. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Opium, 370. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Solution of ammonium acetate, 

151. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Arsenic, 226. 

Poisoning. For Antidotes, see Spe- 
cial Drugs. 
Stonuich tube, 739. 
Tannic acid, 593. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Alum, 169. 
Zinc sulphate, 186. 
Mustard, 518. 
Apomorphine, 372. 
Nitroglycerin, 312. 
Atrojiine, 385. 
Stryclinine, 408. 
Camphor, 550. 
Olive oil, 603. 
Soap, 606. 
Venesection, 729. 
Saline infusion, 735. 

Poll Evil. See Fistula. 

Polyuria. See Diabetes Insipidus. 

Post Partum Hemorrhage. See 

lletrorrhagia. 

Pregnancy. 
Linseed oil, 570. 
Castor oil, 572. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



771 



Prolapsk of Rectum. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Powdered opium and nuttjall oint- 
ment, 593. 
Ice, 706. 

Pruritus, general, and of anus ami 
vulva. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Boric acid, 275. 
Hamaraelis, 603. 
Chloral, 318. 
Alcohol, 289. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Tobacco, 426, 
Cocaine, 437. 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Potassium bicarbonate, 123. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Menthol, 529. 
Lime water, 157. 
Alum, 168. 
Yellow wash, 217. 
Black wash, 217. 
Silver nitrate, 178. 
Thymol, 552. 

Psoriasis, Scaly Eczema, Mal- 

LENDERS. 

Oil of tar, 508. 
Resorcin, 338. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of cade, 510. 
Iodine, 246. 
Sulphur, 257. 
Thymol, 552. 
Chrysarobin, 577. 
Pyrogallol, 595. 
Soft soap, 605. 
Icthyol, 660. 

Ptyalism. 
Belladonna, 385. 
Atropine, 385. 
Alum, 168. 



Puerperal Fever. See Parturient 
Apoplexy, Metritis. 

Pulmonary ^dema. 
Nitrites, 313. 
Atropine, 385. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 

Purpura H^morrhaoica. 
Mineral acids, 273. 
Quinine, 488. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Copper sulphate, 1^9. 
Iron 201. 

Pyemia. 
Alcohol, 290. 

Pyelitis. 

Urotropin, 341. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Balsams, 512. 
Benzoates, 515. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Buchu, 541. 
Oil of juniper, 542. 
Cantharides, 647. 

QuiTTOR. See Fistula. 

Rabies. 

Quai'antine suspects. 

Destroy rabid animals. 

C-auterize bites made by rabid 

patients with nitric acid, 272. 
Employ Pasteur treatment on men 

bitten by rabid animals. 
Disinfect premises, 725. 

Renal Colic. See Calculus. 

Retention of Urine. 
Pressure on bladder through rec- 
tum, horse. 
Catheterize. 

Opium and belladonna per rectum. 
Hot enemata, 30. 



772 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Rheumatism. 
Salicylic acid, 495. 
Gaultheria, 495. 
Salol, 495. 

Methyl salicylate, 497. 
Chloroform, 298. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Opium, 368. 
Belladonna. 384, 385. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Pilocarpine, 444, 
Digitalis. 452. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Sulphur, 258. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Aconite, 463. 
Veratrum viride, 467. 
Iodine, 246. 
Veratrine, 471. 
Dover's powder, 475. 
Lithium salts, 152. 
Tartar emetic, 231. 
Quinine, 489. 
Burgundy pitch, 506. 
Benzoic acid, 514. 
Mustard, 518. 
Camphor liniment, 550. 
Icthyol, 660. 

Stimulating liniment, 701. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 
Colchicum, 635. 
Cantharides, 646. 
Dry heat, 718. 
Cold douche, 709. 

Rickets. 

Sodium phosphate, 124. 
Phosphorus, 236. 
Calcium phosphate, 159. 
Syrup of calcium, lactophosphate, 

159. 
Syruj) of ferrous iodide, 202. 
Cod liver oil, 658. 

Ringbone. 
Cautery, 701. 



Ringbone {continued). 
Cantharides, 645. 

Ringworm. 

Parasiticides, 68. 

Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 

Tincture of iodine, 246. 

Citrine ointment, 220. 

White precipitate, 220. 

Mercurial ointment, 214. 

Balsam of Peru, 511. 

Sulphur, 257. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 

Sulphurous acid, 260. 

Boric acid, 253. 

Ch-eosote, 333. 

Bichloride of mercury, 216. 

Naphtol, 336. 

Oil of turpentine, 502. 

Thymol, 552. 

Chrysarobin, 577. 

Pyrogallol, 594. 

Roaring. See Thick Wind. 

Salivation. See Ptyalism. 

Saprtemia and Septicaemia. 
Quinine, 489. 
Collargol, 180. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Sulphites, 143. 
Alcohol, 290. 

Scab in Sheep, Sarcoptes ovis. 
See Mange. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 332. 
Creolin, 334. 
Lysol, 335. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Tar, 508. 
Oil of tar, 510. 
Oil of cade, 510. 

Scabies. See flange. 

SciRRHUS Cord. See Champignon. 

Scratches. See Erythema. 

Septicaemia. See Saprwmia. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASUBES 



773 



Shock. 
Opium, 370, 
Alcohol, 290. 
Atropine, 385. 
Strychnine, 408. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Ergot* 629, 
Heat, 713. 
Mustard, 700, 
Saline infusions, 735. 

Shoulder Lameness. 
Veratrine, 451. 
Turpentine, 502. 

Sick Animals, destruction of. 
Chloroform, 307. 
Bullet, 307. 
Prussic acid, 346. 

SiTFAST. 

Turpentine, 502. 

Sore Throat. See Fharyngitis. 
Laryngitis. 

Sores. See Woimds and Ulcers. 

Spasms. See Convulsions, Epi- 
lepsy, Chorea, Tetanus, Colic, 
Asthma, Thumps, etc. 

Spavin. 
Canlharides, 646. 
Cautery, 701. 

Splint. 

Red mei'cnric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides. 646. 

Sprains and Strains. 
Irrigation, 710. 
Refrigerant mixtures. 711. 
Priessnitz poultice. 708. 
Fomentations, 715. 
Chloroform. 298. 
Oil of turpentine. 502. 
Iodine, 246. 
Arnica, 523. 
Lead acetate, 174. 



Sprains and Strains (continued). 
Camphor liniment, 549. 
Olive oil, 603. 
Soap liniment, 605. 
Icthyol, 660. 
Burgundy pitch, 506. 
Blister and cautery, 701. 

Sterility. See Ammenorrhoea. 

Sterilization, Hands, Instruments, 

Operative Field. 
Surgical asepsis and antisepsis, 

726. 
Soap and mustard, 605. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
Carbolic acid, 328. 
Creolin, 334, 
Lysol, 335. 

Stomach Staggers. See Indiges- 
tion. 

Stomatitis, 

Potassium chlorate, 130. 

Borax, 275. 

Nitric acid, 272. . 

Lime water, 157. 

Alum, 168. 

Chlorinated lime, 240. 

Glycerite of carbolic acid, 331. 

Thymol, 552. 

Hydrastis, 563. 

Glycerite of tannin, 593. 

Cold drinks, 710. 

Strains. See Sprains. 

Strangles. 
Mustard. 518. 
Cantliarides, 646. 
Stimulants. 
Fresh air. 
Good laxative diet. 
Poultice the throat, 713. 
Isolation. 

Treat generally as for influenza. 
Disinfection, 725. 



774 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Sunstroke, Heat Stroke, Insola- 
tion. 
Antipyretics, 323. 
Cold applications, 706. 
Venesection, 729. 

Surfeit, Nettlerash. See Urt- 
icaria. 

Syncope, Heart Failure. Weak 
Heart. 
Ammonia, 147. 
Spirit of ammonia, 147. 
Alcohol, 291. 
Ether, 294. 

HolTmann's anodyne, 293. 
Strychnine, 409. 
Digitalis, 451. 
Strophanthus, 455. 
Convallaria, 456. 
Camphor, 550. 
Caffeine, 399. 
Atropine, 385. 
Oil of turpentine, 503. 
Mustard, 576. 

Synovitis. 

Irrigation, 710. 
Iodine, 246. 
Mustard, 578. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Alum, 168. 

Mercurial ointment, 214. 
Cantharides, 646, 701. 

Tape Worm. See Worms. 

Teats, Sore. See Fissure. 

Tenosynovitis. 
Iodine, 246. 

Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Cantharides, 646. 

Tetanus. 
Chloral, 318. . 
Carbolic acid, 330. 
Bacelli treatment, 330. 
Opium and morphine, 368. 



Tetanus (continued). 
Belladonna, 387. 
Hyoscyamus, 390. 
Cannabis indica, 894. 
Eserine, 419. 
Gelsemium, 422. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Bromides, 243. 

Antitoxin, most successful, 742. 
Cold water, 710. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Thick Wind. Roaring. 
Red mercuric iodide, 219. 
Potassium iodide, 249. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Strychnine, 408. 

Tracheitis. 
Benzoin, 515. 
Tannic acid, 593. 

Thorough Pin. See Bursitis. 

Thrush. See Stomatitis. 

Thrush in Frog op Horse. 
Calomel, 217. 
Tar, 509. 
C'leanliness. 

Thumps, Hiccough, Spasm ov 
Diaphragm. 
Ether, 295. 
Morphine, 368. 
Belladonna, 386. 
Camphor, 550. 

Ticks, Iodide. 
Creolin, 225. 
Sulpho-naphthol, 225. 
Arsenic, 225. 

Tinea. See Ringworm. 

Trichiniasis, Trichinosis. 
Glycerin, 602. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Tuberculosis. 

Iodoform, 251. 

Tympanitis. See Flatulence. 

Twist. See Volvulus. 

Udder, Inflammation of. See 
3Iammitis. 

Ulcers. See Wounds. 

Urinary Calculi. See Calculi. 

Urinary Preservative. 
Chloral, 318. 

Urine, Concentrated. 
Spirit of nitrous ether, 313. 
Potassium citrate and acetate, 127. 

Urticaria, Nettlerash, Surfeit. 
Sodium bicarbonate, 135. 
Calomel, 217. 
Arsenic, 226. 
Acids, 272. 
Pilocarpine, 444. 
Menthol, 529. 
Icthyol, 659. 
Venesection, 729. 

Urethritis. 
Urotropin. 
Protargol, 179. 
Argyrol, 180. 
Zinc sulphate, lead acetate, 1 per 

cent, solution, equal parts. 
Buchu, 541. 

Uterus, Hypertrophy of. 
Ergot, 629. 

Uterus, Inertia of. 
Bagot, 629. 



Uterus, Inflammation of. 
Metritis. 

Uterus, Subinvolution of. 
Ergot, 629. 

Vaginitis. See Leucorrhoia. 



115 

See 



Verminous 
Worms. 



Bronchitis. 



See 



Volvulus, Twist. 
Enemata. 
Opium. 
Eserine, 418. 
Abdominal section. 

Vomiting. 

Hot water, 118 
Lime water, 157. 
Cerium oxalate, 170. 
Bismuth subnitrate, 192. 
Mercury, 214. 
Calomel, 218. 
Carbolic acid, 332. 
Creosote, 333. 
Prussic acid, 347. 
Morphine, 368. 
Ipecac, 475. 
Menthol, 530. 
Rectal feeding, 695. 

Warts and Growths. 
Glacial acetic acid, 266. 
Nitric acid, 271. 
Carbolic acid, 329. 
Sulphuric acid, 271. 
Zinc chloride, 182. 
Arsenic, 224. 

Weed. See Lymphangitis. 

Whistling. See Thick Wind, 
Roaring. 

Wind Galls. See Bursitis. 

Withers, fistulous. See Fistula. 



776 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



Worms. 

Anthelmintics, 68. 

Ascarides. Round Worms. Lum- 
hricoid Worms. 

Areca nut, 617. 

Santonin, 623. 

Creolin, 335. 

Naphtol, 336. 

Ether, 295. 

Sohition of ferric chloride, 201. 

Calomel, 218, 219. 

Oil of turpentine, 503. 

Arsenic, 226. 

Tartar emetic, 232. 

Copper sulphate, 188. 

Tannic acid, 593. 

Kamala, 618. 

Tobacco, 426. 

Ascarides, etc. (cont.). 
Aloes, 568. 
Castor oil, 572. 
Rhubarb, 576. 
Jalap, 584. 

Oxyurides. 3Iaw Worms. 
Tobacco, 426. 
Ether, 295. 
Salt, 141. 
Kamala, 618. 
Quassia, 556. 

Stronguli. S. micrurus and fil- 
aria. Husk Hoose. Ver- 
minous Bronchitis. 

Sulphurous inhalations, 259. 
Carbolic acid, 331. 
Oil of turpentine, 504. 
Creosote, 333. 

Syngamus trachealis, Gapes. 

Oil of turpentine on a feather, 
504. 



Worms {continued). 
Taenia, Tape Worm. 
Aspidiuin, 616. 
Oil of turjxnitine, 503. 
Areca nut, 617. 
Pelletierine, 620. 
Pomegranate, 620. 
Kousso, 619. 
Kamala, 618. 
Naphtol, 336. 
Ether, 295. 

Wounds, Granulations and 
Ulcers. 
Hydrogen dioxide, 120. 
Lime and charcoal, 157. 
Alum, 168. 
Silver nitrate, 177. 
Potassium permanganate, 205. 
Mercuric oxides, 214. 
Corrosive sublimate, 216. 
iiesin, 506. 
Nai)htalin, 336. 
Chloral, 318. 
Chlorinated soda, 240. 
C!hlorinated lime, 240. 
Iodoform, 251. 
lodol, 257. 
Aristol, 253. 
Acetanilid, 238. 
Bismuth, 253. 
Salol, 253, 494. 
Boric acid, 253, 275. 
Sulphurous acid, 260. 
Nitric acid, 272. 
Charcoal, 277. 
Carbolic acid, 328. 
Creosote, 333. 
Creolin, 333. 
Lysol, 335. 
Formalin, 338. 
Glutol, 341. 
Vaseline, 350. 
Salicylic acid, 494. 
Tar, 509. 



INDEX OF DISEASES AND REMEDIAL MEASURES 



777 



"Wounds, etc. (continued). 
Balsam of Peru, 511. 
Benzoin, 514. 
Myrrh, 525. 
Eucalyptol, 521. 
Zinc sulphate, 185. 
Conium, 430. 
Laudanum, 367. 
Oil of Turpentine, 503. 
Camphor, 549. 



Wounds, etc. (confinned). 
Thymol, 552. 
Hydrastis, 563. 
Tincture of aloes and 

568. 
Collodion, 637. 
Glycerite of tannin, 593. 
Cantharides, 645, 646. 
Antiseptic poultices. 714. 



myrrh. 



GENERAL INDEX 



T % "I 



PAGE 

AbbreTiations 86 

Ablution 706 

Absorbent cotton 636 

Absori^tion of drugs 3 

Absorj^tion through skin 10 

Acacia 611 

Accelerating apparatus, drugs 

acting on 34 

Ace'ta 78 

Acetanilid 319 

Acetanili'duni 319 

Acetic acid 266 

glacial ... 266 

Acid, acetic 266 

diluted...." 266 

glacial 266 

arsenous 220 

solution of 221 

benzoic 510-513 

boracic 273 

boric 273 

carbolic 324 

crude 324 

citric 267 

syrup of 268 

gallic 593 

hydriodic 248 

syrup of 248 

hydrocyanic, diluted 342 

hydrochloric 262 

diluted 262 

lactic 268 

muriatic 262 

nitric 264 

diluted 264 

nitrohydrochloric 264 

diluted 264 



Acid, nitromuriatic 264 

phosphoric 265 

diluted 265 

salicylic . 490 

sulj)huric 263 

diluted 263 

aromatic 263 

sulphurous 259 

tartaric 267 

Acids IS 

A'cidum ace'ticum. 266 

dilu'tum 266 

gla'ciale 266 

arseno'suni 220 

benzo'icum 513 

bo'ricum 273 

carbo'licum 324 

cru'dum 324 

liquefa'ctum 324 

chrysoijha'nicum 575 

ci'tricuni 267 

ga'llicum 593 

hydrochlo'ricum 262 

dilu'tum 262 

hydrocya'nicum dilu'tum. 343 

la'cticiun 268 

nie'coniciim 352 

ni'tricum 264 

dilu'tum 264 

nitrohydrochlo'ricum .... 264 

dilu'tum 265 

phosphor'icum 265 

dilu'tum 265 

salicy 'licum 490 

sulphu'ricum 263 

dilu'tum 263 

aroma'ticum 263 



♦The accented syllable in Latin words is indicated by the sign '. 

778 



GENERAL INDEX 



779 



PAGE 

A'cidum sulphuro'sum 259 

tannicum 590 

tarta'ricum 267 

Aconine 459 

Aconite 458 

Aconiti'na 459 

ni'tras 459 

Aconitine 459 

nitrate 459 

Aconi'tuni 458 

Acorin 563 

Acrinyl sulphocyanide 515, 516 

Action of drugs — 

cumulative 4, 449 

influenced by — 

time given 13 

habit 14 

disease 14 

idiosyncrasy 14 

mode of 2 

on animals compared with 

man 11 

on horses compared with 

other animals 11 

on pigs and dogs 12 

on ruminants 12 

heat contrasted with cold. 717 

Actual cautery 701 

A'deps 648 

benzoina'tus , 516 

lante hydro'sus 649 

Adjuvant 89 

Administration of drugs 6, 13 

Adrenalin chloride 639 

^ther 292 

African pepper;. 525 

Alcohol 278 

absolute 280 

absolu'tum , . 280 

amylic 280 

amy licum ; 280 

deodora'tum 280 

diluted 279 

dilu'tum 279 

deodorized . 280 



PAOEl. 

Alcohol ethyl 280 

ethy'licum 280 

phenyl 324 

Ale 283 

Alkaline earths 153 

metals 120 

Alkaloi'dea 70 

Alkaloids 70 

Allyl sulphocyanide 516 

Aloe 564 

barbade'nsis 564 

cape'nsis 565 

socotri'na 546 

Aloin 565 

Aloi'num 565 

Alterative 59 

Althse'a 613 

Alum 166 

ammonio ferric 64 

bm-nt 167 

dried 167 

potassium 166 

Alu'men 166 

exsicca'tum 167 

u'stum 167 

Alumina hydrated 167 

Alu'mini hydras 167 

su Iphas 166 

Alu'minum 166 

hydrate 167 

hydroxide 167 

sulphate 167 

and potassium sulphate . . 166 

American hellebore 464 

Ammonia, aromatic spirit of.. 148 

liniment 14 

spirit of 145 

aromatic 148 

water 144 

Ammoniac 539 

emvilsion 539 

plaster with mercury 539 

Ammoniacum 530 

Ammoniated mercury 211 

ointment 21L 



780 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Ammo'nii be'nzoas 513 

ca'rbonas 147 

chlo'ridum 149 

valeria'nas 535 

Ammonio ferric alum 64 

Amnionium 144 

Ammonium acetate, sol'n of. . 1"0 

Ammo'nium benzoate 513 

carbonate 147 

chloride 149 

icthyol sulphonate 659 

Amygdalin 610 

Amyl ni'tris 308 

Amyl nitrite 308 

Amylic alcohol 280 

A'mylum 609 

Anaesthesia 299 

dangers of 801 

practical 305 

primary 302 

uses of 307 

Anaesthetics, general 40 

local 43 

Analgesics 319 

Anaphrodisiacs 57 

Anatomy, influencing action 

of drugs 11 

Anhidrotics 66 

Anise 530 

oil 532 

water 532 

Ani'si fru'ctus 531 

Stella' ti fru'ctus 531 

Ani'sum 530 

Anodyne, Hoffman's 393 

Anodynes 39 

local 43 

Antacids 17 

Anthrax vaccine 751 

Anthelmintics 67 

Antidote, arsenic 196 

Anti-emetics 23 

Antifebrin 319 

Antigalactagogues 59 

Autimo'nii et pota'ssii tar'tras. 228 



PAGE 

Antimo'nii o'xidum k!28 

su'lphidum 227 

purifica'tum 227 

Antimo'nium 227 

sulphura'tum 227 

Antimony and potassium tar- 
trate 228 

oxide. 228 

sulphide 227 

purified 227 

Antimony, tartrated 228 

trioxide 228 

trisulphide 227 

wine of 229 

Antiparasitics 68 

Antipyretics 60, 319 

Antipyrin 320 

Antipyri'num 32v) 

Antiseptics. . . .19, 67, 319, 718, 723 

Antisepsis, surgical 726 

Antisialagogues 15' 

Antispasmodics 534 

Antistreptococcic sermn 745 

Antitoxin, diphtheria 760 

tetanus 743 

Aphrodisiacs 56 

Apomorphi'nae hydrochlo'ras.. 370 
Apomorphine hydroohlorate . . 370 

Aporetin 575 

A'qua 117 

ammo'nise 144 

fo'rtior 144 

ani'si 533 

ca'mphorae 547 

chlo'ri 237 

chlorof o'rmi 296 

destilla'ta 117 

hydrogenii dioxide 119 

me'nthae piperi'tse 529 

me'nthse vi'ridis 530 

A'quae 76 

Arabin 524, 611 

Arabic acid 61 1 

Arachin 637 

Araroba powder 577 



GENEKAL INDEX 



781 



PAGE 

Are'ca 616 

Areca nut 616 

Arecoline , 616 

Arecoline hj^drobroniate 617 

Arge'nti cya'nidum 176, 347 

io'diduni 176 

ni'tras 175 

dilu'tus 176 

fu'sus 176 

o'xiduin 176 

Arge'ntum 175 

Argyrol 180 

Aristol 253 

Aristo'lum 252 

Arnica 522 

A'rnicae ra'dix 522 

flo'res 522 

root 522 

Arnica flowers 522 

Arnicin 522 

Aromatics 16 

bitters 16 

Aromatic oils 71, 497 

spirit of ammonia 148 

Arseni trioxidum 220 

Arsenic 220 

administration of 226 

antidote 196, 224 

Fowler's solution of 221 

trioxide 220 

white 220 

Arsenous acid 220 

solution of 221 

A'rsenum 220 

Artificial feeding 694 

Asafetida. 537 

Asafoe'tida 537 

Asepsis, means of procuring. . 720 

surgical 726 

Aspi'dium 615 

Astringents 63 

Atropi'na , . . , 374 

Atropi'nfe sulphas 375 

Atropine 374 

Atropine sulpliate 375 



PAcat 

Bacelli's treatment 331 

Baking soda 134 

Balsam of Peru 510 

of Tolu 511 

of Fir 505 

Ba'lsama 73 

Ba'lsamum Peruvia'num 510 

Toluta'num 511 

Balls 80 

Barbadoes aloes 564 

Barbaloin 565 

Ba'rii chlo'ridum 159 

Barium 160 

Barium chloride 160 

Barosmin 540 

Basilicon ointment 506 

Basis 89 

Baths, cold 709 

hot 717 

sheet 707 

Beer 283 

Belladonna 372 

Belladonna? folia 372 

ra'dix 373 

Benzoic acid . . . .510, 511, 512, 513 

Benzoinated lard 512 

Benzoi'num 512 

Benzylic benzoate 511 

cinnamate 511 

Berberine 558, 560 

Beta naphtol 335 

Betal nut 616 

Bhang 392 

Bichloride of mercury 209 

Bile, drugs acting on 26 

Bismuth 189 

salicylate 190 

subcarbonate 189 

subgallate 190 

subnitrate 190 

Bismu'thi salicy'las 190 

subca'rbonas 189 

subga'llas 190 

subni'tras 190. 

Bismu'thum 189 



782 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Bitters 171 

Black antimony, purified 237 

mustard 515 

wash 217 

Black-leg vaccine 751 

Bleaching powder . 237 

Bieeding 729 

local 733 

Blister beetles 639 

Blistering collodion 638 

Blood, drugs acting on 33 

vessels, drugs acting on . . 36 

Blue mass 207 

pill 207 

stone 1 87 

vitriol 187 

Bodily heat, drugs influencing. 60 

Bo'li 80 

Boluses 80 

Bone black 276 

Boracic acid 273 

Borax 273 

Boric acid 273 

Boroglyceride, solution of 273 

Boroglycerin, glycerite of ... . 273 

Brain, drugs acting on 38 

Brandy 281 

Bray'era 619 

Bromides 240 

Bromine 240 

Bro'mum 240 

Bronchial tubes, drugs influ- 
encing the 49 

Bronchial spasm 50 

Brucine 401 

Bucco 540 

Buchu 540 

Buchu-camphor 540 

Buckthorn 573, 573, 574 

Burgundy pitch 504 

plaster 505 

Burnt alum 167 

Butter of cacao 636 



Cacao butter. 



636 



PAGE 

Cade, oil of 508 

Caffei'na 395 

Caflfei'na citra'ta 396 

Caffeine 395 

citrated 396 

Calabar bean 410 

Calabarine 411 

Calamine 185, 563 

Calamus 563 

Ca'lcii ca'rbonas prfecipi'ta'tus 154 
pho'sphas prgecipita'tus. . . 157 

Calcined magnesia 164 

Calcium 153 

carbonate precipitated. . . . 154 

chloride 159 

hydrate, solution of 155 

lactophosphate, syrup of . 158 
phosphate precipitated ... 157 

Calisaya bark 476 

Calomel 210 

Calu'mba '. 557 

Calumbic acid 558 

Calumbin 558 

Calx 155 

chlora'ta 237 

Cambo'gia 585 

Camphor 54T 

Ca'mphora 547 

Camphorated oil 548 

Camphor gum 547 

laurel 547 

monobromated 548 

Canadine 560 

Cannabin 393 

Cannabinine 392 

Cannabinon 392 

Cannabis i'ndica 391 

Cannabis Indian 391 

Cantharides 643 

Cantharidin 643 

Ca'ntharis 643 

Cape aloes 565 

Capronic acid 522 

Caprylic acid 522 

Capsaicin 52S 



GENEEAL INDEX 



783 



PAGE 

Ca'psici f ru'ctus 525 

Capsicin 526 

Capsicum 525 

Ca'rbo 276 

anima'lis 276 

purifica'tus 276 

li'gni 276 

Carbolic acid 324 

Carbon 276 

disulphide 278 

Carbo'nei bisu'lphidum 278 

disu'lphidum 278 

Cardamom 532 

Cardamo'mum 532 

Carminatives 19 

Carron oil 156 

Casca'ra sagra'da 572 

Cascari'lla 556 

Cascarillin 557 

Castile soap 603 

Castor oil 571 

seeds 571 

Cataplasms 713 

Catechin 596 

Catechu 595 

red 596 

tannic acid 596 

Catechuic acid 596 

Cathartic acid 578 

pills, compound 210 

Cathartics 24 

Cathartomannit 578 

Caucasian insect powder 624 

Caustic, lunar 176 

mitigated 176 

potash 122 

soda 132 

Caustics 63, 703 

Cayenne pepper 525 

Cera alba 650 

fla'va 649 

Cera'ta 79, 648 

Cerates 79, 648 

Cera'tum 648 

Cera'tum ca'mphorae 548 



PAGE 

Cera'tum ceta'cei 651 

resi nae 506 

Cerebral depressants 38 

excitants 38 

Ce'rii o'xalas 170 

Cerium 170 

Cerium oxalate 170 

Cerous oxalate 170 

Ceta'ceum 650 

Cetin 651 

Cetylic alcohol 651 

Cevadine 464 

Chalk, drop 153 

mixture 153 

powder, compound 153 

prepared 153 

troches 153 

Champagne 283 

Charcoal, animal 276 

purified 276 

Charcoal, wood 276 

Charges 79 

Cha'rtaj 79 

Cherry, wild 348 

Chinoidine , 482 

Chittem bark 573 

Chloral 314 

hydrate 314 

Chloralum hydratum 314 

Chloride of lime 159 

Chlorinated lime 237 

solution of 238 

soda, solution of 238 

Chlorine 237 

water 237 

Chloroform 295 

liniment 296 

spirit 296 

water 296 

Chlorofo rmuni 295 

purifica'tum 295 

Chlo'rum 237 

Cholagogues 26 

Choline 392, 563 

Cholesterin 603 



tS4 



GENEEAL INDiEX 



Chrysophan 575, 577 

Chrysophanic acid 575, 577, 578 

Chrysarobin 577 

Chrysai'obi'num 577 

Churrus 392 

Cider 283 

Cincho'na 476 

Cinchona red 479 

Cincho'na rubra 479 

Cinchona? cortex 476 

Cinchonidine 483 

Cinchouidi'nae su'lphas. ..... 483 

Cinchonidi'na 483 

Cinchonidine 447 

sulphate 483 

Cinchoninae sulphas 483 

Cinchonine 477 

sulphate 483 

Cinchonisni 486 

Cinchotannic acid 47§ 

Cineol 519 

Cinnaniein 510 

Cinnaniic acid 510, 511 

Circulation, drugs acting on. . 32 

Citrated caffeine 397 

Citric acid ... 267 

Citrine ointment 211 

Citralin 586 

Claret 282 

Classification 113 

Clysters 9, 30 

Co'ca 431 

Cocai'nse hydrochlo'ras 431 

Cocaine 431 

Codei'na 356 

Cod liver oil 656 

Coffee 896, 397, 400 

Colchiceine 632 

Colchicine 632 

Co'lchicuin 631 

root 631 

seed 632 

Cold as a remedy 704 

baths 709 

drinks 710 



PAGE 

Cold ene mata 711 

Collargol 180 

Colloidal silver 180 

Collidine 423 

Collo'dia 79, 637 

Collodion 637 

blistering 637 

cantharidal 637 

flexible 638 

styptic 591, 638 

Collodions 79, 637 

CoUo dium cantharida'tum.. . . 637 

flexile 638 

sty'pticum 591, 637 

Colloxylini 637 

Colly'ria 86 

Colocynth 586 

Colocynthin 581 

Colocy 'nthis 586 

Colocynthitin 586 

Colophony 506 

Columbo 557 

Common salt 13 

Compound cathartic pills 210 

liquorice powder 579 

po vvder, catechu 596 

powder, kino 598 

solution of iodine 244 

syrup of squill 229 

Confe'ctioues 79 

Confections 79 

Conhydrine 427 

Conine 427 

Coni'nse hydrobro'mas 427 

Conium 437 

Convallamarin 456 

Convalla'ria 455 

Convallarin 456 

Convolvulin 584 

Copper 186 

acetate 188 

sulphate 186 

Copperas 193 

Coriander 533 

Coria'ndii fru'ctus 533 



GENEKAL INDEX 



^g 



PAGE 

CJoria'ndrum 533 

C^ornutine 625 

Corrosive mercuric chloride . . 208 

Corrosive sublimate 208 

Cosmoline 348 

Cotton 637 

absorbent 637 

purified 637 

root bark 630 

seed oil 602 

soluble gun cotton 638 

Counter-irritants 62, 696, 715 

Cox's hive syrup. 457 

Cream of tartar 131 

Crede's ointment 181 

Creolin 333 

Creoli'num 333 

Creosote 833 

Creoso'tum 333 

Cre ta prsepara'ta 154 

Crotonoil 580 

seeds 580 

Crotonol. . . 580 

Crude carbolic acid 324 

Cryptopin 352 

Cu'ca 431 

Cumulative action 4 

Cupri acetas 188 

Cu'pri sulphas 186 

Cupric sulphate 186 

Cuprum 186 

Cusso 619 

Cutch 595 

Cymene 519 

Dalmatian insect powder 624 

Deadly nightshade 372 

Deco'cta 76 

Decoctions 76 

Definitions 1 

of drugs 2 

Delphinine 623 

Delphinoidine 624 

Delphinisine 624 

Demulcents 64 



PAGE 

Deodorants 67, '724, 718 

Deodorized alcohol 280 

opiuna 354 

Deodorizers 67 

Dermatol 190 

Diachylon plaster 171 

Diaphoretics 65 

Digestion 75 

Digestive organs, drugs acting 

on 15 

Digestives 19 

Digitalein 445 

Digitalia 445, 446 

Digitalis 445 

folia 445 

Digitoniu 445 

Digitoxin 445 

Diosphenol 540 

Diphtheritic antitoxin 760 

Disease, affecting action of 

drugs 14 

Disinfectants 67, 718, 719 

Disinfection , practical 725 

Displacement or percolation . . 73 
Dissolution, law of, 

11, 39, 287, 299, 302 

Distilled oils 71, 497 

water 1 1 J 

Diuretics .0 J 

Domestic measures 93 

Dosage .... 10 

Doses 10 

Dose table 661 

Double muriate of quinine and 

urea 482 

Douches 709 

Dover's powder 353 

Drastics 24 

Draught 81 

Drench 81 

Dried alum 167 

sodium carbonate 133 

Drop chalk 153 

Drugs act'ng on the — 

budily heat 60 



786 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Drugs acting on the — 

blood 32 

vessels 36 

brain 38 

circulation 33 

digestive organs 15 

ears 46 

eye. . 44 

heart . 33 

metabolism 59 

nerves 43 

special sense 44 

nervous system 38 

respiratory organs 46 

sexual organs 56 

skin 62 

spinal cord 42 

urinary organs 52 

Drugs, absorption of 3 

classification of 113 

cumulative action of 4 

definition of 2 

destroying parasites.. ... 67 

doses of 661 

elimination of 4 

excretion of 5 

general action of 2 

influencing the composi- 
tion of urine 55 

reaction of urine ... 54 

secretion of sweat. . 65 

local action of 2 

mode of action of 2 

mode of administration . . 6 

primary aetion of 2 

secondary action of 2 

selective action of 2 

Dry heat 716 

Ears, drugs acting on 46 

Ecbolics 58 

Ecboline 625 

Egg, yolk of 607 

Elaterin 586 

Eiateri'num 586 



PAGE 

Electua'ria 82 

Electuaries 82 

Elimination 4 

Elixirs 77 

Elixir proprieta'tis parace'lsi 

500, 540 

Elutriation . . 73 

Emetics 20 

Emetine 472 

Emmenagogues 57 

Emodin 573, 575 

Emollients 64 

Empirical therapeutics 1 

Empla'stra ... 79 

Empla'strum 79 

ammoni'aci cum hydra'r- 

gyro 539 

pi'cis Burgu'ndicse 505 

resi'nee 506 

sapo'nis 604 

Emu'lsa 77 

Emulsions 77 

Emu'lsum ammoni'aci 539 

asafoe'tidae 538 

Enemas 9, 30 

Ene'mata 9, 30 

Enteroclysis 733, 736 

Epispastics 697 

Epsom salt 163 

Ergot 625 

Ergot of rye 625 

Ergota 625 

Ergotic acid 625 

Ergotin 626 

Ergotine 625 

Ergotinic acid 625 

Ergotinine 625 

Ergoti'num 626 

Errhines 46 

Erythroretin 575 

Erythro'xylon 431 

Escharotics 63, 697 

Eseridine 41 1 

Eserine 411 

salicylate 411 



GENERAL INDEX 



787 



PAGE 

Eserine sulphate 412 

Essences "^ 

Esse'ntise ' ^ 

Essential oils '^1. 497 

Ether 292 

nitrous, spirit of 308 

spirit of 292 

spirit of, compound 298 

sulphuric 292 

Ethereal oils 71, 497 

Ethyl alcohol 280 

Ethyl nitrite 308 

Ethyl oxide 292 

Eucain hydrochlorate 428 

Eucalyptene 519 

Eucalyptol 519 

Eucalyptus 518 

Eupho'rbium • • • • 638 

Euphorbon 638 

Evaporating solutions 711 

Excipient '^5 

Excretion 5 

Expectorants 49 

depressing 49 

stimulating 49 

Extra'cta '^^ 

flu'ida 78 

Extracts "^^ 

Extra ctum aco'niti 459 

a'rnicae ra'dicis 523 

bella'donnae folio'rum al- 

coholicuni 373 

ca'nnabis i'ndicae 392 

cincho'nse 478 

coni'i 428 

digitalis..,. 446 

ergo'tse 626 

gentia'nse •• • 553 

haemato'xyli 600 

hyosc'yami 388 

jaborandi 440 

krame'riae 599 

nu'cis vomicae 400 

o'pii 353 

opii liquidum 354 



PAGE 

Extra'ctum qua'ssite 555 

rhei 576 

tara'xici 559 

casca'rse sagra dae li'qui- 

dum 573 

ergo'tse liquidum 626 

fi'licis liquidum 615 

fra'ngula3 liquidum 574 

glycyrrhi'zEe liquidum... 609 
hamame'lidis liquidum. . . 601 
o'pii liquidum 354 

Eye, drugs acting on 44 

lotions ^6 



Fats 

Feeding, artificial 

rectal 

Fel bo'vis 

purifica'tum 

tau'ri 

Felix mas 

Fennel 

Fern, male 

Fer'ri ca'rbonas sacchara'tus. . 

chlo'ridum 

et ammo'nii cit'ras 

et pota'ssii ta'rtras 

et quini'nas ci'tras 

solu'bilis 

o'xidum hydra'tum cum 

magne'sia 196, 

su'lphas 

exsicca'tus 

granula'tus 

Valeria' nas 

Ferric chloride 

solution of 

tincture of 

hydrate with magnesia. . . 
subsulphate, solution of.. 

valerianate • 

Ferrous carbonate, mass of . . . 

saccharated 

iodide, syrup of 

sulphate 



79 
694 
694 
655 
655 
695 
615 
533 
615 
194 
194 
197 
196 
197 
198 

224 
193 
193 
194 
5C6 
195 
195 
195 
196 
195 
536 
194 
194 
194 

loa 



788 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Ferrous sulphate, dried 193 

granulated 193 

Fe'rrum 193 

ledu'ctum 192 

Ferulaic acid 538 

Filicin 615 

Fi'lir mas 615 

Filicic acid 615 

Fixed oils 71, 79 

Flaxseed 610 

oil of 569 

Fleming's tincture 460 

Flexible collodion 638 

Flies, Spanish 643 

Flowers of sulphur 255 

Fluid extracts ,78 

Fluidextractum aco'niti 459 

bella'donnse ra'dicis 373 

bu'chu 540 

ca'lami 563 

calu'mbse 558 

ca'nnabis i'ndicae 392 

ca'psici 526 

cincho'nse 478 

co'lchici ra'dicis se'minis . 632 

coni'i 428 

convalla'riae 456 

cu'sso 619 

digitalis 446 

ergo'tse 626 

eucaly'pti 519 

fra'ngulse 514 

gelse'mii 4?0 

gentia'nse 553 

glycyrrhi'zae 609 

gossy'pii ra'dicis 630 

hamame'lidis 601 

hydra'stis 560 

hyoscy'ami 388 

ipecacua'nhae 472 

krame'rise 599 

nu'cis vo'micfB 401 

piloca'rpi 440 

qua'ssia 5o5 

rha'mni pui'shia'nse 573 



PAGfe 

Fluidextractum rhe'i 575 

sabi'nse 543 

sci'llse 457 

se'nnse 579 

tara'xici 559 

Valerianae 535 

vera'tri vi'ridis 465 

zingibe'ris 527 

Fceni'culi fru'ctus 533 

Foeni'culum 533 

Fce'nugreek 534 

Fome'nta 715 

Fomentations 715 

Food and feeding 679 

artificial 694 

in anaemia 690 

in black water 690 

in chronic indigestion. . . . 688 

in constipation 688 

in convalesence 690 

in debility 690 

in diarrhoea 688, 689 

in fever 691 

in gastroenteritis 688, 689 

in haemorrhage from sto- 
mach and bowels 689 

in jaundice 689 

in laminitis 688 

in obesity 691 

Formaldehyde 338 

Formalin 338 

Formic acid 535, 651 

Formic aldehyde 338 

Fox glove 445 

Fowler's solution 221 

Fra'ngula 573 

Frangulin 575 

Friar's balsam 512 

Fusel oil 280 

Gaduin 657 

Galactagogues 58 

Galls 589 

Ga'Ua 589 

Gallic acid 593 



GENERAL INDEX 



tJ^ 



PAGE 

Gamboge 585 

Gambogic acid 585 

Gastric antiseptics 19 

sedatives 23 

Gaultbe'ria 495 

oil of 495 

Gelatin 159 

Gelse'mium 420 

Gelse'mina 420, 4 1 

Gelseminic acid 430 

Gelseminine 420 

General action of drugs 2 

therapeutics 1 

therapeutic measures 679 

Gentian 552 

Gentia'na 552 

Gentisic acid 553 

Gentiopicrin 553 

Germicides 67, 718 

Gin 281 

Ginger 527 

Gingerol 527 

Glacial acetic acid 266 

Glauber's salt 136 

Glonoin 309 

spirit of 309 

Glonoi'num 309 

Glucosi'dea 70 

Glucosides 70 

Glutei 341 

Glycerin 606 

suppositories of 607 

Glyceri'num 606 

Glyceri'ta 79, 607 

Glycerites 67, 607 

Glyceri'tum a'cidi carbo'lici, 

325, 607 

a'cidi ta'nnici 591, 607 

a'myli 636, 607 

boroglyceri'ni 273 

hydra'stis 561 

vite'lli 607 

Glyceryl borate, glycerite of. . 273 

trinitrate 309 

Cflyconin , 607 



PAGE 

Glycyramin 609 

Glycyrrhetin 609 

Glycyrrhiza 603 

Glycyrrhizin 609 

Goa powder 577 

Golden seal 56 1 

Golden sulphur 228 

Gossy'pii ra'dicis cortex 690 

Gossy'pium purifica'tum 636 

Goulard's extract 171 

Grana'tum 620 

Granulated ferrous sulphate. . 194 

(Jray powder 207 

Gregory's powder 576 

Green hellebore 464 

Green soap 604 

Green vitriol 193 

Guara'na 396 

Guaranine: 395 

Gum arable 611 

Gum-resinse 72 

Gum-resins 72 

Gu'mmi 73 

Gun cotton, soluble 637 

Gunjah 393 

Gu'ttsB 91 

Habit, influencing action of 

drugs 14 

Haematein 600 

H^ematinics 33 

Heematoxylin 600 

Haematoxylon 600 

Haemostatics 63 

Hamame'lis 601 

Hard soap 603 

Hard petrolatum 349 

Harrington's solution 316 

Haschisch 391 

Hartshorn 144 

Hau'stus 81 

Heart, drugs acting on 33, 415 

Heat 712, 704 

Heat, bodily, drugs acting on. 60 
Heavy magnesia 165 



790 



GENEKAL INDEX 



PAGK 

Hellebore, American 440 

Hemide'smus 472 

Hemlock 464 

Hemp, Indian 391 

Henbane 387 

Hepatic stimulants 26 

Heroin 357 

Heroin hydrochloride 357 

Hircin 648 

Hive syrup 229 

Hock 282 

Hoffman's anodyne 293 

Holocain 439 

Homolle's digitalin 446 

Honey 651 

clarified 651 

Honeys 80 

Hot bath 717 

water bags 715 

Hydragogues 25 

Hydra'rgyri chlo'ridum corro- 

si' vum 208 

chlo'ridum mi'te 209 

io'didum ru'brum 209 

o'xidum fla'vum 207 

o'xidum ru'brum 207 

subchlori'dum 209 

Hydra'rgyrum 206 

ammonia'tum 210 

cu'm cre'ta 206 

Hydrastin 561 

Hydrastine 560 

Hydrasti"nae hydrochlo'ras. . . . 561 

Hydra'stis 560 

Hydrated alu'mina 167 

Hydriodic acid, syrup of 248 

Hydrochloric acid 262 

solution of arsenic 221 

Hydrocyanic acid, diluted. . . . 342 
Hydrogen dioxide, solution of. 119 

peroxide, solution of 119 

Hydrous wool fat 649 

Hydroxide, potassium 122 

sodium 132 

Hyoscine 389 



PAGS 

Hyosci'nse hydrobro'mas 389 

Hyoscine hydrobromate 389 

Hyoscyamine 372, 388 

Hyoscyamine hydrobromate. o 389 

sulphate 388 

Hyoscy'ami fo'lia 387 

Hyoscy'amus 387 

Hypnotics 40 

Hypodermatic injections 6 

Hypodermoclysis 733, 735 

Hypophosphites » 217 

Ice bags 706 

Ice poultices 706 

Icthyol 659 

Icthy'olum 659 

Idiosyncrasy in action of drugs 14 

Igasuric acid 400 

lUi'cium 531 

Incompatibility, chemical. ... 83 

physical 85 

physiological 85 

Index for diseases and reme- 
dial measures 753 

Indian cannabis 391 

Indian hemp 391 

Ineine 453 

Infu sa 76 

Infusions 76 

saline 733 

Infu'sum calami 564 

cascari'llse 557 

cincho'nae 479 

acidum 479 

digita'lis 446 

Inhalations 6, 47, 716 

Inje'ctio apomorphi'nje hypo- 

de'rmica 371 

ergoti'ni hypode'rmica 626 

morphinte hypode'rmica.. 356 

Injections, intratracheal 8 

intravenous 6, 733 

rectal 9 

subcutaneous 6 

Intestinal antiseptics 20 



GENERAL INDEX 



791 



PAGE 

Inlrav( nous injection 6, 73 

Intratracheal injection 8 

Inunctions 6 

Tnu'in 559 

Iodine 243 

comi)Ound solution of 244 

ointment 244 

tincture of 244 

lo'dnm 244 

Iodoform 250 

lodof o 1 mum . 250 

lodol 252 

lodolum 252 

Ipecac 471 

Ipecacuanha 471 

Ipecacuanhic acid 472 

Iron 192 

and ammonium citrate. . . 197 
and potassium tartrate — 196 

and quinine citrate 197 

soluble 198 

by hydrogen 193 

metallic 192 

Quevenne's 192 

reduced 192 

Irrigation 710 

Irritants 62 

Idopellctierine 620 

Jabovrndi 439 

Pernambuco 439 

Kio Janeiro 439 

Jaborandine 440 

Jaborine 439 

Jalap 583 

Jala'pa 583 

Jala pin 583 

Jalapurgin 583 

Jasmine, yellow 420 

Jervine 464, 465, 468 

Kama'la 618 

Kermes mineral 227 

Ivinic a'jid 478 

Kino 597 



PACE 

Kin'o red 598 

Kinoin 598 

Kinovic acid 478 

Kinovin 478 

Kino-tannic acid 478, 597 

Ko'la nut 396 

Kombe poison 453 

Kombic acid 453 

Kooso 619 

Kosin 619 

Koussin 619 

Kousso 919 

Krame'ria. 598 

Kramero-tannic acid 599 

Kunsel's treatment, milk fever 737 

Labarraque's solution 238 

Lac sulphurus 256 

Lactose 652 

Lanolin 649 

Lard 648 

benzoinated 648 

Latin words and phrases 86 

Laudanum 353 

Laurel camphor 547 

Laurin 636 

Lavage 739 

Law of dissolution, 

11, 39, 286, 299, 362 

Laxatives 24 

Lead 171 

acetate 171 

carbonate 172 

iodide 172 

ointment 172 

nitrate 172 

oxide 170 

plaster 171 

poisoning 173 

subacetate, cerate of 172 

solution of 171 

sugar of 171 

white 172 

water 171 

Levant worm seed 621 



792 



.GENERAL INDEX 



Levigation 

Light magnesia 

Lilj^ of valley 

Lime 

chlorinated 

chloride of 

liniment 

phosphate, precipitated. . . 

solution of 

syrup of 

water. 

Linime'nta 

Liniments 

Linime'ntum ammo'nise 

bella'donnse 

Linime'ntum ca'lcis 

ca'mphorse 

chlorof o'rmi 

sapo'nis 

mo'llis 

terebinthi'nte 

Linseed 

oil of 

Linolein 

[ji'num 

Liquid petrolatum 

Liquor a'cidi arseno'si 

ammo'nise 

ammo'nii aceta'tis 

ammo'niae fo'rtior 

arsenica'lis 

arse'nici hydrochlo'ricus. . 

ca'lcis 

chlora'tse 

fe'rri chlo'ridi 

perchlo'ridi 

subsulpha'tis 

hydroge'nii dio'xidi 

io'di compo'situs 

morphi'nse aceta'tis 

morphiuEe hydrochlora'tis 

plu'mbi subaceta'tis 

dilu'tus 

pota'ssae 

pota'ssi arseiji tis 



AGE 

73 
164 
4.55 
155 
237 
159 
156 
157 
155 
156 
155 
79 
79 
137 
374 
156 
548 
296 
604 
604 
499 
610 
569 
569 
610 
348 
221 
144 
150 
144 
206 
221 
155 
238 
195 
195 
196 
119 
244 
356 
356 
171 
171 
122 
221 



L'iquor so'dae 102 

so'dse chlorina'tae 235 

zi'nci chlo'ridi 18? 

Liquo'res 76 

Liquorice root 609 

Liquorice powder, compound. 256 

Litharge 170 

Li'thii ca'rbonas 151 

ci'tras 152 

sali'cylas 112 

Lithium 151 

Liver, drugs acting on. • 23 

Liver of sulphur 260 

Lixiviation 74 

Local action 2 

anodyne .... 43 

anassthetics 43. 

blood letting 731 

Logwood 60O 

Lotio flava 216 

nigra 217 

Lugol's solution 244 

Lunar caustic .176, 173 

Lysol 3C5 

Lyso'lum 3.35 

Maceration 75 

Magnesia 104 

calcined 164 

heavy 164 

light 164 

milk of, Phillip's 165 

pondero'sa , 164 

Magne'sii ca'rbonas 164 

sulphas 1C3 

Magne'sium 163 

carbonate 104 

sulphate 163 

Male fern 615 

Mallein 749 

Malic acid 5C5 

Manganese 203 

Manga'num 203 

Marshmallow (13 

Mass, blue 203 



GENEEAL INDEX 



793 



PAGE 

Mass of ferrous carbonate .... 194 

Ma'ssa fe'rri carbona'tis 194 

hydra'rgyri 206 

Ma'ssse "^9 

Masses. . . . . 79 

Mate 396 

Materia me'dica. 1 

May apple 587 

Meadow saffron 631 

Measures, weights, tables of 

90, 91, 92, 93, 94 

domestic , 92 

Meconic acid. 852 

Meconin 352 

Medicines, definition of . . . 1 

Mel 651 

despuma'tum 651 

Me'llita 80 

Menstruum 75 

Mentha piperi'ta 528 

vi'ridis. 530 

Menthene 528 

Menthol 528, 529 

Mercurial ointment 207 

Mercuric ammonium chloride. 210 

corrosive chloride 208 

iodide, red , 209 

nitrate, ointment of 210 

oxide, red 207 

ointment of 207 

yellow 207 

ointment of 208 

Mercurous chloride, mild 209 

Mercury 206 

ammoniated 210 

ointment 207 

bichloride 208 

biniodide 209 

chloride, corrosive 208 

mild 209 

iodide, red 209 

mass of 206 

subchloride 209 

with chalk 206 

Metabolism, drugs influencing 59 



PAGE 

Metacreosotic acid 490, 492 

Methyl coniine 427 

pelletierine 620 

sali'cylas 496 

salicylate 496 

Metric system 92-98 

Milk, drugs influencing secre- 
tion of 50 

drugs eliminated in 59' 

of asafetida 538 

of sulphm- 255 

peptonized 694 

sugar of 652^ 

Milk fever, Kunsel's treatment 737 

Mindererus, spirit of 150' 

Mistu'ra cre'tse 154 

Mistu'rge 77 

Mixtures 77 

Mitigated caustic 176 

Molasses 614 

Monobromated camphor 548 

Monsel's solution 196 

Morphi'na 351, 354 

Morphinae ace'tae 355 

hydrochlo'ras 355- 

Morphinee su'lphas 354. 

Morphine 351, 354- 

acetate , 354r 

hydrochlorate 355= 

sulphate 354 

Morrhuol 657 

Motor nerves, drugs acting on 43 

Moulded silver nitrate 176 

Mucilage of acacia 613 

Mucila'go aca'cias 613^ 

tragaca'nthae 613 

Muscarine 383 

Muriatic acid 263 

diluted 263 

Mustard 515 

black 5W 

white 51% 

Mutton suet 648 

M ydriatics 45 

Myristin 569 



im 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Myrosin 515, 516 

Myotics 45 

Myrrh 524 

My'rrha 524 

Myrrhin 524 

Myrrhol 524 

Naphtalene 336 

Naphtalin 336 

Naphtali'num 336 

Naphtol 335 

Narceine 351 

Narcotics 40 

Narcotine 351 

Nataloin 566 

Nativelle's digitalin 445 

Nerves, drugs acting on 43 

Nervous system, drugs acting 

on 38 

Nerves of special sense, drugs 

acting on 44 

Nicotine 423, 424 

Nightshade, deadly 372 

Nitric acid 264 

dilute 264 

Nitrites 308 

Nitre 127 

sweet spirit of 308 

Nitroglycerin 309 

spirit of 309 

Nitrohydrochloric acid 264 

diluted 265 

Nitrous ether, spirit of 308 

Nutgall 580 

ointment 590 

Nux vomica 490 

Oak, white 595 

Oakum 637 

Official preparations 76 

Oil of anise 531, 532 

box berry 495 

cade 508 

carron 156 

castor 571 

checkerberry 495 



PAGE 

Oil, cod liver 656 

coriander 533 

cotton seed 602 

croton 580 

ethereal 71 

eucalyptus 519 

fennel . 534 

flax seed 569 

fusel 280 

gaultheria 495 

artificial 496 

synthetic 496 

juniper 541 

linseed 564 

mustard, volatile 516 

olive 602 

peppermint 528 

phosphorated 234 

savine 543 

sweet 602 

spearmint 530 

tar 507 

theobroma 636 

turpentine 498 

Oil of turpentine, rectified. . . . 499 

wintergreen 495 

artificial 496 

synthetic 496 

Oils 71, 79 

distilled 71 

essential 71 

ethereal 71 

fixed 71 

volatile 71 

O'lea 71, 79 

Olea'ta 79 

Oleate of mercury 209 

veratrine 469 

Oleates 79 

Olein 602, 603, 637, 648 

Oleoresina Felix Mas 615 

O'leoresi'nfe 71, 79 

Oleoresins 71, 78 

Oleum ani'si 531, 533 

ca'dinum 508 



GENERAL INDEX 



795 



Oleiiin capsici 526 

coria'ndri 533 

eucalypti 519 

foeni'culi 534 

fcenugreek 534 

gaulthe'riae 495 

gossy'pii seniinis 602 

juniper! 541 

li'ni 569 

me'nthse piperi'tae. . , 528 

vi'ridis 530 

mo'rrhuae 656 

oli'vse 602 

phosphora'tum 234 

pi'cis li'quidse 507 

ri'cini 571 

sabi'nae 543 

si'napis volatile 516 

terebi'nthinae 498 

rectifica'tum 499 

theobro'matis 636 

ti'glii 580 

Olive oil 602 

O'pii pu'lvis 352 

Opium 351 

denarcotizatum 354 

deodoratum 354 

Ordeal bean 410 

Organs, sexual, drugs acting on 56 

Orthocreosotic acid 490, 492 

Orthof orm 253 

Orthoformum 253 

Ox gall 655 

purified 655 

Oxytocics 58 

Pack, cold 677 

Palmitin 602, 603, 648 

Pancreatin 654 

Pancreati'num 654 

Papain 656 

Papaverine 351 

Papers 79 

Papoid 656 

Parasiticides 68 



Paregoric 353 

Pelletierine 620 

Pepper, cayenne 525 

red 535 

Peppermint 530 

water 529 

Pepsin 653 

saccharated 653 

sacchara'tum 653 

Peptonized milk 694 

Percolation 73 

Permanganate of potassi 203 

Persian insect powder 624 

Peruvian balsam 510 

Petrola'tum 343 

hard 349 

liquid 348 

li'quidum 343 

mo'lle 348 

soft 348 

spi'ssum 349 

Petroleum ointment 348 

soft 348 

hard 349 

Phaeoretin 575 

Pharmaceutical processes 72 

Pharmacognosy, definition of. 1 
Pharmacology, definition of . . 1 
Pharmacopoeia, definition of 

preparations of the 76 

Pharmaco-dynamics 1 

Pharmacy, definition of 1 

Phenacetin 319 

Phenaceti num 319 

Phenol 324 

Phillip's milk of magnesia 16r. 

Physical incompatibility. . . .83, 84 
Physiological incompatibility. 

83,84 

Phosphide of zinc 236 

Phosphorated oil 233 

Phosphoric acid 265 

diluted 256 

Phosphorus 233 

spirit of... 234 



796 



GENEKAL INDEX 



Physiology, influencing action 

of drugs 11 

Physosterin 411 

Physosti'gma 410 

Physostigmi'nae salicy'las 411 

sulphas 412 

Physostigmine 411 

salicylate 411 

sulphate 412 

Picropodophyllin 588 

Pills 79 

of asafetida 538 

blue 207 

cathartic, compound 210 

Pilocarpi'nse hydrochlo'ras . . . 440 

ni'tras 441 

Pilocarpine 439 

hydrochlorate 440 

nitrate 441 

Pilocarpidine 439 

Pilocarpus 439 

Pi'lula hydra'rgyri 206 

Pi'lulse 79 

Pinene 500 

Pitch 507 

Burgundy 504 

plaster 505 

Pix Burgu'ndica 504 

li'quida 507 

ni'gra 5(7 

Plasma, blood, drugs acting on 32 

Plasters 79 

Plu'mbi ace'tas 171 

ca'rbonas 172 

io'didum 172 

ni'tras 172 

Plu'mbi o'xidum 170 

Plumbum 170 

Pneumogastric, drugs acting 

on 34 

Podophyllin 588 

Podophyllinic acid 588 

Podophy'llum : 587 

Podophylloquercitin 588 

Podophyllotoxin 588 



PAGE 

Pomegranate 620 

Port 283 

Posology 10 

table of 661 

Potash, caustic 122 

Pota'ssa 123 

cum ca'lce 123 

solution of 123 

sulphura'ta 260 

with lime 123 

Pota'ssii ace'tas 125 

bica'rbonas 125 

bita'rtras 131 

bro'midum 240 

ca'rbonas 124 

chlo'ras 129 

ci'tras 125 

cya'nidum 347 

io'didum 247 

ni'tras 127 

perma'nganas 203 

Potassium 121 

acetate 125 

alum 166 

arsenite, solution of 321 

bicarbonate 125 

bitartrate 131 

bromide 240" 

carbonate 124 

chlorate 129- 

citrate 125 

cyanide 347 

hydrate 122 

solution of 122 

hydroxide 122' 

iodide 247 

Potassium nitrate 127 

permanganate 203- 

tartrate, acid 131 

Powder, compoimd catechu . . 596 

chalk 153 

liquorice 255, 579 

Dover's 473 

Gregory's 576 

ipecac and opium 47^' 



J 



GENERAL INDEX 



797 



PAGE 

Powders 78 

Poultices 713 

Preissnitz 708 

Practical disinfection 725 

Precipitate, red 207 

white 210 

Precipitated calcium carbon- 
ate 154 

phosphate 157 

Preface iii 

Preparations, pharmacopoeial. 76 

Presjmred chalk 153 

Prescription, definition of . . . . 88 

writing 86 

words and phrases • 

used in 86 

Prescriptions for balls 103 

drenches 106 

electuaries 110 

liniments 112 

mixtures 105 

ointments Ill 

pills 101 

powders 107 

suppositories Ill 

Primary action 2 

Protargol 179 

Protopine , 352 

Pru nus virginia'na 348 

Prussic acid 342 

Pseudoaconitine 459 

aconine 450 

jervine 464 

Pelletierine 620 

Pu'lvis catechu conpo'situs . . 596 
Pu'lvis ere tse compo'situs .... 153 
Pu'lvis glycrrhi'zae compo'si- 
tus 255, 579 

ipecachua'nhae et o'pii. 358, 473 

kino CO 598 

rhe'i compo'situs 576 

Pu'lveres 78 

Punicotannic acid 620 

Pupil, drugs acting on 45 

Purgatives 24 



PAGE 

Purgatives, cholagogue 26 

drastic 24 

hydragogue 25 

laxative 24 

saline 25 

simi:)le 24 

uses of 28 

Purified cotton 636 

oxgall 655 

Pustulants 62, 697 

Pyre'thrxim 624 

Pyridine 423 

Pyrocatechin 598 

Pyrogallic acid 594 

Pyrogallol 594 

Pyroxylin 637 

Pyroxyli'num 637 

Quarter evil vaccine 751 

Qua ssia 555 

Quassiin 555 

Quercin 595 

Quercitannic acid 595 

Quercite 595 

Que'rcus alba 595 

Quevenne's digitalin 446 

Quicksilver 206 

Quinamine 477 

Quinic acid 478 

Quinicine 477 

Quinidi'nae su'lphas 483 

Quinidine 477 

sulphate 483 

Quini na 477 

Quini'nge bimuria'tis ca'rba- 

mas 483 

bisu'lphas 480 

hydrobro'nias 481 

Quini'na3 hyrochlo ras 481 

su'lphas 48) 

valeria'nas 483 

Quinine 477 

bisulphate 480 

hydrobromate 481 

hydrochlorate 481. 



798 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Quinine sulphate 480 

valerianate 483 

Quinoidine 477, 483 

Quinoidi'num 483 

Eational therapeutics 1 

Rectal injections 9 

Rectal feeding 694 

Rectified oil of turpentine. . . . 499 

Rectification 75 

Red corpuscles, drugs acting 

on 33 

Red cinchona 479 

mercuric oxidfe 808 

pepper 525 

precipitate 208 

ointment 208 

wine 283 

Reduced iron 193 

Refrigerants 6, 711 

Remote action 3 

Resin cerate 506 

plaster 506 

Resi'na jala'pse 583 

podophy'lli 588 

scanimo'nii 583 

Resi'nse 71 

Resins 71 

Resorcin 337 

Resorcinol 337 

Resorci'num 337 

Respiratory organs, drugs act- 
ing on 46, 471 

mucous membrane, drugs 

acting on 46 

Rha'mnus cartha'rticus 574 

purshia'na 573 

Rhamnose 574 

Rhatanic red 599 

Rhatanin 599 

Rhatany 598 

Rheotannic acid 575 

Rheum 575 

Rhein 575, 577 

Hhigolene 350 



PAGE 

Rhubarb 575 

Ricinolein 571 

Rosin 506 

Rottle'ra 618 

Rottlerin 618 

Rubefacients 62, 700 

Rubi jervine 464 

Rum 281 

Rutin 541 

Sab'ina 543 

Saccharated ferrous carbon- 
ate 194 

pepsin 653 

Sacchari faex 614 

Sa'ccharum 613 

la'ctis 653 

Sal ammoniac 149 

soda 133 

volatile 147 

Salicin 491 

Salici'num 491 

Salicylic acid 490 

Salicylism 493 

Salicylous acid 493 

Salicyluric acid 493 

Saline purgatives 25 

infusions 732 

Salivary glands, drugs acting 

on 15 

Salol 491 

Salt, common 137 

Epsom 163 

Glauber's 136 

Salts of tartar 124 

Saltpetre 137 

Santo'nica 621 

Santonin 621 

Santoni'num 621 

Sa'po 603 

mollis 604 

vi'ridis 604 

Savine 54S 

Scaling 73 

Scammonin 583 



I 



GENEBAL INDEX 



799 



PAGE 

Scammo'nitun 583 

Scammouy 582 

Scarification TOl 

Scheele's prussic acid 342 

Schmiedeberg's digitalin 446 

Sci 11a 456 

Scillin 457 

Scillipicrin 457 

Scillitoxiu 457 

Sclerotinic acid 625 

Secondary action 2 

Secretion of milk, drugs influ- 
encing • • • 58 

Sedatives, gastric 23 

Selective action 2 

Senna 578 

Alexandria 578 

Tinnivelly 578 

Indian 578 

Sennacrol 578 

Sennapicrin 578 

Sensory nerves, drugs acting 

on 431 

Serum therapy 741 

antistreptococcic 745 

Se'vum 648 

Sexual organs, drugs acting on 56 

Sherry 283 

Sheet bath 707 

Sialagogues 15 

Silver 175 

cyanide.. 176, 347 

iodide 176 

nitrate 175 

diluted 176 

moulded 176 

oxide 176 

soluble 180 

Simple purgatives 24 

Sinalbin 515 

Sinapin sulphate 515 

Si'napis 515 

Si'napis alba 515 

ni'gra 515 

Sinapism 518 



PAGE 

Sinigrin 516 

Skin, drugs acting on 63 

Soap 603 

composition of 603 

green 604 

hard 603 

liniment 604 

plaster 604 

soft 604 

■white castile 603 

Socaloin 565 

Socotrine aloes 564 

Soda 133 

baking 134 

caustic 133 

solution of 133 

washing 133 

So'dii be'nzoas 513 

bica'rbonas 134 

bisu'lphis 143 

boras 373 

bro'midum 241 

ca'rbonas 133 

exsicca'tus 133 

chlo'ridum 139 

hyposu'lphis 143 

io'didum 347 

pho'sphas 141 

sali'cylas 491 

sulphas 136 

su'lphis 143 

Sodium 133 

benzoate 513 

bicarbonate 134 

bisulphite 143 

borate 273 

bromide 241 

carbonate 133 

dried 133 

chloride 139 

hydrate 133 

solution of 133 

hydroxide 133 

hyposulphite 139 

iodide 247 



800 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

Sodium phosphate 141 

salicylate 491 

sulphate 136 

sulphite 143 

Soft petrolatum 348 

petroleum ointment 348 

soap 604 

liniment 604 

Soluble silver 180 

Solution of acetate of ammon- 
ium 150 

ammonia 144 

stronger 144 

arsenite of potassium. ... 231 

arsenous acid 231 

chloride of iron 195 

zinc 183 

chlorinated lime 238 

soda 238 

hydrogen dioxide 119 

morphine acetate 356 

hydrochlorate 356 

iodine, compound 244 

lime 155 

potash 123 

soda 133 

subacetate of lead 171 

diluted 172 

subsulphate of iron 196 

Solutions 74 

Soporifics 40 

Spanish flies 639 

Spearmint 530 

oil of 530 

spirit of 530 

A\'ater of 530 

Spermaceti 650 

Sphacelinic acid 625 

Spinal cord , drugs acting on . . 423 

Spirit of ammonia 145 

aromatic 148 

camphor 548 

chloroform 296 

anise 533 

ether 293 



PAGE 

Spirit of ether compound k,\)'6 

glonoin 309 

juniper 542 

compound 281, 543 

nitrous ether 308 

peppermint 538 

phosphorus 234 

rectified 278 

Spearmint 530 

Spirits 77 

Spi'ritus 77 

Spi'ritus se'theris 29 J 

compo'situs 29 t 

nitro'si 308 

ani'si 533 

ammonias 145 

Spi'ritus ammo'niee aroma'ti- 

cus 148 

menthge piperi'ta^ 538 

vi'ridis 530 

pho'sphori 234 

rectifica'tus 278 

te'nuior 278 

vi'ni ga'llici 281 

Squill 456 

compound syrup of 457 

Staphisa'gria 623 

Staphisagrine , 633 

Stavesacre 623 

Stearin 136, 648 

Stearopten 547 

Sternuatories 46 

Stimulants, cerebral. 38 

hepatic 26 

Stomach, drugs acting on 16 

Stomach tube, uses of 739 

Stomachics 16 

Stout 283 

Strophanthidin 453 

Strophanthin 453, 454 

Stropha'nthus 453 

Strychni na 401 

Strychni'nse sulphas 402 

Strychnine 401 

sulphate 402 

Stupes 715 



GENERAL INDEX 



801 



PAGE 

Styptic collodion 591, 638 

Styptics 63 

Styrol 510 

Subcutaneous injections 6 

Sublimate, corrosive 208 

Sublimed sulphur 255 

Succus hyoscyami 388 

Sudorifics 65 

Suet 648 

mutton 648 

Sugar 613 

cane 613 

of milk .., 652 

of lead 171 

Su'lphm- 255 

flowers of 255 

liver of 260 

lo'tvmi 255 

milk of 256 

ointment 256 

precipitated 256 

praBcipita'tiim 256 

sublima'tum 255 

sublimed 255 

A\'ashed 255 

Sulphuric acid 263 

aromatic 263 

diluted 263 

ether 292 

Sulphurated pota'ssa 260 

Sulphurous acid 259 

Su'pposito'ria 79 

glyceri'ni 607 

iodofo'rmi 252 

morphi'nge 356 

Suppositories 79 

Suppurants 704 

Sm-gical antisepsis 726 

Sweat, drugs influencing secre- 
tion of 65 

Sweet flag 563 

Sweet spirits of nitre 308 

oil 602 

Symbols (signs) 90, 91 

'Synthetic oil of wintergreen. . 496 



PAGE 

Syrup, simple 614 

Sy'rupi 77 

Syrups 77, 614 

Sy'rupus aca'ciae 612 

a'cidi hydrio'dici 248 

althse'se '. . 613 

ca'lcii lactophospha'tis . . . 158 

ca'lcis 156 

fe'rri io'didi 194 

fu'sci 614 

ipecacua'nhae 473 

pru'ni virginia'nae 348 

rha nini catha'rtici 574 

sci'Uae 457 

composi'tus 229, 457 

toluta'nus 511 

Taba'cum 423 

Tables of weights and meas- 
ures 90-98 

Tallianine 545 

Tannic acid 590 

Tannin 590 

Tar 507 

Taraxacin 559 

Taraxacerin 559 

Taraxacum 559 

Tartrated antimony 228 

Tartar emetic 228 

Tartar, salts of 124 

cream of 131 

Tea 396, 400 

Terebene 500 

Terebe'num 500 

Terebi'nthina 498 

canadensis 505 

Terpenes 499 

Terpin hydrate 500 

Terpi'ni hydras 500 

Tetanocannabine 370 

Tetanus antitoxin 742 

Thebaine 351 

Theine 39""; 

Theobro'ma, oil of 636 

Theobromine S9i> 



802 



GENERAL INDEX 



"Therapeutics 

definition of 

empirical 

general 

rational 

Theri'aca 

Thiol 

Thymol 

Tiglinic acid 

Tinctu'ra aco'niti 

aloes et my'rrhae 524, 

arniccB 

flo'rum 

ra'dicis 

asaf oe'tidae 

bella'donnse folio'rum 

benzoi'ni 

compo'sita. 

bu'chu 

calu'mbse 

cannabis i'ndicae 

cantha'ridis 

ca'psici 

cardamo'mi 

compo'sita 

cascari'llfe 

catechu 

compo'sita 

cincho'nae 

compo'sita 

co'lchici se'minis 

digitalis 

ergo'tse 

ammonia'tae 

fe'rri chloride 

perchlo'ridi 

gelse'mii 

gentia'nse compo'sita 

hydra'stis 

hyoscy'ami 

io'di 

ipecacua'nhae et o'pii..353, 

ki'no 

krame'riae 

my'rrhae 



1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
614 
660 
551 
580 
459 
566 
523 
522 
523 
538 
373 
513 
512 
541 
558 
392 
644 
526 
533 
533 
557 
596 
596 
479 
479 
632 
446 
626 
626 
195 
195 
420 
553 
561 
388 
244 
473 
598 
599 
524 



PAGE 

Tinctu'ra nu'cis vo'micse 401 

o'pii 353 

camphora'tse 353 

deodora'tse 354 

qua'ssiee 555 

sci'llse 457 

stropha'nthi 453 

Valerianae. 535 

ammoniatae 535 

Tinctu'rae 77 

Tincture of larkspur 624 

Tinctures 77 

Tobacco 423 

Tolu 511 

Tonics 60 

Tow 637 

Toxicology, definition of 1 

Tragacanth 612^ 

Tragaca'ntha 613 

Transfusion 733 

Treacle 614 

Tritm-ation 73 

Trituratio'nes 78 

Triturations 78 

Tuberculin 747 

Turpentine 498 

Canada 505 

liniment 499 

oil of 499 

Ungue'nta 79 

Ungue'ntima 648 

a'cidi carbo'lici 324 

ta'nnici 591 

aconiti'nae 463 

bella'donnae 373 

ceta'cei 651 

chrysarobi'ni 577 

crede 181 

ga'Use 590 

cum o'pio 590 

hydra'rgyri 207 

ammonia'ti 211 

nitra'tis 210 

o'xidifla'vi 208 



GENEKAL IKDEX 



803 



Ungue'ntiun hyra'rgyri ru'bri. 207 

io'di 244 

iodofo'rmi 250 

petro'lei 348 

pi'cis liquids? 507 

pota'ssii io'didi 247 

sabinae | 544 

sn'lphiu'is 255 

Ungue'ntum zi'nci o'xidi 184 

United States Pharmacopoeia. 76 
Urinary tract, drugs acting on 52 

sedatives 56 

antiseptics 56 

Urine, drugs altering compo- 
sition of 55 

drugs increasing secretion 

of 53 

acidifying 55 

making alkaline. ... 55 

making aseptic 56 

TJrotropin 341 

Uterus, drugs acting on 58 

Uterine action, drugs restrain- 
ing 58 

Vaccines, black leg or quarter 

evil 751 

anthrax 751 

Vagus, drugs acting on 34, 35 

Valerian 534 

Valeria'na 534 

Valerianae rhizo'ma 534 

Valerianic acid 535 

Vaseline 348 

Vasomotor centre, drugs act- 
ing on 36 

Vegetable bitters 552 

cathartics 544 

drugs 351 

Venesection 728 

Veratralbine 468 

Veratri na 468 

Veratrine 468 

Veratroidine 464, 465 

Vera'trum vi'ride 464 



PAGE 

Vera'trum al'bum 468 

Vermicides 67 

Vermifuges 68 

Vesicants 62, 697 

Vessels, drugs acting on 36 

Vienna paste 128 

Vi'na 77 

Vinegars 78 

Vi'num album 282 

Vi'num antimo'nii 229 

co'lchici 632 

colchici ra'dicis 632 

co'lchici se'minis 632 

ipecacua'nhee 473 

o'pii 354 

porte'nse 283 

i-ubriun 283 

xe'ricum 283 

Vile'llus, glacerite of 607 

Vitriol, blue 186 

green 193 

Volatile oils 71, 497 

oil of mustard 516 

Warm baths 717 

Wash, black 217 

yellow 216 

Washed sulphur 235 

Washing soda 133 

Water 117 

Waters 77 

Wax • 649 

yellow 649 

white 650 

Weights and measm-es 92-98 

Wet pack 708 

Whiskey 280 

White arsenic 220 

castile soap 603 

corpuscles, drugs acting 

on 33 

hellebore 464 

lead 172 

mustard 515 

oak 595 



804 



GENERAL INDEX 



PAGE 

White precipitate 211 

ointment 211 

wax 650 

wine 282 

Wild cherry 348 

Wine, white 282 

red 282 

Wines 77 

Wintergreen, oil of 495 

artificial oil of 496 

synthetic oil of 496 

Witchhazel 601 

Wool fat, hydrous 649 

Wormseed 621 

oil of 621 

Yellow jasmine 420 

mercuric oxide 207 

wash c 216 

wax 649 

Yolk of egg 607 



PAOB 

Zinc 183 

acetate 184 

carbonate, precipitated. . . 183 

chloride 183 

oxide 184 

Zinc oxide ointment 184 

phosphide 236 

sulphate 183 

valerianate 536 

Zi'nci ace'tas 184 

ca'rbonas praecipita'tus . . 183 

chlo'ridum 183 

o'xidum 184 

pho'sphidum 236 

su'lphas 183 

valeria'nas 536 

Zincum 183 

Zingiber 527 

Zymine 654 



CATALOGUE OF 

WILLIAM R. JENKINS' 

Works Concerning 

HORSES, CATTLE, SHEEP, SWINE, Etc. 
1905 



(*) Single asterisk designates New Books. 
(**) Double asterisk designates' Recent Publications 



ANDERSON. "Vice in the Horse" and other papers 
on Horses and Kiding. By E. L. Anderson. Size, 
6x9, cloth, illustrated 1 75 

ARMSTEAD. " The Artistic Anatomy of the Horse." 

A brief description of the various Anatomical Struc- 
tures which may be distinguished during Life through 
the Skin, By Hugh W. Armstead, M.D., F.E.C.S. 
With illustrations from drawings by the author. 
Cloth oblong, 10 x 12| 3 75 

BACH, "How to Judge a Horse." A concise treatise 
as to its Qualities and Soundness ; Including Bits and 
Bitting, Saddles and Saddling, Stable Drainage, Driv- 
ing One Horse, a Pair, Four-in-hand, or Tandem, etc. 
By Capt. F.W. Bach. Size, 5x7|, clo., fully illus.l 00 

{*)BANIIAM. " Anjitoniical and Physiological Model of 

the Cow." Half life size. Composed of superposed 
plates, colored to nature, showing internal organs, 
muscles, skeleton, etc., mounted on strong boards, 
with explanatory text. Size of Model opened, 
10 ft. X 3 ft., closed 3 ft. x 1^ ft 7 50 

— "Anatomical and Physiological Model of the Horse." 

Half life size. By George A, Banham, F.E.C.V.S. 
Size of Model 38 x 41 in 7 50 



2 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

BA.NHAM (continued) 

— "Tables of Veterinary Posology and Therapeutics," with 

weights, measures, etc. By Geo. A. Banham, 
F.K.C.V.S. New edition. Cloth, size 4 x 51-2, 192 
pages 100 



BAUCHER. "Method of Horsemanship." Including 
the Breaking and Training of Horses. By 
F. Baucher 1 00 



{*)BELL. "The Veterinarian's Call Book (Perpetual)." 

By Eoscoe R. Bell, D.V.S., editor of the American 
Veterinary Review. Revised every year. 

A visiting list, that can be commenced at any time 
and used until full, containing much useful informa- 
tion for the student and the busy practitioner. 
Among contents are items concerning : Veterinary 
Drugs; Poisons; Solubility of Drugs; Composition of 
Milk, Bile, Blood, Gastric Juice, Urine, Saliva ; Respi- 
ration; Dentition; Temperature, etc., etc. Bound in 
flexible leather, with flap and pocket ,1 25 

BITTING, " Cadiot's Exercises in Equine Surgery." 

See "Cacliot." 



BRADLEY. "Outlines of Veterinary Anatomy." 

ByO.Charnock Bradley, Member of the Royal Col- 
lege of Veterinary Surgeons ; Professor of Anatomy 
in the New Veterinary College, Edinburgh. 

The author presents the most important facts of 
veterinary anatomy in as condensed a form as possible, 
consistent with lucidity. 12mo. 

Complete in three parts. 

Pabt I. : The Limbs (cloth) 1 25 

Pakt II. : The TrunU (paper) 1 25 

Pabt III. : The Head and Neck (paper) 1 25 

The Set complete 3 25 



S51-S5S Sixth Avenue {cor. ^8th St.), New York. 3 

CADIOT. " Exercises in Equine Surgery." By P. J. 

Cadiot. Translated by Prof. A. W. Bitting, D.V.M. 
Edited by Prof. A . Liautard, M.D.V.M. Size, 6 x 9X, 
cloth, illustrated 2 50 

— *' Roaring in Horses." Its Pathology and Treatment. 

This work represents the latest development in oper- 
ative methods for the alleviation of roaring. Each 
step is most clearly defined by excellent full-page 
illustrations. By P. J. Cadiot, Professor at the 
Veterinary School, Alfort. Translated by Thos. J. 
Watt Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., etc. Cloth, size 5 1-4x71-8, 
77 pages, illustrated 75 

— "Studies in Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery." 

By P. J. Cadiot. Translated, edited, and supplemented 
with 49 new articles and 34 illustrations by Jno. A. W. 
Dollar, M.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size 7x9 3-4, 619 pages, 
94 black and white illustrations 5 25 

(*)— " A Treatise on Surgical Therapeutics of the Domestic 

Animals." By P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy. Translated 

by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D.,V.M. 

Part I. — Restraint of horses, cattle, etc. ; general 
anaesthesia ; surgical antisepsis and asepsis ; hemo- 
stasis and cauterization ; firing. 45 iilus 1 00 

Part II. — Inflammations, gangrene, foreign bodies, 
traumatic lesions, chilblains, frost bites, congela- 
tions, complications of traumatic lesions, etc.l 00 

Part III, — Granulations, cicatrices, mycosis, virulent 
diseases, tumors, diseases of skin and cellular 
tissue, tendons, etc 1 00 

Part IV. (completing the volume) nearly ready. 

CHAPMAN. "Manual of the Pathological Treatment 
of Lameness in the Horse," treated solely by 
mechanical means. By George T. Chapman. Cloth, 
size 6x9, 124 pages with portrait 2 00 

CHAUVEAU. "The Comparative Anatomy of the 
Domesticated Animals." By A. Chauveau. Revised 
by G. Fleming, F.R.C.V.S. 8vo, cloth, 585 illus..6 25 



4 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

CLARKE. "Chart of the Feet and Teeth of Fossil 
Horses." By W. H. Clarke. Card, size 9 1-2 x 13. . 25 

— "Horses' Teeth," Fourth edition, re-revised, with second 
appendix. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 322 pp., illus. .2 50 

CLEAVELAND. «« Pronouncing Medical Lexicon." 

Pocket edition. By C. H. Cleveland, M.D. Cloth, 
size 3 1-4x4 1-2, 302 pages 75 

CLEMENT. *' Veterinary Post Mortem Examina- 
tions," By A. W. Clement, V.S. The absence in the 
English language of any guide in making autopsies 
upon the lower animals, induced Dr. Clement to 
write this book, trusting that it would prove of prac- 
tical value to the profession. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 64 
pages, illustrated 75 

(•*) CO UR TEN A T, ' ' Manual of the Practice of Veterinary 
Medicine." By Edward Courtenay, V. S. Revised by 
Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S. Second edition. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 573 pages 2 75 

COX. " Horses : In Accident and Disease," The 

sketches introduced embrace various attitudes which 
have been observed, such as in choking ; the disorders 
and accidents occurring to the stomach and intestines ; 
affection of the brain ; and some special forms of lame- 
ness, etc. By J. Roalfe Cox, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 
6 X 9, 28 full page illustrations 1 50 

CURTIS. "Horses, Cattle, Sheep and Swine." By 

Geo. W. Curtis, M.S.A. Cloth, size 7 1-4 x 10, 343 
pages, 117 illustrations 2 50 

{*')DALR¥MPLE. "Veterinary Obstetrics." A compen- 
dium for the use of advanced students and Practi- 
tioners. By W. H. Dalrymple, M. R. C. V. S., 
principal of the Department of Veterinary Science in 
the Louisiana State University and A. & M. College; 
Veteiinarian to the Louisiana State Bureau of 
Asrri culture, and Agricultural Experiment Stations. 
Cloth, si',e G X 9 1-4, 162 pages, 51 illustrations.. .2 50 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. 4Sth St.), New York. 5 

DALZIEL. " Breaking and Training Dogs." Part I, by 

Pathfinder. Part II, by Hugh Dalziel. Cloth, 
illustrated 2 50 

— "Tlie Collie." By Hugh Dalziel. Paper, illustrated. ... 40 

— "The Diseases of Dogs." Causes, symptoms and treatment. 

By Hugh Dalziel. Cloth, illustrated 1 00 

— "Diseases of Horses." Paper 40 

— " Tlie Fox Terrier." By Hugh Dalziel. Paper, 40 ; clo.l 00 

— "TheGreyliound." Cloth, illus 1 OO 

— " Tlie St. Bernard." Cloth, illustrated .1 00 

DANA. "Tables in Comparatiye Phygiology." By Prof. 
C. L. Dana, M.D. Chart, 17 x 17 26 

DANCE, " Veterinary Tablet." By A. A. Dance. Chart, 
17 X 24, mounted on linen, folded in a cloth case for 
the pocket, size 3 3-4 x 6 1-2. Shows at a glance the 
synopsis oE the diseases of horses, cattle and dogs; 
with their cause, symptoms and cure 75 

{*)DE BRUIN. "Boyine Obstetrics." By M. G. De Bruin 

Instructor of Obstetrics at the State Veterinary 
School in Utrecht. Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, 
formerly Professor of Veterinary Science at Clemson 
A. & M. College, and Veterinarian to the South 
Carolina Experiment Station. Cloth, size 6x9, 382 

pages, 77 illustrations 5 00 

Synopsis of the Essential Features of the Work 

1. Authorized translation. 

2. Tlie only obstetrical work which is up date. 

3. Written by Eui'ope's leading authority on the subject. 

4. Written by a man who lias practiced the art a lifetime. 

5. Written by a man who, on account of his eminence as 
bovine practitioner and teacher of obstetrics, was selected 
b^ Prof. Dr. Frohner and Prof. Dr. Bayer (Berlin and 
Vienna), to discuss bovine obstetrics both practically and 
scientifically. 

6. The only work containing a thorough differential dJa;.- 
nosis of ante and post partum diseases. 



Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenhins 



DE BRUIN, " Bovine Obstetrics " (continued) 

7. The only work doing justice to modern obstetrical 
surgery and therapeutics. 

8. Written by a man whose practical suggestions revolu- 
tionized the teacliing of veterinary obstetrics even in the 
great schools of Europe. 

9. The only work dealing fully with the now no longer 
obscure contagious and infectious diseases of calves. 

10. Absolutely original and no compilation. 

11. The only work dealing fully with the difficult problem 
of teaching obstetrics in the colleges. 

12. The only work where the practical part is not over- 
shadowed by theory. 

... A veterinarian, particularly if his location brings him in 
contact with obstetrical practice, who makes any pretence toward 
being scientific and in possession of modern knowledge upon this 
subject, will not be without this excellent work, as it is really a very 
valuable treatise.— Pro/. Roscoe B. Bell, in the American Veterinary 
Review. 

In translating into English Professor De Bruin's excellent text- 
book on Bovine Obstetrics, Dr. Wyman has laid British and American 
veterinary surgeons and students under a debt of gratitude. The 
works represents the happy medium between the booklets which are 
adapted for cramming purposes by the student, and the ponderous 
tomes which, altliough useful to the teacher, are not exactly suited to 
the requirements of the everyday practitioner . . . We can strongly 
recommend the work to veterinary students and practitioners.— T/te 
Journal of Comparative Pathology and Therapeutics. 

{*)DOLLAB. "Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goats and 
Swine." By G. Moussu and Jno. A. W. Dollar, 
M.R.C.V.S. Size 6x9 1-2, 785 pages, 329 illustrations 
in the text and 4 full page plates in colors 8 75 

(**)— "A Hand-bool£ of Horse-Shoeing," with introductory 
chapters on the anatomy and physiology of the 
horse's foot. By Jno. A. W. Dollar, M.R.C.V.S., 

with the collaboration of Albert Wheatley, F.R.C.V.S. 
Cloth, size 6x8 1-2, 433 pages, 406 illustrations . .4 75 

— ** Operative Technique. " Volume 1 of " The Practice of 

Veterinary Surgery." Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 10, 264 pages, 
272 illustrations 3 75 

— " General Surgery." Volume 2 of "The Practice of Veter- 

inary Surgery." In preparation. 

(♦)_« Regional Veterinary Surgery." Volume 3 of "The 
Practice of Veterinary Surgery." By Drs. Jno. A. 
W. Dollar and H. Moller. Cloth, size 6 1-2 x 10 853 
and xvi pages, 315 illustrations 6 35 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. mh St.), New York. 1 

DOLLAK— (continued) 

— "Cadiot's Clinical Veterinary Medicine and Surgery," 

See " Cadiot." 

— *'Cadiot's Roaring in Horses." 

See " Cadiot." 

DUN. "Veterinary Medicines, their Actions and Uses." 

By Finlay Dun, V.S., late lecturer on Materia 
Medica and Dietetics at the Edinburgh Veterinary 
College, and Examiner in Chemistry to the Koyal 
College of Veterinary Surgeons. Edited by James 
Macqueen, F.R.C. V.S. Tenth revised English edition. 
Cloth, size 6x9 3 75 

DWYEB. ''On Seats and Saddles." Bits and Bitting, 
Draught and Hai iiess and the Prevention and Cure of 
Eestiveness in Horses. By Francis Dwyer. Cloth, 
size 5x7, 304 pages, gilt, illustrated 1 50 

FLEMING. "Animal Plagues." Their History, Nature, 
and Prevention. By Geo. Fleming, F.E.C.V.S., etc. 
First Series. Chronological History from B.C. 1490 

to A.D. 1800. Cloth, size 6x9, 548 pages 6 00 

Second Series. Chronological History from A.D. 
1800 to 1844. Cloth, size 6x9, 539 pages 3 00 

— **Tlie Couiparatiye Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals." 

By A. Chauveau. Translated by Dr. Fleming. 
See " Chauveau." 

— " The Contagious Diseases of Animals." Their influence on 

the wealth and health of nations and how they are to 
be combated. Paper, size 5x7 1-2, 30 pages 26 

— "Human and Animal Variolae." A Study in Comparative 

Pathology. Paper, size 5 1-2x8 1-2, 61 pages 25 

— "Parasites aud Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated 

Animals." By L. G. Neumann. Translated by 
Dr. Fleming. 

See " Neumann" 



8 Veterinary Catalogue of William B. Jenkins 

FLEMING (continued) 

— "Operative Veterinary Surgery." Vol. I, by Dr. Geo. 

Fleming, M.R.C.V.S. This valuable work, one of the 
most practical treatises yet issued on the subject in 
the English language.is devoted to the common opera- 
tions of Veterinary Surgery ; and the concise descrip- 
tions and directions of the text are illustrated with 
numerous wood engravings. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 285 
and xviii pages, 343 illustrations 2 75 

(*)Vol. II, edited and passed through the press by 
W. Owen Williams, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 

430 and xxxvii pages, 344 illustrations 3 25 

Both volumes bound in one 5 25 

— •' Roaring in Horses." By Dr. George Fleming, 

F.E.C.V.S. Its history, nature, causes, prevention 
and treatment. Cloth, size 5 1-2x8 3-4, 160 pages, 21 
engravings, 1 colored plate 1 50 

— "Tuberculosis." From a Sanitary and Pathological Point 

of View. By Geo. Fleming, F.E.C.V.S. Paper, size 
5 1-2x8 1-2, 39 pages. .% 25 

— " Veterinary Obstetrics." Including the Accidents and Dis- 

eases incident to Pregnancy, Parturition, and the Early 
Age in Domesticated Animals. By Geo. Fleming, 
F.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6x8 3-4, 758 pages, illus.6 25 

{*)QOTTHIEL. "A Manual of General Histology." 

By Wm. S. Gottheil, M.D., Professor of Pathology in 
the American Veterinary College, New York; etc., etc. 
Histology is the basis of the physician's art, as 
Anatomy is the foundation of the surgeon's science. 
Only by knowing the processes of life can we under- 
stand the changes of disease and the action of 
remedies ; as the architect must know his building 
materials, so must the practitioner of medicine know 
the intimate structure of the body. To present this 
knowledge in an accessible and simple form has 
been the author's task. Second edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-2 x 8, 152 pages, 68 illustrations. . .1 00 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. 48th St.), New York. 9 

GBE8 SWELL. " The Bovine Prescriber." For the use 

of Veterinarians and Veterinary Students. Second 
edition revised and enlarged, by James B. and Albert 
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size, 5x7 1-2, 102 
pages 75 

— "The Eqniue Hospital Prescriber." For the use of Veter- 

inary Practitioners and Students. Third edition re- 
vised and enlarged, by Drs. James B. and Albert 
Gresswell, M.K.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 x 7 1-2, 165 
pages 75 

— "Diseases and Disorders of the Horse." A Treatise on 

Equine Medicine and Surgery, being a contribution to 
the science of comparative pathology. By Albert, 
Jas. B. and Geo. Gresswell. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 3-4, 
227 pages, illustrated 1 75 

— Manual of "The Theory and Practice of Equine Medicine." 

By James B. Gresswell, F.R.C.V.S., and Albert 
Gresswell, M.R.C.V.S. Second edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 539 pages 2 75 

— "Veterinary Pharniacopaeia and Manual of Comparative 

Therapy." By George and Charles Gresswell, with 
descriptions and physiological actions of medicines, 
by Albert Gresswell. Second edition revised and 
enlarged. Cloth, 6x8 3-4, 457 pages 3 50 

HASSLOCH. " A Compend of Veterinary Materia Medica 
and Therapeutics." By A. C. Hassloch, V.S., 
Lecturer on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and 
Professor of Veterinary Dentistry at the New York 
College of Veterinary Surgeons and School of Compa- 
rative Medicine, N. Y, Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 225 
pages 1 50 

HEATLEV. " The Stock Owner's Guide." A handy Medi- 
cal Treatise for every man who owns an ox or cow. 
By George S. Heatley, M.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size 
5 1-4x8, 172 pages 1 25 



10 



Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 



{**)HI1jL. " The Diseases of the Cat." By J. Woodroffe 
Hill, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 193 page?, 

illustrated 1 25 

Written from tiie experience of many years' prac- 
tice and close pathological research into the maladies 
to which our domesticated feline friends are liable — a 
subject which it must be admitted has not found the 
prominence in veterinary literature to which it is 
undoubtedly entitled. 

— "The Management and Diseases of the Dog " By J. 

Woodroffe Hill, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 
extra fully illustrated 2 00 

HINEBAUCH. "Veterinary Dental Surgery." By T. D. 

Hinebauch, M.S.V.S. For the use of Students, Prac- 
titioners and Stockmen. Cloth, size 5 1-4 x 8, 256 
pages, illustrated 2 00 

HO ARE. "A Manual of Veterinary Therapeutics and 
Pharmacology." By E. Wallis Hoare, F.R.C.V.S. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-4, 56t) pages 2 75 

{*)HOBDAY. " Canine and Feline Surgery," By Frederick 
T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, 5 3-4x8 3-4, 152 
pages, 76 illustrations 2 00 

(*)— "The Castration of Cryptorchid Horses and 
the Ovariotomy of Troublesome Mares." By 

Frederick T. G. Hobday, F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 
6 3-4x8 3-4, 106 pages, 34 illustrations 1 75 

{**)HUNTING. Tlie Art of Horse-shoeing. A manual 
for Horseshoers. By William Hunting, F.R.C.V.S., 
ex-President of the Royal College of Veterinary Sur- 
geons. One of the most up-to-date, concise books of 
its kind in the English language. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 
126 pages, 96 illustrations 1 00 



{^JENKINS. «' Model of the Horse " and " Model of the 
Cow." 

See " Banham." 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. 4Sth St.), New Yark. 11 

KEATING. "A New Unabridged Pronouncing Diction- 
ary of Medicine." By John M. Keating, M.D., LL.D., 
Henry Hamilton and others. A voluminous and 
exhaustive hand-book of Medical and scientific 
terminology with Phonetic Pronunciation, Accentu- 
ation, Etymology, etc. With an appendix containing 
Important tables of Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomainee, 
Ptomaines ; Drugs and Materials used in Antiseptic 
Surgery; Poisons and their antidotes: Weights and 
Measures; Themometer Scales; New Officinal and 
Unofficinal Drugs, etc., etc. Cloth, 818 pages . . .5 00 

OKOBERT, "Tractical Toxicology for Physicians and 

Students." By Profetosur Dr. Eudolph Kobert, 
Medical Director of Dr. Brehmer's Sanitarium for 
Pulmonary Diseases at Goerbersderf iu Silesia (Prus- 
sia), late Director of the Pharmacological Institute, 
Dorpat, Kussia. Translated and edited by L. H. 
Friedburg, Ph.D. Authorized Edition. Practical 
knowledge by means of tables which occupy little 
space, but show at a glance similarities and differ- 
ences between poisons of the same group. Also rules 
for the Spelling and Pronunciation of Chemical Terms, 
as adopted by the American Association for the Ad- 
vancement of Science. Cloth, 6 1-2 x 10, 201 pp.. 2 50 

KOCH, "Etiology of Tuberculosis." By Dr. R. Koch. 

. Translated by T. Saure. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 97 

pages 1 00 

LAMBERT. "The tferm Theory of Disease." 

Bearing upon the health and welfare of man and the 
domesticated animals. By James Lambert, F.K.C.V.S. 
Paper, size 5 1-4; x 8 1-4, 26 pages, illustrated 25 

LAW, "Farmers' Yeterinary Adviser." A Guide to the 
Prevention and Treatment of Disease in Domestic 
Animals. By Prof. James Law. Cloth, size 
5 1-4x7 1-2, illustrated 3 00 



i2 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

{**)LEGGE, "Cattle Tuberculosis." A Practical Guide 
to the Farmer, Butcher and Meat Inspector. By T.M. 
Legge, M.A,, M.D., D.P.H., and Harold Sessions, 
F.E.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 1-2x8 1-2, 77 pages. ... 1 00 

{**)LIAUTAItD, "Animal Castration." A concise and 

practical Treatise on the Castration of the Domestic 

Animals. The only worli on the subject in the 

English language. By Alexander Liautard, M.D.,V.S. 

Having a fine portrait of the author. Tenth edition 

revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 165 

pages, 45 illustrations 2 00 

. . . The most complete and comprehensive work on the 
subject in English veterinary literature.— American Agri- 
culturist. 

— *' Cadiot's Exercises in Equine Surgery." Translated by 

Prof. Bitting and edited by Dr. Liautard. 
-See " Cadiot." 

— "A Treatise on Surgical Tlierapeutics of the Domestic 

Animals." By Prof. Dr. P. J. Cadiot and J. Almy. 
Translated by Prof. Liautard. 
See " Cadiot." 

— " How to TeD the Age of the Domestic Animal." By 

Dr. A. Liautard, M.D., V.S. Standard work upon 
this subject, concise, helpful and containing many 
illustrations. Cloth, size 5x7 1-2, 35 pages, 42 
illustrations 50 

— "Lameness of Horses and Diseases of the Locomotory 

Apparatus." By A. Liautard, M.D.,V.S. This work 
is the result of Dr. Liautard's many years of experi- 
ence. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 314 pages 2 50 

— "Manual of Operative Veterinary Surgery." By A. 

Liautard, M.D., V.M. Engaged for years in the work 
of teaching this special department of veterinary 
medicine, and having abundant opportunities of 
realizing the difficulties which the student who 
earnestly strives to perfect himself in his calling is 
obliged to encounter, the author formed the deter- 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. 48th St.), New York. 13 

LIAUTAKD (continued). 

mination to facilitate his acquisition of knowledge, 
and began the accumulation of material by the com- 
pilation of data and arrangement of memorandum, 
with the recorded notes of his own experience, the 
fruit of a long and extended practice and a careful 
study of the various authorities who have illustrated 
and organized veterinary literature. Cloth, size 
6 1-4 X 9, 786 pages, 563 illustrations 5 00 

— "Pellerin's Median Neurotomy in the Treatment of 

Chronic Tendinitis and Perlostosis of the Fetlock." 

Translated by Dr. A. Liautard. 
See " Pellerin," 

— "Vade Mecum of Equine Anatomy." By A. Liautard, 

M.D.V.S. For the use of advanced stuients and 
veterinary surgeons. Third edition. Cloth, size 
5x7 1-2, 230 pages and 10 full page illustrations of 
the arteries 2 00 

— Zundel's " The Horse's Foot and Its Diseases." 

See " Zundel." 

LONG. "Book of the Pig." Its selection, Breeding, 
Feeding and Management. Cloth 4 00 

{**)LOWE. "Breeding Racehorses by the Figure 
System," Compiled by the late C. Bruce Lowe. 
Edited by William Allison, " The Special Commis- 
sioner," London Sportsman, Hon. Secretary Sporting 
League, and Manager of the International Horse 
Agency and Exchange. With numerous fine illustra- 
tions of celebrated horses. Cloth, size 8 x 10, 262 
. . 7 50 



LUDLOW. "Science in the Stable"; or How a Horse 
can be Kept in Perfect Health and be Used Without 
Shoes, in Harness or under the Saddle. With the 
Reason Why, Second Edition. By Jacob R. Ludlow, 
M.D. Late Staff Surgeon, U. S. Army. Paper, size 
41-2x5 3-4, 166 pages 50 



14 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

LUPTON. "Horses: Sound and Unsound, »» with 
Law relating to Sales and Warranty. By J. Irvine 
Lupton, F.R.C.VS. Cloth, size 6 3-4 x 7 1-2, 217 
pages, 28 illustrations 1 25 

MAGNER. "Standard Horse and Stock Book." By 

D. Magner. Comprising over 1,000 pages, illustrated 
with 1756 engravings. Leather binding 6 CO 

McBBIDE. "Inatomical Outlines of the Horse." By 

J. A. McBride, M R C.V.S. Second edition revised 
and enlarged. Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-4, illus ... .2 50 

{*)M'FADTEAN. "Anatomy of the Horse." Second 
edition completely revised. A Dissection Guide. 
By John M'Fadyean, M.B., B.Sc, F.K.S.E. Cloth, 

size 6 X 83 4, 388 pages, illustrated 5 50 

This booii is intended for Veterinary students, and 
offers to them in its 48 full-page colored plates, 
54 illustrations and excellent text, a valuable and 
practical aid in the study of Veterinary Anatomy, 
especially in the dissecting room. 

— " Comparative Anatomy of the Domesticated Animals." 

By J. M'Fadyean. Profusely illustrated, and to be 

issued in two parts. 

Part I— Osteology, ready. Size 5 1-2x8 1-2, 166 

pages, 132 illustrations. Paper, 2 50; cloth 2 75 

(Part II in preparation.) 

MILLS. "How to Keep a Dog in the City." By 

Wesley Mills, M.D., D.V.S. It tells how to choose, 
manage, house, feed, educate the pup, how to keep him 
clean and teach him cleanliness. Paper, size 5x7 1-2, 
40 pages 26 

(*)M6llEB — DOLLAB. "Regional Veterinary 

Surgery." See " Dollar." 

MOHLER. "Fandbook of Meat Inspection." By Robert 
Ostertag, M.D. Translated by Earley Vernon 
Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an introduction by 
John R. Mohler, V.M.D,, AM. See " Ostertag." 



851-853 Sixth Avenue {c<yr. 4:8th St.), New York. 15 

MOSSELMAH-LIEKAUX. *' Manual of Veterinary 
Microbiology." By Professors Mosselman and 
Lienaux, Nat. Veterinary College, Cureghem, Belgium. 
Translated and edited by R. E. Dinwiddie, Professor 
of Veterinary Science, College of Agriculture, Arkansas 
State University. Cloth, size 5 1-2x8, 342 pages, 
illustrated 2 00 

(*)3IOUSSU. "Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goats and 
Swine." By G. Moussu and Jno. A. W. Dollar, 
M.R.C.V.S. 

See " Dollar." 

NEUMANN. "A Treatise on Parasites and Parasitic 
Diseases of the Domesticated Animals." A work 
to which the students of human or veterinary medi- 
cine, the sanitarian, agriculturist or breeder or rearer 
of animals, may refer for full information regarding 
the external and internal Parasites — vegetable and 
animal — which attack various species of Domestic 
Animals. A Treatise by L. G. Neumann, Professor 
at the National Veterinary School of Toulouse. 
Translated and edited by George Fleming, C. B., L.L. 
D..F.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 S-i x 10, 873 pages, Sfi.-i 
illustrations 7 50 

NO CARD. " The Animal Tuberculoses, and their Relation 
to Human Tuberculosis." By Ed. Nocard, Prof, of the 
Alfort Veterinary College. Translated hy H. Scurfield, 
M.D. Ed., Ph. Camb. Cloth, 5x7 1-?, 143 pages . . 1 00 
Perhaps the chief interest to doctors of human 
medicine in Professor Nocard's book lies in the 
demonstration of the small part played by heredity, 
and the great part played by contagion in the propa- 
gation of bovine tuberculosis. It seems not unreason- 
able to suppose that the same is the case for human 
tuberculosis, and that, if the children of tuberculous 
parents were protected from infection by cohabitation 
or ingestion, the importance of heredity as a cause of 
the disease, or even of the predisposition to it, would 
dwindle away into insignificance. 



16 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

OSTERTAG. "Handbook of Meat Inspection." By 

Eobert Ostertag, M.D. Authorized Translation by 
Earley Vernon Wilcox, A.M., Ph.D. With an intro- 
duction by John R. Mohler, V.M.D., A.M. The work 
is exhaustive and authorative and has at once become 
the standard authority upon the subject Cloth, size 
6 3-4x9 3-4, 920 pages, 26U illustrations and 1 colored 
plate 7 50 

PALLIN. "A Treatise on Epizoolic Lymphangitis." By 

Capt. W. A. Pallin, F.R.C.V.S. In this worli the 
author has endeavored to combine his own experience 
with that of other writers and so attempts to give a 
clear and complete account of a subject about which 
there is little at present in English veterinary litera- 
ture. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 1-2, 90 pages, with 17 fine 
full page illustrations 1 25 

PJEGLEH. "The Book of the tJoat." Third edition re- 
written and enlarged. Cloth, 223 pages, illus. . . ,1 75 

FELLERIW. "Median Neurotomy in the Treatment 
of Chronic Tendinitis and Periostosis of the Fetlock." 

By C. Pellerin, late repetitor of Clinic and Surgery to 
the Alfort Veterinary School. Translated, with Addi- 
tional Facts Relating to It, by Prof. A. Liautard, M.D., 
V.M. Having rendered good results when performed 
by himself, the author believes the operation, which 
consists in dividing the cubito-plantar nerve and in 
excising a portion of the peripherical end, the means 
of improving the conditions, and consequently the 
values of many apparently doomed animals. Agricul- 
ture in particular will be benefited. 

The work is divided into two parts. The first covers 
the study of Median Neurotomy itself ; the second, 
the exact relations of the facts as observed by the 
author. Boards, 6x9 1-2, 61 pages, illustrated. .1 00 

PETERS. " A Tuberculous Herd— Test nith Tuber- 
culin." By Austin Peters, M. R. C. V. S., Chief 
Inspector of Cattle for the New York State Board of 
Health during the winter of 1892-93. Pamphlet. . . .25 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. ^th St.), New York. 17 

REYNOLDS. "An Essay on the Breeding and Manage- 
ment of Draught Horses." By E. S. Reynolds, 
M.K.C.V.S. Cloth, size 5 1-2x8 3-4, 104 pages. .1 40 

BOBEBGE. " The Foot of the Horse," or Lameness 
and all Diseases of the Feet traced to an Unbalanced 
Foot Bone, prevented or cured by balancing the foot. 
By David Koberge. Cloth, size 6x9 1-4, 308 pages, 
illustrated 5 00 

SEWELL. "The Examination of Horses as to Sound- 
ness and Selection as to Purchase." By Edward 
Sewell, M.R.C.V.S. Paper, size 51-2x8 1-2, 86 pages, 
illustrated with 8 plates in color 1 60 

— It is a great advantage to the business man to 
know something of the elements of law, and nobody 
ought either to buy or own a horse who does not know 
something about the animal. That something this book 

gives, and gives in a thoroughly excellent way 

—Our Animal Friends. 

SMITH. **A Manual of Veterinary Physiology." By 

Veterinary Captain F. Smith, M.E.O.V.S. Author of 
"A Manual of Veterinary Hygiene." 

Throughout this manual the object has been to con- 
dense the information as much as possible. The 
broad facts of the sciences are stated so as to render 
them of use to the student and practitioner. In this 
second edition — rewritten — the whole of the Nervous 
System has been revised, a new chapter dealing with 
the Development of the Ovum has been added together 
with many additional facts and illustrations. About 
one hundred additional pages are given. Second 
edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, size 6x8 3-4, 
673 pages, 102 illustrations 3 7S 

— ^^ Manual of Veterinary Hygiene," Second edition revised. 
Cloth, size 5 1-4x7 1-2, 477 pages, 93 illus 2 75 

C*)STBANGEWAY. "Veterinary Anatomy." Edited by 
I. Vaughan, F.L.S., M.R.C.V.S. New edition revised. 
Cloth, size 6 1.4 x 9 1-2, 625 pages, 224 illus 5 00 



18 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

SUSSDOBF. " Six Large Colored Wall Diagrams." By 

Prof. Sussdorf, M.D. (of Gottingen). Text translated 
by Prof. W. Owen Williams, of the New Veterinary 
College, Edinburgh. Size, 44 inches by 30 inches. 

1.— Horse. 4.— Ox. 

2. —Mare. 5.— Boar and Sow. 

3.— Cow. 6.— Dogr and Bilch. 

The above are printed in eight or nine colors. 
Showing the position of the viscera in the large 
cavities of the body. 

Price, unmounted 1 75 each 

" mounted on linen, with roller 3 50 " 

{**)THOMPSON. "Elementary Lectures on Yeterinary 
Science." For agricultural students, farmers and 
stock keepers. By Henry Thompson, M.R.C.V.S., 
lecturer on Veterinary Science at the Aspatria Agri- 
cultural College, England. It is complete yet concise 
and an up-to-date book. Cloth, 397 pp., 51 illus..3 75 

VAN MATEn, *'A Text Book of Yeterinary Oph- 
thalmology." By George G. Van Mater, M.D., 
D.V.S., Professor of Ophthalmology in the American 
Veterinary College ; Oculist and Aurist to St. Martha's 
Sanitarium and Dispensary ; Consulting Eye and Ear 
Surgeon to the Twenty-sixth Ward Dispensary ; Eye 
and Ear Surgeon, Brooklyn Eastern District Dispen- 
sary, etc. Illustrated by one chromo lithograph plate 
and 71 engravings. Cloth, 6x9 1-4, 151 pages.. .3 00 

. . . We intend to adopt this valuable work as a text 
book.— E. J. Creely, D.V.S., Dean of the San Francisco 
Veterinary College. 

VETERINARY DIAGRAMS in Tabular Form. 

Sizp, 28^ in. x 22 inches. Price per set of five 4 GO 

Mounted and folded in case 7 flO 

Mounted on roller and varnished 10 00 

No. 1. "The External Form and Elementary Ana- 
tomy of the Horse." Eight colored illustrations — 
1. External regions ; 2. Skeleton ; 3. Muscles (Superior 
Layer) ; 4. Muscles (Deep Layer) ; 5. Respiratory Ap- 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. i8th St.), New York, 19 



VETEEINAKY DIAGKAMS (continued). 

paratus ; 6. Digestive Apparatus ; 7. Circulatory Ap- 
paratus ; 8. Nerve Apparatus ; with letter-press descrip- 
tion 1 28 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 25 

No. 2. «'The Age of Domestic Animals." Forty-two 

figures illustrating the structure of the teeth, indicat- 
ing the Age of the Horse, Ox, Sheep, and Dog, with 

full description 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 00 



No. 3. " The Unsoundness and Defects of the Horse." 

Fifty figures illustrating — 1. The Defects of Confor- 
mation ; 2. Defects of Position ; 3. Infirmities or Signs 
of Disease ; 4. Unsoundnesses ; 5. Defects of the Foot ; 

with full description 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 00 

No. 4. ".The Shoeing of the Horse, Mule and Ox," 

Fifty figures descriptive of the Anatomy and Physio- 
logy of the Foot and of Horse-shoeing 75 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 00 

No, 5. "The Elementary Anatomy, Points, and But" 
Cher's Joints of the Ox." Ten colored illustrations 
— 1. Slieleton; 2. Nervous System: 3. Digestive 
System (Right Side) ; 4. Respiratory System ; 5. Points 
of a Fat Ox ; 6. Muscular System ; 7. Vascular System; 
8. Digestive System (Left Side) ; 9. Butcher's Sections 
of a Calf ; 10. Butcher's Sections of an Ox ; with full 

description 1 25 

Mounted on roller and varnished 2 25 



WJLLLEY. "Four Boyine Scourges." (Pleuro-Pneumonla, 
Foot and Mouth Disease, Cattle Plague and 
Tubercle). By Thomas Walley, M.R.C.V.S. With 
an Appendix on the Inspection of Live Animals and 
Meat. Quarto, cloth 6 40 



JO Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins 

WALLEY (continued). 

(•)— "A Practical Guide to Meat Inspection," By 

Thomas Walley, M.R.C.V.S., late principal of the 
Edinburgh Royal (Dick) Veterinary College; Pro- 
fessor of Veterinary Medicine and Surgery, etc. 
Fourth Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged 
by Stewart Stockman, M.E.C.V.S., Professor of 
Pathology, Lecturer on Hygiene and Meat Inspection 
at Dick Veterinary College, Edinburgh. Cloth, size 
5 1-2x8 1-4, with 45 colored illus., 295 pages 3 00 

An experience of over 30 years in his profession 
and a long official connection (some sixteen years) 
with Edinburgh Abattoirs have enabled the author to 
gather a large store of information on the subject, 
which he has embodied in his book. 

While Dr. Stockman is indeed indebted to the 
old for much useful information, tliis up-to- 
date work will hardly be recognized as the old 
" Walley's Meat Inspection." 



WILCOX. "Handbook of Meat Inspection." By Robert 
Ostertag, M.D. 

See " Ostertag." 



WILLIAMS. "Principles and Practice of Veterinary 
Medicine." Author's edition, entirely revised and 
illustrated with numerous plain and colored plates. 
By W. Williams, M.R.O.V.S. Cloth, size 5 3-4x8 3-4, 
868 pages 7 50 



— ** Principles and Practice of Veterinary Surgery." 

Author's edition, entirely revised and illustrated 
with numerous plain and colored plates. By W. 
Williams, M.R.C.V.S. Cloth, size 6 1-2x9 1-4, 756 
pages 7 50 



851-853 Sixth Avenue (cor. 48th St.), New tork 21 

THE MOST COMPLETE, PROGRESSIVE AND 
SCIENTIFIC BOOK ON THE SUBJECT IN 
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

(•) WINSL O W, ^'Veterinary Materia Medica and Therapeu- 
tics." By Kenelm Winslow, B.A.S., M.D.V., M.D., 

(Harv.) ; formerly Assistant Professor of Therapeutics 
in the Veterinary School of Harvard University ; 
Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society ; Surgeon 
to the Newton Hospital, etc. 

Second Edition Revised. 

Cloth, size 6 1-4x9 1-4, 761 pages 6 00 



Your letter received and I am pleased to know that we are to 
have an American Materia Medica.— J. H. Wattles, Sr., M.D., D.V.S., 
The Western Veterinary College, Kansas City, Mo. 

. . . Am delighted with it. It is remarkably correct, complete 
and up-to-date and is bound to supersede any other work on the same 
subject heretofore before the profession. 

No practitioner's library is complete without it and it will be 
indispensable for students, as it does away with the necessity of their 
having a number of collateral books on the subject. 

It will be adopted as the text book in the Chicago Veterinary , 
College.— Dr. E. L. Quitman, Chicago Veterinary College. 

. . . The book is of admirable merit and full of valuable informa- 
tion from beginning to end, very explicit, rich and interesting, and 
should be in the hands of every student as well as practitioner of the 
art of Veterinaiy Medicine.— TJmrston MUIcr, M.D., Professor of 
Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Chemistry, San Francisco Veteri- 
nary College. 

I consider it the only work on materia medica and therapeutics 
suitable to the American veterinary practitioner. It deserves a wide 
distribiition among veterinarians. I have recommended it to my 
Students.— Jb?i?i J. Repp, V.M.D., Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa. 



22 Veterinary Catalogue of William R. Jenkins. 

(*) WTMAN. " Bovine Obstetrics." By M. G. De Bruin. 
Translated by W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V.,V.S. 
See also " De Bruin." 

i*)'— ** Catechism of the Principles of Veterinary Surgery." 
By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V.,V.S. Cloth, size 6x9, 
317 pages 3 50 

Concerning this netv work attention is called to the 
following points: 

1.— It discusses the subject upon the basis of veterinary investigations. 

2. — It does away with works on human pathology, histology, etc. 

3.— It explains each question thoroughly both from a scientific as well 

as a practical point of view. 
4. — It is writen by one knowing the needs of the student. 
5. — It deals exhaustively with a chapter on tumors, heretofore utterly 

neglected in veterinary pathology. 
6. — The only work in English specializing the subject. 
7.— The only work thoroughly taking into consideration American as 

well as European investigations. 
8.— Offering practical hints which have not appeared in print, the 

result of large city and country practice. 

(*•)— "The Clinical Diagnosis of Lameness in the Horse." 

By W. E. A. Wyman, D.V.S., formerly Professor of 
Veterinary Science, Clemson A. & M. College, and 
Veterinarian to the South Carolina Experiment 
Station. Cloth, size 6x9 1-2, 182 pp., 32 illus. . . .2 50 

(•)— " Tibio-peroneal Neurectomy for the Relief of Spavin 

Lameness." By W. E. A. Wyman, M.D.V., V.S. 

Boards, size 6 x 9, 30 pages, illustrated 50 

Anyone wanting to perform this operation should procure 
this little treatise ; he will find it of considei-able help.— The 
Veterina7-y Journal. 

ZUNDEL.. "The Horse's Foot and Its Diseases." By 

A. Zundel, Principal Veterinarian of Alsace Lorraine. 
Translated by Dr. A. Liautard, V.S. Cloth, size 
5x7 3-4, 248 pages, illustrated 2 00 

ZUILJJ. "Typhoid Fever; or Contagions Inflnenza 
in the Horse." By Prof. W. L. Zuill, M.D.,D.V.S. 

Pamphlet, size 6x9 1-4, 29 pages 25 



Any book sent prepaid for the price 

WILLIAfl R. JENKINS, 

851 and 853 Sixth Avenue, NEW YORK. 



W99 



l"» ♦ 










V 







^^-•^. 















^Cp .<i' 
^r'^ 









^ ..V" 



. ♦jJ55Xtv-k'- o ^T' 









.^^ I 




'bv" 






0^ '^^ %7S^* . 



• • * ^\ ^^ 












^5>^ ♦ » K o « ^.(J, 







V * 1 * »* <^> 







\-\^ 






4* 




G^ '^o *?f!1% A 

r 6 ° " • ♦ ^ 

















<bvr 



^b" ^ 



. ^^-^^ 






^0 




